Refutation of All Heresies

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Item 1

0.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου.

Tade enestin en tę̄ prōtę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou.

The following are the contents of the first book of the Refutation of All Heresies.

0.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Τίνα τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς φυσικοῖς φιλοσόφοις καὶ τίνες οὗτοι, καὶ τίνα τὰ τοῖς ἠθικοῖς καὶ τίνες οὗτοι, καὶ τίνα τὰ τοῖς διαλεκτικοῖς καὶ τίνες οἱ διαλεκτικοί.

Tina ta doxanta tois physikois philosophois kai tines houtoi, kai tina ta tois ēthikois kai tines houtoi, kai tina ta tois dialektikois kai tines hoi dialektikoi.

What the natural philosophers held, and who they are; what the moral philosophers held, and who they are; and what the dialecticians held, and who the dialecticians are.

0.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Φυσικοὶ μὲν οὖν Θαλῆς, Πυθαγόρας, Ἐμπεδοκλῆς, Ἡράκλειτος, Ἀναξίμανδρος, Ἀναξιμένης, Ἀναξαγόρας, Ἀρχέλαος, Παρμενίδης, Λεύκιππος, Δημόκριτος, Ξενοφάνης, Ἔκφαντος, Ἵππων.

Physikoi men oun Thalēs, Pythagoras, Empedoklēs, Hērakleitos, Anaximandros, Anaximenēs, Anaxagoras, Archelaos, Parmenidēs, Leukippos, Dēmokritos, Xenophanēs, Ekphantos, Hippōn.

The natural philosophers, then, are Thales, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Heraclitus, Anaximander, Anaximenes, Anaxagoras, Archelaus, Parmenides, Leucippus, Democritus, Xenophanes, Ecphantus, Hippo.

0.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Ἠθικοὶ Σωκράτης Ἀρχελάου μαθητὴς τοῦ φυσικοῦ, Πλάτων Σωκράτου μαθητής· οὗτος τὰς τρεῖς φιλοσοφίας ἔμιξεν.

Ēthikoi Sōkratēs Archelaou mathētēs tou physikou, Platōn Sōkratou mathētēs; houtos tas treis philosophias emixen.

The moral philosophers: Socrates, pupil of Archelaus the natural philosopher; Plato, pupil of Socrates. He blended the three kinds of philosophy.

0.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Διαλεκτικοὶ Ἀριστοτέλης Πλάτωνος μαθητής· οὗτος τὴν διαλεκτικὴν συνεστήσατο. Στωϊκοὶ δὲ Χρύσιππος, Ζήνων.

Dialektikoi Aristotelēs Platōnos mathētēs; houtos tēn dialektikēn synestēsato. Stōïkoi de Chrysippos, Zēnōn.

The dialecticians: Aristotle, pupil of Plato; he established dialectic. And the Stoics: Chrysippus, Zeno.

0.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 2

Ἐπίκουρος δὲ σχεδὸν ἐναντίαν δόξαν πᾶσιν ἐπεχείρησεν. Πύρρων ὁ Ἀκαδήμιος· οὗτος ἀκαταληψίαν τῶν πάντων λέγει. Βραχμᾶνες οἱ ἐν Ἰνδοῖς, Δρυΐδαι οἱ ἐν Κελτοῖς, καὶ Ἡσίοδος.

Epikouros de schedon enantian doxan pasin epecheirēsen. Pyrrōn ho Akadēmios; houtos akatalēpsian tōn pantōn legei. Brachmanes hoi en Indois, Dryïdai hoi en Keltois, kai Hēsiodos.

Epicurus attempted a view contrary to almost all of them. Pyrrho the Academic: he says that nothing at all can be grasped. The Brahmins among the Indians, the Druids among the Celts, and Hesiod.

item 1, chapter 0

1.0.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 2–4

Οὐδένα μῦθον τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησιν ὠνομασμένων παραιτητέον. Πιστὰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἀσύστατα αὐτῶν δόγματα ἡγητέον διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν τῶν αἱρετικῶν μανίαν, οἳ διὰ τὸ σιωπᾶν ἀποκρύπτειν τε τὰ ἄρρητα ἑαυτῶν μυστήρια ἐνομίσθησαν πολλοῖς θεὸν σέβειν· ὧν καὶ πάλαι μετρίως τὰ δόγματα ἐξεθέμεθα, οὐ κατὰ λεπτὸν ἐπιδείξαντες, ἀλλὰ ἁδρομερῶς ἐλέγξαντες, μηδὲν ἄξιον ἡγησάμενοι τὰ ἄρρητα αὐτῶν εἰς φῶς ἄγειν, ὅπως, διʼ αἰνιγμάτων ἡμῶν ἐκθεμένων τὰ δόξαντα αὐτοῖς, αἰσχυνθέντες μήποτε καὶ τὰ ἄρρητα ἐξειπόντες ἀθέους ἐπιδείξωμεν, παύσωνταί τι τῆς ἀλογίστου γνώμης καὶ ἀθεμίτου ἐπιχειρήσεως.

Oudena mython tōn parʼ Hellēsin ōnomasmenōn paraitēteon. Pista gar kai ta asystata autōn dogmata hēgēteon dia tēn hyperballousan tōn hairetikōn manian, hoi dia to siōpan apokryptein te ta arrēta heautōn mystēria enomisthēsan pollois theon sebein; hōn kai palai metriōs ta dogmata exethemetha, ou kata lepton epideixantes, alla hadromerōs elenxantes, mēden axion hēgēsamenoi ta arrēta autōn eis phōs agein, hopōs, diʼ ainigmatōn hēmōn ekthemenōn ta doxanta autois, aischynthentes mēpote kai ta arrēta exeipontes atheous epideixōmen, pausōntai ti tēs alogistou gnōmēs kai athemitou epicheirēseōs.

No myth named among the Greeks is to be passed over. For even their incoherent doctrines are to be taken as worth credence, because of the surpassing madness of the heretics, who, by keeping silent and hiding their unspeakable mysteries, have been thought by many to worship God. Their doctrines we set out moderately some time ago as well, not displaying them in detail but refuting them in broad outline, since we thought it not worthwhile to bring their unspeakable things to light; so that, when we had set out their opinions in riddles, they might be ashamed, lest by telling their unspeakable things too we should show them to be godless, and might cease somewhat from their irrational opinion and unlawful undertaking.

1.0.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 4

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ὁρῶ μὴ δυσωπουμένους αὐτοὺς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἐπιείκειαν μηδὲ λογιζομένους, ὡς θεὸς μακροθυμεῖ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν βλασφημούμενος, ὅπως ἢ αἰδεσθέντες μετανοήσωσιν ἢ ἐπιμείναντες δικαίως κριθῶσι, βιασθεὶς πρόειμι δείξων αὐτῶν τὰ ἀπόρρητα μυστήρια, ἃ τοῖς μυουμένοις μετὰ μεγάλης ἀξιοπιστίας παραδιδόασιν οὐ πρότερον ὁμολογήσαντες, εἰ μὴ τὸν τοιοῦτον δουλώσωνται χρόνῳ ἀνακρεμάσαντες καὶ βλάσφημον πρὸς τὸν ὄντως θεὸν κατασκευάσαντες καὶ περιεργίᾳ γλιχόμενον τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἴδωσι.

Allʼ epei horō mē dysōpoumenous autous tēn hēmeteran epieikeian mēde logizomenous, hōs theos makrothymei hypʼ autōn blasphēmoumenos, hopōs ē aidesthentes metanoēsōsin ē epimeinantes dikaiōs krithōsi, biastheis proeimi deixōn autōn ta aporrēta mystēria, ha tois myoumenois meta megalēs axiopistias paradidoasin ou proteron homologēsantes, ei mē ton toiouton doulōsōntai chronǭ anakremasantes kai blasphēmon pros ton ontōs theon kataskeuasantes kai periergią glichomenon tēs epangelias idōsi.

But since I see that they are not put to shame by our forbearance, and do not consider how God is long-suffering though blasphemed by them, so that either, feeling shame, they may repent, or, persisting, they may be justly judged, I am compelled to go forward to show their secret mysteries, which they hand on to the initiated with great show of trustworthiness. They do not confess them first, until they have enslaved such a person, keeping him in suspense for a long time, and have made him blasphemous toward the true God, and see him eager with curiosity for what is promised.

1.0.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 4

Καὶ τότε δοκιμάσαντες δέσμιον εἶναι τῆς ἁμαρτίας μυοῦσι τὸ τέλειον τῶν κακῶν παραδιδόντες, ὅρκοις δήσαντες μήτε ἐξειπεῖν μήτε τῷ τυχόντι μεταδοῦναι, εἰ μὴ ὁμοίως δουλωθείη, οὗ μόνον παραδοθέντος οὐκ ἔτι ὅρκος ἀναγκαῖος ἦν. Ὁ γὰρ ὑπομείνας παθεῖν καὶ παραλαβεῖν τὰ τέλεια αὐτῶν μυστήρια ἱκανῶς αὐτῷ τῷ ἔργῳ πρός τε τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἑτέροις μὴ ἐξειπεῖν ἔσται δεδεμένος.

Kai tote dokimasantes desmion einai tēs hamartias myousi to teleion tōn kakōn paradidontes, horkois dēsantes mēte exeipein mēte tǭ tychonti metadounai, ei mē homoiōs doulōtheiē, hou monon paradothentos ouk eti horkos anankaios ēn. Ho gar hypomeinas pathein kai paralabein ta teleia autōn mystēria hikanōs autǭ tǭ ergǭ pros te tēn idian syneidēsin kai pros to heterois mē exeipein estai dedemenos.

And then, when they have tested him and found him a prisoner of sin, they initiate him, handing on the consummation of evils, binding him with oaths neither to tell nor to share it with just anyone, unless he were enslaved in the same way; once this alone has been handed on, an oath would no longer be necessary. For whoever has submitted to undergo and receive their perfect mysteries will be sufficiently bound by the deed itself, both in his own conscience and against telling others.

1.0.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 4

Εἰ γὰρ ἐξείποι τινὶ ἀνθρώπων τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀνόμημα, οὔτε ἐν ἀνθρώποις λογισθήσεται οὔτε τὸ φῶς ὁρᾶν ἄξιος ἡγηθήσεται, εἰ καὶ ἄλογα ὄντα τοιοῦτον ἀνόμημα οὐκ ἐπιχειρεῖ, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς τόποις γενόμενοι ἐροῦμεν.

Ei gar exeipoi tini anthrōpōn to toiouton anomēma, oute en anthrōpois logisthēsetai oute to phōs horan axios hēgēthēsetai, ei kai aloga onta toiouton anomēma ouk epicheirei, kathōs en tois topois genomenoi eroumen.

For if he should tell any man of such a lawless deed, he would neither be counted among men nor be thought worthy to see the light, since not even irrational animals attempt such a lawless deed, as we shall say when we come to the places concerned.

1.0.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 4

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἀναγκάζει ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος εἰς μέγαν βυθὸν διηγήσεως ἐπιβῆναι, οὐχ ἡγούμεθα σιγᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰ πάντων δόγματα κατὰ λεπτὸν ἐκθέμενοι οὐδὲν σιωπήσομεν. Δοκεῖ δὲ, εἰ καὶ μακρότερος ἔσται λόγος, μὴ καμεῖν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ μικράν τινα βοήθειαν τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ καταλείψομεν πρὸς τὸ μηκέτι πλανᾶσθαι, φανερῶς πάντων ὁρώντων τὰ κρύφια αὐτῶν καὶ ἄρρητα ὄργια, ἃ ταμιευόμενοι μόνοις τοῖς μύσταις παραδιδόασιν.

Allʼ epei anankazei hēmas ho logos eis megan bython diēgēseōs epibēnai, ouch hēgoumetha sigan, alla ta pantōn dogmata kata lepton ekthemenoi ouden siōpēsomen. Dokei de, ei kai makroteros estai logos, mē kamein. Oude gar mikran tina boētheian tǭ tōn anthrōpōn biǭ kataleipsomen pros to mēketi planasthai, phanerōs pantōn horōntōn ta kryphia autōn kai arrēta orgia, ha tamieuomenoi monois tois mystais paradidoasin.

But since the argument compels us to venture into a great depth of narrative, we do not think we should be silent; rather, setting out the doctrines of all of them in detail, we will keep nothing back. It seems best not to grow weary, even if the account turns out rather long. For we shall leave no small help to the life of men, so that they no longer go astray, when all can plainly see their hidden and unspeakable rites, which they store up and hand on to the initiated alone.

1.0.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 4–6

Ταῦτα δὲ ἕτερος οὐκ ἐλέγξει, ἢ τὸ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ παραδοθὲν ἅγιον πνεῦμα, οὗ τυχόντες πρότεροι οἱ ἀπόστολοι μετέδοσαν τοῖς ὀρθῶς πεπιστευκόσιν· ὧν ἡμεῖς διάδοχοι τυγχάνοντες τῆς τε αὐτῆς χάριτος μετέχοντες ἀρχιερατείας τε καὶ διδασκαλίας καὶ φρουροὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας λελογισμένοι οὐκ ὀφθαλμῷ νυστάζομεν, οὐδὲ λόγον ὀρθὸν σιωπῶμεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι ἐργαζόμενοι κάμνομεν ἄξια ἀξίως θεῷ τῷ εὐεργέτῃ ἀνταποδιδόναι πειρώμενοι, καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως κατʼ ἀξίαν ἀνταμειβόμενοι, πλὴν ἐν οἷς πεπιστεύμεθα μὴ ἀτονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἰδίου καιροῦ τὰ μέτρα ἐπιτελοῦντες, καὶ ὅσα τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πᾶσιν ἀφθόνως κοινωνοῦντες·

Tauta de heteros ouk elenxei, ē to en ekklēsią paradothen hagion pneuma, hou tychontes proteroi hoi apostoloi metedosan tois orthōs pepisteukosin; hōn hēmeis diadochoi tynchanontes tēs te autēs charitos metechontes archierateias te kai didaskalias kai phrouroi tēs ekklēsias lelogismenoi ouk ophthalmǭ nystazomen, oude logon orthon siōpōmen, allʼ oude pasę̄ psychę̄ kai sōmati ergazomenoi kamnomen axia axiōs theǭ tǭ euergetę̄ antapodidonai peirōmenoi, kai oude houtōs katʼ axian antameibomenoi, plēn en hois pepisteumetha mē atonountes, alla tou idiou kairou ta metra epitelountes, kai hosa to hagion pneuma pasin aphthonōs koinōnountes;

No one else will refute these things than the Holy Spirit handed down in the church, which the apostles first received and imparted to those who rightly believed. We, being their successors and sharing in the same grace of high priesthood and of teaching, and counted guardians of the church, do not slumber with our eye nor keep silent the right word; nor do we grow weary working with all our soul and body, trying to render fitting return to God our benefactor, and even so not repaying him as he deserves, except that we do not slacken in the things entrusted to us, but fulfil the measures of our own time, and share without grudging with all whatever the Holy Spirit gives;

1.0.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 6

οὐ μόνον ἀλλότρια διʼ ἐλέγχου εἰς φανερὸν ἄγοντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα ἡ ἀλήθεια ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς χάριτος παραλαβοῦσα ἀνθρώποις διηκόνησε, ταῦτα καὶ διὰ λόγου σημειούμενοι καὶ διὰ γραμμάτων ἐμμάρτυρα ποιούμενοι ἀνεπαισχύντως κηρύσσομεν.

ou monon allotria diʼ elenchou eis phaneron agontes, alla kai hosa hē alētheia hypo tēs tou patros charitos paralabousa anthrōpois diēkonēse, tauta kai dia logou sēmeioumenoi kai dia grammatōn emmartyra poioumenoi anepaischyntōs kēryssomen.

not only bringing into the open, by refutation, what is foreign, but also what the truth received by the grace of the Father and ministered to men: these things too we proclaim without shame, marking them out by word and making them attested by writing.

1.0.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 6

Ἵνα οὖν, καθὼς φθάσαντες εἴπομεν, ἀθέους αὐτοὺς ἐπιδείξωμεν καὶ κατὰ γνώμην καὶ κατὰ τρόπον καὶ κατὰ ἔργον, ὅθεν τε τὰ ἐπιχειρήματα αὐτοῖς γεγένηται, καὶ ὅτι μηθὲν ἐξ ἁγίων γραφῶν λαβόντες ταῦτα ἐπεχείρησαν, ἤ τινος ἁγίου διαδοχὴν φυλάξαντες ἐπὶ ταῦτα ὥρμησαν, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς τὰ δοξαζόμενα ἀρχὴν μὲν ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλήνων σοφίας λαβόντα, ἐκ δογμάτων φιλοσοφουμένων καὶ μυστηρίων ἐπικεχειρημένων καὶ ἀστρολόγων ῥεμβομένων· δοκεῖ οὖν πρότερον ἐκθεμένους τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων φιλοσόφοις ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ὄντα τούτων παλαιότερα καὶ πρὸς τὸ θεῖον σεμνότερα·

Hina oun, kathōs phthasantes eipomen, atheous autous epideixōmen kai kata gnōmēn kai kata tropon kai kata ergon, hothen te ta epicheirēmata autois gegenētai, kai hoti mēthen ex hagiōn graphōn labontes tauta epecheirēsan, ē tinos hagiou diadochēn phylaxantes epi tauta hōrmēsan, allʼ estin autois ta doxazomena archēn men ek tēs Hellēnōn sophias labonta, ek dogmatōn philosophoumenōn kai mystēriōn epikecheirēmenōn kai astrologōn rhembomenōn; dokei oun proteron ekthemenous ta doxanta tois tōn Hellēnōn philosophois epideixai tois entynchanousin onta toutōn palaiotera kai pros to theion semnotera;

In order, then, as we said before, to show them godless in opinion, in manner, and in deed, and whence their arguments came to them, and that they undertook these things taking nothing from the holy Scriptures, nor keeping the succession of any holy man did they rush into them, but that what they hold took its beginning from the wisdom of the Greeks, from philosophical doctrines, from mysteries they have tried their hand at, and from wandering astrologers: it seems best, therefore, first to set out the opinions of the Greek philosophers and show the readers that these are older than the heresies and more reverent toward the divine;

1.0.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 6

ἔπειτα συμβαλεῖν ἑκάστην αἵρεσιν ἑκάστῳ, ὡς τούτοις τοῖς ἐπιχειρήμασιν ἐπιβαλόμενος ὁ πρωτοστάτης τῆς αἱρέσεως ἐπλεονέκτησε λαβόμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἐπὶ τὰ χείρονα ὁρμηθεὶς δόγμα συνεστήσατο.

epeita symbalein hekastēn hairesin hekastǭ, hōs toutois tois epicheirēmasin epibalomenos ho prōtostatēs tēs haireseōs epleonektēse labomenos tas archas kai ek toutōn epi ta cheirona hormētheis dogma synestēsato.

then to compare each heresy with each philosopher, showing how the founder of the heresy, seizing on these arguments, took unfair advantage, laying hold of their principles, and, driven from them to worse things, constructed his doctrine.

1.0.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 6

Ἔστι μὲν οὖν πόνου μεστὸν τὸ ἐπιχειρούμενον καὶ πολλῆς δεόμενον ἱστορίας· ἀλλὰ οὐκ ἐνδεήσομεν, ὕστερον γὰρ εὐφρανεῖ ὡς ἀθλητὴν μετὰ πολλοῦ πόνου στεφάνου τυχόντα ἢ ἔμπορον μετὰ μέγαν θαλάσσης σάλον κερδάναντα ἢ γεωργὸν μετὰ ἱδρῶτα προσώπου καρπῶν ἀπολαύσαντα ἢ προφήτην μετὰ ὀνειδισμοὺς καὶ ὕβρεις ὁρῶντα τὰ λαληθέντα ἀποβαίνοντα.

Esti men oun ponou meston to epicheiroumenon kai pollēs deomenon historias; alla ouk endeēsomen, hysteron gar euphranei hōs athlētēn meta pollou ponou stephanou tychonta ē emporon meta megan thalassēs salon kerdananta ē geōrgon meta hidrōta prosōpou karpōn apolausanta ē prophētēn meta oneidismous kai hybreis horōnta ta lalēthenta apobainonta.

The undertaking, then, is full of toil and requires much research; but we shall not fall short, for afterward it will bring gladness, as to an athlete who wins the crown after much toil, or a merchant who makes a profit after a great heaving of the sea, or a farmer who enjoys his crops after the sweat of his face, or a prophet who after reproaches and insults sees what he spoke come to pass.

1.0.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 6–8

Ἀρξάμενοι τοίνυν ἐροῦμεν, τίνες οἱ παρʼ Ἕλλησι πρῶτον φιλοσοφίαν φυσικὴν ἐπιδείξαντες. Τούτων γὰρ μάλιστα γεγένηνται κλεψίλογοι οἱ τῶν αἱρέσεων πρωτοστατήσαντες, ὡς μετέπειτα ἐν τῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους συμβολῇ ἐπιδείξομεν. Ἑκάστῳ δὲ τῶν προαρξαμένων τὰ ἴδια ἀποδιδόντες γυμνοὺς καὶ ἀσχήμονας τοὺς αἱρεσιάρχας παραστήσομεν.

Arxamenoi toinyn eroumen, tines hoi parʼ Hellēsi prōton philosophian physikēn epideixantes. Toutōn gar malista gegenēntai klepsilogoi hoi tōn haireseōn prōtostatēsantes, hōs metepeita en tę̄ pros allēlous symbolę̄ epideixomen. Hekastǭ de tōn proarxamenōn ta idia apodidontes gymnous kai aschēmonas tous hairesiarchas parastēsomen.

Beginning, then, we shall say who among the Greeks first set forth natural philosophy. For it is from these above all that the founders of the heresies have become plagiarists, as we shall show afterward when we compare them with one another. And by giving back to each of those who began first what is his own, we shall present the heresiarchs naked and disgraced.

item 1, chapter 1

1.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Λέγεται Θαλῆν τὸν Μιλήσιον ἕνα τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν πρῶτον ἐπικεχειρηκέναι φιλοσοφίαν φυσικήν. Οὗτος ἔφη ἀρχὴν τοῦ παντὸς εἶναι καὶ τέλος τὸ ὕδωρ.

Legetai Thalēn ton Milēsion hena tōn hepta sophōn prōton epikecheirēkenai philosophian physikēn. Houtos ephē archēn tou pantos einai kai telos to hydōr.

It is said that Thales of Miletus, one of the seven wise men, first attempted natural philosophy. He said that the beginning and end of the universe is water.

1.1.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Ἐκ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ πάντα συνίστασθαι πηγνυμένου καὶ πάλιν διανιεμένου ἐπιφέρεσθαί τε αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ σεισμοὺς καὶ πνευμάτων στροφὰς καὶ ἄστρων κινήσεις· καὶ τὰ πάντα φέρεσθαί τε καὶ ῥεῖν τῇ

Ek gar autou ta panta synistasthai pēgnymenou kai palin dianiemenou epipheresthai te autǭ ta panta, aphʼ hou kai seismous kai pneumatōn strophas kai astrōn kinēseis; kai ta panta pheresthai te kai rhein tę̄

For all things are composed from it as it solidifies and again dissolves, and all things are borne upon it; and from it come earthquakes, whirlwinds, and the movements of the stars; and all things are carried and flow in agreement with the

1.1.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

τοῦ πρώτου ἀρχηγοῦ τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν φύσει συμφερόμενα. Θεῖον δὲ τοῦτο εἶναι, τὸ μήτʼ ἀρχὴν μήτε τελευτὴν ἔχον.

tou prōtou archēgou tēs geneseōs autōn physei sympheromena. Theion de touto einai, to mētʼ archēn mēte teleutēn echon.

nature of the first author of their coming into being. And this is divine, which has neither beginning nor end.

1.1.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Οὗτος περὶ τὸν τῶν ἄστρων λόγον καὶ τὴν ζήτησιν ἀσχοληθεὶς Ἕλλησι ταύτης τῆς μαθήσεως αἴτιος πρῶτος γίγνεται, ὃς ἀποβλέπων πρὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἄνω ἐπιμελῶς κατανοεῖν λέγων εἰς φρέαρ ἐνέπεσεν, ὃν ἐγγελῶσά τις θεραπαινίς, Θρᾷττα τοὔνομα, ἔφη· τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ προθυμούμενος εἰδέναι τὰ ἐν ποσὶν οὐκ οἶδεν. Ἐγένετο δὲ κατὰ Κροῖσον.

Houtos peri ton tōn astrōn logon kai tēn zētēsin ascholētheis Hellēsi tautēs tēs mathēseōs aitios prōtos gignetai, hos apoblepōn pros ton ouranon kai ta anō epimelōs katanoein legōn eis phrear enepesen, hon engelōsa tis therapainis, Thrątta tounoma, ephē; ta en ouranǭ prothymoumenos eidenai ta en posin ouk oiden. Egeneto de kata Kroison.

He, busying himself with the study and investigation of the stars, became for the Greeks the first cause of this branch of learning. Looking up at the sky and saying that he was carefully observing the things above, he fell into a well; and a certain maidservant named Thratta laughed at him and said: "Eager to know the things in the sky, he does not know what is at his feet." He lived in the time of Croesus.

item 1, chapter 2

1.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα φιλοσοφία οὐ μακρὰν τῶν αὐτῶν χρόνων, ἧς ἦρξε Πυθαγόρας, ὃν Σάμιόν τινες λέγουσιν. ἣν Ἰταλικὴν προσηγόρευσαν διὰ τὸ τὸν Πυθαγόραν φεύγοντα Πολυκράτην τὸν Σάμιον τύραννον οἰκῆσαι πόλιν τῆς Ἰταλίας κἀκεῖ τὸν βίον πληρῶσαι. Οὗ τὴν αἵρεσιν οἱ διαδεξάμενοι οὐ πολὺ διήνεγκαν τοῦ αὐτοῦ φρονήματος.

Esti de kai hetera philosophia ou makran tōn autōn chronōn, hēs ērxe Pythagoras, hon Samion tines legousin. hēn Italikēn prosēgoreusan dia to ton Pythagoran pheugonta Polykratēn ton Samion tyrannon oikēsai polin tēs Italias kakei ton bion plērōsai. Hou tēn hairesin hoi diadexamenoi ou poly diēnenkan tou autou phronēmatos.

There is also another philosophy, not far from the same times, which Pythagoras began, who some say was a Samian. They called it Italian, because Pythagoras, fleeing Polycrates the tyrant of Samos, settled in a city of Italy and there ended his life. Those who succeeded to his school did not differ much from the same way of thinking.

1.2.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ περὶ φυσικῶν ζητήσας ἔμιξεν ἀστρονομίαν καὶ γεωμετρίαν καὶ μουσικὴν [καὶ ἀριθμητικήν]. Καὶ οὕτως μονάδα μὲν εἶναι ἀπεφήνατο τὸν θεόν, ἀριθμοῦ δὲ φύσιν περιέργως καταμαθὼν μελῳδεῖν ἔφη τὸν κόσμον καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ συγκεῖσθαι, καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἄστρων πρῶτος τὴν κίνησιν εἰς ῥυθμὸν καὶ μέλος ἤγαγεν.

Kai autos de peri physikōn zētēsas emixen astronomian kai geōmetrian kai mousikēn [kai arithmētikēn]. Kai houtōs monada men einai apephēnato ton theon, arithmou de physin periergōs katamathōn melǭdein ephē ton kosmon kai harmonią synkeisthai, kai tōn hepta astrōn prōtos tēn kinēsin eis rhythmon kai melos ēgagen.

He too, inquiring into natural things, combined astronomy, geometry, and music [and arithmetic]. And so he declared that God is a monad; and having studied the nature of number with great care, he said that the world sings and is composed in harmony, and he was the first to bring the motion of the seven stars into rhythm and melody.

1.2.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 8

Θαυμάσας δὲ τὴν διοίκησιν τῶν ὅλων ἠξίωσε τὰ πρῶτα σιγᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς, οἱονεὶ μύστας τοῦ παντὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἥκοντας· εἶτα ἐπειδὰν αὐτοῖς ἱκανῶς παιδείας τῆς τῶν λόγων δόξῃ μετεῖναι καὶ δυνατῶς περὶ ἄστρων καὶ φύσεως φιλοσοφήσωσι, καθαροὺς κρίνας τότε κελεύει φθέγγεσθαι.

Thaumasas de tēn dioikēsin tōn holōn ēxiōse ta prōta sigan tous mathētas, hoionei mystas tou pantos eis ton kosmon hēkontas; eita epeidan autois hikanōs paideias tēs tōn logōn doxę̄ meteinai kai dynatōs peri astrōn kai physeōs philosophēsōsi, katharous krinas tote keleuei phthengesthai.

Marveling at the ordering of the universe, he required his disciples at first to keep silent, as initiates of the universe who had come into the world; then, when they seemed to have had enough share in the training of discourse and could philosophize ably about the stars and nature, he judged them pure and then bade them speak.

1.2.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 8–10

Οὗτος τοὺς μαθητὰς διεῖλε καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐσωτερικούς, τοὺς δὲ ἐξωτερικοὺς ἐκάλεσεν. Τοῖς δὲ τὰ τελεώτερα μαθήματα ἐπίστευε, τοῖς δὲ τὰ μετριώτερα.

Houtos tous mathētas dieile kai tous men esōterikous, tous de exōterikous ekalesen. Tois de ta teleōtera mathēmata episteue, tois de ta metriōtera.

He divided his disciples, and called some esoteric and others exoteric. To the former he entrusted the more perfect teachings, to the latter the more moderate.

1.2.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 10

ἐφήψατο δὲ καὶ μαγικῆς, ὥς φασι, καὶ φυσιογνωμονικὴν αὐτὸς ἐξεῦρεν ἀριθμούς τινας καὶ μέτρα ὑποθέμενος, λέγων τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἀριθμητικῆς φιλοσοφίαν κατὰ σύνθεσιν περιέχειν τόνδε τὸν τρόπον.

ephēpsato de kai magikēs, hōs phasi, kai physiognōmonikēn autos exeuren arithmous tinas kai metra hypothemenos, legōn tēn archēn tēs arithmētikēs philosophian kata synthesin periechein tonde ton tropon.

He also dealt in magic, as they say, and himself invented physiognomy, laying down certain numbers and measures, saying that the beginning of arithmetic contains philosophy by composition in this way.

1.2.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 10

Ἀριθμὸς γέγονε πρῶτος ἀρχή, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀόριστον, ἀκατάληπτον, ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάντας τοὺς ἐπʼ ἄπειρον δυναμένους ἐλθεῖν ἀριθμοὺς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος. Τῶν δὲ ἀριθμῶν ἀρχὴ γέγονε καθʼ ὑπόστασιν ἡ πρώτη μονάς, ἥτις ἐστὶ μονὰς ἄρσην γεννῶσα πατρικῶς πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους ἀριθμούς. Δεύτερον ἡ δυὰς θῆλυς ἀριθμός, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ ἄρτιος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀριθμητικῶν καλεῖται.

Arithmos gegone prōtos archē, hoper estin aoriston, akatalēpton, echōn en heautǭ pantas tous epʼ apeiron dynamenous elthein arithmous kata to plēthos. Tōn de arithmōn archē gegone kathʼ hypostasin hē prōtē monas, hētis esti monas arsēn gennōsa patrikōs pantas tous allous arithmous. Deuteron hē dyas thēlys arithmos, ho de autos kai artios hypo tōn arithmētikōn kaleitai.

Number came into being as the first principle, which is indefinite, incomprehensible, containing in itself all the numbers that can go on to infinity in multitude. The principle of numbers in substance came to be the first monad, which is a male monad, begetting all the other numbers after the manner of a father. Second is the dyad, a female number, which is also called even by the arithmeticians.

1.2.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 10

Τρίτον ἡ τριὰς ἀριθμὸς ἄρσην, οὗτος καὶ περισσὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀριθμητικῶν νενομοθέτηται καλεῖσθαι. Ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τούτοις ἡ τετρὰς θῆλυς ἀριθμός, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ ἄρτιος καλεῖται ὅτι θῆλυς ἐστίν.

Triton hē trias arithmos arsēn, houtos kai perissos hypo tōn arithmētikōn nenomothetētai kaleisthai. Epi pasi de toutois hē tetras thēlys arithmos, ho de autos kai artios kaleitai hoti thēlys estin.

Third is the triad, a male number; this too has been ordained by the arithmeticians to be called odd. After all these is the tetrad, a female number; the same is also called even because it is female.

1.2.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 10

Γεγόνασιν οὖν οἱ πάντες ἀριθμοὶ ληφθέντες ἀπὸ γένους τέσσαρες (ἀριθμὸς δʼ ἦν τὸ γένος ἀόριστος), ἀφʼ ὧν ὁ τέλειος αὐτοῖς συνέστηκεν ἀριθμὸς ἡ δεκάς. Τὸ γὰρ ἓν, δύο, τρία, τέσσαρα γίνεται δέκα, ἐὰν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀριθμῶν φυλάσσηται κατʼ οὐσίαν τὸ οἰκεῖον ὄνομα.

Gegonasin oun hoi pantes arithmoi lēphthentes apo genous tessares (arithmos dʼ ēn to genos aoristos), aphʼ hōn ho teleios autois synestēken arithmos hē dekas. To gar hen, dyo, tria, tessara ginetai deka, ean hekastǭ tōn arithmōn phylassētai katʼ ousian to oikeion onoma.

All the numbers, then, taken by kind, are four (number as a kind being indefinite), from which their perfect number, the decad, is composed. For one, two, three, four make ten, if to each of the numbers its own name is kept according to its substance.

1.2.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 10

Ταύτην ὁ Πυθαγόρας ἔφη ἱερὰν τετρακτύν, πηγὴν ἀεννάου φύσεως ῥιζώματα ἔχουσαν ἐν ἑαυτῇ, καὶ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ πάντας ἔχειν τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς τὴν ἀρχήν. ὁ γὰρ ἕνδεκα καὶ ὁ δώδεκα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ δέκα μετέχουσι. Ταύτης τῆς δεκάδος, τοῦ τελείου ἀριθμοῦ, τὰ τέσσαρα καλεῖται μέρη ἀριθμός, μονάς, δύναμις, κύβος.

Tautēn ho Pythagoras ephē hieran tetraktyn, pēgēn aennaou physeōs rhizōmata echousan en heautę̄, kai ek toutou tou arithmou pantas echein tous arithmous tēn archēn. ho gar hendeka kai ho dōdeka kai hoi loipoi tēn archēn tou einai ek tou deka metechousi. Tautēs tēs dekados, tou teleiou arithmou, ta tessara kaleitai merē arithmos, monas, dynamis, kybos.

This Pythagoras called the sacred tetractys, "source of ever-flowing nature, having roots within itself," and from this number all numbers have their beginning. For eleven and twelve and the rest take the beginning of their being from ten. Of this decad, the perfect number, the four parts are called number, monad, power, cube.

1.2.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 10–12

Ὧν καὶ ἐπιπλοκαὶ καὶ μίξεις πρὸς γένεσιν αὐξήσεως γίνονται, κατὰ φύσιν τὸν γόνιμον ἀριθμὸν ἀποτελοῦσαι· ὅταν γὰρ δύναμις αὐτὴ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν κυβισθῇ, γέγονε δυναμοδύναμις· ὅταν δὲ δύναμις ἐπὶ κύβον, γέγονε δυναμόκυβος, ὅταν δὲ κύβος ἐπὶ κύβον, γέγονε κυβόκυβος· ὡς γίνεσθαι τοὺς πάντας ἀριθμούς, ἐξ ὧν ἡ τῶν γινομένων γένεσις γίνεται, ἑπτά· ἀριθμὸν, μονάδα, δύναμιν, κύβον, δυναμοδύναμιν, δυναμόκυβον, κυβόκυβον.

Hōn kai epiplokai kai mixeis pros genesin auxēseōs ginontai, kata physin ton gonimon arithmon apotelousai; hotan gar dynamis autē ephʼ heautēn kybisthę̄, gegone dynamodynamis; hotan de dynamis epi kybon, gegone dynamokybos, hotan de kybos epi kybon, gegone kybokybos; hōs ginesthai tous pantas arithmous, ex hōn hē tōn ginomenōn genesis ginetai, hepta; arithmon, monada, dynamin, kybon, dynamodynamin, dynamokybon, kybokybon.

Of these there come interweavings and mixtures for the generation of increase, completing the fruitful number according to nature. For when a power is cubed upon itself, it becomes a power-power; when a power is multiplied by a cube, a power-cube; when a cube by a cube, a cube-cube; so that all the numbers from which the generation of things that come to be arises are seven: number, monad, power, cube, power-power, power-cube, cube-cube.

1.2.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 12

Οὗτος καὶ ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον εἶπε καὶ μετενσωμάτωσιν· διὸ ἔλεγεν ἑαυτὸν πρὸ μὲν τῶν Τρωϊκῶν Αἰθαλίδην γεγονέναι, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Τρωϊκοῖς Εὔφορβον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ἑρμότιμον Σάμιον, μεθʼ ὅν Πύρρον Δήλιον, πέμπτον Πυθαγόραν.

Houtos kai psychēn athanaton eipe kai metensōmatōsin; dio elegen heauton pro men tōn Trōïkōn Aithalidēn gegonenai, en de tois Trōïkois Euphorbon, meta de tauta Hermotimon Samion, methʼ hon Pyrron Dēlion, pempton Pythagoran.

He also said that the soul is immortal and taught transmigration into bodies; wherefore he used to say that before the Trojan War he had been Aethalides, in the Trojan War Euphorbus, after that Hermotimus of Samos, after him Pyrrhus of Delos, and fifth Pythagoras.

1.2.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 12

Διόδωρος δὲ ὁ Ἐρετριεὺς καὶ Ἀριστόξενος ὁ μουσικός φασι πρὸς Ζαράταν τὸν Χαλδαῖον ἐληλυθέναι Πυθαγόραν· τὸν δὲ ἐκθέσθαι αὐτῷ δύο εἶναι ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τοῖς οὖσιν αἴτια, πατέρα καὶ μητέρα· καὶ πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος, τοῦ δὲ φωτὸς μέρη θερμόν, ξηρόν, κοῦφον, ταχύ· τοῦ δὲ σκότους ψυχρόν, ὑγρόν, βαρύ, βραδύ· ἐκ δὲ τούτων πάντα τὸν κόσμον συνεστάναι, ἐκ θηλείας καὶ ἄρρενος.

Diodōros de ho Eretrieus kai Aristoxenos ho mousikos phasi pros Zaratan ton Chaldaion elēlythenai Pythagoran; ton de ekthesthai autǭ dyo einai apʼ archēs tois ousin aitia, patera kai mētera; kai patera men phōs, mētera de skotos, tou de phōtos merē thermon, xēron, kouphon, tachy; tou de skotous psychron, hygron, bary, brady; ek de toutōn panta ton kosmon synestanai, ek thēleias kai arrenos.

Diodorus of Eretria and Aristoxenus the musician say that Pythagoras went to Zaratas the Chaldean; and that he explained to him that there are from the beginning two causes of the things that exist, father and mother; the father is light and the mother darkness; the parts of light are hot, dry, light, swift; of darkness, cold, moist, heavy, slow; and from these the whole world is composed, from female and male.

1.2.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 12

Εἶναι δὲ τὸν κόσμον φύσιν κατὰ μουσικὴν ἁρμονίαν, διὸ καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν περίοδον ἐναρμόνιον. Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐκ γῆς καὶ κόσμου γινομένων τάδε φασὶ λέγειν τὸν Ζαράταν· δύο δαίμονας εἶναι, τὸν μὲν οὐράνιον, τὸν δὲ χθόνιον· καὶ τὸν μὲν χθόνιον ἀνιέναι τὴν γένεσιν ἐκ τῆς γῆς· εἶναι δὲ ὕδωρ· τὸν δὲ οὐράνιον πῦρ μετέχον τοῦ ἀέρος, θερμὸν τοῦ ψυχροῦ· διὸ καὶ τούτων οὐδὲν ἀναιρεῖν οὐδὲ μιαίνειν φησὶ τὴν ψυχήν· ἐστὶ γὰρ ταῦτα οὐσία τῶν πάντων.

Einai de ton kosmon physin kata mousikēn harmonian, dio kai ton hēlion poieisthai tēn periodon enarmonion. Peri de tōn ek gēs kai kosmou ginomenōn tade phasi legein ton Zaratan; dyo daimonas einai, ton men ouranion, ton de chthonion; kai ton men chthonion anienai tēn genesin ek tēs gēs; einai de hydōr; ton de ouranion pyr metechon tou aeros, thermon tou psychrou; dio kai toutōn ouden anairein oude miainein phēsi tēn psychēn; esti gar tauta ousia tōn pantōn.

And the world is a nature according to musical harmony, which is why the sun also makes its circuit harmoniously. Concerning the things that come from the earth and the world, they say Zaratas speaks thus: there are two daemons, one heavenly and the other earthly; the earthly one sends up generation from the earth, and it is water; the heavenly one is fire sharing in air, hot with cold. Wherefore, he says, none of these destroys or defiles the soul, for these are the substance of all things.

1.2.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 12

Κυάμους δὲ λέγεται παραγγέλλειν μὴ ἐσθίειν, αἰτίᾳ τοῦ τὸν Ζαράταν εἰρηκέναι κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ σύγκρισιν τῶν πάντων συνισταμένης τῆς γῆς ἔτι καὶ συνσεσημμένης γενέσθαι τὸν κύαμον. τούτου δὲ τεκμήριόν φησιν, εἴ τις καταμασησάμενος λεῖον τὸν κύαμον καταθείη πρὸς ἥλιον χρόνον τινά (τοῦτο γὰρ εὐθέως ἀντιλήψεται), προσφέρειν ἀνθρωπίνου γόνου ὀδμήν.

Kyamous de legetai parangellein mē esthiein, aitią tou ton Zaratan eirēkenai kata tēn archēn kai synkrisin tōn pantōn synistamenēs tēs gēs eti kai synsesēmmenēs genesthai ton kyamon. toutou de tekmērion phēsin, ei tis katamasēsamenos leion ton kyamon katatheiē pros hēlion chronon tina (touto gar eutheōs antilēpsetai), prospherein anthrōpinou gonou odmēn.

He is said to have commanded not to eat beans, because Zaratas said that at the beginning and compounding of all things, while the earth was still being formed and putrefying together, the bean came into being. Of this he says there is proof: if one chews a bean smooth and lays it out in the sun for some time (for it will take effect at once), it gives off the smell of human seed.

1.2.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 12

Σαφέστερον δὲ εἶναι καὶ ἕτερον παράδειγμα λέγει, εἰ ἀνθοῦντος τοῦ κυάμου λαβόντες τὸν κύαμον καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ καὶ καταθέντες εἰς χύτραν ταύτην τε καταχρίσαντες εἰς γῆν κατορύξαιμεν καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἀνακαλύψαιμεν, ἴδοιμεν αὐτὸ εἶδος ἔχον τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὡς αἰσχύνην γυναικός, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κατανοούμενον παιδίου κεφαλὴν συμπεφυκυῖαν.

Saphesteron de einai kai heteron paradeigma legei, ei anthountos tou kyamou labontes ton kyamon kai to anthos autou kai katathentes eis chytran tautēn te katachrisantes eis gēn katoryxaimen kai metʼ oligas hēmeras anakalypsaimen, idoimen auto eidos echon to men prōton hōs aischynēn gynaikos, meta de tauta katanooumenon paidiou kephalēn sympephykuian.

And he says there is another, clearer example: if, when the bean is in flower, we take the bean and its flower and put them in a pot, and seal it and bury it in the earth, and after a few days uncover it, we would see that it has at first the form of a woman's private parts, and afterward, on closer view, a child's head grown with it.

1.2.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 12–14

Οὗτος ἐν Κρότωνι τῆς Ἰταλίας ἅμα τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐμπυρισθεὶς διεφθάρη. Ἔθος δὲ τοῦτο ἦν παρʼ αὐτῷ, ἐπειδὰν προσῄει τις μαθητευσόμενος, πιπράσκειν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον κατατιθέναι ἐσφραγισμένον παρὰ τῷ Πυθαγόρᾳ, καὶ ὑπέμεινε σιωπῶν ὅτε μὲν ἔτη τρία, ὅτε δὲ πέντε καὶ μανθάνων. αὖθις δὲ λυθεὶς ἐμίσγετο τοῖς ἑτέροις καὶ παρέμενε μαθητὴς καὶ συνειστιᾶτο ἅμα, εἰ δʼ οὐ, ἀπελάμβανε τὸ ἴδιον καὶ ἀπεβάλλετο.

Houtos en Krotōni tēs Italias hama tois mathētais empyristheis diephtharē. Ethos de touto ēn parʼ autǭ, epeidan prosę̄ei tis mathēteusomenos, pipraskein ta hyparchonta kai to argyrion katatithenai esphragismenon para tǭ Pythagorą, kai hypemeine siōpōn hote men etē tria, hote de pente kai manthanōn. authis de lytheis emisgeto tois heterois kai paremene mathētēs kai syneistiato hama, ei dʼ ou, apelambane to idion kai apeballeto.

He perished at Croton in Italy, burned together with his disciples. This was his custom: when anyone came to him to become a disciple, he would sell his possessions and deposit the money, sealed, with Pythagoras, and he would remain silent, sometimes for three years and sometimes for five, and learn. Then, released again, he associated with the others and remained a disciple and ate with them; if not, he took back his own and was sent away.

1.2.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 14

Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐσωτερικοὶ ἐκαλοῦντο Πυθαγόρειοι, οἱ δὲ ἕτεροι Πυθαγορισταί. Τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ οἱ διαφυγόντες τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν Λῦσις ἦν καὶ Ἄρχιππος καὶ ὁ τοῦ Πυθαγόρου οἰκέτης Ζάμολξις, ὃς καὶ τοὺς παρὰ Κελτοῖς Δρυΐδας λέγεται διδάξαι φιλοσοφεῖν τὴν Πυθαγόρειον φιλοσοφίαν.

Hoi men oun esōterikoi ekalounto Pythagoreioi, hoi de heteroi Pythagoristai. Tōn de mathētōn autou hoi diaphygontes ton emprēsmon Lysis ēn kai Archippos kai ho tou Pythagorou oiketēs Zamolxis, hos kai tous para Keltois Dryïdas legetai didaxai philosophein tēn Pythagoreion philosophian.

Those within were called Pythagoreans, the others Pythagorists. Of his disciples, those who escaped the fire were Lysis and Archippus and Pythagoras's servant Zamolxis, who is also said to have taught the Druids among the Celts to practice the Pythagorean philosophy.

1.2.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 14

Τοὺς δὲ ἀριθμοὺς καὶ τὰ μέτρα παρὰ Αἰγυπτίων φασὶ τὸν Πυθαγόραν μαθεῖν, ὃς καταπλαγεὶς τῇ τῶν ἱερέων ἀξιοπίστῳ καὶ φαντασιώδει καὶ δυσχερῶς ἐξαγορευομένῃ σοφίᾳ, μιμησάμενος ὁμοίως καὶ αὐτὸς σιγᾶν προσέταξεν καὶ ἐν ἀδύτοις καταγείοις ἐρημεῖν ἐποίει μανθάνοντας.

Tous de arithmous kai ta metra para Aigyptiōn phasi ton Pythagoran mathein, hos kataplageis tę̄ tōn hiereōn axiopistǭ kai phantasiōdei kai dyscherōs exagoreuomenę̄ sophią, mimēsamenos homoiōs kai autos sigan prosetaxen kai en adytois katageiois erēmein epoiei manthanontas.

They say that Pythagoras learned numbers and measures from the Egyptians; astonished by the priests' wisdom, so credible, so full of visions, and so hard to disclose, he imitated it and likewise commanded silence, and made those who were learning live in solitude in underground sanctuaries.

item 1, chapter 3

1.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 14

Ἐμπεδοκλῆς δὲ μετὰ τούτους γενόμενος καὶ περὶ δαιμόνων φύσεως εἶπε πολλά, ὡς ἀναστρέφονται διοικοῦντες τὰ κατὰ τὴν γῆν ὄντες πλεῖστοι. Οὗτος τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχὴν νεῖκος καὶ φιλίαν ἔφη· καὶ τὸ τῆς μονάδος νοερὸν πῦρ τὸν θεόν, καὶ συνεστάναι ἐκ πυρὸς τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς πῦρ ἀναλυθήσεσθαι· ᾦ σχεδὸν καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ συντίθενται δόγματι, ἐκπύρωσιν προσδοκῶντες.

Empedoklēs de meta toutous genomenos kai peri daimonōn physeōs eipe polla, hōs anastrephontai dioikountes ta kata tēn gēn ontes pleistoi. Houtos tēn tou pantos archēn neikos kai philian ephē; kai to tēs monados noeron pyr ton theon, kai synestanai ek pyros ta panta kai eis pyr analythēsesthai; ǭ schedon kai hoi Stōïkoi syntithentai dogmati, ekpyrōsin prosdokōntes.

Empedocles, who came after these, said much about the nature of daemons, how they go about, being very many, managing the things on earth. He said that the principle of the universe is strife and love; and that God is the intelligent fire of the monad, and that all things are composed of fire and will be dissolved into fire; with this doctrine the Stoics too almost agree, expecting a conflagration.

1.3.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 14

μάλιστα δὲ πάντων συγκατατίθεται τῇ μετενσωματώσει, οὕτως εἰπών· Ἤτοι μὲν γὰρ ἐγὼ γενόμην κοῦρός τε κόρη τε θαμνός τʼ οἰωνός τε καὶ ἐξ ἁλὸς ἔμπορος ἰχθύς. Οὗτος πάσας εἰς πάντα τὰ ζῶα μεταλλάττειν εἶπε τὰς ψυχάς. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ τούτων διδάσκαλος Πυθαγόρας ἔφη ἑαυτὸν Εὔφορβον γεγονέναι τὸν ἐπὶ Ἴλιον στρατεύσαντα, φάσκων ἐπιγινώσκειν τὴν ἀσπίδα. Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς.

malista de pantōn synkatatithetai tę̄ metensōmatōsei, houtōs eipōn; Ētoi men gar egō genomēn kouros te korē te thamnos tʼ oiōnos te kai ex halos emporos ichthys. Houtos pasas eis panta ta zōa metallattein eipe tas psychas. Kai gar ho toutōn didaskalos Pythagoras ephē heauton Euphorbon gegonenai ton epi Ilion strateusanta, phaskōn epiginōskein tēn aspida. Tauta men ho Empedoklēs.

Above all he agrees with transmigration, speaking thus: "For already I have been a boy and a girl, a bush and a bird, and a fish that journeys from the sea." He said that all souls change into all living things. For their teacher Pythagoras said that he had been Euphorbus, who fought at Ilium, claiming that he recognized his shield. So much for Empedocles.

item 1, chapter 4

1.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 14

Ἡράκλειτος δὲ φυσικὸς φιλόσοφος, ὁ Ἐφέσιος, τὰ πάντα ἔκλαιεν ἄγνοιαν τοῦ παντὸς βίου καταγινώσκων καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἐλεῶν δὲ τὸν τῶν θνητῶν βίον. αὐτὸν μὲν γὰρ ἔφασκε τὰ πάντα εἰδέναι, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους οὐδέν.

Hērakleitos de physikos philosophos, ho Ephesios, ta panta eklaien agnoian tou pantos biou kataginōskōn kai pantōn anthrōpōn, eleōn de ton tōn thnētōn bion. auton men gar ephaske ta panta eidenai, tous de allous anthrōpous ouden.

Heraclitus of Ephesus, a natural philosopher, wept over everything, condemning the ignorance of all life and of all men, and pitying the life of mortals. For he claimed that he himself knew all things, but other men nothing.

1.4.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 14–16

Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ σχεδὸν σύμφωνα τῷ Ἐμπεδοκλεῖ ἐφθέγξατο, στάσιν καὶ φιλίαν φήσας τῶν ἁπάντων ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ πῦρ νοερὸν τὸν θεὸν συμφέρεσθαί τε τὰ πάντα ἀλλήλοις καὶ οὐχ

Kai autos de schedon symphōna tǭ Empedoklei ephthenxato, stasin kai philian phēsas tōn hapantōn archēn einai kai pyr noeron ton theon sympheresthai te ta panta allēlois kai ouch

He too spoke almost in agreement with Empedocles, saying that strife and love are the principle of all things, and that God is intelligent fire, and that all things are borne along together with one another and do not

1.4.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

ἑστάναι, καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς πάντα τὸν καθʼ ἡμᾶς τόπον ἔφη κακῶν μεστὸν εἶναι καὶ μέχρι μὲν σελήνης τὰ κακὰ φθάνειν ἐκ τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου ταθέντα, περαιτέρω δὲ μὴ χωρεῖν, ἅτε καθαρωτέρου τοῦ ὑπὲρ τὴν σελήνην παντὸς ὄντος τόπου. Οὕτω καὶ τῷ Ἡρακλείτῳ ἔδοξεν.

hestanai, kai hōsper ho Empedoklēs panta ton kathʼ hēmas topon ephē kakōn meston einai kai mechri men selēnēs ta kaka phthanein ek tou peri gēn topou tathenta, peraiterō de mē chōrein, hate katharōterou tou hyper tēn selēnēn pantos ontos topou. Houtō kai tǭ Hērakleitǭ edoxen.

stand still. And like Empedocles he said that the whole region where we live is full of evils, and that evils reach as far as the moon, stretched out from the region around the earth, but go no further, since the whole region above the moon is purer. So too it seemed to Heraclitus.

item 1, chapter 5

1.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

Μετὰ τούτους ἐγένοντο καὶ ἕτεροι φυσικοί, ὧν οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμεθα τὰς δόξας εἰπεῖν, μηδὲν τῶν προειρημένων ἀπεμφαινούσας. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καθόλου οὐ μικρὰ γεγένηται ἡ σχολὴ πολλοί τε οἱ μετέπειτα φυσικοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν γεγένηνται ἄλλοι ἄλλως περὶ φύσεως τοῦ παντὸς διηγούμενοι, καὶ δοκεῖ ἡμῖν τὴν ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου ἐκθεμένους φιλοσοφίαν κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἀναδραμεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς μετὰ Θαλῆν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐξειπόντας ἐλθεῖν ἐπί τε τὴν ἠθικὴν καὶ λογικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, ὧν ἦρξαν Σωκράτης μὲν ἠθικῆς, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ διαλεκτικῆς.

Meta toutous egenonto kai heteroi physikoi, hōn ouk anankaion hēgēsametha tas doxas eipein, mēden tōn proeirēmenōn apemphainousas. Allʼ epei katholou ou mikra gegenētai hē scholē polloi te hoi metepeita physikoi ex autōn gegenēntai alloi allōs peri physeōs tou pantos diēgoumenoi, kai dokei hēmin tēn apo Pythagorou ekthemenous philosophian kata diadochēn anadramein epi ta doxanta tois meta Thalēn, kai tauta exeipontas elthein epi te tēn ēthikēn kai logikēn philosophian, hōn ērxan Sōkratēs men ēthikēs, Aristotelēs de dialektikēs.

After these there were other natural philosophers too, whose opinions we have not thought it necessary to state, since they do not differ from those already mentioned. But since, on the whole, the school has become no small one, and many later natural philosophers have come from them, each describing the nature of the universe in a different way, it seems good to us, having set out the philosophy descended from Pythagoras, to go back in order of succession to the opinions of those after Thales, and having stated these, to come to ethical and logical philosophy, of which Socrates began the ethical, and Aristotle the dialectical.

item 1, chapter 6

1.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

Θαλοῦ τοίνυν Ἀναξίμανδρος γίνεται ἀκροατής. Ἀναξίμανδρος Πραξιάδου Μιλήσιος. Οὗτος ἀρχὴν ἔφη τῶν ὄντων φύσιν τινὰ τοῦ ἀπείρου, ἐξ ἧς γίνεσθαι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς κόσμους. Ταύτην δʼ ἀΐδιον εἶναι καὶ ἀγήρω, ἣν καὶ πάντας περιέχειν τοὺς κόσμους. Λέγει δὲ χρόνον ὡς ὡρισμένης τῆς γενέσεως καὶ τῆς οὐσίας καὶ τῆς φθορᾶς.

Thalou toinyn Anaximandros ginetai akroatēs. Anaximandros Praxiadou Milēsios. Houtos archēn ephē tōn ontōn physin tina tou apeirou, ex hēs ginesthai tous ouranous kai tous en autois kosmous. Tautēn dʼ aïdion einai kai agērō, hēn kai pantas periechein tous kosmous. Legei de chronon hōs hōrismenēs tēs geneseōs kai tēs ousias kai tēs phthoras.

Anaximander, then, becomes a hearer of Thales. Anaximander, son of Praxiades, of Miletus. He said that the principle of existing things is a certain nature of the boundless, from which come the heavens and the worlds in them. This is everlasting and ageless, and it also encompasses all the worlds. He speaks of time, since generation, being, and destruction are determined.

1.6.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

Οὗτος μὲν ἀρχὴν καὶ στοιχεῖον εἴρηκε τῶν ὄντων τὸ ἄπειρον, πρῶτος τοὔνομα καλέσας τῆς ἀρχῆς. Πρὸς δὲ τούτῳ κίνησιν ἀΐδιον εἶναι, ἐν ᾗ συμβαίνειν γίνεσθαι τοὺς οὐρανούς.

Houtos men archēn kai stoicheion eirēke tōn ontōn to apeiron, prōtos tounoma kalesas tēs archēs. Pros de toutǭ kinēsin aïdion einai, en hę̄ symbainein ginesthai tous ouranous.

He said that the principle and element of existing things is the boundless, being the first to call the principle by this name. In addition, there is an everlasting motion, in which it happens that the heavens come into being.

1.6.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

Τὴν δὲ γῆν εἶναι μετέωρον ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς κρατουμένην, μένουσαν διὰ τὴν ὁμοίαν πάντων ἀπόστασιν. Τὸ δὲ σχῆμα αὐτῆς γυρόν, στρογγύλον, κίονι λίθῳ παραπλήσιον. Τῶν δὲ ἐπιπέδων ᾧ μὲν ἐπιβεβήκαμεν, ὃ δὲ ἀντίθετον ὑπάρχει.

Tēn de gēn einai meteōron hypʼ oudenos kratoumenēn, menousan dia tēn homoian pantōn apostasin. To de schēma autēs gyron, strongylon, kioni lithǭ paraplēsion. Tōn de epipedōn hǭ men epibebēkamen, ho de antitheton hyparchei.

The earth is suspended aloft, held up by nothing, remaining in place because of its equal distance from all things. Its shape is curved, round, like a stone column. Of its flat surfaces, we walk on one, and the other is opposite.

1.6.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 16

Τὰ δὲ ἄστρα γίνεσθαι κύκλον πυρός, ἀποκριθέντα τοῦ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον πυρός, περιληφθέντα δʼ ὑπὸ ἀέρος. Ἐκπνοὰς δʼ ὑπάρξαι τινὰς ἀερώδεις, καθʼ οὓς τόπους φαίνεται τὰ ἄστρα· διὸ καὶ ἐπιφρασσομένων τῶν ἐκπνοῶν τὰς ἐκλείψεις γίνεσθαι.

Ta de astra ginesthai kyklon pyros, apokrithenta tou kata ton kosmon pyros, perilēphthenta dʼ hypo aeros. Ekpnoas dʼ hyparxai tinas aerōdeis, kathʼ hous topous phainetai ta astra; dio kai epiphrassomenōn tōn ekpnoōn tas ekleipseis ginesthai.

The stars come into being as a circle of fire, separated off from the fire in the world and enclosed by air. There are certain airy vents, at the places where the stars appear; therefore, when the vents are blocked, eclipses occur.

1.6.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 16–18

Τὴν δὲ σελήνην ποτὲ μὲν πληρουμένην φαίνεσθαι, ποτὲ δὲ μειουμένην κατὰ τὴν τῶν πόρων ἐπίφραξιν ἢ ἄνοιξιν. Εἶναι δὲ τὸν κύκλον τοῦ ἡλίου ἑπτακαιεικοσιπλασίονα τῆς σελήνης, καὶ ἀνωτάτω μὲν εἶναι τὸν ἡλίου, κατωτάτω δὲ τοὺς τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων κύκλους.

Tēn de selēnēn pote men plēroumenēn phainesthai, pote de meioumenēn kata tēn tōn porōn epiphraxin ē anoixin. Einai de ton kyklon tou hēliou heptakaieikosiplasiona tēs selēnēs, kai anōtatō men einai ton hēliou, katōtatō de tous tōn aplanōn asterōn kyklous.

The moon appears now full and now waning according to the blocking or opening of its passages. The circle of the sun is twenty-seven times that of the moon; the sun's is highest, and the circles of the fixed stars lowest.

1.6.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Τὰ δὲ ζῶα γίνεσθαι ἐξατμιζόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου. Τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον ἑτέρῳ ζώῳ γεγονέναι, τούτεστιν ἰχθύϊ, παραπλήσιον κατʼ ἀρχάς.

Ta de zōa ginesthai exatmizomena hypo tou hēliou. Ton de anthrōpon heterǭ zōǭ gegonenai, toutestin ichthyï, paraplēsion katʼ archas.

Living things come into being evaporated out by the sun. And man was at the beginning like another living thing, that is, a fish.

1.6.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Ἀνέμους δὲ γίνεσθαι τῶν λεπτοτάτων ἀτμῶν τοῦ ἀέρος ἀποκρινομένων καὶ ὅταν ἀθροισθῶσι κινουμένων, ὑετὸν δὲ ἐκ γῆς ἀναδιδομένης ἐκ τῶν ὑφʼ ἥλιον· ἀστραπὰς δὲ, ὅταν ἄνεμος ἐμπίπτων διϊστᾷ τὰς νεφέλας. Οὗτος ἐγένετο κατὰ ἔτος τρίτον τῆς τεσσαρακοστῆς δευτέρας ὀλυμπιάδος.

Anemous de ginesthai tōn leptotatōn atmōn tou aeros apokrinomenōn kai hotan athroisthōsi kinoumenōn, hyeton de ek gēs anadidomenēs ek tōn hyphʼ hēlion; astrapas de, hotan anemos empiptōn diïstą tas nephelas. Houtos egeneto kata etos triton tēs tessarakostēs deuteras olympiados.

Winds arise when the finest vapors of the air are separated off and, when gathered, are set in motion; rain arises from the earth's exhalation under the sun; and lightning when wind falls upon the clouds and splits them. He lived in the third year of the forty-second Olympiad.

item 1, chapter 7

1.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Ἀναξιμένης δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὢν Μιλήσιος, υἱὸς δʼ Εὐρυστράτου, ἀέρα ἄπειρον ἔφη τὴν ἀρχὴν εἶναι, ἐξ οὗ τὰ γινόμενα, τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα, καὶ θεοὺς καὶ θεῖα γίνεσθαι, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἐκ τῶν τούτων ἀπογόνων.

Anaximenēs de kai autos ōn Milēsios, huios dʼ Eurystratou, aera apeiron ephē tēn archēn einai, ex hou ta ginomena, ta gegonota kai ta esomena, kai theous kai theia ginesthai, ta de loipa ek tōn toutōn apogonōn.

Anaximenes, himself also of Miletus, son of Eurystratus, said that the principle is boundless air, from which come the things that are coming to be, that have come to be, and that will be, and gods and divine things, and the rest from their offspring.

1.7.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Τὸ δὲ εἶδος τοῦ ἀέρος τοιοῦτον, ὅταν μὲν ὁμαλώτατος ᾖ, ὄψει ἄδηλον, δηλοῦσθαι δὲ τῷ ψυχρῷ καὶ τῷ θερμῷ καὶ τῷ νοτερῷ καὶ τῷ κινουμένῳ, κινεῖσθαι δὲ ἀεί· οὐ γὰρ μεταβάλλειν ὅσα μεταβάλλει, εἰ μὴ κινοῖτο.

To de eidos tou aeros toiouton, hotan men homalōtatos ę̄, opsei adēlon, dēlousthai de tǭ psychrǭ kai tǭ thermǭ kai tǭ noterǭ kai tǭ kinoumenǭ, kineisthai de aei; ou gar metaballein hosa metaballei, ei mē kinoito.

The form of the air is this: when it is most even, it is invisible to sight, but it is made evident by cold and heat and moisture and motion, and it is always in motion; for the things that change would not change unless it moved.

1.7.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Πυκνούμενον γὰρ καὶ ἀραιούμενον διάφορον φαίνεσθαι· ὅταν γὰρ εἰς τὸ ἀραιότερον διαχυθῇ, πῦρ γίνεσθαι, μέσως δὲ πάλιν εἰς ἀέρα πυκνούμενον ἐξ ἀέρος νέφος ἀποτελεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν πίλησιν, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ὕδωρ, ἐπὶ πλεῖον πυκνωθέντα γῆν, καὶ εἰς τὸ μάλιστα πυκνώτατον λίθους. Ὥστε τὰ κυριώτατα τῆς γενέσεως ἐναντία εἶναι θερμόν τε καὶ ψυχρόν.

Pyknoumenon gar kai araioumenon diaphoron phainesthai; hotan gar eis to araioteron diachythę̄, pyr ginesthai, mesōs de palin eis aera pyknoumenon ex aeros nephos apoteleisthai kata tēn pilēsin, eti de mallon hydōr, epi pleion pyknōthenta gēn, kai eis to malista pyknōtaton lithous. Hōste ta kyriōtata tēs geneseōs enantia einai thermon te kai psychron.

For as it is condensed and rarefied it appears different: when it is dispersed into a thinner state, it becomes fire; when, on the other hand, it is moderately condensed into air, cloud is produced from air by felting; still more condensed, water; condensed further, earth; and at its very densest, stones. So the most decisive factors of generation are opposites, hot and cold.

1.7.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Τὴν δὲ γῆν πλατεῖαν εἶναι ἐπʼ ἀέρος ὀχουμένην, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα· πάντα γὰρ πύρινα ὄντα ἐποχεῖσθαι τῷ ἀέρι διὰ πλάτος.

Tēn de gēn plateian einai epʼ aeros ochoumenēn, homoiōs de kai hēlion kai selēnēn kai ta alla astra; panta gar pyrina onta epocheisthai tǭ aeri dia platos.

The earth is flat, riding upon air; and likewise the sun and moon and the other stars; for, being all fiery, they ride upon the air because of their flatness.

1.7.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 18

Γεγονέναι δὲ τὰ ἄστρα ἐκ γῆς διὰ τὸ τὴν ἰκμάδα ἐκ ταύτης ἀνίστασθαι, ἧς ἀραιουμένης τὸ πῦρ γίνεσθαι, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ πυρὸς μετεωριζομένου τοὺς ἀστέρας συνίστασθαι. Εἶναι δὲ καὶ γεώδεις φύσεις ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῶν ἀστέρων συμφερομένας ἐκείνοις.

Gegonenai de ta astra ek gēs dia to tēn ikmada ek tautēs anistasthai, hēs araioumenēs to pyr ginesthai, ek de tou pyros meteōrizomenou tous asteras synistasthai. Einai de kai geōdeis physeis en tǭ topǭ tōn asterōn sympheromenas ekeinois.

The stars came into being from the earth, because moisture rises from it; when this is rarefied, fire comes to be, and from the fire rising aloft the stars are composed. There are also earthy bodies in the region of the stars, carried round along with them.

1.7.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 18–20

Οὐ κινεῖσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ γῆν τὰ ἄστρα λέγει, καθὼς ἕτεροι ὑπειλήφασιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ γῆν, ὡσπερεὶ περὶ τὴν ἡμετέραν κεφαλὴν στρέφεται τὸ πιλίον, κρύπτεσθαί τε τὸν ἥλιον οὐχ ὑπὸ γῆν γενόμενον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς γῆς ὑψηλοτέρων μερῶν σκεπόμενον, καὶ διὰ τὴν πλείονα ἡμῶν αὐτοῦ γενομένην ἀπόστασιν.

Ou kineisthai de hypo gēn ta astra legei, kathōs heteroi hypeilēphasin, alla peri gēn, hōsperei peri tēn hēmeteran kephalēn strephetai to pilion, kryptesthai te ton hēlion ouch hypo gēn genomenon, allʼ hypo tōn tēs gēs hypsēloterōn merōn skepomenon, kai dia tēn pleiona hēmōn autou genomenēn apostasin.

He says that the stars do not move under the earth, as others have supposed, but around the earth, just as a felt cap turns around our head; and that the sun is hidden not by going under the earth but by being covered by the higher parts of the earth, and because of its greater distance from us.

1.7.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Τὰ δὲ ἄστρα μὴ θερμαίνειν διὰ τὸ μῆκος τῆς ἀποστάσεως· ἀνέμους δὲ γεννᾶσθαι, ὅταν ἐκπεπυκνωμένος ὁ ἀὴρ ἀραιωθεὶς φέρηται, συνελθόντα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον παχυθέντα νέφη γεννᾶσθαι, καὶ οὕτως εἰς ὕδωρ μεταβάλλειν.

Ta de astra mē thermainein dia to mēkos tēs apostaseōs; anemous de gennasthai, hotan ekpepyknōmenos ho aēr araiōtheis pherētai, synelthonta de kai epi pleion pachythenta nephē gennasthai, kai houtōs eis hydōr metaballein.

The stars do not give warmth because of the length of their distance. Winds are produced when air that has been condensed is rarefied and set in motion; and when it comes together and is thickened further, clouds are produced, and so it changes into water.

1.7.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Χάλαζαν δὲ γίνεσθαι, ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν νεφῶν τὸ ὕδωρ καταφερόμενον παγῇ· χιόνα δὲ, ὅταν αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐνυγρότερα ὄντα πῆξιν λάβῃ· ἀστραπὴν δʼ, ὅταν τὰ νέφη διϊστῆται βίᾳ πνευμάτων· τούτων γὰρ διϊσταμένων λαμπρὰν καὶ πυρώδη γίνεσθαι τὴν αὐγήν. Ἶριν δὲ γεννᾶσθαι τῶν ἡλιακῶν αὐγῶν εἰς ἀέρα συνεστῶτα πιπτουσῶν· σεισμὸν δὲ, τῆς γῆς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀλλοιουμένης ὑπὸ θερμασίας καὶ ψύξεως. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν Ἀναξιμένης. Οὗτος ἤκμασε περὶ ἔτος πρῶτον τῆς πεντηκοστῆς ὀγδόης ὀλυμπιάδος.

Chalazan de ginesthai, hotan apo tōn nephōn to hydōr katapheromenon pagę̄; chiona de, hotan auta tauta enygrotera onta pēxin labę̄; astrapēn dʼ, hotan ta nephē diïstētai bią pneumatōn; toutōn gar diïstamenōn lampran kai pyrōdē ginesthai tēn augēn. Irin de gennasthai tōn hēliakōn augōn eis aera synestōta piptousōn; seismon de, tēs gēs epi pleion alloioumenēs hypo thermasias kai psyxeōs. Tauta men oun Anaximenēs. Houtos ēkmase peri etos prōton tēs pentēkostēs ogdoēs olympiados.

Hail comes about when water falling from the clouds freezes; snow, when these same things, being moister, are frozen; lightning, when the clouds are parted by the force of winds, for when they are parted the flash becomes bright and fiery. A rainbow is produced when the sun's rays fall on compacted air; an earthquake, when the earth is greatly altered by heat and cold. These, then, are the views of Anaximenes. He flourished about the first year of the fifty-eighth Olympiad.

item 1, chapter 8

1.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Μετὰ τοῦτον γίνεται Ἀναξαγόρας Ἡγησιβούλου ὁ Κλαζομένιος. Οὗτος ἔφη τὴν παντὸς ἀρχὴν νοῦν καὶ ὕλην, τὸν μὲν νοῦν ποιοῦντα, τὴν δὲ ὕλην γινομένην. Ὄντων γὰρ πάντων ὁμοῦ, νοῦς ἐπελθὼν διεκόσμησεν. Τὰς δʼ ὑλικὰς ἀρχὰς ἀπείρους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ τὰς σμικροτέρας αὐτῶν ἄπειρα λέγει.

Meta touton ginetai Anaxagoras Hēgēsiboulou ho Klazomenios. Houtos ephē tēn pantos archēn noun kai hylēn, ton men noun poiounta, tēn de hylēn ginomenēn. Ontōn gar pantōn homou, nous epelthōn diekosmēsen. Tas dʼ hylikas archas apeirous hyparchein, kai tas smikroteras autōn apeira legei.

After him comes Anaxagoras, son of Hegesibulus, of Clazomenae. He said that the principle of the universe is mind and matter: mind the maker, matter what comes to be. For when all things were together, mind came upon them and set them in order. The material principles are boundless, and he says that even the smaller of them are boundless.

1.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Κινήσεως δὲ μετέχειν τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ κινούμενα, συνελθεῖν τε τὰ ὅμοια. Καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν κεκοσμῆσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς ἐγκυκλίου κινήσεως. Τὸ μὲν οὖν πυκνὸν καὶ ὑγρὸν καὶ τὸ σκοτεινὸν καὶ ψυχρὸν καὶ πάντα τὰ βαρέα συνελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ μέσον, ἐξ ὧν παγέντων τὴν γῆν ὑποστῆναι· τὰ δʼ ἀντικείμενα τούτοις τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ λαμπρὸν καὶ τὸ ξηρὸν καὶ τὸ κοῦφον εἰς τὸ πρόσω τοῦ αἰθέρος ὁρμῆσαι.

Kinēseōs de metechein ta panta hypo tou nou kinoumena, synelthein te ta homoia. Kai ta men kata ton ouranon kekosmēsthai hypo tēs enkykliou kinēseōs. To men oun pyknon kai hygron kai to skoteinon kai psychron kai panta ta barea synelthein epi to meson, ex hōn pagentōn tēn gēn hypostēnai; ta dʼ antikeimena toutois to thermon kai to lampron kai to xēron kai to kouphon eis to prosō tou aitheros hormēsai.

All things share in motion, being moved by mind, and like things came together. The things in the heaven were ordered by the circular motion. The dense and moist and dark and cold and all heavy things came together to the middle, and from their solidifying the earth took shape; the things opposed to these, the hot and bright and dry and light, rushed out to the far reaches of the ether.

1.8.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Τὴν δὲ γῆν τῷ σχήματι πλατεῖαν εἶναι καὶ μένειν μετέωρον διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ διὰ τὸ μηδὲν εἶναι κενόν καὶ διὰ τὸ τὸν ἀέρα ἰσχυρότατον ὄντα φέρειν ἐποχουμένην τὴν γῆν.

Tēn de gēn tǭ schēmati plateian einai kai menein meteōron dia to megethos kai dia to mēden einai kenon kai dia to ton aera ischyrotaton onta pherein epochoumenēn tēn gēn.

The earth is flat in shape and stays suspended because of its size, because there is no void, and because the air, being very strong, carries the earth riding upon it.

1.8.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 20

Τῶν δʼ ἐπὶ γῆς ὑγρῶν τὴν μὲν θάλασσαν ὑπάρξαι, τά τε ἐν αὐτῇ ὕδατα ἐξατμισθέντα... ὑποστάντα οὕτως γεγονέναι καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν καταρρευσάντων ποταμῶν.

Tōn dʼ epi gēs hygrōn tēn men thalassan hyparxai, ta te en autę̄ hydata exatmisthenta... hypostanta houtōs gegonenai kai apo tōn katarreusantōn potamōn.

Of the moist things on earth, the sea came to be, from the waters in it evaporating … settling, and so it came about; and also from the rivers that flowed down into it.

1.8.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 20–22

Τοὺς δὲ ποταμοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων λαμβάνειν τὴν ὑπόστασιν καὶ ἐξ ὑδάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ. Εἶναι γὰρ αὐτὴν κοίλην καὶ ἔχειν ὕδωρ ἐν τοῖς κοιλώμασιν. Τὸν δὲ Νεῖλον αὔξεσθαι κατὰ τὸ θέρος καταφερομένων εἰς αὐτὸν ὑδάτων ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀντοίκοις χιόνων.

Tous de potamous kai apo tōn ombrōn lambanein tēn hypostasin kai ex hydatōn tōn en tę̄ gę̄. Einai gar autēn koilēn kai echein hydōr en tois koilōmasin. Ton de Neilon auxesthai kata to theros katapheromenōn eis auton hydatōn apo tōn en tois antoikois chionōn.

The rivers take their substance both from the rains and from waters in the earth. For the earth is hollow and has water in its cavities. The Nile rises in summer because waters are carried down into it from the snows in the regions opposite.

1.8.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Ἥλιον δὲ καὶ σελήνην καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄστρα λίθους εἶναι ἐμπύρους συμπεριληφθέντας ὑπὸ τῆς αἰθέρος περιφορᾶς.

Hēlion de kai selēnēn kai panta ta astra lithous einai empyrous symperilēphthentas hypo tēs aitheros periphoras.

The sun and moon and all the stars are fiery stones carried round together by the revolution of the ether.

1.8.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Εἶναι δʼ ὑποκάτω τῶν ἄστρων ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ σώματά τινα συμπεριφερόμενα ἡμῖν ἀόρατα, τῆς δὲ θερμότητος μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι τῶν ἄστρων διὰ τὸ μακρὰν εἶναι [καὶ διὰ] τὴν ἀπόστασιν τῆς γῆς· ἔτι δὲ οὐχ ὁμοίως θερμὰ τῷ ἡλίῳ διὰ τὸ χώραν ἔχειν ψυχροτέραν. εἶναι δὲ τὴν σελήνην κατωτέρω τοῦ ἡλίου πλησιώτερον ἡμῶν. Ὑπερέχειν δὲ τὸν ἥλιον μεγέθει τὴν Πελοπόννησον.

Einai dʼ hypokatō tōn astrōn hēlion kai selēnēn kai sōmata tina symperipheromena hēmin aorata, tēs de thermotētos mē aisthanesthai tōn astrōn dia to makran einai [kai dia] tēn apostasin tēs gēs; eti de ouch homoiōs therma tǭ hēliǭ dia to chōran echein psychroteran. einai de tēn selēnēn katōterō tou hēliou plēsiōteron hēmōn. Hyperechein de ton hēlion megethei tēn Peloponnēson.

Beneath the stars are the sun and moon and certain bodies carried round with us that are invisible. We do not feel the heat of the stars because of their being far off, [and because of] their distance from the earth; and further, they are not as hot as the sun because they occupy a colder region. The moon is below the sun, nearer to us. The sun exceeds the Peloponnese in size.

1.8.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Τὸ δὲ φῶς τὴν σελήνην μὴ ἴδιον ἔχειν, ἀλλʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου. Τὴν δὲ τῶν ἄστρων περιφορὰν ὑπὸ γῆν γίνεσθαι.

To de phōs tēn selēnēn mē idion echein, allʼ apo tou hēliou. Tēn de tōn astrōn periphoran hypo gēn ginesthai.

The moon does not have its own light, but from the sun. The revolution of the stars takes place under the earth.

1.8.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Ἐκλείπειν δὲ τὴν σελήνην γῆς ἀντιφραττούσης, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑποκάτω τῆς σελήνης, τὸν δὲ ἥλιον ταῖς νουμηνίαις σελήνης ἀντιφραττούσης. Τροπὰς δὲ ποιεῖσθαι καὶ ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην ἀπωθουμένους ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀέρος. Σελήνην δὲ πολλάκις τρέπεσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι κρατεῖν τοῦ ψυχροῦ.

Ekleipein de tēn selēnēn gēs antiphrattousēs, eniote de kai tōn hypokatō tēs selēnēs, ton de hēlion tais noumēniais selēnēs antiphrattousēs. Tropas de poieisthai kai hēlion kai selēnēn apōthoumenous hypo tou aeros. Selēnēn de pollakis trepesthai dia to mē dynasthai kratein tou psychrou.

The moon is eclipsed when the earth blocks it, and sometimes also the bodies beneath the moon; the sun, when the moon blocks it at the new moons. Both sun and moon make their turnings because they are pushed back by the air. The moon turns often because it cannot master the cold.

1.8.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Οὗτος ἀφώρισε πρῶτος τὰ περὶ τὰς ἐκλείψεις καὶ φωτισμούς. Ἔφη δὲ γηΐνην εἶναι τὴν σελήνην ἔχειν τε ἐν αὐτῇ πεδία καὶ φάραγγας. Τὸν δὲ γαλαξίαν ἀνάκλασιν εἶναι τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ἄστρων τῶν μὴ καταλαμβανομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου. τοὺς δὲ μεταβαίνοντας ἀστέρας ὡσεὶ σπινθῆρας ἀφαλλομένους γίνεσθαι ἐκ τῆς κινήσεως τοῦ πόλου.

Houtos aphōrise prōtos ta peri tas ekleipseis kai phōtismous. Ephē de gēïnēn einai tēn selēnēn echein te en autę̄ pedia kai pharangas. Ton de galaxian anaklasin einai tou phōtos tōn astrōn tōn mē katalambanomenōn hypo tou hēliou. tous de metabainontas asteras hōsei spinthēras aphallomenous ginesthai ek tēs kinēseōs tou polou.

He was the first to define the facts about eclipses and illuminations. He said the moon is earthy and has plains and ravines in it. The Milky Way is a reflection of the light of the stars that are not lit up by the sun. Shooting stars are like sparks leaping off, produced by the motion of the celestial pole.

1.8.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Ἀνέμους δὲ γίνεσθαι λεπτυνομένου τοῦ ἀέρος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν ἐκκαιομένων πρὸς τὸν πόλον ὑποχωρούντων καὶ ἀποφερομένων. Βροντὰς δὲ καὶ ἀστραπὰς ἀπὸ θερμοῦ γίνεσθαι ἐμπίπτοντος εἰς τὰ νέφη.

Anemous de ginesthai leptynomenou tou aeros hypo tou hēliou kai tōn ekkaiomenōn pros ton polon hypochōrountōn kai apopheromenōn. Brontas de kai astrapas apo thermou ginesthai empiptontos eis ta nephē.

Winds arise when the air is thinned by the sun and the parts that are burned withdraw toward the pole and are carried away. Thunder and lightning come from heat falling upon the clouds.

1.8.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 22

Σεισμοὺς δὲ γίνεσθαι τοῦ ἄνωθεν ἀέρος εἰς τὸν ὑπὸ γῆν ἐμπίπτοντος· τούτου γὰρ κινουμένου καὶ τὴν ὀχουμένην γῆν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σαλεύεσθαι. Ζῶα δὲ τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν ἐν ὑγρῷ γενέσθαι, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ἐξ ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἄρρενας μὲν γίνεσθαι, ὅταν ἀπὸ τῶν δεξιῶν μερῶν ἀποκριθὲν τὸ σπέρμα τοῖς δεξιοῖς μέρεσι τῆς μήτρας κολληθῇ, τὰ δὲ θήλεα κατὰ τοὐναντίον.

Seismous de ginesthai tou anōthen aeros eis ton hypo gēn empiptontos; toutou gar kinoumenou kai tēn ochoumenēn gēn hypʼ autou saleuesthai. Zōa de tēn men archēn en hygrǭ genesthai, meta tauta de ex allēlōn, kai arrenas men ginesthai, hotan apo tōn dexiōn merōn apokrithen to sperma tois dexiois meresi tēs mētras kollēthę̄, ta de thēlea kata tounantion.

Earthquakes occur when the air above falls into the air beneath the earth; for when this is moved, the earth riding on it is shaken by it. Living things came into being at first in moisture, and afterward from one another; males are produced when the seed separated from the right-hand parts sticks to the right-hand parts of the womb, and females the opposite way.

1.8.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 22–24

Οὗτος ἤκμασεν ἔτους πρώτου τῆς ὀγδοηκοστῆς ὀγδόης ὀλυμπιάδος, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν καὶ Πλάτωνα λέγουσι γεγενῆσθαι. Τοῦτον λέγουσι καὶ προγνωστικὸν γεγονέναι.

Houtos ēkmasen etous prōtou tēs ogdoēkostēs ogdoēs olympiados, kathʼ hon kairon kai Platōna legousi gegenēsthai. Touton legousi kai prognōstikon gegonenai.

He flourished in the first year of the eighty-eighth Olympiad, at which time they say Plato too was born. They say he also had foreknowledge.

item 1, chapter 9

1.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

Ἀρχέλαος τὸ μὲν γένος Ἀθηναῖος, υἱὸς δὲ Ἀπολλοδώρου.

Archelaos to men genos Athēnaios, huios de Apollodōrou.

Archelaus was an Athenian by birth, the son of Apollodorus.

1.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

Οὗτος ἔφη τὴν μῖξιν τῆς ὕλης ὁμοίως Ἀναξαγόρᾳ τάς τε ἀρχὰς ὡσαύτως, οὗτος δὲ τῷ νῷ ἐνυπάρχειν τι εὐθέως μῖγμα. Εἶναι δʼ ἀρχὴν τῆς κινήσεως τὸ ἀποκρίνεσθαι ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρόν, καὶ τὸ μὲν θερμὸν κινεῖσθαι, τὸ δὲ ψυχρὸν ἠρεμεῖν. Τηκόμενον δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς μέσον ῥεῖν, ἐν ᾦ κατακαιόμενον ἀέρα γίνεσθαι καὶ γῆν, ὧν τὸ μὲν ἄνω φέρεσθαι, τὸ δὲ ὑφίστασθαι κάτω.

Houtos ephē tēn mixin tēs hylēs homoiōs Anaxagorą tas te archas hōsautōs, houtos de tǭ nǭ enyparchein ti eutheōs migma. Einai dʼ archēn tēs kinēseōs to apokrinesthai apʼ allēlōn to thermon kai to psychron, kai to men thermon kineisthai, to de psychron ēremein. Tēkomenon de to hydōr eis meson rhein, en ǭ katakaiomenon aera ginesthai kai gēn, hōn to men anō pheresthai, to de hyphistasthai katō.

He spoke of the mixture of matter like Anaxagoras, and of the principles in the same way; but he held that a certain mixture is inherent in mind from the start. The principle of motion is the separation of hot and cold from one another; the hot moves, and the cold is at rest. Water, as it melts, flows to the middle, and there, being burned up, it becomes air and earth, of which the one is carried upward and the other settles below.

1.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

Τὴν μὲν οὖν γῆν ἠρεμεῖν καὶ γενέσθαι διὰ ταῦτα, κεῖσθαι δʼ ἐν μέσῳ οὐδὲν μέρος οὖσαν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τοῦ παντός, ἐκδεδομένον ἐκ τῆς πυρώσεως, ἀφʼ οὗ πρῶτον ἀποκαιομένου τὴν τῶν ἀστέρων εἶναι φύσιν, ὧν μέγιστον μὲν ἥλιον, δεύτερον δὲ σελήνην, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων τὰ μὲν ἐλάττω, τὰ δὲ μείζω.

Tēn men oun gēn ēremein kai genesthai dia tauta, keisthai dʼ en mesǭ ouden meros ousan, hōs eipein, tou pantos, ekdedomenon ek tēs pyrōseōs, aphʼ hou prōton apokaiomenou tēn tōn asterōn einai physin, hōn megiston men hēlion, deuteron de selēnēn, tōn de allōn ta men elattō, ta de meizō.

The earth, then, is at rest and came to be for these reasons, and lies in the middle, being, so to speak, no part of the universe, given off from the burning; from this, as it was first burned off, came the nature of the stars, of which the largest is the sun, the second the moon, and of the others some smaller and some larger.

1.9.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

Ἐπικλιθῆναι δὲ τὸν οὐρανόν φησι, καὶ οὕτως τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ποιῆσαι φῶς καὶ τόν τε ἀέρα ποιῆσαι διαφανῆ καὶ τὴν γῆν ξηράν. Λίμνην γὰρ εἶναι τὸ πρῶτον, ἅτε κύκλῳ μὲν οὔσαν ὑψηλήν, μέσον δὲ κοίλην. Σημεῖον δὲ φέρει τῆς κοιλότητος, ὅτι ὁ ἥλιος οὐχ ἅμα ἀνατέλλει τε καὶ δύεται πᾶσιν, ὅπερ ἔδει συμβαίνειν, εἴπερ ἦν ὁμαλή.

Epiklithēnai de ton ouranon phēsi, kai houtōs ton hēlion epi tēs gēs poiēsai phōs kai ton te aera poiēsai diaphanē kai tēn gēn xēran. Limnēn gar einai to prōton, hate kyklǭ men ousan hypsēlēn, meson de koilēn. Sēmeion de pherei tēs koilotētos, hoti ho hēlios ouch hama anatellei te kai dyetai pasin, hoper edei symbainein, eiper ēn homalē.

He says that the heaven was tilted, and so the sun made light upon the earth, made the air transparent and the earth dry. For at first it was a lake, being high around its circle and hollow in the middle. As a sign of the hollowness he offers the fact that the sun does not rise and set for all at the same time, which would have to happen if it were level.

1.9.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

Περὶ δὲ ζώων φησίν, ὅτι θερμαινομένης τῆς γῆς τὸ πρῶτον ἐν τῷ κάτω μέρει, ὅπου τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρὸν ἐμίσγετο, ἀνεφαίνετο τά τε ἄλλα ζῶα πολλὰ καὶ ἀνόμοια πάντα τὴν αὐτὴν δίαιταν ἔχοντα ἐκ τῆς ἰλύος τρεφόμενα, ἦν δὲ ὀλιγοχρόνια· ὕστερον δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐξ ἀλλήλων γένεσις ἀνέστη,

Peri de zōōn phēsin, hoti thermainomenēs tēs gēs to prōton en tǭ katō merei, hopou to thermon kai to psychron emisgeto, anephaineto ta te alla zōa polla kai anomoia panta tēn autēn diaitan echonta ek tēs ilyos trephomena, ēn de oligochronia; hysteron de autois kai ex allēlōn genesis anestē,

Concerning living things he says that when the earth was first warmed in its lower part, where the hot and the cold were mixed, many other living things appeared, all unlike one another but having the same way of life, nourished from the mud; and they were short-lived. Later, generation from one another also arose among them,

1.9.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 24

καὶ διεκρίθησαν ἄνθρωποι ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ ἡγεμόνας καὶ νόμους καὶ τέχνας καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἄλλα συνέστησαν. Νοῦν δὲ λέγει πᾶσιν ἐμφύεσθαι ζώοις ὁμοίως. Χρήσασθαι γὰρ ἕκαστον καὶ τῶν σωμάτων ὅσῳ τὸ μὲν βραδυτέρως, τὸ δὲ ταχυτέρως.

kai diekrithēsan anthrōpoi apo tōn allōn, kai hēgemonas kai nomous kai technas kai poleis kai ta alla synestēsan. Noun de legei pasin emphyesthai zōois homoiōs. Chrēsasthai gar hekaston kai tōn sōmatōn hosǭ to men bradyterōs, to de tachyterōs.

and men were separated from the others, and set up leaders and laws and arts and cities and the rest. He says that mind is implanted in all living things alike; for each one uses it, as it uses its body, some more slowly and some more quickly.

item 1, chapter 10

1.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 24–26

Ἡ μὲν οὖν φυσικὴ φιλοσοφία ἀπὸ Θάλητος ἕως Ἀρχελάου διέμεινε· τούτου γίνεται Σωκράτης ἀκροατής. Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι πλεῖστοι διαφόρους δόξας προενεγκάμενοι περί τε τοῦ θείου καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς φύσεως. ὧν εἰ πάσας τὰς δόξας ἐβουλόμεθα παραθεῖναι, πολλὴν ἂν ὕλην βιβλίων ἔδει κατασκευάζειν. Ὧν δὲ ἔδει μάλιστα ἐπʼ ὀνόματος ὄντων καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν κορυφαίων πᾶσι τοῖς μετέπειτα φιλοσοφήσασι γενομένων ἀφορμὰς δεδωκότων πρὸς τὰ ἐπιχειρούμενα ὑπομνησθέντες ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ὁρμήσομεν.

Hē men oun physikē philosophia apo Thalētos heōs Archelaou diemeine; toutou ginetai Sōkratēs akroatēs. Eisi de kai heteroi pleistoi diaphorous doxas proenenkamenoi peri te tou theiou kai tēs tou pantos physeōs. hōn ei pasas tas doxas eboulometha paratheinai, pollēn an hylēn bibliōn edei kataskeuazein. Hōn de edei malista epʼ onomatos ontōn kai hōs eipein koryphaiōn pasi tois metepeita philosophēsasi genomenōn aphormas dedōkotōn pros ta epicheiroumena hypomnēsthentes epi ta hexēs hormēsomen.

Natural philosophy, then, lasted from Thales to Archelaus; Socrates became his hearer. There are also very many others who put forward different opinions about the divine and the nature of the universe. If we wished to set out all their opinions, we would have to produce a great mass of books. But having recalled those whom we most needed to, men of name and, so to speak, the leaders of all who philosophized afterward, who gave the starting points for their undertakings, we shall press on to what follows.

item 1, chapter 11

1.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 26

Καὶ γὰρ καὶ Παρμενίδης ἓν μὲν τὸ πᾶν ὑποτίθεται ἀΐδιόν τε καὶ ἀγέννητον καὶ σφαιροειδές. Οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἐκφεύγων τὴν τῶν πολλῶν δόξαν, πῦρ λέγων καὶ γῆν τὰς τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχάς, τὴν μὲν γῆν ὡς ὕλην, τὸ δὲ πῦρ ὡς αἴτιον καὶ ποιοῦν, τὸν κόσμον ἔφη φθείρεσθαι, ᾦ δὲ τρόπῳ, οὐκ εἶπεν. Ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν ἀΐδιον εἶναι τὸ πᾶν καὶ οὐ γενόμενον, καὶ σφαιροειδές, καὶ ὅμοιον, οὐκ ἔχον δὲ τόπον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ἀκίνητον καὶ πεπερασμένον.

Kai gar kai Parmenidēs hen men to pan hypotithetai aïdion te kai agennēton kai sphairoeides. Oude autos ekpheugōn tēn tōn pollōn doxan, pyr legōn kai gēn tas tou pantos archas, tēn men gēn hōs hylēn, to de pyr hōs aition kai poioun, ton kosmon ephē phtheiresthai, ǭ de tropǭ, ouk eipen. Ho autos de eipen aïdion einai to pan kai ou genomenon, kai sphairoeides, kai homoion, ouk echon de topon en heautǭ, kai akinēton kai peperasmenon.

For Parmenides too supposes that the universe is one, everlasting, unbegotten, and spherical. Yet not even he escapes the opinion of the many, saying that fire and earth are the principles of the universe, earth as matter and fire as cause and maker; he said that the world is destroyed, but in what way he did not say. The same man said that the universe is everlasting and not generated, spherical and uniform, having no place within itself, unmoved, and limited.

item 1, chapter 12

1.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 26

Λεύκιππος δὲ Ζήνωνος ἑταῖρος οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν δόξαν διετήρησεν, ἀλλά φησιν ἄπειρα εἶναι καὶ ἀεὶ κινούμενα καὶ γένεσιν καὶ μεταβολὴν συνεχῶς οὖσαν. Στοιχεῖα δὲ λέγει τὸ πλῆρες καὶ τὸ κενόν. Κόσμους δὲ γίνεσθαι λέγει οὕτως· ὅταν εἰς μέγα κενὸν ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος ἀθροισθῇ πολλὰ σώματα καὶ συρρυῇ, προσκρούοντα ἀλλήλοις συμπλέκεσθαι τὰ ὁμοιοσχήμονα καὶ παραπλήσια τὰς μορφάς, καὶ περιπλεχθέντων εἰς ἕτερα γίνεσθαι, αὔξειν δὲ καὶ φθίνειν διά τινα ἀνάγκην. Τίς δʼ ἂν εἴη ἡ ἀνάγκη, οὐ διώρισεν.

Leukippos de Zēnōnos hetairos ou tēn autēn doxan dietērēsen, alla phēsin apeira einai kai aei kinoumena kai genesin kai metabolēn synechōs ousan. Stoicheia de legei to plēres kai to kenon. Kosmous de ginesthai legei houtōs; hotan eis mega kenon ek tou periechontos athroisthę̄ polla sōmata kai syrryę̄, proskrouonta allēlois symplekesthai ta homoioschēmona kai paraplēsia tas morphas, kai periplechthentōn eis hetera ginesthai, auxein de kai phthinein dia tina anankēn. Tis dʼ an eiē hē anankē, ou diōrisen.

Leucippus, a companion of Zeno, did not keep the same opinion, but says that things are boundless and always moving, and that generation and change are continuous. He says the elements are the full and the void. He says worlds come into being thus: when many bodies are gathered and flow together from the surrounding space into a great void, colliding with one another, those of like shape and similar forms become entangled, and when they are intertwined, others come into being; and they grow and perish by a certain necessity. What the necessity might be, he did not define.

item 1, chapter 13

1.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 26

Δημόκριτος δὲ Λευκίππου γίνεται γνώριμος. Δημόκριτος Δαμασίππου, Ἀβδηρίτης, πολλοῖς συμβαλὼν γυμνοσοφισταῖς ἐν Ἰνδοῖς καὶ ἱερεῦσιν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἀστρολόγοις καὶ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μάγοις.

Dēmokritos de Leukippou ginetai gnōrimos. Dēmokritos Damasippou, Abdēritēs, pollois symbalōn gymnosophistais en Indois kai hiereusin en Aigyptǭ kai astrologois kai en Babylōni magois.

Democritus becomes a disciple of Leucippus. Democritus, son of Damasippus, of Abdera, conversed with many gymnosophists among the Indians, with priests in Egypt, with astrologers, and with magi in Babylon.

1.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 26

Λέγει δὲ ὁμοίως Λευκίππῳ περὶ στοιχείων, πλήρους καὶ κενοῦ, τὸ μὲν πλῆρες λέγων ὄν, τὸ δὲ κενόν, οὐκ ὄν· ἔλεγε δὲ ὡς ἀεὶ κινουμένων τῶν ὄντων ἐν τῷ κενῷ· ἀπείρους δὲ εἶναι κόσμους καὶ μεγέθει διαφέροντας, ἔν τισι δὲ μὴ εἶναι ἥλιον μηδὲ σελήνην, ἔν τισι δὲ μείζω τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔν τισι πλείω.

Legei de homoiōs Leukippǭ peri stoicheiōn, plērous kai kenou, to men plēres legōn on, to de kenon, ouk on; elege de hōs aei kinoumenōn tōn ontōn en tǭ kenǭ; apeirous de einai kosmous kai megethei diapherontas, en tisi de mē einai hēlion mēde selēnēn, en tisi de meizō tōn parʼ hēmin, kai en tisi pleiō.

He speaks like Leucippus about the elements, the full and the void, calling the full being and the void non-being; and he said that the things that exist are always moving in the void; and that there are boundless worlds differing in size, in some of which there is neither sun nor moon, in some they are larger than ours, and in some more numerous.

1.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 26

Εἶναι δὲ τῶν κόσμων ἄνισα τὰ διαστήματα, καὶ τῇ μὲν πλείους, τῇ δὲ ἐλάττους, καὶ τοὺς μὲν αὔξεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ ἀκμάζειν, τοὺς δὲ φθίνειν, καὶ τῇ μὲν γίνεσθαι, τῇ δὲ λείπειν. Φθείρεσθαι δὲ αὐτοὺς ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων προσπίπτοντας. Εἶναι δὲ ἐνίους κόσμους ἐρήμους ζώων καὶ φυτῶν καὶ παντὸς ὑγροῦ.

Einai de tōn kosmōn anisa ta diastēmata, kai tę̄ men pleious, tę̄ de elattous, kai tous men auxesthai, tous de akmazein, tous de phthinein, kai tę̄ men ginesthai, tę̄ de leipein. Phtheiresthai de autous hypʼ allēlōn prospiptontas. Einai de enious kosmous erēmous zōōn kai phytōn kai pantos hygrou.

The distances between the worlds are unequal, more here and fewer there; some grow, some are at their peak, some decline; in one place they come into being, in another they fail. They are destroyed by colliding with one another. Some worlds are bare of living things and plants and all moisture.

1.13.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 26–28

Τοῦ δὲ παρʼ ἡμῖν κόσμου πρότερον τὴν γῆν τῶν ἄστρων γενέσθαι, εἶναι δὲ τὴν μὲν σελήνην κάτω, ἔπειτα τὸν ἥλιον, εἶτα τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας. Τοὺς δὲ πλάνητας οὐδʼ αὐτοὺς ἔχειν ἴσον ὕψος. Ἀκμάζειν δὲ κόσμον, ἕως ἂν μηκέτι δύνηται ἔξωθέν τι προσλαμβάνειν. Οὗτος ἐγέλα πάντα, ὡς γέλωτος ἀξίων πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις.

Tou de parʼ hēmin kosmou proteron tēn gēn tōn astrōn genesthai, einai de tēn men selēnēn katō, epeita ton hēlion, eita tous aplaneis asteras. Tous de planētas oudʼ autous echein ison hypsos. Akmazein de kosmon, heōs an mēketi dynētai exōthen ti proslambanein. Houtos egela panta, hōs gelōtos axiōn pantōn tōn en anthrōpois.

In our world the earth came into being before the stars; the moon is lowest, then the sun, then the fixed stars; and the planets themselves are not all at the same height. A world is at its peak until it can no longer take in anything from outside. He laughed at everything, as though all human affairs were worth laughter.

item 1, chapter 14

1.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

Ξενοφάνης δὲ ὁ Κολοφώνιος Ὀρθομένους υἱός. Οὗτος ἕως Κύρου διέμενεν. Οὗτος ἔφη πρῶτος ἀκαταληψίαν εἶναι πάντων, εἰπὼν οὕτως· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τύχῃ τετελεσμένον εἰπών, αὐτὸς ὅμως οὐκ οἶδε, δόκος δʼ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τέτυκται.

Xenophanēs de ho Kolophōnios Orthomenous huios. Houtos heōs Kyrou diemenen. Houtos ephē prōtos akatalēpsian einai pantōn, eipōn houtōs; ei gar kai ta malista tychę̄ tetelesmenon eipōn, autos homōs ouk oide, dokos dʼ epi pasi tetyktai.

Xenophanes of Colophon, son of Orthomenes. He lived until the time of Cyrus. He was the first to say that nothing at all can be grasped, speaking thus: "For even if one should chance to say the most perfectly accomplished thing, he himself nevertheless does not know it; seeming is wrought over all things."

1.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

Λέγει δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲν γίνεται οὐδὲ φθείρεται οὐδὲ κινεῖται, καὶ ὅτι ἓν τὸ πᾶν ἐστιν ἔξω μεταβολῆς. Φησὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν θεὸν εἶναι ἀΐδιον, καὶ ἕνα, καὶ ὅμοιον πάντη, καὶ πεπερασμένον, καὶ σφαιροειδῆ, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μορίοις αἰσθητικόν.

Legei de hoti ouden ginetai oude phtheiretai oude kineitai, kai hoti hen to pan estin exō metabolēs. Phēsi de kai ton theon einai aïdion, kai hena, kai homoion pantē, kai peperasmenon, kai sphairoeidē, kai pasi tois moriois aisthētikon.

He says that nothing comes to be, or perishes, or moves, and that the universe is one, beyond change. He also says that God is everlasting, and one, and alike in every way, and limited, and spherical, and perceptive in all his parts.

1.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

Τὸν δὲ ἥλιον ἐκ μικρῶν πυριδίων ἀθροιζομένων γίνεσθαι καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, τὴν δὲ γῆν ἄπειρον εἶναι, καὶ μήτε ὑπʼ ἀέρος μήτε ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περιέχεσθαι. Καὶ ἀπείρους ἡλίους εἶναι καὶ σελήνας, τὰ δὲ πάντα εἶναι ἐκ γῆς.

Ton de hēlion ek mikrōn pyridiōn athroizomenōn ginesthai kathʼ hekastēn hēmeran, tēn de gēn apeiron einai, kai mēte hypʼ aeros mēte hypo tou ouranou periechesthai. Kai apeirous hēlious einai kai selēnas, ta de panta einai ek gēs.

The sun comes into being each day from small bits of fire gathered together; the earth is boundless and is surrounded neither by air nor by the heaven. There are boundless suns and moons, and all things are from earth.

1.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

Οὗτος τὴν θάλασσαν ἁλμυρὰν ἔφη διὰ τὸ πολλὰ μίγματα συρρέειν ἐν αὐτῇ· ὁ δὲ Μητρόδωρος διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ γῇ διηθεῖσθαι, τούτου χάριν γίνεσθαι ἁλμυράν·

Houtos tēn thalassan halmyran ephē dia to polla migmata syrreein en autę̄; ho de Mētrodōros dia to en tę̄ gę̄ diētheisthai, toutou charin ginesthai halmyran;

He said the sea is salty because many mixtures flow together into it; but Metrodorus said it becomes salty because it is filtered through the earth;

1.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

ὁ δὲ Ξενοφάνης μῖξιν τῆς γῆς πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν γενέσθαι δοκεῖ καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑγροῦ λύεσθαι, φάσκων τοιαύτας ἔχειν ἀποδείξεις, ὅτι ἐν μέσῃ γῇ καὶ ὄρεσιν εὑρίσκονται κόγχαι, καὶ ἐν Συρρακούσαις δὲ ἐν ταῖς λατομίαις λέγει εὑρῆσθαι τύπον ἰχθύος καὶ φωκῶν, ἐν δὲ Πάρῳ τύπον ἀφύης ἐν τῷ βάθει τοῦ λίθου, ἐν δὲ Μελίτῃ πλάκας συμπάντων θαλασσίων.

ho de Xenophanēs mixin tēs gēs pros tēn thalassan genesthai dokei kai tǭ chronǭ apo tou hygrou lyesthai, phaskōn toiautas echein apodeixeis, hoti en mesę̄ gę̄ kai oresin heuriskontai konchai, kai en Syrrakousais de en tais latomiais legei heurēsthai typon ichthyos kai phōkōn, en de Parǭ typon aphyēs en tǭ bathei tou lithou, en de Melitę̄ plakas sympantōn thalassiōn.

while Xenophanes thinks that a mixing of earth with the sea took place, and that in time it is dissolved by moisture, claiming to have such proofs as these: that shells are found inland and in mountains; and in Syracuse, he says, in the quarries, the imprint of a fish and of seals was found, and in Paros the imprint of an anchovy deep in the stone, and in Malta slabs of all kinds of sea creatures.

1.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 28

Ταῦτα δέ φησι γενέσθαι, ὅτε πάντα ἐπηλώθησαν πάλαι, τὸν δὲ τύπον ἐν τῷ πηλῷ ξηρανθῆναι, ἀναιρεῖσθαι δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πάντας, ὅταν ἡ γῆ κατενεχθεῖσα εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν πηλὸς γένηται, εἶτα πάλιν ἄρχεσθαι τῆς γενέσεως, καὶ τοῦτο πᾶσι τοῖς κόσμοις γίνεσθαι καταβολήν.

Tauta de phēsi genesthai, hote panta epēlōthēsan palai, ton de typon en tǭ pēlǭ xēranthēnai, anaireisthai de tous anthrōpous pantas, hotan hē gē katenechtheisa eis tēn thalassan pēlos genētai, eita palin archesthai tēs geneseōs, kai touto pasi tois kosmois ginesthai katabolēn.

He says these came about when everything was covered with mud long ago, and the imprint dried in the mud; and that all men are destroyed whenever the earth is carried down into the sea and becomes mud, and then generation begins again, and this is the foundation for all the worlds.

item 1, chapter 15

1.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 28–30

Ἔκφαντός τις Συρρακούσιος ἔφη μὴ εἶναι ἀληθινὴν τῶν ὄντων λαβεῖν γνῶσιν. Ὁρίζει δὲ, ὡς νομίζει τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀδιαίρετα εἶναι σώματα, καὶ παραλλαγὰς αὐτῶν τρεῖς ὑπάρχειν, μέγεθος, σχῆμα, δύναμιν, ἐξ ὧν τὰ αἰσθητὰ γίνεσθαι Εἶναι δὲ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν ὡρισμένον καὶ τοῦτο ἄπειρον. Κινεῖσθαι δὲ τὰ σώματα μήτε ὑπὸ βάρους μήτε πληγῆς, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμεως, ἣν νοῦν καὶ ψυχὴν προσαγορεύει. Τούτου μὲν οὖν τὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἰδέαν, διʼ ὃ καὶ σφαιροειδῆ ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμεως γεγονέναι. Τὴν δὲ γῆν μέσον κόσμου κινεῖσθαι περὶ τὸ αὐτῆς κέντρον ὡς πρὸς ἀνατολήν.

Ekphantos tis Syrrakousios ephē mē einai alēthinēn tōn ontōn labein gnōsin. Horizei de, hōs nomizei ta men prōta adiaireta einai sōmata, kai parallagas autōn treis hyparchein, megethos, schēma, dynamin, ex hōn ta aisthēta ginesthai Einai de to plēthos autōn hōrismenon kai touto apeiron. Kineisthai de ta sōmata mēte hypo barous mēte plēgēs, allʼ hypo theias dynameōs, hēn noun kai psychēn prosagoreuei. Toutou men oun ton kosmon einai idean, diʼ ho kai sphairoeidē hypo theias dynameōs gegonenai. Tēn de gēn meson kosmou kineisthai peri to autēs kentron hōs pros anatolēn.

A certain Ecphantus of Syracuse said that it is not possible to obtain true knowledge of the things that exist. He defines, as he thinks, that the first things are indivisible bodies, and that there are three variations of them, size, shape, and power, from which perceptible things come to be. Their number is limited, and this is boundless. The bodies are moved neither by weight nor by impact, but by a divine power, which he calls mind and soul. Of this the world is the form, and therefore it has come to be spherical by divine power. The earth, in the middle of the world, moves around its own center toward the east.

item 1, chapter 16

1.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 30

Ἵππων δὲ ὁ Ῥηγῖνος ἀρχὰς ἔφη ψυχρὸν τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ θερμὸν τὸ πῦρ. Γενόμενον δὲ τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ ὕδατος κατανικῆσαι τὴν τοῦ γεννήσαντος δύναμιν, συστῆσαί τε τὸν κόσμον. Τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ποτὲ μὲν ἐγκέφαλον ἔφη εἶναι, ποτὲ δὲ ὕδωρ, καὶ γὰρ τὸ σπέρμα εἶναι, τὸ φαινόμενον ἡμῖν ἐξ ὑγροῦ, ἐξ οὗ φησι ψυχὴν γίνεσθαι.

Hippōn de ho Rhēginos archas ephē psychron to hydōr kai thermon to pyr. Genomenon de to pyr hypo hydatos katanikēsai tēn tou gennēsantos dynamin, systēsai te ton kosmon. Tēn de psychēn pote men enkephalon ephē einai, pote de hydōr, kai gar to sperma einai, to phainomenon hēmin ex hygrou, ex hou phēsi psychēn ginesthai.

Hippo of Rhegium said the principles are cold, that is water, and hot, that is fire. Fire, produced by water, overcame the power of what begot it and formed the world. He said the soul is sometimes the brain and sometimes water; for the seed, which appears to us to come from moisture, is that from which, he says, the soul comes to be.

item 1, chapter 17

1.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 30

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἱκανῶς δοκοῦμεν παρατεθεικέναι. Διὸ δοκεῖ λοιπὸν αὐτάρκως διαδραμόντων ἡμῶν τὰ τοῖς φυσικοῖς δόξαντα, ἀναδραμεῖν ἐπὶ Σωκράτην καὶ Πλάτωνα, οἳ τὸ ἠθικὸν μάλιστα προετίμησαν.

Tauta men oun hikanōs dokoumen paratetheikenai. Dio dokei loipon autarkōs diadramontōn hēmōn ta tois physikois doxanta, anadramein epi Sōkratēn kai Platōna, hoi to ēthikon malista proetimēsan.

We think we have set these things out sufficiently. So it seems best, having run adequately through the opinions of the natural philosophers, to go on to Socrates and Plato, who especially valued ethics.

item 1, chapter 18

1.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 30

Ὁ μὲν οὖν Σωκράτης γίνεται Ἀρχελάου τοῦ φυσικοῦ ἀκροατής· ὃς τὸ γνῶθι σαυτὸν προτιμήσας καὶ μεγάλην σχολὴν συστήσας ἔσχε πάντων τῶν μαθητῶν ἱκανώτερον τὸν Πλάτωνα, αὐτὸς μὲν μηδὲν σύγγραμμα καταλιπών.

Ho men oun Sōkratēs ginetai Archelaou tou physikou akroatēs; hos to gnōthi sauton protimēsas kai megalēn scholēn systēsas esche pantōn tōn mathētōn hikanōteron ton Platōna, autos men mēden syngramma katalipōn.

Socrates, then, became a hearer of Archelaus the natural philosopher. He, valuing above all "Know yourself" and founding a great school, had Plato as the most able of all his disciples; he himself left no writing.

1.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 30

Ὁ δὲ Πλάτων τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ σοφίαν ἀπομαξάμενος συνέστησε τὸ διδασκαλεῖον μίξας ὁμοῦ φυσικήν, ἠθικήν, διαλεκτικήν. Ἃ δὲ ὁ Πλάτων ὁρίζειν, ἐστὶ ταῦτα.

Ho de Platōn tēn pasan autou sophian apomaxamenos synestēse to didaskaleion mixas homou physikēn, ēthikēn, dialektikēn. Ha de ho Platōn horizein, esti tauta.

Plato, taking the impress of all his wisdom, founded his school, mixing together natural, ethical, and dialectical philosophy. What Plato defines is as follows.

item 1, chapter 19

1.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 30–32

Πλάτων ἀρχὰς εἶναι τοῦ παντὸς θεὸν καὶ ὕλην καὶ παράδειγμα· θεὸν μὲν τὸν ποιητὴν καὶ διακοσμήσαντα τόδε τὸ πᾶν καὶ προνοούμενον αὐτοῦ· ὕλην δὲ τὴν πᾶσιν ὑποκειμένην, ἣν καὶ δεξαμενὴν καὶ τιθήνην καλεῖ, ἐξ ἧς διακοσμηθείσης γενέσθαι τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ὁ κόσμος, πυρός, ἀέρος, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἐξ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα συγκρίματα καλούμενα, ζῶά τε καὶ φυτὰ συνεστηκέναι.

Platōn archas einai tou pantos theon kai hylēn kai paradeigma; theon men ton poiētēn kai diakosmēsanta tode to pan kai pronooumenon autou; hylēn de tēn pasin hypokeimenēn, hēn kai dexamenēn kai tithēnēn kalei, ex hēs diakosmētheisēs genesthai ta tessara stoicheia, ex hōn synestēken ho kosmos, pyros, aeros, gēs, hydatos, ex hōn kai ta alla panta synkrimata kaloumena, zōa te kai phyta synestēkenai.

Plato says that the principles of the universe are God, matter, and pattern: God, the maker who ordered this universe and exercises providence over it; matter, which underlies all things, which he calls also receptacle and nurse, from which, when it was ordered, came the four elements of which the world is composed, fire, air, earth, water, from which also all the other things called compounds, animals and plants, are composed.

1.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Τὸ δὲ παράδειγμα τὴν διάνοιαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι, ὃ καὶ ἰδέας καλεῖ, ᾧ οἷον εἰκονίσματι προσέχων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ὁ θεὸς τὰ πάντα ἐδημιούργει.

To de paradeigma tēn dianoian tou theou einai, ho kai ideas kalei, hǭ hoion eikonismati prosechōn en tę̄ psychę̄ ho theos ta panta edēmiourgei.

The pattern is the thought of God, which he also calls ideas, attending to which, like an image in his soul, God fashioned all things.

1.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Τὸν μὲν θεόν φησιν ἀσώματόν τε καὶ ἀνείδεον καὶ μόνοις σοφοῖς ἀνδράσι καταληπτὸν εἶναι· τὴν δὲ ὕλην δυνάμει μὲν σῶμα, ἐνεργείᾳ δὲ οὐδέπω· ἀσχημάτιστον γὰρ αὐτὴν οὖσαν καὶ ἄποιον, προσλαβοῦσαν σχήματα καὶ ποιότητας γενέσθαι σῶμα.

Ton men theon phēsin asōmaton te kai aneideon kai monois sophois andrasi katalēpton einai; tēn de hylēn dynamei men sōma, energeią de oudepō; aschēmatiston gar autēn ousan kai apoion, proslabousan schēmata kai poiotētas genesthai sōma.

He says that God is incorporeal and formless and comprehensible only to wise men; and that matter is body in potency but not yet in actuality; for being without shape and without quality, it became body by taking on shapes and qualities.

1.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Τὴν μὲν οὖν ὕλην ἀρχὴν εἶναι καὶ σύγχρονον τῷ θεῷ, ταύτῃ καὶ ἀγέννητον τὸν κόσμον. Ἐκ γὰρ αὐτῆς συνεστάναι φησὶν αὐτόν. Τῷ δὲ ἀγεννήτῳ ἀκολουθεῖν πάντως καὶ τὸ ἄφθαρτον. Ἦι δὲ σῶμά τε καὶ ἐκ πολλῶν ποιοτήτων καὶ ἰδεῶν συγκείμενον ὑποτίθεται, ταύτῃ καὶ γεννητὸν καὶ φθαρτόν.

Tēn men oun hylēn archēn einai kai synchronon tǭ theǭ, tautę̄ kai agennēton ton kosmon. Ek gar autēs synestanai phēsin auton. Tǭ de agennētǭ akolouthein pantōs kai to aphtharton. Ēi de sōma te kai ek pollōn poiotētōn kai ideōn synkeimenon hypotithetai, tautę̄ kai gennēton kai phtharton.

Matter, then, is a principle and coeval with God, and in this respect the world too is unbegotten; for he says it was composed from matter. And imperishability entirely follows upon being unbegotten. But insofar as he supposes it to be a body composed of many qualities and ideas, in that respect it is begotten and perishable.

1.19.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Τινὲς δὲ τῶν Πλατωνικῶν ἀμφότερα ἔμιξαν, χρησάμενοι παραδείγματι τοιούτῳ· ὅτι ὥσπερ ἄμαξα δύναται ἀεὶ διαμένειν ἄφθαρτος κατὰ μέρος ἐπισκευαζομένη, κἂν τὰ μέρη φθείρηται ἑκάστοτε, αὐτὴ δὲ ὁλόκληρος ἀεὶ μένει· τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον καὶ ὁ κόσμος κατὰ μέρη μὲν εἰ καὶ φθείρεται, ἐπισκευαζομένων δὲ καὶ ἀντανισουμένων τῶν ἀφαιρουμένων ἀΐδιος μένει.

Tines de tōn Platōnikōn amphotera emixan, chrēsamenoi paradeigmati toioutǭ; hoti hōsper amaxa dynatai aei diamenein aphthartos kata meros episkeuazomenē, kan ta merē phtheirētai hekastote, autē de holoklēros aei menei; touton ton tropon kai ho kosmos kata merē men ei kai phtheiretai, episkeuazomenōn de kai antanisoumenōn tōn aphairoumenōn aïdios menei.

Some of the Platonists have combined both, using an example like this: just as a wagon can remain forever imperishable by being repaired part by part, even if the parts perish each time, yet it remains whole; in this way the world too, even if it perishes in its parts, remains everlasting as what is taken away is repaired and replaced in equal measure.

1.19.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Τὸν δὲ θεὸν οἱ μὲν ἕνα φασὶν αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν ἀγέννητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον, ὡς λέγει ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις· ὁ μὲν δὴ θεὸς, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ παλαιὸς λόγος, ἀρχήν τε καὶ τελευτὴν καὶ μέσα τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἔχει. Οὕτως ἕνα αὐτὸν τὸν διὰ πάντων κεχωρηκότα ἀποφαίνεται.

Ton de theon hoi men hena phasin auton eipein agennēton kai aphtharton, hōs legei en tois Nomois; ho men dē theos, hōsper kai ho palaios logos, archēn te kai teleutēn kai mesa tōn ontōn hapantōn echei. Houtōs hena auton ton dia pantōn kechōrēkota apophainetai.

As for God, some say that he spoke of him as one, unbegotten and imperishable, as he says in the Laws: "God, as the ancient saying too has it, holds the beginning and end and middle of all things that are." Thus he declares him one, who has passed through all things.

1.19.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Οἱ δὲ καὶ πολλοὺς, ἀορίστως, ὅταν λέγῃ· θεὸς θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργός τε καὶ πατήρ.

Hoi de kai pollous, aoristōs, hotan legę̄; theos theōn, hōn egō dēmiourgos te kai patēr.

Others say he spoke of many gods, indefinitely, when he says: "Gods of gods, of whom I am the maker and father."

1.19.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 32

Οἱ δὲ καὶ ὡρισμένους, ὅταν λέγῃ, ὁ μὲν δὴ μέγας ἐν οὐρανῷ Ζεὺς πτηνὸν ἄρμα ἐλαύνων, καὶ ὅταν γενεαλογῇ τοὺς Οὐρανοῦ παῖδας καὶ Γῆς. Οἱ δὲ συστήσασθαι μὲν αὐτὸν θεούς γενητούς, καὶ διὰ μὲν τὸ γεγενῆσθαι πάντως αὐτοὺς φθαρῆναι ἀνάγκην ἔχειν, διὰ δὲ τὴν βούλησιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀθανάτους εἶναι, ἐν ᾧ προσθεὶς λέγει· θεὸς θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργός τε καὶ πατήρ, ἄλυτα ἐμοῦ γε θέλοντος, ὡς ἄν εἰ λυθῆναι αὐτὰ θέλει, ῥᾳδίως λυθησόμενα.

Hoi de kai hōrismenous, hotan legę̄, ho men dē megas en ouranǭ Zeus ptēnon arma elaunōn, kai hotan genealogę̄ tous Ouranou paidas kai Gēs. Hoi de systēsasthai men auton theous genētous, kai dia men to gegenēsthai pantōs autous phtharēnai anankēn echein, dia de tēn boulēsin tou theou athanatous einai, en hǭ prostheis legei; theos theōn, hōn egō dēmiourgos te kai patēr, alyta emou ge thelontos, hōs an ei lythēnai auta thelei, rhądiōs lythēsomena.

Others say a definite number, when he says, "Great Zeus in heaven, driving his winged chariot," and when he gives the genealogy of the children of Heaven and Earth. Others say he made the gods generated, and because they were generated they must necessarily perish, but by the will of God they are immortal, in the passage where he adds: "Gods of gods, of whom I am the maker and father, indissoluble so long as I will it"; so that if he wished them dissolved, they would easily be dissolved.

1.19.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 32–34

Δαιμόνων δὲ φύσεις ἀποδέχεται, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι φησὶν αὐτῶν, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους.

Daimonōn de physeis apodechetai, kai tous men agathous einai phēsin autōn, tous de phaulous.

He accepts the existence of daemons, and says that some of them are good and others bad.

1.19.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οἱ μὲν φασὶν αὐτὸν ἀγένητον λέγειν καὶ ἄφθαρτον, ὅταν λέγῃ· ψυχὴ πᾶσα ἀθάνατος, τὸ γὰρ ἀεικίνητον ἀθάνατον· καὶ ὅταν αὐτοκίνητον αὐτὴν ἀποδεικνύῃ καὶ ἀρχὴν κινήσεως. Οἱ δὲ γενητὴν μέν, ἄφθαρτον δὲ διὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βούλησιν. Οἱ δὲ σύνθετον καὶ γενητὴν καὶ φθαρτήν· καὶ γὰρ κρατῆρα αὐτῆς ὑποτίθεσθαι, καὶ σῶμα αὐτὴν ἔχειν αὐγοειδές, τὸ δὲ γενόμενον πᾶν ἀνάγκην ἔχειν φθαρῆναι.

Kai tēn psychēn hoi men phasin auton agenēton legein kai aphtharton, hotan legę̄; psychē pasa athanatos, to gar aeikinēton athanaton; kai hotan autokinēton autēn apodeiknyę̄ kai archēn kinēseōs. Hoi de genētēn men, aphtharton de dia tēn tou theou boulēsin. Hoi de syntheton kai genētēn kai phthartēn; kai gar kratēra autēs hypotithesthai, kai sōma autēn echein augoeides, to de genomenon pan anankēn echein phtharēnai.

And as for the soul, some say he calls it unbegotten and imperishable, when he says: "Every soul is immortal, for what is ever-moving is immortal," and when he shows that it is self-moving and the principle of motion. Others say he calls it generated but imperishable by the will of God. Others say composite, generated, and perishable; for he supposes a mixing bowl for it, and that it has a body like light, and everything that has come to be must perish.

1.19.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Οἱ δὲ ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν εἶναι λέγοντες μάλιστα ἐκείνοις ἰσχυρίζονται, ὅσοις καὶ κρίσεις φησὶν εἶναι μετὰ τελευτήν, καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου δικαστήρια, καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀγαθὰς ἀγαθοῦ μισθοῦ τυγχάνειν, τὰς δὲ πονηρὰς ἀκολούθων δικῶν.

Hoi de athanaton autēn einai legontes malista ekeinois ischyrizontai, hosois kai kriseis phēsin einai meta teleutēn, kai en Haidou dikastēria, kai tas men agathas agathou misthou tynchanein, tas de ponēras akolouthōn dikōn.

Those who say it is immortal rely especially on the passages in which he says there are judgments after death and tribunals in Hades, and that good souls receive a good reward and wicked ones fitting punishments.

1.19.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Τινὲς μὲν οὖν φασὶν καὶ μετενσωμάτωσιν αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν καὶ μεταβαίνειν τὰς ψυχὰς ὡρισμένας οὔσας ἄλλας εἰς ἄλλα σώματα κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῃ καὶ κατά τινας περιόδους ὡρισμένας ἀναπέμπεσθαι ἐς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον πάλιν πεῖραν παρεξομένας τῆς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεως.

Tines men oun phasin kai metensōmatōsin auton homologein kai metabainein tas psychas hōrismenas ousas allas eis alla sōmata katʼ axian hekastę̄ kai kata tinas periodous hōrismenas anapempesthai es touton ton kosmon palin peiran parexomenas tēs heautōn proaireseōs.

Some say that he also accepts transmigration, and that souls, being fixed in number, pass into different bodies, each according to its desert, and at certain fixed periods are sent back into this world again to give proof of their own choice.

1.19.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Οἱ δὲ οὔ, ἀλλὰ τόπον λαγχάνειν κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῃ, καὶ χρῶνται μαρτυρίῳ, ὅτι φησὶ μετὰ Διός τινας εἶναι, ἄλλους δὲ μετὰ ἄλλων θεῶν συμπεριπολοῦντας τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, τοὺς δὲ ἐν κολάσεσιν ὑπάρχειν αἰωνίοις, ὅσοι πονηρὰ καὶ ἄδικα παρὰ τοῦτον τὸν βίον εἰσὶν ἐξειργασμένοι.

Hoi de ou, alla topon lanchanein katʼ axian hekastę̄, kai chrōntai martyriǭ, hoti phēsi meta Dios tinas einai, allous de meta allōn theōn symperipolountas tōn agathōn andrōn, tous de en kolasesin hyparchein aiōniois, hosoi ponēra kai adika para touton ton bion eisin exeirgasmenoi.

Others say no, but that each soul obtains a place according to its desert; and they use as evidence that he says some are with Zeus, and others go round with other gods, those of good men, while others are in eternal punishments, as many as have done wicked and unjust things in this life.

1.19.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν τὰ μὲν ἄμεσα λέγειν, τὰ δὲ ἔμμεσα, τὰ δὲ μέσα τῶν πραγμάτων. Ἐγρήγορσιν μὲν καὶ ὕπνον ἄμεσα, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα· ἔμμεσα δέ, οἷον ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά· καὶ μέσα, οἷον τοῦ λευκοῦ καὶ μέλανος τὸ φαιὸν ἤ τι ἄλλο χρῶμα.

Phasi de auton ta men amesa legein, ta de emmesa, ta de mesa tōn pragmatōn. Egrēgorsin men kai hypnon amesa, kai hosa toiauta; emmesa de, hoion agatha kai kaka; kai mesa, hoion tou leukou kai melanos to phaion ē ti allo chrōma.

They say he speaks of some things as without a mean, others as with a mean, and others as the means between things: waking and sleep are without a mean, and the like; with a mean, such as good and bad; and means, such as grey between white and black, or some other color.

1.19.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 34

Ἀγαθὰ δὲ μόνα κυρίως λέγειν φασὶν αὐτὸν τὰ περὶ ψυχήν, τὰ δὲ περὶ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς οὐκ ἔτι κυρίως ἀγαθά, ἀλλὰ λεγόμενα ἀγαθά, πολλαχοῦ δὲ καὶ μέσα ὠνομακέναι αὐτά·

Agatha de mona kyriōs legein phasin auton ta peri psychēn, ta de peri sōma kai ta ektos ouk eti kyriōs agatha, alla legomena agatha, pollachou de kai mesa ōnomakenai auta;

They say that he calls only the things of the soul good in the strict sense, while the things of the body and external things are no longer good in the strict sense but called good, and that he has often named them intermediate too;

1.19.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 34–36

εἶναι γὰρ αὐτοῖς καὶ καλῶς καὶ κακῶς χρῆσθαι. Τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρετὰς κατὰ τιμὴν ἀκρότητας εἶναι φησι, κατὰ δὲ οὐσίαν μεσότητας· τιμιώτερον μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἀρετῆς. Τὸ δὲ ὑπερβάλλον αὐτῶν ἢ ἐνδέον εἰς κακίαν τελευτᾶν, οἷον τέσσαράς φησιν εἶναι ἀρετὰς φρόνησιν, σωφροσύνην, δικαιοσύνην, ἀνδρείαν. Τούτων ἑκάστῃ παρακολουθεῖν δύο κακίας, καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν καὶ μείωσιν, οἷον τῇ μὲν φρονήσει ἀφροσύνην κατὰ μείωσιν, πανουργίαν δὲ καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, τῇ δὲ σωφροσύνῃ ἀκολασίαν κατὰ μείωσιν, σκαιότητα καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, τῇ δὲ δικαιοσύνῃ μειονεξίαν κατὰ μείωσιν, πλεονεξίαν καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, τῇ δὲ ἀνδρείᾳ δειλίαν κατὰ μείωσιν, θρασύτητα καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, ταύτας δὲ ἐγγενομένας τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπεργάζεσθαι αὐτὸν τέλειον καὶ παρέχειν αὐτῷ εὐδαιμονίαν.

einai gar autois kai kalōs kai kakōs chrēsthai. Tas men oun aretas kata timēn akrotētas einai phēsi, kata de ousian mesotētas; timiōteron men gar ouden aretēs. To de hyperballon autōn ē endeon eis kakian teleutan, hoion tessaras phēsin einai aretas phronēsin, sōphrosynēn, dikaiosynēn, andreian. Toutōn hekastę̄ parakolouthein dyo kakias, kathʼ hyperbolēn kai meiōsin, hoion tę̄ men phronēsei aphrosynēn kata meiōsin, panourgian de kathʼ hyperbolēn, tę̄ de sōphrosynę̄ akolasian kata meiōsin, skaiotēta kathʼ hyperbolēn, tę̄ de dikaiosynę̄ meionexian kata meiōsin, pleonexian kathʼ hyperbolēn, tę̄ de andreią deilian kata meiōsin, thrasytēta kathʼ hyperbolēn, tautas de engenomenas tas aretas anthrōpǭ apergazesthai auton teleion kai parechein autǭ eudaimonian.

for it is possible to use them both well and badly. The virtues, he says, are extremes in value but means in substance; for nothing is more valuable than virtue. What exceeds or falls short of them ends in vice. For example, he says there are four virtues, prudence, temperance, justice, courage. Each of these is attended by two vices, by excess and by deficiency: prudence by folly through deficiency and cunning through excess; temperance by licentiousness through deficiency and boorishness through excess; justice by getting too little through deficiency and greed through excess; courage by cowardice through deficiency and rashness through excess. These virtues, when they are present in a man, make him perfect and give him happiness.

1.19.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Τὴν δὲ εὐδαιμονίαν εἶναί φησιν ὁμοίωσιν θεῷ κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν. Τὴν δὲ ὁμοίωσιν τῷ θεῷ, ὅταν τις ὅσιός τε καὶ δίκαιος γένηται μετὰ φρονήσεως. Τέλος γὰρ τοῦτο τῆς ἄκρας σοφίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ὑποτίθεται.

Tēn de eudaimonian einai phēsin homoiōsin theǭ kata to dynaton. Tēn de homoiōsin tǭ theǭ, hotan tis hosios te kai dikaios genētai meta phronēseōs. Telos gar touto tēs akras sophias kai aretēs hypotithetai.

Happiness, he says, is likeness to God as far as possible; and likeness to God is when one becomes holy and just with prudence. For he supposes this to be the goal of the highest wisdom and virtue.

1.19.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Λέγει δὲ ἀντακολουθεῖν τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀλλήλαις καὶ μονοειδεῖς εἶναι καὶ μηδέποτε ἐναντιοῦσθαι ἀλλήλαις. Τὰς δὲ κακίας πολυτρόπους τε εἶναι καὶ ποτὲ μὲν ἀντακολουθεῖν, ποτὲ δὲ ἐναντιοῦσθαι ἀλλήλαις.

Legei de antakolouthein tas aretas allēlais kai monoeideis einai kai mēdepote enantiousthai allēlais. Tas de kakias polytropous te einai kai pote men antakolouthein, pote de enantiousthai allēlais.

He says that the virtues follow upon one another and are uniform and never oppose one another; but the vices are manifold, and sometimes follow upon one another and sometimes oppose one another.

1.19.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Εἱμαρμένην φησὶν εἶναι, οὐ μὴν πάντα καθʼ εἱμαρμένην γίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ εἶναί τι καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, ἐν οἷς φησίν· αἰτία ἑλομένου, θεὸς ἀναίτιος, καί· θεσμός τε Ἀδραστείας ὅδε.

Heimarmenēn phēsin einai, ou mēn panta kathʼ heimarmenēn ginesthai, allʼ einai ti kai ephʼ hēmin, en hois phēsin; aitia helomenou, theos anaitios, kai; thesmos te Adrasteias hode.

He says there is fate, yet not all things happen by fate, but something is also in our power, in the passages where he says: "The blame is the chooser's; God is blameless," and: "And this is the ordinance of Adrasteia."

1.19.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Οἱ δὲ οὕτω τὸ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην, οἱ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν· ἀκούσια δέ φησιν εἶναι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα· εἰς γὰρ τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχή, οὐκ ἄν τινα τὸ κακὸν παραδέξασθαι, τουτέστι τὴν ἀδικίαν· κατὰ ἄγνοιαν δὲ καὶ σφάλμα τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, οἰομένους καλόν τι ποιεῖν, ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ἔρχεσθαι.

Hoi de houtō to kathʼ heimarmenēn, hoi de kai to ephʼ hēmin; akousia de phēsin einai ta hamartēmata; eis gar to kalliston tōn en hēmin, hoper estin hē psychē, ouk an tina to kakon paradexasthai, toutesti tēn adikian; kata agnoian de kai sphalma tou agathou, oiomenous kalon ti poiein, epi to kakon erchesthai.

Some take him thus on what is by fate, others on what is in our power. He says that sins are involuntary; for no one would admit evil, that is injustice, into the finest thing in us, which is the soul; but through ignorance and missing the good, thinking they are doing something fine, people come to evil.

1.19.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Καὶ λέξις τούτου ἐμφανεστάτη ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ Πολιτείᾳ, ἐν ᾗ φησιν· πάλιν δὲ αὖ τολμᾶτε λέγειν ὡς αἰσχρὸν καὶ θεομισὲς ἡ κακία· πῶς οὖν δή τις τὸ τοιοῦτον κακὸν αἱροῖτʼ ἂν; ἥττων ὃς ἂν ᾖ, φατέ, τῶν ἡδονῶν. οὐκοῦν καὶ τοῦτο ἀκούσιον, εἴπερ τὸ νικᾶν ἑκούσιον; ὥστε ἐκ παντὸς λόγου τό γε ἀδικεῖν ἀκούσιον ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ.

Kai lexis toutou emphanestatē estin en tę̄ Politeią, en hę̄ phēsin; palin de au tolmate legein hōs aischron kai theomises hē kakia; pōs oun dē tis to toiouton kakon hairoitʼ an? hēttōn hos an ę̄, phate, tōn hēdonōn. oukoun kai touto akousion, eiper to nikan hekousion? hōste ek pantos logou to ge adikein akousion ho logos hairei.

And his clearest statement of this is in the Republic, where he says: "Again, you dare to say that vice is shameful and hateful to God; how then would anyone choose such an evil? Whoever is weaker, you say, than pleasures. Is not this too involuntary, if conquering is voluntary? So that on every account the argument proves that doing wrong is involuntary."

1.19.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 36

Ἀντιτίθεται δέ τις αὐτῷ πρὸς τοῦτο· διὰ τί οὖν κολάζονται, εἰ ἀκουσίως ἁμαρτάνουσιν; Ὁ δὲ λέγει, ἵνα τε αὐτὸς ὅτι τάχιστα ἀπαλλαγῇ κακίας, καὶ κόλασιν ὑπόσχῃ. Τὸ γὰρ κόλασιν ὑποσχεῖν οὐ κακὸν εἶναι ἀλλὰ ἀγαθόν, εἴπερ μέλλει κάθαρσις τῶν κακῶν γίνεσθαι· καὶ ἵνα μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνωσιν οἱ λοιποὶ ἀκούοντες ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ φυλάσσωνται τὴν τοιαύτην πλάνην.

Antitithetai de tis autǭ pros touto; dia ti oun kolazontai, ei akousiōs hamartanousin? Ho de legei, hina te autos hoti tachista apallagę̄ kakias, kai kolasin hyposchę̄. To gar kolasin hyposchein ou kakon einai alla agathon, eiper mellei katharsis tōn kakōn ginesthai; kai hina mēden hamartanōsin hoi loipoi akouontes anthrōpoi, alla phylassōntai tēn toiautēn planēn.

Someone objects to him on this point: why, then, are they punished, if they sin involuntarily? He says: so that the man himself may be rid of vice as quickly as possible, and undergo punishment. For undergoing punishment is not an evil but a good, if it is to become a purification from evils; and so that the rest of mankind, hearing of it, may not sin, but guard against such error.

1.19.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 36–38

Κακοῦ δὲ φύσιν οὔτε ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, οὔτε καθʼ αὑτὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἐναντίωσιν καὶ παρακολούθησιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ γενέσθαι, ἢ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἢ κατὰ μείωσιν, ὡς περὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν προείπομεν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πλάτων, καθὼς προείπομεν, συναγαγὼν τὰ τρία μέρη τῆς κατὰ πάντα φιλοσοφίας, οὕτως ἐφιλοσόφησεν.

Kakou de physin oute hypo theou genesthai, oute kathʼ hautēn hypostasin echein, alla katʼ enantiōsin kai parakolouthēsin tou agathou genesthai, ē kathʼ hyperbolēn ē kata meiōsin, hōs peri tōn aretōn proeipomen. Ho men oun Platōn, kathōs proeipomen, synagagōn ta tria merē tēs kata panta philosophias, houtōs ephilosophēsen.

The nature of evil was neither made by God nor has subsistence of its own, but comes about by opposition to and as a consequence of the good, either by excess or by deficiency, as we said above about the virtues. So Plato, as we said before, bringing together the three parts of philosophy in every respect, philosophized in this way.

item 1, chapter 20

1.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 38

Ἀριστοτέλης τούτου γενόμενος ἀκροατὴς εἰς τέχνην τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἤγαγεν, καὶ λογικώτερος ἐγένετο, τὰ μὲν στοιχεῖα τῶν πάντων ὑποθέμενος οὐσίαν καὶ συμβεβηκός· τὴν μὲν οὐσίαν μίαν τὴν πᾶσιν ὑποκειμένην, τὰ δὲ συμβεβηκότα ἐννέα· ποσόν, ποιόν, πρὸς τί, ποῦ, πότε, ἔχειν, κεῖσθαι, ποιεῖν, πάσχειν·

Aristotelēs toutou genomenos akroatēs eis technēn tēn philosophian ēgagen, kai logikōteros egeneto, ta men stoicheia tōn pantōn hypothemenos ousian kai symbebēkos; tēn men ousian mian tēn pasin hypokeimenēn, ta de symbebēkota ennea; poson, poion, pros ti, pou, pote, echein, keisthai, poiein, paschein;

Aristotle, who became his hearer, turned philosophy into a technical discipline and became more given to logic, supposing the elements of all things to be substance and accident: substance one, underlying all things, and the accidents nine: quantity, quality, relation, where, when, having, position, acting, being acted upon.

1.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 38

τὴν μὲν οὖν οὐσίαν τοιαύτην εἶναι, οἷον θεόν, ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν τῷ ὁμοίῳ λόγῳ ὑποπεσεῖν δυναμένων. Περὶ δὲ τὰ συμβεβηκότα θεωρεῖται τὸ μὲν ποιόν, οἷον λευκόν, μέλαν· τὸ δὲ ποσόν, οἷον δίπηχυ, τρίπηχυ· τὸ δὲ πρὸς τί, οἷον πατήρ, υἱός· τὸ δὲ ποῦ, οἷον Ἀθήνησι, Μεγαροῖ· τὸ δὲ πότε, οἷον ἐπὶ τῆς δεκάτης ὀλυμπιάδος· τὸ δὲ ἔχειν, οἷον κεκτῆσθαι· τὸ δὲ ποιεῖν, οἷον γράφειν καὶ ὅλως ἐνεργεῖν τι· τὸ δὲ κεῖσθαι, οἷον κατακεῖσθαι· τὸ δὲ πάσχειν, οἷον τύπτεσθαι.

tēn men oun ousian toiautēn einai, hoion theon, anthrōpon kai hekaston tōn tǭ homoiǭ logǭ hypopesein dynamenōn. Peri de ta symbebēkota theōreitai to men poion, hoion leukon, melan; to de poson, hoion dipēchy, tripēchy; to de pros ti, hoion patēr, huios; to de pou, hoion Athēnēsi, Megaroi; to de pote, hoion epi tēs dekatēs olympiados; to de echein, hoion kektēsthai; to de poiein, hoion graphein kai holōs energein ti; to de keisthai, hoion katakeisthai; to de paschein, hoion typtesthai.

Substance, then, is such as God, man, and each of the things that can fall under the same definition. Among the accidents are observed quality, such as white, black; quantity, such as two cubits, three cubits; relation, such as father, son; where, such as at Athens, at Megara; when, such as in the tenth Olympiad; having, such as possessing; acting, such as writing and in general doing something; position, such as lying down; being acted upon, such as being struck.

1.20.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 38

Ὑποτίθεται καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ μὲν μεσότητα ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ ἄμεσα εἶναι, ὡς εἴπομεν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος. Καὶ σχεδὸν τὰ πλεῖστα τῷ Πλάτωνι σύμφωνός ἐστι πλὴν τοῦ περὶ ψυχῆς δόγματος.

Hypotithetai kai autos ta men mesotēta echein, ta de amesa einai, hōs eipomen kai peri tou Platōnos. Kai schedon ta pleista tǭ Platōni symphōnos esti plēn tou peri psychēs dogmatos.

He too supposes that some things have a mean and others are without a mean, as we said also concerning Plato. And he agrees with Plato on almost everything except the doctrine of the soul.

1.20.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 38

Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πλάτων ἀθάνατον, ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐπιδιαμένειν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ταύτην ἐναφανίζεσθαι τῷ πέμπτῳ σώματι, ὃ ὑποτίθεται εἶναι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τεσσάρων, τοῦ τε πυρὸς καὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ ὕδατος καὶ τοῦ ἀέρος λεπτότερον, οἷον πνεῦμα.

Ho men gar Platōn athanaton, ho de Aristotelēs epidiamenein kai meta tauta kai tautēn enaphanizesthai tǭ pemptǭ sōmati, ho hypotithetai einai meta tōn allōn tessarōn, tou te pyros kai tēs gēs kai tou hydatos kai tou aeros leptoteron, hoion pneuma.

For Plato calls it immortal, while Aristotle says it survives for a time and after this it too vanishes into the fifth body, which he supposes to exist along with the other four, fire, earth, water, and air, being finer than they, like breath.

1.20.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 38

Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πλάτων μόνα ἀγαθὰ ὄντως τὰ περὶ ψυχὴν εἶναί φησιν, καὶ ἀρκεῖν πρὸς τὴν εὐδαιμονίαν. Ὁ δὲ Ἀριστοτέλης τριγένειαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν εἰσάγει, καὶ λέγει μὴ εἶναι τέλειον τὸν σοφόν, ἐὰν μὴ παρῇ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ ἐκτός, ἄ ἐστι κάλλος, ἰσχύς, εὐαισθησία, ἀρτιότης· τὰ δὲ ἐκτός, πλοῦτος, εὐγένεια, δόξα, δύναμις, εἰρήνη, φιλία. Τὰ δὲ ἐντὸς περὶ ψυχὴν καθὼς καὶ Πλάτωνι ἔδοξε, φρόνησιν, σωφροσύνην, δικαιοσύνην, ἀνδρείαν.

Ho men oun Platōn mona agatha ontōs ta peri psychēn einai phēsin, kai arkein pros tēn eudaimonian. Ho de Aristotelēs trigeneian tōn agathōn eisagei, kai legei mē einai teleion ton sophon, ean mē parę̄ autǭ kai ta tou sōmatos agatha kai ta ektos, a esti kallos, ischys, euaisthēsia, artiotēs; ta de ektos, ploutos, eugeneia, doxa, dynamis, eirēnē, philia. Ta de entos peri psychēn kathōs kai Platōni edoxe, phronēsin, sōphrosynēn, dikaiosynēn, andreian.

Plato says that only the things of the soul are truly good, and that they suffice for happiness. Aristotle introduces three kinds of goods, and says that the wise man is not perfect unless he also has the goods of the body and external goods: those of the body are beauty, strength, keenness of the senses, soundness; external ones are wealth, good birth, reputation, power, peace, friendship; and the inner goods of the soul, as Plato also held, are prudence, temperance, justice, courage.

1.20.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 38–40

Τὰ δὲ κακά φησι καὶ οὗτος κατʼ ἐναντίωσιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν γενέσθαι, καὶ εἶναι ὑπὸ τὸν περὶ σελήνην τόπον, ὑπὲρ δὲ σελήνην μηκέτι. Τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν τὴν μὲν ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου ἀθάνατον εἶναι, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ἀΐδιον, τὴν δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον, ὡς προείπομεν, ἀφανίζεσθαι.

Ta de kaka phēsi kai houtos katʼ enantiōsin tōn agathōn genesthai, kai einai hypo ton peri selēnēn topon, hyper de selēnēn mēketi. Tēn de psychēn tēn men holou tou kosmou athanaton einai, kai auton ton kosmon aïdion, tēn de kathʼ hekaston, hōs proeipomen, aphanizesthai.

He too says that evils arise by opposition to goods, and that they exist below the region of the moon, but no longer above the moon. The soul of the whole world is immortal, and the world itself everlasting; but the individual soul, as we said, vanishes.

1.20.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ Λυκείῳ ποιούμενος τὰς διατριβὰς ἐφιλοσόφει· ὁ δὲ Ζήνων ἐν τῇ ποικίλῃ στοᾷ. Ἐκτήσαντο δὲ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ζήνωνος ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τὸ ὄνομα, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τῆς στοᾶς Στωϊκοὶ κληθέντες· οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀριστοτέλους ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔργου. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ περιπατοῦντες ἐν τῷ Λυκείῳ ἐζήτουν, διὰ τοῦτο Περιπατητικοὶ ἐκλήθησαν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης.

Houtos men oun en tǭ Lykeiǭ poioumenos tas diatribas ephilosophei; ho de Zēnōn en tę̄ poikilę̄ stoą. Ektēsanto de hoi men apo tou Zēnōnos apo tou topou to onoma, toutestin apo tēs stoas Stōïkoi klēthentes; hoi de apo tou Aristotelous apo tou ergou. Epeidē gar peripatountes en tǭ Lykeiǭ ezētoun, dia touto Peripatētikoi eklēthēsan. tauta men oun kai ho Aristotelēs.

He, then, taught philosophy holding his discussions in the Lyceum, and Zeno in the Painted Porch. Zeno's followers took their name from the place, being called Stoics from the stoa, the porch; Aristotle's from their practice: since they carried on their inquiries walking about in the Lyceum, they were called Peripatetics. These, then, are the views of Aristotle.

item 1, chapter 21

1.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Στωϊκοὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ συλλογιστικώτερον τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ηὔξησαν καὶ σχεδὸν ὅροις περιέλαβον, ὁμόδοξοι γενόμενοι ὅ τε Χρύσιππος καὶ Ζήνων, οἳ ὑπέθεντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀρχὴν μὲν θεὸν τῶν πάντων, σῶμα ὄντα τὸ καθαρώτατον, διὰ πάντων δὲ διήκειν τὴν πρόνοιαν αὐτοῦ,

Stōïkoi kai autoi men epi to syllogistikōteron tēn philosophian ēuxēsan kai schedon horois perielabon, homodoxoi genomenoi ho te Chrysippos kai Zēnōn, hoi hypethento kai autoi archēn men theon tōn pantōn, sōma onta to katharōtaton, dia pantōn de diēkein tēn pronoian autou,

The Stoics themselves developed philosophy in a more syllogistic direction and bound it almost entirely by definitions, Chrysippus and Zeno being of the same opinion. They too supposed that God is the principle of all things, being the purest body, and that his providence pervades all things.

1.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ τὸ καθʼ εἱμαρμένην εἶναι πάντη διεβεβαιώσαντο παραδείγματι χρησάμενοι τοιούτῳ, ὅτι ὥσπερ ὀχήματος ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξηρτημένος κύων, ἐὰν μὲν βούληται ἕπεσθαι, καὶ ἕλκεται καὶ ἕπεται ἑκών, ποιῶν καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον μετὰ τῆς ἀνάγκης οἷον τῆς εἱμαρμένης· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ βούληται ἕπεσθαι, πάντως ἀναγκασθήσεται, τὸ αὐτὸ δή που καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· καὶ μὴ βουλόμενοι γὰρ ἀκολουθεῖν ἀναγκασθήσονται πάντως εἰς τὸ πεπρωμένον εἰσελθεῖν.

kai autoi de to kathʼ heimarmenēn einai pantē diebebaiōsanto paradeigmati chrēsamenoi toioutǭ, hoti hōsper ochēmatos ean ę̄ exērtēmenos kyōn, ean men boulētai hepesthai, kai helketai kai hepetai hekōn, poiōn kai to autexousion meta tēs anankēs hoion tēs heimarmenēs; ean de mē boulētai hepesthai, pantōs anankasthēsetai, to auto dē pou kai epi tōn anthrōpōn; kai mē boulomenoi gar akolouthein anankasthēsontai pantōs eis to peprōmenon eiselthein.

They too firmly maintained that everything is entirely by fate, using an example like this: just as, if a dog is tied to a cart, if it wishes to follow, it is both pulled and follows willingly, exercising its free will together with necessity, that is, fate; but if it does not wish to follow, it will be compelled in any case; so it is, surely, with men too; for even if they do not wish to follow, they will in any case be compelled to enter upon what is destined.

1.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν λέγουσι μένειν μετὰ θάνατον, εἶναι δὲ σῶμα καὶ γενέσθαι ἐκ τῆς περιψύξεως τοῦ ἀέρος τοῦ περιέχοντος, διὸ καὶ καλεῖσθαι ψυχήν. Ὁμολογοῦσι δὲ καὶ μετενσωμάτωσιν γίνεσθαι ὡρισμένων οὐσῶν τῶν ψυχῶν.

Tēn de psychēn legousi menein meta thanaton, einai de sōma kai genesthai ek tēs peripsyxeōs tou aeros tou periechontos, dio kai kaleisthai psychēn. Homologousi de kai metensōmatōsin ginesthai hōrismenōn ousōn tōn psychōn.

They say that the soul remains after death, but that it is body and came into being from the cooling of the surrounding air, which is why it is called psyche. They also admit that transmigration occurs, the souls being fixed in number.

1.21.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Προσδέχονται δὲ ἐκπύρωσιν ἔσεσθαι καὶ κάθαρσιν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, οἱ μὲν παντός, οἱ δὲ μέρους, καὶ κατὰ μέρος δὲ αὐτὸν καθαίρεσθαι λέγουσιν· καὶ σχεδὸν τὴν φθορὰν καὶ τὴν ἑτέρου ἐξ αὐτῆς γένεσιν κάθαρσιν ὀνομάζουσιν.

Prosdechontai de ekpyrōsin esesthai kai katharsin tou kosmou toutou, hoi men pantos, hoi de merous, kai kata meros de auton kathairesthai legousin; kai schedon tēn phthoran kai tēn heterou ex autēs genesin katharsin onomazousin.

They expect that there will be a conflagration and purification of this world, some of the whole, others of a part, and they say it is purified part by part; and they almost call its destruction and the generation of another from it a purification.

1.21.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Σώματα δὲ πάντα ὑπέθεντο, καὶ σῶμα διὰ σώματος μὲν χωρεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀνάκλασιν εἶναι καὶ πεπληρῶσθαι πάντα καὶ μηδὲν εἶναι κενόν. Ταῦτα καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοί.

Sōmata de panta hypethento, kai sōma dia sōmatos men chōrein, alla anaklasin einai kai peplērōsthai panta kai mēden einai kenon. Tauta kai hoi Stōïkoi.

They supposed that all things are bodies, and that body passes through body, but that there is a rebounding, and all things are full and there is no void. These, then, are the views of the Stoics.

item 1, chapter 22

1.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 40

Ἐπίκουρος δὲ σχεδὸν ἐναντίαν πᾶσι δόξαν ἔθετο. Ἀρχὰς μὲν τῶν ὅλων ὑπέθετο ἀτόμους καὶ κενόν. Κενὸν μὲν οἷον τόπον τῶν ἐσομένων, ἀτόμους δὲ τὴν ὕλην, ἐξ ἧς τὰ πάντα.

Epikouros de schedon enantian pasi doxan etheto. Archas men tōn holōn hypetheto atomous kai kenon. Kenon men hoion topon tōn esomenōn, atomous de tēn hylēn, ex hēs ta panta.

Epicurus put forward an opinion contrary to almost all. He supposed that the principles of all things are atoms and void: the void as the place of things to be, and the atoms as the matter from which all things come.

1.22.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 40–42

Ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἀτόμων συνελθόντων γενέσθαι καὶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα πάντα, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς πάντα καὶ ζῶα καὶ ἄλλα, ὡς μηδὲν γίνεσθαι μήτε συνεστάναι, εἰ μὴ ἐκ τῶν ἀτόμων εἴη. Τὰς δὲ ἀτόμους τὸ λεπτομερέστατον καὶ ἐφʼ οὗ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο κέντρον οὐδὲ σημεῖον οὐδὲν οὐδὲ διαίρεσις οὐδεμία, ἔφη εἶναι, διὸ καὶ ἀτόμους αὐτὰς ὠνόμασε.

Ek de tōn atomōn synelthontōn genesthai kai ton theon, kai ta stoicheia panta, kai ta en autois panta kai zōa kai alla, hōs mēden ginesthai mēte synestanai, ei mē ek tōn atomōn eiē. Tas de atomous to leptomerestaton kai ephʼ hou ouk an genoito kentron oude sēmeion ouden oude diairesis oudemia, ephē einai, dio kai atomous autas ōnomase.

From the atoms coming together, God came to be, and all the elements, and all things in them, both animals and the rest, so that nothing comes to be or is composed except from the atoms. He said that the atoms are the finest of all things, in which there could be no center, no point, no division; which is why he named them atoms.

1.22.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 42

Τὸν δὲ θεὸν ὁμολογῶν εἶναι ἀΐδιον καὶ ἄφθαρτόν φησι μηδενὸς προνοεῖν, καὶ ὅλως πρόνοιαν μὴ εἶναι μηδὲ εἱμαρμένην, ἀλλὰ πάντα κατὰ αὐτοματισμὸν γίνεσθαι. Καθῆσθαι γὰρ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τοῖς μετακοσμίοις, οὕτω καλουμένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ· ἔξω γάρ τι τοῦ κόσμου οἰκητήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἔθετο εἶναι, λεγόμενον τὰ μετακόσμια, ἥδεσθαί τε καὶ ἡσυχάζειν ἐν τῇ ἀκροτάτῃ εὐφροσύνῃ, καὶ μήτε αὐτὸν πράγματα ἔχειν μήτε ἄλλοις παρέχειν.

Ton de theon homologōn einai aïdion kai aphtharton phēsi mēdenos pronoein, kai holōs pronoian mē einai mēde heimarmenēn, alla panta kata automatismon ginesthai. Kathēsthai gar ton theon en tois metakosmiois, houtō kaloumenois hypʼ autou; exō gar ti tou kosmou oikētērion tou theou etheto einai, legomenon ta metakosmia, hēdesthai te kai hēsychazein en tę̄ akrotatę̄ euphrosynę̄, kai mēte auton pragmata echein mēte allois parechein.

While admitting that God is everlasting and imperishable, he says that God exercises providence over nothing, and that there is no providence or fate at all, but all things happen by chance. For God sits in the intermundia, as he calls them; for he supposed that there is a dwelling of God outside the world, called the intermundia, and that God takes pleasure and rests in the highest delight, and neither has troubles himself nor causes them for others.

1.22.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 42

Οἷς ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν πεποίηται λόγον, λέγων τὸ τέλος τῆς σοφίας εἶναι ἡδονήν. Ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλως τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐξέλαβον· οἱ μὲν γὰρ κατενόησαν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ ἡδονήν.

Hois akolouthon kai ton peri tōn sophōn andrōn pepoiētai logon, legōn to telos tēs sophias einai hēdonēn. Alloi de allōs to onoma tēs hēdonēs exelabon; hoi men gar katenoēsan tas epithymias, hoi de tēn epi tę̄ aretę̄ hēdonēn.

Consistently with this he gave his account of wise men, saying that the goal of wisdom is pleasure. But different people took the word pleasure in different ways: some understood the desires, others the pleasure that comes with virtue.

1.22.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 42

Τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων λύεσθαι ἅμα τοῖς σώμασιν, ὥσπερ καὶ συγγεννᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς τίθεται, αἷμα γὰρ αὐτὰς εἶναι, οὗ ἐξελθόντος ἢ τραπέντος ἀπόλλυσθαι ὅλον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ᾧ ἀκολουθεῖ μήτε κρίσεις εἶναι ἐν Ἅιδου, μήτε δικαστήρια, ὡς ὅ τι ἂν δράσῃ τις ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ καὶ διαλάθῃ ἀνεύθυνον εἶναι παντελῶς. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ Ἐπίκουρος.

Tas de psychas tōn anthrōpōn lyesthai hama tois sōmasin, hōsper kai syngennasthai autois tithetai, haima gar autas einai, hou exelthontos ē trapentos apollysthai holon ton anthrōpon, hǭ akolouthei mēte kriseis einai en Haidou, mēte dikastēria, hōs ho ti an drasę̄ tis en tǭ biǭ toutǭ kai dialathę̄ aneuthynon einai pantelōs. Houtōs oun kai Epikouros.

He holds that the souls of men are dissolved together with their bodies, just as they are born together with them; for they are blood, and when it goes out or is altered the whole man perishes. From this it follows that there are no judgments in Hades nor tribunals, so that whatever anyone does in this life, if he escapes notice, he is entirely unaccountable. So, then, Epicurus.

item 1, chapter 23

1.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 42

Ἄλλη δὲ αἵρεσις φιλοσόφων ἐκλήθη Ἀκαδημαϊκή, διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ Ἀκαδημίᾳ τὰς διατριβὰς αὐτοὺς ποιεῖσθαι, ὧν ἄρξας ὁ Πύρρων, ἀφʼ οὗ Πυρρώνειοι ἐκλήθησαν φιλόσοφοι, τὴν ἀκαταληψίαν ἁπάντων πρῶτος εἰσήγαγεν, ὡς ἐπιχειρεῖν μὲν εἰς ἑκάτερα, μὴ μέντοι ἀποφαίνεσθαι μηδέν.

Allē de hairesis philosophōn eklēthē Akadēmaïkē, dia to en tę̄ Akadēmią tas diatribas autous poieisthai, hōn arxas ho Pyrrōn, aphʼ hou Pyrrōneioi eklēthēsan philosophoi, tēn akatalēpsian hapantōn prōtos eisēgagen, hōs epicheirein men eis hekatera, mē mentoi apophainesthai mēden.

Another school of philosophers was called the Academic, because they held their discussions in the Academy. Pyrrho began it, from whom the philosophers were called Pyrrhonians; he was the first to introduce the incomprehensibility of all things, so as to argue on both sides but declare nothing.

1.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 42

Οὐδὲν γὰρ εἶναι οὔτε τῶν νοητῶν οὔτε τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀληθές, ἀλλὰ δοκεῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οὕτως ἔχειν. Ῥευστήν τε εἶναι τὴν οὐσίαν πᾶσαν καὶ μεταβλητήν, καὶ μηδέποτε ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένειν.

Ouden gar einai oute tōn noētōn oute tōn aisthētōn alēthes, alla dokein tois anthrōpois houtōs echein. Rheustēn te einai tēn ousian pasan kai metablētēn, kai mēdepote en tǭ autǭ menein.

For nothing, either of the intelligible or of the perceptible, is true, but it seems to men to be so. All substance is fluid and changeable and never remains in the same state.

1.23.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 42–44

Οἱ μὲν οὖν τῶν Ἀκαδημαϊκῶν λέγουσι μὴ δεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν περὶ μηδενὸς ἀποφαίνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς ἐπιχειρήσαντας ἐᾶν. Οἱ δὲ τὸ οὐ μᾶλλον προσέθεσαν, λέγοντες οὐ μᾶλλον τὸ πῦρ πῦρ εἶναι ἢ ἄλλο τι. Οὐ μέν τοι ἀπεφήναντο αὐτὸ τί ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοιόνδε.

Hoi men oun tōn Akadēmaïkōn legousi mē dein tēn archēn peri mēdenos apophainesthai, allʼ haplōs epicheirēsantas ean. Hoi de to ou mallon prosethesan, legontes ou mallon to pyr pyr einai ē allo ti. Ou men toi apephēnanto auto ti estin, alla to toionde.

Some of the Academics say that one should not declare anything about anything from the start, but simply argue and let it be. Others added the "no more," saying that fire is no more fire than anything else. They did not, however, declare what it is, but that it is of such a kind.

item 1, chapter 24

1.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ἰνδοῖς αἵρεσις φιλοσοφουμένων ἐν τοῖς Βραχμάναις, οἳ βίον μὲν αὐτάρκη προβάλλονται, ἐμψύχων δὲ καὶ τῶν διὰ πυρὸς βρωμάτων πάντων ἀπέχονται, ἀκροδρύοις ἀρκούμενοι, μηδὲ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τρυγῶντες, ἀλλὰ τὰ πίπτοντα εἰς τὴν γῆν βαστάζοντες ζῶσιν, ὕδωρ ποταμοῦ Ταγαβενὰ πίνοντες.

Esti de kai para Indois hairesis philosophoumenōn en tois Brachmanais, hoi bion men autarkē proballontai, empsychōn de kai tōn dia pyros brōmatōn pantōn apechontai, akrodryois arkoumenoi, mēde auta tauta trygōntes, alla ta piptonta eis tēn gēn bastazontes zōsin, hydōr potamou Tagabena pinontes.

There is also among the Indians a school of those who philosophize among the Brahmins. They profess a self-sufficient life and abstain from living things and from all food cooked by fire, content with fruits; nor do they even gather these, but live by picking up what falls to the ground, drinking the water of the river Tagabena.

1.24.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Διαβιοῦσι δὲ γυμνοί, τὸ σῶμα ἔνδυμα τῇ ψυχῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγοντες. Οὗτοι τὸν θεὸν φῶς εἶναι λέγουσιν, οὐχ ὁποῖόν τις ὁρᾷ, οὐδʼ οἷον ἥλιος καὶ πῦρ, ἀλλά ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς λόγος, οὐχ ὁ ἔναρθρος, ἀλλὰ ὁ τῆς γνώσεως, διʼ οὗ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς φύσεως μυστήρια ὁρᾶται σοφοῖς. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ φῶς, ὅ φασι λόγον τὸν θεόν, αὑτοὺς μόνους εἰδέναι Βραχμᾶνας λέγουσι, διὰ τὸ ἀπορρῖψαι μόνους τὴν κενοδοξίαν, ὅς ἐστι χιτὼν τῆς ψυχῆς ἔσχατος.

Diabiousi de gymnoi, to sōma endyma tę̄ psychę̄ hypo tou theou gegonenai legontes. Houtoi ton theon phōs einai legousin, ouch hopoion tis horą, oudʼ hoion hēlios kai pyr, alla estin autois ho theos logos, ouch ho enarthros, alla ho tēs gnōseōs, diʼ hou ta krypta tēs physeōs mystēria horatai sophois. Touto de to phōs, ho phasi logon ton theon, hautous monous eidenai Brachmanas legousi, dia to aporripsai monous tēn kenodoxian, hos esti chitōn tēs psychēs eschatos.

They live naked, saying that the body has been made by God as a garment for the soul. They say that God is light, not such as one sees, nor like the sun and fire; but for them God is Word, not the articulated word but that of knowledge, through which the hidden mysteries of nature are seen by the wise. This light, which they say is God the Word, they say only the Brahmins know, because they alone have cast off vainglory, which is the soul's last tunic.

1.24.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Οὗτοι θανάτου καταφρονοῦσιν· ἀεὶ δὲ ἰδίᾳ φωνῇ θεὸν ὀνομάζουσι, καθὼς προείπομεν, ὕμνους τε ἀναπέμπουσιν. Οὔτε δὲ γυναῖκες παρʼ αὐτοῖς οὔτε τεκνοῦσιν.

Houtoi thanatou kataphronousin; aei de idią phōnę̄ theon onomazousi, kathōs proeipomen, hymnous te anapempousin. Oute de gynaikes parʼ autois oute teknousin.

They despise death; and they always name God in their own language, as we said before, and send up hymns. They have no wives, nor do they beget children.

1.24.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Οἱ δὲ τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτοῖς βίου ὀρεχθέντες ἐκ τῆς ἀντιπέραν χώρας τοῦ ποταμοῦ διαπερήσαντες ἐκεῖσε ἐναπομένουσιν, ἀναστρέφοντες μηκέτι· καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ Βραχμᾶνες καλοῦνται. Βίον δὲ οὐχ ὁμοίως διάγουσιν· εἰσὶ γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκες ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, ἐξ ὧνπερ οἱ ἐκεῖ κατοικοῦντες γεννῶνται καὶ γεννῶσιν.

Hoi de tou homoiou autois biou orechthentes ek tēs antiperan chōras tou potamou diaperēsantes ekeise enapomenousin, anastrephontes mēketi; kai autoi de Brachmanes kalountai. Bion de ouch homoiōs diagousin; eisi gar kai gynaikes en tę̄ chōrą, ex hōnper hoi ekei katoikountes gennōntai kai gennōsin.

Those who desire a life like theirs cross over from the country on the other side of the river and remain there, never returning; they too are called Brahmins. But they do not live in the same way; for there are also women in the country, from whom those who live there are born and whom they beget.

1.24.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν λόγον, ὃν θεὸν ὀνομάζουσι, σωματικὸν εἶναι, περικείμενόν τε σῶμα ἔξωθεν ἑαυτοῦ, καθάπερ εἴ τις τὸ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων ἔνδυμα φορεῖ, ἀπεκδυσάμενον δὲ τὸ σῶμα, ὃ περίκειται, ὀφθαλμοφανῶς φαίνεσθαι. Πόλεμον δὲ εἶναι ἐν τῷ περικειμένῳ αὐτῶν σώματι οἱ Βραχμᾶνες λέγουσι [καὶ πλῆρες εἶναι πολεμίων αὐτοῖς τὸ σῶμα νενομίκασι], πρὸς ὃ ὡς πρὸς πολεμίους παρατεταγμένοι μάχονται, καθὼς προδεδηλώκαμεν.

Touton de ton logon, hon theon onomazousi, sōmatikon einai, perikeimenon te sōma exōthen heautou, kathaper ei tis to ek tōn probatōn endyma phorei, apekdysamenon de to sōma, ho perikeitai, ophthalmophanōs phainesthai. Polemon de einai en tǭ perikeimenǭ autōn sōmati hoi Brachmanes legousi [kai plēres einai polemiōn autois to sōma nenomikasi], pros ho hōs pros polemious paratetagmenoi machontai, kathōs prodedēlōkamen.

This Word, which they name God, is bodily, and has a body wrapped around it outside itself, as if one wore a garment of sheepskin; and when it has stripped off the body that it wears, it appears visible to the eye. The Brahmins say there is war in the body that surrounds them [and they have held that their body is full of enemies], and against it they fight as though drawn up against enemies, as we have shown above.

1.24.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 44

Πάντας δὲ ἀνθρώπους λέγουσιν αἰχμαλώτους εἶναι τῶν ἰδίων συγγενῶν πολεμίων, γαστρὸς καὶ αἰδοίων, λαιμοῦ, ὀργῆς, χαρᾶς, λύπης, ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων. Μόνος δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν χωρεῖ ὁ κατὰ τούτων ἐγείρας τρόπαιον.

Pantas de anthrōpous legousin aichmalōtous einai tōn idiōn syngenōn polemiōn, gastros kai aidoiōn, laimou, orgēs, charas, lypēs, epithymias kai tōn homoiōn. Monos de pros ton theon chōrei ho kata toutōn egeiras tropaion.

They say that all men are captives of their own kindred enemies: belly and genitals, gullet, anger, joy, grief, desire, and the like. Only he goes to God who has raised a trophy against these.

1.24.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 44–46

Διὸ Δάνδαμιν μέν, πρὸς ὃν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Μακεδὼν εἰσῆλθεν, ὡς νενικηκότα τὸν πόλεμον τὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι, Βραχμᾶνες θεολογοῦσι· Καλάνου δὲ καταφέρονται ὡς ἀσεβῶς ἀποστατήσαντος τῆς κατʼ αὐτοὺς φιλοσοφίας. Ἀποθέμενοι δὲ Βραχμᾶνες τὸ σῶμα ὥσπερ ἐξ ὕδατος ἰχθύες ἀνακύψαντες εἰς ἀέρα καθαρὸν ὁρῶσι τὸν ἥλιον.

Dio Dandamin men, pros hon Alexandros ho Makedōn eisēlthen, hōs nenikēkota ton polemon ton en tǭ sōmati, Brachmanes theologousi; Kalanou de katapherontai hōs asebōs apostatēsantos tēs katʼ autous philosophias. Apothemenoi de Brachmanes to sōma hōsper ex hydatos ichthyes anakypsantes eis aera katharon horōsi ton hēlion.

Therefore the Brahmins deify Dandamis, whom Alexander of Macedon visited, as one who conquered the war in the body; but they denounce Calanus as having impiously apostatized from their philosophy. When they lay aside the body, the Brahmins, like fish leaping out of the water into pure air, see the sun.

item 1, chapter 25

1.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 46

Δρυΐδαι οἱ ἐν Κελτοῖς τῇ Πυθαγορείῳ φιλοσοφίᾳ κατʼ ἄκρον ἐγκύψαντες, αἰτίου αὐτοῖς γενομένου ταύτης τῆς ἀσκήσεως Ζαμόλξιδος δούλου Πυθαγόρου, γένει Θρᾳκίου· ὃς μετὰ τὴν Πυθαγόρου τελευτὴν ἐκεῖ χωρήσας αἴτιος τούτοις ταύτης τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἐγένετο.

Dryïdai hoi en Keltois tę̄ Pythagoreiǭ philosophią katʼ akron enkypsantes, aitiou autois genomenou tautēs tēs askēseōs Zamolxidos doulou Pythagorou, genei Thrąkiou; hos meta tēn Pythagorou teleutēn ekei chōrēsas aitios toutois tautēs tēs philosophias egeneto.

The Druids among the Celts delved deeply into the Pythagorean philosophy, the author of this discipline for them being Zamolxis, the slave of Pythagoras, a Thracian by race, who went there after the death of Pythagoras and became the cause of this philosophy for them.

1.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 46

Τούτους Κελτοὶ ὡς προφήτας καὶ προγνωστικοὺς δοξάζουσιν, διὰ τὸ ἐκ ψήφων καὶ ἀριθμῶν Πυθαγορικῇ τέχνῃ προαγορεύειν αὐτούς τινα, ἧς καὶ αὐτῆς τέχνης τὰς ἐφόδους οὐ σιωπήσομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐκ τούτων τινὲς αἱρέσεις παρεισάγειν ἐτόλμησαν. Χρῶνται δὲ Δρυΐδαι καὶ μαγείαις.

Toutous Keltoi hōs prophētas kai prognōstikous doxazousin, dia to ek psēphōn kai arithmōn Pythagorikę̄ technę̄ proagoreuein autous tina, hēs kai autēs technēs tas ephodous ou siōpēsomen, epei kai ek toutōn tines haireseis pareisagein etolmēsan. Chrōntai de Dryïdai kai mageiais.

The Celts regard them as prophets and foreseers, because they foretell things from pebbles and numbers by the Pythagorean art; the methods of this art too we shall not pass over in silence, since some have dared to bring in heresies from these as well. The Druids also practice magic.

item 1, chapter 26

1.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 46

Ἡσίοδος δὲ ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ αὐτὸς περὶ φύσεως οὕτω λέγει ἀκηκοέναι παρὰ Μουσῶν. Διὸς δὲ εἶναι τὰς Μούσας θυγατέρας. Ἐννέα γὰρ νύκτας ὁμοῦ καὶ ἡμέρας διʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἐπιθυμίας ἀδιαλείπτως συνευνηθέντος τῇ Μνημοσύνῃ τοῦ Διός, ἐννέα ταύτας τὴν Μνημοσύνην συλλαβεῖν ἐν μιᾷ γαστρί, ἐφʼ ἑκάστης νυκτὸς ὑποδεξαμένην μίαν.

Hēsiodos de ho poiētēs kai autos peri physeōs houtō legei akēkoenai para Mousōn. Dios de einai tas Mousas thygateras. Ennea gar nyktas homou kai hēmeras diʼ hyperbolēn epithymias adialeiptōs syneunēthentos tę̄ Mnēmosynę̄ tou Dios, ennea tautas tēn Mnēmosynēn syllabein en mią gastri, ephʼ hekastēs nyktos hypodexamenēn mian.

Hesiod the poet also says that he heard about nature thus from the Muses; and the Muses are daughters of Zeus. For Zeus, through excess of desire, lay with Mnemosyne nine nights and days together without pause, and Mnemosyne conceived these nine in one womb, receiving one each night.

1.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 46–48

Καλέσας οὖν τὰς ἐννέα Μούσας ἀπὸ τῆς Πιερίας, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ὀλύμπου, διδαχθῆναι παρεκάλει,... ὡς τὰ πρῶτα θεοὶ καὶ γαῖα γένοντο, καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ πόντος ἀπείριτος οἶδμά τε πόντου, ἄστρα τε λαμπετόωντα, καὶ οὐρανὸς εὐρὺς ὕπερθεν, ὡς στέφανον δάσσαντο, καὶ ὡς τιμὰς διέλοντο, ἠδὲ καὶ ὡς τὰ πρῶτα πολύπτυχον ἔσχον Ὄλυμπον.... Ταῦτά μοι Μοῦσαι, φησίν, ἕσπετʼ ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἔπειθʼ ὅ τι περ πρῶτον γένετʼ αὐτῶν. Ἤτοι μὲν πρώτιστα Χάος γένετʼ, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα Γαῖʼ εὐρύστερνος πάντων ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεὶ ἀθανάτων, οἳ ἔχουσι κάρην νιφόεντος Ὀλύμπου, Τάρταρά τʼ ἠνεμόεντα μυχῷ χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης ἠδʼ Ἔρος, ὃς κάλλιστος ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι λυσιμελὴς πάντων τε θεῶν πάντων τʼ ἀνθρώπων, δάμναται ἐν στήθεσφι νόον καὶ ἐπίφρονα βουλήν. Ἐκ Χάεος δʼ Ἔρεβός τε μέλαινά τε Νὺξ ἐγένοντο. Νυκτὸς δʼ αὐτʼ Αἰθήρ τε καὶ Ἡμέρη ἐξεγένοντο. γαῖα δέ τοι πρώτη μὲν ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑαυτῇ Οὐρανὸν ἀστερόενθʼ, ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτοι, ὄφρα ἔῃ μακάρεσσι θεοῖς ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεί. Γείνατο δʼ οὔρεα μακρὰ θεῶν χαρίεντας ἐναύλους Νυμφέων, αἳ ναίουσι κατʼ οὔρεα βησσήεντα. Ἠδὲ καὶ ἀτρύγετον Πέλαγος τέκεν οἴδματι θῦον Πόντον ἄτερ φιλότητος ἐφιμέρου, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα Οὐρανῷ εὐνηθεῖσα τέκʼ Ὠκεανὸν βαθυδίνην Κοῖόν τε Κρεῖόν θʼ, Ὑπερίονά τʼ, Ἰάπετόν τε Θείαν τε Ῥεῖαν τε, Θέμιν τε, Μνημοσύνην τε, Φοίβην τε χρυσοστέφανον, Τηθύν τʼ ἐρατεινὴν, τοὺς δὲ μετʼ ἀκρότατος γένετο Κρόνος ἀγκυλομήτης, δεινότατος παίδων, θαλερὸν δʼ ἤχθηρε τοκῆα. Γείνατο δʼ αὖ Κύκλωπας, ὑπέρβιον ἦτορ ἔχοντας. Καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἀπὸ τοῦ Κρόνου καταριθμεῖ Γίγαντας. Ὕστερον δέ που ἐκ τῆς Ῥέας γεγονέναι τὸν Δία.

Kalesas oun tas ennea Mousas apo tēs Pierias, toutestin apo tou Olympou, didachthēnai parekalei,... hōs ta prōta theoi kai gaia genonto, kai potamoi kai pontos apeiritos oidma te pontou, astra te lampetoōnta, kai ouranos eurys hyperthen, hōs stephanon dassanto, kai hōs timas dielonto, ēde kai hōs ta prōta polyptychon eschon Olympon.... Tauta moi Mousai, phēsin, hespetʼ ex archēs kai epeithʼ ho ti per prōton genetʼ autōn. Ētoi men prōtista Chaos genetʼ, autar epeita Gaiʼ eurysternos pantōn hedos asphales aiei athanatōn, hoi echousi karēn niphoentos Olympou, Tartara tʼ ēnemoenta mychǭ chthonos euryodeiēs ēdʼ Eros, hos kallistos en athanatoisi theoisi lysimelēs pantōn te theōn pantōn tʼ anthrōpōn, damnatai en stēthesphi noon kai epiphrona boulēn. Ek Chaeos dʼ Erebos te melaina te Nyx egenonto. Nyktos dʼ autʼ Aithēr te kai Hēmerē exegenonto. gaia de toi prōtē men egeinato ison heautę̄ Ouranon asteroenthʼ, hina min peri panta kalyptoi, ophra eę̄ makaressi theois hedos asphales aiei. Geinato dʼ ourea makra theōn charientas enaulous Nympheōn, hai naiousi katʼ ourea bēssēenta. Ēde kai atrygeton Pelagos teken oidmati thyon Ponton ater philotētos ephimerou, autar epeita Ouranǭ eunētheisa tekʼ Ōkeanon bathydinēn Koion te Kreion thʼ, Hyperiona tʼ, Iapeton te Theian te Rheian te, Themin te, Mnēmosynēn te, Phoibēn te chrysostephanon, Tēthyn tʼ erateinēn, tous de metʼ akrotatos geneto Kronos ankylomētēs, deinotatos paidōn, thaleron dʼ ēchthēre tokēa. Geinato dʼ au Kyklōpas, hyperbion ētor echontas. Kai tous allous pantas apo tou Kronou katarithmei Gigantas. Hysteron de pou ek tēs Rheas gegonenai ton Dia.

So, calling the nine Muses from Pieria, that is, from Olympus, he asked to be taught … "how at first gods and earth came to be, and rivers and the boundless sea with its swelling surge, and the gleaming stars and the wide heaven above, how they divided the wealth and how they shared out the honors, and also how at first they held Olympus of many folds." … "These things tell me, Muses," he says, "from the beginning, and say which of them first came to be. First of all Chaos came to be, and then broad-breasted Earth, the ever-sure seat of all the immortals who hold the peaks of snowy Olympus, and misty Tartarus in the depth of the wide-wayed earth, and Eros, who is fairest among the immortal gods, the limb-loosener, who in the breasts of all gods and all men subdues the mind and prudent counsel. From Chaos came Erebus and black Night; and from Night in turn came Ether and Day. And Earth first bore, equal to herself, starry Heaven, to cover her all round, that it might be an ever-sure seat for the blessed gods. And she bore the long mountains, pleasant haunts of the gods, of the Nymphs who dwell in the wooded mountains. And she bore also the unharvested deep, raging with its swell, the Sea, without delightful love; and then, lying with Heaven, she bore deep-eddying Ocean, and Coeus and Crius and Hyperion and Iapetus, and Theia and Rhea and Themis and Mnemosyne, and gold-crowned Phoebe and lovely Tethys. After them youngest was born Cronus of crooked counsel, most terrible of children, and he hated his lusty father. And she bore also the Cyclopes, with overbearing heart." And he enumerates all the other Giants from Cronus. And later, somewhere, Zeus was born of Rhea.

1.26.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 48

Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν πάντες περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς φύσεώς τε καὶ γενέσεως ταῦτα καθὼς ἐξεθέμεθα τῇ αὐτῶν δόξῃ ἐξεῖπον. Οἱ δὲ πάντες κάτω τοῦ θείου χωρήσαντες περὶ τὴν τῶν γενομένων οὐσίαν ἠσχολήθησαν, τὰ μεγέθη τῆς κτίσεως καταπλαγέντες, καὶ αὐτὰ τὸ θεῖον εἶναι νομίσαντες, ἕτερος ἕτερον μέρος τῆς κτίσεως προκρίναντες, τὸν δὲ θεὸν τούτων καὶ δημιουργὸν μὴ ἐπιγνόντες.

Houtoi men oun pantes peri tēs tou pantos physeōs te kai geneseōs tauta kathōs exethemetha tę̄ autōn doxę̄ exeipon. Hoi de pantes katō tou theiou chōrēsantes peri tēn tōn genomenōn ousian ēscholēthēsan, ta megethē tēs ktiseōs kataplagentes, kai auta to theion einai nomisantes, heteros heteron meros tēs ktiseōs prokrinantes, ton de theon toutōn kai dēmiourgon mē epignontes.

All these, then, declared these things about the nature and origin of the universe according to their own opinion, as we have set them out. But all of them, falling short of the divine, busied themselves with the substance of created things; struck with amazement at the greatness of creation, they thought these things were the divine itself, each preferring a different part of creation, and did not recognize the God and Creator of these things.

1.26.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 48–50

Τὰς μὲν οὖν τῶν καθʼ Ἕλληνας φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπικεχειρηκότων δόξας ἱκανῶς ἐκτεθεῖσθαι νομίζω, παρʼ ὧν τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβόντες οἱ αἱρετικοὶ τὰ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ ῥηθησόμενα ἐπεχείρησαν. Δοκεῖ δὲ πρότερον ἐκθεμένους τὰ μυστικὰ καὶ ὅσα περιέργως περὶ ἄστρα τινὲς ἢ μεγέθη ἐφαντάσθησαν, εἰπεῖν· καὶ γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῶν λαβόντες ἀφορμὰς τερατολογεῖν νομίζονται τοῖς πολλοῖς· ἔπειτα ἀκολούθως τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀδρανῆ δόγματα φανερώσομεν.

Tas men oun tōn kathʼ Hellēnas philosophein epikecheirēkotōn doxas hikanōs ektetheisthai nomizō, parʼ hōn tas aphormas labontes hoi hairetikoi ta metʼ ou poly rhēthēsomena epecheirēsan. Dokei de proteron ekthemenous ta mystika kai hosa periergōs peri astra tines ē megethē ephantasthēsan, eipein; kai gar ex autōn labontes aphormas teratologein nomizontai tois pollois; epeita akolouthōs ta hypʼ autōn adranē dogmata phanerōsomen.

I think, then, that the opinions of those who have attempted to philosophize among the Greeks have been sufficiently set out; taking their starting points from them, the heretics attempted what will be told shortly. But it seems best first to set out the mystic rites and whatever some have curiously imagined about the stars or magnitudes, and to speak of them; for it is from these too that they are thought by the many to take their starting points for telling marvels. Then, in due order, we shall bring to light their feeble doctrines.

item 4, chapter 1

4.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 50

..[μοίρας ἐπὶ ποστὴν μοῖραν πλεῖστον δύναται. Περὶ ὧν οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα] παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐστι κατὰ [τοὺς πίνακας διαφωνία. Δορυφορεῖσθαι δὲ] ἀστέρας λέγουσιν, ὅ[ταν μέσοι ὦσιν ἄλλων ἀστέρων ἐν συνεχείᾳ] ζῳδίων, οἷον, ἐὰν τοῦ αὐτ[οῦ ζῳδίου ὃς μέν τις ἀστὴρ τὰς πρώτας ἐπέχῃ μοίρας, ] ὃς δὲ [τὰς τελευταίας, ὃς δὲ τὰς ἐν μέσῳ, δορυφορεῖσθαι λέγεται ὁ ἐν] μέσῳ ὑπὸ τῶν τὰς ἐπʼ ἄκροις ἐπεχόντων μοίρας.

..[moiras epi postēn moiran pleiston dynatai. Peri hōn ouch hē tychousa] parʼ autois esti kata [tous pinakas diaphōnia. Doryphoreisthai de] asteras legousin, ho[tan mesoi ōsin allōn asterōn en synecheią] zǭdiōn, hoion, ean tou aut[ou zǭdiou hos men tis astēr tas prōtas epechę̄ moiras, ] hos de [tas teleutaias, hos de tas en mesǭ, doryphoreisthai legetai ho en] mesǭ hypo tōn tas epʼ akrois epechontōn moiras.

… [degrees, has most power up to a certain degree. Concerning these there is no small] disagreement among them in [the tables. They say that] stars [are attended by guards] when [they stand in the middle of other stars in a continuous run] of signs of the zodiac; for example, if in the same [sign one star occupies the first degrees,] another [the last, and another those in the middle, the one in the] middle [is said to be guarded] by those that occupy the degrees at the ends.

4.1.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 50

[Ἐπιβλέπειν δὲ λέγονται ἀλλήλους καὶ συμφωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις] ὡς οἱ κατὰ τρίγωνον ἢ τετράγωνον φαινόμενοι· κατὰ τρίγωνον μὲν οὖν σχηματίζονται καὶ ἐπιθεωροῦσιν ἀλλήλους οἱ ἐπὶ τριῶν ζῳδίων ἔχοντες τὸ μεταξὺ διάλειμμα, κατὰ τετράγωνον δὲ οἱ δυεῖν· κεφαλῇ τὰ ὑποκείμενα μέρη συμπά[σχει καὶ τοῖς ὑποκει]μένοις ἡ κεφαλή, οὕτω καὶ τοῖς ὑπερσεληναίοις τὰ ἐπίγεια. Ἀλλά τις ἔστι τούτων διαφορὰ καὶ ἀσυμπάθεια, ὡς ἂν μὴ μίαν καὶ τ[ὴν] αὐτὴν ἐχόντων ἕνωσιν.

[Epiblepein de legontai allēlous kai symphōnein allēlois] hōs hoi kata trigōnon ē tetragōnon phainomenoi; kata trigōnon men oun schēmatizontai kai epitheōrousin allēlous hoi epi triōn zǭdiōn echontes to metaxy dialeimma, kata tetragōnon de hoi dyein; kephalę̄ ta hypokeimena merē sympa[schei kai tois hypokei]menois hē kephalē, houtō kai tois hyperselēnaiois ta epigeia. Alla tis esti toutōn diaphora kai asympatheia, hōs an mē mian kai t[ēn] autēn echontōn henōsin.

[They are said to look upon one another and to agree with one another] when they appear in trine or in square. Those form a trine and look upon one another that have an interval of three signs between them, and those in square an interval of two. As the parts below sympathize with the head, [and the head with the parts] below, so earthly things sympathize with those above the moon. Yet there is a certain difference and lack of sympathy among these, as they do not have one and the same unity.

item 4, chapter 2

4.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 50–52

Τούτοις χρησάμενοι Εὐφράτης ὁ Περ[ατικὸς] καὶ Ἀκεμβὴς ὁ Καρύστιος καὶ ὁ λοιπὸς τούτων χορὸς τῷ λόγῳ [τῷ] τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπονομάσαντες αἰώνων στάσιν καὶ ἀπόστασιν ἀ[γαθῶν] δυνάμεων εἰς κακὰ καὶ συμφωνίας ἀγαθῶν μετὰ πονηρῶν προσαγορεύουσι, καλοῦντες τοπάρχας καὶ προαστείους καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα ὀνόματα· ὧν πᾶσαν τὴν ἐπικεχειρημένην αἵρεσιν ἐκθήσομαι καὶ διελέγξω, ἐπὰν εἰς τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον φθάσωμεν.

Toutois chrēsamenoi Euphratēs ho Per[atikos] kai Akembēs ho Karystios kai ho loipos toutōn choros tǭ logǭ [tǭ] tēs alētheias eponomasantes aiōnōn stasin kai apostasin a[gathōn] dynameōn eis kaka kai symphōnias agathōn meta ponērōn prosagoreuousi, kalountes toparchas kai proasteious kai alla pleista onomata; hōn pasan tēn epikecheirēmenēn hairesin ekthēsomai kai dielenxō, epan eis ton peri toutōn logon phthasōmen.

Using these ideas, Euphrates the Peratic and Acembes the Carystian and the rest of their chorus, giving them the name of the word of truth, speak of a revolt of Aeons, an apostasy of [good] powers to evil, and agreements of good powers with wicked ones, calling them toparchs and suburbans and very many other names. I shall set out and refute the whole heresy they have attempted when we come to the account of these people.

4.2.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 52

Νυνὶ δέ, μή ποτέ τις νομίσῃ πιστὰ εἶναι καὶ ἀσφαλῆ τὰ τοῖς Χαλδαίοις νενομισμένα περὶ τὴν ἀστρολογικὴν μάθησιν, οὐκ ὀκνήσομεν τὸν πρὸς τούτους ἔλεγχον διʼ ὀλίγων παραθεῖναι, ἐπιδεικνύντες ματαίαν τὴν τέχνην καὶ πλανᾶν μᾶλλον καὶ ἐξαφανίζειν ψυχὴν δυναμένην ἐλπίζουσαν μάταια, ἢ ὠφελεῖν. οἷς οὐ κατὰ τέχνης ἐμπειρίαν ἐ[π]έχομεν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν πρακτικῶν λόγων [γνώ]σεως.

Nyni de, mē pote tis nomisę̄ pista einai kai asphalē ta tois Chaldaiois nenomismena peri tēn astrologikēn mathēsin, ouk oknēsomen ton pros toutous elenchon diʼ oligōn paratheinai, epideiknyntes mataian tēn technēn kai planan mallon kai exaphanizein psychēn dynamenēn elpizousan mataia, ē ōphelein. hois ou kata technēs empeirian e[p]echomen, allʼ ek tēs tōn praktikōn logōn [gnō]seōs.

For now, so that no one may think that the doctrines held by the Chaldeans about astrological learning are trustworthy and secure, we shall not hesitate to set out briefly the refutation of them, showing that the art is vain and able rather to deceive and destroy a soul that hopes in vain things than to help it. We engage them not from experience of the art but from knowledge of practical reasoning.

4.2.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 52

Οἱ ταύτην τὴν μάθησιν ἠσκηκότες Χαλδαίων γενόμενοι ὁμιληταὶ ὡς ξένα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ θαυμάσια μεταδιδόντες μυστήρια τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐναλλάξαντες αἵρεσιν ἔνθεν συνεστήσαντο· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὴν τῶν ἀστρολόγων τέχνην ὡς δυνατὴν νομίσαντες ταῖς τε παρʼ αὐτῶν μαρτυρίαις χρώμενοι τὰ ἐπιχειρούμενα διʼ αὐτῶν πιστεύεσθαι θέλουσι, τανῦν καθὼς ἔδοξε τὴν ἀστρολογικὴν ἐπιδείξομεν ἀσύστατον, αὖθις μέλλοντες καὶ τὴν Περατικὴν ἀκυροῦν ὡς κλάδον ἐκ ῥίζης ἀσυστάτου πεφυκυῖαν.

Hoi tautēn tēn mathēsin ēskēkotes Chaldaiōn genomenoi homilētai hōs xena tois anthrōpois kai thaumasia metadidontes mystēria tois onomasin enallaxantes hairesin enthen synestēsanto; allʼ epei tēn tōn astrologōn technēn hōs dynatēn nomisantes tais te parʼ autōn martyriais chrōmenoi ta epicheiroumena diʼ autōn pisteuesthai thelousi, tanyn kathōs edoxe tēn astrologikēn epideixomen asystaton, authis mellontes kai tēn Peratikēn akyroun hōs kladon ek rhizēs asystatou pephykuian.

Those who practiced this learning, having become disciples of the Chaldeans, passing on to men mysteries as though strange and marvelous, changing the names, put together a heresy from there. But since, thinking the art of the astrologers valid and using their testimonies, they want their undertakings to be believed on that basis, we shall now, as we decided, show astrology to be incoherent, intending afterward also to invalidate the Peratic heresy as a branch grown from an incoherent root.

item 4, chapter 3

4.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 52

Ἀρχὴ μὲν οὖν καὶ ὥσπερ θεμέλιός ἐστι στῆσαι τὸν ὡροσκόπον. Ἀπὸ τούτου γὰρ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν κέντρων λαμβάνεται τά τε ἀποκλίματα καὶ αἱ ἐπαναφοραὶ τά τε τρίγωνα καὶ τὰ τετράγωνα καὶ οἱ κατʼ αὐτὰ σχηματισμοὶ τῶν ἀστέρων, ἀπὸ δὲ πάντων τούτων αἱ προαγορεύσεις.

Archē men oun kai hōsper themelios esti stēsai ton hōroskopon. Apo toutou gar ta loipa tōn kentrōn lambanetai ta te apoklimata kai hai epanaphorai ta te trigōna kai ta tetragōna kai hoi katʼ auta schēmatismoi tōn asterōn, apo de pantōn toutōn hai proagoreuseis.

The beginning, then, and as it were the foundation, is to fix the horoscope. For from this the rest of the cardinal points are taken, and the declinations and the succeeding places, and the trines and squares and the configurations of the stars according to them; and from all these come the predictions.

4.3.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 52

ὅθεν ἀναιρεθέντος τοῦ ὡροσκόπου κατὰ ἀνάγκην οὐδὲ τὸ μεσουρανοῦν [ἢ δῦνον ἢ ἀντιμεσουρανοῦν] ἐστὶ γνώριμον, ἀκαταληπτουμένων δὲ τούτων συναφανίζεται πᾶσα [ἡ] Χαλδαϊκὴ μέθοδος. Ὅτι δὲ ἀνεύρετον αὐτοῖς ἐστὶ τὸ ὡροσκοποῦν ζώδιον, ποικίλως ἔστι διδάσκειν.

hothen anairethentos tou hōroskopou kata anankēn oude to mesouranoun [ē dynon ē antimesouranoun] esti gnōrimon, akatalēptoumenōn de toutōn synaphanizetai pasa [hē] Chaldaïkē methodos. Hoti de aneureton autois esti to hōroskopoun zōdion, poikilōs esti didaskein.

So if the horoscope is removed, necessarily neither the midheaven [nor the setting nor the anti-midheaven] is known, and when these cannot be grasped, the whole Chaldean method vanishes with them. That the sign in the horoscope cannot be discovered by them can be shown in various ways.

4.3.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 52

Ἵνα γὰρ τοῦτο καταληφθῇ, δεῖ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ πίπτοντος ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν βεβαίως κατειλῆφθαι, δεύτερον [δὲ] τὸ διασημαῖνον ταύτην ὡροσκόπιον [ἀπλανὲς] ὑπάρχειν, τρίτον δὲ τὴν ἀναφορὰν τοῦ ζωδίου πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν συνῶφθαι.

Hina gar touto katalēphthę̄, dei prōton men tēn genesin tou piptontos hypo tēn episkepsin bebaiōs kateilēphthai, deuteron [de] to diasēmainon tautēn hōroskopion [aplanes] hyparchein, triton de tēn anaphoran tou zōdiou pros akribeian synōphthai.

For this to be grasped, it is necessary first that the birth of the person under examination be firmly grasped; second, that the horoscopic instrument signaling it be [unerring]; and third, that the rising of the sign be observed with precision.

4.3.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 52–54

Ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἀποτέξεως ἡ ἀναφορὰ τοῦ κατʼ οὐρανὸν ἀνίσχοντος ζωδίου τετηρήσθω, ἐπεὶ τὸ ὡροσκοποῦν ὁρισάμενοι οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀναφορὰν τὸν συσχηματισμὸν τῶν ἄστρων ποιοῦνται, ὅπερ διάθεμα καλοῦσιν, ἐφʼ ᾧ τὰς προαγορεύσεις δογματίζουσιν. Οὔτε δὲ τὴν γένεσιν τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν πιπτόντων λαμβάνειν δυνατόν ἐστιν, ὡς παραστήσω, οὔτε τὸ ὡροσκόπιον ἀπλανὲς καθέστηκεν, οὔτε τὸ ἀνίσχον ζώδιον πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν καταλαμβάνεται.

Epi men gar tēs apotexeōs hē anaphora tou katʼ ouranon anischontos zōdiou tetērēsthō, epei to hōroskopoun horisamenoi hoi Chaldaioi epi tēn anaphoran ton syschēmatismon tōn astrōn poiountai, hoper diathema kalousin, ephʼ hǭ tas proagoreuseis dogmatizousin. Oute de tēn genesin tōn hypo tēn episkepsin piptontōn lambanein dynaton estin, hōs parastēsō, oute to hōroskopion aplanes kathestēken, oute to anischon zōdion pros akribeian katalambanetai.

For at the birth, the rising of the sign ascending in the sky is to be observed, since the Chaldeans, having defined the horoscope, make the configuration of the stars with reference to the rising, which they call the disposition, and on this they base their predictions. But it is not possible to grasp the birth of those under examination, as I shall show; nor is the horoscopic instrument unerring; nor is the rising sign grasped with precision.

4.3.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 54

Πῶς οὖν ἀσύστατος ἡ τῶν Χαλδαίων μέθοδος νῦν λέγωμεν. Τὴν δὴ γένεσιν τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν πεσουμένων πρότερον ὁρίσαντες ἐπιζητεῖν ἤτοι ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ σπέρματος καταβολῆς καὶ συλλήψεως λαμβάνουσιν ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκτέξεως.

Pōs oun asystatos hē tōn Chaldaiōn methodos nyn legōmen. Tēn dē genesin tōn hypo tēn episkepsin pesoumenōn proteron horisantes epizētein ētoi apo tēs tou spermatos katabolēs kai syllēpseōs lambanousin ē apo tēs ektexeōs.

Let us now say, then, how the method of the Chaldeans is incoherent. Having first defined that they must seek the birth of those who will fall under examination, they take it either from the depositing of the seed and conception, or from delivery.

4.3.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 54

Καὶ εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς συλλήψεως λαμβάνειν ἐπιχειρήσει τις, ἄληπτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀκριβὴς περὶ τούτου λόγος, ταχὺς ὑπάρχων χρόνος· καὶ εἰκότως. οὐ γὰρ ἔχομεν λέγειν, εἴτε ἅμα τῇ μεταθέσει τοῦ σπέρματος γέγονεν ἡ σύλληψις εἴτε καὶ μή.

Kai ei men apo tēs syllēpseōs lambanein epicheirēsei tis, alēptos estin ho akribēs peri toutou logos, tachys hyparchōn chronos; kai eikotōs. ou gar echomen legein, eite hama tę̄ metathesei tou spermatos gegonen hē syllēpsis eite kai mē.

And if one tries to take it from conception, the precise account of this cannot be grasped, the time being swift; and reasonably so. For we cannot say whether conception took place at the same moment as the transfer of the seed or not.

4.3.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 54

Δύναται μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἅμα νοήματι τοῦτο συμβαίνειν, ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ προσαχθὲν τοῖς διαπύροις τῶν κλιβάνων στέαρ εὐθὺς καλλᾶται, δύναται δὲ καὶ μετὰ χρόνον. Διαστήματος γὰρ ὄντος ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τῆς μήτρας μέχρι τοῦ πυθμένος, ἔνθα καὶ τὰς συλλήψεις λέγουσι γίνεσθαι ἰατροί, πάντως ἐν χρόνῳ τινὶ τὸ διάστημα τοῦτο ἀνύειν πέφυκεν ἡ καταβαλλομένη τοῦ σπέρματος φύσις.

Dynatai men gar kai hama noēmati touto symbainein, hōsper kai to prosachthen tois diapyrois tōn klibanōn stear euthys kallatai, dynatai de kai meta chronon. Diastēmatos gar ontos apo tou stomatos tēs mētras mechri tou pythmenos, entha kai tas syllēpseis legousi ginesthai iatroi, pantōs en chronǭ tini to diastēma touto anyein pephyken hē kataballomenē tou spermatos physis.

For this can happen as quick as thought, just as fat put on the red-hot sides of ovens at once sticks; but it can also happen after a time. For since there is a distance from the mouth of the womb to its base, where physicians say conceptions take place, the nature of the deposited seed must take some time to travel this distance.

4.3.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 54

Ἀγνοοῦντες οὖν τὴν ποσότητα τοῦ χρόνου κατὰ τὸ ἀκριβὲς οἱ Χαλδαῖοι οὐδέποτε τὴν σύλληψιν καταλήψονται. τοῦ σπέρματος ὁτὲ μὲν εὐθυβολουμένου καὶ αὐτοῖς προσπίπτοντος ὑφʼ ἓν τοῖς εὐφυῶς ἔχουσι πρὸς σύλληψιν τῆς μήτρας [τόποις, ὁτὲ δὲ πολυσπόρως ἐμπίπτοντος, ὑπʼ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς ἐν τῇ μήτρᾳ δυνάμεως εἰς ἕνα τόπον συνάγεσθαι] δυναμένου· τῶν ἀγνώστων τὸ πότε γίνεται τὸ πρῶτον καὶ πότε τὸ δεύτερον, πόσος τε ὁ εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν σύλληψιν ἀναλισκόμενος χρόνος καὶ πόσος [ὁ] εἰς ταύτην· ἀγνοουμένων δὲ τούτων ἦρται καὶ ἡ πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν τῆς συλλήψεως κατάληψις.

Agnoountes oun tēn posotēta tou chronou kata to akribes hoi Chaldaioi oudepote tēn syllēpsin katalēpsontai. tou spermatos hote men euthyboloumenou kai autois prospiptontos hyphʼ hen tois euphyōs echousi pros syllēpsin tēs mētras [topois, hote de polysporōs empiptontos, hypʼ autēs de tēs en tę̄ mētrą dynameōs eis hena topon synagesthai] dynamenou; tōn agnōstōn to pote ginetai to prōton kai pote to deuteron, posos te ho eis ekeinēn tēn syllēpsin analiskomenos chronos kai posos [ho] eis tautēn; agnooumenōn de toutōn ērtai kai hē pros akribeian tēs syllēpseōs katalēpsis.

Not knowing the length of time precisely, then, the Chaldeans will never grasp conception. For the seed is sometimes cast straight and falls all at once upon the places of the womb well suited for conception, [and sometimes falls scattered, able to be gathered into one place by the power in the womb itself]. It is unknown when the first happens and when the second, and how much time is spent on the one conception and how much on the other; and when these are unknown, a precise grasp of conception is also taken away.

4.3.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 54–56

Εἴπερ τε, ὥσπερ τινὲς τῶν φυσικῶν εἰρήκασιν, ἑψόμενον πρῶτον καὶ προμεταβαλλόμενον ἐν μήτρᾳ τὸ σπέρμα τότε προσέρχεται τοῖς ἀναστομωθεῖσιν αὐτῆς ἀγγείοις, καθάπερ τῇ γῇ τὰ τῆς γῆς σπέρματα· αὐτόθεν οἱ μὴ εἰδότες τὴν ποσότητα τοῦ τῆς μεταβολῆς χρόνου οὐκ εἴσονται οὐδὲ τὸν τῆς συλλήψεως καιρόν.

Eiper te, hōsper tines tōn physikōn eirēkasin, hepsomenon prōton kai prometaballomenon en mētrą to sperma tote proserchetai tois anastomōtheisin autēs angeiois, kathaper tę̄ gę̄ ta tēs gēs spermata; autothen hoi mē eidotes tēn posotēta tou tēs metabolēs chronou ouk eisontai oude ton tēs syllēpseōs kairon.

And if, as some of the natural philosophers have said, the seed is first cooked and changed beforehand in the womb, and then approaches its opened vessels, as the seeds of the earth approach the earth, then those who do not know the length of time of the change will not know the moment of conception either.

4.3.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 56

Ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὡς κατὰ τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τοῦ σώματος διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων αἱ γυναῖκες κατὰ ἐνέργειάν τε καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς αἰτίας, οὕτως καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς μήτρας ἐνέργειαν τὰς μὲν θᾶττον συλλαμβανούσας τὰς δὲ βράδιον. Καὶ οὐ παράδοξον, ὅπου καὶ αὐταὶ αὑταῖς συγκρινόμεναι νυνὶ μὲν εὐσύλληπτοι θεωροῦνται νυνὶ δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Τούτου δʼ οὕτως ἔχοντος ἀδυνάτως ἐσα λέγειν πρὸς ἀκρίβειαν πότε συνέχεται τὸ καταβληθὲν σπέρμα, ἵνα ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου στήσωσιν οἱ Χαλδαῖοι τῆς γενέσεως τὸν ὡροσκόπον.

Eti de kai hōs kata ta loipa merē tou sōmatos diapherousin allēlōn hai gynaikes kata energeian te kai tas loipas aitias, houtōs kai kata tēn tēs mētras energeian tas men thatton syllambanousas tas de bradion. Kai ou paradoxon, hopou kai autai hautais synkrinomenai nyni men eusyllēptoi theōrountai nyni de oudamōs. Toutou dʼ houtōs echontos adynatōs esa legein pros akribeian pote synechetai to katablēthen sperma, hina apo toutou tou chronou stēsōsin hoi Chaldaioi tēs geneseōs ton hōroskopon.

Moreover, just as women differ from one another in the other parts of the body in activity and other causes, so also in the activity of the womb, some conceiving more quickly and some more slowly. And this is not surprising, since the same women, compared with themselves, are seen now to conceive easily and now not at all. This being so, it is impossible to say precisely when the deposited seed is retained, so that from this time the Chaldeans may fix the horoscope of the birth.

item 4, chapter 4

4.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 56

Τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συλλήψεως στῆσαι τὸν ὡροσκόπον. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀποτέξεως. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἄπορόν ἐστι τὸ πότε ῥηθήσεται ἀπότεξιν εἶναι· ἆρά γε ὅταν ἄρξηται προκύπτειν εἰς τὸν ψυχρὸν ἀέρα τὸ ἀποτικτόμενον, ἢ ὅταν ὀλίγον ἐξίσχῃ, ἢ ὅταν εἰς τὴν γῆν κατενεχθῇ; οὐδʼ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τούτων δυνατόν ἐστι τὸ ἀκριβὲς τῆς ἀποτέξεως καταλαβέσθαι ἢ χρόνον ὁρίζειν.

Toutǭ tǭ logǭ adynaton estin ek tēs syllēpseōs stēsai ton hōroskopon. allʼ oude ex apotexeōs. Prōton men gar aporon esti to pote rhēthēsetai apotexin einai; ara ge hotan arxētai prokyptein eis ton psychron aera to apotiktomenon, ē hotan oligon exischę̄, ē hotan eis tēn gēn katenechthę̄? oudʼ en hekastǭ toutōn dynaton esti to akribes tēs apotexeōs katalabesthai ē chronon horizein.

By this argument it is impossible to fix the horoscope from conception; but not from delivery either. For first, it is hard to say when delivery is to be called delivery: is it when the child begins to emerge into the cold air, or when it has come out a little, or when it has been brought down to the ground? Nor in any of these cases is it possible to grasp the precise moment of delivery or to define its time.

4.4.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 56

Καὶ γὰρ διὰ παράστημα ψυχῆς καὶ διʼ ἐπιτηδειότητα σώματος καὶ διὰ προαίρεσιν τῶν τόπων καὶ διʼ ἐμπειρίαν μαίας καὶ ἄλλας ἀπείρους προφάσεις οὐχ ὁ αὐτός ἐστι χρόνος καθʼ ὃν προκύπτει τὸ τικτόμενον ῥαγέντων τῶν ὑμένων, ἢ ἐκτὸς ὀλίγον γίνεται, ἢ εἰς τὴν γῆν καταφέρεται, ἀλλʼ ἄλλος ἐπʼ ἄλλων.

Kai gar dia parastēma psychēs kai diʼ epitēdeiotēta sōmatos kai dia proairesin tōn topōn kai diʼ empeirian maias kai allas apeirous prophaseis ouch ho autos esti chronos kathʼ hon prokyptei to tiktomenon rhagentōn tōn hymenōn, ē ektos oligon ginetai, ē eis tēn gēn katapheretai, allʼ allos epʼ allōn.

For because of the state of the mother's soul, the fitness of her body, the choice of place, the midwife's experience, and countless other reasons, the time at which the child emerges when the membranes break, or comes out a little, or is brought down to the ground, is not the same, but differs from case to case.

4.4.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 56

ὃν πάλιν μὴ δυνάμενοι ὡρισμένως καὶ ἀκριβῶς σταθμήσασθαι οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐκπεσοῦνται τοῦ δεόντως τὴν τῆς ἀποτέξεως ὥραν ὁρίζειν. Ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἐπαγγέλλονται ἐπὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀποτέξεως χρόνοις οἱ Χαλδαῖοι τὸν ὡροσκόπον γινώσκειν, οὐκ ἴσασι δέ, ἐκ τούτων συμφανές· ὅτι δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ ὡροσκόπιον ἀπλανὲς αὐτοῖς ἐστί, πάρεστιν ἐπιλογίζεσθαι.

hon palin mē dynamenoi hōrismenōs kai akribōs stathmēsasthai hoi Chaldaioi ekpesountai tou deontōs tēn tēs apotexeōs hōran horizein. Hoti men oun epangellontai epi tois tēs apotexeōs chronois hoi Chaldaioi ton hōroskopon ginōskein, ouk isasi de, ek toutōn symphanes; hoti de oude to hōroskopion aplanes autois esti, parestin epilogizesthai.

And since, again, the Chaldeans cannot measure this definitely and precisely, they will fail to define the hour of delivery as they should. That the Chaldeans profess to know the horoscope at the times of delivery but do not know it is clear from this. That their horoscopic instrument is not unerring either may now be considered.

4.4.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 56–58

Ὅταν γὰρ λέγωσιν ὅτι ὁ προσεδρεύων τῇ ὠδινούσῃ ἅμα τῇ ἀποτέξει δίσκῳ σημαίνει τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκρωρείας ἀστεροσκοποῦντι Χαλδαίῳ, κἀκεῖνος εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀποβλέπων παρασημαίνεται τὸ ἀνίσχον ζώδιον, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπιδείξωμεν αὐτοῖς ὅτι τῆς ἀποτέξεως ἀορίστου τυγχανούσης, καθὼς μικροῦ πρότερον παρεστήσαμεν, οὐδὲ τῷ δίσκῳ ταύτην διασημαίνειν εὔκολον.

Hotan gar legōsin hoti ho prosedreuōn tę̄ ōdinousę̄ hama tę̄ apotexei diskǭ sēmainei tǭ apo tēs akrōreias asteroskopounti Chaldaiǭ, kakeinos eis ouranon apoblepōn parasēmainetai to anischon zōdion, to men prōton epideixōmen autois hoti tēs apotexeōs aoristou tynchanousēs, kathōs mikrou proteron parestēsamen, oude tǭ diskǭ tautēn diasēmainein eukolon.

For when they say that the one attending the woman in labor signals the delivery at once with a gong to the Chaldean observing the stars from a height, and he, looking into the sky, notes the rising sign, let us first show them that, since the delivery is indefinite, as we established a little before, it is not easy to signal it with the gong either.

4.4.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 58

Εἶτʼ ἔστω καὶ καταληπτὴν ὑπάρχειν τὴν ἀπότεξιν, ἀλλʼ οὔτιγε πρὸς ἀκριβῆ χρόνον σημειοῦσθαι ταύτην δυνατόν ἐστι· τὸν γὰρ τοῦ δίσκου ψόφον ἐν πλείονι χρόνῳ καὶ ἐν συχνῷ πρὸς αἴσθησιν δυνάμενον μερίζεσθαι κινεῖσθαι συνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν.

Eitʼ estō kai katalēptēn hyparchein tēn apotexin, allʼ outige pros akribē chronon sēmeiousthai tautēn dynaton esti; ton gar tou diskou psophon en pleioni chronǭ kai en sychnǭ pros aisthēsin dynamenon merizesthai kineisthai synebē epi tēn akrōreian.

Then, grant that the delivery can be grasped: still it is not possible to mark it at a precise time; for the sound of the gong takes a longer time to travel to the height, long enough to be divided into perceptible parts.

4.4.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 58

Τεκμήριον δὲ [τὸ] ἐπὶ τῶν πόρρω δενδροτομούντων θεωρούμενον· μετὰ γὰρ ἱκανὴν ὥραν τοῦ κατενεχθῆναι τὸν πέλεκυν ἐξακούεται ἡ φωνὴ τῆς πληγῆς, ὡς ἂν ἐν χρόνῳ πλείονι φθάνουσα ἐπὶ τὸν ἀκούοντα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀκριβῶς τοῖς Χαλδαίοις τὸν χρόνον τοῦ ἀνίσχοντος ζωδίου καὶ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ὡροσκοποῦντος λαμβάνειν.

Tekmērion de [to] epi tōn porrō dendrotomountōn theōroumenon; meta gar hikanēn hōran tou katenechthēnai ton pelekyn exakouetai hē phōnē tēs plēgēs, hōs an en chronǭ pleioni phthanousa epi ton akouonta. Kai dia touto toinyn ouk estin akribōs tois Chaldaiois ton chronon tou anischontos zōdiou kai katʼ alētheian hōroskopountos lambanein.

A proof is what is observed with those cutting trees at a distance: a good while after the axe has come down, the sound of the blow is heard, since it takes longer to reach the hearer. For this reason too, then, the Chaldeans cannot precisely grasp the time of the sign that is rising and truly in the horoscope.

4.4.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 58

Καὶ μὴν οὐ μόνον φθάνει πλείων διελθὼν χρόνος μετὰ τὴν ἀπότεξιν τοῦ παρεδρεύοντος τῇ ὠδινούσῃ κρούσαντος τῷ δίσκῳ, εἶτα μετὰ τὸ κροῦσαι ἀκούσαντος τοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν, [ἀλλὰ] καὶ περισκοποῦντος καὶ βλέποντος ἐν τίνι τῶν ζωδίων ἐστὶν ἡ σελήνη καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀστέρων ἐν τίνι ἕκαστος, φθάνει ἀναγκαῖον ἀλλοιότερον γενέσθαι τὸ περὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας διάθεμα, τῆς τοῦ πόλου κινήσεως ἀλέκτῳ τάχει φερομένης, πρὶν τηρητικῶς παραφυλάξασθαι τὴν τοῦ γεννηθέντος ὥραν κατʼ οὐρανὸν βλεπομένην.

Kai mēn ou monon phthanei pleiōn dielthōn chronos meta tēn apotexin tou paredreuontos tę̄ ōdinousę̄ krousantos tǭ diskǭ, eita meta to krousai akousantos tou epi tēn akrōreian, [alla] kai periskopountos kai blepontos en tini tōn zōdiōn estin hē selēnē kai tōn loipōn asterōn en tini hekastos, phthanei anankaion alloioteron genesthai to peri tous asteras diathema, tēs tou polou kinēseōs alektǭ tachei pheromenēs, prin tērētikōs paraphylaxasthai tēn tou gennēthentos hōran katʼ ouranon blepomenēn.

And indeed, not only does considerable time pass after the delivery while the attendant strikes the gong, and then, after the striking, while the one on the height hears it, [but] also while he looks around and sees in which of the signs the moon is and in which each of the other stars is; so the disposition of the stars must necessarily change, since the motion of the pole is carried round with indescribable speed, before he can carefully observe the hour of the newborn as it is seen in the sky.

item 4, chapter 5

4.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 58

Οὕτως ἀσύστατος δειχθήσεται ἡ κατὰ Χαλδαίους τέχνη. Εἰ δὲ ἐξ ἐπερωτήσεων φάσκοι τις σκοπεῖσθαι τοῦ πυνθανομένου τὴν γένεσιν ἢ περὶ οὗ ἐπερωτάτω, μηδὲ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον δύνασθαι ἐφικνεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκριβές. Εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτη τις ἐπιμέλεια ἱστόρηται κατʼ αὐτοὺς περὶ τὴν τέχνην καὶ μηδʼ αὐτοὶ ἐφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀκριβές, καθὼς ἐπεδείξαμεν, πῶς ὁ ἰδιώτης κατείληφε τῆς ἀποτέξεως τὸν χρόνον ἀκριβῶς, ἵνα παρὰ τούτου μαθὼν ὁ Χαλδαῖος στήσῃ τὸν ὡροσκόπον ἀληθῶς;

Houtōs asystatos deichthēsetai hē kata Chaldaious technē. Ei de ex eperōtēseōn phaskoi tis skopeisthai tou pynthanomenou tēn genesin ē peri hou eperōtatō, mēde kata touton ton tropon dynasthai ephikneisthai epi to akribes. Ei gar tosautē tis epimeleia historētai katʼ autous peri tēn technēn kai mēdʼ autoi ephiknountai epi to akribes, kathōs epedeixamen, pōs ho idiōtēs kateilēphe tēs apotexeōs ton chronon akribōs, hina para toutou mathōn ho Chaldaios stēsę̄ ton hōroskopon alēthōs?

Thus the art of the Chaldeans will be shown to be incoherent. And if someone should claim to examine the birth of an inquirer from his answers to questions, or the matter he is asking about, not even in this way can he reach precision. For if so much care is recorded among them concerning the art, and even they do not reach precision, as we have shown, how has the layman precisely grasped the time of delivery, so that the Chaldean, learning from him, may truly fix the horoscope?

4.5.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 58–60

Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὁρίζοντος ὄψιν πάντη ὁ αὐτὸς φανήσεται ἀνίσχων ἀστήρ, ἀλλʼ ὅπου μὲν ὡροσκόπος νομισθήσεται τὸ ἀπόκλιμα, ὅπου δὲ ὡροσκόπος ἡ ἐπαναφορὰ παρὰ τὴν τῶν τόπων ἐπιφάνειαν ὄντων ἢ ταπεινοτέρων ἢ ὑψηλοτέρων, ὥστε καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος οὐκ ἀκριβὴς φανήσεται ἡ προαγόρευσις, πολλῶν κατὰ πάντα τὸν κόσμον τῇ αὐτῇ ὥρᾳ γεννωμένων, ἄλλου ἄλλως τὰ ἄστρα θεωροῦντος.

Allʼ oude kata tēn tou horizontos opsin pantē ho autos phanēsetai anischōn astēr, allʼ hopou men hōroskopos nomisthēsetai to apoklima, hopou de hōroskopos hē epanaphora para tēn tōn topōn epiphaneian ontōn ē tapeinoterōn ē hypsēloterōn, hōste kai kata touto to meros ouk akribēs phanēsetai hē proagoreusis, pollōn kata panta ton kosmon tę̄ autę̄ hōrą gennōmenōn, allou allōs ta astra theōrountos.

But neither will the same star appear rising everywhere as the horizon is seen; rather, in one place the declination will be taken for the horoscope, in another the succeeding place, according to how the places appear, being lower or higher; so that in this respect too the prediction will not appear precise, since many are born at the same hour throughout the world, and each observes the stars differently.

4.5.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Ματαία δὲ καὶ ἡ διὰ τῶν ὑ[δρι]ῶν νομιζομένη κατάληψις. Οὐ γὰρ ὁμοίως [ὁ] ἀμφορεὺς το... θεὶς ῥύσει πληρώσων ὡς ἀπόκενος, αὐτοῦ τοῦ πόλου κατὰ ἐκείνων λόγον ἑνὶ ὁρμήματι ἰσοταχῶς φερομένου.

Mataia de kai hē dia tōn hy[dri]ōn nomizomenē katalēpsis. Ou gar homoiōs [ho] amphoreus to... theis rhysei plērōsōn hōs apokenos, autou tou polou kata ekeinōn logon heni hormēmati isotachōs pheromenou.

Vain too is the supposed grasp by means of water clocks. For the jar … does not fill in the same way by flowing when it is emptied, while the pole itself, on their own account, is carried round at one impulse with equal speed.

4.5.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Εἰ δὲ ἀναστρέψαντες λέγοιεν μὴ τὸν ἀκριβῆ χρόνον λαμβάνειν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐν πλάτει, σχεδὸν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐλεγχθήσονται τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων. Οἱ γὰρ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ χρόνῳ γεννηθέντες οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν ἔζησαν βίον, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν λόγου χάριν ἐβασίλευσαν, οἱ δὲ ἐν πέδαις κατεγήρασαν.

Ei de anastrepsantes legoien mē ton akribē chronon lambanein allʼ hōs etychen en platei, schedon hypʼ autōn elenchthēsontai tōn apotelesmatōn. Hoi gar en tǭ autǭ chronǭ gennēthentes ou ton auton ezēsan bion, allʼ hoi men logou charin ebasileusan, hoi de en pedais kategērasan.

And if they turn round and say that they do not take the precise time but approximately, in broad terms, they will be refuted by the outcomes themselves. For those born at the same time did not live the same life; but some, for example, became kings and others grew old in fetters.

4.5.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Οὐδεὶς γοῦν Ἀλεξάνδρῳ τῷ Μακεδόνι γέγονεν ἴσος πολλῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὁμοίως ἀποτεχθέντων αὐτῷ, οὐθεὶς Πλάτωνι τῷ φιλοσόφῳ. Ὥστε τὸν ἐν πλάτει τῆς γενέσεως χρόνον ὁ Χαλδαῖος ἀκριβῶς οὐ δυνήσεται λέγειν, εἰ [ὁ] κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον γεννηθεὶς εὐτυχήσει.

Oudeis goun Alexandrǭ tǭ Makedoni gegonen isos pollōn kata tēn oikoumenēn homoiōs apotechthentōn autǭ, outheis Platōni tǭ philosophǭ. Hōste ton en platei tēs geneseōs chronon ho Chaldaios akribōs ou dynēsetai legein, ei [ho] kata ton auton chronon gennētheis eutychēsei.

No one, at any rate, became equal to Alexander of Macedon, though many were born like him throughout the inhabited world; no one equal to Plato the philosopher. So the Chaldean will not be able to say precisely, from the broad time of birth, whether one born at the same time will prosper.

4.5.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Πολλοὶ γοῦν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον γεννηθέντες ἐδυστύχησαν, ὥστε ματαία καὶ ἡ κατὰ τὰ διαθέματα ὁμοιότης. Διαφόρως οὖν καὶ πολυτρόπως τὴν ματαιόπονον σκέψιν τῶν Χαλδαίων διελέγξαντες οὐδὲ τοῦτο παραλείψομεν, ὡς εἰς ἄπορον χωρήσουσιν αἱ προρρήσεις αὐτοῖς.

Polloi goun kata ton auton chronon gennēthentes edystychēsan, hōste mataia kai hē kata ta diathemata homoiotēs. Diaphorōs oun kai polytropōs tēn mataioponon skepsin tōn Chaldaiōn dielenxantes oude touto paraleipsomen, hōs eis aporon chōrēsousin hai prorrēseis autois.

At any rate, many born at the same time were unfortunate, so that likeness according to dispositions is also vain. Having refuted the vainly laborious inquiry of the Chaldeans in different and many ways, we shall not leave out this either: that their predictions will come to a dead end.

4.5.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Εἰ γὰρ τὸν ἐν τῇ ἀκίδι τοῦ Τοξότου γεννηθέντα, ὡς οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λέγουσιν, ἀνάγκη σφαγήσεσθαι, πῶς αἱ τοσαῦται τῶν βαρβάρων μυριάδες ἀγωνιζόμεναι πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐν Μαραθῶνι ἢ Σαλαμῖνι ὑφʼ ἓν κατεσφάγησαν; οὐ γὰρ δή γε ἐπὶ πασῶν ὁ αὐτὸς ἦν ὡροσκόπος.

Ei gar ton en tę̄ akidi tou Toxotou gennēthenta, hōs hoi mathēmatikoi legousin, anankē sphagēsesthai, pōs hai tosautai tōn barbarōn myriades agōnizomenai pros tous Hellēnas en Marathōni ē Salamini hyphʼ hen katesphagēsan? ou gar dē ge epi pasōn ho autos ēn hōroskopos.

For if one born at the point of the Archer's arrow, as the mathematicians say, must be slaughtered, how were so many myriads of barbarians fighting against the Greeks at Marathon or Salamis slaughtered at once? For surely the horoscope was not the same for all of them.

4.5.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 60

Καὶ πάλιν εἰ τὸν ἐν τῇ κάλπῃ τοῦ Ὑδροχόου γεννηθέντα ναυαγήσειν, πῶς οἱ ἀπὸ Τροίας ἀναγόμενοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων περὶ τὰ κοῖλα τῆς Εὐβοίας συγκατεποντίσθησαν; ἀπίθανον γὰρ πάντας μακρῷ χρόνῳ διαφέροντας ἀλλήλων ἐν τῇ κάλπῃ τοῦ Ὑδροχόου γεγεννῆσθαι.

Kai palin ei ton en tę̄ kalpę̄ tou Hydrochoou gennēthenta nauagēsein, pōs hoi apo Troias anagomenoi tōn Hellēnōn peri ta koila tēs Euboias synkatepontisthēsan? apithanon gar pantas makrǭ chronǭ diapherontas allēlōn en tę̄ kalpę̄ tou Hydrochoou gegennēsthai.

And again, if one born in the urn of the Water-Carrier will be shipwrecked, how were the Greeks sailing home from Troy drowned together off the hollows of Euboea? For it is incredible that all of them, differing from one another by a long time, were born in the urn of the Water-Carrier.

4.5.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 60–62

Οὐ γὰρ ἔστι λέγειν ὅτι διʼ ἕνα πολλάκις, ᾧ εἵμαρται κατὰ πέλαγος φθαρῆναι, πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ νηῒ συναπολοῦνται. Διατί γὰρ ἡ τούτου εἱμαρμένη τὰς πάντων νικᾷ, ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ διὰ τὸν ἕνα, ᾧ εἵμαρται ἐπὶ γῆς τελευτᾶν, πάντες περισώζονται;

Ou gar esti legein hoti diʼ hena pollakis, hǭ heimartai kata pelagos phtharēnai, pantes hoi en tę̄ nēï synapolountai. Diati gar hē toutou heimarmenē tas pantōn niką, allʼ ouchi dia ton hena, hǭ heimartai epi gēs teleutan, pantes perisōzontai?

For it cannot be said that often, because of one man who is fated to perish at sea, all in the ship perish with him. For why does his fate conquer the fates of all, and why are not all saved because of the one who is fated to die on land?

item 4, chapter 6

4.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 62

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ζωδίων ἐνεργείας λόγον ποιοῦνται, οἷς φασὶ προσομοιοῦσθαι τὰ ἀποτικτόμενα, οὐδὲ τοῦτον παραλείψομεν, οἷον τὸν ἐν Λέοντι γεννηθέντα ἀνδρεῖον ἔσεσθαι· ὁ δὲ ἐν Παρθένῳ τετανόθριξ, λευκόχρως, ἄπαις, αἰδήμων.

Allʼ epei kai peri tēs tōn zōdiōn energeias logon poiountai, hois phasi prosomoiousthai ta apotiktomena, oude touton paraleipsomen, hoion ton en Leonti gennēthenta andreion esesthai; ho de en Parthenǭ tetanothrix, leukochrōs, apais, aidēmōn.

But since they also give an account of the influence of the signs, to which they say those born are made like, we shall not leave this out either: for example, that one born in the Lion will be brave, and one in the Virgin straight-haired, fair-skinned, childless, modest.

4.6.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 62

Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὰ τούτοις ὅμοια γέλωτός ἐστι μᾶλλον ἄξια καὶ οὐ σπουδῆς. Ἔστι γὰρ κατʼ αὐτοὺς μηδένα Αἰθίοπα ἐν Παρθένῳ γεννᾶσθαι· εἰ δʼ οὐ, δώσει [εἶναι] τὸν τοιοῦτον λευκόν, τετανότριχα καὶ τὰ ἕτερα.

Tauta de kai ta toutois homoia gelōtos esti mallon axia kai ou spoudēs. Esti gar katʼ autous mēdena Aithiopa en Parthenǭ gennasthai; ei dʼ ou, dōsei [einai] ton toiouton leukon, tetanotricha kai ta hetera.

These things and the like deserve laughter rather than serious attention. For according to them no Ethiopian is born in the Virgin; otherwise, he will grant that such a one is white, straight-haired, and the rest.

4.6.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 62

Οἶμαι δὲ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἀρχαίους [τὰ] ὀνόματα τῶν κειμένων ζώων ἐπὶ κλητοῖς ἄστροις προστεθεικέναι οἰκειώσεως χάριν, οὐχ ὁμοιοτρόπου φύσεως· τί γὰρ ἔχουσιν ὅμοιον ἄρκτῳ οἱ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρες διεστῶτες ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων; ἢ δράκοντος κεφαλῇ οἱ, ὥς φησιν ὁ Ἄρατος, πέντε; Ἀλλὰ δύο κροτάφοις, δύο δʼ ὄμμασιν, εἷς δʼ ὑπένερθεν Ἐσχατιὴν ἐπέχει γένυος δεινοῖο πελώρου.

Oimai de mallon tous archaious [ta] onomata tōn keimenōn zōōn epi klētois astrois prostetheikenai oikeiōseōs charin, ouch homoiotropou physeōs; ti gar echousin homoion arktǭ hoi hepta asteres diestōtes apʼ allēlōn? ē drakontos kephalę̄ hoi, hōs phēsin ho Aratos, pente? Alla dyo krotaphois, dyo dʼ ommasin, heis dʼ hypenerthen Eschatiēn epechei genyos deinoio pelōrou.

I think rather that the ancients gave the names of the animals mentioned to certain stars for the sake of familiarity, not because of a like nature. For what likeness to a bear have the seven stars, standing apart from one another? Or to a dragon's head the five, as Aratus says: "Two on its temples, two on its eyes, and one below covers the tip of the dread monster's jaw"?

item 4, chapter 7

4.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 62

Οὕτως καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἄξια τοσούτου πόνου δείκνυται τοῖς εὖ φρονεῖν προῃρημένοις καὶ μὴ προσέχουσι τῇ τῶν χαλδαίων ἐμφυσιώσει, οἳ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἐξαφανίζουσι δειλίαν καταρτίζοντες καὶ ἰδιώτας παραθαρρύνουσι μεγάλα τολμᾶν.

Houtōs kai tauta ouk axia tosoutou ponou deiknytai tois eu phronein proę̄rēmenois kai mē prosechousi tę̄ tōn chaldaiōn emphysiōsei, hoi kai basileis exaphanizousi deilian katartizontes kai idiōtas paratharrynousi megala tolman.

Thus these things too are shown not to be worth so much toil to those who have chosen to think rightly and do not heed the conceit of the Chaldeans, who both destroy kings by instilling cowardice and embolden private persons to dare great things.

4.7.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 62

Εἰ δὲ ἀποτύχοι αὐτὸς κακῷ περιπαρείς, οὐ πᾶσι γίνεται διδάσκαλος ὁ βλαβείς, οὓς φρεναπατᾶν βουλόμενοι τοῖς ἀποτεύγμασιν εἰς ἄπειρον τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν συνωθοῦντες λέγουσιν οὐκ ἄλλως ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δύνασθαι τὸν συσχηματισμὸν τῶν αὐτῶν ἀστέρων γίνεσθαι ἢ διὰ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως τοῦ μεγάλου ἐνιαυτοῦ, διʼ ἑπτακισχιλίων ἐτῶν καὶ ἑπτακοσίων ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ ἑπτά. Πῶς οὖν φθάσει ἀνθρωπίνη παρατήρησις τοῖς τοσούτοις αἰῶσι συνδραμεῖν ἐπὶ μιᾶς γενέσεως;

Ei de apotychoi autos kakǭ peripareis, ou pasi ginetai didaskalos ho blabeis, hous phrenapatan boulomenoi tois apoteugmasin eis apeiron ton noun autōn synōthountes legousin ouk allōs epi to auto dynasthai ton syschēmatismon tōn autōn asterōn ginesthai ē dia tēs apokatastaseōs tou megalou eniautou, diʼ heptakischiliōn etōn kai heptakosiōn hebdomēkonta kai hepta. Pōs oun phthasei anthrōpinē paratērēsis tois tosoutois aiōsi syndramein epi mias geneseōs?

And if a man fails, having fallen into misfortune, the one harmed does not become a teacher to all; and wishing to deceive them in their failures, pushing their mind into the boundless, they say that the configuration of the same stars cannot come round to the same place otherwise than through the restoration of the Great Year, in seven thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven years. How, then, will human observation manage to keep pace with so many ages for a single birth?

4.7.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 62–64

καὶ ταῦτα οὐχ ἅπαξ ἀλλὰ πολλάκις οἶμαι, παρʼ ἐλπίδα πλειόνων ἐληλέγχθαι τὴν Χαλδαϊκὴν τέχνην ἔδει· καίτοι διʼ ἕτερα αὐτῆς ἡμῶν μνησθέντων, οὐχὶ ἰδίως διʼ αὐτήν.

kai tauta ouch hapax alla pollakis oimai, parʼ elpida pleionōn elēlenchthai tēn Chaldaïkēn technēn edei; kaitoi diʼ hetera autēs hēmōn mnēsthentōn, ouchi idiōs diʼ autēn.

And these things, I think, the Chaldean art ought to have been refuted not once but many times, beyond the expectation of many; although we have mentioned it for the sake of other things, not for its own sake.

4.7.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 64

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ προῃρήμεθα μηδὲν τῶν παρʼ ἔθνεσι δογμάτων καταλιπεῖν διὰ τὴν πολύφωνον τῶν αἱρέσεων πανουργίαν, ἴδωμεν τί λέγουσι καὶ οἱ περὶ μεγεθῶν τετολμηκότες, οἳ κατιδόντες τὴν τῶν πλειόνων ματαιοπονίαν, ἄλλου ἄλλως διαψευσαμένου καὶ εὐδοκιμήσαντος, μεῖζόν τι ἐτόλμησαν εἰπεῖν, ὅπως ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ μικρὰ ψεύσματα μεγάλως δοξασάντων μειζόνως δοξασθῶσιν.

Allʼ epei proę̄rēmetha mēden tōn parʼ ethnesi dogmatōn katalipein dia tēn polyphōnon tōn haireseōn panourgian, idōmen ti legousi kai hoi peri megethōn tetolmēkotes, hoi katidontes tēn tōn pleionōn mataioponian, allou allōs diapseusamenou kai eudokimēsantos, meizon ti etolmēsan eipein, hopōs hypo tōn ta mikra pseusmata megalōs doxasantōn meizonōs doxasthōsin.

But since we have chosen to leave out none of the doctrines held among the nations, because of the many-voiced cunning of the heresies, let us see what those say too who have ventured to speak about magnitudes. Seeing the vain toil of the many, each lying in a different way and winning renown, they dared to say something greater, so that they might be more greatly glorified by those who greatly glorified small lies.

4.7.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 64

Οὗτοι κύκλους καὶ μέτρα τρίγωνά τε καὶ τετράγωνα διπλάσιά τε καὶ τριπλάσια ὑποτίθενται· πολὺς δὲ ὁ περὶ τούτου λόγος, ἀλλʼ οὐ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ἀναγκαῖος.

Houtoi kyklous kai metra trigōna te kai tetragōna diplasia te kai triplasia hypotithentai; polys de ho peri toutou logos, allʼ ou pros to prokeimenon anankaios.

These suppose circles and measures, triangles and squares, doubles and triples. There is much to say about this, but it is not necessary for our present purpose.

item 4, chapter 8

4.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 64

Ἱκανὸν οὖν λογίζομαι ἐξειπεῖν τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τερατολογούμενα. Διὸ τοῖς ἐπιτόμοις χρησάμενος ὧν αὐτοὶ λέγουσιν, ἐπὶ τὰ ἕτερα τραπήσομαι. Λέγουσι δὲ ταῦτα· κράτος ἔδωκεν ὁ δημιουργήσας τῇ ταὐτοῦ καὶ ὁμοίου περιφορᾷ· μίαν γὰρ αὐτὴν ἄσχιστον εἴασε, τὴν δὲ ἐντὸς σχίσας ἑξαχῆ ἑπτὰ κύκλους ἀνίσους κατὰ τὴν τοῦ διπλασίου καὶ τριπλασίου διάστασιν ἑκάστην, οὐσῶν ἑκατέρων τριῶν, κατὰ τὰ ἐναντία μὲν ἀλλήλοις προσέταξεν ἰέναι τοὺς κύκλους, τάχει δὲ τρεῖς μὲν ὁμοίως, τοὺς δὲ τέσσαρας ἀλλήλοις τε καὶ τοῖς τρισὶν ἀνομοίως, ἐν λόγῳ δὲ φερομένους.

Hikanon oun logizomai exeipein ta hypʼ autōn teratologoumena. Dio tois epitomois chrēsamenos hōn autoi legousin, epi ta hetera trapēsomai. Legousi de tauta; kratos edōken ho dēmiourgēsas tę̄ tautou kai homoiou periphorą; mian gar autēn aschiston eiase, tēn de entos schisas hexachē hepta kyklous anisous kata tēn tou diplasiou kai triplasiou diastasin hekastēn, ousōn hekaterōn triōn, kata ta enantia men allēlois prosetaxen ienai tous kyklous, tachei de treis men homoiōs, tous de tessaras allēlois te kai tois trisin anomoiōs, en logǭ de pheromenous.

I think it sufficient, then, to state the marvels they tell. Therefore, using summaries of what they themselves say, I shall turn to other matters. They say this: "The maker gave mastery to the revolution of the same and like; for he left it one and undivided, but the inner one he split six times into seven unequal circles, each according to the interval of the double and the triple, there being three of each; and he commanded the circles to go in directions contrary to one another, three at the same speed, and the other four at speeds unlike one another and unlike the three, but moving in ratio."

4.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 64

Κράτος μὲν δεδόσθαι τῇ ταὐτοῦ φορᾷ φησὶν, οὐ μόνον ἐπειδὴ περιέχει τὴν θατέρου φοράν, τουτέστι τοὺς πλανωμένους, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τοσοῦτον ἔχει κράτος, τουτέστι τοσαύτην δύναμιν, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τἀναντία, τοὺς πλανωμένους ἀπὸ δύσεως ἐπʼ ἀνατολὴν φερομένους αὐτοὺς τῇ

Kratos men dedosthai tę̄ tautou phorą phēsin, ou monon epeidē periechei tēn thaterou phoran, toutesti tous planōmenous, allʼ hoti kai tosouton echei kratos, toutesti tosautēn dynamin, hōste kai tous epi tanantia, tous planōmenous apo dyseōs epʼ anatolēn pheromenous autous tę̄

He says mastery was given to the motion of the same, not only because it encompasses the motion of the other, that is, the planets, but also because it has so much mastery, that is, so much power, that it carries round with itself, by its

4.8.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 64

οἰκείᾳ ἰσχύϊ ὁμοίως καὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς ἐπὶ δύσιν ἑαυτῷ συμπεριάγειν. Μίαν δὲ καὶ ἄσχιστον εἰᾶσθαι φησὶ ταύτην τὴν φοράν, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπειδὴ πάντων τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἰσόχρονοι αἱ περιφοραὶ καὶ οὐ διῃρημέναι κατὰ πλείους καὶ ἐλάττους χρόνους· ἔπειτα ὅτι μίαν πάντες ἔχουσιν ἐπιφάνειαν τὴν τῆς ἐξωτάτω φορᾶς, οἱ δὲ πλανώμενοι καὶ εἰς χρόνους πλείονας καὶ διαφόρους τῶν κινήσεων καὶ εἰς ἀποστάσεις ἀπὸ γῆς ἀνίσους διῄρηνται·

oikeią ischyï homoiōs kai apo anatolēs epi dysin heautǭ symperiagein. Mian de kai aschiston eiasthai phēsi tautēn tēn phoran, prōton men epeidē pantōn tōn aplanōn isochronoi hai periphorai kai ou dię̄rēmenai kata pleious kai elattous chronous; epeita hoti mian pantes echousin epiphaneian tēn tēs exōtatō phoras, hoi de planōmenoi kai eis chronous pleionas kai diaphorous tōn kinēseōn kai eis apostaseis apo gēs anisous dię̄rēntai;

own strength, even those that move the contrary way, the planets carried from west to east, likewise also from east to west. He says this motion was left one and undivided, first because the revolutions of all the fixed stars take equal time and are not divided into longer and shorter times; then because they all have one surface, that of the outermost motion; whereas the planets are divided both into longer and different times of their motions and into unequal distances from the earth.

4.8.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 64–66

τὴν δὲ θατέρου φησὶν ἑξαχῆ εἰς ἑπτὰ κύκλους ἐσχίσθαι, εἰκότως. Ὁπόσαι γὰρ ἂν ὦσιν ἑκάστου αἱ τομαί, μονάδι πλείω τῶν τομῶν γίνεται τὰ τμήματα, οἷον ἐὰν μιᾷ τομῇ διαιρεθῇ, δύο ἔσται τμήματα, ἂν δυσί, τρία τμήματα· οὕτω δὴ κἂν ἑξαχῆ τι τμηθῇ, ἑπτὰ ἔσται τὰ τμήματα.

tēn de thaterou phēsin hexachē eis hepta kyklous eschisthai, eikotōs. Hoposai gar an ōsin hekastou hai tomai, monadi pleiō tōn tomōn ginetai ta tmēmata, hoion ean mią tomę̄ diairethę̄, dyo estai tmēmata, an dysi, tria tmēmata; houtō dē kan hexachē ti tmēthę̄, hepta estai ta tmēmata.

He says the motion of the other was split six times into seven circles, reasonably. For however many cuts there are in anything, the pieces are one more than the cuts; for example, if it is divided by one cut there will be two pieces, if by two, three pieces; and so if something is cut six times, there will be seven pieces.

4.8.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 66

Τὰς δὲ ἀποστάσεις αὐτῶν κατὰ διπλάσια καὶ τριπλάσια ἐναλλὰξ τετάχθαι φησίν, οὐσῶν ἑκατέρων τριῶν· ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς συστάσεως τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐπὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν ἔδειξε.

Tas de apostaseis autōn kata diplasia kai triplasia enallax tetachthai phēsin, ousōn hekaterōn triōn; hoper kai epi tēs systaseōs tēs psychēs, epi tōn hepta arithmōn edeixe.

He says their distances are arranged alternately in double and triple ratios, there being three of each; which he also showed in the composition of the soul, in the case of the seven numbers.

4.8.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 66

Τρεῖς μὲν γάρ εἰσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς διπλάσιοι ἀπὸ μονάδος (??), τρεῖς δὲ... (??) καὶ (??) σταδίων. Περίμετρος δὲ γῆς σταδίων (??) καὶ (??)· καὶ ἀπόστημα δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τῆς γῆς ἐπὶ τὸν σεληνιακὸν κύκλον ὁ μὲν Σάμιος Ἀρίσταρχος (??) ἀναγράφει σταδίων (??), ὁ δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος μυριάδ. (??), ὁ δὲ Ἀρχιμήδης μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδ. (??).

Treis men gar eisin en autois diplasioi apo monados (??), treis de... (??) kai (??) stadiōn. Perimetros de gēs stadiōn (??) kai (??); kai apostēma de apo tēs epiphaneias tēs gēs epi ton selēniakon kyklon ho men Samios Aristarchos (??) anagraphei stadiōn (??), ho de Apollōnios myriad. (??), ho de Archimēdēs myriad. (??) kai monad. (??).

For among them there are three doubles from the monad …, and three … and … stades. The circumference of the earth is … and … stades; and the distance from the surface of the earth to the circle of the moon Aristarchus of Samos records as … stades, Apollonius as … myriads, and Archimedes as … myriads and … units.

4.8.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 66

ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ ἡλίου κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδ. (??). ἀπὸ τοῦδε ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδας (??). ἀπὸ τοῦδε ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??). ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ πυρόεντος κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??). ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), μονάδας (??). ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου κύκλον σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??). ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν ζωδιακὸν καὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην περιφέρειαν σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??).

apo de tou selēniakou epi ton tou hēliou kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??) kai monad. (??). apo toude epi ton tēs Aphroditēs kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??) kai monadas (??). apo toude epi ton tou Hermou kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??), monad. (??). apo toutou de epi ton tou pyroentos kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??), monad. (??). apo toutou de epi ton tou Dios kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??), monadas (??). apo toutou de epi ton tou Kronou kyklon stadiōn myriad. (??), monad. (??). apo toutou de epi ton zōdiakon kai tēn eschatēn periphereian stadiōn myriad. (??), monad. (??).

From the circle of the moon to the circle of the sun, … myriads and … stades; from this to the circle of Aphrodite, … myriads and … stades; from this to the circle of Hermes, … myriads, … units; from this to the circle of the Fiery one, … myriads, … units; from this to the circle of Zeus, … myriads, … units; from this to the circle of Cronus, … myriads, … units; from this to the zodiac and the outermost circumference, … myriads, … units.

item 4, chapter 9

4.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 66–68

Τὰ μὲν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διαστήματα τῶν κύκλων καὶ τῶν σφαιρῶν βάθη τε ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀρχιμήδους ἀποδίδοται. Τοῦ δὲ ζωδιακοῦ τὴν περίμετρον λαμβάνει σταδίων δευτέρων ἀριθμῶν (??) καὶ μυριάδ. (??)· ὥστε συμβαίνειν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ κέντρου τῆς γῆς εὐθεῖαν ἄχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τῆς ἐσχάτης τὸ ἕκτον εἶναι τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ, τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τῆς γῆς, ἐφʼ ἧς βεβήκαμεν, ἄχρι τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ, ἄρτι ῥηθέντος ἕκτον τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, λεῖπον τέτρασι μυριάσι σταδίων, ὃ ἐκ τοῦ κέντρου τῆς γῆς μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας αὐτῆς. ἀπὸ τοῦ Κρόνου δὲ κύκλου ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν φησὶ τὸ διάστημα σταδίων δευτέρων ἀριθμῶν εἶναι μονάδ. δύο καὶ μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδ. (??)βψια. ἀπὸ τοῦ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς κύκλου ἐπὶ γῆν σταδίων δευτέρων ἀριθμῶν μονάδ. (??) καὶ μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδας (??). ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πυρόεντος κύκλου ἐπὶ γῆν δευτέρων ἀριθμῶν μονάδ. μίαν καὶ μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδ. (??) ἀφʼ ἡλίου ἐπὶ γῆν δευτέρων ἀριθμῶν μονάδ. μίαν καὶ μυριάδ. (??) καὶ μονάδας (??). ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Στίλβοντος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδας (??). ἀπὸ δὲ Ἀφροδίτης ἐπὶ γῆν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??).

Ta men apʼ allēlōn diastēmata tōn kyklōn kai tōn sphairōn bathē te hypo tou Archimēdous apodidotai. Tou de zōdiakou tēn perimetron lambanei stadiōn deuterōn arithmōn (??) kai myriad. (??); hōste symbainein tēn ek tou kentrou tēs gēs eutheian achri tēs epiphaneias tēs eschatēs to hekton einai tou lechthentos arithmou, tēn de apo tēs epiphaneias tēs gēs, ephʼ hēs bebēkamen, achri tou zōdiakou, arti rhēthentos hekton tou arithmou, leipon tetrasi myriasi stadiōn, ho ek tou kentrou tēs gēs mechri tēs epiphaneias autēs. apo tou Kronou de kyklou epi tēn gēn phēsi to diastēma stadiōn deuterōn arithmōn einai monad. dyo kai myriad. (??) kai monad. (??)bpsia. apo tou de tou Dios kyklou epi gēn stadiōn deuterōn arithmōn monad. (??) kai myriad. (??) kai monadas (??). apo de tou pyroentos kyklou epi gēn deuterōn arithmōn monad. mian kai myriad. (??) kai monad. (??) aphʼ hēliou epi gēn deuterōn arithmōn monad. mian kai myriad. (??) kai monadas (??). apo de tou Stilbontos epi tēn gēn myriad. (??), monadas (??). apo de Aphroditēs epi gēn myriad. (??), monad. (??).

The distances of the circles from one another and the depths of the spheres are given by Archimedes. He takes the circumference of the zodiac as … of the second order of numbers and … myriads of stades; so that the straight line from the center of the earth to the outermost surface is a sixth of the said number, and the line from the surface of the earth on which we walk to the zodiac is a sixth of the number just mentioned, less four myriads of stades, which is the distance from the center of the earth to its surface. He says the distance from the circle of Cronus to the earth is two units of the second order and … myriads and … units of stades; from the circle of Zeus to the earth, … units of the second order and … myriads and … units; from the circle of the Fiery one to the earth, one unit of the second order and … myriads and … units; from the sun to the earth, one unit of the second order and … myriads and … units; from the Gleaming one to the earth, … myriads, … units; from Aphrodite to the earth, … myriads, … units.

item 4, chapter 10

4.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 68

Περὶ σελήνης δὲ ἐλέχθη τὸ πρότερον. Τὰ μὲν οὖν ἀποστήματα καὶ βάθη τῶν σφαιρῶν οὕτως Ἀρχιμήδης ἀποδίδωσιν, ἑτέρως δὲ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν Ἱππάρχῳ εἴρηται καὶ ἑτέρως Ἀπολλωνίῳ τῷ μαθηματικῷ. Ἡμῖν δὲ ἐξαρκεῖ τῇ Πλατωνικῇ δόξῃ ἑπομένοις διπλάσια μὲν καὶ τριπλάσια οἴεσθαι τῶν πλανωμένων τὰ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διαστήματα· σώζεται γὰρ οὕτως ὁ λόγος τοῦ καθʼ ἁρμονίαν συγκεῖσθαι τὸ πᾶν ἐν λόγοις συμφώνοις κατὰ ταῦτα τὰ ἀποστήματα.

Peri selēnēs de elechthē to proteron. Ta men oun apostēmata kai bathē tōn sphairōn houtōs Archimēdēs apodidōsin, heterōs de hyper autōn Hipparchǭ eirētai kai heterōs Apollōniǭ tǭ mathēmatikǭ. Hēmin de exarkei tę̄ Platōnikę̄ doxę̄ hepomenois diplasia men kai triplasia oiesthai tōn planōmenōn ta apʼ allēlōn diastēmata; sōzetai gar houtōs ho logos tou kathʼ harmonian synkeisthai to pan en logois symphōnois kata tauta ta apostēmata.

Concerning the moon it was said before. So Archimedes gives the distances and depths of the spheres thus; Hipparchus has spoken otherwise about them, and otherwise Apollonius the mathematician. For us, following the Platonic view, it is enough to think that the distances of the planets from one another are double and triple; for in this way the principle is preserved that the universe is composed in harmony, in concordant ratios according to these distances.

4.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 68

Οἱ δʼ ἐκτεθέντες ὑπὸ Ἀρχιμήδους ἀριθμοὶ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων περὶ τῶν ἀποστημάτων λεγόμενοι λόγοι εἰ μὴ ἐν συμφώνοις εἶεν λόγοις, τουτέστι τοῖς ὑπὸ Πλάτωνος εἰρημένοις διπλασίοις καὶ τριπλασίοις, ἔξω δὲ συμφωνιῶν εὑρισκόμενοι, οὐκ ἂν σώζοιεν τὸ καθʼ ἁρμονίαν κατεσκευάσθαι τὸ πᾶν·

Hoi dʼ ektethentes hypo Archimēdous arithmoi kai hypo tōn allōn peri tōn apostēmatōn legomenoi logoi ei mē en symphōnois eien logois, toutesti tois hypo Platōnos eirēmenois diplasiois kai triplasiois, exō de symphōniōn heuriskomenoi, ouk an sōzoien to kathʼ harmonian kateskeuasthai to pan;

But if the numbers set out by Archimedes and the ratios stated by the others about the distances were not in concordant ratios, that is, in the doubles and triples spoken of by Plato, but were found outside the concords, they would not preserve the principle that the universe has been constructed in harmony;

4.10.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 68

οὐ γὰρ πιθανὸν οὐδὲ δυνατὸν ἄλογά τε καὶ ἔξω συμφωνιῶν καὶ ἐναρμονίων λόγων εἶναι αὐτῶν τὰ ἀποστήματα, πλὴν ἴσως σελήνης μόνης ἐκ τῶν λείψεων καὶ τῆς σκιᾶς τῆς γῆς, περὶ ἧς μόνης καὶ πιστεύσαι τις ἂν Ἀρχιμήδῃ ἀποστάσεως, τουτέστι τῆς σεληνιακῆς ἀπὸ γῆς· ταύτην δὲ λαβοῦσι ῥᾴδιον ἔσται κατὰ τὸ Πλατωνικὸν αὐτὸ τὰ κατὰ τὸ διπλάσιον καὶ τριπλάσιον, ὡς ἀξιοῖ Πλάτων, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἀποστήματα ἀριθμῷ περιλαβεῖν.

ou gar pithanon oude dynaton aloga te kai exō symphōniōn kai enarmoniōn logōn einai autōn ta apostēmata, plēn isōs selēnēs monēs ek tōn leipseōn kai tēs skias tēs gēs, peri hēs monēs kai pisteusai tis an Archimēdę̄ apostaseōs, toutesti tēs selēniakēs apo gēs; tautēn de labousi rhądion estai kata to Platōnikon auto ta kata to diplasion kai triplasion, hōs axioi Platōn, kai ta loipa apostēmata arithmǭ perilabein.

for it is neither plausible nor possible that their distances should be irrational and outside the concords and harmonic ratios, except perhaps for the moon alone, from the eclipses and the shadow of the earth, concerning which alone one might trust Archimedes about the distance, that is, of the moon from the earth. Once this is taken, it will be easy, according to the Platonic principle itself, to comprehend the other distances by number in the double and triple ratios, as Plato requires.

4.10.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 68–70

Εἰ δὴ κατὰ τὸν Ἀρχιμήδην ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τῆς γῆς ἡ σελήνη ἀφέστηκε σταδίων μυριάδ. (??), σταδίους (??), ῥᾴδιον τούτους τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς αὔξοντας κατὰ τὸ διπλάσιον καὶ τριπλάσιον καὶ τὰ τῶν λοιπῶν εὑρεῖν διαστήματα, ὡς μιᾶς μοίρας λαμβανομένης τοῦ τῶν σταδίων ἀριθμοῦ οὓς ἡ σελήνη τῆς γῆς ἀφέστηκεν. Ὅτι δὲ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀριθμοὶ οἱ ὑπʼ Ἀρχιμήδους περὶ τῆς ἀποστάσεως τῶν πλανωμένων λεγόμενοι οὐκ ἐν συμφώνοις λόγοις, ῥᾴδιον γνῶναι, πῶς ἔχουσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ἐν τίσι λόγοις εἰσὶ κατανοήσαντας· μὴ εἶναι δὲ ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ συμφωνίᾳ ταῦτα τοῦ καθʼ ἁρμονίαν συνεστῶτος κόσμου ὄντα μέρη ἀδύνατον. Τοῦ μὲν δὴ πρώτου ἀριθμοῦ ὃν ἀφέστηκεν ἡ σελήνη τῆς γῆς ὄντος μυριάδ. (??) μονάδων (??), ὁ δεύτερος ἀριθμὸς ὃν ἀφέστηκεν ἥλιος τῆς σελήνης ὢν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδων (??), ἐν λόγῳ ἐστὶ πλείονι ἢ ἔλασσον. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀνωτέρω ἀριθμὸς ὢν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??), ἐν λόγῳ ἐστὶ [ἐλάττονι ἢ ἡμίσει. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀνωτέρω ἀριθμὸς ὢν μυριάδ. (??) μονάδων (??) ἐν λόγῳ ἐστὶ] πλείονι ἢ διπλασίῳ. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀνωτέρω ἀριθμὸς ὢν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδων (??), ἐν λόγῳ ἔσται ἐλάττονι ἢ ἐπιτετάρτῳ. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀνωτέρω ἀριθμὸς ὢν μυριάδ. (??) μονάδων (??), ἐν λόγῳ ἐστὶ πλείονι ἢ ἡμίσει. πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ἀνωτάτω ἀριθμὸς ὢν μυριάδ. (??), μονάδ. (??), ἐν λόγῳ ἐστὶ ἐλάττονι ἢ διπλασίῳ.

Ei dē kata ton Archimēdēn apo tēs epiphaneias tēs gēs hē selēnē aphestēke stadiōn myriad. (??), stadious (??), rhądion toutous tous arithmous auxontas kata to diplasion kai triplasion kai ta tōn loipōn heurein diastēmata, hōs mias moiras lambanomenēs tou tōn stadiōn arithmou hous hē selēnē tēs gēs aphestēken. Hoti de hoi loipoi arithmoi hoi hypʼ Archimēdous peri tēs apostaseōs tōn planōmenōn legomenoi ouk en symphōnois logois, rhądion gnōnai, pōs echousi pros allēlous kai en tisi logois eisi katanoēsantas; mē einai de en harmonią kai symphōnią tauta tou kathʼ harmonian synestōtos kosmou onta merē adynaton. Tou men dē prōtou arithmou hon aphestēken hē selēnē tēs gēs ontos myriad. (??) monadōn (??), ho deuteros arithmos hon aphestēken hēlios tēs selēnēs ōn myriad. (??), monadōn (??), en logǭ esti pleioni ē elasson. pros de touton ho anōterō arithmos ōn myriad. (??), monad. (??), en logǭ esti [elattoni ē hēmisei. pros de touton ho anōterō arithmos ōn myriad. (??) monadōn (??) en logǭ esti] pleioni ē diplasiǭ. pros de touton ho anōterō arithmos ōn myriad. (??), monadōn (??), en logǭ estai elattoni ē epitetartǭ. pros de touton ho anōterō arithmos ōn myriad. (??) monadōn (??), en logǭ esti pleioni ē hēmisei. pros de touton ho anōtatō arithmos ōn myriad. (??), monad. (??), en logǭ esti elattoni ē diplasiǭ.

If, then, according to Archimedes, the moon is … myriads and … stades distant from the surface of the earth, it is easy, by increasing these numbers in double and triple ratio, to find the distances of the others too, taking as one part the number of stades by which the moon is distant from the earth. That the other numbers stated by Archimedes concerning the distance of the planets are not in concordant ratios is easy to see for those who consider how they stand to one another and in what ratios they are; but it is impossible that these, being parts of a world composed in harmony, should not be in harmony and concord. The first number, by which the moon is distant from the earth, being … myriads … units, the second number, by which the sun is distant from the moon, being … myriads … units, is in a ratio of more than …. To this the next number above, being … myriads … units, is in a ratio [less than half. To this the next number above, being … myriads … units, is in a ratio] more than double. To this the next number above, being … myriads … units, will be in a ratio less than five-fourths. To this the next above, being … myriads … units, is in a ratio more than half. To this the highest number, being … myriads … units, is in a ratio less than double.

item 4, chapter 11

4.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 70

Οὗτοι δὴ οἱ λόγοι ὅ τε πλείων ἢ [ἐννεαπλάσιος καὶ] ἐλάττων ἢ ἥμισυς καὶ πλείων ἢ διπλάσιος καὶ ἐλάττων ἢ ἐπιτέταρτος καὶ πλείων ἢ ἥμισυς καὶ ἐλάττων ἢ διπλάσιος ἔξω πασῶν εἰσὶ συμφωνιῶν, ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ἐναρμόνιόν τι καὶ σύμφωνον σύστημʼ ἂν γένοιτο. Ὁ δʼ ἅπας κόσμος καὶ τὰ τούτου μέρη κατὰ πάντα ὁμοίως ἐναρμονίως καὶ συμφώνως σύγκειται.

Houtoi dē hoi logoi ho te pleiōn ē [enneaplasios kai] elattōn ē hēmisys kai pleiōn ē diplasios kai elattōn ē epitetartos kai pleiōn ē hēmisys kai elattōn ē diplasios exō pasōn eisi symphōniōn, ex hōn ouk enarmonion ti kai symphōnon systēmʼ an genoito. Ho dʼ hapas kosmos kai ta toutou merē kata panta homoiōs enarmoniōs kai symphōnōs synkeitai.

These ratios, then, more than [ninefold and] less than half, more than double, less than five-fourths, more than half, and less than double, are outside all concords, and from them no harmonious and concordant system could come about. But the whole world and its parts are composed in every respect alike, harmoniously and concordantly.

4.11.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 70

Οἱ δὲ ἐναρμόνιοι καὶ σύμφωνοι λόγοι σώζονται, καθάπερ προειρήκαμεν, τοῖς διπλασίοις καὶ τριπλασίοις διαστήμασιν.

Hoi de enarmonioi kai symphōnoi logoi sōzontai, kathaper proeirēkamen, tois diplasiois kai triplasiois diastēmasin.

And the harmonious and concordant ratios are preserved, as we said before, by the double and triple intervals.

4.11.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 70

Εἰ δὴ πιστὸν τὸν Ἀρχιμήδην ἡγησάμεθα ἐν μόνῳ τῷ πρώτῳ ἀποστήματι τῷ ἀπὸ σελήνης μέχρι γῆς, ῥᾴδιον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ τὸ διπλάσιον καὶ τριπλάσιον αὔξοντα εὑρεῖν. Ἔστω δὴ κατὰ τὸν Ἀρχιμήδην τὸ ἀπὸ γῆς μέχρι σελήνης ἀπόστημα σταδίων μυριάδ. (??) μονάδων (??), ἔσται μὲν δὴ τούτου διπλάσιος ἀριθμὸς σταδίων ὧν ἀφέστηκεν ὁ ἥλιος τῆς σελήνης μυριάδ. (??) καὶ (??), ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς γῆς ἀφέστηκεν ὁ ἥλιος σταδίων [μυριάδ.] (??) καὶ βτ(??). καὶ Ἀφροδίτη δὲ ἀφέστηκεν ἀπὸ μὲν ἡλίου σταδίων μυριάδ.

Ei dē piston ton Archimēdēn hēgēsametha en monǭ tǭ prōtǭ apostēmati tǭ apo selēnēs mechri gēs, rhądion kai ta loipa kata to diplasion kai triplasion auxonta heurein. Estō dē kata ton Archimēdēn to apo gēs mechri selēnēs apostēma stadiōn myriad. (??) monadōn (??), estai men dē toutou diplasios arithmos stadiōn hōn aphestēken ho hēlios tēs selēnēs myriad. (??) kai (??), apo de tēs gēs aphestēken ho hēlios stadiōn [myriad.] (??) kai bt(??). kai Aphroditē de aphestēken apo men hēliou stadiōn myriad.

If, then, we have considered Archimedes trustworthy only in the first distance, that from the moon to the earth, it is easy to find the others too by increasing in double and triple. Let the distance from the earth to the moon be, according to Archimedes, … myriads … units of stades; then the double of this will be the number of stades by which the sun is distant from the moon, … myriads and …; and the sun is distant from the earth … [myriads] and … stades. And Aphrodite is distant from the sun … myriads

4.11.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 70

(??)χξγ καὶ σταδίους (??), ἀπὸ δὲ γῆς μυριάδων (??) σταδίους (??). Ἑρμῆς δὲ Ἀφροδίτης μὲν ἀφέστηκε σταδίων μυριάδων (??) σταδίων (??), ἀπὸ δὲ γῆς μυριάδων (??) πεντακόσια (??) σταδίους (??). Ἄρης δὲ Ἑρμοῦ μὲν ἀφέστηκε σταδ. μυριάδ. (??), σταδίους (??), ἀπὸ δὲ γῆς μυριάδ. μυριάδα καὶ (??), σταδίους (??).

(??)chxg kai stadious (??), apo de gēs myriadōn (??) stadious (??). Hermēs de Aphroditēs men aphestēke stadiōn myriadōn (??) stadiōn (??), apo de gēs myriadōn (??) pentakosia (??) stadious (??). Arēs de Hermou men aphestēke stad. myriad. (??), stadious (??), apo de gēs myriad. myriada kai (??), stadious (??).

… and … stades, and from the earth … myriads, … stades. Hermes is distant from Aphrodite … myriads, … stades, and from the earth … myriads, five hundred …, … stades. Ares is distant from Hermes … myriads, … stades, and from the earth a myriad of myriads and …, … stades.

4.11.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 70–72

Ζεὺς δὲ Ἄρεως μὲν ἀφέστηκε μυριάδ. (??), σταδίους (??), ἀπὸ δὲ γῆς μυριάδ. [μυριάδα] καὶ (??), σταδίους (??) Κρόνος ἀπὸ μὲν Διὸς ἀφέστηκε σταδίων μυριάδ. μυριάδα καὶ (??)ξθ, σταδίους (??), ἀπὸ δὲ γῆς μυριάδ. μυριάδας (??) καὶ (??), σταδίους (??)κ.

Zeus de Areōs men aphestēke myriad. (??), stadious (??), apo de gēs myriad. [myriada] kai (??), stadious (??) Kronos apo men Dios aphestēke stadiōn myriad. myriada kai (??)xth, stadious (??), apo de gēs myriad. myriadas (??) kai (??), stadious (??)k.

Zeus is distant from Ares … myriads, … stades, and from the earth [a myriad of] myriads and …, … stades. Cronus is distant from Zeus a myriad of myriads and … myriads, … stades, and from the earth … myriads of myriads and …, … stades.

item 4, chapter 12

4.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 72

Τίς οὐ θαυμάσει τὴν τοσαύτην φροντίδα μετὰ τοσούτου πόνου γεγενημένην; οὐκ ἀχρεῖος δέ μοι οὑτοσὶ ὁ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τούτων μεριμνητὴς δοκεῖ· τοῦτο δὲ μόνον λυπεῖ, ὡς πρόσφατος γεννηθεὶς οὐκ εὔχρηστος γεγένηται γιγάντων παισίν, οἳ τὰ μέτρα ταῦτα ἠγνοηκότες ἐγγὺς νομίζοντες εἶναι ὕψη οὐρανοῦ πύργον μάτην ἐπεχείρησαν ποιεῖν, οἷς εἰ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο παρὼν τὰ μέτρα διηγήσατο, οὐκ ἂν μάτην τετολμήκεισαν.

Tis ou thaumasei tēn tosautēn phrontida meta tosoutou ponou gegenēmenēn? ouk achreios de moi houtosi ho Ptolemaios ho toutōn merimnētēs dokei; touto de monon lypei, hōs prosphatos gennētheis ouk euchrēstos gegenētai gigantōn paisin, hoi ta metra tauta ēgnoēkotes engys nomizontes einai hypsē ouranou pyrgon matēn epecheirēsan poiein, hois ei katʼ ekeino parōn ta metra diēgēsato, ouk an matēn tetolmēkeisan.

Who will not marvel at such great care, taken with so much toil? This Ptolemy, the one who fretted over these things, does not seem to me useless; this alone is a pity, that, being born so recently, he was of no use to the sons of the giants, who, not knowing these measures and thinking the heights of heaven were near, tried in vain to build a tower. If he had been present then and told them the measures, they would not have ventured in vain.

4.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 72

Εἰ δέ τις τούτῳ φάσκει ἀπιστεῖν, μετρήσας πειθέσθω· ταύτης γὰρ φανερωτέραν ἀπόδειξιν οὐκ ἔχει πρὸς τοὺς ἀπίστους. Ὢ ματαιοπόνου ψυχῆς φυσιώσεως καὶ πίστεως ἀπίστου, ἵνα πάντως Πτολεμαῖος σοφὸς νομίζηται παρὰ τοῖς τὴν ὁμοίαν σοφίαν ἠσκηκόσι.

Ei de tis toutǭ phaskei apistein, metrēsas peithesthō; tautēs gar phanerōteran apodeixin ouk echei pros tous apistous. Ō mataioponou psychēs physiōseōs kai pisteōs apistou, hina pantōs Ptolemaios sophos nomizētai para tois tēn homoian sophian ēskēkosi.

And if anyone says he disbelieves him, let him measure and be persuaded; for he has no clearer proof than this against the unbelieving. O the conceit of a vainly toiling soul, and unbelieving belief, that Ptolemy should by all means be thought wise among those who have practiced a similar wisdom!

item 4, chapter 13

4.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 72

Τούτοις ἐν μέρει ἐπισχόντες τινὲς ὡς μεγάλα κρίναντες καὶ λόγου ἄξια νομίσαντες αἱρέσεις ἀμέτρους καὶ ἀπείρους συνεστήσαντο. Ὧν εἷς μὲν Κολάρβασος, ὃς διὰ μέτρων καὶ ἀριθμῶν ἐκτίθεσθαι θεοσέβειαν ἐπιχειρεῖ· καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ ὁμοίως οὓς ἐπιδείξομεν, ἐπὰν τὰ περὶ αὐτῶν ἀρξώμεθα λέγειν, οἳ Πυθαγορείῳ ψήφῳ ὡς δυνατῇ προσέχουσι καὶ τὴν ἀσφαλῆ φιλοσοφίαν διʼ ἀριθμῶν

Toutois en merei epischontes tines hōs megala krinantes kai logou axia nomisantes haireseis ametrous kai apeirous synestēsanto. Hōn heis men Kolarbasos, hos dia metrōn kai arithmōn ektithesthai theosebeian epicheirei; kai heteroi de homoiōs hous epideixomen, epan ta peri autōn arxōmetha legein, hoi Pythagoreiǭ psēphǭ hōs dynatę̄ prosechousi kai tēn asphalē philosophian diʼ arithmōn

Some, attending partly to these things, judging them great and thinking them worthy of account, have put together heresies without measure or limit. One of them is Colarbasus, who tries to set out the worship of God through measures and numbers; and others likewise, whom we shall point out when we begin to speak of them, who give heed to the Pythagorean reckoning as powerful, and improvise the secure philosophy through numbers

4.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 72

καὶ στοιχείων σχεδιάζουσι μαντευόμενοι μάταια· ὧν ὁμοίως λόγους ἐρανισάμενοί τινες ἀποπλανῶσιν ἰδιώτας, προγνωτικοὺς ἑαυτοὺς φάσκοντες ἔσθʼ ὅτε διὰ τοῦ πολλὰ μαντεύεσθαι ἓν ἐπιτυγχάνοντες καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀποτεύγμασι μὴ αἰδούμενοι, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ ἐγκομπάζοντες. Οὐδὲ τούτων τὴν ἄσοφον σοφίαν παραπέμψομαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκθέμενος τοὺς ἐκ τούτων ἐπιχειροῦντας θεοσέβειαν συνιστᾶν ἐλέγξω ῥίζης ἀσυστάτου καὶ πανουργίας ἀναπλέου ὄντας μαθητάς.

kai stoicheiōn schediazousi manteuomenoi mataia; hōn homoiōs logous eranisamenoi tines apoplanōsin idiōtas, prognōtikous heautous phaskontes esthʼ hote dia tou polla manteuesthai hen epitynchanontes kai epi men tois pollois apoteugmasi mē aidoumenoi, epi de tǭ heni enkompazontes. Oude toutōn tēn asophon sophian parapempsomai, allʼ ekthemenos tous ek toutōn epicheirountas theosebeian synistan elenxō rhizēs asystatou kai panourgias anapleou ontas mathētas.

and letters, divining vain things. Some, gathering their words likewise, lead laymen astray, calling themselves foreknowers, sometimes hitting on one thing by divining many, and not ashamed of their many failures, but boasting over the one. I shall not pass over their unwise wisdom either, but, setting out those who try from these things to construct a worship of God, I shall refute them as disciples of an unsound root full of knavery.

item 4, chapter 14

4.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 72–74

Οἱ μὲν οὖν διὰ ψήφων τε καὶ ἀριθμῶν στοιχείων τε καὶ ὀνομάτων μαντεύεσθαι νομίζοντες ταύτην ἀρχὴν ἐπιχειρήσεως τοῦ κατʼ αὐτοὺς λόγου ποιοῦνται, φάσκοντες πυθμένα εἶναι ἑκάστου τῶν ἀριθμῶν, ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν χιλιάδων τοσαύτας μονάδας, ὅσαι ἂν ὦσι χιλιάδες, οἷον τῶν ἑξακισχιλίων ὁ πυθμὴν μονάδες ἔξ, τῶν ἑπτακισχιλίων μονάδες ἑπτά, τῶν ὀκτακισχιλίων μονάδες ὀκτώ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὁμοίως κατὰ τὰ αὐτά,

Hoi men oun dia psēphōn te kai arithmōn stoicheiōn te kai onomatōn manteuesthai nomizontes tautēn archēn epicheirēseōs tou katʼ autous logou poiountai, phaskontes pythmena einai hekastou tōn arithmōn, epi men tōn chiliadōn tosautas monadas, hosai an ōsi chiliades, hoion tōn hexakischiliōn ho pythmēn monades ex, tōn heptakischiliōn monades hepta, tōn oktakischiliōn monades oktō, kai epi tōn loipōn homoiōs kata ta auta,

Those, then, who think they divine by means of reckonings and numbers, letters and names, make this the starting point of their system: they say that each number has a root. For the thousands, the root is as many units as there are thousands: of six thousand the root is six units, of seven thousand seven units, of eight thousand eight units, and similarly for the rest in the same way;

4.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 74

καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑκατοντάδων, ὅσαι ἂν ὦσιν αἱ ἑκατοντάδες, τοσαῦται μονάδες ὁ πυθμήν ἐστιν αὐτῶν, οἷον τῶν ἑπτακοσίων ἑπτά εἰσιν ἑκατοντάδες· ὁ πυθμὴν αὐτῶν ἑπτὰ μονάδες· τῶν ἑξακοσίων ἓξ ἑκατοντάδες· ὁ πυθμὴν αὐτῶν τρεῖς μονάδες. Τὸ ὅμοιον· καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν δεκάδων· τῶν μὲν ὀγδοήκοντα μονάδες ὀκτώ, τῶν δὲ ἑξήκοντα μονάδες ἕξ, τῶν τεσσαράκοντα μονάδες τέσσαρες, τῶν δέκα μονὰς μία.

kai epi tōn hekatontadōn, hosai an ōsin hai hekatontades, tosautai monades ho pythmēn estin autōn, hoion tōn heptakosiōn hepta eisin hekatontades; ho pythmēn autōn hepta monades; tōn hexakosiōn hex hekatontades; ho pythmēn autōn treis monades. To homoion; kai epi tōn dekadōn; tōn men ogdoēkonta monades oktō, tōn de hexēkonta monades hex, tōn tessarakonta monades tessares, tōn deka monas mia.

and for the hundreds, as many hundreds as there are, so many units is their root: of seven hundred there are seven hundreds, and their root is seven units; of six hundred, six hundreds, and their root is three units. Similarly for the tens: of eighty, eight units; of sixty, six units; of forty, four units; of ten, one unit.

4.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 74

Ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μονάδων, πυθμὴν αὐταὶ εἰσὶν αἱ μονάδες, οἷον τοῦ ἐννέα ὁ ἐννέα, τοῦ ὀκτὼ ὁ ὀκτώ, τοῦ ἑπτὰ ὁ ἑπτά. Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν στοιχείων ποιεῖν δεῖ· ἕκαστον γὰρ στοιχεῖον κατά τινα τέτακται ἀριθμὸν, οἷον τὸ (??) πεντήκοντα μονάδων ἐστίν· τῶν δὲ πεντήκοντα μονάδων πυθμήν ἐστιν ὁ πέντε, καὶ τοῦ (??) στοιχείου πυθμήν ἐστιν ὁ πέντε.

Epi de tōn monadōn, pythmēn autai eisin hai monades, hoion tou ennea ho ennea, tou oktō ho oktō, tou hepta ho hepta. Houtōs oun kai epi tōn stoicheiōn poiein dei; hekaston gar stoicheion kata tina tetaktai arithmon, hoion to (??) pentēkonta monadōn estin; tōn de pentēkonta monadōn pythmēn estin ho pente, kai tou (??) stoicheiou pythmēn estin ho pente.

For the units, the units themselves are the root: of nine, nine; of eight, eight; of seven, seven. So one must do the same with the letters too; for each letter is assigned to a certain number: for example, … is fifty units; and the root of fifty units is five, so the root of the letter … is five.

4.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 74

Ἔστω ἔκ του ὀνόματος τοὺς τούτου πυθμένας λαβεῖν. Οἷον τοῦ Ἀγαμέμνων ὀνόματος γίνεται τοῦ μὲν ᾱ μονὰς μία, τοῦ δὲ (??) μονάδες τρεῖς, τοῦ ἄλλου ᾱ μονὰς μία, τοῦ (??) μονάδες (??), τοῦ (??) μονάδες (??), τοῦ (??) μονάδες (??), τοῦ (??) μονάδες πέντε, τοῦ (??) μονάδες (??), τοῦ (??) μονάδες (??), ὁμοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἔσονται ᾱ, (??), ᾱ, (??), ταῦτα συντεθέντα ποιεῖ μονάδας (??).

Estō ek tou onomatos tous toutou pythmenas labein. Hoion tou Agamemnōn onomatos ginetai tou men a monas mia, tou de (??) monades treis, tou allou a monas mia, tou (??) monades (??), tou (??) monades (??), tou (??) monades (??), tou (??) monades pente, tou (??) monades (??), tou (??) monades (??), homou epi to auto esontai a, (??), a, (??), tauta syntethenta poiei monadas (??).

Let it be granted to take the roots of a name. For example, of the name Agamemnon: of alpha there comes one unit, of … three units, of the other alpha one unit, of … units, of … units, of … units, of … five units, of … units, of … units; together these will be 1, …, 1, …; added together they make … units.

4.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 74

Πάλιν τούτων πυθμένας λαμβάνουσι, καὶ γίνονται τῶν μὲν (??) τρεῖς, τῶν δὲ ἓξ αὐτὰ τὰ ἕξ· συντεθέντα οὖν τὰ τρία καὶ τὰ ἓξ ποιεῖ ἐννέα, τῶν δὲ ἐννέα πυθμὴν ὁ ἐννέα. Κατέληξεν οὖν τὸ Ἀγαμέμνων ὄνομα εἰς τὸν ἐννέα πυθμένα.

Palin toutōn pythmenas lambanousi, kai ginontai tōn men (??) treis, tōn de hex auta ta hex; syntethenta oun ta tria kai ta hex poiei ennea, tōn de ennea pythmēn ho ennea. Katelēxen oun to Agamemnōn onoma eis ton ennea pythmena.

Again they take the roots of these, and of … there come three, and of six the six itself; adding the three and the six makes nine, and the root of nine is nine. So the name Agamemnon ended in the root nine.

4.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 74

Ἔστω τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ ἄλλου ὀνόματος ποιῆσαι τοῦ Ἕκτωρ. Τὸ Ἕκτωρ ὄνομα ἔχει στοιχεῖα (??) καὶ κάππα καὶ ταῦ καὶ (??) καὶ (??). Τούτων πυθμένες (??), ᾱ· ταῦτα συντεθέντα ποιεῖ μονάδας (??). Πάλιν τῶν δέκα πυθμὴν εἷς, τῶν ἐννέα ἐννέα, ἃ συντεθέντα ποιεῖ δέκα· τοῦ δέκα γίνεται πυθμὴν μονάς. Ψηφισθὲν οὖν τὸ Ἕκτωρ ὄνομα ἐποίησε πυθμένα μονάδα.

Estō to auto kai epi allou onomatos poiēsai tou Hektōr. To Hektōr onoma echei stoicheia (??) kai kappa kai tau kai (??) kai (??). Toutōn pythmenes (??), a; tauta syntethenta poiei monadas (??). Palin tōn deka pythmēn heis, tōn ennea ennea, ha syntethenta poiei deka; tou deka ginetai pythmēn monas. Psēphisthen oun to Hektōr onoma epoiēse pythmena monada.

Let the same be done also with another name, Hector. The name Hector has the letters …, kappa, tau, …, and …. Their roots are …, 1; added together they make … units. Again, the root of ten is one, of nine nine, which added together make ten; the root of ten is one. So the name Hector, when reckoned, made the root one.

4.14.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 74–76

Εὐκολώτερον δέ ἐστι τὸ οὕτως ποιεῖν· τοὺς εὑρεθέντας ἐκ τῶν στοιχείων πυθμένας, ὡς νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἕκτορος ὀνόματος εὕρομεν μονάδας (??), εἰς ἐννέα μέριζε καὶ τὸ περιλειπόμενον πυθμένας λέγε· οἷον τὰ (??) ἐὰν εἰς ἐννέα μερίζω, περιλείπεται μονάς, ἐννάκις γὰρ δύο (??), καὶ λοιπὴ μονάς. Ἐὰν γὰρ ὑφέλω τῶν (??)

Eukolōteron de esti to houtōs poiein; tous heurethentas ek tōn stoicheiōn pythmenas, hōs nyn epi tou Hektoros onomatos heuromen monadas (??), eis ennea merize kai to perileipomenon pythmenas lege; hoion ta (??) ean eis ennea merizō, perileipetai monas, ennakis gar dyo (??), kai loipē monas. Ean gar hyphelō tōn (??)

It is easier to do it this way: divide by nine the roots found from the letters, as we just found … units for the name Hector, and call the remainder the root. For example, if I divide … by nine, one unit remains; for twice nine is …, and one unit is left. For if I subtract from …

4.14.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 76

τὰ δεκαοκτώ, λοιπὴ μονάς· ὥστε τοῦ Ἕκτωρ ὀνόματος πυθμὴν ἔσται μονάς. Πάλιν τοῦ Πάτροκλος ὀνόματος πυθμένες εἰσὶν ἀριθμοὶ οὗτοι, (??), ᾱ, (??), ᾱ, (??), (??) συντεθέντες ποιοῦσι μονάδας (??). Τούτων τὸ λοιπὸν μονάδες ἑπτά, τῶν (??) τρεῖς, καὶ τῶν (??) αὐταὶ αἱ (??). Πυθμὴν οὖν εἰσὶ τοῦ Πάτροκλος ὀνόματος μονάδες (??).

ta dekaoktō, loipē monas; hōste tou Hektōr onomatos pythmēn estai monas. Palin tou Patroklos onomatos pythmenes eisin arithmoi houtoi, (??), a, (??), a, (??), (??) syntethentes poiousi monadas (??). Toutōn to loipon monades hepta, tōn (??) treis, kai tōn (??) autai hai (??). Pythmēn oun eisi tou Patroklos onomatos monades (??).

the eighteen, one unit is left; so the root of the name Hector will be one. Again, the roots of the name Patroclus are these numbers: …, 1, …, 1, …, …, which added together make … units. Of these the remainder is seven units: of … three, and of … the … themselves. So the root of the name Patroclus is … units.

4.14.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 76

Οἱ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν κανόνα ψηφίζοντες [τὸ] ἔννατον λαμβάνουσι τοῦ ἀθροισθέντος ἐκ τῶν πυθμένων ἀριθμοῦ, καὶ τὸ περιλειφθὲν πλῆθος τῶν πυθμένων ὁρίζονται, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἑβδοματικὸν τὸ ἕβδομον· οἷον εὑρέθη ἐπὶ τοῦ Πάτροκλος ὀνόματος τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν πυθμένων ἄθροισμα μονάδες (??)· τοῦτο μερισθὲν εἰς ἑβδομάδας ποιεῖ (??) ὅ ἐστι (??)· λοιπαὶ μονάδες ἕξ· λέγει ὅτι ὁ πυθμὴν τοῦ Πάτροκλος ὀνόματος εἰσὶν ἓξ κατὰ τὸν ἑβδοματικόν.

Hoi men oun kata ton enneadikon kanona psēphizontes [to] ennaton lambanousi tou athroisthentos ek tōn pythmenōn arithmou, kai to perileiphthen plēthos tōn pythmenōn horizontai, hoi de kata ton hebdomatikon to hebdomon; hoion heurethē epi tou Patroklos onomatos to epi tōn pythmenōn athroisma monades (??); touto meristhen eis hebdomadas poiei (??) ho esti (??); loipai monades hex; legei hoti ho pythmēn tou Patroklos onomatos eisin hex kata ton hebdomatikon.

Those who reckon by the rule of nine take the ninth of the number gathered from the roots and define the remainder as the sum of the roots; those who reckon by the rule of seven take the seventh. For example, in the name Patroclus the sum of the roots was found to be … units; this divided into sevens makes …, which is …; six units remain. He says that the root of the name Patroclus is six by the rule of seven.

4.14.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 76

Εἰ δὲ ἔσται (??), τὸ ἕβδομον λέγει (??), ἑπτάκις γὰρ ἓξ (??), καὶ λοιπὸν ἔν. Μονὰς οὖν γίνεται ὁ πυθμὴν ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν (??) κατὰ τὸν ἑβδοματικόν. Δεῖ δὲ προσέχειν ἐὰν ὁ ληφθεὶς ἀριθμὸς μεριζόμενος ἀπαρτίσῃ, οἷον ἐὰν ἔκ τινος ὀνόματος συντιθεὶς τοὺς πυθμένας εὕρω λόγου χάριν μονάδας (??)· ὁ δὲ (??) μεριζόμενος εἰς τὸν ἐννέα (??) ἀπαρτίζει ἐννεάδας (ἐννάκις γὰρ (??) (??), καὶ οὐδὲν περιλείπεται)· τὸν πυθμένα οὖν αὐτὸν τὸν (??) δῆλον εἶναι.

Ei de estai (??), to hebdomon legei (??), heptakis gar hex (??), kai loipon en. Monas oun ginetai ho pythmēn ho apo tōn (??) kata ton hebdomatikon. Dei de prosechein ean ho lēphtheis arithmos merizomenos apartisę̄, hoion ean ek tinos onomatos syntitheis tous pythmenas heurō logou charin monadas (??); ho de (??) merizomenos eis ton ennea (??) apartizei enneadas (ennakis gar (??) (??), kai ouden perileipetai); ton pythmena oun auton ton (??) dēlon einai.

If it is …, he says the seventh is …; for seven times six is …, and one is left. So the root from … by the rule of seven is one. One must watch whether the number taken divides exactly: for example, if, adding the roots from some name, I find, say, … units, and … divided by nine … divides exactly into nines (for nine times … is …, and nothing is left), then clearly the root is … itself.

4.14.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 76

Κἂν πάλιν τὸν τεσσαράκοντα πέντε ἀριθμὸν μερίζοντες εὕρωμεν ἀπαρτίζοντα ἐννέα· καὶ γὰρ ἐννάκις πέντε (??), καὶ λείπεται οὐδέν· ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὸν τὸν ἐννέα λέγουσι πυθμένα. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑβδοματικοῦ ὁμοίως, ἐὰν λόγου χάριν τὸν (??) εἰς τὸν ἑπτὰ μερίζοντες ἀπαρτίσωμεν (ἑπτάκις γὰρ (??), καὶ περιλείπεται οὐδέν), τὸν ἑπτὰ λέγουσι πυθμένα.

Kan palin ton tessarakonta pente arithmon merizontes heurōmen apartizonta ennea; kai gar ennakis pente (??), kai leipetai ouden; epi tōn toioutōn auton ton ennea legousi pythmena. Kai epi tou hebdomatikou homoiōs, ean logou charin ton (??) eis ton hepta merizontes apartisōmen (heptakis gar (??), kai perileipetai ouden), ton hepta legousi pythmena.

And again, if we divide the number forty-five and find that it divides exactly by nine (for nine times five is …, and nothing is left), in such cases they call nine itself the root. And likewise with the rule of seven: if, for example, we divide … by seven and it divides exactly (for seven times … and nothing is left), they call seven the root.

4.14.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 76

Ὅταν μέντοι ψηφίζῃ τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ εὑρίσκῃ δὶς τὸ αὐτὸ γράμμα, ἅπαξ αὐτὸ ψηφίζει, οἷον τὸ Πάτροκλος ὄνομα καὶ τὸ (??) ᾱ δὶς ἔχει καὶ τὸ (??) δίς, ἅπαξ οὖν τὸ ᾱ ψηφίζουσι καὶ ἅπαξ τὸ (??). Κατὰ τοῦτο οὖν πυθμένες ἔσονται (??), ᾱ, (??), ᾱ, (??), καὶ συντεθέντες ποιοῦσι μονάδας (??), καὶ ἔσται πυθμὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος κατὰ μὲν τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν αὐτὸς ὁ ἐννέα, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἑβδοματικὸν ἕξ.

Hotan mentoi psēphizę̄ ta onomata kai heuriskę̄ dis to auto gramma, hapax auto psēphizei, hoion to Patroklos onoma kai to (??) a dis echei kai to (??) dis, hapax oun to a psēphizousi kai hapax to (??). Kata touto oun pythmenes esontai (??), a, (??), a, (??), kai syntethentes poiousi monadas (??), kai estai pythmēn tou onomatos kata men ton enneadikon autos ho ennea, kata de ton hebdomatikon hex.

When he reckons names and finds the same letter twice, he reckons it once: for example, the name Patroclus has alpha twice and … twice; so they reckon alpha once and … once. Accordingly the roots will be …, 1, …, 1, …, and added together they make … units; and the root of the name will be nine itself by the rule of nine, and six by the rule of seven.

4.14.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 76–78

Ὁμοίως Σαρπηδὼν ψηφισθεὶς ποιεῖ μονάδας κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν δύο πυθμένα, Πάτροκλος δὲ ποιεῖ μονάδας (??)· νικᾷ Πάτροκλος. Ὅταν γὰρ ᾖ ὁ μὲν εἷς περισσός, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἄρτιος, ὁ περισσὸς νικᾷ, ἐὰν μείζων ᾖ. Πάλιν δὲ ἐὰν ᾖ ὀκτὼ ἄρτιος καὶ πέντε περισσός, ὁ ὀκτὼ νικᾷ, μείζων γάρ ἐστιν. Εἰ δὲ εἰσὶν ἀριθμοὶ δύο οἷον ἀμφότεροι ἄρτιοι ἢ ἀμφότεροι περισσοί, ὁ ἐλάσσων νικᾷ. Πῶς δὲ ὁ Σαρπηδὼν κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν ποιεῖ μονάδας δύο;

Homoiōs Sarpēdōn psēphistheis poiei monadas kata ton enneadikon dyo pythmena, Patroklos de poiei monadas (??); niką Patroklos. Hotan gar ę̄ ho men heis perissos, ho de heteros artios, ho perissos niką, ean meizōn ę̄. Palin de ean ę̄ oktō artios kai pente perissos, ho oktō niką, meizōn gar estin. Ei de eisin arithmoi dyo hoion amphoteroi artioi ē amphoteroi perissoi, ho elassōn niką. Pōs de ho Sarpēdōn kata ton enneadikon poiei monadas dyo?

Likewise Sarpedon, when reckoned, makes two units as root by the rule of nine, and Patroclus makes … units: Patroclus wins. For when one is odd and the other even, the odd wins if it is greater. Again, if eight is even and five odd, the eight wins, for it is greater. But if there are two numbers both even or both odd, the smaller wins. But how does Sarpedon make two units by the rule of nine?

4.14.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 78

παραλείπεται γὰρ τὸ (??) στοιχεῖον· ὅταν γὰρ ᾖ ἐν ὀνόματι στοιχεῖον (??) καὶ (??), παραλιμπάνουσι τὸ (??) ἑνὶ στοιχείῳ χρώμενοι· ἰσοδυναμεῖν γὰρ λέγουσι τὰ ἀμφότερα, δὶς δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ οὐ ψηφίζεται, ὡς ἄνωθεν εἴρηται.

paraleipetai gar to (??) stoicheion; hotan gar ę̄ en onomati stoicheion (??) kai (??), paralimpanousi to (??) heni stoicheiǭ chrōmenoi; isodynamein gar legousi ta amphotera, dis de to auto ou psēphizetai, hōs anōthen eirētai.

For the letter … is left out: when a name has the letters … and …, they leave out the …, using one letter; for they say both have the same value, and the same letter is not reckoned twice, as was said above.

4.14.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 78

Πάλιν Αἴας ποιεῖ μονάδας τέσσαρας, Ἕκτωρ κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν ποιεῖ μονάδα μίαν. Καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν τετρὰς ἄρτιος, ἡ μονὰς δὲ περισσή. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων τὸν μείζονα ἐλέγομεν νικᾶν, νικᾷ ὁ Αἴας. Πάλιν Ἀλέξανδρος καὶ Μενέλαος.

Palin Aias poiei monadas tessaras, Hektōr kata ton enneadikon poiei monada mian. Kai estin hē men tetras artios, hē monas de perissē. Epi de tōn toioutōn ton meizona elegomen nikan, niką ho Aias. Palin Alexandros kai Menelaos.

Again, Ajax makes four units, Hector by the rule of nine makes one unit. And four is even, one odd. In such cases we said the greater wins: Ajax wins. Again, Alexander and Menelaus.

4.14.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 78

Ἀλέξανδρος κύριον ἔχει ὄνομα [Πάρις]. Πάρις δὲ ποιεῖ μονάδας κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν (??), Μενέλαος δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν μονάδας (??), νικῶσι δὲ αἱ ἐννέα τὰς τέσσαρας· εἴρηται γάρ, ὁπόταν ὁ μὲν περισσὸς ᾖ, ὁ δὲ ἄρτιος, ὁ μείζων νικᾷ, ὅταν δὲ ἀμφότεροι ἄρτιοι ἢ ἀμφότεροι περισσοί, ὁ ἐλάσσων.

Alexandros kyrion echei onoma [Paris]. Paris de poiei monadas kata ton enneadikon (??), Menelaos de kata ton enneadikon monadas (??), nikōsi de hai ennea tas tessaras; eirētai gar, hopotan ho men perissos ę̄, ho de artios, ho meizōn niką, hotan de amphoteroi artioi ē amphoteroi perissoi, ho elassōn.

Alexander has a proper name, [Paris]. Paris makes … units by the rule of nine, and Menelaus by the rule of nine … units; and the nine defeats the four; for it was said that when one is odd and the other even, the greater wins, but when both are even or both odd, the smaller.

4.14.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 78

Πάλιν Ἄμυκος καὶ Πολυδεύκης. Ἄμυκος μὲν ποιεῖ μονάδας δύο κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικόν, καὶ Πολυδεύκης δὲ ἑπτά· νικᾷ Πολυδεύκης. Αἴας καὶ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἐπάλαισαν ἐν τῷ ἐπιταφίῳ. Αἴας ποιεῖ κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν μονάδας (??), Ὀδυσσεὺς ὀκτὼ κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικόν· ἆρα οὖν μήτι τὸ Ὀδυσσέως ἐπίθετον καὶ οὐ κύριόν ἐστιν; ἐνίκησε γάρ. Κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς νικᾷ Αἴας, ἡ δʼ ἱστορία Ὀδυσσέα παραδίδωσιν.

Palin Amykos kai Polydeukēs. Amykos men poiei monadas dyo kata ton enneadikon, kai Polydeukēs de hepta; niką Polydeukēs. Aias kai Odysseus epalaisan en tǭ epitaphiǭ. Aias poiei kata ton enneadikon monadas (??), Odysseus oktō kata ton enneadikon; ara oun mēti to Odysseōs epitheton kai ou kyrion estin? enikēse gar. Kata men tous arithmous niką Aias, hē dʼ historia Odyssea paradidōsin.

Again, Amycus and Polydeuces. Amycus makes two units by the rule of nine, and Polydeuces seven: Polydeuces wins. Ajax and Odysseus wrestled at the funeral games. Ajax makes … units by the rule of nine, Odysseus eight by the rule of nine. Is Odysseus's name, then, perhaps an epithet and not a proper name? For he won. By the numbers Ajax wins, but the story hands the victory to Odysseus.

4.14.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 78

Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Ἕκτωρ. Ἀχιλλεὺς κατὰ τὸν ἐννεαδικὸν ποιεῖ τέσσαρας, Ἕκτωρ μίαν· νικᾷ Ἀχιλλεύς. Πάλιν Ἀχιλλεὺς καὶ Ἀστεροπαῖος. Ἀχιλλεὺς ποιεῖ τέσσαρας, Ἀστεροπαῖος τρεῖς· νικᾷ Ἀχιλλεύς. Πάλιν Μενέλαος καὶ Εὔφορβος. Μενέλαος ἔχει μονάδας ἐννέα, Εὔφορβος ὀκτώ· νικᾷ Μενέλαος.

Achilleus kai Hektōr. Achilleus kata ton enneadikon poiei tessaras, Hektōr mian; niką Achilleus. Palin Achilleus kai Asteropaios. Achilleus poiei tessaras, Asteropaios treis; niką Achilleus. Palin Menelaos kai Euphorbos. Menelaos echei monadas ennea, Euphorbos oktō; niką Menelaos.

Achilles and Hector. Achilles by the rule of nine makes four, Hector one: Achilles wins. Again, Achilles and Asteropaeus. Achilles makes four, Asteropaeus three: Achilles wins. Again, Menelaus and Euphorbus. Menelaus has nine units, Euphorbus eight: Menelaus wins.

4.14.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 78–80

Τινὲς δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἑβδοματικὸν μόνοις τοῖς φωνήεσι χρῶνται, ἄλλοι δὲ διαστέλλουσιν ἰδίᾳ μὲν τὰ φωνήεντα, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τὰ ἡμίφωνα, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τὰ ἄφωνα, καὶ τρεῖς τάξεις ποιήσαντες λαμβάνουσι τοὺς πυθμένας ἰδίᾳ μὲν τῶν φωνηέντων, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τῶν ἡμιφώνων, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τῶν ἀφώνων, καὶ συγκρίνουσι χωρὶς ἕκαστον.

Tines de kata ton hebdomatikon monois tois phōnēesi chrōntai, alloi de diastellousin idią men ta phōnēenta, idią de ta hēmiphōna, idią de ta aphōna, kai treis taxeis poiēsantes lambanousi tous pythmenas idią men tōn phōnēentōn, idią de tōn hēmiphōnōn, idią de tōn aphōnōn, kai synkrinousi chōris hekaston.

Some, by the rule of seven, use only the vowels; others distinguish vowels by themselves, semivowels by themselves, and mutes by themselves, and making three classes take the roots of the vowels by themselves, of the semivowels by themselves, and of the mutes by themselves, and compare each separately.

4.14.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 80

Ἄλλοι δὲ οὐδὲ τούτοις τοῖς νενομισμένοις ἀριθμοῖς χρῶνται, ἀλλʼ ἄλλοις, οἷον ὑποδείγματος ἕνεκα τὸ (??) οὐ θέλουσι πυθμένα ἔχειν μονάδας (??), ἀλλὰ (??), καὶ τὸ (??) στοιχεῖον πυθμένα μονάδας (??), καὶ παντοίως στρεφόμενοι οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς εὑρίσκουσιν. Ὅταν μέντοι δεύτερόν τινες ἀγωνίζωνται, ἀφʼ ἑκατέρου τῶν ὀνομάτων τὸ πρῶτον στοιχεῖον ἀφαιροῦσιν, ὅταν δὲ τρίτον, τὰ δύο ἑκατέρωθεν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ψηφίσαντες συγκρίνουσιν.

Alloi de oude toutois tois nenomismenois arithmois chrōntai, allʼ allois, hoion hypodeigmatos heneka to (??) ou thelousi pythmena echein monadas (??), alla (??), kai to (??) stoicheion pythmena monadas (??), kai pantoiōs strephomenoi ouden hygies heuriskousin. Hotan mentoi deuteron tines agōnizōntai, aphʼ hekaterou tōn onomatōn to prōton stoicheion aphairousin, hotan de triton, ta dyo hekaterōthen, kai ta loipa psēphisantes synkrinousin.

Others do not use these customary numbers, but others: for example, they do not want … to have the root … units but …, and the letter … the root … units; and twisting in every direction they find nothing sound. When some compete a second time, they remove the first letter from each of the names; when a third time, two letters from each, and reckoning the rest they compare them.

item 4, chapter 15

4.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 80

Οἶμαι δὲ ἐκδήλως ἐκτεθεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀριθμητικῶν ἐπίνοιαν διʼ ἀριθμῶν καὶ ὀνομάτων τὸ ζῆν διακρίνειν νομιζόντων.

Oimai de ekdēlōs ektetheisthai kai tēn tōn arithmētikōn epinoian diʼ arithmōn kai onomatōn to zēn diakrinein nomizontōn.

I think the notion of the arithmeticians too has been clearly set out, who think they can determine life by numbers and names.

4.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 80

Τούτους δὲ κατανοῶ σχολὴν ἄγοντας καὶ ψήφῳ γεγυμνασμένους τεθεληκέναι διὰ τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἐκ παίδων τέχνης [θέλειν] εὐδοκιμοῦντας μάντεις προσαγορεύεσθαι· οἳ ἄνω κάτω τὰ στοιχεῖα καταμετροῦντες εἰς λῆρος ἐχώρησαν. Ἐπὰν γὰρ ἀποτύχωσι, τὸ ἄπορον προβάλλοντες λέγουσι, μήτι τοῦτο ὄνομα μενικὸν οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀλλὰ ἐπίθετον· ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὀδυσσέως καὶ Αἴαντος ἐκπεσόντες ἐνεκάλουν. Τίς ἐκ ταύτης τῆς θαυμαστῆς φιλοσοφίας ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν καὶ θελήσας αἱρεσιάρχης καλεῖσθαι οὐ δοξασθήσεται;

Toutous de katanoō scholēn agontas kai psēphǭ gegymnasmenous tethelēkenai dia tēs paradotheisēs autois ek paidōn technēs [thelein] eudokimountas manteis prosagoreuesthai; hoi anō katō ta stoicheia katametrountes eis lēros echōrēsan. Epan gar apotychōsi, to aporon proballontes legousi, mēti touto onoma menikon ouk egeneto alla epitheton; hōs kai epi tou Odysseōs kai Aiantos ekpesontes enekaloun. Tis ek tautēs tēs thaumastēs philosophias aphormas labōn kai thelēsas hairesiarchēs kaleisthai ou doxasthēsetai?

I observe that these, having leisure and being practiced in reckoning, have wished, through the art handed down to them from childhood, to be called renowned seers; measuring the letters up and down, they have come to nonsense. For when they fail, they put forward the difficulty and say that perhaps this was not a proper name but an epithet, as they pleaded when they came to grief over Odysseus and Ajax. Who, taking starting points from this marvelous philosophy and wishing to be called a heresiarch, will not win renown?

4.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 80

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑτέρα τις τέχνη βαθυτέρα ἐστὶ παρὰ τοῖς πανσόφοις Ἑλλήνων μεριμνηταῖς, οἷς εὔχονται μαθητεύειν οἱ αἱρετικοὶ διὰ τὸ ταῖς αὐτῶν δόξαις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιχειρούμενα, καθὼς ὑποδειχθήσεται μετʼ οὐ πολύ (αὕτη δέ ἐστι μετωποσκοπικὴ μαντεία, μᾶλλον δὲ μανία), οὐδὲ ταύτην σιωπήσομεν.

Allʼ epei kai hetera tis technē bathytera esti para tois pansophois Hellēnōn merimnētais, hois euchontai mathēteuein hoi hairetikoi dia to tais autōn doxais chrēsthai pros ta hypʼ autōn epicheiroumena, kathōs hypodeichthēsetai metʼ ou poly (hautē de esti metōposkopikē manteia, mallon de mania), oude tautēn siōpēsomen.

But since there is also another, deeper art among the all-wise students of the Greeks, whose disciples the heretics pray to be, because they use their opinions for their own undertakings, as will be shown shortly (this is divination by the forehead, or rather madness), we shall not keep silent about this either.

4.15.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 80

Εἰσὶν οἳ τοῖς ἄστροις ἀναφέρουσι τὰς μορφὰς τυποῦντες ἰδέας καὶ τὰς φύσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τὰς κατὰ ἀστέρων γενέσεις ἀναλογιζόμενοι. οὕτω δὲ λέγουσιν· Οἱ ἐν Κριῷ γεννώμενοι τοῖοι ἔσονται· κεφαλῇ ἐπιμήκει, τριχὶ πυρρᾷ, ὀφρύσι συνεζευγμέναις, μετώπῳ ὀξεῖ, ὀφθαλμοῖς γλαυκοῖς, ὑπὸ ἄλλοις, μήλοις καθειλκυσμένοις, ἐπίρρινοι, μυκτῆρσιν ἠνεῳγμένοις, χείλεσι λεπτοῖς, γενείῳ ὀξεῖ, στόματι ἐπιμήκει,

Eisin hoi tois astrois anapherousi tas morphas typountes ideas kai tas physeis tōn anthrōpōn epi tas kata asterōn geneseis analogizomenoi. houtō de legousin; Hoi en Kriǭ gennōmenoi toioi esontai; kephalę̄ epimēkei, trichi pyrrą, ophrysi synezeugmenais, metōpǭ oxei, ophthalmois glaukois, hypo allois, mēlois katheilkysmenois, epirrinoi, myktērsin ēneǭgmenois, cheilesi leptois, geneiǭ oxei, stomati epimēkei,

There are those who refer forms to the stars, shaping types and reckoning the natures of men according to their births under the stars. They speak thus: those born in the Ram will be of this kind: long head, red hair, eyebrows joined together, sharp forehead, grey-blue eyes …, drooping cheeks, long-nosed, with open nostrils, thin lips, sharp chin, long mouth.

4.15.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 80–82

Οὗτοι, φησί, μεθέξουσι φύσεως τοιαύτης· προνοητικοί, ποικίλοι, δειλοί, φρόνιμοι, προσχαριώδεις, ἥσυχοι, περίεργοι, βουλαῖς ἀποκρύφοις, παντὶ πράγματι κατηρτισμένοι, πλεῖον φρονήσει ἢ ἰσχύι κρατοῦντες, τὸ παρὸν καταγελασταί, γεγραμματισμένοι, πιστοί, φιλόνεικοι, ἐν μάχῃ ἐρεθισταί, ἐπιθυμηταί, παιδεραστίᾳ νοσοῦντες, ἀπεστραμμένοι ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων, ἀπαρέσκοντες ἅπαντα, κατήγοροι, ἐν οἴνῳ μανιώδεις, ἐξουθενηταί, κατʼ ἔπος τι ἀποβάλλοντες, εἰς φιλίαν εὔχρηστοι διὰ τὴν ἀγαθωσύνην· πλειστάκις ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ γῇ ἀποθνήσκουσιν.

Houtoi, phēsi, methexousi physeōs toiautēs; pronoētikoi, poikiloi, deiloi, phronimoi, proschariōdeis, hēsychoi, periergoi, boulais apokryphois, panti pragmati katērtismenoi, pleion phronēsei ē ischui kratountes, to paron katagelastai, gegrammatismenoi, pistoi, philoneikoi, en machę̄ erethistai, epithymētai, paiderastią nosountes, apestrammenoi apo tōn idiōn oikōn, apareskontes hapanta, katēgoroi, en oinǭ maniōdeis, exouthenētai, katʼ epos ti apoballontes, eis philian euchrēstoi dia tēn agathōsynēn; pleistakis en allotrią gę̄ apothnēskousin.

These, he says, will share such a nature: provident, versatile, timid, sensible, gracious, quiet, curious, of hidden counsels, equipped for every matter, prevailing more by prudence than by strength, mocking the present, lettered, faithful, contentious, easily provoked in a fight, lustful, afflicted with pederasty, turned away from their own homes, displeased with everything, accusers, mad in wine, contemptuous, throwing something away at a word, useful in friendship because of their goodness; very often they die in a foreign land.

item 4, chapter 16

4.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 82

Οἱ δὲ ἐν Ταύρῳ τύπῳ ἔσονται τῷδε· κεφαλῇ στρογγύλῃ, τριχὶ παχείᾳ, μετώπῳ πλατεῖ, τετραγώνῳ, ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ ὀφρύσι μεγάλαις, μέλασιν, ἐν τῷ λευκῷ φλέβες λεπταί, αἱματώδεις, βλεφάροις μακροῖς, παχέσιν, ὠτίοις μεγάλοις, στόμασι στρογγύλοις, ῥώθωνι παχεῖ, μυκτῆρσι στρογγύλοις, χείλεσι παχέσι· τοῖς ὑπεράνω μέρεσιν ἰσχύουσιν, ὀρθὸς γεγενημένος ἀπὸ σκελῶν·

Hoi de en Taurǭ typǭ esontai tǭde; kephalę̄ strongylę̄, trichi pacheią, metōpǭ platei, tetragōnǭ, ophthalmois kai ophrysi megalais, melasin, en tǭ leukǭ phlebes leptai, haimatōdeis, blepharois makrois, pachesin, ōtiois megalois, stomasi strongylois, rhōthōni pachei, myktērsi strongylois, cheilesi pachesi; tois hyperanō meresin ischyousin, orthos gegenēmenos apo skelōn;

Those in the Bull will be of this type: round head, thick hair, broad, square forehead, large black eyes and eyebrows, thin bloodshot veins in the white of the eye, long thick eyelids, large ears, round mouths, thick nose, round nostrils, thick lips; they are strong in the upper parts, and upright from the legs.

4.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 82

οἱ αὐτοὶ δὲ φύσεως· ἀρέσκοντες, νοοῦντες, εὐφυεῖς, εὐσεβεῖς, δίκαιοι, ἄγροικοι, προσχαρεῖς, κοπιαταί, ἀπὸ ἐτῶν (??), ἐρεθισταί, νωθροί· τούτων ὁ στόμαχος μικρός ἐστι, πληροῦνται τάχα, πολλὰ βουλευόμενοι, φρόνιμοι, φειδωλοὶ εἰς ἑαυτούς, εἰς ἄλλους δαψιλεῖς, ἀγαθοποιοί, σώματι βραδεῖ· ἐν μέρει εἰσὶ λυπηροί, ἀμελεῖς εἰς φιλίαν, ὠφέλιμοι διὰ τὸν νοῦν, κακοπαθεῖς.

hoi autoi de physeōs; areskontes, noountes, euphyeis, eusebeis, dikaioi, agroikoi, proschareis, kopiatai, apo etōn (??), erethistai, nōthroi; toutōn ho stomachos mikros esti, plērountai tacha, polla bouleuomenoi, phronimoi, pheidōloi eis heautous, eis allous dapsileis, agathopoioi, sōmati bradei; en merei eisi lypēroi, ameleis eis philian, ōphelimoi dia ton noun, kakopatheis.

The same by nature: pleasing, intelligent, gifted, pious, just, rustic, gracious, hard-working from the age of …, easily provoked, sluggish. Their stomach is small, they are quickly filled; they deliberate much, are prudent, sparing toward themselves, lavish toward others, beneficent, slow of body; at times they are sorrowful, careless in friendship, useful because of their mind, much-suffering.

item 4, chapter 17

4.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 82

Ἐν Διδύμοις τύπος· προσώπῳ κοκκίνῳ, μεγέθει οὐ λίαν μεγάλῳ, μέλεσιν ἴσοις, ὀφθαλμοῖς μέλασιν ὡς ἠλειμμένοις, μήλοις κάτω τεταμένοις, στόματι παχεῖ, ὀφρύσι συντεθειμέναις· συγκροτοῦσι πάντα, ἔχουσιν, ἔσχατα πλούσιοι, σκνιφοί, φειδωλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου, δαψιλεῖς πρὸς τὰ ἀφροδισιακά, ἐπιεικεῖς, μουσικοί, ψεῦσται· οἱ αὐτοὶ δὲ φύσεως·

En Didymois typos; prosōpǭ kokkinǭ, megethei ou lian megalǭ, melesin isois, ophthalmois melasin hōs ēleimmenois, mēlois katō tetamenois, stomati pachei, ophrysi syntetheimenais; synkrotousi panta, echousin, eschata plousioi, skniphoi, pheidōloi ek tou idiou, dapsileis pros ta aphrodisiaka, epieikeis, mousikoi, pseustai; hoi autoi de physeōs;

Type in the Twins: red face, size not very large, even limbs, black eyes as if anointed, cheeks drawn down, thick mouth, eyebrows joined; they gather everything together, they possess, rich in the end, stingy, sparing of their own, lavish in matters of love, reasonable, musical, liars. The same by nature:

4.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 82–84

δεδιδαγμένοι, νοοῦντες, περίεργοι, ἰδίᾳ ἀποφάσει, ἐπιθυμητικοί, φειδωλοὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου, δαψιλεῖς, ἥσυχοι, φρόνιμοι, δόλιοι, πολλὰ βουλεύονται, ψηφισταί, κατήγοροι, ἀκαίριμοι, οὐκ εὐτυχεῖς, ἀπὸ γυναικῶν φιλοῦνται, ἔμποροι, εἰς φιλίαν οὐκ ἐπὶ πολὺ ὠφέλιμοι.

dedidagmenoi, noountes, periergoi, idią apophasei, epithymētikoi, pheidōloi ek tou idiou, dapsileis, hēsychoi, phronimoi, dolioi, polla bouleuontai, psēphistai, katēgoroi, akairimoi, ouk eutycheis, apo gynaikōn philountai, emporoi, eis philian ouk epi poly ōphelimoi.

learned, intelligent, curious, of their own decision, desirous, sparing of their own, lavish, quiet, prudent, crafty; they deliberate much, are calculators, accusers, untimely, not fortunate, loved by women, traders, not very useful in friendship.

item 4, chapter 18

4.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

Ἐν Καρκίνῳ τύπος· μεγέθει οὐ μεγάλῳ, τριχὶ ὥσπερ κυανέῃ, χρώματι ὑποπύρρῳ, στόματι ὀλίγῳ, κεφαλῇ στρογγύλῃ, μετώπῳ ὀξεῖ, ὀφθαλμοῖς ὑπογλαύκοις, ἱκανῶς καλοῖς, μέλεσιν ὑποποικίλοις·

En Karkinǭ typos; megethei ou megalǭ, trichi hōsper kyaneę̄, chrōmati hypopyrrǭ, stomati oligǭ, kephalę̄ strongylę̄, metōpǭ oxei, ophthalmois hypoglaukois, hikanōs kalois, melesin hypopoikilois;

Type in the Crab: size not large, hair dark as it were, color reddish, small mouth, round head, sharp forehead, grey-blue eyes, fairly handsome, limbs somewhat mottled.

4.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· κακοί, δόλιοι, βουλαῖς ἀπηρτισμένοι, ἄπληστοι, φειδωλοί, ἀχάριστοι, ἀνελεύθεροι, ἀνωφελεῖς, ἀμνήμονες, οὔτε ἀποδιδόασιν ἀλλότριον οὔτε ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἴδιον, εἰς φιλίαν ὠφέλιμοι.

hoi autoi physeōs; kakoi, dolioi, boulais apērtismenoi, aplēstoi, pheidōloi, acharistoi, aneleutheroi, anōpheleis, amnēmones, oute apodidoasin allotrion oute apaitousin idion, eis philian ōphelimoi.

The same by nature: bad, crafty, finished in counsels, insatiable, stingy, ungrateful, illiberal, useless, forgetful; they neither give back what is another's nor demand back what is their own; useful in friendship.

item 4, chapter 19

4.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

Ἐν Λέοντι τύπος· κεφαλῇ στρογγύλῃ, τριχὶ ὑποπύρρῳ, μετώπῳ μεγάλῳ ῥυσῷ, ὠτίοις παχέσι, τραχηλιῶται, ἐπὶ μέρει ὑποφάλακροι, πυρροί, ὀφθαλμοῖς γλαυκοῖς, μεγάλαις γνάθοις, στόματι παχεῖ, τοῖς ἐπάνω μέρεσι παχεῖς, στήθει μεγάλῳ, τοῖς ὑποκάτω μέλεσι λεπτοῖς·

En Leonti typos; kephalę̄ strongylę̄, trichi hypopyrrǭ, metōpǭ megalǭ rhysǭ, ōtiois pachesi, trachēliōtai, epi merei hypophalakroi, pyrroi, ophthalmois glaukois, megalais gnathois, stomati pachei, tois epanō meresi pacheis, stēthei megalǭ, tois hypokatō melesi leptois;

Type in the Lion: round head, reddish hair, large wrinkled forehead, thick ears, thick-necked, partly bald, ruddy, grey-blue eyes, large jaws, thick mouth, thick in the upper parts, large chest, thin in the lower limbs.

4.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· ἰδίας ἀποφάσεως, ἀσυγκέραστοι, ἀρέσκοντες ἑαυτοῖς, ὀργίλοι, θυμώδεις, καταφρονηταί, αὐθάδεις, μηδὲν βουλευόμενοι, ἄναλοι, κακόσχολοι, συνήθεις, εἰς πράγματα ἀφροδισιακὰ ἐκκεχυμένοι, μοιχοί, ἀναιδεῖς, πίστει ἀναληθεῖς, αἰτηταί, τολμηροί, σκνιφοί, ἅρπαγες, ἀξιόλογοι, εἰς κοινωνίαν ὠφέλιμοι, εἰς φιλίαν ἀνωφελεῖς.

hoi autoi physeōs; idias apophaseōs, asynkerastoi, areskontes heautois, orgiloi, thymōdeis, kataphronētai, authadeis, mēden bouleuomenoi, analoi, kakoscholoi, synētheis, eis pragmata aphrodisiaka ekkechymenoi, moichoi, anaideis, pistei analētheis, aitētai, tolmēroi, skniphoi, harpages, axiologoi, eis koinōnian ōphelimoi, eis philian anōpheleis.

The same by nature: of their own decision, unmixable, pleased with themselves, irascible, passionate, contemptuous, self-willed, deliberating about nothing, extravagant, idle, sociable, poured out on matters of love, adulterers, shameless, untrue in faith, beggars, bold, stingy, grasping, notable, useful in partnership, useless in friendship.

item 4, chapter 20

4.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

Ἐν Παρθένῳ τύπος· ὁράσει καλῇ, ὀφθαλμοῖς οὐ μεγάλοις, ἐπαφροδίτοις, μέλασιν, ὀφρύσι συντεθειμέναις, ἱλαροῖς, κολυμβῶσιν. Εἰσὶ δὲ λεπτοὶ σώματι, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ ὄψει καλοῦ, τριχὶ καλῶς συντεθειμένῃ, μετώπῳ μεγάλῳ, ῥώθωνι προάλει. Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· εὐμαθεῖς, μέτριοι, ἐννοηταί, παιγνιώδεις, λόγιοι, βραδυλαλοῦντες, πολλὰ βουλευόμενοι, πρὸς χάριν εὐπαραίτητοι, ἡδέως πάντα παρατηροῦντες, καὶ μαθηταὶ εὐφυεῖς, ἃ ἔμαθον κρατοῦσι, μέτριοι, ἐξουθενηταί, παιδεράσται, συνήθεις, ψυχῇ μεγάλῃ, καταφρονηταί, πραγμάτων ἀμελεῖς, διδαχῇ προσέχοντες, καλλίονες ἐν ἄλλοις ἢ τοῖς ἰδίοις, πρὸς φιλίαν ὠφέλιμοι.

En Parthenǭ typos; horasei kalę̄, ophthalmois ou megalois, epaphroditois, melasin, ophrysi syntetheimenais, hilarois, kolymbōsin. Eisi de leptoi sōmati, hypo de tou opsei kalou, trichi kalōs syntetheimenę̄, metōpǭ megalǭ, rhōthōni proalei. Hoi autoi physeōs; eumatheis, metrioi, ennoētai, paigniōdeis, logioi, bradylalountes, polla bouleuomenoi, pros charin euparaitētoi, hēdeōs panta paratērountes, kai mathētai euphyeis, ha emathon kratousi, metrioi, exouthenētai, paiderastai, synētheis, psychę̄ megalę̄, kataphronētai, pragmatōn ameleis, didachę̄ prosechontes, kalliones en allois ē tois idiois, pros philian ōphelimoi.

Type in the Virgin: of fair appearance, eyes not large, charming, black, eyebrows joined, cheerful, swimming. They are slender of body, and fair in look, hair nicely arranged, large forehead, prominent nose. The same by nature: quick to learn, moderate, thoughtful, playful, eloquent, slow of speech, deliberating much, easily won over to a favor, gladly observing everything, gifted pupils who hold fast what they have learned, moderate, contemptuous, pederasts, sociable, great-souled, scornful, careless of affairs, attentive to teaching, better in others' affairs than in their own, useful in friendship.

item 4, chapter 21

4.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 84

Ἐν Ζυγῷ τύπος· τριχὶ λεπτῇ προαλεῖ, ὑποπύρρῳ, ὑπομήκει· μετώπῳ ὀξεῖ, ῥυσῷ, ὀφρύσι καλαῖς, συντεθειμέναις, ὀφθαλμοῖς καλοῖς, κόραις μέλασιν, ὠτίοις μακροῖς, λεπτοῖς, κεφαλῇ ἐπικεκλιμένῃ, στόματι μακρῷ.

En Zygǭ typos; trichi leptę̄ proalei, hypopyrrǭ, hypomēkei; metōpǭ oxei, rhysǭ, ophrysi kalais, syntetheimenais, ophthalmois kalois, korais melasin, ōtiois makrois, leptois, kephalę̄ epikeklimenę̄, stomati makrǭ.

Type in the Balance: fine, prominent hair, reddish, rather long; sharp, wrinkled forehead; fine eyebrows, joined; handsome eyes with black pupils; long thin ears; head inclined; long mouth.

4.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 84–86

Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· νοοῦντες, θεοὺς τιμῶντες, ἀλλήλοις καταλαλοῦντες, ἔμποροι, κοπιαταί, πορισμὸν μὴ κατέχοντες, ψεῦσται, μὴ φιλοῦντες ἐν πράγμασι νοήσει, ἀληθεῖς, ἐλευθερόγλωσσοι, ἀγαθοποιοί, ἀμαθεῖς, ψεῦσται, συνήθεις, ἀμελεῖς· [τούτοις οὐκ ἐμποιεῖ ἀδίκως ποιῆσαι μέρος.] Εἰσὶ καταφρονηταί, καταγελασταί, ὀξεῖς, ἔνδοξοι, ἀκουσταί, καὶ τούτοις οὐδὲν προχωρεῖ, πρὸς φιλίαν ὠφέλιμοι.

Hoi autoi physeōs; noountes, theous timōntes, allēlois katalalountes, emporoi, kopiatai, porismon mē katechontes, pseustai, mē philountes en pragmasi noēsei, alētheis, eleutheroglōssoi, agathopoioi, amatheis, pseustai, synētheis, ameleis; [toutois ouk empoiei adikōs poiēsai meros.] Eisi kataphronētai, katagelastai, oxeis, endoxoi, akoustai, kai toutois ouden prochōrei, pros philian ōphelimoi.

The same by nature: intelligent, honoring the gods, slandering one another, traders, hard-working, not keeping their gains, liars, not loving in affairs by thought, truthful, free of tongue, beneficent, unlearned, liars, sociable, careless; [it does not bring them to do any part unjustly.] They are contemptuous, mockers, sharp, reputable, listeners, and nothing prospers for them; useful in friendship.

item 4, chapter 22

4.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Ἐν Σκορπίῳ τύπος· προσώπῳ παρθενικῷ, εὐμόρφῳ, ἁλυκῷ, τριχὶ ὑπομέλανι, ὀφθαλμοῖς εὐμόρφοις, μετώπῳ οὐ πλατεῖ καὶ ῥώθωνι ὀξεῖ, ὠτίοις συντεθειμένοις μικροῖς, μετώπῳ ῥυσῷ, ὀφρύσι στεναῖς, μήλοις καθειλκυσμένοις· οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως·

En Skorpiǭ typos; prosōpǭ parthenikǭ, eumorphǭ, halykǭ, trichi hypomelani, ophthalmois eumorphois, metōpǭ ou platei kai rhōthōni oxei, ōtiois syntetheimenois mikrois, metōpǭ rhysǭ, ophrysi stenais, mēlois katheilkysmenois; hoi autoi physeōs;

Type in the Scorpion: maidenly face, shapely, salty, darkish hair, shapely eyes, forehead not broad, and sharp nose, small close-set ears, wrinkled forehead, narrow eyebrows, drooping cheeks. The same by nature:

4.22.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

δόλιοι, κατεστραμμένοι, ψεῦσται, ἴδια βουλεύματα μηδενὶ ἀνατιθέμενοι, διπλῇ ψυχῇ, κακοποιοί, ἐξουθενηταί, μοιχείας ἔνοχοι, εὐφυεῖς, εὐμαθεῖς, εἰς φιλίαν ἄχρηστοι.

dolioi, katestrammenoi, pseustai, idia bouleumata mēdeni anatithemenoi, diplę̄ psychę̄, kakopoioi, exouthenētai, moicheias enochoi, euphyeis, eumatheis, eis philian achrēstoi.

crafty, subdued, liars, entrusting their own plans to no one, double-souled, evildoers, contemptuous, guilty of adultery, gifted, quick to learn, useless in friendship.

item 4, chapter 23

4.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Ἐν Τοξότῃ τύπος· μήκει μεγάλῳ, μετώπῳ τετραγώνῳ, ὀφρύσι μεσταῖς, συγκρατουμέναις, τριχῶν τεθειμένῃ προαλεῖς, ὑπόπυρροι.

En Toxotę̄ typos; mēkei megalǭ, metōpǭ tetragōnǭ, ophrysi mestais, synkratoumenais, trichōn tetheimenę̄ proaleis, hypopyrroi.

Type in the Archer: great height, square forehead, full eyebrows held together, hair arranged prominently, reddish.

4.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· προσχαρεῖς ὡς οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι, ἁπλοῖ, ἀγαθοποιοί, παιδεράσται, συνήθεις, κοπιαταί, φιληταί, φιλούμενοι, ἐν οἴνῳ ἱλαροί, καθάριοι, ὀργίλοι, ἀμελεῖς, κακοί, εἰς φιλίαν ἄχρηστοι, καταφρονηταί, ψυχαῖς μεγάλαις, ὑβριστικοί, ὑπόδουλοι, εἰς κοινωνίαν εὔχρηστοι.

Hoi autoi physeōs; proschareis hōs hoi pepaideumenoi, haploi, agathopoioi, paiderastai, synētheis, kopiatai, philētai, philoumenoi, en oinǭ hilaroi, katharioi, orgiloi, ameleis, kakoi, eis philian achrēstoi, kataphronētai, psychais megalais, hybristikoi, hypodouloi, eis koinōnian euchrēstoi.

The same by nature: gracious like the educated, simple, beneficent, pederasts, sociable, hard-working, loving and loved, cheerful in wine, clean, irascible, careless, bad, useless in friendship, contemptuous, great-souled, insolent, servile, useful in partnership.

item 4, chapter 24

4.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Ἐν Αἰγοκέρῳ τύπος· σώματι ὑποπύρρῳ, τριχὶ ὑποπολιῷ προαλεῖ, στόματι στρογγύλῳ, ὀφθαλμοῖς ὡς ἀετοῦ, ὀφρύσι συντεθειμέναις, μετώπῳ ἠνοιγμένῳ, ὑποφάλακροι, τὰ ὑποκάτω μέρη τοῦ σώματος ἰσχυρότερα.

En Aigokerǭ typos; sōmati hypopyrrǭ, trichi hypopoliǭ proalei, stomati strongylǭ, ophthalmois hōs aetou, ophrysi syntetheimenais, metōpǭ ēnoigmenǭ, hypophalakroi, ta hypokatō merē tou sōmatos ischyrotera.

Type in the Goat-horned: reddish body, greyish prominent hair, round mouth, eyes like an eagle's, eyebrows joined, open forehead, somewhat bald, the lower parts of the body stronger.

4.24.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· φιλόσοφοι, καταφρονηταὶ καὶ τὸ παρὸν καταγελασταί, ὀργίλοι, συγχωρηταί, καλοί, ἀγαθοποιοί, πράγματος μουσικοῦ φιληταί, ἐν οἴνῳ ὀργίλοι, γελοῖοι, συνήθεις, λάλοι, παιδεράσται, ἱλαροί, προσφιλεῖς, φιληταί, ἐρεθίζοντες, εἰς κοινωνίαν εὔχρηστοι.

Hoi autoi physeōs; philosophoi, kataphronētai kai to paron katagelastai, orgiloi, synchōrētai, kaloi, agathopoioi, pragmatos mousikou philētai, en oinǭ orgiloi, geloioi, synētheis, laloi, paiderastai, hilaroi, prosphileis, philētai, erethizontes, eis koinōnian euchrēstoi.

The same by nature: philosophers, contemptuous and mocking the present, irascible, forgiving, good, beneficent, lovers of music, irascible in wine, laughable, sociable, talkative, pederasts, cheerful, amiable, loving, provoking, useful in partnership.

item 4, chapter 25

4.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 86

Ἐν Ὑδροχόῳ τύπος· μεγέθει τετράγωνος, στόματι ὀλίγῳ, ὀφθαλμοῖς ὀξέσι, λεπτοῖς, γοργοῖς, ἐπιτάκτης, ἀχάριστος, ὀξύς, εὐχερῶς εὑρίσκων, πρὸς φιλίαν εὔχρηστος καὶ πρὸς κοινωνίαν. Ἔτι ἐξ ὑγρῶν πραγμάτων πορίζουσι τοὺς πορισμοὺς ἀπόλλουσιν.

En Hydrochoǭ typos; megethei tetragōnos, stomati oligǭ, ophthalmois oxesi, leptois, gorgois, epitaktēs, acharistos, oxys, eucherōs heuriskōn, pros philian euchrēstos kai pros koinōnian. Eti ex hygrōn pragmatōn porizousi tous porismous apollousin.

Type in the Water-carrier: square in size, small mouth, sharp eyes, fine, fierce; commanding, ungrateful, sharp, finding things easily, useful for friendship and partnership. Also, they make their gains from moist things and lose their gains.

4.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 86–88

Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· σιγηροί, αἰσχυντηροί, συνήθεις, μοιχοί, σκνιφοί, πράγμασι ποιούμενοι, θορυβιασταί, καθάριοι, εὐφυεῖς, καλοί, ὀφρύσι μεγάλαις· πολλάκις ἐν λεπτοῖς πράγμασι γεννῶνται καὶ δίφρων πραγματείαν γυμνάζουσι. τινὶ ἂν καλῶς ποιήσωσιν, οὐδεὶς αὐτοῖς χάριτας ἀποδιδοῖ.

Hoi autoi physeōs; sigēroi, aischyntēroi, synētheis, moichoi, skniphoi, pragmasi poioumenoi, thorybiastai, katharioi, euphyeis, kaloi, ophrysi megalais; pollakis en leptois pragmasi gennōntai kai diphrōn pragmateian gymnazousi. tini an kalōs poiēsōsin, oudeis autois charitas apodidoi.

The same by nature: silent, bashful, sociable, adulterers, stingy, busy with affairs, turbulent, clean, gifted, good, with large eyebrows; they are often born in slender circumstances and practice the trade of chariots. If they do good to anyone, no one gives them thanks.

item 4, chapter 26

4.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

Ἐν Ἰχθύσι τύπος· μήκει μέσῳ, ὡς ἰχθύες μετώπῳ ὀξεῖ, τριχὶ δασείᾳ· πολλάκις πολιοὶ ταχέως γίνονται.

En Ichthysi typos; mēkei mesǭ, hōs ichthyes metōpǭ oxei, trichi daseią; pollakis polioi tacheōs ginontai.

Type in the Fishes: medium height, sharp forehead like fish, thick hair; they often become grey quickly.

4.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

Οἱ αὐτοὶ φύσεως· ψυχῇ μεγάλῃ, ἁπλοῖ, ὀργίλοι, φειδωλοί, λάλοι, πρώτῃ ἡλικίᾳ ἔσονται ὑπνωτικοί, διʼ ἑαυτῶν πραγματείαν πρᾶξαι θέλουσιν, ἔνδοξοι, τολμηροί, ζηλωτικοί, κατήγοροι, τόπον ἀλλάσσοντες, φιληταί, ὀρχησταί, εἰς φιλίαν ὠφέλιμοι.

Hoi autoi physeōs; psychę̄ megalę̄, haploi, orgiloi, pheidōloi, laloi, prōtę̄ hēlikią esontai hypnōtikoi, diʼ heautōn pragmateian praxai thelousin, endoxoi, tolmēroi, zēlōtikoi, katēgoroi, topon allassontes, philētai, orchēstai, eis philian ōphelimoi.

The same by nature: great-souled, simple, irascible, stingy, talkative; in their first age they will be sleepy; they want to do business by themselves; reputable, bold, jealous, accusers, changing place, loving, dancers, useful in friendship.

item 4, chapter 27

4.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

Ἐπεὶ καὶ τούτων τὴν θαυμαστὴν σοφίαν ἐξεθέμεθα τήν τε πολυμέριμνον αὐτῶν διʼ ἐπινοίας μαντικὴν οὐκ ἀπεκρύψαμεν, οὐδὲ ἐν οἷς σφαλλόμενοι ματαιάζουσι σιωπήσομεν. Ἄστρων γὰρ ὀνόμασιν εἴδη καὶ φύσεις ἀνθρώπων παραβάλλοντες πῶς ἠσθένησαν!

Epei kai toutōn tēn thaumastēn sophian exethemetha tēn te polymerimnon autōn diʼ epinoias mantikēn ouk apekrypsamen, oude en hois sphallomenoi mataiazousi siōpēsomen. Astrōn gar onomasin eidē kai physeis anthrōpōn paraballontes pōs ēsthenēsan!

Since we have set out the marvelous wisdom of these men too, and have not concealed their divination, so full of care, by conjecture, we shall not keep silent either about where they go astray and talk vanity. For how weak they have shown themselves in comparing the forms and natures of men to the names of stars!

4.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄστρα ἴσμεν τοὺς ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ὀνομάσαντας ἰδίαν κατʼ ἔννοιαν ὀνόμασι κεκληκέναι πρὸς τὸ εὔσημα καὶ εὐεπίγνωστα τυγχάνειν. Τίς γὰρ τούτων ὁμοιότης πρὸς τὴν τῶν ζῳδίων εἰκόνα, ἢ τίς ὁμοία φύσις πράξεώς τε καὶ ἐνεργείας, ἵνα τις τὸν ἐν Λέοντι φάσκῃ θυμικόν, τὸν δὲ ἐν Παρθένῳ μέτριον ἢ ἐν Καρκίνῳ κακόν, τοὺς δὲ ἐν.

ta men gar astra ismen tous apʼ archēs onomasantas idian katʼ ennoian onomasi keklēkenai pros to eusēma kai euepignōsta tynchanein. Tis gar toutōn homoiotēs pros tēn tōn zǭdiōn eikona, ē tis homoia physis praxeōs te kai energeias, hina tis ton en Leonti phaskę̄ thymikon, ton de en Parthenǭ metrion ē en Karkinǭ kakon, tous de en.

For we know that those who named the stars from the beginning called them by names according to their own notion, so that they might be easy to mark and recognize. For what likeness have these to the image of the signs, or what like nature of action and activity, that one should say the man in the Lion is passionate, the one in the Virgin moderate, or the one in the Crab bad, and those in …

item 4, chapter 28

4.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

.... λαβὼν καὶ γράψαι τὸν πυνθανόμενον ἀξιοῖ τί ἂν πυθέσθαι τῶν δαιμόνων θέλῃ [ὕδατι] μόνον.

.... labōn kai grapsai ton pynthanomenon axioi ti an pythesthai tōn daimonōn thelę̄ [hydati] monon.

… taking it, he asks the inquirer to write what he wishes to ask of the demons, [in water] only.

4.28.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 88

Εἶτα συμπτύξας τὸν χάρτην τῷ παιδὶ δοὺς ἀποπέμπει καυθησόμενον, ἵνʼ οἴχ[ηται φέρ]ων ὁ καπνὸς τοῖς δαίμοσι τὰ γράμματα· τοῦ δὲ τὸ κελευσθὲν πράξοντος πρῶτα μὲν ἀφαιρεῖ τοῦ χάρτου μοίρας ἴσας· πλείονας δέ τινας σκήπτεται ἐγγράφειν ἑβραϊκοῖς γράμμασι δαίμονας, εἶτα μάγων Αἰγυπτίων θύσας τὸ καλούμενον κῦφι θυμίαμα ταῦτα μὲν ἐπαιωρήσας κατὰ τοῦ θυμιάματος φέρει· ὅ δʼ ἔτυχε γράψας ὁ πυνθανόμενος θεὶς κατὰ τῶν ἀνθράκων ἔκαυ[σεν],

Eita symptyxas ton chartēn tǭ paidi dous apopempei kauthēsomenon, hinʼ oich[ētai pher]ōn ho kapnos tois daimosi ta grammata; tou de to keleusthen praxontos prōta men aphairei tou chartou moiras isas; pleionas de tinas skēptetai engraphein hebraïkois grammasi daimonas, eita magōn Aigyptiōn thysas to kaloumenon kyphi thymiama tauta men epaiōrēsas kata tou thymiamatos pherei; ho dʼ etyche grapsas ho pynthanomenos theis kata tōn anthrakōn ekau[sen],

Then, folding the paper, he gives it to the boy and sends him off to burn it, so that the smoke may go carrying the letters to the demons. While the boy is doing what he was ordered, he first tears off equal parts of the paper, and on some more of them he pretends to write the names of demons in Hebrew letters; then, burning the incense of the Egyptian magi called kyphi, he holds these up over the incense and carries them; and what the inquirer happened to write, he placed on the coals and burned it,

4.28.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 88–90

εἶτα θεοφορεῖσθαι δοκῶν, εἰσπεσὼν τῷ μυχῷ μέγα καὶ ἀπηχὲς κέκραγε καὶ πᾶσιν ἀσύνετον·... [π]ολὺ δὲ πάντας τοὺς παρόντας... καὶ τὸν φρῦν [χάρ]τῃ ἐγγρα[φέντα] ἐπικαλοῦντες δαίμονα ἐπειδὰν εἰσελθόντες παραστῶσιν οἱ παρόντες ἐπὶ... βαλὼν τὸν παῖδα πολλὰ ἐπιλέγει αὐτῷ, τοῦτο μὲν ἑλλάδι φωνῇ τοῦτο δὲ ὡς ἑβραΐδι, τὰς συνήθεις τοῖς μάγοις ἐπαοιδάς· ὁ δὲ ἐνάρχεται προσπευσόμενος.

eita theophoreisthai dokōn, eispesōn tǭ mychǭ mega kai apēches kekrage kai pasin asyneton;... [p]oly de pantas tous parontas... kai ton phryn [char]tę̄ engra[phenta] epikalountes daimona epeidan eiselthontes parastōsin hoi parontes epi... balōn ton paida polla epilegei autǭ, touto men helladi phōnę̄ touto de hōs hebraïdi, tas synētheis tois magois epaoidas; ho de enarchetai prospeusomenos.

then, seeming to be possessed by the god, he rushes into the inner chamber and shouts something loud and discordant and unintelligible to all; … all who are present … invoking the demon Phryn, written on the paper; when those present have come in and stand by, … putting the boy …, he says many things over him, some in Greek and some as if in Hebrew, the incantations usual among the magi; and he begins to inquire.

4.28.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 90

Καὶ ἔνδον φιάλη ὕδατος πλήρης, ᾗ ἐμβαλὼν χάλκανθον καὶ τήξας τὸ φάρμακον τὸ δῆθεν ἐξαλειφθὲν χαρτίον διʼ αὐτοῦ καταρράνας τὰ φωλεύοντα καὶ κεκρυμμένα γράμματα πάλιν εἰς φῶς ἐλθεῖν ἀναγκάζει, διʼ ὧν μανθάνει ἅπερ ὁ πυθόμενος ἔγραψε. Καὶ διὰ τοῦ χαλκάνθου δέ τις εἰ γράψειε καὶ τῆς κηκῖδος ὑποθυμιάσειε λελειωμένης, φανερὰ γένοιτʼ ἂν τὰ κεκρυμμένα γράμματα.

Kai endon phialē hydatos plērēs, hę̄ embalōn chalkanthon kai tēxas to pharmakon to dēthen exaleiphthen chartion diʼ autou katarranas ta phōleuonta kai kekrymmena grammata palin eis phōs elthein anankazei, diʼ hōn manthanei haper ho pythomenos egrapse. Kai dia tou chalkanthou de tis ei grapseie kai tēs kēkidos hypothymiaseie leleiōmenēs, phanera genoitʼ an ta kekrymmena grammata.

Inside there is a bowl full of water; putting copper sulfate into it and dissolving the drug, he sprinkles the supposedly blotted-out paper with it and forces the lurking, hidden letters to come to light again, by which he learns what the inquirer wrote. And if one writes with copper sulfate and then fumigates it with ground oak-gall, the hidden letters would become visible.

4.28.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 90

Καὶ γάλακτι δὲ εἰ γράψειέ τις, εἶτα χάρτην καύσας καὶ λειώσας ἐπιπάσας τρίψειεν ἐπὶ τοῖς τῷ γάλακτι γεγραμμένοις γράμμασιν, ἔσται πρόδηλα. Καὶ οὖρον δὲ καὶ γάρον καὶ τιθυμάλου ὀπὸς καὶ συκῆς ποιεῖ τὸ ὅμοιον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔμαθε τὴν ἐρώτησιν οὕτως, τίνα χρὴ τρόπον ἀποκρίνεσθαι προὐνόησε.

Kai galakti de ei grapseie tis, eita chartēn kausas kai leiōsas epipasas tripseien epi tois tǭ galakti gegrammenois grammasin, estai prodēla. Kai ouron de kai garon kai tithymalou opos kai sykēs poiei to homoion. Epeidē de emathe tēn erōtēsin houtōs, tina chrē tropon apokrinesthai prounoēse.

And if one writes with milk, then burns paper, grinds it, sprinkles it, and rubs it on the letters written in milk, they will be clear. Urine too, and fish sauce, and the juice of spurge and of the fig tree do the same. When he has learned the question in this way, he has thought out beforehand how he ought to answer.

4.28.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 90

Καὶ λοιπὸν εἴσω παρελθεῖν κελεύει τοὺς παρόντας δάφνας ἔχοντας καὶ σείοντας καὶ κεκραγότας καὶ τὸν φρῆν ἐπικαλοῦντας δαίμονα· καὶ γὰρ ἐπικαλεῖν τούτοις πρέπει καὶ τοῦτο αἰτεῖν παρὰ δαιμόνων ἄξιον, ὃ διʼ αὑτῶν παρέχειν οὐ θέλουσιν ἀπολέσαντες τὰς φρένας. Τὸ δὲ ἄκοσμον τῆς βοῆς καὶ ὁ ψόφος οἷς ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ πεποιηκέναι νομίζεται παρακολουθεῖν ἐκώλυσε. Τίνα δὲ ταῦτα ἐστί, καιρὸς λοιπὸν λέγειν.

Kai loipon eisō parelthein keleuei tous parontas daphnas echontas kai seiontas kai kekragotas kai ton phrēn epikalountas daimona; kai gar epikalein toutois prepei kai touto aitein para daimonōn axion, ho diʼ hautōn parechein ou thelousin apolesantes tas phrenas. To de akosmon tēs boēs kai ho psophos hois en aporrētǭ pepoiēkenai nomizetai parakolouthein ekōlyse. Tina de tauta esti, kairos loipon legein.

And then he bids those present come in holding laurel branches, shaking them and shouting and invoking the demon Phren; and indeed it is fitting for them to invoke him and worthy to ask of demons what they will not furnish of themselves, having lost their wits. The disorderly shouting and noise prevented them from following what he is thought to have done in secret. What these things are, it is now time to say.

4.28.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 90

Πολὺ μὲν οὖν τυγχάνει τὸ σκότος. Λέγει γὰρ ἀδύνατον τὰ θεῖα ὁρᾷν θνητὴν φύσιν, ἱκανὸν γὰρ τὸ ὁμιλεῖν. Κατακλίνας δὲ τὸν παῖδα πρηνῆ καὶ δύο τῶν γραμματιδίων ἐκείνων, ἅπερ ἦν ἐγγεγραμμένα ἑβραϊκοῖς δῆθεν γράμμασιν ὡς δαιμόνων ὀνόματα, πλευρᾷ παραθεὶς ἑκατέρᾳ τὰ λοιπὰ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἐνθήσειν λέγει.

Poly men oun tynchanei to skotos. Legei gar adynaton ta theia horąn thnētēn physin, hikanon gar to homilein. Kataklinas de ton paida prēnē kai dyo tōn grammatidiōn ekeinōn, haper ēn engegrammena hebraïkois dēthen grammasin hōs daimonōn onomata, pleurą paratheis hekaterą ta loipa tois ōsin enthēsein legei.

There is much darkness. For he says it is impossible for mortal nature to see divine things; it is enough to converse with them. Laying the boy face down, and placing two of those little writings, which were written supposedly in Hebrew letters as the names of demons, beside each side, he says he will put the rest into his ears.

4.28.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 90–92

Ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἀναγκαῖον, ἵνα τι παραθῇ τοῖς ὠσὶ τοῦ παιδὸς ὄργανον, διʼ οὗ πᾶν ἔστι σημᾶναι θέλοντα· ἠχεῖ δὲ τὸ πρῶτον ἵνα φοβηθῇ ὁ παῖς, καὶ δεύτερον ἐπιβομβεῖ, ἔπειτα τὸ τρίτον λαλεῖ διὰ τοῦ ὀργάνου, ἃ λέγειν τὸν παῖδα βούλεται, καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ πράγματος ὡς δοκεῖ, εἶτα τοὺς μὲν παρόντας ἡσυχάζειν ποιεῖ, τὸν δὲ ἃ παρὰ τῶν δαιμόνων ἤκουσε σημαίνειν ἀξιοῖ.

Esti de touto auto anankaion, hina ti parathę̄ tois ōsi tou paidos organon, diʼ hou pan esti sēmanai thelonta; ēchei de to prōton hina phobēthę̄ ho pais, kai deuteron epibombei, epeita to triton lalei dia tou organou, ha legein ton paida bouletai, kai tēn ekbasin tou pragmatos hōs dokei, eita tous men parontas hēsychazein poiei, ton de ha para tōn daimonōn ēkouse sēmainein axioi.

But this is itself necessary, that he may put to the boy's ears an instrument through which he can signal all he wishes. First it makes a noise to frighten the boy, second it hums, and then third he speaks through the instrument what he wants the boy to say, and the outcome of the matter as he sees fit; then he makes those present keep quiet, and bids the boy declare what he heard from the demons.

4.28.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 92

Τὸ δὲ τοῖς ὠσὶ παρατεθὲν ὄργανον ἐστὶ φυσικὸν ὄργανον, τῶν μακροτραχήλων γεράνων ἢ πελαργῶν ἢ κύκνων ἀρτηρία· ὧν εἰ μηδέτερον παρῇ, ἐστὶ καὶ ἕτερα τέχνης ὄργανα· αὐλίσκοι γάρ τινες χάλκεοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν δέκα εἰς ἀλλήλους χωροῦντες, εἰς στενὸν ἀπολήγοντες εὐάρμοστοι γίνονται, διʼ ὧν πρὸς τὸ οὗς ὅσα θέλει φθέγγεται. Καὶ ταῦτα ὁ παῖς κατακούων ἐμφόβως ὡς ὑπὸ δαιμόνων λαλούμενα κελευσθεὶς ἀποφθέγγεται.

To de tois ōsi paratethen organon esti physikon organon, tōn makrotrachēlōn geranōn ē pelargōn ē kyknōn artēria; hōn ei mēdeteron parę̄, esti kai hetera technēs organa; auliskoi gar tines chalkeoi ton arithmon deka eis allēlous chōrountes, eis stenon apolēgontes euarmostoi ginontai, diʼ hōn pros to hous hosa thelei phthengetai. Kai tauta ho pais katakouōn emphobōs hōs hypo daimonōn laloumena keleustheis apophthengetai.

The instrument put to the ears is a natural one, the windpipe of long-necked cranes or storks or swans; if none of these is at hand, there are other instruments of art: some little bronze pipes, ten in number, fitting into one another and ending in a narrow end, become well joined, through which he utters to the ear whatever he wishes. And the boy, hearing these things fearfully as spoken by demons, declares them when bidden.

4.28.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 92

Εἰ δὲ καὶ σκύτος τις ῥάβδῳ περιθεὶς ὑγρὸν ξηράνας καὶ συναγαγὼν προσαρμόσῃ καὶ ἀποσπάσας τὴν ῥάβδον αὐλίσκου δίκην τὸ σκύτος ἐργάσηται, τὸ ὅμοιον ποιεῖ. Εἰ δέ τι τούτων μὴ παρῇ, βίβλον λαβὼν ἐπισπασάμενος ἔνδοθεν ὅσον χρῄζει ἐπὶ μῆκος ἐκτείνας, τὰ ὅμοια ἐνεργεῖ.

Ei de kai skytos tis rhabdǭ peritheis hygron xēranas kai synagagōn prosarmosę̄ kai apospasas tēn rhabdon auliskou dikēn to skytos ergasētai, to homoion poiei. Ei de ti toutōn mē parę̄, biblon labōn epispasamenos endothen hoson chrę̄zei epi mēkos ekteinas, ta homoia energei.

And if one wraps a moist hide around a rod, dries it, draws it together and fits it, and, pulling out the rod, makes the hide into a pipe, it does the same. If none of these is at hand, taking a book roll and drawing out from inside as much as he needs, stretching it to length, he produces the same effect.

4.28.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 92

Εἰ δὲ προειδείη ὅστις πάρεστι πευσόμενος, ἑτοιμότερος πρὸς πάντα γίνεται. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν πεῦσιν προμάθῃ, γράφει τῷ φαρμάκῳ· καὶ ὡς ἐμπαράσκευος ἱκανώτερος νομίζεται σαφῶς γράψας τὸ ἐρωτώμενον. Εἰ δὲ ἀγνοεῖ, ὑποτοπάζει καὶ ἀμφίβολον καὶ ποικίλην ἀποφαίνεταί τι δεχόμενον μετάφρασιν, ἵνα τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν ἄσημος οὖσα ἡ χρησμοδοσία εἰς πολλὰ ἔσται, ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ἐκβάσει τῶν συμβησομένων πρὸς τὸ συμβὰν πρόρρησις νομίζηται.

Ei de proeideiē hostis paresti peusomenos, hetoimoteros pros panta ginetai. Ei de kai tēn peusin promathę̄, graphei tǭ pharmakǭ; kai hōs emparaskeuos hikanōteros nomizetai saphōs grapsas to erōtōmenon. Ei de agnoei, hypotopazei kai amphibolon kai poikilēn apophainetai ti dechomenon metaphrasin, hina tēn men archēn asēmos ousa hē chrēsmodosia eis polla estai, epi de tę̄ ekbasei tōn symbēsomenōn pros to symban prorrēsis nomizētai.

If he knows in advance who is present to inquire, he is readier for everything. If he also learns the question beforehand, he writes with the drug; and as one well prepared he is thought more able, having clearly written what was asked. If he does not know, he guesses and declares something ambiguous and varied, open to interpretation, so that the oracle, being unclear at first, may apply to many things, and at the outcome of events may be thought a prediction of what happened.

4.28.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 92

Εἶτα λεκάνην πληρώσας ὕδατος ὡς ἄγραφον τὸν χάρτην καθίησι συνεμβαλὼν χάλκανθον. οὕτως γὰρ ἀνατέλλει τὴν ἀπόκρισιν φέρων ὁ γραφεὶς χάρτης. Τῷ μὲν δὴ παιδίῳ καὶ φαντασίαι φοβεραὶ γίνονται πολλάκις· καὶ γὰρ πληγὰς ἐμβάλλει εὐπόρως ἐκφοβῶν. Λίβανον γὰρ εἰς πῦρ ἐμβαλὼν πάλιν ποιεῖ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον. Βῶλον τῶν λεγομένων ὀρυκτῶν ἁλῶν κηρῷ Τυρρηνικῷ περισκεπάσας καὶ αὐτὸν δὲ λιβάνου βῶλον διχοτομήσας ἐντίθησι τοῦ ἅλατος χόνδρον, καὶ πάλιν συγκολλήσας ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων καιομένων τιθεὶς ἐᾷ.

Eita lekanēn plērōsas hydatos hōs agraphon ton chartēn kathiēsi synembalōn chalkanthon. houtōs gar anatellei tēn apokrisin pherōn ho grapheis chartēs. Tǭ men dē paidiǭ kai phantasiai phoberai ginontai pollakis; kai gar plēgas emballei euporōs ekphobōn. Libanon gar eis pyr embalōn palin poiei touton ton tropon. Bōlon tōn legomenōn oryktōn halōn kērǭ Tyrrēnikǭ periskepasas kai auton de libanou bōlon dichotomēsas entithēsi tou halatos chondron, kai palin synkollēsas epi anthrakōn kaiomenōn titheis eą.

Then, filling a basin with water, he lets down the paper as if unwritten, throwing copper sulfate in with it; for so the written paper rises bearing the answer. Frightening apparitions also often come to the boy; for he readily strikes blows to terrify him. Throwing frankincense into the fire, he again does it this way: covering a lump of what is called rock salt with Etruscan wax, and splitting a lump of frankincense itself in two, he puts in a grain of salt, glues it together again, puts it on burning coals, and leaves it.

4.28.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 92–94

Τοῦ δὲ συγκαέντος οἱ ἅλες ἀναπηδῶντες φαντασίαν ἀπεργάζονται ὥσπερ ξένου θεάματος γινομένου· αἱματώδη δὲ φλόγα ποιεῖ τὸ ἰνδικὸν μέλαν ἐντεθὲν τῷ λιβανωτῷ καθὼς προείπαμεν. Αἱματώδη δὲ ὑγρασίαν ποιεῖ κηρὸν ἀγχούσῃ ἀναμίξας καὶ ὡς ἔφην τῷ λιβανωτῷ τὸν κηρὸν ἐνθέμενος· ἄνθρακας δὲ κινεῖσθαι ποιεῖ σχιστὴν ὑποθεὶς στυπτηρίαν, ἧς λυομένης καὶ δίκην πομφολύγων διοιδούσης κινοῦνται οἱ ἄνθρακες.

Tou de synkaentos hoi hales anapēdōntes phantasian apergazontai hōsper xenou theamatos ginomenou; haimatōdē de phloga poiei to indikon melan entethen tǭ libanōtǭ kathōs proeipamen. Haimatōdē de hygrasian poiei kēron anchousę̄ anamixas kai hōs ephēn tǭ libanōtǭ ton kēron enthemenos; anthrakas de kineisthai poiei schistēn hypotheis styptērian, hēs lyomenēs kai dikēn pompholygōn dioidousēs kinountai hoi anthrakes.

When it has burned together, the salts leaping up produce an apparition as though a strange sight were taking place. Indian ink placed in the frankincense makes a bloody flame, as we said before. He makes a bloody liquid by mixing wax with alkanet and, as I said, putting the wax in the frankincense. He makes coals move by putting split alum underneath; as it dissolves and swells like bubbles, the coals move.

item 4, chapter 29

4.29.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 94

Ὠὰ δὲ διάφορα ἐπιδεικνύνται τὸν τρόπον τόνδε· κορυφὴν τρυπήσας ἐξ ἑκατέρων καὶ τὸ λευκὸν ὑπεξαγαγὼν αὖθις βάψας ἔμβαλε τὸ μὲν τῆς σινώπιδος, τὸ δὲ τοῦ γραφικοῦ μέλανος. Ἀπόφρασσε δὲ τὰς τρυμαλιὰς ξέσματι τῶν ὠῶν λείῳ μετʼ ὀποῦ συκῆς ἐμπλάσας.

Ōa de diaphora epideiknyntai ton tropon tonde; koryphēn trypēsas ex hekaterōn kai to leukon hypexagagōn authis bapsas embale to men tēs sinōpidos, to de tou graphikou melanos. Apophrasse de tas trymalias xesmati tōn ōōn leiǭ metʼ opou sykēs emplasas.

They show eggs of different colors in this way: piercing the top at each end and drawing out the white, then dipping it again, put in red ochre in one and writing ink in the other. Stop up the holes with fine egg-shell scrapings, plastering them with fig juice.

item 4, chapter 30

4.30.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 94

Τοῖς δὲ ἀμνοὺς ἀποτέμνεσθαι τὰς κεφαλὰς ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦσιν οὗτος ὁ τρόπος. Κρύβδην καυστικῷ φαρμάκῳ χρίσας τὸν φάρυγγα ἐᾷ παραθεὶς τὸ ξίφος· ὁ δὲ κνήθεσθαι θέλων προσπεσὼν τῇ μαχαίρᾳ θλίβων σφάζεται καὶ μικροῦ δεῖν ἀποτέμνει τὴν κεφαλήν. Ἔστι δὲ τὸ φάρμακον βρυωνία καὶ ἀδάρκη καὶ σκίλλα κατʼ ἴσον μεμιγμένα.

Tois de amnous apotemnesthai tas kephalas heautōn poiousin houtos ho tropos. Krybdēn kaustikǭ pharmakǭ chrisas ton pharynga eą paratheis to xiphos; ho de knēthesthai thelōn prospesōn tę̄ machairą thlibōn sphazetai kai mikrou dein apotemnei tēn kephalēn. Esti de to pharmakon bryōnia kai adarkē kai skilla katʼ ison memigmena.

This is the way they make lambs cut off their own heads. Secretly smearing the throat with a caustic drug, he leaves it with a sword placed beside it; and the animal, wanting to scratch itself, falls on the knife, pressing on it, and is slaughtered and almost cuts off its head. The drug is bryony and sea-salt efflorescence and squill mixed in equal parts.

4.30.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 94

Ἵνα δὲ λάθῃ φέρων τὸ φάρμακον, φέρει πυξίδα διπλῆν κερατίνην, ἧς τὸ φανερὸν μέρος ἔχει λιβανωτόν, τὸ δὲ ἀφανὲς φάρμακον· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶ τοῦ τεθνηξομένου ἐμβάλλει ὑδράργυρον· ἔστι δὲ θανατηφόρον φάρμακον.

Hina de lathę̄ pherōn to pharmakon, pherei pyxida diplēn keratinēn, hēs to phaneron meros echei libanōton, to de aphanes pharmakon; alla kai tois ōsi tou tethnēxomenou emballei hydrargyron; esti de thanatēphoron pharmakon.

So that he may not be noticed carrying the drug, he carries a double box of horn, whose visible part holds frankincense and the hidden part the drug; and he also puts quicksilver into the ears of the animal that is to die; it is a deadly drug.

item 4, chapter 31

4.31.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 94

Αἰγῶν δὲ κἂν ἐπιπλάσῃ τις κηρωτῇ τὰς ἀκοάς, φασὶ θνήσκειν μετʼ ὀλίγον ἀναπνεῖν κωλυομένας· ὁδὸν γὰρ αὐταῖς ταύτην εἶναι λέγουσι τοῦ διʼ ἀναπνοῆς ἑλκομένου πνεύματος. Κριὸν δὲ θνήσκειν φασίν, εἰ κατʼ ἄντικρύς τις ἀνακλάσειεν ἡλίου. Οἶκον δὲ ποιοῦσι καίεσθαι τῶν θαλαττίων τινὸς ἰχῶρι χριόμενον τοῦ καλουμένου δακτύλου.

Aigōn de kan epiplasę̄ tis kērōtę̄ tas akoas, phasi thnēskein metʼ oligon anapnein kōlyomenas; hodon gar autais tautēn einai legousi tou diʼ anapnoēs helkomenou pneumatos. Krion de thnēskein phasin, ei katʼ antikrys tis anaklaseien hēliou. Oikon de poiousi kaiesthai tōn thalattiōn tinos ichōri chriomenon tou kaloumenou daktylou.

They say that if one plasters the ears of goats with wax salve, they die shortly after, being prevented from breathing; for they say this is their passage for the breath drawn in by respiration. They say a ram dies if one bends its head back facing the sun. They make a house burn by smearing it with the juice of a certain sea creature called the dactyl.

4.31.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 94

Καὶ τὸ διὰ τῆς ἅλμης δὲ πάνυ χρήσιμον. Ἔστι δὲ ἀφρὸς θαλάσσης ἐν ὀστρακίνῳ στάμνῳ μετὰ γλυκέων ἡψημένος, ᾧ ζέσαντι λύχνον ἐὰν προσάγῃς καιόμενον, ἁρπάσαν τὸ πῦρ ἐξάπτεται, καὶ καταχυθὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς οὐ καίει τὸ σύνολον. Εἰ δὲ καὶ μαννῇ ἐπιπάσσεις ζέοντι, πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐξάπτεται. Βέλτιον δὲ δρᾷ, εἰ καὶ θείου τι προςλάβοι.

Kai to dia tēs halmēs de pany chrēsimon. Esti de aphros thalassēs en ostrakinǭ stamnǭ meta glykeōn hēpsēmenos, hǭ zesanti lychnon ean prosagę̄s kaiomenon, harpasan to pyr exaptetai, kai katachythen tēs kephalēs ou kaiei to synolon. Ei de kai mannę̄ epipasseis zeonti, pollǭ mallon exaptetai. Beltion de drą, ei kai theiou ti proslaboi.

And the trick with brine is very useful. It is sea foam boiled with sweet wine in an earthenware jar; if you bring a burning lamp to it as it boils, it catches the fire and blazes, and poured on the head it does not burn at all. If you also sprinkle frankincense powder on it as it boils, it blazes much more. It works better still if it takes some sulfur too.

item 4, chapter 32

4.32.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 94–96

Βροντὴ γίνεται τρόποις πλείοσι· λίθοι τε γὰρ πλείονες καὶ μείζονες κατὰ κρημνῶν φερόμενοι διὰ σανίδων ἐπικαταπίπτουσι χαλκοῖς ἐλάσμασι καὶ βροντῇ παραπλήσιον τελοῦσι ψόφον. καὶ σανίδα δὲ λεπτήν, ᾗπερ οἱ γναφεῖς τὴν ἐσθῆτα πιέζουσι, σχοινίῳ λεπτῷ περιειλήσαντες, εἶτα ῥοίζῳ τὴν σχοῖνον ἐπισπώμενοι ῥομβοῦσι τὴν σανίδα, ἡ δὲ δονουμένη ἦχον βροντῆς ἀπεργάζεται.

Brontē ginetai tropois pleiosi; lithoi te gar pleiones kai meizones kata krēmnōn pheromenoi dia sanidōn epikatapiptousi chalkois elasmasi kai brontę̄ paraplēsion telousi psophon. kai sanida de leptēn, hę̄per hoi gnapheis tēn esthēta piezousi, schoiniǭ leptǭ perieilēsantes, eita rhoizǭ tēn schoinon epispōmenoi rhombousi tēn sanida, hē de donoumenē ēchon brontēs apergazetai.

Thunder is produced in several ways. Many large stones, carried down steep slopes over planks, fall on bronze plates and make a noise like thunder. And they wind a thin cord around a thin board, such as fullers press clothes with, and then, pulling the cord with a whirring, they spin the board, and it, vibrating, produces a sound of thunder.

4.32.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 96

Ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως παίζεται. Ἕτερα δὲ ἃ καὶ αὐτὰ οἱ παιζόμενοι ὡς μεγάλα νομίζουσιν ἐκθήσομαι. Πίσσης λέβητα μεστὸν ἐπʼ ἀνθράκων καιομένων τιθέντες, ἐπὰν βράσῃ, καθιέντες τὰς χεῖρας οὐ καίονται· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων πυρὸς περιπατοῦντες γυμνοῖς ποσὶν οὐ καίονται· ἀλλὰ καὶ πυραμίδα λιθίνην θεὶς ἐπὶ πυρὰν καίεσθαι ποιεῖ· ἔκ τε τοῦ στόματος πολὺν καπνὸν προφέρει καὶ πυρώδη· εἶτα καὶ σινδόνα ἐπιθεὶς ἐπὶ λεκάνῃ ὕδατος, πολλοὺς ἐπιβαλὼν ἄνθρακας καιομένους ἄκαυστον φυλάττει τὴν σινδόνα·

Tauta men houtōs paizetai. Hetera de ha kai auta hoi paizomenoi hōs megala nomizousin ekthēsomai. Pissēs lebēta meston epʼ anthrakōn kaiomenōn tithentes, epan brasę̄, kathientes tas cheiras ou kaiontai; alla kai epi anthrakōn pyros peripatountes gymnois posin ou kaiontai; alla kai pyramida lithinēn theis epi pyran kaiesthai poiei; ek te tou stomatos polyn kapnon propherei kai pyrōdē; eita kai sindona epitheis epi lekanę̄ hydatos, pollous epibalōn anthrakas kaiomenous akauston phylattei tēn sindona;

These things, then, are played thus. I shall set out other things which those who are played upon also think great. Setting a cauldron full of pitch on burning coals, when it boils, they put their hands in and are not burned; and walking on coals of fire with bare feet they are not burned; and placing a stone pyramid on a pyre he makes it burn; and he brings much fiery smoke out of his mouth; then, putting a linen cloth over a basin of water and throwing many burning coals on it, he keeps the cloth unburned.

4.32.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 96

σκότος δὲ ἐν οἴκῳ ποιήσας ἐπεισάγειν φάσκει θεοὺς ἢ δαίμονας, καὶ εἴ πη ἀπαιτεῖ τις Ἀσκληπιὸν δεικνύναι, ἐπικαλεῖται οὕτως λέγων· Υἷα πάλαι φθίμενον, πάλιν ἄμβροτον, Ἀπόλλωνος κικλῄσκω λοιβαῖσι μολεῖν ἐπίκουρον ἐμαῖσιν· ὅς ποτε καὶ νεκύων ἀμενηνῶν μυρία φῦλα, Ταρτάρου εὐρώεντος ἀεικλαύτοισι μελάθροις δύσνοστον πλώοντα ῥόον, κελαδόν τε δίαυλον πᾶσιν ἴσον τελέσαντʼ ἄνδρεσσι [κατα]θνήτοισιν, λίμνῃ πὰρ γοόωντα καὶ ἄλλιτα κωκύοντα, αὐτὸς ἀμειδήτοιο ἐρύσαο Φερσεφονείης· εἴτʼ ἐφέπεις Τρίκης ἱερῆς ἕδος, εἴτʼ ἐρατεινὴν Πέργαμον, εἴτʼ ἐπὶ τοῖσιν Ἰαονίαν Ἐπίδαυρον, δεῦρο, μάκαρ, καλέει σε μάγων [πρόμος] ὧδε [παρεῖναι].

skotos de en oikǭ poiēsas epeisagein phaskei theous ē daimonas, kai ei pē apaitei tis Asklēpion deiknynai, epikaleitai houtōs legōn; Huia palai phthimenon, palin ambroton, Apollōnos kiklę̄skō loibaisi molein epikouron emaisin; hos pote kai nekyōn amenēnōn myria phyla, Tartarou eurōentos aeiklautoisi melathrois dysnoston plōonta rhoon, keladon te diaulon pasin ison telesantʼ andressi [kata]thnētoisin, limnę̄ par gooōnta kai allita kōkyonta, autos ameidētoio erysao Phersephoneiēs; eitʼ ephepeis Trikēs hierēs hedos, eitʼ erateinēn Pergamon, eitʼ epi toisin Iaonian Epidauron, deuro, makar, kaleei se magōn [promos] hōde [pareinai].

Making darkness in a house, he claims to bring in gods or demons; and if anyone asks him to show Asclepius, he invokes him thus, saying: "Son of Apollo, perished long ago and again immortal, I call you to come as helper to my libations; you who once rescued the countless tribes of feeble dead, who sail the hard-returning stream in the ever-wailing halls of mouldy Tartarus, the roaring double course that all mortal men alike complete, mourning by the lake and wailing without end: you yourself drew them from unsmiling Persephone. Whether you haunt the seat of holy Tricca, or lovely Pergamum, or besides them Ionian Epidaurus, come here, blessed one: the [chief] of the magi calls you to [be present] here."

item 4, chapter 33

4.33.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 96–98

Ἐπὰν δὲ χλευάζων λήξῃ, φαίνεται κατὰ τοῦ ἐδάφους πυρώδης Ἀσκληπιός. Εἶτα θεὶς ἐν μέσῳ λεκάνην πλήρη ὕδατος πάντας καλεῖ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ παραγίνονται. Ἐγκύψας γὰρ ὁ παρὼν ἐν τῇ λεκάνῃ ὄψεται πάντας καὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν ἅμα σκύλακας ὑλακτοῦντας ἄγουσαν. Οὐκ ὀκνήσομεν δὲ καὶ τούτων τὴν ἱστορίαν ὡς ἐπιχειροῦσι διηγήσασθαι.

Epan de chleuazōn lēxę̄, phainetai kata tou edaphous pyrōdēs Asklēpios. Eita theis en mesǭ lekanēn plērē hydatos pantas kalei tous theous kai paraginontai. Enkypsas gar ho parōn en tę̄ lekanę̄ opsetai pantas kai tēn Artemin hama skylakas hylaktountas agousan. Ouk oknēsomen de kai toutōn tēn historian hōs epicheirousi diēgēsasthai.

When he has finished his mockery, a fiery Asclepius appears on the floor. Then, placing in the middle a basin full of water, he calls all the gods, and they come. For whoever is present, bending over the basin, will see them all, and Artemis leading her baying hounds. We shall not hesitate to tell the account of these things too, how they contrive them.

4.33.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 98

Τῷ γὰρ λέβητι τῆς πίσσης ὡς ἐμβράσσοντι καθίησι τὰς χεῖρας· ὄξος δὲ καὶ νίτρον ἐμβαλὼν καὶ πίσσαν ὑγρὰν ὑποκαίει τὸν λέβητα· τὸ δὲ ὄξος ἄμα τῷ νίτρῳ μιγὲν ἀντιλαμβανόμενον θέρμης μικρᾶς κινεῖ τὴν πίσσαν ὡς μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας κινεῖν πομφόλυγας καὶ φαντασίαν μόνην παρέχειν ζέοντος· φθάνει δὲ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας πολλάκις ἅλμῃ νιψάμενος, διὸ οὐ πάνυ τι καίει, κἂν ἀληθῶς ζέῃ· εἰ δὲ μυρσίνῃ καὶ νίτρῳ καὶ σμύρνῃ μετʼ ὄξους μίξας ἐπιχρίσας ἀπονίψει τὰς χεῖρας ἅλμῃ πλειστάκις, οὐ καίεται· τοὺς δὲ πόδας οὐ καίεται ἰχθυοκόλλᾳ καὶ σαλαμάνδρᾳ χρισάμενος.

Tǭ gar lebēti tēs pissēs hōs embrassonti kathiēsi tas cheiras; oxos de kai nitron embalōn kai pissan hygran hypokaiei ton lebēta; to de oxos ama tǭ nitrǭ migen antilambanomenon thermēs mikras kinei tēn pissan hōs mechri tēs epiphaneias kinein pompholygas kai phantasian monēn parechein zeontos; phthanei de kai tas cheiras pollakis halmę̄ nipsamenos, dio ou pany ti kaiei, kan alēthōs zeę̄; ei de myrsinę̄ kai nitrǭ kai smyrnę̄ metʼ oxous mixas epichrisas aponipsei tas cheiras halmę̄ pleistakis, ou kaietai; tous de podas ou kaietai ichthyokollą kai salamandrą chrisamenos.

He puts his hands into the cauldron of pitch as though it were boiling; but he has thrown in vinegar and soda and liquid pitch and lights a fire under the cauldron; the vinegar mixed with the soda, taking a little heat, stirs the pitch so as to send bubbles up to the surface and give only the appearance of boiling. He has also washed his hands many times beforehand with brine, so that it hardly burns at all even if it truly boils. And if he mixes myrtle, soda, and myrrh with vinegar, smears them on, and washes his hands many times in brine, he is not burned; and he is not burned in the feet if he smears them with fish glue and salamander.

4.33.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 98

Τὸ δὲ τὴν πυραμίδα καίεσθαι δᾳδίου δίκην, οὖσαν λίθον, αὕτη αἰτία. Γῆ μέν ἐστι Κρητικὴ τὸ μὲν σχῆμα πεπλασμένη πυραμίς, τὸ δὲ χρῶμα ὡς λίθος γαλακτικός, κατασκευάζεται δὲ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· βρέξας ἐλαίῳ πλείονι τὴν βῶλον, θεὶς ἐπʼ ἀνθράκων, ὀπτήσας καὶ πάλιν βρέξας καὶ καύσας δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον καὶ πολλάκις καίεσθαι δύνασθαι παρασκευάζει, κἂν ὕδατι βραχῇ· ἔχει γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ πολὺ τὸ ἔλαιον· ἀνάπτεται δὲ διʼ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ μάγου σπεύδοντος, ἡ πυρὰ τίτανον ὑποκαιομένην ἔχουσα ἀντὶ σποδιᾶς καὶ λιβανωτὸν λεπτὸν καὶ πολὺν...

To de tēn pyramida kaiesthai dądiou dikēn, ousan lithon, hautē aitia. Gē men esti Krētikē to men schēma peplasmenē pyramis, to de chrōma hōs lithos galaktikos, kataskeuazetai de touton ton tropon; brexas elaiǭ pleioni tēn bōlon, theis epʼ anthrakōn, optēsas kai palin brexas kai kausas deuteron kai triton kai pollakis kaiesthai dynasthai paraskeuazei, kan hydati brachę̄; echei gar en heautǭ poly to elaion; anaptetai de diʼ autou, tou magou speudontos, hē pyra titanon hypokaiomenēn echousa anti spodias kai libanōton lepton kai polyn...

The reason the pyramid burns like a torch, though it is stone, is this. It is Cretan earth, molded into the shape of a pyramid and with the color of a milk-white stone, and it is prepared in this way: soaking the lump in plenty of oil, putting it on coals, baking it, soaking it again, and burning it a second and third time and often, he prepares it so that it can burn even if soaked in water; for it contains much oil in itself. The pyre is kindled by it, as the magician hurries, having quicklime burning underneath instead of ashes, and fine frankincense in quantity …

4.33.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 98

καὶ δᾳδίων κεχρισμένων αὐτορρύτων κηκίδων τε κενῶν ἔνδον πῦρ ἐχουσῶν· καπνὸν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἀνίει ἐγχρονίσας καὶ πῦρ κηκῖδι ἐμβαλὼν καὶ τῷ στυπείῳ συμπεριβαλὼν καὶ φυσῶν ἐν τῷ στόματι. τό γε μὴν περικείμενον τῇ λεκάνῃ σινδόνιον, ἐφʼ ὅ τίθησι τοὺς ἄνθρακας, διὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ἅλμην οὐκ ἐκαίετο, καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ ἦν ἅλμῃ προβεβρεγμένον, εἶτα κεχρισμένον ᾠοῦ τὸ λευκὸν μεθʼ ὑγρᾶς στυπτηρίας. Εἰ δὲ καὶ χυλὸν ἀειζώου τις τούτοις μετʼ ὄξους ἐπιμίξειε καὶ πρὸ πολλοῦ σφόδρα καταχρίσαι χρόνου, βαφὲν τῷ φαρμάκῳ μένει παντελῶς ἄκαυστον.

kai dądiōn kechrismenōn autorrytōn kēkidōn te kenōn endon pyr echousōn; kapnon de ek tou stomatos aniei enchronisas kai pyr kēkidi embalōn kai tǭ stypeiǭ symperibalōn kai physōn en tǭ stomati. to ge mēn perikeimenon tę̄ lekanę̄ sindonion, ephʼ ho tithēsi tous anthrakas, dia tēn hypokeimenēn halmēn ouk ekaieto, kai auto de ēn halmę̄ probebregmenon, eita kechrismenon ǭou to leukon methʼ hygras styptērias. Ei de kai chylon aeizōou tis toutois metʼ oxous epimixeie kai pro pollou sphodra katachrisai chronou, baphen tǭ pharmakǭ menei pantelōs akauston.

and oiled torches of self-flowing resin and hollow oak-galls with fire inside. He sends smoke out of his mouth after a delay, putting fire in an oak-gall, wrapping it in tow, and blowing in his mouth. The linen laid over the basin, on which he puts the coals, did not burn because of the brine beneath, and it had itself been soaked in brine beforehand and then smeared with egg white and liquid alum. And if one also mixes the juice of houseleek with these, with vinegar, and smears it thoroughly long beforehand, the cloth dipped in the drug remains entirely unburned.

item 4, chapter 34

4.34.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 98–100

Ἐπεὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀπορρήτων μαθημάτων συντόμως τὰς δυνάμεις ἐξεθέμεθα εὔκολόν τε τὴν μέθοδον αὐτῶν κατὰ γνῶσιν ἐδείξαμεν, οὐδὲ τοῦτο σιωπᾶν βουλόμεθα ὂν ἀναγκαῖον, ὡς σφραγῖδας λύοντες ἐσφραγισμένα τὰ γράμματα αὐταῖς ταῖς σφραγῖσιν ἀποδιδόασι· πίσσαν καὶ ῥητίνην καὶ θεῖον, ἔτι δὲ ἄσφαλτον ἶσα τήξαντες κολλυρίου σχήματι πλάσαντες φυλάττουσι· καιρὸς δὲ ὅταν ᾖ λύειν γραμματίδιον, τὴν γλῶσσαν ἐλαίῳ δεύσαντες, εἶτα ἐξ αὐτῆς τὴν σφραγῖδα χρίσαντες, πυρὶ συμμέτρῳ τὸ φάρμακον θερμάναντες ἐπιφέρουσι τῇ σφραγῖδι καὶ μέχρι ἂν παγῇ παντελῶς ἐῶσι, καὶ τούτῳ δίκην σημάντρου χρῶνται.

Epei men oun tōn parʼ autois aporrētōn mathēmatōn syntomōs tas dynameis exethemetha eukolon te tēn methodon autōn kata gnōsin edeixamen, oude touto siōpan boulometha on anankaion, hōs sphragidas lyontes esphragismena ta grammata autais tais sphragisin apodidoasi; pissan kai rhētinēn kai theion, eti de asphalton isa tēxantes kollyriou schēmati plasantes phylattousi; kairos de hotan ę̄ lyein grammatidion, tēn glōssan elaiǭ deusantes, eita ex autēs tēn sphragida chrisantes, pyri symmetrǭ to pharmakon thermanantes epipherousi tę̄ sphragidi kai mechri an pagę̄ pantelōs eōsi, kai toutǭ dikēn sēmantrou chrōntai.

Since we have briefly set out the powers of their secret teachings and shown their method to be easy to understand, we do not wish to keep silent about this either, since it is necessary: how, breaking seals, they return the sealed letters with the very same seals. Melting pitch, resin, sulfur, and also asphalt in equal parts, they shape it into the form of an eye salve and keep it. When the time comes to open a letter, they moisten the tongue with oil, then smear the seal with it; warming the drug on a moderate fire, they apply it to the seal and leave it until it sets completely, and they use it like a signet.

4.34.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 100

Φασὶ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν κηρὸν μετὰ πευκίνης ῥητίνης τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιεῖν καὶ μαστίχης μέρη δύο μετὰ ξηρᾶς ἀσφάλτου μέρους. Καὶ θεῖον δὲ μόνον ἐπιεικῶς ποιεῖ καὶ γύψου δὲ ἄνθος μεθʼ ὕδατος διειμένον καὶ κόμμεως, τοῦτο μὲν δὴ καὶ πρὸς τὸ σφραγῖσαι μόλιβδον τετηκότα ποιεῖ κάλλιστα.

Phasi de kai auton kēron meta peukinēs rhētinēs to paraplēsion poiein kai mastichēs merē dyo meta xēras asphaltou merous. Kai theion de monon epieikōs poiei kai gypsou de anthos methʼ hydatos dieimenon kai kommeōs, touto men dē kai pros to sphragisai molibdon tetēkota poiei kallista.

They say that wax itself with pine resin does the same, and two parts of mastic with one part of dry asphalt. Sulfur alone does it reasonably well, and flower of gypsum mixed with water and gum; this indeed does very well also for sealing melted lead.

4.34.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 100

Καὶ τὸ διὰ τοῦ τυρρηνικοῦ δὲ κηροῦ καὶ ῥητίνης φορυκτῆς καὶ πίσσης καὶ ἀσφάλτου [καὶ] μαστίχης καὶ λείας μαρμάρου, ἴσων ἁπάντων ἑψομένων, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ὧν ἔφην ἐστὶ μὲν βέλτιον, τὸ δὲ διὰ τῆς γύψου οὐκ ἔλαττον. Οὕτως μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰς σφραγῖδας λύειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τὰ ἔνδον γεγραμμένα μανθάνειν πειρώμενοι.

Kai to dia tou tyrrēnikou de kērou kai rhētinēs phoryktēs kai pissēs kai asphaltou [kai] mastichēs kai leias marmarou, isōn hapantōn hepsomenōn, tōn men allōn hōn ephēn esti men beltion, to de dia tēs gypsou ouk elatton. Houtōs men oun kai tas sphragidas lyein epicheirousi ta endon gegrammena manthanein peirōmenoi.

The mixture of Etruscan wax, tree resin, pitch, asphalt, [and] mastic, and powdered marble, all boiled in equal parts, is better than the others I have mentioned, and the one with gypsum is not inferior. In this way, then, they try to break the seals, attempting to learn what is written inside.

4.34.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 100

Ταύτας δὲ ὤκνουν τὰς μηχανὰς κατατάξαι ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ, ἐνορῶν μὴ ποτέ τις κακοῦργος ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν ἐπιχειρήσει· νῦν δὲ ἡ πολλῶν δυναμένων σωθῆναι νέων φροντὶς ἔπεισε διδάξαι καὶ προειπεῖν φυλακῆς ἕνεκεν· ὡς γὰρ χρήσεταί τις αὐταῖς πρὸς κακοῦ μάθησιν, οὕτω τις ἕτερος μαθὼν φυλάξεται, καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ οἱ τοῦ βίου λυμεῶνες μάγοι αἰσχυνθήσονται τῇ τέχνῃ χρώμενοι. Μαθόντες δὲ ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ταῦτα προ[διδαχθέντα] ἐμποδισθήσονται τυχὸν τῆς ἀπονοίας. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ λύηται ταύτῃ ἡ σφραγίς, στέαρ ὕειον καὶ τρίχας τῷ κηρῷ τις μίξας σφραγιζέτω.

Tautas de ōknoun tas mēchanas katataxai en tę̄ biblǭ, enorōn mē pote tis kakourgos aphormas labōn epicheirēsei; nyn de hē pollōn dynamenōn sōthēnai neōn phrontis epeise didaxai kai proeipein phylakēs heneken; hōs gar chrēsetai tis autais pros kakou mathēsin, houtō tis heteros mathōn phylaxetai, kai autoi de hoi tou biou lymeōnes magoi aischynthēsontai tę̄ technę̄ chrōmenoi. Mathontes de aphʼ hēmōn tauta pro[didachthenta] empodisthēsontai tychon tēs aponoias. Hina de mē lyētai tautę̄ hē sphragis, stear hyeion kai trichas tǭ kērǭ tis mixas sphragizetō.

I hesitated to set these devices down in the book, fearing that some evildoer might take occasion from them and attempt them; but now concern for the many young people who can be saved has persuaded me to teach and forewarn them for their protection. For as one will use them for learning evil, so another, having learned, will be on his guard; and the magi themselves, the corrupters of life, will be ashamed to use the art. And having learned these things, taught beforehand by us, they will perhaps be hindered from their madness. And so that a seal may not be broken in this way, let one seal it mixing pig's fat and hair with the wax.

item 4, chapter 35

4.35.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 100–102

Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὴν λεκανομαντείαν αὐτῶν οὖσαν πανούργημα σιωπήσομαι. Οἴκημα γάρ τι κεκλεισμένον σκευάσαντες καὶ κυανῷ τὸν ὄροφον χρίσαντες εἰς δὴ τὸ παρὸν ἐπάγονται σκεύη τινὰ κυάνεα καὶ ἀνατείνουσι, μέση δὲ λεκάνη κατὰ τῆς γῆς ὕδατος μεστὴ τίθεται, ἣ τὴν ἀντανάκλασιν τῆς κυανοῦ προςπεσοῦσαν δίκην οὐρανοῦ ἐνδείκνυσιν.

Allʼ oude tēn lekanomanteian autōn ousan panourgēma siōpēsomai. Oikēma gar ti kekleismenon skeuasantes kai kyanǭ ton orophon chrisantes eis dē to paron epagontai skeuē tina kyanea kai anateinousi, mesē de lekanē kata tēs gēs hydatos mestē tithetai, hē tēn antanaklasin tēs kyanou prospesousan dikēn ouranou endeiknysin.

Nor shall I keep silent about their bowl divination, which is a piece of knavery. Preparing a closed room and painting the ceiling blue, they bring in for the occasion some blue vessels and set them up; and in the middle a basin full of water is placed on the ground, which, as the reflection of the blue falls on it, shows it like the sky.

4.35.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 102

Ἔχει δὲ καὶ στόμιόν τι τὸ ἔδαφος λεληθός, ᾧ ἐπικειμένη ἡ λεκάνη τὸν μὲν πυθμένα ἔχει ὑάλου, αὐτὴ δὲ ἐστὶ πετρίνη, ὕπεστι δὲ οἶκος λεληθώς, εἰς ὃν συμπορευόμενοι οἱ συμπαῖκται σχήματα ὧν ἂν βούληται δεικνύναι ὁ μάγος θεῶν καὶ δαιμόνων ἐνδυσάμενοι ἐμφαίνουσιν, οὓς καθορῶν ὁ πλανώμενος τὸ πανούργημα καταπέπληγε τῶν μάγων, καὶ λοιπὸν πάντα πιστεύει τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ῥηθησόμενα.

Echei de kai stomion ti to edaphos lelēthos, hǭ epikeimenē hē lekanē ton men pythmena echei hyalou, autē de esti petrinē, hypesti de oikos lelēthōs, eis hon symporeuomenoi hoi sympaiktai schēmata hōn an boulētai deiknynai ho magos theōn kai daimonōn endysamenoi emphainousin, hous kathorōn ho planōmenos to panourgēma katapeplēge tōn magōn, kai loipon panta pisteuei ta hypʼ autou rhēthēsomena.

The floor also has a hidden opening, over which the basin is placed; the basin has a bottom of glass, though it is itself of stone; and beneath is a hidden room, into which the accomplices go, and dressed in the forms of whatever gods and demons the magician wishes to show, they make them appear. Seeing them, the deceived man is astonished at the knavery of the magi, and thereafter believes everything that will be said by him.

4.35.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 102

Δαίμονα δὲ ποιεῖ καίεσθαι, ἐν τοίχῳ διατυπώσας σχῆμα ὃ βούλεται, εἶτα λαθραίως ἐπιχρίει φαρμάκῳ μεμιγμένῳ τῷδε τῷ τρόπῳ·... λακωνικῷ καὶ ἀσφάλτῳ ζακυνθίᾳ, εἶτα ὡς ἀποφοιβάζων τὴν λαμπάδα προσφέρει τῷ τοίχῳ. Τὸ δὲ φάρμακον ἐκλάμψαν καίεται.

Daimona de poiei kaiesthai, en toichǭ diatypōsas schēma ho bouletai, eita lathraiōs epichriei pharmakǭ memigmenǭ tǭde tǭ tropǭ;... lakōnikǭ kai asphaltǭ zakynthią, eita hōs apophoibazōn tēn lampada prospherei tǭ toichǭ. To de pharmakon eklampsan kaietai.

He makes a demon burn by drawing the figure he wishes on a wall, then secretly smearing it with a drug mixed in this way: … Laconian … and Zacynthian asphalt; then, as though prophesying, he brings the torch to the wall. And the drug flashes up and burns.

4.35.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 102

Ἑκάτην δὲ δοκεῖν ἔμπυρον διατρέχειν ἐν ἀέρι οὕτω τεχνάζεται· συμπαίκτην τινὰ κρύψας ἐν τόπῳ ᾧ βούλεται, παραλαβὼν τοὺς πλανωμένους πείθει λέγων δείξειν διιππεύουσαν διʼ ἀέρος ἔμπυρον τὴν δαίμονα, οἷς παραγγέλλει τὰς ὄψεις ταχὺ φυλάσσεσθαι ἡνίκα ἴδωσιν ἐν ἀέρι τὴν φλόγα, καλυψαμένους τε ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πίπτειν, ἕως αὐτὸς καλῇ, καὶ ταῦτα διδάξας ἐν ἀσελήνῳ νυκτὶ διʼ ἐπῶν οὕτως φθέγγεται·

Hekatēn de dokein empyron diatrechein en aeri houtō technazetai; sympaiktēn tina krypsas en topǭ hǭ bouletai, paralabōn tous planōmenous peithei legōn deixein diippeuousan diʼ aeros empyron tēn daimona, hois parangellei tas opseis tachy phylassesthai hēnika idōsin en aeri tēn phloga, kalypsamenous te epi prosōpon piptein, heōs autos kalę̄, kai tauta didaxas en aselēnǭ nykti diʼ epōn houtōs phthengetai;

He contrives that Hecate should seem to run fiery through the air in this way. Hiding an accomplice in a place he chooses, he takes the deceived and persuades them, saying he will show the goddess riding fiery through the air. He instructs them quickly to guard their eyes when they see the flame in the air, and to cover themselves and fall on their faces until he calls them. Having taught them this, on a moonless night he utters these verses:

4.35.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 102

Νερτερίη χθονίη τε καὶ οὐρανίη μολὲ Βομβώ, εἰνοδίη, τριοδῖτι, φαεσφόρε, νυκτεροφοῖτι· ἐχθρὴ μὲν φωτός, νυκτὸς δὲ φίλη καὶ ἑταίρη, χαίρουσα σκυλάκων ὑλακῇ τε καὶ αἵματι φοινῷ, ἀν νέκυας στείχουσα κατʼ ἠρία τεθνηώτων, αἵματος ἱμείρουσα, φόβον θνητοῖσι φέρουσα, Γοργὼ καὶ Μορμὼ καὶ Μήνη καὶ πολύμορφε, ἔλθοις εὐάντητος ἐφʼ ἡμετέρῃσι θυηλαῖς.

Nerteriē chthoniē te kai ouraniē mole Bombō, einodiē, trioditi, phaesphore, nykterophoiti; echthrē men phōtos, nyktos de philē kai hetairē, chairousa skylakōn hylakę̄ te kai haimati phoinǭ, an nekyas steichousa katʼ ēria tethnēōtōn, haimatos himeirousa, phobon thnētoisi pherousa, Gorgō kai Mormō kai Mēnē kai polymorphe, elthois euantētos ephʼ hēmeterę̄si thyēlais.

"Infernal, earthly, and heavenly, come, Bombo, goddess of the roads, of the crossroads, light-bearer, night-wanderer, enemy of light, friend and companion of night, rejoicing in the baying of dogs and in red blood, stalking among the corpses along the tombs of the dead, longing for blood, bringing fear to mortals, Gorgo and Mormo and Mene and many-formed, come graciously to our sacrifices."

item 4, chapter 36

4.36.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 102–104

Ταῦτʼ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ πῦρ διʼ ἀέρος βλέπεται φερόμενον, οἱ δὲ φρίξαντες τὸ παράδοξον τῆς θέας καλύψαντες τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς ῥιπτοῦνται ἄναυδοι. Τὸ δὲ τῆς τέχνης μέγεθος τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον· ὁ συμπαίκτης, ὃν ἔφην κεκρυμμένον, ἡνίκα ἀκούσῃ παυσαμένης τῆς ἐπαοιδῆς, ἔχων ἴκτινα ἢ γῦπα περιειλημμένον στυπείῳ ἀνάψας ἀπολύει.

Tautʼ eipontos autou pyr diʼ aeros blepetai pheromenon, hoi de phrixantes to paradoxon tēs theas kalypsantes tous ophthalmous epi gēs rhiptountai anaudoi. To de tēs technēs megethos touton echei ton tropon; ho sympaiktēs, hon ephēn kekrymmenon, hēnika akousę̄ pausamenēs tēs epaoidēs, echōn iktina ē gypa perieilēmmenon stypeiǭ anapsas apolyei.

When he has said this, fire is seen carried through the air; and they, shuddering at the marvel of the sight, cover their eyes and throw themselves speechless on the ground. The greatness of the art is of this kind: the accomplice, whom I said was hidden, when he hears that the incantation has stopped, holding a kite or a vulture wrapped in tow, sets it alight and lets it go.

4.36.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 104

Ὁ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς φλογὸς ταρασσόμενος εἰς ὕψος ἐπαίρεται καὶ ὀξυτέραν τὴν πτῆσιν ποιεῖται· ὃ ἰδόντες οἱ μάταιοι ὥς τι θεῖον ἑωρακότες κρύπτονται. Τὸ δὲ πτηνὸν περιδινούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς οὗ ἂν φθάσῃ καταφέρεται· καὶ ποτὲ μὲν οἰκίας καταφλέγει, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ αὐλάς. Τοιαύτη ἡ μάγων πρόγνωσις.

Ho de hypo tēs phlogos tarassomenos eis hypsos epairetai kai oxyteran tēn ptēsin poieitai; ho idontes hoi mataioi hōs ti theion heōrakotes kryptontai. To de ptēnon peridinoumenon hypo tou pyros hou an phthasę̄ katapheretai; kai pote men oikias kataphlegei, pote de kai aulas. Toiautē hē magōn prognōsis.

The bird, disturbed by the flame, rises aloft and makes its flight swifter; seeing this, the foolish hide themselves as though they had seen something divine. The bird, whirling round because of the fire, comes down wherever it happens to; and sometimes it burns down houses, and sometimes courtyards too. Such is the foreknowledge of the magi.

item 4, chapter 37

4.37.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 104

Σελήνην δὲ ἐν ὀρόφῳ φαίνεσθαι δεικνύουσι καὶ ἀστέρας τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον· ἐν μέσῳ τῆς ὀρο(??) μέρει προσαρμόσας κάτοπτρον, τιθεὶς λεκάνην ὕδατος μεστὴν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῆς γῆς κατʼ ἴσον, λύχνον δὲ μέσον φαίνοντα ἀμαυρὸν μετεωρότερον τῆς λεκάνης θείς, οὕτως ἐκ τῆς ἀντανακλάσεως ἀποτελεῖ σελήνην φαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ

Selēnēn de en orophǭ phainesthai deiknyousi kai asteras touton ton tropon; en mesǭ tēs oro(??) merei prosarmosas katoptron, titheis lekanēn hydatos mestēn en tǭ mesǭ tēs gēs katʼ ison, lychnon de meson phainonta amauron meteōroteron tēs lekanēs theis, houtōs ek tēs antanaklaseōs apotelei selēnēn phainesthai dia tou

They show the moon and stars appearing on the ceiling in this way. Fitting a mirror in the middle part of the ceiling, placing a basin full of water in the middle of the floor directly beneath, and placing a dimly shining lamp in the middle, higher than the basin, he thus by reflection makes a moon appear through the

4.37.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 104

κατόπτρου· ἀλλὰ καὶ τύμπανον πολλάκις ὑφʼ ὑψηλοῦ πόρρωθεν ὄρθριον περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτι τινί, σκεπόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ συμπαίκτου, ἵνα μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ φανῇ, κατόπιν θεὶς λύχνον, ἐπὰν τὸ σύνθημα παράσχῃ τῷ συμπαίκτῃ, τοσοῦτον ἀφαιρεῖ τοῦ σκεπάσματος, ὅσον ἂν συνεργῆσαι τὸ προςμίμημα κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς σελήνης τὸ σχῆμα. Χρίει δὲ τὰ διαφαίνοντα τοῦ τυμπάνου μέρη κινναβάρει καὶ κόμμι......

katoptrou; alla kai tympanon pollakis hyphʼ hypsēlou porrōthen orthrion peribalōn esthēti tini, skepomenon hypo tou sympaiktou, hina mē pro kairou phanę̄, katopin theis lychnon, epan to synthēma paraschę̄ tǭ sympaiktę̄, tosouton aphairei tou skepasmatos, hoson an synergēsai to prosmimēma kata ton kairon tēs selēnēs to schēma. Chriei de ta diaphainonta tou tympanou merē kinnabarei kai kommi......

mirror. And often, too, placing a drum high up at a distance at dawn, covering it with some garment, hidden by the accomplice so that it may not appear before the time, and putting a lamp behind it, when he gives the signal to the accomplice, he removes as much of the covering as will help the imitation to match the shape of the moon at that time. He smears the transparent parts of the drum with cinnabar and gum ……

4.37.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 104

καὶ τῆς ἐτυμολογικῆς δὲ λαγήνου περικόψας τὸν τράχηλον καὶ τὸν πυθμένα, ἐνθεὶς λύχνον καὶ περιθείς τι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων πρὸς τὸ διαυγεῖν σχῆμα, τὰς ἐφʼ ὑψηλοῦ κρύβδην ὑπό τινος σκέπην τις τῶν συμπαικτῶν, μετὰ τὸ λαβεῖν τὸ σύνθημα ἐκ μετεώρου καταχεῖ τὰ μηχανήματα, ὥστε δοκεῖν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κατιέναι τὴν σελήνην.

kai tēs etymologikēs de lagēnou perikopsas ton trachēlon kai ton pythmena, entheis lychnon kai peritheis ti tōn epitēdeiōn pros to diaugein schēma, tas ephʼ hypsēlou krybdēn hypo tinos skepēn tis tōn sympaiktōn, meta to labein to synthēma ek meteōrou katachei ta mēchanēmata, hōste dokein ex ouranou katienai tēn selēnēn.

and, cutting off the neck and bottom of a … flask, putting a lamp inside and placing around it some shape suited to shine through, one of the accomplices, hidden high up under some cover, after receiving the signal, lets the devices down from aloft, so that the moon seems to come down from heaven.

4.37.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 104–106

Τὸ δὲ ὅμοιον καὶ διὰ χύτρας γίνεται ἐν ὑλώδεσι τόποις. Διὰ δὲ τῆς χύτρας καὶ τὰ κατʼ οἶκον παίζεται. Βωμοῦ γὰρ κειμένου κατόπιν κεῖται ἡ χύτρα ἔχουσα λύχνον φαίνοντα· ὄντων δὲ πλειόνων λύχνων οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον δείκνυται. Ἐπὰν οὖν ἐπικαλέσηται ὁ ἐπαοιδὸς τὴν σελήνην, πάντας κελεύει τοὺς λύχνους σβέννυσθαι, ἕνα δὲ ἀμαυρὸν καταλιπεῖν, καὶ τότε ἀντανακλᾷ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐκ τῆς χύτρας εἰς τὸν ὄροφον καὶ παρέχει φαντασίαν σελήνης τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἐπισκεπασθέντος τοῦ στόματος τῆς χύτρας πρὸς ὃ ἀπαιτεῖν ὁ καιρὸς δοκεῖ, ὡς μηνοειδῆ δείκνυσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀρόφῳ τὴν φαντασίαν.

To de homoion kai dia chytras ginetai en hylōdesi topois. Dia de tēs chytras kai ta katʼ oikon paizetai. Bōmou gar keimenou katopin keitai hē chytra echousa lychnon phainonta; ontōn de pleionōn lychnōn ouden toiouton deiknytai. Epan oun epikalesētai ho epaoidos tēn selēnēn, pantas keleuei tous lychnous sbennysthai, hena de amauron katalipein, kai tote antanaklą to phōs to ek tēs chytras eis ton orophon kai parechei phantasian selēnēs tois parousin, episkepasthentos tou stomatos tēs chytras pros ho apaitein ho kairos dokei, hōs mēnoeidē deiknysthai en tǭ orophǭ tēn phantasian.

The same is also done by means of a pot in wooded places. The indoor tricks are also played with the pot. An altar is set up, and behind it lies the pot with a shining lamp in it; while there are several lamps, nothing of the kind is shown. So when the enchanter invokes the moon, he orders all the lamps to be put out and one dim one left; and then the light from the pot is reflected onto the ceiling and gives those present the appearance of the moon, the mouth of the pot being covered as the occasion seems to require, so that the appearance on the ceiling is shown crescent-shaped.

item 4, chapter 38

4.38.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

Ἀστέρας δὲ εἶναι δοκεῖν ποιοῦσι θρισσῶν ἢ ἱππούρου φολίδες ὕδατι μετὰ κόμμεως δεδευμέναι καὶ προσπεπλασμέναι τῷ ὀρόφῳ κατὰ διαλείμματα.

Asteras de einai dokein poiousi thrissōn ē hippourou pholides hydati meta kommeōs dedeumenai kai prospeplasmenai tǭ orophǭ kata dialeimmata.

They make stars seem to be there with the scales of sprats or of the dolphin-fish, soaked in water with gum and stuck to the ceiling at intervals.

item 4, chapter 39

4.39.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

Σεισμοῦ δὲ φαντασίαν ποιοῦσιν, ὡς δοκεῖν πάντα κινεῖσθαι, κόπρον ἰχνεύμονος ἅμα τῇ σιδηραγωγούσῃ λίθῳ ἐπʼ ἀνθράκων πυρουμένην...

Seismou de phantasian poiousin, hōs dokein panta kineisthai, kopron ichneumonos hama tę̄ sidēragōgousę̄ lithǭ epʼ anthrakōn pyroumenēn...

They produce the appearance of an earthquake, so that everything seems to move, with ichneumon dung heated on coals together with the magnet stone …

item 4, chapter 40

4.40.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

Ἧπαρ δὲ δοκοῦν ἐγγεγραμμένον δεικνύουσι· τῇ μὲν ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ ἐπιγράφει ὃ βούλεται πρὸς τὴν πύστιν ἁρμοσάμενος, τὰ δὲ γράμματα κηκῖδι καὶ ὄξει δριμεῖ γράφεται. Ἔπειτα ἀνελόμενος τὸ ἧπαρ ἐπαναπαύσας τῇ ἀριστερᾷ ἐγχρονίζει, τὸ δὲ σπᾷ τὸν τύπον καὶ ὡς γεγράφθαι νομίζεται.

Hēpar de dokoun engegrammenon deiknyousi; tę̄ men aristerą cheiri epigraphei ho bouletai pros tēn pystin harmosamenos, ta de grammata kēkidi kai oxei drimei graphetai. Epeita anelomenos to hēpar epanapausas tę̄ aristerą enchronizei, to de spą ton typon kai hōs gegraphthai nomizetai.

They show a liver that seems to have writing on it. On his left hand he writes what he wishes, fitting it to the question, and the letters are written with oak-gall and sharp vinegar. Then, taking up the liver and resting it on his left hand, he waits a while; it draws the imprint and is thought to have been written on.

item 4, chapter 41

4.41.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

Κρανίον δὲ λαλεῖν ἐπὶ γῆς θέντες ἐπιτελοῦσι τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ· αὐτὸ μὲν πεποίηται ἐπιπλόου βοείου, πεπλασμένον [δὲ] κηρῷ τυρρηνικῷ καὶ γύψῳ ἀναπεποιημένῃ περιτεθέντος τοῦ ὑμένος ἔμφασιν κρανίου ἐνδείκνυται, ὃ πᾶσι λαλεῖν δοκεῖ ἐνεργοῦντος τοῦ ὀργάνου, καθʼ ὃν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς παισὶ διηγησάμεθα· γεράνου ἢ τινὸς τοιούτου μακροτραχήλου ζώου φάρυγγα σκευάσας, προσθεὶς τῷ κρανίῳ λεληθότως ὁ συμπαίκτης ἃ θέλει φθέγγεται. Ὃ ἐπὰν ἀφανὲς γενέσθαι θέλῃ, ἀνθράκων πλῆθος κύκλῳ περιθεὶς ὡς θυμιῶν ἐμφαίνεται, ὧν τῆς θέρμης ὁ κηρὸς ἀντιλαμβανόμενος λύεται, καὶ οὕτως ἀφανὲς τὸ κρανίον γεγονέναι νομίζεται.

Kranion de lalein epi gēs thentes epitelousi toutǭ tǭ tropǭ; auto men pepoiētai epiploou boeiou, peplasmenon [de] kērǭ tyrrēnikǭ kai gypsǭ anapepoiēmenę̄ peritethentos tou hymenos emphasin kraniou endeiknytai, ho pasi lalein dokei energountos tou organou, kathʼ hon tropon kai epi tois paisi diēgēsametha; geranou ē tinos toioutou makrotrachēlou zōou pharynga skeuasas, prostheis tǭ kraniǭ lelēthotōs ho sympaiktēs ha thelei phthengetai. Ho epan aphanes genesthai thelę̄, anthrakōn plēthos kyklǭ peritheis hōs thymiōn emphainetai, hōn tēs thermēs ho kēros antilambanomenos lyetai, kai houtōs aphanes to kranion gegonenai nomizetai.

They make a skull placed on the ground speak in this way. The skull itself is made of an ox's caul, molded [and] with Etruscan wax and prepared gypsum; with the membrane wrapped around it, it gives the appearance of a skull, which seems to all to speak when the instrument is at work, in the way we described in the case of the boys: preparing the windpipe of a crane or some such long-necked animal, the accomplice, fitting it secretly to the skull, utters what he wishes. When he wants it to disappear, he places a heap of coals around it as if burning incense; the wax, catching their heat, melts, and so the skull is thought to have vanished.

item 4, chapter 42

4.42.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

Ταῦτα μάγων ἔργα καὶ τοιάδε μυρία, ἃ τῇ τῶν ἐπῶν συμμετρίᾳ καὶ τῶν ἀξιοπίστως δρωμένων ἔργων φαντασίᾳ πείθει τοὺς ἄφρονας· ὧν τὴν τέχνην καταπλαγέντες οἱ αἱρεσιάρχαι ἐμιμήσαντο, τὸ μὲν ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ καὶ σκότῳ παραδιδόντες τὰ δοκούμενα, τὰ δὲ καὶ παραφράζοντες ὡς ἴδια·

Tauta magōn erga kai toiade myria, ha tę̄ tōn epōn symmetrią kai tōn axiopistōs drōmenōn ergōn phantasią peithei tous aphronas; hōn tēn technēn kataplagentes hoi hairesiarchai emimēsanto, to men en apokryphǭ kai skotǭ paradidontes ta dokoumena, ta de kai paraphrazontes hōs idia;

These are the works of the magi, and countless others like them, which by the symmetry of verses and the appearance of deeds performed convincingly persuade the foolish. The heresiarchs, astonished at their art, imitated it, handing on their supposed doctrines partly in secret and darkness, and partly paraphrasing them as their own.

4.42.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 106

τούτου χάριν ὑπομνῆσαι θέλοντες τοὺς πολλοὺς περιεργότεροι ἐγενήθημεν πρὸς τὸ μὴ καταλιπεῖν τινὰ τόπον τοῖς ἐθέλουσι πλανᾶσθαι· ἀπηνέχθημεν δὲ οὐκ ἀλόγως εἴς τινα τῶν μάγων ἀπόρρητα, ἃ πρὸς μὲν τὸ προκείμενον οὐ πάνυ ἀναγκαῖα ἦν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ φυλάσσεσθαι τὴν τῶν μάγων πανοῦργον καὶ ἀσύστατον τέχνην εὔχρηστα ἐνομίζετο.

toutou charin hypomnēsai thelontes tous pollous periergoteroi egenēthēmen pros to mē katalipein tina topon tois ethelousi planasthai; apēnechthēmen de ouk alogōs eis tina tōn magōn aporrēta, ha pros men to prokeimenon ou pany anankaia ēn, pros de to phylassesthai tēn tōn magōn panourgon kai asystaton technēn euchrēsta enomizeto.

For this reason, wishing to remind the many, we have been rather thorough, so as to leave no room for those who wish to lead astray. Not without reason we were carried off into some of the secrets of the magi, which were not wholly necessary for the matter in hand, but were thought useful for guarding against the knavish and incoherent art of the magi.

4.42.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 106–108

Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν, ὡς εἰκάσαι ἔστι, τὰς πάντων δόξας ἐξεθέμεθα, πολλὴν φροντίδα ποιήσαντες πρὸς τὸ φανερῶσαι τὰ ὡς ξένα ὑπὸ τῶν αἱρεσιαρχῶν ἐπεισαγόμενα πρὸς θεοσέβειαν ὄντα μάταια καὶ νόθα, οὐδὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἴσως ἄξια λόγου τυγχάνοντα, δοκεῖ διὰ συντόμου λόγου ὑπομνησθῆναι κεφαλαιωδῶς τὰ προειρημένα.

Epei toinyn, hōs eikasai esti, tas pantōn doxas exethemetha, pollēn phrontida poiēsantes pros to phanerōsai ta hōs xena hypo tōn hairesiarchōn epeisagomena pros theosebeian onta mataia kai notha, oude en autois isōs axia logou tynchanonta, dokei dia syntomou logou hypomnēsthēnai kephalaiōdōs ta proeirēmena.

Since, then, as far as can be judged, we have set out the opinions of all, taking great care to make plain that what the heresiarchs bring in as though new for the worship of God is vain and spurious, and perhaps not even worth account among themselves, it seems best to recall briefly and in summary what has been said before.

item 4, chapter 43

4.43.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 108

Πᾶσι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην φιλοσόφοις καὶ θεολόγοις ζητήσασιν οὐ συνεφώνησε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, τί ἐστιν ἢ ποδαπός. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν λέγουσιν εἶναι πῦρ, οἱ δὲ πνεῦμα, οἱ δὲ ὕδωρ, ἕτεροι δὲ γῆν. Ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν στοιχείων ἔλαττόν τι ἔχει καὶ ἕτερον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἡττᾶται.

Pasi tois kata tēn oikoumenēn philosophois kai theologois zētēsasin ou synephōnēse peri tou theou, ti estin ē podapos. Hoi men gar auton legousin einai pyr, hoi de pneuma, hoi de hydōr, heteroi de gēn. Hekaston de tōn stoicheiōn elatton ti echei kai heteron hypo tou heterou hēttatai.

All the philosophers and theologians throughout the world who inquired did not agree about God, what or of what kind he is. Some say he is fire, others spirit, others water, others earth. But each of the elements has some deficiency, and one is defeated by another.

4.43.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 108

Τοῦτο δὲ συνέβη τοῖς τοῦ κόσμου σοφοῖς, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσι πρόδηλον, ὅτι ἰδόντες τῆς κτίσεως τὰ μεγέθη ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ὄντων οὐσίᾳ ἐταράχθησαν, μείζονα ταῦτα νομίσαντες τοῦ ὑφʼ ἑτέρου γένεσιν ἐπιδέξασθαι δύνασθαι, καὶ οὐδὲ ὁμοῦ τὸ σύμπαν αὐτὸ εἶναι τὸν θεόν. Ἀπέφηναν δὲ τὸ αἴτιον πρὸς θεολογίαν ἓν τῶν βλεπομένων, νομίσας τις ὅπερ ἔκρινε, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γενομένοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνου ὑπερβάλλουσαν μεγαλειότητα ἐλαχίστοις ὑπάρχουσιν ἐνιδόντες, μὴ δυνηθέντες δὲ εἰς τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ ἐκτεῖναι τὸν νοῦν, ταῦτα ἐθεολόγησαν.

Touto de synebē tois tou kosmou sophois, hoper esti tois noun echousi prodēlon, hoti idontes tēs ktiseōs ta megethē epi tę̄ tōn ontōn ousią etarachthēsan, meizona tauta nomisantes tou hyphʼ heterou genesin epidexasthai dynasthai, kai oude homou to sympan auto einai ton theon. Apephēnan de to aition pros theologian hen tōn blepomenōn, nomisas tis hoper ekrine, kai houtōs epi tois hypo theou genomenois kai kata tēn ekeinou hyperballousan megaleiotēta elachistois hyparchousin enidontes, mē dynēthentes de eis to megethos tou ontōs theou ekteinai ton noun, tauta etheologēsan.

This befell the wise men of the world, as is plain to those who have understanding: seeing the greatness of creation, they were confounded about the substance of existing things, thinking them too great to have received their origin from another, and yet not that the whole together is God. They declared one of the visible things to be the cause, for purposes of theology, each thinking so of what he judged; and so, gazing at the things made by God, which are least in comparison with his surpassing majesty, and unable to stretch their mind to the greatness of the true God, they made these into gods.

4.43.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 108

Οἱ δὲ ἐνδοτέρω τῆς ἀληθείας νομίσαντες γεγονέναι Πέρσαι ἔφασαν τὸν θεὸν εἶναι φωτεινόν, φῶς ἐν ἀέρι συνεχόμενον.

Hoi de endoterō tēs alētheias nomisantes gegonenai Persai ephasan ton theon einai phōteinon, phōs en aeri synechomenon.

The Persians, thinking they had got further inside the truth, said that God is luminous, light held together in air.

4.43.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 108

Οἱ δὲ Βαβυλώνιοι ἔφασαν τὸν θεὸν σκοτεινὸν εἶναι, ὅπερ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐπακολούθημα φαίνεται· νυκτὶ γὰρ ἐπακολουθεῖ ἡμέρα, τῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ νύξ. Αἰγύπτιοι δὲ πάντων ἀρχαιότεροι εἶναι νομίζοντες τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν...

Hoi de Babylōnioi ephasan ton theon skoteinon einai, hoper kai auto tou heterou epakolouthēma phainetai; nykti gar epakolouthei hēmera, tę̄ de hēmerą nyx. Aigyptioi de pantōn archaioteroi einai nomizontes tēn tou theou dynamin...

The Babylonians said that God is dark, which itself also appears to be a consequence of the other; for day follows night and night follows day. The Egyptians, thinking themselves more ancient than all, the power of God …

4.43.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 108

ψηφίσαντες τάδε διαστήματα τῶν μοιρῶν ἐξ ἐπιπνοίας θειοτάτης ἔφασαν τὸν θεὸν εἶναι μονάδα ἀδιαίρετον καὶ αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν γεννῶσαν καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τὰ πάντα κατεσκευάσθαι· αὕτη γάρ, φησιν, ἀγέννητος οὖσα τοὺς ἑξῆς ἀριθμοὺς γεννᾷ, οἷον ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν ἡ μονὰς ἐπιπροστεθεῖσα γεννᾷ τὴν δυάδα καὶ ὁμοίως ἐπιπροστιθεμένη γεννᾷ τὴν τριάδα καὶ τετράδα μέχρι τῆς δεκάδος, ἥτις ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀριθμῶν, ἵνα γένηται πρώτη καὶ δεκάτη ἡ μονὰς διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν δεκάδα ἰσοδυναμεῖν καὶ ἀριθμεῖσθαι εἰς μονάδα,

psēphisantes tade diastēmata tōn moirōn ex epipnoias theiotatēs ephasan ton theon einai monada adiaireton kai autēn heautēn gennōsan kai ex autēs ta panta kateskeuasthai; hautē gar, phēsin, agennētos ousa tous hexēs arithmous genną, hoion ephʼ heautēn hē monas epiprostetheisa genną tēn dyada kai homoiōs epiprostithemenē genną tēn triada kai tetrada mechri tēs dekados, hētis archē kai to telos tōn arithmōn, hina genētai prōtē kai dekatē hē monas dia to kai tēn dekada isodynamein kai arithmeisthai eis monada,

reckoning these intervals of the degrees by a most divine inspiration, said that God is an indivisible monad, begetting itself, and that from it all things were constructed. For this, he says, being unbegotten, begets the numbers that follow; for example, the monad added to itself begets the dyad, and likewise, added on, begets the triad and the tetrad, up to the decad, which is the beginning and end of the numbers, so that the monad becomes first and tenth, because the decad also has equal value and is counted as a monad;

4.43.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 108–110

καὶ αὕτη δεκαπλασιασθεῖσα γένηται ἑκατοντάς· καὶ πάλιν γίνεται μονάς, καὶ ἡ ἑκατοντὰς δεκαπλασιασθεῖσα ποιήσει χιλιάδα, καὶ αὕτη ἔσται μονάς· οὕτως καὶ τὰ χίλια δεκαπλασιασθέντα ἂν ἀπαρτίσωσι τὴν μυριάδα, ὁμοίως ἔσται μονάς. Τῆς δὲ μονάδος κατὰ τὴν ἀδιαίρετον σύγκρισιν συγγενεῖς ἀριθμοὶ παραλαμβάνονται (??).

kai hautē dekaplasiastheisa genētai hekatontas; kai palin ginetai monas, kai hē hekatontas dekaplasiastheisa poiēsei chiliada, kai hautē estai monas; houtōs kai ta chilia dekaplasiasthenta an apartisōsi tēn myriada, homoiōs estai monas. Tēs de monados kata tēn adiaireton synkrisin syngeneis arithmoi paralambanontai (??).

and this, multiplied tenfold, becomes a hundred, and again becomes a monad; and the hundred multiplied tenfold will make a thousand, and this will be a monad; so too the thousand multiplied tenfold, if they complete the myriad, will likewise be a monad. Numbers akin to the monad by indivisible comparison are taken: ….

4.43.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 110

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἑτέρου ἀριθμοῦ συγγένεια πρὸς τὴν μονάδα φυσικωτέρα κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑξακύκλου ἕλικος πραγματείαν, τῆς δυάδος κατὰ τὴν ἄρτιον θέσιν τῶν ἀριθμῶν καὶ διαίρεσιν.

Esti de kai heterou arithmou syngeneia pros tēn monada physikōtera kata tēn tou hexakyklou helikos pragmateian, tēs dyados kata tēn artion thesin tōn arithmōn kai diairesin.

There is also the more natural kinship of another number to the monad according to the treatise of the six-circled spiral, that of the dyad according to the even position and division of numbers.

4.43.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 110

Συγγενὴς δὲ ὁ ἀριθμός ἐστι τοῦ (??) καὶ (??). Ταῦτα δὲ ἐκ τῆς μονάδος ἀριθμὸν λαβόντα πρόνοιαν ἀρετῆς ἐχώρησε μέχρι τῶν (??) στοιχείων, λέγω δὴ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ πυρὸς ὕδατός τε καὶ γῆς· καὶ ἐκ τούτων ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον ἀρρενόθηλυν αὐτὸν κατεσκεύασε, καὶ δύο μὲν στοιχεῖα εἰς τὸ ἄνω ἡμισφαίριον προσέταξε τό τε πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ πῦρ, καὶ καλεῖται τοῦτο τὸ ἡμισφαίριον τῆς μονάδος ἀγαθοποιόν τε καὶ ἀνωφερὲς καὶ ἀρσενικόν·

Syngenēs de ho arithmos esti tou (??) kai (??). Tauta de ek tēs monados arithmon labonta pronoian aretēs echōrēse mechri tōn (??) stoicheiōn, legō dē tou pneumatos kai pyros hydatos te kai gēs; kai ek toutōn poiēsas ton kosmon arrenothēlyn auton kateskeuase, kai dyo men stoicheia eis to anō hēmisphairion prosetaxe to te pneuma kai to pyr, kai kaleitai touto to hēmisphairion tēs monados agathopoion te kai anōpheres kai arsenikon;

The number of … and … is akin. These, taking number from the monad, advanced in providence of virtue up to the … elements, I mean spirit and fire, water and earth; and making the world from these he constructed it male-female; and he assigned two elements to the upper hemisphere, spirit and fire, and this hemisphere of the monad is called beneficent, upward-tending, and masculine;

4.43.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 110

λεπτομερὴς γὰρ οὖσα ἡ μονὰς ποτᾶται εἰς τὸ λεπτότατον μέρος καὶ καθαρώτατον τοῦ αἰθέρος· τά τε ἄλλα δύο στοιχεῖα ὄντα παχύτερα ἀπένειμεν τῇ δυάδι, γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ καλεῖται τοῦτο τὸ ἡμισφαίριον κατωφερὲς θηλυκόν τε καὶ κακοποιόν· καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ πάλιν τὰ ἄνω δύο στοιχεῖα ἑαυτοῖς συγκρινόμενα ἔχουσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἄρρεν καὶ τὸ θῆλυ πρὸς εὐκαρπίαν καὶ αὔξησιν τῶν ὅλων.

leptomerēs gar ousa hē monas potatai eis to leptotaton meros kai katharōtaton tou aitheros; ta te alla dyo stoicheia onta pachytera apeneimen tę̄ dyadi, gēn te kai hydōr, kai kaleitai touto to hēmisphairion katōpheres thēlykon te kai kakopoion; kai auta de palin ta anō dyo stoicheia heautois synkrinomena echousin en heautois to arren kai to thēly pros eukarpian kai auxēsin tōn holōn.

for the monad, being fine in its parts, flies to the finest and purest part of the ether; and the other two elements, being thicker, earth and water, he assigned to the dyad, and this hemisphere is called downward-tending, feminine, and maleficent. And again, the upper two elements themselves, compared with each other, have in themselves the male and the female for the fruitfulness and increase of all things.

4.43.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 110

Καὶ τὸ μὲν πῦρ ἄρρεν ἐστί, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα θῆλυ· καὶ πάλιν τὸ ὕδωρ ἄρρεν ἐστιν, ἡ δὲ γῆ θῆλυ. Καὶ οὕτως ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς συνεβίωσε τὸ πῦρ τῷ πνεύματι, τῇ δὲ γῇ τὸ ὕδωρ. Ὥσπερ γὰρ δύναμις τοῦ πνεύματος ἐστὶ τὸ πῦρ, οὕτως καὶ τῆς γῆς τὸ ὕδωρ....

Kai to men pyr arren esti, to de pneuma thēly; kai palin to hydōr arren estin, hē de gē thēly. Kai houtōs apʼ archēs synebiōse to pyr tǭ pneumati, tę̄ de gę̄ to hydōr. Hōsper gar dynamis tou pneumatos esti to pyr, houtōs kai tēs gēs to hydōr....

Fire is male, and spirit female; and again, water is male and earth female. And so from the beginning fire lived together with spirit, and water with earth. For as fire is the power of spirit, so water is the power of earth ….

4.43.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 110

καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ στοιχεῖα ψηφιζόμενα καὶ ἀναλυόμενα καθʼ ὑφαίρεσιν ἐννεάδων λήγει οἰκείως, ἃ μὲν εἰς τὸν ἀρρενικὸν ἀριθμὸν, ἃ δὲ εἰς τὸν θηλυκόν· ὑφαιρεῖται δὲ πάλιν ἡ ἐννὰς διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν, διὰ τὸ τὰς τριακοσίας ἑξήκοντα τοῦ ὅλου μοίρας ἐξ ἐννεάδων συνίστασθαι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ τέτταρα πλινθία τοῦ κόσμου ἐνενήκοντα μοιρῶν περιγεγράφθαι τελείων·

kai auta de ta stoicheia psēphizomena kai analyomena kathʼ hyphairesin enneadōn lēgei oikeiōs, ha men eis ton arrenikon arithmon, ha de eis ton thēlykon; hyphaireitai de palin hē ennas dia tautēn tēn aitian, dia to tas triakosias hexēkonta tou holou moiras ex enneadōn synistasthai kai dia touto ta tettara plinthia tou kosmou enenēkonta moirōn perigegraphthai teleiōn;

and the elements themselves, reckoned and reduced by subtracting nines, end fittingly, some in the male number and some in the female. The nine, again, is subtracted for this reason, that the three hundred and sixty degrees of the whole are composed of nines, and for this reason the four quarters of the world are marked out by ninety complete degrees;

4.43.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 110–112

προσῳκείωται δὲ τῇ μονάδι τὸ φῶς, τῇ δὲ δυάδι τὸ σκότος, καὶ τῷ μὲν φωτὶ κατὰ φύσιν ἡ ζωή, τῇ δὲ δυάδι ὁ θάνατος· καὶ τῇ μὲν ζωῇ ἡ δικαιοσύνη, τῷ δὲ θανάτῳ ἡ ἀδικία.

prosǭkeiōtai de tę̄ monadi to phōs, tę̄ de dyadi to skotos, kai tǭ men phōti kata physin hē zōē, tę̄ de dyadi ho thanatos; kai tę̄ men zōę̄ hē dikaiosynē, tǭ de thanatǭ hē adikia.

light is assigned to the monad and darkness to the dyad; and to light by nature life, to the dyad death; and to life justice, to death injustice.

4.43.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 112

Διὸ πᾶν γεννώμενον ἐν τοῖς ἀρσενικοῖς ἀριθμοῖς ἀγαθοποιόν ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ἐν τοῖς θηλυκοῖς κακοποιόν ἐστιν, οἷον ψηφίζουσι· μονάς, ἵνα ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀρξώμεθα, γίνεται (??), ἃ λήγει εἰς μονάδα τῆς ἐννεάδος ὑφαιρεθείσης. Ὁμοίως ψήφισον· δυὰς γίνεται (??), ὕφελε τὰς ἐννεάδας, λήγει εἰς δυάδα, καὶ ἀποκαθίσταται ἕκαστον εἰς τὸ ἴδιον.

Dio pan gennōmenon en tois arsenikois arithmois agathopoion esti, to de en tois thēlykois kakopoion estin, hoion psēphizousi; monas, hina apʼ autēs arxōmetha, ginetai (??), ha lēgei eis monada tēs enneados hyphairetheisēs. Homoiōs psēphison; dyas ginetai (??), hyphele tas enneadas, lēgei eis dyada, kai apokathistatai hekaston eis to idion.

Therefore everything born under the male numbers is beneficent, and what is under the female is maleficent. For example, they reckon thus: monad, to begin from it, becomes …, which ends in a monad when the nine is subtracted. Likewise reckon: dyad becomes …; subtract the nines, it ends in a dyad; and each is restored to its own.

item 4, chapter 44

4.44.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 112

Τῇ οὖν μονάδι ἀγαθοποιῷ οὔσῃ εἰς τὸν ἀπερίζυγον ἀριθμὸν λήγοντα ὀνόματα ἀνωφερῆ ἀγαθοποιὰ εἶναι παρατηρούμενοι λέγουσι· τὰ δὲ εἰς τὸν ἄρτιον ἀριθμὸν λήγοντα κατωφερῆ τε καὶ θηλυκὰ καὶ κακοποιὰ εἶναι νενόμισται. Τὴν γὰρ φύσιν ἐξ ἐναντίων συνισταμένην λέγουσιν ἔκ τε καλοῦ καὶ κακοῦ, ὥσπερ δεξιὸν καὶ ἀριστερόν, φῶς καὶ σκότος, νὺξ καὶ ἡμέρα, ζωὴ καὶ θάνατος.

Tę̄ oun monadi agathopoiǭ ousę̄ eis ton aperizygon arithmon lēgonta onomata anōpherē agathopoia einai paratēroumenoi legousi; ta de eis ton artion arithmon lēgonta katōpherē te kai thēlyka kai kakopoia einai nenomistai. Tēn gar physin ex enantiōn synistamenēn legousin ek te kalou kai kakou, hōsper dexion kai aristeron, phōs kai skotos, nyx kai hēmera, zōē kai thanatos.

So, since the monad is beneficent, they say, from observation, that names ending in the odd number are upward-tending and beneficent; and those ending in the even number are held to be downward-tending, feminine, and maleficent. For they say nature is composed of opposites, of good and bad, like right and left, light and darkness, night and day, life and death.

4.44.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 112

Ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λέγουσιν ὡσεὶ τὸ θεὸς ψηφίσας... καὶ μὴν εἰς πεντάδα, εἰς ἐννάδα καταντᾷ, ὅ ἐστιν ἄρτιον, ὃ ἐπιγραφὲν περιάψαντες θεραπεύουσιν. Οὑτωσὶ καὶ βοτάνη τις εἰς τοῦτο λήγουσα τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ὁμοίως περιαφθεῖσα ἐνεργεῖ διὰ τὴν ὁμοίαν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ ψῆφον.

Eti de kai touto legousin hōsei to theos psēphisas... kai mēn eis pentada, eis ennada katantą, ho estin artion, ho epigraphen periapsantes therapeuousin. Houtōsi kai botanē tis eis touto lēgousa tou arithmou homoiōs periaphtheisa energei dia tēn homoian tou arithmou psēphon.

They say this too: as if, reckoning the word "God" … and indeed to five, it comes to nine, which is even; and writing it and hanging it on as an amulet they heal. So too a certain herb whose number ends in this, likewise hung on, is effective because of the like reckoning of the number.

4.44.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 112

Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰατρὸς ὁμοίᾳ ψήφῳ ἀρρώστους θεραπεύει· εἰ δὲ ἐναντία ἡ ψῆφος, οὐ θεραπεύει ῥᾳδίως. Τούτοις τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς προσέχοντες ὅσα ὅμοια ᾖ λογίζονται κατὰ τόνδε τὸν νοῦν οἱ μὲν κατὰ φωνήεντα μόνα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ πάντα τὸν ἀριθμόν· τοιαύτη καὶ ἡ Αἰγυπτίων σοφία, διʼ ἧς τὸ θεῖον δοξάζοντες γινώσκειν νομίζουσιν.

Alla kai iatros homoią psēphǭ arrōstous therapeuei; ei de enantia hē psēphos, ou therapeuei rhądiōs. Toutois tois arithmois prosechontes hosa homoia ę̄ logizontai kata tonde ton noun hoi men kata phōnēenta mona, hoi de kata panta ton arithmon; toiautē kai hē Aigyptiōn sophia, diʼ hēs to theion doxazontes ginōskein nomizousin.

And a physician heals the sick by a like reckoning; if the reckoning is contrary, he does not heal easily. Attending to these numbers, they reckon whatever is alike in this sense, some by vowels only, others by the whole number. Such is the wisdom of the Egyptians too, by which, glorifying the divine, they think they know it.

item 4, chapter 45

4.45.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 112

Ἱκανῶς οὖν δοκεῖ ἡμᾶς καὶ ταῦτα ἐκτεθεῖσθαι. Ἀλλʼ ἔτι νομίζω μηδεμίαν δόξαν τῆς ἐπιγείου καὶ χαμαιπετοῦς σοφίας παραλελοιπέναι, οὐκ ἄχρηστον δὲ τὴν εἰς αὐτὰ φροντίδα ὁρῶ ἡμῖν γεγενημένην· οὐδὲ γὰρ μόνον πρὸς ἔλεγχον τῶν αἱρέσεων εὔχρηστον ὁρῶμεν γεγονέναι τὸν λόγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς ταῦτα δοξάζοντας, οἳ ἐντυχόντες τῇ γεγενημένῃ ἡμῶν πολυμεριμνίᾳ καὶ τὸ σπουδαῖον θαυμάσουσι καὶ τὸ φιλόπονον οὐκ ἐξουθενήσουσι καὶ μωροὺς οὐκ ἀποφανοῦνται Χριστιανοὺς ἐνιδόντες οἷς αὐτοὶ μωρῶς πιστεύουσιν.

Hikanōs oun dokei hēmas kai tauta ektetheisthai. Allʼ eti nomizō mēdemian doxan tēs epigeiou kai chamaipetous sophias paraleloipenai, ouk achrēston de tēn eis auta phrontida horō hēmin gegenēmenēn; oude gar monon pros elenchon tōn haireseōn euchrēston horōmen gegonenai ton logon, alla kai pros autous tous tauta doxazontas, hoi entychontes tę̄ gegenēmenę̄ hēmōn polymerimnią kai to spoudaion thaumasousi kai to philoponon ouk exouthenēsousi kai mōrous ouk apophanountai Christianous enidontes hois autoi mōrōs pisteuousin.

These things too, then, seem to us sufficiently set out. But I still think I have left out no opinion of the earthly and groveling wisdom; and I see that the care we have spent on them has not been useless. For we see that the account has proved useful not only for refuting the heresies but also against those who hold these views themselves, who, when they meet with the great pains we have taken, will marvel at our zeal and not despise our industry, and will not declare Christians fools when they see what they themselves foolishly believe.

4.45.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 112–114

Ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῇ ἀληθείᾳ προσέχοντας φιλομαθεῖς προβιβάσει ὁ λόγος φρονιμωτέρους πρὸς τὸ μὴ μόνον τὰς τῶν αἱρέσεων μαθόντας ἀρχὰς εὐκόλως ἀνατρέπειν τοὺς πλανᾶν τετολμηκότας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τῶν σοφῶν λεγομένας δόξας, ὧν οὐκ ἄπειροι γενόμενοι, οὔθʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ταραχθήσονται ὡς ἀμαθεῖς, οὔθʼ ὑπό τινων πλανηθήσονται ὡς δυνάμει τινὶ δρώντων, ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ τοὺς πλανωμένους ἐπιτηρήσουσιν.

Eti de kai tous tę̄ alētheią prosechontas philomatheis probibasei ho logos phronimōterous pros to mē monon tas tōn haireseōn mathontas archas eukolōs anatrepein tous planan tetolmēkotas, alla kai tas tōn sophōn legomenas doxas, hōn ouk apeiroi genomenoi, outhʼ hypʼ autōn tarachthēsontai hōs amatheis, outhʼ hypo tinōn planēthēsontai hōs dynamei tini drōntōn, allʼ eti kai tous planōmenous epitērēsousin.

Further, the account will advance studious lovers of truth to be more prudent, so that, having learned not only the principles of the heresies they may easily overturn those who have dared to lead astray, but also the so-called opinions of the wise, of which, not being ignorant, they will neither be troubled by them as the unlearned are, nor be led astray by those who seem to act by some power, but will even watch over those who are going astray.

item 4, chapter 46

4.46.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 114

Ἱκανῶς οὖν τὰ δόξαντα ἐκθέμενοι λοιπὸν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ προκειμένου πραγματείαν χωρήσωμεν, ὅπως ὃ τετάγμεθα περὶ τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐπιδείξαντες ἑκάστοις τε τὰ ἴδια ἀποδοῦναι ἀναγκάσαντες γυμνοὺς τοὺς αἱρεσιάρχας φανερώσομεν, καὶ ἀφροσύνην τῶν πειθομένων κατηγορήσαντες πείσομεν παλινδρομεῖν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας εὔδιον λιμένα.

Hikanōs oun ta doxanta ekthemenoi loipon epi tēn tou prokeimenou pragmateian chōrēsōmen, hopōs ho tetagmetha peri tōn haireseōn epideixantes hekastois te ta idia apodounai anankasantes gymnous tous hairesiarchas phanerōsomen, kai aphrosynēn tōn peithomenōn katēgorēsantes peisomen palindromein epi ton tēs alētheias eudion limena.

Having sufficiently set out these opinions, let us now proceed to the treatise before us, so that, showing what we have undertaken concerning the heresies, and compelling them to give each his own, we may expose the heresiarchs naked, and, convicting the folly of those who are persuaded by them, persuade them to run back to the calm harbor of the truth.

4.46.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 114

Ἵνα δὲ σαφέστερα τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι τὰ ῥηθησόμενα φανῇ, δοκεῖ καὶ [τὰ] τῷ Ἀράτῳ πεφροντισμένα περὶ τῆς κατὰ τῶν οὐρανίων ἄστρων διαθέσεως ἐξειπεῖν, ὥς τινες εἰς τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν γραφῶν εἰρημένα ἀπεικονίζοντες αὐτὰ ἀλληγοροῦσι, μετάγειν τὸν νοῦν τῶν προσεχόντων πειρώμενοι, πιθανοῖς λόγοις προσάγοντες αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἃ βούλονται, ξένον θαῦμα ἐνδεικνύμενοι ὡς κατηστερισμένων τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγομένων,

Hina de saphestera tois entynchanousi ta rhēthēsomena phanę̄, dokei kai [ta] tǭ Aratǭ pephrontismena peri tēs kata tōn ouraniōn astrōn diatheseōs exeipein, hōs tines eis ta hypo tōn graphōn eirēmena apeikonizontes auta allēgorousi, metagein ton noun tōn prosechontōn peirōmenoi, pithanois logois prosagontes autous pros ha boulontai, xenon thauma endeiknymenoi hōs katēsterismenōn tōn hypʼ autōn legomenōn,

So that what will be said may appear clearer to readers, it seems best to state also what Aratus has worked out about the arrangement of the heavenly stars, how some, making them images of what is said by the Scriptures, allegorize them, trying to divert the mind of those who attend to them, drawing them by persuasive words to what they wish, displaying a strange wonder, as though what they say had been set among the stars;

4.46.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 114

οἳ τῷ παραξένῳ θαύματι ἐνορῶντες μικροθαύμαστοι ἁλίσκονται δίκην ὀρνέου τοῦ λεγομένου ὤτου, οὗ τὸ παράδειγμα καλὸν ἐξειπεῖν διὰ τὰ μέλλοντα. Ἔστι δὲ τὸ ζῷον οὐ πολὺ ἀπεμφαῖνον ἀετοῦ οὔτε μεγέθει οὔτε μορφῇ· ἁλίσκεται δὲ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.

hoi tǭ paraxenǭ thaumati enorōntes mikrothaumastoi haliskontai dikēn orneou tou legomenou ōtou, hou to paradeigma kalon exeipein dia ta mellonta. Esti de to zǭon ou poly apemphainon aetou oute megethei oute morphę̄; halisketai de touton ton tropon.

and those who gaze at the strange wonder are caught, easily amazed, like the bird called the horned owl, whose example it is good to tell because of what is to come. The creature is not very different from an eagle either in size or in shape; and it is caught in this way.

4.46.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 114

Ὁ ἀγρευτὴς τῶν ὀρνίθων ἐπὰν ἴδῃ ἀγέλην που καταπτᾶσαν, πόρρωθεν ἀνακρουόμενος τὰς χεῖρας ὀρχεῖσθαι σκήπτεται, καὶ οὕτω πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐγγίζει τοῖς ὄρνισιν· οἱ δὲ τὴν παράξενον θέαν καταπεπληγότες ἀπερίβλεπτοι πάντων γίνονται. Ἕτεροι δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄγραν παρεσκευασμένων ὄπισθεν ἐπελθόντες τοὺς ὄρνεις εὐκόλως συλλαμβάνονται θεωμένους τὸν ὀρχηστήν.

Ho agreutēs tōn ornithōn epan idę̄ agelēn pou kataptasan, porrōthen anakrouomenos tas cheiras orcheisthai skēptetai, kai houtō pros oligon engizei tois ornisin; hoi de tēn paraxenon thean katapeplēgotes aperibleptoi pantōn ginontai. Heteroi de tōn epi tēn agran pareskeuasmenōn opisthen epelthontes tous orneis eukolōs syllambanontai theōmenous ton orchēstēn.

When the bird-catcher sees a flock alighting somewhere, he claps his hands from afar and pretends to dance, and so little by little approaches the birds; they, astonished at the strange sight, become heedless of everything. And others of those prepared for the hunt, coming up from behind, easily catch the birds as they watch the dancer.

4.46.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 114

Διὸ ἀξιῶ μή τις τοῖς ὁμοίοις θαύμασι καταπλαγεὶς ἐξηγουμένων τὸν οὐρανὸν δίκην ὤτου συλληφθῇ· ὄρχησις γὰρ καὶ λῆρος ἡ τῶν τοιούτων πανουργία καὶ οὐκ ἀλήθεια.

Dio axiō mē tis tois homoiois thaumasi kataplageis exēgoumenōn ton ouranon dikēn ōtou syllēphthę̄; orchēsis gar kai lēros hē tōn toioutōn panourgia kai ouk alētheia.

Therefore I ask that no one, astonished at similar wonders of those who interpret the heaven, be caught like the horned owl; for the knavery of such people is dancing and nonsense, and not truth.

4.46.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 114–116

Φησὶν οὖν ὁ Ἄρατος οὕτως· Οἱ μὲν ὁμῶς πολέες τε καὶ ἄλλυδις ἄλλοι ἐόντες οὐρανῷ ἕλκονται πάντʼ ἤματα συνεχὲς αἰεί (τουτέστιν οἱ πάντες ἀστέρες). Αὐτὰρ ὅγʼ οὐδʼ ὀλίγον μετανίσσεται, ἀλλὰ μάλʼ αὕτως ἄξων αἰὲν ἄρηρεν, ἔχει δʼ ἀτάλαντον ἁπάντῃ μεσσηγὺς γαῖαν, περὶ δʼ οὐρανὸν αὐτὸν ἀγινεῖ.

Phēsin oun ho Aratos houtōs; Hoi men homōs polees te kai allydis alloi eontes ouranǭ helkontai pantʼ ēmata syneches aiei (toutestin hoi pantes asteres). Autar hogʼ oudʼ oligon metanissetai, alla malʼ hautōs axōn aien arēren, echei dʼ atalanton hapantę̄ messēgys gaian, peri dʼ ouranon auton aginei.

Aratus, then, speaks thus: "They, many alike and scattered here and there, are drawn across the sky all the days, continually, for ever" (that is, all the stars). "But it does not shift even a little, but just so the axis is ever fixed, and holds the earth in the middle, balanced on every side, and turns the heaven itself around."

item 4, chapter 47

4.47.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 116

Πολέας φησὶν εἶναι τοὺς κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀστέρας, τουτέστι στρεπτούς, διὰ τὸ περιέρχεσθαι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς εἰς δύσιν καὶ δύσεως εἰς ἀνατολὴν ἀπαύστως σφαιροειδεῖ σχήματι.

Poleas phēsin einai tous kata ton ouranon asteras, toutesti streptous, dia to perierchesthai apo anatolēs eis dysin kai dyseōs eis anatolēn apaustōs sphairoeidei schēmati.

He says the stars in the heaven are "many" (polees), that is, turning, because they go round unceasingly from east to west and from west to east in a spherical figure.

4.47.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 116

Εἱλεῖσθαι δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἄρκτους αὐτὰς λέγει οἷόν τι ποταμοῖ ῥεῦμα μέγα θαῦμα Δράκοντος πελώρου, καὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι ὅ, φησίν, ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ πρὸς θεὸν διάβολος ἔφη· ἐμπεριπατήσας τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανὸν καὶ περιελθών, τουτέστι περιστραφεὶς καὶ περισκοπήσας τὰ γινόμενα· τετάχθαι γὰρ νομίζουσι κατὰ τὸν ἀρκτικὸν πόλον τὸν Δράκοντα, τὸν ὄφιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑψηλοτάτου πόλου πάντα ἐπιβλέποντα καὶ πάντα ἐφορῶντα, ἵνα μηδὲν τῶν πραττομένων αὐτὸν λάθῃ·

Heileisthai de kata tas arktous autas legei hoion ti potamoi rheuma mega thauma Drakontos pelōrou, kai toutʼ einai ho, phēsin, en tǭ Iōb pros theon diabolos ephē; emperipatēsas tēn hypʼ ouranon kai perielthōn, toutesti peristrapheis kai periskopēsas ta ginomena; tetachthai gar nomizousi kata ton arktikon polon ton Drakonta, ton ophin, apo tou hypsēlotatou polou panta epibleponta kai panta ephorōnta, hina mēden tōn prattomenōn auton lathę̄;

He says that there winds among the Bears themselves, like the stream of a river, a great wonder, the monstrous Dragon; and this, he says, is what the devil said to God in Job: "Having walked about under heaven and gone around," that is, having turned round and surveyed what is happening. For they think that the Dragon, the serpent, is set at the arctic pole, looking down on all things from the highest pole and overseeing all, so that nothing done may escape him;

4.47.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 116

πάντων γὰρ δυνόντων τῶν κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀστέρων μόνος οὗτος ὁ πόλος οὐδέποτε δύνει, ἀλλὰ ἄνω ὑπὲρ τὸν ὁρίζοντα ἐρχόμενος πάντα περισκοπεῖ καὶ ἐπιβλέπει καὶ λαθεῖν αὐτὸν τῶν πραττομένων, φησί, δύναται οὐδέν. Ἧχι μάλιστα μίσγονται δύσιές τε καὶ ἀντολαὶ ἀλλήλῃσι, τετάχθαι δή φησιν αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλήν.

pantōn gar dynontōn tōn kata ton ouranon asterōn monos houtos ho polos oudepote dynei, alla anō hyper ton horizonta erchomenos panta periskopei kai epiblepei kai lathein auton tōn prattomenōn, phēsi, dynatai ouden. Hēchi malista misgontai dysies te kai antolai allēlę̄si, tetachthai dē phēsin autou tēn kephalēn.

for while all the stars in the heaven set, this pole alone never sets, but moving high above the horizon it surveys and oversees all things, and nothing done, he says, can escape it. "Where most of all settings and risings mingle with one another," there, he says, its head is placed.

4.47.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 116

Κατὰ γὰρ τὴν δύσιν καὶ ἀνατολὴν τῶν δύο ἡμισφαιρίων κεῖται τὸ κεφάλαιον τοῦ Δράκοντος, ἵνα, φησί, μηδὲν αὐτὸν λάθῃ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ μήτε τῶν ἐν τῇ δύσει, μήτε τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, ἀλλὰ πάντα γινώσκῃ τὸ θηρίον ὁμοῦ. Ἔστι δὲ κατʼ αὐτῆς τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ Δράκοντος ἰδέα ἀνθρώπου διὰ ἄστρων θεωρουμένη, ὃ καλεῖ κεκμηκὸς εἴδωλον ὁ Ἄρατος καὶ μογέοντι ἐοικός· καλεῖται δὲ ὁ Ἐν γόνασιν.

Kata gar tēn dysin kai anatolēn tōn dyo hēmisphairiōn keitai to kephalaion tou Drakontos, hina, phēsi, mēden auton lathę̄ kata to auto mēte tōn en tę̄ dysei, mēte tōn en tę̄ anatolę̄, alla panta ginōskę̄ to thērion homou. Esti de katʼ autēs tēs kephalēs tou Drakontos idea anthrōpou dia astrōn theōroumenē, ho kalei kekmēkos eidōlon ho Aratos kai mogeonti eoikos; kaleitai de ho En gonasin.

For the head of the Dragon lies at the setting and rising of the two hemispheres, so that, he says, nothing may escape it at the same moment, neither of what is in the west nor of what is in the east, but the beast may know all things together. And right over the head of the Dragon there is the figure of a man seen in the stars, which Aratus calls "a wearied image" and "like one toiling"; it is called the Kneeler.

4.47.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 116–118

Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἄρατος οὐκ εἰδέναι φησὶν οὗτος τίς ἐστιν ὁ πόνος καὶ τὸ θαῦμα τοῦτο στρεφόμενον ἐν οὐρανῷ· οἱ δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων ἱστορίας αἱρετικοὶ θέλοντες τὰ ἑαυτῶν δόγματα συνιστᾶν, περιεργότερον τούτοις ἐπισχόντες, τὸν Ἐν γόνασι φασὶν εἶναι τὸν Ἀδάμ, κατὰ πρόσταγμα, φησίν, τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὼς εἶπε Μωσῆς, φυλάσσοντα τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ Δράκοντος καὶ τὸν Δράκοντα τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ. Οὕτως γάρ φησιν ὁ Ἄρατος Δεξιτεροῦ ποδὸς ἴχνος ἔχων σκολιοῖο Δράκοντος.

Ho men oun Aratos ouk eidenai phēsin houtos tis estin ho ponos kai to thauma touto strephomenon en ouranǭ; hoi de dia tēs tōn astrōn historias hairetikoi thelontes ta heautōn dogmata synistan, periergoteron toutois epischontes, ton En gonasi phasin einai ton Adam, kata prostagma, phēsin, tou theou, kathōs eipe Mōsēs, phylassonta tēn kephalēn tou Drakontos kai ton Drakonta tēn pternan autou. Houtōs gar phēsin ho Aratos Dexiterou podos ichnos echōn skolioio Drakontos.

Aratus, then, says he does not know what this toil and this wonder is that turns in the heaven. But the heretics, wishing to establish their own doctrines through the lore of the stars, attending to these things too curiously, say that the Kneeler is Adam, guarding, he says, according to the command of God, as Moses said, the head of the Dragon, and the Dragon his heel. For so Aratus says: "Holding the track of his right foot on the crooked Dragon."

item 4, chapter 48

4.48.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Παρατετάχθαι δέ φησιν αὐτῷ ἑκατέρωθεν (λέγω δὲ τῷ Ἐν γόνασι) Λύραν καὶ Στέφανον, αὐτὸν δὲ γόνυ κλίνειν καὶ ἐκτετακότα ἀμφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας οἱονεὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐξομολογούμενον.

Paratetachthai de phēsin autǭ hekaterōthen (legō de tǭ En gonasi) Lyran kai Stephanon, auton de gony klinein kai ektetakota amphoteras tas cheiras hoionei peri hamartias exomologoumenon.

He says that on either side of him (I mean the Kneeler) are set the Lyre and the Crown, and that he bends the knee and stretches out both hands as if confessing his sin.

4.48.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Εἶναι δὲ τὴν λύραν μουσικὸν ὄργανον ὑπὸ νηπίου ἔτι παντελῶς κατεσκευασμένον τοῦ λόγου· λόγον δὲ εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀκουόμενον τὸν Ἑρμῆν. Φησὶ δὲ ὁ Ἄρατος περὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς τῆς λύρας· τὴν δʼ ἆρʼ ἔτι καὶ παρὰ λίκνῳ Ἑρμείης ἐτόρησε, λύρην δʼ εἶπεν καλέεσθαι. Ἑπτάχορδος ἐστί, διὰ τῶν ἑπτὰ χορδῶν τὴν πᾶσαν ἁρμονίαν καὶ κατασκευὴν ἐμμελῶς ἔχουσαν τοῦ κόσμου [σημαίνουσα]· ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις γὰρ ἐγένετο ὁ κόσμος, καὶ τῂ ἑβδόμῃ καταπέπαυται.

Einai de tēn lyran mousikon organon hypo nēpiou eti pantelōs kateskeuasmenon tou logou; logon de einai para tois Hellēsin akouomenon ton Hermēn. Phēsi de ho Aratos peri tēs kataskeuēs tēs lyras; tēn dʼ arʼ eti kai para liknǭ Hermeiēs etorēse, lyrēn dʼ eipen kaleesthai. Heptachordos esti, dia tōn hepta chordōn tēn pasan harmonian kai kataskeuēn emmelōs echousan tou kosmou [sēmainousa]; en hex hēmerais gar egeneto ho kosmos, kai tę̄ hebdomę̄ katapepautai.

The lyre is a musical instrument constructed by the Word while still quite an infant; and among the Greeks Hermes is understood to be the Word. Aratus says about the making of the lyre: "Hermes pierced it while still by the cradle, and said it should be called a lyre." It is seven-stringed, [signifying] by its seven strings the whole harmony and melodious construction of the world; for in six days the world was made, and on the seventh he rested.

4.48.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Εἰ οὖν, φησίν, ἐξομολογούμενος ὁ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν φυλάσσων τοῦ θηρίου κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκμιμήσεται τὴν λύραν, τουτέστι κατακολουθήσει τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι πειθόμενος τῷ νόμῳ, παρακείμενον αὐτῷ τὸν στέφανον λήψεται. Ἐὰν δὲ ἀμελήσῃ, συγκατενεχθήσεται τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ θηρίῳ, καὶ τὸ μέρος ἕξει, φησί, μετὰ τοῦ θηρίου.

Ei oun, phēsin, exomologoumenos ho Adam kai tēn kephalēn phylassōn tou thēriou kata to prostagma tou theou ekmimēsetai tēn lyran, toutesti katakolouthēsei tǭ logǭ tou theou, toutesti peithomenos tǭ nomǭ, parakeimenon autǭ ton stephanon lēpsetai. Ean de amelēsę̄, synkatenechthēsetai tǭ hypokeimenǭ thēriǭ, kai to meros hexei, phēsi, meta tou thēriou.

If, then, he says, Adam, confessing and guarding the head of the beast according to God's command, imitates the lyre, that is, follows the Word of God, that is, obeys the law, he will receive the crown lying beside him. But if he neglects it, he will be carried down together with the beast below, and will have his portion, he says, with the beast.

4.48.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Ἐν γόνασιν ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ τοῦτο μὲν τῆς λύρας, τοῦτο δὲ τοῦ στεφάνου ἐφάπτεσθαι [τοῦτο δὲ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι], ὡς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σχήματος· ἐπιβουλεύεται δὲ ὁμῶς καὶ ἀποσπᾶται ὁ στέφανος αὐτοῦ ὑπʼ ἄλλου θηρίου, μικροτέρου δράκοντος, ὅ ἐστι γέννημα τοῦ φυλασσομένου ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐν γόνασι τῷ ποδί.

Eoike de ho En gonasin hekaterōthen epiballein tas cheiras, kai touto men tēs lyras, touto de tou stephanou ephaptesthai [touto de exomologeisthai], hōs estin idein diʼ autou tou schēmatos; epibouleuetai de homōs kai apospatai ho stephanos autou hypʼ allou thēriou, mikroterou drakontos, ho esti gennēma tou phylassomenou hypo tou En gonasi tǭ podi.

The Kneeler seems to lay his hands on both sides and to touch on one side the lyre and on the other the crown [and on the other to confess], as can be seen from the figure itself. Yet his crown is plotted against and snatched away by another beast, a smaller dragon, which is the offspring of the one guarded by the Kneeler with his foot.

4.48.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Ἄνθρωπος δὲ ἕστηκεν ἑκατέραις ταῖς χερσὶ καρτερῶς κατασφίγγων καὶ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἕλκων ἀπὸ τοῦ στεφάνου τὸν ὄφιν καὶ οὐκ ἐᾷ ἐφάπτεσθαι βιαζόμενον τοῦ στεφάνου τὸ θηρίον· Ὀφιοῦχον δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἄρατος καλεῖ, ὅτι κατέχει τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ ὄφεως ἐπὶ τὸν στέφανον ἐλθεῖν πειρωμένου.

Anthrōpos de hestēken hekaterais tais chersi karterōs katasphingōn kai eis ta opisō helkōn apo tou stephanou ton ophin kai ouk eą ephaptesthai biazomenon tou stephanou to thērion; Ophiouchon de auton ho Aratos kalei, hoti katechei tēn hormēn tou opheōs epi ton stephanon elthein peirōmenou.

And a man stands, gripping the serpent firmly with both hands and dragging it back from the crown, and does not let the beast touch the crown, though it tries to force its way. Aratus calls him the Serpent-holder, because he checks the rush of the serpent as it tries to come at the crown.

4.48.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 118

Λόγος δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶ σχήματι ἀνθρώπου ὁ κωλύων ἐπὶ τὸν στέφανον ἐλθεῖν τὸ θηρίον, οἰκτείρων τὸν ἐπιβουλευόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ δράκοντος ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῦ γεννήματος ἐκείνου.

Logos de, phēsin, esti schēmati anthrōpou ho kōlyōn epi ton stephanon elthein to thērion, oikteirōn ton epibouleuomenon hypo tou drakontos homou kai tou gennēmatos ekeinou.

And it is the Word, he says, in the form of a man, who prevents the beast from coming at the crown, pitying the one who is plotted against by the dragon and its offspring alike.

4.48.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 118–120

Αὐταὶ δὲ αἱ Ἄρκτοι, φασίν, ἑβδομάδες εἰσὶ δύο, ἐξ ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων συγκείμεναι, δισσῶν κτίσεων εἰκόνες. Πρώτη γάρ, φησίν, κτίσις ἡ κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐν πόνοις, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ ἐν γόνασιν ὁρώμενος. Δευτέρα δὲ ἡ κτίσις ἡ κατὰ Χριστόν, διʼ ἧς ἀναγεννώμεθα, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ Ὀφιοῦχος ἀνταγωνιζόμενος τῷ θηρίῳ καὶ κωλύων ἐπὶ τὸν στέφανον ἐλθεῖν τὸν ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.

Autai de hai Arktoi, phasin, hebdomades eisi dyo, ex hepta asterōn synkeimenai, dissōn ktiseōn eikones. Prōtē gar, phēsin, ktisis hē kata ton Adam en ponois, ho estin ho en gonasin horōmenos. Deutera de hē ktisis hē kata Christon, diʼ hēs anagennōmetha, ho estin ho Ophiouchos antagōnizomenos tǭ thēriǭ kai kōlyōn epi ton stephanon elthein ton hētoimasmenon tǭ anthrōpǭ.

The Bears themselves, they say, are two sevens, composed of seven stars, images of two creations. For the first creation, he says, is that according to Adam, in toils, which is the one seen kneeling. The second creation is that according to Christ, through which we are born again, which is the Serpent-holder, contending against the beast and preventing it from coming at the crown prepared for man.

4.48.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 120

Μεγάλη δὲ ἐστὶν Ἄρκτος ἡ Ἑλίκη, φησίν, μεγάλης κτίσεως σύμβολον, πρὸς ἣν πλέουσιν Ἕλληνες, τουτέστι πρὸς ἣν παιδεύονται καὶ διὰ τῶν τοῦ βίου φερόμενοι κυμάτων ἐπακολουθοῦσιν, ἑλίκην τινὰ οὖσαν τὴν τοιαύτην κτίσιν ἢ διδασκαλίαν ἢ σοφίαν, εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄγουσαν τοὺς ἑπομένους τῇ τοιαύτῃ κτίσει. Στροφὴ γὰρ τις τῆς Ἑλίκης προσηγορία καὶ ἀνακύκλωσις ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ.

Megalē de estin Arktos hē Helikē, phēsin, megalēs ktiseōs symbolon, pros hēn pleousin Hellēnes, toutesti pros hēn paideuontai kai dia tōn tou biou pheromenoi kymatōn epakolouthousin, helikēn tina ousan tēn toiautēn ktisin ē didaskalian ē sophian, eis ta opisō agousan tous hepomenous tę̄ toiautę̄ ktisei. Strophē gar tis tēs Helikēs prosēgoria kai anakyklōsis epi ta auta einai dokei.

The Great Bear is Helice, he says, a symbol of the great creation, toward which the Greeks sail, that is, by which they are trained and which they follow as they are carried through the waves of life; such a creation or teaching or wisdom being a kind of "helix," leading back those who follow such a creation. For the name Helice seems to mean a turning and a circling back to the same things.

4.48.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 120

Μικρὰ δέ τις ἡ ἑτέρα Ἄρκτος οἱονεί τις εἰκὼν τῆς δευτέρας κτίσεως τῆς κατὰ θεὸν κτισθείσης· ὀλίγοι γάρ, φησίν, εἰσὶν οἱ διὰ τῆς στενῆς ὁδοῦ πορευόμενοι· στενὴν δὲ λέγουσιν εἶναι τὴν Κυνοσουρίδα, πρὸς ἣν ὁ Ἄρατός φησιν ὅτι οἱ Σιδόνιοι ναυτίλλονται. Σιδονίους δὲ ἀπὸ μέρους εἴρηκεν ὁ Ἄρατος Φοίνικας διὰ τὸ εἶναι τὴν Φοινίκων σοφίαν θαυμαστήν, Φοίνικας δὲ εἶναι Ἕλληνες λέγουσι τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης κατοικήσαντας εἰς τοῦτον τὸν χῶρον, οὗ καὶ νῦν οἰκοῦσι, τοῦτο γὰρ Ἡροδότῳ δοκεῖ.

Mikra de tis hē hetera Arktos hoionei tis eikōn tēs deuteras ktiseōs tēs kata theon ktistheisēs; oligoi gar, phēsin, eisin hoi dia tēs stenēs hodou poreuomenoi; stenēn de legousin einai tēn Kynosourida, pros hēn ho Aratos phēsin hoti hoi Sidonioi nautillontai. Sidonious de apo merous eirēken ho Aratos Phoinikas dia to einai tēn Phoinikōn sophian thaumastēn, Phoinikas de einai Hellēnes legousi tous apo tēs Erythras thalassēs katoikēsantas eis touton ton chōron, hou kai nyn oikousi, touto gar Hērodotǭ dokei.

The other Bear is a small one, as it were an image of the second creation, created according to God; for few, he says, are those who travel by the narrow way. They say the Cynosure is narrow, by which Aratus says the Sidonians sail. Aratus called the Phoenicians Sidonians from a part, because the wisdom of the Phoenicians is marvelous; and the Greeks say the Phoenicians are those who came from the Red Sea to settle in this land where they still live; for so it seems to Herodotus.

4.48.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 120

Κυνόσουρα δέ, φησίν, αὕτη ἡ Ἄρκτος, ἡ κτίσις ἡ δευτέρα, ἡ μικρά, ἡ στενὴ ὁδός, καὶ οὐχὶ ἡ Ἑλίκη. Οὐ γὰρ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄγει, ἀλλʼ εἰς τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπʼ εὐθείας τοὺς ἑπομένους ὁδηγεῖ, κυνὸς οὖσα. Κύων γὰρ ὁ λόγος, τοῦτο μὲν φρουρῶν καὶ φυλάσσων τὸ ἐπιβουλευόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν λύκων ποίμνιον, τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς κτίσεως τὰ θηρία κυνηγῶν καὶ διαφθείρων, τοῦτο δὲ γεννῶν τὰ πάντα, καί, ὃ δὴ φασί, κύων, τουτέστι γεννῶν.

Kynosoura de, phēsin, hautē hē Arktos, hē ktisis hē deutera, hē mikra, hē stenē hodos, kai ouchi hē Helikē. Ou gar eis ta opisō agei, allʼ eis ta emprosthen epʼ eutheias tous hepomenous hodēgei, kynos ousa. Kyōn gar ho logos, touto men phrourōn kai phylassōn to epibouleuomenon hypo tōn lykōn poimnion, touto de apo tēs ktiseōs ta thēria kynēgōn kai diaphtheirōn, touto de gennōn ta panta, kai, ho dē phasi, kyōn, toutesti gennōn.

This Bear, he says, is Cynosura, the second creation, the small one, the narrow way, and not Helice. For it does not lead back but guides its followers forward in a straight line, being the dog's. For the Word is a dog, on the one hand guarding and keeping the flock that is plotted against by wolves, on the other hunting and destroying the beasts from creation, and on the other begetting all things; and, as they say, "dog" (kyon), that is, begetting.

4.48.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 120

Ἐντεῦθεν, φασίν, ὁ Ἄρατος περὶ τῆς τοῦ Κυνὸς ἀνατολῆς λέγων εἴρηκεν οὕτως· Κυνὸς δὲ ἀνατείλαντος οὐκέτι φυταλιαὶ ἐψεύσαντο. Τοῦτο ἐστὶν ὃ λέγει· τὰ φυτευόμενα φυτὰ εἰς τὴν γῆν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Κυνὸς ἀνατολῆς πολλάκις μὴ ῥιζοβολήσαντα ὅμως τέθηλε φύλλοις, καὶ ἐνδείκνυται τοῖς βλέπουσιν ὅτι ἔσται τελεσφόρα καὶ φαίνεται ζῶντα, οὐκ ἔχοντα ζωὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ῥίζης ἐν αὐτοῖς·

Enteuthen, phasin, ho Aratos peri tēs tou Kynos anatolēs legōn eirēken houtōs; Kynos de anateilantos ouketi phytaliai epseusanto. Touto estin ho legei; ta phyteuomena phyta eis tēn gēn mechri tēs tou Kynos anatolēs pollakis mē rhizobolēsanta homōs tethēle phyllois, kai endeiknytai tois blepousin hoti estai telesphora kai phainetai zōnta, ouk echonta zōēn apo tēs rhizēs en autois;

Hence, they say, Aratus, speaking of the rising of the Dog Star, said thus: "When the Dog has risen, the plantings no longer deceive." This is what he means: plants planted in the ground up to the rising of the Dog Star, though often they have not taken root, nevertheless flourish with leaves and show the onlookers that they will bear fruit, and seem alive, though they have no life from the root in them;

4.48.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 120–122

ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἡ τοῦ Κυνὸς ἀνατολὴ γένηται, ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυνὸς τὰ ζῶντα ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν διακρίνεται· μαραίνεται γὰρ ὄντως ὅσα οὐκ ἐρριζοβόλησεν. Οὗτος οὖν, φησίν, ὁ Κύων, λόγος τις ὢν θεῖος, ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν κριτὴς καθέστηκε, [καὶ] καθάπερ τῶν φυτῶν ὁ Κύων τὸ ἄστρον ἐπὶ τῆς κτίσεως θεωρεῖται, οὕτως ἐπὶ τῶν οὐρανίων φυτῶν, φησί, τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λόγος.

epeidan dʼ hē tou Kynos anatolē genētai, hypo tou Kynos ta zōnta apo tōn nekrōn diakrinetai; marainetai gar ontōs hosa ouk errizobolēsen. Houtos oun, phēsin, ho Kyōn, logos tis ōn theios, zōntōn kai nekrōn kritēs kathestēke, [kai] kathaper tōn phytōn ho Kyōn to astron epi tēs ktiseōs theōreitai, houtōs epi tōn ouraniōn phytōn, phēsi, tōn anthrōpōn, ho logos.

but when the rising of the Dog Star comes, the living are distinguished from the dead by the Dog; for whatever did not take root truly withers. This Dog, then, he says, being a divine Word, has been appointed judge of the living and the dead; [and] as the Dog Star is seen over the plants in creation, so the Word, he says, is over the heavenly plants, that is, men.

4.48.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 122

Διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην οὖν αἰτίαν ἡ δευτέρα κτίσις, Κυνόσουρα, λογικῆς κτίσεως εἰκὼν ἕστηκεν ἐν οὐρανῷ· μέσος δὲ ὁ Δράκων τῶν δύο κτίσεων ὑποτείνεται, τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς μεγάλης κτίσεως κωλύων ἐπὶ τὴν μικρὰν κτίσιν μετελθεῖν, τά τε ἐν τῇ κτίσει καθεστηκότα, καθάπερ τὸν Ἐν γόνασι, παραφυλάσσων, τηρῶν πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἕκαστον ἐν τῇ μικρᾷ κτίσει καθέστηκε.

Dia tēn toiautēn oun aitian hē deutera ktisis, Kynosoura, logikēs ktiseōs eikōn hestēken en ouranǭ; mesos de ho Drakōn tōn dyo ktiseōn hypoteinetai, ta apo tēs megalēs ktiseōs kōlyōn epi tēn mikran ktisin metelthein, ta te en tę̄ ktisei kathestēkota, kathaper ton En gonasi, paraphylassōn, tērōn pōs kai tina tropon hekaston en tę̄ mikrą ktisei kathestēke.

For this reason, then, the second creation, Cynosura, stands in heaven as an image of the rational creation; and the Dragon stretches between the two creations, preventing those from the great creation from passing over to the small creation, and watching over those established in the creation, like the Kneeler, observing how and in what way each one is established in the small creation.

4.48.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 122

Τηρεῖται δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς κατὰ τὴν κεφαλήν, φησίν, ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀφιούχου. Αὕτη, φησίν, εἰκὼν ἕστηκεν ἐν οὐρανῷ, σοφία τις οὖσα τοῖς ἰδεῖν δυναμένοις. Εἰ δὲ ἐστὶν ἀσαφὲς κατὰ τοῦτο, διʼ ἄλλης εἰκόνος, φησίν, ἡ κτίσις διδάσκει φιλοσοφεῖν, περὶ ἧς ὁ Ἄρατος εἴρηκεν οὕτως· Οὐδʼ ἄρα Κηφῆος μογερὸν γένος Ἰασίδαο.

Tēreitai de kai autos kata tēn kephalēn, phēsin, hypo tou Ophiouchou. Hautē, phēsin, eikōn hestēken en ouranǭ, sophia tis ousa tois idein dynamenois. Ei de estin asaphes kata touto, diʼ allēs eikonos, phēsin, hē ktisis didaskei philosophein, peri hēs ho Aratos eirēken houtōs; Oudʼ ara Kēphēos mogeron genos Iasidao.

And he himself, he says, is watched at the head by the Serpent-holder. This image, he says, stands in heaven, being a kind of wisdom to those able to see. And if it is unclear in this respect, creation teaches us to philosophize, he says, through another image, about which Aratus has spoken thus: "Nor, then, the toiling race of Cepheus son of Iasus."

item 4, chapter 49

4.49.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 122

Ὁ Κηφεύς, φησίν, αὐτοῦ ἐστὶ πλησίον καὶ ἡ Κασσιέπεια καὶ Ἀνδρομέδα καὶ ὁ Περσεύς, μεγάλα τῆς κτίσεως γράμματα τοῖς ἰδεῖν δυναμένοις. Κηφέα γάρ φησιν εἶναι τὸν Ἀδάμ, τὴν Κασσιέπειαν Εὔαν, τὴν Ἀνδρομέδαν τὴν ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ψυχήν, τὸν Περσέα Λόγον, πτερωτὸν Διὸς ἔγγονον, τὸ Κῆτος τὸ ἐπίβουλον θηρίον.

Ho Kēpheus, phēsin, autou esti plēsion kai hē Kassiepeia kai Andromeda kai ho Perseus, megala tēs ktiseōs grammata tois idein dynamenois. Kēphea gar phēsin einai ton Adam, tēn Kassiepeian Euan, tēn Andromedan tēn amphoterōn toutōn psychēn, ton Persea Logon, pterōton Dios engonon, to Kētos to epiboulon thērion.

Cepheus, he says, is near him, and Cassiepeia and Andromeda and Perseus, great letters of creation to those able to see. For he says Cepheus is Adam, Cassiepeia Eve, Andromeda the soul of both of them, Perseus the Word, the winged offspring of Zeus, and the Sea-monster the plotting beast.

4.49.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 122

Οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλον τινὰ τούτων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μόνην τὴν Ἀνδρομέδαν ἔρχεται ὁ ἀποκτείνας τὸ θηρίον, οὗ καὶ τὴν Ἀνδρομέδαν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λαβὼν ἔκδοτον δεδεμένην τῷ θηρίῳ ὁ Λόγος, φησίν, ὁ Περσεὺς ῥύεται. Περσεὺς δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ ὑπόπτερος ἄξων, ὁ περαίνων ἑκατέρους τοὺς πόλους διὰ μέσης τῆς γῆς καὶ στρέφων τὸν κόσμον.

Ouk epʼ allon tina toutōn, allʼ epi monēn tēn Andromedan erchetai ho apokteinas to thērion, hou kai tēn Andromedan pros heauton labōn ekdoton dedemenēn tǭ thēriǭ ho Logos, phēsin, ho Perseus rhyetai. Perseus de estin ho hypopteros axōn, ho perainōn hekaterous tous polous dia mesēs tēs gēs kai strephōn ton kosmon.

He who killed the beast comes to none of these but to Andromeda alone; and the Word, he says, Perseus, takes Andromeda to himself, who had been given up bound to the beast, and rescues her. Perseus is the winged axis, which pierces both poles through the middle of the earth and turns the world.

4.49.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 122

Ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὁ ὄρνις ὁ κύκνος παρὰ τὰς ἄρκτους, [μουσι]κὸν ζῷον, τοῦ θείου σύμβολον πνεύματος· ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοῖς ἤδη τοῖς τέρμασι γενόμενον τοῦ βίου μόνον ᾄδειν πέφυκε, μετὰ ἀγαθῆς ἐλπίδος τῆς κτίσεως τῆς πονηρᾶς ἀπαλλασσόμενον ὕμνους ἀναπέμπον τῷ θεῷ.

Esti de kai to pneuma to en tǭ kosmǭ ho ornis ho kyknos para tas arktous, [mousi]kon zǭon, tou theiou symbolon pneumatos; hoti pros autois ēdē tois termasi genomenon tou biou monon ądein pephyke, meta agathēs elpidos tēs ktiseōs tēs ponēras apallassomenon hymnous anapempon tǭ theǭ.

And the spirit in the world is the bird, the swan, near the Bears, a [musical] creature, a symbol of the divine Spirit; because, when it has already come to the very end of its life, it alone by nature sings, departing from the evil creation with good hope and sending up hymns to God.

4.49.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 122–124

Καρκίνοι δὲ καὶ ταῦροι καὶ λέοντες καὶ κριοὶ καὶ αἶγες καὶ ἔριφοι, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα θηρία διὰ τῶν ἄστρων ὀνομάζεται κατὰ τὸν οὐρανόν, εἰκόνες δή, φησίν, εἰσὶ καὶ παραδείγματα, ἀφʼ ὧν ἡ μεταβλητὴ κτίσις λαμβάνουσα τὰς ἰδέας τοιούτων ζῴων γίνεται πλήρης.

Karkinoi de kai tauroi kai leontes kai krioi kai aiges kai eriphoi, kai hosa alla thēria dia tōn astrōn onomazetai kata ton ouranon, eikones dē, phēsin, eisi kai paradeigmata, aphʼ hōn hē metablētē ktisis lambanousa tas ideas toioutōn zǭōn ginetai plērēs.

Crabs and bulls and lions and rams and goats and kids, and whatever other beasts are named in the heaven by the stars, are images, he says, and patterns, from which the changeable creation, taking the forms of such animals, becomes full.

item 4, chapter 50

4.50.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 124

Τούτοις χρώμενοι τοῖς λόγοις ἀπατᾶν νομίζουσι πολλούς, ὅσοι περιεργότερον τοῖς ἀστρολόγοις προσέχουσιν, ἐντεῦθεν τὴν θεοσέβειαν συνιστᾶν πειρώμενοι μακρὰν ἀπεμφαίνουσαν τῆς τούτων ὑπολήψεως. Διὸ, ἀγαπητοί, φύγωμεν τὸ μικροθαύμαστον τοῦ ὄρνιθος τοῦ ὤτου· ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιάδε ὄρχησις ἐστὶ καὶ οὐκ ἀλήθεια.

Toutois chrōmenoi tois logois apatan nomizousi pollous, hosoi periergoteron tois astrologois prosechousin, enteuthen tēn theosebeian synistan peirōmenoi makran apemphainousan tēs toutōn hypolēpseōs. Dio, agapētoi, phygōmen to mikrothaumaston tou ornithos tou ōtou; tauta gar kai ta toiade orchēsis esti kai ouk alētheia.

Using these words they think they deceive many, as many as pay too curious attention to the astrologers, trying from there to establish a worship of God that stands far removed from their notion. Therefore, beloved, let us flee the easy amazement of the horned owl; for these things and the like are dancing and not truth.

4.50.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 124

Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄστρα ταῦτα δηλοῖ, ἀλλὰ ἰδίως οἱ ἄνθρωποι πρὸς ἐπισημείωσίν τινων ἄστρων ὀνόματα οὕτως ἐπεκάλεσαν, ἵνα αὐτοῖς ἐπίσημα ᾖ. Τί γὰρ ἄρκτου ἢ λέοντος ἢ ἐρίφων ἢ ὑδροχόου ἢ Κηφέως ἢ Ἀνδρομέδας ἢ τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου ὀνομαζομένων εἰδώλων ὅμοιον ἔχουσιν ἀστέρες διεσπαρμένοι κατὰ τὸν οὐρανόν, πολὺ μεταγενεστέρων γεγενημένων τούτων τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἢ τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνέστηκε γέννησις· ἵνα καὶ οἱ αἱρετικοὶ καταπλαγέντες τὸ θαῦμα οὕτως ἐξεργάσωνται διὰ τοιῶνδε λόγων τὰ ἴδια δόγματα συνιστᾶν;

Ouden gar astra tauta dēloi, alla idiōs hoi anthrōpoi pros episēmeiōsin tinōn astrōn onomata houtōs epekalesan, hina autois episēma ę̄. Ti gar arktou ē leontos ē eriphōn ē hydrochoou ē Kēpheōs ē Andromedas ē tōn en Haidou onomazomenōn eidōlōn homoion echousin asteres diesparmenoi kata ton ouranon, poly metagenesterōn gegenēmenōn toutōn tōn anthrōpōn kai tōn onomatōn ē tōn anthrōpōn synestēke gennēsis; hina kai hoi hairetikoi kataplagentes to thauma houtōs exergasōntai dia toiōnde logōn ta idia dogmata synistan?

For the stars show nothing of this; rather men of their own accord gave certain stars these names for marking them, so that they might be conspicuous to them. For what likeness to a bear or a lion or kids or a water-carrier or Cepheus or Andromeda or the images named in Hades have the stars scattered across the heaven, since these men and names came into being much later than the stars, when the birth of men took place? So that the heretics too, astonished at the marvel, should work out their own doctrines by such arguments?

item 4, chapter 51

4.51.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 124

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ σχεδὸν πᾶσα αἵρεσις διὰ τῆς ἀριθμητικῆς τέχνης ἐφεῦρεν ἑβδομάδων μέτρα καὶ αἰώνων τινὰς προβολάς, ἄλλων ἄλλως τὴν τέχνην διασπώντων καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι μόνον διαλλασσόντων, τούτων δὲ αὐτοῖς διδάσκαλος γίνεται Πυθαγόρας, πρῶτος εἰς Ἕλληνας ἀπʼ Αἰγύπτου τοὺς τοιούτους ἀριθμοὺς παραδούς· δοκεῖ μηδὲ τοῦτο παραλιπεῖν, ἀλλὰ διὰ συντόμου δείξαντας ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ζητουμένων ἀπόδειξιν χωρῆσαι.

Allʼ epei schedon pasa hairesis dia tēs arithmētikēs technēs epheuren hebdomadōn metra kai aiōnōn tinas probolas, allōn allōs tēn technēn diaspōntōn kai tois onomasi monon diallassontōn, toutōn de autois didaskalos ginetai Pythagoras, prōtos eis Hellēnas apʼ Aigyptou tous toioutous arithmous paradous; dokei mēde touto paralipein, alla dia syntomou deixantas epi tēn tōn zētoumenōn apodeixin chōrēsai.

But since almost every heresy has devised, by the art of arithmetic, measures of hebdomads and certain emanations of Aeons, some tearing the art apart in one way and others in another, and differing only in names, and since Pythagoras became their teacher in this, the first to hand down such numbers to the Greeks from Egypt, it seems best not to leave this out either, but to show it briefly and then proceed to the demonstration of what is being sought.

4.51.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 124

Γεγόνασιν ἀριθμητικοὶ καὶ γεωμέτραι, οἷς μάλιστα τὰς ἀρχὰς παρεσχηκέναι δοκεῖ πρῶτος Πυθαγόρας· καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ἀριθμῶν εἰς ἄπειρον ἀεὶ προχωρεῖν δυναμένων τῷ πολυπλασιασμῷ καὶ τοῖς σχήμασι τὰς πρώτας ἔλαβον ἀρχὰς οἱονεὶ θεωρητὰς μόνῳ τῷ λόγῳ. Γεωμετρίας γάρ, ὥς ἐστιν ἐνιδεῖν, σημεῖον ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ ἀμερές, ἀπʼ ἐκείνου δὲ τοῦ σημείου τῇ τέχνῃ ἡ τῶν ἀπείρων σχημάτων ἀπὸ τοῦ σημείου γένεσις εὑρίσκεται.

Gegonasin arithmētikoi kai geōmetrai, hois malista tas archas pareschēkenai dokei prōtos Pythagoras; kai houtoi tōn arithmōn eis apeiron aei prochōrein dynamenōn tǭ polyplasiasmǭ kai tois schēmasi tas prōtas elabon archas hoionei theōrētas monǭ tǭ logǭ. Geōmetrias gar, hōs estin enidein, sēmeion estin archē ameres, apʼ ekeinou de tou sēmeiou tę̄ technę̄ hē tōn apeirōn schēmatōn apo tou sēmeiou genesis heurisketai.

There have been arithmeticians and geometers, to whom Pythagoras seems especially to have been the first to provide the principles; and since numbers can always proceed to infinity by multiplication and figures, these took the first principles as though observable by reason alone. For of geometry, as can be seen, the principle is the point, without parts; and from that point by the art the generation of infinite figures from the point is found.

4.51.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 124–126

Ῥυὲν γὰρ τὸ σημεῖον ἐπὶ μῆκος γίνεται γραμμὴ μετὰ τὴν ῥύσιν, πέρας ἔχουσα σημεῖον, γραμμὴ δὲ ἐπὶ πλάτος ῥυεῖσα ἐπίπεδον γεννᾷ, πέρατα δὲ τοῦ ἐπιπέδου γραμμαί, ἐπίπεδον δὲ ῥυὲν εἰς βάθος γίνεται σῶμα· στερεοῦ δὲ ὑπάρξαντος, οὕτως ἐξ ἐλαχίστου σημείου παντελῶς ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου σώματος ὑπέστη φύσις, καὶ τοῦτο ἐστὶν ὃ λέγει Σίμων οὕτως· Τὸ μικρὸν μέγα ἔσται, οἱονεὶ σημεῖον ὄν, τὸ δὲ μέγα ἀπέραντον, κατακολουθῶν τῷ γεωμετρουμένῳ σημείῳ.

Rhyen gar to sēmeion epi mēkos ginetai grammē meta tēn rhysin, peras echousa sēmeion, grammē de epi platos rhyeisa epipedon genną, perata de tou epipedou grammai, epipedon de rhyen eis bathos ginetai sōma; stereou de hyparxantos, houtōs ex elachistou sēmeiou pantelōs hē tou megalou sōmatos hypestē physis, kai touto estin ho legei Simōn houtōs; To mikron mega estai, hoionei sēmeion on, to de mega aperanton, katakolouthōn tǭ geōmetroumenǭ sēmeiǭ.

For the point, flowing in length, becomes after its flowing a line, having a point as its limit; a line, flowing in breadth, begets a plane, and the limits of the plane are lines; and a plane, flowing into depth, becomes a body. And when the solid exists, thus from the least point the nature of the great body has entirely come into being; and this is what Simon says thus: "The small will be great," being as it were a point, "and the great boundless," following the geometric point.

4.51.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 126

Τῆς δὲ ἀριθμητικῆς κατὰ σύνθεσιν ἐχούσης τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἀριθμὸς γέγονεν ἀρχή, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀόριστον, ἀκατάληπτον, ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάντας τοὺς ἐπʼ ἄπειρον ἐλθεῖν δυναμένους ἀριθμοὺς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος. Τῶν δὲ ἀριθμῶν ἀρχὴ γέγονε καθʼ ὑπόστασιν ἡ πρώτη μονάς, ἥτις ἐστὶ μονὰς ἄρσην, γεννῶσα πατρικῶς τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἀριθμούς.

Tēs de arithmētikēs kata synthesin echousēs tēn philosophian arithmos gegonen archē, hoper estin aoriston, akatalēpton, echōn en heautǭ pantas tous epʼ apeiron elthein dynamenous arithmous kata to plēthos. Tōn de arithmōn archē gegone kathʼ hypostasin hē prōtē monas, hētis esti monas arsēn, gennōsa patrikōs tous allous pantas arithmous.

Since arithmetic has its philosophy by composition, number came into being as the first principle, which is indefinite, incomprehensible, containing in itself all the numbers that can go on to infinity in multitude. The principle of numbers in substance came to be the first monad, which is a male monad, begetting all the other numbers after the manner of a father.

4.51.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 126

Δεύτερον ἡ δυὰς θῆλυς ἀριθμός, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς καὶ ἄρτιος ὑπὸ τῶν ἀριθμητικῶν καλεῖται. Τρίτον ἡ τριὰς ἀριθμὸς ἄρσην· οὗτος καὶ περισσὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀριθμητικῶν νενομοθέτηται καλεῖσθαι. Ἐφʼ ἅπασι δὲ τούτοις ἡ τετρὰς θῆλυς ἀριθμός, ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος καὶ ἄρτιος καλεῖται, ὅτι θῆλυς ἐστί.

Deuteron hē dyas thēlys arithmos, ho de autos kai artios hypo tōn arithmētikōn kaleitai. Triton hē trias arithmos arsēn; houtos kai perissos hypo tōn arithmētikōn nenomothetētai kaleisthai. Ephʼ hapasi de toutois hē tetras thēlys arithmos, ho de autos houtos kai artios kaleitai, hoti thēlys esti.

Second is the dyad, a female number, which is also called even by the arithmeticians. Third is the triad, a male number; this too has been ordained by the arithmeticians to be called odd. After all these is the tetrad, a female number; this same one is also called even, because it is female.

4.51.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 126

Γεγόνασιν οὖν οἱ πάντες ἀριθμοὶ ληφθέντες ἀπὸ γένους τέσσαρες (ἀριθμὸς δὲ ἦν τὸ γένος ἀόριστος), ἀφʼ ὧν ὁ τέλειος αὐτοῖς ἀριθμὸς συνέστηκεν ἡ δεκάς. Τὸ γὰρ ἕν, δύο, τρία, τέσσαρα γίνεται δέκα, ὡς προαποδέδεικται, ἐὰν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀριθμῶν φυλάττηται κατʼ οὐσίαν ὄνομα τὸ οἰκεῖον.

Gegonasin oun hoi pantes arithmoi lēphthentes apo genous tessares (arithmos de ēn to genos aoristos), aphʼ hōn ho teleios autois arithmos synestēken hē dekas. To gar hen, dyo, tria, tessara ginetai deka, hōs proapodedeiktai, ean hekastǭ tōn arithmōn phylattētai katʼ ousian onoma to oikeion.

All the numbers, then, taken by kind, are four (number as a kind being indefinite), from which their perfect number, the decad, is composed. For one, two, three, four make ten, as has been shown before, if to each of the numbers its own name is kept according to its substance.

4.51.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 126

Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ Πυθαγόραν ἱερὰ τετρακτὺς ἀεννάου φύσεως ῥιζώματʼ ἔχουσα ἐν ἑαυτῇ, τουτέστι τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἀριθμούς· ὁ γὰρ ἕνδεκα καὶ δώδεκα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς γενέσεως ἀπὸ τῶν δέκα λαμβάνουσι.

Hautē estin hē kata Pythagoran hiera tetraktys aennaou physeōs rhizōmatʼ echousa en heautę̄, toutesti tous allous pantas arithmous; ho gar hendeka kai dōdeka kai hoi loipoi tēn archēn tēs geneseōs apo tōn deka lambanousi.

This is the sacred tetractys according to Pythagoras, "having the roots of ever-flowing nature in itself," that is, all the other numbers; for eleven and twelve and the rest take the beginning of their generation from ten.

4.51.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 126

Ταύτης τῆς δεκάδος, τοῦ τελείου ἀριθμοῦ, τὰ τέσσαρα καλεῖται μέρη· ἀριθμός, μονάς, δύναμις, κύβος, οἷς ἐπιπλοκαὶ καὶ μίξεις πρὸς γένεσιν αὐξήσεως γίνονται, κατὰ φύσιν τὸν γόνιμον ἀριθμὸν ἐπιτελοῦσαι· ὅταν γὰρ δύναμις αὐτὴ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὴν κυβισθήσεται, γέγονε δυναμοδύναμις, ὅταν δὲ δύναμις ἐπὶ κύβον, γέγονε δυναμόκυβος, ὅταν δὲ κύβος ἐπὶ κύβον, γέγονε κυβόκυβος· ὡς γίνεσθαι τοὺς πάντας ἀριθμοὺς ἑπτά, ἵνα ἡ τῶν γενομένων γένεσις γένηται ἐξ ἑβδομάδος, ἥτις ἐστίν· ἀριθμός, μονάς, δύναμις, κύβος, δυναμοδύναμις, δυναμόκυβος, κυβόκυβος.

Tautēs tēs dekados, tou teleiou arithmou, ta tessara kaleitai merē; arithmos, monas, dynamis, kybos, hois epiplokai kai mixeis pros genesin auxēseōs ginontai, kata physin ton gonimon arithmon epitelousai; hotan gar dynamis autē ephʼ heautēn kybisthēsetai, gegone dynamodynamis, hotan de dynamis epi kybon, gegone dynamokybos, hotan de kybos epi kybon, gegone kybokybos; hōs ginesthai tous pantas arithmous hepta, hina hē tōn genomenōn genesis genētai ex hebdomados, hētis estin; arithmos, monas, dynamis, kybos, dynamodynamis, dynamokybos, kybokybos.

Of this decad, the perfect number, the four parts are called number, monad, power, cube, of which there come interweavings and mixtures for the generation of increase, completing the fruitful number according to nature. For when a power is cubed upon itself, it becomes a power-power; when a power by a cube, a power-cube; when a cube by a cube, a cube-cube; so that all the numbers become seven, so that the generation of things that come to be arises from the hebdomad, which is: number, monad, power, cube, power-power, power-cube, cube-cube.

4.51.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 126–128

Ταύτην τὴν ἑβδομάδα Σίμων καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος ὀνόμασιν ἐνδιαλλάξαντες ἐτερατολόγησαν, ὑπόθεσιν ἑαυτοῖς ἐντεῦθεν σχεδιάσαντες. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ Σίμων οὕτως καλεῖ· νοῦς, ἐπίνοια, ὄνομα, φωνή, λογισμός, ἐνθύμησις, ὁ ἑστώς, στάς, στησόμενος, καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος· νοῦς, ἀλήθεια, λόγος, ζωή, ἄνθρωπος, ἐκκλησία καὶ ὁ πατὴρ συναριθμούμενος, κατὰ ταὐτὰ τοῖς τὴν ἀριθμητικὴν ἠσκηκόσι φιλοσοφίαν, [ἣν] ὡς ἄγνωστον [τοῖς] πολλοῖς θαυμάσαντες καὶ κατακολουθήσαντες τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπινοηθείσας αἱρέσεις συνεστήσαντο.

Tautēn tēn hebdomada Simōn kai Oualentinos onomasin endiallaxantes eteratologēsan, hypothesin heautois enteuthen schediasantes. Ho men gar Simōn houtōs kalei; nous, epinoia, onoma, phōnē, logismos, enthymēsis, ho hestōs, stas, stēsomenos, kai Oualentinos; nous, alētheia, logos, zōē, anthrōpos, ekklēsia kai ho patēr synarithmoumenos, kata tauta tois tēn arithmētikēn ēskēkosi philosophian, [hēn] hōs agnōston [tois] pollois thaumasantes kai katakolouthēsantes tas hypʼ autōn epinoētheisas haireseis synestēsanto.

This hebdomad Simon and Valentinus, changing the names, turned into marvels, improvising a system for themselves from it. For Simon names them thus: Mind, Thought, Name, Voice, Reasoning, Reflection, He who stood, stands, and will stand; and Valentinus: Mind, Truth, Word, Life, Man, Church, and the Father counted with them; in the same way as those who practiced arithmetical philosophy, [which] they admired as unknown [to] the many, and following it put together the heresies they devised.

4.51.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 128

Τινὲς μὲν οὖν καὶ ἀπὸ ἰατρικῆς συνιστᾶν τὰς ἑβδομάδας πειρῶνται, ἐκπλαγέντες ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου ἀνατομῇ, λέγοντες τὴν τοῦ παντὸς οὐσίαν καὶ δύναμιν πατρικὴν καὶ θειότητα ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου διαθέσεως διδάσκεσθαι.

Tines men oun kai apo iatrikēs synistan tas hebdomadas peirōntai, ekplagentes epi tę̄ tou enkephalou anatomę̄, legontes tēn tou pantos ousian kai dynamin patrikēn kai theiotēta apo tēs tou enkephalou diatheseōs didaskesthai.

Some also try to establish the hebdomads from medicine, astonished at the anatomy of the brain, saying that the substance of the universe, the fatherly power, and the divinity are taught from the arrangement of the brain.

4.51.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 128

Ὁ γὰρ ἐγκέφαλος κύριον μέρος ὢν τοῦ παντὸς σώματος ἐπίκειται ἀτρεμὴς καὶ ἀκίνητος, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τὸ πνεῦμα. Ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ τοιαύτη ἱστορία οὐκ ἀπίθανος, μακρὰν δὲ τῆς τούτων ἐπιχειρήσεως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐγκέφαλος ἀνατμηθεὶς ἔνδον ἔχει τὸ καλούμενον καμάριον, οὗ ἑκατέρωθεν ὑμένες εἰσὶ λεπτοί, οὓς πτερύγια προσαγορεύουσιν, ἠρέμα ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος κινούμενα καὶ πάλιν ἀπελαύνοντα τὸ πνεῦμα ἐπὶ τὴν παρεγκεφαλίδα·

Ho gar enkephalos kyrion meros ōn tou pantos sōmatos epikeitai atremēs kai akinētos, entos heautou echōn to pneuma. Esti men oun hē toiautē historia ouk apithanos, makran de tēs toutōn epicheirēseōs. Ho men gar enkephalos anatmētheis endon echei to kaloumenon kamarion, hou hekaterōthen hymenes eisi leptoi, hous pterygia prosagoreuousin, ērema hypo tou pneumatos kinoumena kai palin apelaunonta to pneuma epi tēn parenkephalida;

For the brain, being the ruling part of the whole body, lies at rest and unmoved, holding the spirit within itself. Such an account, then, is not implausible, but it is far from their undertaking. For the brain, when dissected, has inside it what is called the vault, on either side of which are thin membranes, which they call little wings, gently moved by the spirit and in turn driving the spirit on to the cerebellum;

4.51.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 128

ὃ διατρέχον διά τινος ἀγγείου καλάμῳ ἐοικότος ἐπὶ τὸ κωνάριον χωρεῖ, ᾧ πρόσκειται τὸ στόμιον τῆς παρεγκεφαλίδος ἐκδεχόμενον τὸ διατρέχον πνεῦμα καὶ ἀναδιδὸν ἐπὶ τὸν νωτιαῖον λεγόμενον μυελόν, ὅθεν πᾶν τὸ σῶμα μεταλαμβάνει τὸ πνευματικὸν πασῶν τῶν ἀρτηριῶν δίκην κλάδου ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἀγγείου ἠρτημένων, οὗ τὸ πέρας ἐπὶ τὰ γεννητικὰ ἀγγεῖα τερματίζεται· ὅθεν καὶ τὰ σπέρματα ἐξ ἐγκεφάλου διὰ τῆς ὀσφύος χωροῦντα ἐκκρίνεται.

ho diatrechon dia tinos angeiou kalamǭ eoikotos epi to kōnarion chōrei, hǭ proskeitai to stomion tēs parenkephalidos ekdechomenon to diatrechon pneuma kai anadidon epi ton nōtiaion legomenon myelon, hothen pan to sōma metalambanei to pneumatikon pasōn tōn artēriōn dikēn kladou ek toutou tou angeiou ērtēmenōn, hou to peras epi ta gennētika angeia termatizetai; hothen kai ta spermata ex enkephalou dia tēs osphyos chōrounta ekkrinetai.

which, running through a certain vessel like a reed, goes to the pineal gland, to which the mouth of the cerebellum is attached, receiving the spirit that runs through and passing it on to what is called the spinal marrow; from which the whole body receives the spiritual element, all the arteries being attached like a branch to this vessel, whose end terminates at the generative vessels; whence also the seeds, going from the brain through the loins, are secreted.

4.51.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 128

Ἔστι δὲ τὸ σχῆμα τῆς παρεγκεφαλίδος ἐοικὸς κεφαλῇ δράκοντος, περὶ οὗ πολὺς ὁ λόγος τοῖς τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως γίνεται, καθὼς ἐπιδείξομεν. Ἕτεραι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου φύονται ἓξ συζυγίαι, αἳ περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν διϊκνούμεναι συνέχουσι τὰ σώματα ἐν αὐτῇ περατούμεναι· ἡ δὲ ἑβδόμη ἐκ τῆς παρεγκεφαλίδος εἰς τὰ κάτω τοῦ λοιποῦ σώματος, καθὼς εἴπομεν.

Esti de to schēma tēs parenkephalidos eoikos kephalę̄ drakontos, peri hou polys ho logos tois tēs pseudōnymou gnōseōs ginetai, kathōs epideixomen. Heterai de ek tou enkephalou phyontai hex syzygiai, hai peri tēn kephalēn diïknoumenai synechousi ta sōmata en autę̄ peratoumenai; hē de hebdomē ek tēs parenkephalidos eis ta katō tou loipou sōmatos, kathōs eipomen.

The shape of the cerebellum is like the head of a dragon, about which there is much talk among those of the knowledge falsely so called, as we shall show. And six other pairs grow from the brain, which, passing around the head, hold the bodies together, ending in it; and the seventh goes from the cerebellum to the lower parts of the rest of the body, as we said.

4.51.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 128

Καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ πολὺς ὁ λόγος, ὅθεν καὶ Σίμων καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος εὑρεθήσονται καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀφορμὰς εἰληφότες, καὶ εἰ μὴ ὁμολογοῖεν, ὄντες πρῶτον ψεῦσται, εἶτα αἱρετικοί. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ ταῦτα δοκεῖ ἱκανῶς ἡμᾶς ἐκτεθεῖσθαι, πάντα δὲ τὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι τῆς ἐπιγείου φιλοσοφίας δόγματα περιείληπται ἐν τέσσαρσι βιβλίοις, δοκεῖ ἐπὶ τοὺς τούτων χωρεῖν μαθητάς, μᾶλλον δὲ κλεψιλόγους.

Kai peri toutou de polys ho logos, hothen kai Simōn kai Oualentinos heurethēsontai kai enteuthen aphormas eilēphotes, kai ei mē homologoien, ontes prōton pseustai, eita hairetikoi. Epei oun kai tauta dokei hikanōs hēmas ektetheisthai, panta de ta dokounta einai tēs epigeiou philosophias dogmata perieilēptai en tessarsi bibliois, dokei epi tous toutōn chōrein mathētas, mallon de klepsilogous.

And about this too there is much talk, from which Simon and Valentinus will be found to have taken their starting points, and, if they do not admit it, to be first liars and then heretics. Since, then, these things too seem to have been sufficiently set out by us, and all that seem to be the doctrines of earthly philosophy have been comprised in four books, it seems best to proceed to their disciples, or rather their plagiarists.

item 5, chapter 1

5.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ πέμπτῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου.

Tade enestin en tę̄ pemptę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou.

The following are the contents of the fifth book of the Refutation of All Heresies.

item 5, chapter 2

5.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Τίνα οἱ Ναασσηνοὶ λέγουσιν οἱ ἑαυτοὺς γνωστικοὺς ἀποκαλοῦντες, καὶ ὅτι ἐκεῖνα δογματίζουσιν ἃ πρότερον οἱ Ἑλλήνων φιλόσοφοι ἐδογμάτισαν καὶ οἱ τὰ μυστικὰ παραδόντες, ἀφʼ ὧν τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβόντες αἱρέσεις συνεστήσαντο.

Tina hoi Naassēnoi legousin hoi heautous gnōstikous apokalountes, kai hoti ekeina dogmatizousin ha proteron hoi Hellēnōn philosophoi edogmatisan kai hoi ta mystika paradontes, aphʼ hōn tas aphormas labontes haireseis synestēsanto.

What the Naassenes say, who call themselves Gnostics, and that they teach as doctrine what the philosophers of the Greeks and those who handed down the mysteries taught before, from whom they took their starting points and put together heresies.

item 5, chapter 3

5.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Καὶ τίνα τὰ τοῖς Περάταις δοκοῦντα, καὶ ὅτι μὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν τὸ δόγμα αὐτοῖς συνίσταται, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ ἀστρολογικῆς.

Kai tina ta tois Peratais dokounta, kai hoti mē apo tōn hagiōn graphōn to dogma autois synistatai, alla apo astrologikēs.

And what the Peratae hold, and that their doctrine is established not from the holy Scriptures but from astrology.

item 5, chapter 4

5.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Τίς ὁ κατὰ τοὺς Σηθιανοὺς λόγος, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ τῶν καθʼ Ἕλληνας σοφῶν κλεψιλογήσαντες Μουσαίου καὶ Λίνου καὶ Ὀρφέως τὸ δόγμα ἑαυτῶν συνεκάττυσαν.

Tis ho kata tous Sēthianous logos, kai hoti apo tōn kathʼ Hellēnas sophōn klepsilogēsantes Mousaiou kai Linou kai Orpheōs to dogma heautōn synekattysan.

What the doctrine of the Sethians is, and that, plagiarizing from the wise men of the Greeks, Musaeus, Linus, and Orpheus, they cobbled together their own doctrine.

item 5, chapter 5

5.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Τίνα τὰ Ἰουστίνῳ δοκοῦντα, καὶ ὅτι μὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν τὸ δόγμα αὐτῷ συνίσταται, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν Ἡροδότου τοῦ ἱστοριογράφου τερατολογιῶν. Ε΄.

Tina ta Ioustinǭ dokounta, kai hoti mē apo tōn hagiōn graphōn to dogma autǭ synistatai, allʼ ek tōn Hērodotou tou historiographou teratologiōn. E΄.

What Justin holds, and that his doctrine is established not from the holy Scriptures but from the marvel-tales of Herodotus the historian. Book 5.

item 5, chapter 6

5.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Πάνυ νομίζω πεπονημένως τὰ δόξαντα πᾶσι τοῖς καθʼ Ἕλληνάς τε καὶ βαρβάρους [φιλοσόφοις] περί τε τοῦ θείου καὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργίας ἐκτεθεῖσθαι ἐν ταῖς πρὸ ταύτης τέσσαρσι βίβλοις, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰ περίεργα παραλείψας οὐ τὸν τυχόντα πόνον ἀναδέδεγμαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι, προτρεπόμενος πολλοὺς πρὸς φιλομάθειαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν τῆς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν γνώσεως.

Pany nomizō peponēmenōs ta doxanta pasi tois kathʼ Hellēnas te kai barbarous [philosophois] peri te tou theiou kai tēs tou kosmou dēmiourgias ektetheisthai en tais pro tautēs tessarsi biblois, hōn oude ta perierga paraleipsas ou ton tychonta ponon anadedegmai tois entynchanousi, protrepomenos pollous pros philomatheian kai asphaleian tēs peri tēn alētheian gnōseōs.

I think that in the four books before this I have set out very laboriously the opinions of all the [philosophers] among both Greeks and barbarians concerning the divine and the fashioning of the world; not leaving out even their curiosities, I have undertaken no ordinary toil for my readers, urging many toward love of learning and toward security in the knowledge of the truth.

5.6.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 130

Περιλείπεται τοίνυν ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν αἱρέσεων ἔλεγχον ὁρμᾶν, οὗ χάριν καὶ τὰ προειρημένα ἡμῖν ἐκτεθείμεθα, ἀφʼ ὧν τὰς ἀφορμὰς μετασχόντες οἱ αἱρεσιάρχαι δίκην παλαιορράφων [συγκ]αττύσαντες πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν τὰ τῶν παλαιῶν σφάλματα ὡς καινὰ παρέθεσαν τοῖς πλανᾶσθαι δυναμένοις, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἀκολούθοις δείξομεν.

Perileipetai toinyn epi ton tōn haireseōn elenchon horman, hou charin kai ta proeirēmena hēmin ektetheimetha, aphʼ hōn tas aphormas metaschontes hoi hairesiarchai dikēn palaiorraphōn [synk]attysantes pros ton idion noun ta tōn palaiōn sphalmata hōs kaina parethesan tois planasthai dynamenois, hōs en tois akolouthois deixomen.

It remains, then, to press on to the refutation of the heresies, for whose sake we have also set out what was said before; from which the heresiarchs took their starting points and, like cobblers of old shoes, stitching together to suit their own mind the errors of the ancients, set them out as new to those who can be led astray, as we shall show in what follows.

5.6.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 130–132

Τὸ λοιπὸν προκαλεῖται ἡμᾶς ὁ χρόνος ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν προκειμένων πραγματείαν χωρεῖν, ἄρξασθαι δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν τετολμηκότων τὸν αἴτιον τῆς πλάνης γενόμενον ὄφιν ὑμνεῖν διά τινων ἐφηυρημένων κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐνέργειαν λόγων. Οἱ οὖν ἱερεῖς καὶ προστάται τοῦ δόγματος γεγένηνται πρῶτοι οἱ ἐπικληθέντες Ναασσηνοί, τῇ Ἑβραΐδι φωνῇ οὕτως ὠνομασμένοι· νάας δὲ ὁ ὄφις καλεῖται.

To loipon prokaleitai hēmas ho chronos epi tēn tōn prokeimenōn pragmateian chōrein, arxasthai de apo tōn tetolmēkotōn ton aition tēs planēs genomenon ophin hymnein dia tinōn ephēurēmenōn katʼ autou energeian logōn. Hoi oun hiereis kai prostatai tou dogmatos gegenēntai prōtoi hoi epiklēthentes Naassēnoi, tę̄ Hebraïdi phōnę̄ houtōs ōnomasmenoi; naas de ho ophis kaleitai.

For the rest, time summons us to proceed to the treatment of the matters before us, and to begin with those who have dared to hymn the serpent, the cause of the error, through certain words invented at its prompting. The priests and champions of the doctrine, then, were first those called Naassenes, named so from the Hebrew language; for the serpent is called naas.

5.6.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 132

Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεκάλεσαν ἑαυτοὺς γνωστικούς, φάσκοντες μόνοι τὰ βάθη γινώσκειν· ἐξ ὧν ἀπομερισθέντες πολλοὶ πολυσχιδῆ τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐποίησαν οὖσαν μίαν, διαφόροις δόγμασι τὰ αὐτὰ διηγούμενοι, ὡς διελέγξει προβαίνων ὁ λόγος. Οὗτοι τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων παρὰ τὸν αὐτῶν λόγον τιμῶσιν ἄνθρωπον καὶ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου.

Meta de tauta epekalesan heautous gnōstikous, phaskontes monoi ta bathē ginōskein; ex hōn apomeristhentes polloi polyschidē tēn hairesin epoiēsan ousan mian, diaphorois dogmasi ta auta diēgoumenoi, hōs dielenxei probainōn ho logos. Houtoi tōn allōn hapantōn para ton autōn logon timōsin anthrōpon kai huion anthrōpou.

After this they called themselves Gnostics, claiming that they alone know the depths; and many, splitting off from them, made the heresy, which is one, many-branched, describing the same things with different doctrines, as the account will prove as it proceeds. These, beyond all others, according to their own account, honor Man and the Son of Man.

5.6.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 132

Ἔστι δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος ἀρσενόθηλυς, καλεῖται δὲ Ἀδάμας παρʼ αὐτοῖς· ὕμνοι δὲ εἰς αὐτὸν γεγόνασι πολλοὶ καὶ ποικίλοι· οἱ δὲ ὕμνοι, ὡς διʼ ὀλίγων εἰπεῖν, λέγονται παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον· Ἀπὸ σοῦ πατὴρ καὶ διὰ σὲ μήτηρ, τὰ δύο ἀθάνατα ὀνόματα, αἰώνων γονεῖς, πολῖτα οὐρανοῦ, μεγαλώνυμε ἄνθρωπε.

Esti de anthrōpos houtos arsenothēlys, kaleitai de Adamas parʼ autois; hymnoi de eis auton gegonasi polloi kai poikiloi; hoi de hymnoi, hōs diʼ oligōn eipein, legontai parʼ autois toiouton tina tropon; Apo sou patēr kai dia se mētēr, ta dyo athanata onomata, aiōnōn goneis, polita ouranou, megalōnyme anthrōpe.

This Man is male-female, and among them he is called Adamas; and many and various hymns have been made to him. The hymns, to put it briefly, are spoken among them in some such way as this: "From you is Father and through you Mother, the two immortal names, parents of the Aeons, citizen of heaven, Man of great name."

5.6.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 132

Διαιροῦσι δὲ αὐτόν, ὡς Γηρυόνην, τριχῆ. Ἔστι γὰρ τούτου, φασί, τὸ μὲν νοερόν, τὸ δὲ ψυχικόν, τὸ δὲ χοϊκόν· καὶ νομίζουσιν εἶναι τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ ἀρχὴν τοῦ δύνασθαι γνῶναι τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες οὕτως· Ἀρχὴ τελειώσεως γνῶσις ἀ[νθρώπου, θεοῦ δὲ] γνῶσις ἀπηρτιμένη τελείωσις.

Diairousi de auton, hōs Gēryonēn, trichē. Esti gar toutou, phasi, to men noeron, to de psychikon, to de choïkon; kai nomizousin einai tēn gnōsin autou archēn tou dynasthai gnōnai ton theon, legontes houtōs; Archē teleiōseōs gnōsis a[nthrōpou, theou de] gnōsis apērtimenē teleiōsis.

They divide him, like Geryon, into three. For of him, they say, one part is intellectual, one psychic, and one earthly; and they think that knowledge of him is the beginning of being able to know God, saying thus: "The beginning of perfection is knowledge of [man, but knowledge of God] is complete perfection."

5.6.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 132–134

Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα, φησί, τὰ νοερὰ καὶ ψυχικὰ καὶ χοϊκὰ κεχώρηκε καὶ κατ[ελήλυθεν εἰς] ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ὁμοῦ, Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας γεγενημένον· καὶ ἐλάλουν, φησίν, ὁμοῦ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ οἱ τρεῖς οὗτοι ἄνθρωποι ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων οὐσιῶν τοῖς ἰδίοις ἕκαστος. Ἔστι γὰρ τῶν ὅλων τρία γένη κατʼ αὐτούς, ἀγγελικόν, ψυχικόν, χοϊκόν· καὶ τρεῖς ἐκκλησίαι, ἀγγελική, ψυχική, χοϊκή· ὀνόματα δὲ αὐταῖς ἐκλεκτή, κλητή, αἰχμάλωτος.

Tauta de panta, phēsi, ta noera kai psychika kai choïka kechōrēke kai kat[elēlythen eis] hena anthrōpon homou, Iēsoun ton ek tēs Marias gegenēmenon; kai elaloun, phēsin, homou kata to auto hoi treis houtoi anthrōpoi apo tōn idiōn ousiōn tois idiois hekastos. Esti gar tōn holōn tria genē katʼ autous, angelikon, psychikon, choïkon; kai treis ekklēsiai, angelikē, psychikē, choïkē; onomata de autais eklektē, klētē, aichmalōtos.

All these, he says, the intellectual and psychic and earthly, have passed and [come down] together into one man, Jesus who was born of Mary; and these three men, he says, spoke together at the same time, each from his own substance to his own. For according to them there are three kinds of all things: angelic, psychic, earthly; and three churches: angelic, psychic, earthly; and their names are chosen, called, captive.

item 5, chapter 7

5.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 134

Ταῦτα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ πολλῶν πάνυ λόγων τὰ κεφάλαια, ἃ φησὶ παραδεδωκέναι Μαριάμνῃ τὸν Ἰάκωβον τοῦ κυρίου τὸν ἀδελφόν. Ἵνʼ οὖν μήτε Μαριάμνης ἔτι καταψεύδωνται οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, μήτε Ἰακώβου, μήτε τοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ, ἔλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὰς τελετὰς (ὅθεν αὐτοῖς οὗτος ὁ μῦθος), εἰ δοκεῖ, ἐπὶ τὰς βαρβαρικάς τε καὶ Ἑλληνικάς, καὶ ἴδωμεν ὡς τὰ κρυπτὰ καὶ ἀπόρρητα πάντων ὁμοῦ συνάγοντες οὗτοι μυστήρια τῶν ἐθνῶν καταψευδόμενοι τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξαπατῶσι τοὺς ταῦτα οὐκ εἰδότας τὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὄργια.

Tauta estin apo pollōn pany logōn ta kephalaia, ha phēsi paradedōkenai Mariamnę̄ ton Iakōbon tou kyriou ton adelphon. Hinʼ oun mēte Mariamnēs eti katapseudōntai hoi asebeis, mēte Iakōbou, mēte tou sōtēros autou, elthōmen epi tas teletas (hothen autois houtos ho mythos), ei dokei, epi tas barbarikas te kai Hellēnikas, kai idōmen hōs ta krypta kai aporrēta pantōn homou synagontes houtoi mystēria tōn ethnōn katapseudomenoi tou Christou exapatōsi tous tauta ouk eidotas ta tōn ethnōn orgia.

These are the chief points of very many discourses which, he says, James the brother of the Lord handed down to Mariamne. So, in order that the impious may no longer lie against Mariamne, or James, or the Savior himself, let us come to the rites (from which they have this myth), if you will, both the barbarian and the Greek, and see how these men, gathering together the hidden and secret mysteries of all the nations and lying against Christ, deceive those who do not know these orgies of the nations.

5.7.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 134

Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὑπόθεσις αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐστὶν Ἀδάμας, καὶ λέγουσι γεγράφθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ, Τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; μάθετε πῶς κατὰ μέρος παρὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν τὴν ἀνεξεύρητον καὶ ἀδιάφορον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γενεὰν λαβόντες ἐπιπλάσσουσι τῷ Χριστῷ.

Epei gar hypothesis autois ho anthrōpos estin Adamas, kai legousi gegraphthai peri autou, Tēn genean autou tis diēgēsetai? mathete pōs kata meros para tōn ethnōn tēn anexeurēton kai adiaphoron tou anthrōpou genean labontes epiplassousi tǭ Christǭ.

For since their foundation is the Man Adamas, and they say it is written about him, "Who will tell his generation?", learn how, taking from the nations piece by piece the unsearchable and undifferentiated generation of the Man, they fasten it onto Christ.

5.7.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 134

Γῆ δέ, φασὶν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἄνθρωπον ἀνέδωκε πρώτη καλὸν ἐνεγκαμένη γέρας, μὴ φυτῶν ἀναισθήτων μηδὲ θηρίων ἀλόγων, ἀλλὰ ἡμέρου ζῴου καὶ θεοφιλοῦς ἐθέλουσα μήτηρ γενέσθαι·

Gē de, phasin hoi Hellēnes, anthrōpon anedōke prōtē kalon enenkamenē geras, mē phytōn anaisthētōn mēde thēriōn alogōn, alla hēmerou zǭou kai theophilous ethelousa mētēr genesthai;

"Earth," say the Greeks, "first brought forth man, bearing a fair gift, wishing to become mother not of senseless plants nor of irrational beasts, but of a gentle and god-loving creature;

5.7.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 134–136

χαλεπὸν δέ, φησίν, ἐξευρεῖν, εἴτε Βοιωτοῖς Ἀλαλκομενεὺς ὑπὲρ λίμνης Κηφιστίδος ἀνέσχε πρῶτος ἀνθρώπων, εἴτε Κουρῆτες ἦσαν Ἰδαῖοι, θεῖον γένος, ἢ Φρύγιοι Κορύβαντες, οὓς πρώτους ἥλιος ἔπιδε δενδροφυεῖς ἀναβλαστάνοντας, εἴτε προσεληναῖον Ἀρκαδία Πελασγόν, ἢ Ῥαρίας οἰκήτορα Δίαυλον Ἐλευσίν, ἢ Λῆμνος καλλίπαιδα Κάβιρον ἀρρήτων ἐτέκνωσεν ὀργιασμῶν, εἴτε Φελλήνη Φλεγραῖον Ἀλκυονέα, πρεσβύτατον Γιγάντων.

chalepon de, phēsin, exeurein, eite Boiōtois Alalkomeneus hyper limnēs Kēphistidos anesche prōtos anthrōpōn, eite Kourētes ēsan Idaioi, theion genos, ē Phrygioi Korybantes, hous prōtous hēlios epide dendrophyeis anablastanontas, eite proselēnaion Arkadia Pelasgon, ē Rharias oikētora Diaulon Eleusin, ē Lēmnos kallipaida Kabiron arrētōn eteknōsen orgiasmōn, eite Phellēnē Phlegraion Alkyonea, presbytaton Gigantōn.

but it is hard," he says, "to find out whether for the Boeotians Alalcomeneus rose first of men above the Cephisian lake; or whether it was the Idaean Curetes, a divine race, or the Phrygian Corybantes, whom the sun first saw sprouting up like trees; or whether Arcadia brought forth Pelasgus, older than the moon, or Eleusis Diaulus, dweller in Raria, or Lemnos begot Cabirus, fair child of unspeakable orgies, or Pallene Phlegraean Alcyoneus, eldest of the Giants.

5.7.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 136

Λίβυες δὲ Ἰάρβαντα φασὶ πρωτόγονον αὐχμηρῶν ἀναδύντα πεδίων γλυκείας ἀπάρξασθαι Διὸς βαλάνου. Αἰγυπτίων δὲ Νεῖλος ἰλὺν ἐπιλιπαίνων μέχρι σήμερον ζωογονῶν, φησίν, ὑγρᾷ σαρκούμενα θερμότητι ζωὰ σώματα ἀναδίδωσιν.

Libyes de Iarbanta phasi prōtogonon auchmērōn anadynta pediōn glykeias aparxasthai Dios balanou. Aigyptiōn de Neilos ilyn epilipainōn mechri sēmeron zōogonōn, phēsin, hygrą sarkoumena thermotēti zōa sōmata anadidōsin.

The Libyans say that Iarbas, first-born, rising from the parched plains, first gathered the sweet acorn of Zeus. And the Nile of the Egyptians, enriching the mud, even to this day, he says, brings forth living bodies, fleshed by moist warmth.

5.7.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 136

Ἀσσύριοι δὲ Ὠαννὴν ἰχθυοφάγον γενέσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς, Χαλδαῖοι δὲ τὸν Ἀδάμ, Καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι φάσκουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἀνέδωκεν ἡ γῆ μόνον, κεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἄπνουν, ἀκίνητον, ἀσάλευτον, ὡς ἀνδριάντα, εἰκόνα ὑπάρχοντα ἐκείνου τοῦ ἄνω, τοῦ ὑμνουμένου Ἀδάμαντος ἀνθρώπου, γενόμενον ὑπὸ δυνάμεων τῶν πολλῶν, περὶ ὧν ὁ κατὰ μέρος λόγος ἐστὶ πολύς.

Assyrioi de Ōannēn ichthyophagon genesthai parʼ autois, Chaldaioi de ton Adam, Kai touton einai phaskousi ton anthrōpon, hon anedōken hē gē monon, keisthai de auton apnoun, akinēton, asaleuton, hōs andrianta, eikona hyparchonta ekeinou tou anō, tou hymnoumenou Adamantos anthrōpou, genomenon hypo dynameōn tōn pollōn, peri hōn ho kata meros logos esti polys.

The Assyrians say that Oannes, the fish-eater, arose among them, and the Chaldeans Adam. And they say that this is the man whom the earth alone brought forth, and that he lay breathless, motionless, unstirring, like a statue, being an image of that one above, the hymned Man Adamas, made by the many powers, about whom the detailed account is long.

5.7.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 136

Ἵνʼ οὖν τελέως ᾖ κεκρατημένος ὁ μέγας ἄνθρωπος ἄνωθεν, ἀφʼ οὗ, καθὼς λέγουσι, πᾶσα πατριὰ ὀνομαζομένη ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς συνέστηκεν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καὶ ψυχή, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς πάσχῃ καὶ κολάζηται καταδουλούμενον τὸ πλάσμα τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ καλλίστου καὶ τελείου ἀνθρώπου· καὶ γὰρ οὕτως αὐτὸν καλοῦσι.

Hinʼ oun teleōs ę̄ kekratēmenos ho megas anthrōpos anōthen, aphʼ hou, kathōs legousi, pasa patria onomazomenē epi gēs kai en tois ouranois synestēken, edothē autǭ kai psychē, hina dia tēs psychēs paschę̄ kai kolazētai katadouloumenon to plasma tou megalou kai kallistou kai teleiou anthrōpou; kai gar houtōs auton kalousi.

So that the great Man from above, from whom, as they say, every fatherhood named on earth and in the heavens has been constituted, might be completely held fast, a soul too was given him, so that through the soul the molded form of the great and most beautiful and perfect Man might suffer and be punished, being enslaved; for this is what they call him.

5.7.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 136

Ζητοῦσιν οὖν αὖ πάλιν τίς ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ πόθεν καὶ ποταπὴ τὴν φύσιν, ἵνʼ ἐλθοῦσα εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ κινήσασα καταδουλώσῃ καὶ κολάσῃ τὸ πλάσμα τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου· ζητοῦσι δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῶν μυστικῶν. Εἶναι δὲ φασὶ τὴν ψυχὴν δυσεύρετον πάνυ καὶ δυσκατανόητον· οὐ γὰρ μένει ἐπὶ σχήματος οὐδὲ μορφῆς τῆς αὐτῆς πάντοτε οὐδὲ πάθους ἑνός, ἵνα τις αὐτὴν ἢ τύπῳ εἴπῃ ἢ οὐσίᾳ καταλήψεται.

Zētousin oun au palin tis estin hē psychē kai pothen kai potapē tēn physin, hinʼ elthousa eis ton anthrōpon kai kinēsasa katadoulōsę̄ kai kolasę̄ to plasma tou teleiou anthrōpou; zētousi de ouk apo tōn graphōn, alla kai touto apo tōn mystikōn. Einai de phasi tēn psychēn dyseureton pany kai dyskatanoēton; ou gar menei epi schēmatos oude morphēs tēs autēs pantote oude pathous henos, hina tis autēn ē typǭ eipę̄ ē ousią katalēpsetai.

They inquire again, then, what the soul is, and whence, and of what nature, that coming into man and moving him it should enslave and punish the molded form of the perfect Man. And they inquire not from the Scriptures, but this too from the mystic rites. They say the soul is very hard to find and hard to understand; for it does not remain in the same figure or form always, nor in one state, so that one could either describe it by type or grasp it by substance.

5.7.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 136–138

Τὰς δὲ ἐξαλλαγὰς ταύτας τὰς ποικίλας ἐν τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ κατʼ Αἰγυπτίους εὐαγγελίῳ κειμένας ἔχουσιν. Ἀποροῦσιν οὖν, καθάπερ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες τῶν ἐθνῶν ἄνθρωποι, πότερόν ποτε ἐκ τοῦ προόντος ἐστίν, [ἢ] ἐκ τοῦ αὐτογενοῦς, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ ἐκκεχυμένου χάους. Καὶ πρῶτον ἐπὶ τὰς Ἀσσυρίων καταφεύγουσι τελετὰς τὴν τριχῆ διαίρεσιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατανοοῦντες· πρῶτοι γὰρ Ἀσσύριοι τὴν ψυχὴν τριμερῆ νομίζουσιν εἶναι καὶ μίαν.

Tas de exallagas tautas tas poikilas en tǭ epigraphomenǭ katʼ Aigyptious euangeliǭ keimenas echousin. Aporousin oun, kathaper hoi alloi pantes tōn ethnōn anthrōpoi, poteron pote ek tou proontos estin, [ē] ek tou autogenous, ē ek tou ekkechymenou chaous. Kai prōton epi tas Assyriōn katapheugousi teletas tēn trichē diairesin tou anthrōpou katanoountes; prōtoi gar Assyrioi tēn psychēn trimerē nomizousin einai kai mian.

These varied changes they have set out in the gospel entitled According to the Egyptians. They are at a loss, then, like all other men of the nations, whether it is from the Preexistent, [or] from the Self-begotten, or from the outpoured Chaos. And first they take refuge in the rites of the Assyrians, considering the threefold division of man; for the Assyrians first thought the soul to be threefold and one.

5.7.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Ψυχῆς γὰρ, φασί, πᾶσα φύσις, ἄλλη δὲ ἄλλως ὀρέγεται· ἔστι γὰρ ψυχὴ πάντων τῶν γινομένων αἰτία· πάντα ὅσα τρέφεται, φησί, καὶ αὔξει, ψυχῆς δεῖται. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὔτε τροφῆς, φησίν, οὔτε αὐξήσεως οἷόν τʼ ἐστιν ἐπιτυχεῖν ψυχῆς μὴ παρούσης. Καὶ γὰρ οἱ λίθοι, φησίν, εἰσὶν ἔμψυχοι· ἔχουσι γὰρ τὸ αὐξητικόν· αὔξησις δὲ οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο χωρὶς τροφῆς· κατὰ προσθήκην γὰρ αὔξει τὰ αὐξανόμενα· ἡ δὲ προσθήκη τροφὴ τοῦ τρεφομένου.

Psychēs gar, phasi, pasa physis, allē de allōs oregetai; esti gar psychē pantōn tōn ginomenōn aitia; panta hosa trephetai, phēsi, kai auxei, psychēs deitai. Ouden gar oute trophēs, phēsin, oute auxēseōs hoion tʼ estin epitychein psychēs mē parousēs. Kai gar hoi lithoi, phēsin, eisin empsychoi; echousi gar to auxētikon; auxēsis de ouk an pote genoito chōris trophēs; kata prosthēkēn gar auxei ta auxanomena; hē de prosthēkē trophē tou trephomenou.

For every nature, they say, longs for soul, each in a different way; for soul is the cause of all things that come to be. All that is nourished, he says, and grows needs soul. For nothing, he says, can attain either nourishment or growth without soul present. For even stones, he says, are ensouled, for they have the power of growth; and growth could never come about without nourishment, for things that grow grow by addition, and the addition is the nourishment of what is nourished.

5.7.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Πᾶσα οὖν φύσις ἐπουρανίων, φησί, καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων ψυχῆς ὀρέγεται. Καλοῦσι δὲ Ἀσσύριοι τὸ τοιοῦτον Ἄδωνιν ἢ Ἐνδυμίωνα· καὶ ὅταν μὲν Ἄδωνις καλῆται, Ἀφροδίτη, φησίν, ἐρᾷ καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ τοιούτου ὀνόματος. Ἀφροδίτη δὲ ἡ γένεσις ἐστὶ κατʼ αὐτούς.

Pasa oun physis epouraniōn, phēsi, kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn psychēs oregetai. Kalousi de Assyrioi to toiouton Adōnin ē Endymiōna; kai hotan men Adōnis kalētai, Aphroditē, phēsin, erą kai epithymei tēs psychēs tou toioutou onomatos. Aphroditē de hē genesis esti katʼ autous.

Every nature, then, of things in heaven, he says, and on earth and under the earth, longs for soul. The Assyrians call such a thing Adonis or Endymion; and when it is called Adonis, Aphrodite, he says, loves and desires the soul of such a name. And Aphrodite, according to them, is generation.

5.7.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Ὅταν δὲ ἡ Περσεφόνη καὶ ἡ Κόρη ἐρᾷ τοῦ Ἀδώνιδος, θνητή, φησί, τὶς τῆς Ἀφροδίτης κεχωρισμένη [τῶν γενέσεως] ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχή. Ἐὰν δὲ ἡ Σελήνη Ἐνδυμίωνος εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἔλθῃ καὶ ἔρωτα μορφῆς, ἡ τῶν ὑψηλοτέρων, φησί, φύσις προσδεῖται καὶ ψυχῆς.

Hotan de hē Persephonē kai hē Korē erą tou Adōnidos, thnētē, phēsi, tis tēs Aphroditēs kechōrismenē [tōn geneseōs] estin hē psychē. Ean de hē Selēnē Endymiōnos eis epithymian elthę̄ kai erōta morphēs, hē tōn hypsēloterōn, phēsi, physis prosdeitai kai psychēs.

When Persephone, the Maiden, loves Adonis, the soul, he says, is something mortal, separated from Aphrodite [from generation]. And if Selene comes to desire Endymion and love of his form, the nature of the higher beings, he says, also needs soul.

5.7.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Ἐὰν δὲ, φησίν, ἡ μήτηρ τῶν θεῶν ἀποκόψῃ τὸν Ἄττιν καὶ αὐτὴ τοῦτον ἔχουσα ἐρώμενον, ἡ τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων, φησί, καὶ αἰωνίων ἄνω μακαρία φύσις τὴν ἀρρενικὴν δύναμιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀνακαλεῖται πρὸς αὐτήν.

Ean de, phēsin, hē mētēr tōn theōn apokopsę̄ ton Attin kai autē touton echousa erōmenon, hē tōn hyperkosmiōn, phēsi, kai aiōniōn anō makaria physis tēn arrenikēn dynamin tēs psychēs anakaleitai pros autēn.

And if, he says, the Mother of the gods castrates Attis, though she herself has him as her beloved, the blessed nature above, he says, of the supercosmic and eternal beings calls back to itself the male power of the soul.

5.7.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Ἔστι γὰρ, φησίν, ἀρσενόθηλυς ὁ ἄνθρωπος.

Esti gar, phēsin, arsenothēlys ho anthrōpos.

For Man, he says, is male-female.

5.7.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 138

Κατὰ τοῦτον οὖν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον πάνυ πονηρὸν καὶ κεκωλυμένον κατὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἡ γυναικὸς πρὸς ἄνδρα δεδειγμένη καθέστηκεν ὁμιλία, Ἀπεκόπη γὰρ, φησίν, ὁ Ἄττις, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τῶν χοϊκῶν τῆς κτίσεως κάτωθεν μερῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αἰωνίαν ἄνω μετελήλυθεν οὐσίαν, ὅπου, φησίν, οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε θῆλυ οὔτε ἄρσεν, ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις, καινὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρσενόθηλυς. Ποῦ δὲ ἄνω λέγουσι, κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἐλθὼν δείξω τόπον.

Kata touton oun autois ton logon pany ponēron kai kekōlymenon kata tēn didaskalian hē gynaikos pros andra dedeigmenē kathestēken homilia, Apekopē gar, phēsin, ho Attis, toutestin apo tōn choïkōn tēs ktiseōs katōthen merōn, kai epi tēn aiōnian anō metelēlythen ousian, hopou, phēsin, ouk estin oute thēly oute arsen, alla kainē ktisis, kainos anthrōpos, hos estin arsenothēlys. Pou de anō legousi, kata ton oikeion elthōn deixō topon.

According to this account, then, intercourse of woman with man has been shown in their teaching to be very wicked and forbidden. For Attis, he says, was castrated, that is, cut off from the earthly parts of creation below, and passed over to the eternal substance above, where, he says, there is neither female nor male, but a new creation, a new man, who is male-female. Where they say "above" is, I shall show when I come to the proper place.

5.7.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 138–140

Μαρτυρεῖν δέ φασιν αὐτῶν τῷ λόγῳ οὐχ ἁπλῶς μόνην τὴν Ῥέαν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ὅλην τὴν κτίσιν· καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου διασαφοῦσι. Τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασιν αὐτοῦ νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης, πρὸς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους.

Martyrein de phasin autōn tǭ logǭ ouch haplōs monēn tēn Rhean, alla gar hōs epos eipein holēn tēn ktisin; kai touto einai to legomenon hypo tou logou diasaphousi. Ta gar aorata autou apo tēs ktiseōs tou kosmou tois poiēmasin autou nooumena kathoratai, hē te aïdios autou dynamis kai theiotēs, pros to einai autous anapologētous.

They say that not only Rhea bears witness to their account, but, so to speak, the whole creation; and they make clear that this is what is said by the Word: "For his invisible things are clearly seen from the creation of the world, being understood by the things that are made, both his eternal power and divinity, so that they are without excuse.

5.7.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 140

Διότι γνόντες τὸν θεὸν οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν, ἀλλʼ ἐματαιώθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία· φάσκοντες γὰρ εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώμασιν εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων καὶ ἑρπετῶν· διὸ καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας· αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν.

Dioti gnontes ton theon ouch hōs theon edoxasan ē ēucharistēsan, allʼ emataiōthē hē asynetos autōn kardia; phaskontes gar einai sophoi emōranthēsan kai ēllaxan tēn doxan tou aphthartou theou en homoiōmasin eikonos phthartou anthrōpou kai peteinōn kai tetrapodōn kai herpetōn; dio kai paredōken autous ho theos eis pathē atimias; hai te gar thēleiai autōn metēllaxan tēn physikēn chrēsin eis tēn para physin.

Because, knowing God, they did not glorify him as God or give thanks, but their senseless heart was darkened; claiming to be wise they became fools, and exchanged the glory of the incorruptible God for the likeness of an image of corruptible man and of birds and four-footed beasts and reptiles. Therefore God also gave them up to dishonorable passions; for their women exchanged natural use for what is against nature."

5.7.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 140

Τί δέ ἐστιν ἡ φυσικὴ κατʼ αὐτοὺς χρῆσις, ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρρενες ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἄρρενες ἐν ἄρρεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι (ἀσχημοσύνη δέ ἐστιν ἡ πρώτη καὶ μακαρία κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἀσχημάτιστος οὐσία, ἡ πάντων σχημάτων τοῖς σχηματιζομένοις αἰτία) καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες.

Ti de estin hē physikē katʼ autous chrēsis, hysteron eroumen. Homoiōs de kai hoi arrenes aphentes tēn physikēn chrēsin tēs thēleias exekauthēsan en tę̄ orexei autōn eis allēlous, arrenes en arresi tēn aschēmosynēn katergazomenoi (aschēmosynē de estin hē prōtē kai makaria katʼ autous aschēmatistos ousia, hē pantōn schēmatōn tois schēmatizomenois aitia) kai tēn antimisthian hēn edei tēs planēs autōn en heautois apolambanontes.

What natural use is according to them we shall say later. "And likewise the men too, leaving the natural use of the woman, were inflamed in their desire for one another, men with men working shamelessness" (and shamelessness, according to them, is the first and blessed shapeless substance, the cause of all shapes for things that are shaped) "and receiving in themselves the recompense of their error which was due."

5.7.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 140

Ἐν γὰρ τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις, οἷς εἴρηκεν ὁ Παῦλος, ὅλον φασὶ συνέχεσθαι τὸ κρύφιον αὐτῶν καὶ ἄρρητον τῆς μακαρίας μυστήριον ἡδονῆς. Ἡ γὰρ ἐπαγγελία τοῦ λουτροῦ οὐκ ἄλλη τίς ἐστι κατʼ αὐτούς, ἢ τὸ εἰσαγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀμάραντον ἡδονὴν τὸν λουόμενον κατʼ αὐτοὺς ζῶντι ὕδατι καὶ χριόμενον ἀλάλῳ χρίσματι.

En gar toutois tois logois, hois eirēken ho Paulos, holon phasi synechesthai to kryphion autōn kai arrēton tēs makarias mystērion hēdonēs. Hē gar epangelia tou loutrou ouk allē tis esti katʼ autous, ē to eisagagein eis tēn amaranton hēdonēn ton louomenon katʼ autous zōnti hydati kai chriomenon alalǭ chrismati.

For in these words which Paul has spoken, they say, their whole hidden and unspeakable mystery of blessed pleasure is contained. For the promise of the washing, according to them, is nothing other than bringing into unfading pleasure the one who is washed, according to them, in living water and anointed with an unspeakable anointing.

5.7.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 140–142

Οὐ μόνον δʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιμαρτυρῖν φασὶ τῷ λόγῳ τὰ Ἀσσυρίων μυστήρια ἀλλὰ καὶ Φρυγῶν περὶ τὴν τῶν γεγονότων καὶ γινομένων καὶ ἐσομένων ἔτι μακαρίαν κρυβομένην ὁμοῦ καὶ φανερουμένην φύσιν, ἥνπερ φησὶ τὴν ἐντὸς ἀνθρώπου βασίλειαν οὐρανῶν ζητουμένην, περὶ ἧς διαρρήδην ἐν τῷ κατὰ Θωμᾶν ἐπιγραφομένῳ εὐαγγελίῳ παραδιδόασι λέγοντες οὕτως· ἐμὲ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρήσει ἐν παιδίοις ἀπὸ ἐτῶν ἑπτά· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῳ αἰῶνι κρυβόμενος φανεροῦμαι.

Ou monon dʼ autōn epimartyrin phasi tǭ logǭ ta Assyriōn mystēria alla kai Phrygōn peri tēn tōn gegonotōn kai ginomenōn kai esomenōn eti makarian krybomenēn homou kai phaneroumenēn physin, hēnper phēsi tēn entos anthrōpou basileian ouranōn zētoumenēn, peri hēs diarrēdēn en tǭ kata Thōman epigraphomenǭ euangeliǭ paradidoasi legontes houtōs; eme ho zētōn heurēsei en paidiois apo etōn hepta; ekei gar en tǭ tessareskaidekatǭ aiōni krybomenos phaneroumai.

They say that not only the mysteries of the Assyrians bear witness to their account, but also those of the Phrygians, concerning the blessed nature, at once hidden and revealed, of things that have been, are, and will yet be, which, he says, is the kingdom of heaven sought within man; concerning which they hand down explicitly in the gospel entitled According to Thomas, saying thus: "He who seeks me will find me in children from seven years old; for there, hidden in the fourteenth age, I am revealed."

5.7.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 142

Τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἔστι Χριστοῦ, ἀλλὰ Ἱπποκράτους λέγοντος· ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν παῖς πατρὸς ἥμισυ· ὅθεν οὗτοι τὴν ἀρχέγονον φύσιν τῶν ὅλων ἐν ἀρχεγόνῳ τιθέμενοι σπέρματι, τὸ Ἱπποκράτειον ἀκηκοότες, ὅτι ἔστιν ἥμισυ πατρὸς παιδίον ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν, ἐν τοῖς τέσσαρσι [καὶ δέκα] φασὶν ἔτεσι, κατὰ τὸν Θωμᾶν, εἶναι φανερούμενον.

Touto de ouk esti Christou, alla Hippokratous legontos; hepta etōn pais patros hēmisy; hothen houtoi tēn archegonon physin tōn holōn en archegonǭ tithemenoi spermati, to Hippokrateion akēkootes, hoti estin hēmisy patros paidion hepta etōn, en tois tessarsi [kai deka] phasin etesi, kata ton Thōman, einai phaneroumenon.

But this is not Christ's saying but that of Hippocrates, who says: "A child of seven years is half a father." Hence these men, placing the primal nature of all things in the primal seed, having heard the Hippocratic saying that a child of seven years is half a father, say that in the fourteen years, according to Thomas, it is revealed.

5.7.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 142

Οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ ἀπόρρητος αὐτοῖς λόγος καὶ μυστικός. Λέγουσιν οὖν, ὅτι Αἰγύπτιοι, πάντων ἀνθρώπων μετὰ τοὺς Φρύγας ἀρχαιότεροι καθεστῶτες καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ὁμολογουμένως τελετὰς καὶ ὄργια θεῶν πάντων ὁμοῦ μεταδόντες πρῶτοι καὶ κατηγγελκότες ἰδέας καὶ ἐνεργείας, ἱερὰ καὶ σεβάσμια καὶ ἀνεξαγόρευτα τοῖς μὴ τετελεσμένοις τὰ Ἴσιδος ἔχουσι μυστήρια·

Houtos estin ho aporrētos autois logos kai mystikos. Legousin oun, hoti Aigyptioi, pantōn anthrōpōn meta tous Phrygas archaioteroi kathestōtes kai pasi tois allois anthrōpois homologoumenōs teletas kai orgia theōn pantōn homou metadontes prōtoi kai katēngelkotes ideas kai energeias, hiera kai sebasmia kai anexagoreuta tois mē tetelesmenois ta Isidos echousi mystēria;

This is their secret and mystic doctrine. They say, then, that the Egyptians, who are older than all men after the Phrygians, and who, as all other men agree, were the first to impart to them the rites and orgies of all the gods together and to proclaim their forms and activities, possess the mysteries of Isis, holy, venerable, and not to be divulged to the uninitiated;

5.7.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 142

τὰ δʼ εἰσὶν οὐκ ἄλλο τι ἢ ἡρπασμένον καὶ ζητούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς ἑπταστόλου καὶ μελανείμονος αἰδοῖον Ὀσίριδος. Ὄσιριν δὲ λέγουσιν ὕδωρ. Ἡ δὲ φύσις ἑπτάστολος, περὶ αὐτὴν ἔχουσα καὶ ἐστολισμένη ἑπτὰ στολὰς αἰθερίους (τοὺς πλανήτας γὰρ ἀστέρας οὕτω προσαγορεύουσιν ἀλληγοροῦντες καὶ αἰθερίους καλοῦντες) κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ μεταβλητὴ γένεσις καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀρρήτου καὶ ἀνεξεικονίστου καὶ ἀνεννοήτου καὶ ἀμόρφου μεταμορφουμένη κτίσις ἀναδείκνυται·

ta dʼ eisin ouk allo ti ē hērpasmenon kai zētoumenon hypo tēs heptastolou kai melaneimonos aidoion Osiridos. Osirin de legousin hydōr. Hē de physis heptastolos, peri autēn echousa kai estolismenē hepta stolas aitherious (tous planētas gar asteras houtō prosagoreuousin allēgorountes kai aitherious kalountes) katʼ autous hē metablētē genesis kai hypo tou arrētou kai anexeikonistou kai anennoētou kai amorphou metamorphoumenē ktisis anadeiknytai;

and these are nothing other than the genitals of Osiris, snatched away and sought by the seven-robed and black-clad goddess. Osiris, they say, is water. And the seven-robed nature, having around her and clothed in seven ethereal robes (for so they call the planets, allegorizing and calling them ethereal), is according to them changeable generation, and is shown as creation transformed by the ineffable, unimageable, inconceivable, and formless one;

5.7.24Duncker–Schneidewin, 142

καὶ τοῦτο ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον, φησίν, ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· ἑπτάκις πεσεῖται ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ἀναστήσεται. Αὗται γὰρ αἱ πτώσεις, φησίν, αἱ τῶν ἄστρων μεταβολαὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάντα κινοῦντος κινούμεναι.

kai touto esti to eirēmenon, phēsin, en tę̄ graphę̄; heptakis peseitai ho dikaios kai anastēsetai. Hautai gar hai ptōseis, phēsin, hai tōn astrōn metabolai hypo tou panta kinountos kinoumenai.

and this is what is said, he says, in Scripture: "Seven times the righteous man will fall and rise again." For these falls, he says, are the changes of the stars, moved by the one who moves all things.

5.7.25Duncker–Schneidewin, 142

Λέγουσιν οὖν περὶ τῆς τοῦ σπέρματος οὐσίας, ἥτις ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν γινομένων αἰτία, ὅτι τούτων ἐστὶν οὐδέν, γεννᾷ δὲ καὶ ποιεῖ πάντα τὰ γινόμενα, λέγοντες οὕτως· γίνομαι ὃ θέλω καὶ εἰμὶ ὃ εἰμί, διὰ τοῦτο φημὶ ἀκίνητον εἶναι τὸ πάντα κινοῦν. Μένει γὰρ ὅ ἐστι ποιοῦν τὰ πάντα καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν γινομένων γίνεται.

Legousin oun peri tēs tou spermatos ousias, hētis esti pantōn tōn ginomenōn aitia, hoti toutōn estin ouden, genną de kai poiei panta ta ginomena, legontes houtōs; ginomai ho thelō kai eimi ho eimi, dia touto phēmi akinēton einai to panta kinoun. Menei gar ho esti poioun ta panta kai ouden tōn ginomenōn ginetai.

They say, then, about the substance of the seed, which is the cause of all things that come to be, that it is none of them, yet begets and makes all things that come to be, saying thus: "I become what I will and I am what I am; therefore I say that what moves all things is unmoved. For it remains what it is, making all things, and becomes none of the things that come to be."

5.7.26Duncker–Schneidewin, 142–144

Τοῦτον εἶναι φησὶν ἀγαθὸν μόνον, καὶ περὶ τούτου λελέχθαι τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λεγόμενον· Τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν; εἷς ἐστὶν ἀγαθός, ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὃς ἀνατέλλει τὸν ἥλιον αὑτοῦ ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ ὁσίους καὶ ἁμαρτωλούς. Τίνες δέ εἰσιν οἱ ὅσιοι οἷς βρέχει καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ οἷς ὁ αὐτὸς βρέχει, καὶ τοῦτο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν.

Touton einai phēsin agathon monon, kai peri toutou lelechthai to hypo tou sōtēros legomenon; Ti me legeis agathon? heis estin agathos, ho patēr mou ho en tois ouranois, hos anatellei ton hēlion hautou epi dikaious kai adikous kai brechei epi hosious kai hamartōlous. Tines de eisin hoi hosioi hois brechei kai hoi hamartōloi hois ho autos brechei, kai touto meta tōn allōn hysteron eroumen.

This alone, he says, is good, and about this was spoken what the Savior said: "Why do you call me good? One is good, my Father in the heavens, who makes his sun rise on the just and the unjust and sends rain on the holy and on sinners." Who the holy are on whom he rains, and the sinners on whom the same one rains, we shall also say later with the rest.

5.7.27Duncker–Schneidewin, 144

Καὶ τοῦτʼ εἶναι τὸ μέγα καὶ κρύφιον τῶν ὅλων καὶ ἄγνωστον μυστήριον παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις κεκαλυμμένον καὶ ἀνακεκαλυμμένον.

Kai toutʼ einai to mega kai kryphion tōn holōn kai agnōston mystērion para tois Aigyptiois kekalymmenon kai anakekalymmenon.

And this is the great, hidden, and unknown mystery of all things, veiled and unveiled among the Egyptians.

5.7.28Duncker–Schneidewin, 144

Ὄσιρις γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἐν ναῷ πρὸ τῆς Ἴσιδος, οὗ ἕστηκε γυμνὸν τὸ κεκρυμμένον, κάτωθεν ἄνω βλέπον καὶ πάντας αὐτοῦ τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν γινομένων στεφανούμενον· ἑστάναι δὲ οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς ἁγιωτάτοις, πρῶτον ἀγαλμάτων, ναοῖς λέγουσι τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἁπάντων ἐπίγνωσιν, οἱονεὶ φῶς [οὐχ] ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν ἐπικείμενον, κήρυγμα κηρυσσόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, ἐν πάσαις ὁδοῖς καὶ πάσαις ἀγυιαῖς καὶ παρʼ αὐταῖς ταῖς οἰκίαις ὅρον τινὰ καὶ τέρμα τῆς οἰκίας προτεταγμένον, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὑπὸ πάντων λεγόμενον· ἀγαθηφόρον γὰρ αὐτὸ καλοῦσιν, ὃ λέγουσιν οὐκ εἰδότες, καὶ τοῦτο Ἕλληνες μυστικὸν ἀπὸ Αἰγυπτίων παραλαβόντες φυλάσσουσι μέχρι σήμερον.

Osiris gar, phēsin, estin en naǭ pro tēs Isidos, hou hestēke gymnon to kekrymmenon, katōthen anō blepon kai pantas autou tous karpous tōn ginomenōn stephanoumenon; hestanai de ou monon en tois hagiōtatois, prōton agalmatōn, naois legousi to toiouton, alla gar kai eis tēn hapantōn epignōsin, hoionei phōs [ouch] hypo ton modion, allʼ epi tēn lychnian epikeimenon, kērygma kēryssomenon epi tōn dōmatōn, en pasais hodois kai pasais aguiais kai parʼ autais tais oikiais horon tina kai terma tēs oikias protetagmenon, kai touto einai to agathon hypo pantōn legomenon; agathēphoron gar auto kalousin, ho legousin ouk eidotes, kai touto Hellēnes mystikon apo Aigyptiōn paralabontes phylassousi mechri sēmeron.

For Osiris, he says, is in a temple in front of Isis, and his hidden part stands naked, looking upward from below and crowned with all its fruits of the things that come to be. They say that such a thing stands not only in the holiest temples, first of the images, but also for the recognition of all, like a light not under the bushel but set on the lampstand, a proclamation proclaimed on the housetops, in all roads and all streets and beside the houses themselves, set up as a boundary and limit of the house; and that this is the good spoken of by all; for they call it good-bringing, saying so without knowing it. And this the Greeks, having received it as a mystery from the Egyptians, keep to this day.

5.7.29Duncker–Schneidewin, 144

Τοὺς γοῦν Ἑρμᾶς, φησί, παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοιούτῳ τετιμημένους σχήματι θεωροῦμεν. Κυλλήνιον δὲ διαφερόντως τιμῶντες Λόγιον φασίν. Ὁ γὰρ Ἑρμῆς ἐστι λόγος, ὃς ἑρμηνεὺς ὢν καὶ δημιουργὸς τῶν γεγονότων ὁμοῦ καὶ γινομένων καὶ ἐσομένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς τιμώμενος ἕστηκε τοιούτῳ τινὶ κεχαρακτηρισμένος σχήματι, ὅπερ ἐστὶν αἰδοῖον ἀνθρώπου ἀπὸ τῶν κάτω ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω ὁρμὴν ἔχον.

Tous goun Hermas, phēsi, parʼ autois toioutǭ tetimēmenous schēmati theōroumen. Kyllēnion de diapherontōs timōntes Logion phasin. Ho gar Hermēs esti logos, hos hermēneus ōn kai dēmiourgos tōn gegonotōn homou kai ginomenōn kai esomenōn parʼ autois timōmenos hestēke toioutǭ tini kecharaktērismenos schēmati, hoper estin aidoion anthrōpou apo tōn katō epi ta anō hormēn echon.

At any rate, he says, we see the Herms honored among them in such a form. And honoring the Cyllenian especially, they call him Logios. For Hermes is the Word, who, being interpreter and fashioner of things that have been, are, and will be, stands honored among them marked with some such form, which is the genitals of a man, having an impulse from below upward.

5.7.30Duncker–Schneidewin, 144–146

Καὶ ὅτι οὗτος, τουτέστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος Ἑρμῆς, ψυχαγωγός, φησίν, ἐστὶ καὶ ψυχοπομπὸς καὶ ψυχῶν αἴτιος, οὐδὲ τοὺς ποιητὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν λανθάνει λέγοντας οὕτως· Ἑρμῆς δὲ ψυχὰς Κυλλήνιος ἐξεκαλεῖτο ἀνδρῶν μνηστήρων, οὐ τῶν Πηνελόπης, φησίν, ὦ κακοδαίμονες, μνηστήρων, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐξυπνισμένων καὶ ἀνεμνησμένων, ἐξ οἵης τιμῆς [τε] καὶ [ὅσσου] μήκεος ὄλβου, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ μακαρίου ἄνωθεν ἀνθρώπου ἢ ἀρχανθρώπου ἢ Ἀδάμαντος, ὡς ἐκείνοις δοκεῖ, κατηνέχθησαν ὧδε εἰς πλάσμα τὸ πήλινον, ἵνα δουλεύσωσι τῷ ταύτης τῆς κτίσεως δημιουργῷ Ἰαλδαβαώθ, θεῷ πυρίνῳ, ἀριθμὸν τετάρτῳ· οὕτως

Kai hoti houtos, toutestin ho toioutos Hermēs, psychagōgos, phēsin, esti kai psychopompos kai psychōn aitios, oude tous poiētas tōn ethnōn lanthanei legontas houtōs; Hermēs de psychas Kyllēnios exekaleito andrōn mnēstērōn, ou tōn Pēnelopēs, phēsin, ō kakodaimones, mnēstērōn, alla tōn exypnismenōn kai anemnēsmenōn, ex hoiēs timēs [te] kai [hossou] mēkeos olbou, toutestin apo tou makariou anōthen anthrōpou ē archanthrōpou ē Adamantos, hōs ekeinois dokei, katēnechthēsan hōde eis plasma to pēlinon, hina douleusōsi tǭ tautēs tēs ktiseōs dēmiourgǭ Ialdabaōth, theǭ pyrinǭ, arithmon tetartǭ; houtōs

And that this one, that is, such a Hermes, is the leader and escort of souls and the cause of souls, he says, does not escape even the poets of the nations, who say thus: "Cyllenian Hermes called forth the souls of the suitor men"; not of Penelope's suitors, he says, O wretches, but of those who have been awakened and have remembered "from what honor and how great a length of bliss," that is, from the blessed Man above, or Primal Man, or Adamas, as they think, they were brought down here into the clay mold, so as to serve the fashioner of this creation, Ialdabaoth, a fiery god, fourth in number; for so

5.7.31Duncker–Schneidewin, 146

γὰρ τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ πατέρα τοῦ ἰδικοῦ κόσμου καλοῦσιν· Ἔχε δὲ ῥάβδον μετὰ χερσὶ καλήν, χρυσείην, τῇ τʼ ἀνδρῶν ὄμματα θέλγει ὧν ἐθέλει, τοὺς δʼ αὖτε καὶ ὑπνώοντας ἐγείρει.

gar ton dēmiourgon kai patera tou idikou kosmou kalousin; Eche de rhabdon meta chersi kalēn, chryseiēn, tę̄ tʼ andrōn ommata thelgei hōn ethelei, tous dʼ aute kai hypnōontas egeirei.

they call the fashioner and father of the particular world: "And he held in his hands a fair wand, golden, with which he charms the eyes of men, whomsoever he will, and wakes others again who are sleeping."

5.7.32Duncker–Schneidewin, 146

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ θανάτου μόνος ἔχων ἐξουσίαν. Περὶ τούτου, φησί, γέγραπται· Ποιμανεῖς αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ. Ὁ δὲ ποιητής, φησί, κοσμῆσαι βουλόμενος τὸ ἀπερινόητον τῆς μακαρίας φύσεως τοῦ λόγου, οὐ σιδηρᾶν, ἀλλὰ χρυσῆν περιέθηκε τὴν ῥάβδον αὐτῷ. Θέλγει δὲ τὰ ὄμματα τῶν νεκρῶν, φησί, τοὺς δʼ αὖτε καὶ ὑπνώοντας ἐγείρει, τοὺς ἐξυπνισμένους καὶ γεγονότας μνηστῆρας.

Houtos, phēsin, estin ho tēs zōēs kai tou thanatou monos echōn exousian. Peri toutou, phēsi, gegraptai; Poimaneis autous en rhabdǭ sidērą. Ho de poiētēs, phēsi, kosmēsai boulomenos to aperinoēton tēs makarias physeōs tou logou, ou sidēran, alla chrysēn periethēke tēn rhabdon autǭ. Thelgei de ta ommata tōn nekrōn, phēsi, tous dʼ aute kai hypnōontas egeirei, tous exypnismenous kai gegonotas mnēstēras.

This, he says, is the one who alone has authority over life and death. About him, he says, it is written: "You will shepherd them with a rod of iron." But the poet, he says, wishing to adorn the incomprehensibility of the blessed nature of the Word, gave him not an iron but a golden rod. He charms the eyes of the dead, he says, "and wakes others again who are sleeping," those who have been awakened and become "suitors."

5.7.33Duncker–Schneidewin, 146

Περὶ τούτων, φησίν, ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· Ἔγειραι ὁ καθεύδων καὶ ἐξεγέρθητι, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, ὁ ἐν πᾶσι, φησί, τοῖς γενητοῖς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου κεχαρακτηρισμένος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου λόγου.

Peri toutōn, phēsin, hē graphē legei; Egeirai ho katheudōn kai exegerthēti, kai epiphausei soi ho Christos. Houtos estin ho Christos, ho en pasi, phēsi, tois genētois huios anthrōpou kecharaktērismenos apo tou acharaktēristou logou.

About these, he says, Scripture says: "Wake up, sleeper, and rise, and Christ will shine on you." This is the Christ, he says, the Son of Man in all things that have come to be, stamped from the unstamped Word.

5.7.34Duncker–Schneidewin, 146

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ μέγα καὶ ἄρρητον Ἐλευσινίων μυστήριον ὕε κύε· καὶ ὅτι, φησίν, αὐτῷ πάντα ὑποτέτακται, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον· Εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν· ὡς τὸ τὴν ῥάβδον ἄγει κινήσας ὁ Ἑρμῆς, αἱ δὲ τρίζουσαι ἕπονται αἱ ψυχαὶ συνεχῶς οὕτως, ὡς διὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ὁ ποιητὴς ἐπιδέδειχε λέγων· ὡς δʼ ὅτε νυκτερίδες μυχῷ ἄντρου θεσπεσίοιο τρίζουσαι ποτέονται, ἐπεί κέ τις ἀποπέσῃσιν ὁρμαθοῦ ἐκ πέτρης, ἀνά τʼ ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται. Πέτρης, φησί, τοῦ Ἀδάμαντος λέγει.

Touto, phēsin, esti to mega kai arrēton Eleusiniōn mystērion hye kye; kai hoti, phēsin, autǭ panta hypotetaktai, kai toutʼ esti to eirēmenon; Eis pasan tēn gēn exēlthen ho phthongos autōn; hōs to tēn rhabdon agei kinēsas ho Hermēs, hai de trizousai hepontai hai psychai synechōs houtōs, hōs dia tēs eikonos ho poiētēs epidedeiche legōn; hōs dʼ hote nykterides mychǭ antrou thespesioio trizousai poteontai, epei ke tis apopesę̄sin hormathou ek petrēs, ana tʼ allēlę̄sin echontai. Petrēs, phēsi, tou Adamantos legei.

This, he says, is the great and unspeakable mystery of the Eleusinians: "Rain! Conceive!" And that all things, he says, are subjected to him, and this is what is said: "Their voice has gone out into all the earth"; just as Hermes leads them on, moving his wand, and the souls follow continually squeaking, as the poet has shown through the image, saying: "As when bats in the recess of a wondrous cave fly squeaking, when one falls from the cluster off the rock, and they cling to one another." "Rock," he says, he says of Adamas.

5.7.35Duncker–Schneidewin, 146

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ Ἀδάμας ὁ λίθος ὁ ἀκρογωνιαῖος εἰς κεφαλὴν γεγενημένος γωνίας, (ἐν κεφαλῇ γὰρ εἶναι τὸν χαρακτηριστικὸν ἐγκέφαλον τὴν οὐσίαν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ χαρακτηρίζεται) ὅν, φησίν, ἐντάσσω ἀδάμαντα εἰς τὰ θεμέλια Σιών· ἀλληγορῶν, φησί, τὸ πλάσμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέγει.

Houtos, phēsin, estin ho Adamas ho lithos ho akrogōniaios eis kephalēn gegenēmenos gōnias, (en kephalę̄ gar einai ton charaktēristikon enkephalon tēn ousian, ex hou pasa patria charaktērizetai) hon, phēsin, entassō adamanta eis ta themelia Siōn; allēgorōn, phēsi, to plasma tou anthrōpou legei.

This, he says, is Adamas, the cornerstone that has become the head of the corner (for in the head is the brain, the substance that stamps, from which every fatherhood is stamped), whom, he says, "I set as an adamant into the foundations of Zion"; allegorically, he says, he means the molded form of man.

5.7.36Duncker–Schneidewin, 146–148

Ὁ δὲ ἐντασσόμενος ἀδάμας ἐστὶν... ὀδόντες, ὡς Ὅμηρος λέγει ἕρκος ὀδόντων, τουτέστι τεῖχος καὶ χαράκωμα, ἐν ᾧ ἐστὶν ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος, ἐκεῖσε ἀποπεπτωκὼς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχανθρώπου ἄνωθεν Ἀδάμαντος, ὁ τμηθεὶς ἄνευ χειρῶν τεμνουσῶν καὶ κατενηνεγμένος εἰς τὸ πλάσμα τῆς λήθης, τὸ χοϊκόν, τὸ ὀστράκινον·

Ho de entassomenos adamas estin... odontes, hōs Homēros legei herkos odontōn, toutesti teichos kai charakōma, en hǭ estin ho esō anthrōpos, ekeise apopeptōkōs apo tou archanthrōpou anōthen Adamantos, ho tmētheis aneu cheirōn temnousōn kai katenēnegmenos eis to plasma tēs lēthēs, to choïkon, to ostrakinon;

And the adamant that is set in is … the teeth, as Homer says, "the fence of the teeth," that is, a wall and palisade, in which is the inner man, fallen down there from the Primal Man above, Adamas, the one "cut without hands cutting" and brought down into the mold of forgetfulness, the earthly, the earthen.

5.7.37Duncker–Schneidewin, 148

καὶ φησὶν ὅτι τετριγυῖαι αὐτῷ ἠκολούθουν αἱ ψυχαί, τῷ λόγῳ, ὡς αὗται τετριγυῖαι ἅμʼ ἦσαν, ἦρχε δʼ ἄρα σφιν, (τουτέστιν ἡγεῖτο, ) Ἑρμείας ἀκάκητα κατʼ εὐρώεντα κέλευθα, τουτέστι, φησίν, εἰς τὰ πάσης κακίας ἀπηλλαγμένα αἰώνια χωρία. Ποῦ γὰρ, φησίν, ἦλθον; Πὰρ δʼ ἴσαν ὠκεανοῦ τε ῥοὰς καὶ λευκάδα πέτρην, ἠδὲ παρʼ ἠελίοιο πύλας καὶ δῆμον ὀνείρων.

kai phēsin hoti tetriguiai autǭ ēkolouthoun hai psychai, tǭ logǭ, hōs hautai tetriguiai hamʼ ēsan, ērche dʼ ara sphin, (toutestin hēgeito, ) Hermeias akakēta katʼ eurōenta keleutha, toutesti, phēsin, eis ta pasēs kakias apēllagmena aiōnia chōria. Pou gar, phēsin, ēlthon? Par dʼ isan ōkeanou te rhoas kai leukada petrēn, ēde parʼ ēelioio pylas kai dēmon oneirōn.

And he says that the souls followed him squeaking, the Word: "So these went together squeaking, and Hermes the helper led them" (that is, guided them) "down the dank ways," that is, he says, into the eternal places freed from all evil. For where, he says, did they go? "They went past the streams of Ocean and the White Rock, and past the gates of the Sun and the land of dreams."

5.7.38Duncker–Schneidewin, 148

Οὗτος, φησίν ἐστὶν ὠκεανὸς γένεσίς τε θεῶν, γένεσίς τʼ ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ παλιρροίας στρεφόμενος αἰεί, ποτὲ ἄνω ποτὲ κάτω. Ἀλλʼ ὅταν, φησί, κάτω ῥέῃ ὁ ὠκεανός, γένεσις ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅταν δὲ ἄνω ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος καὶ τὸ χαράκωμα καὶ τὴν Λευκάδα πέτρην, γένεσίς ἐστι θεῶν.

Houtos, phēsin estin ōkeanos genesis te theōn, genesis tʼ anthrōpōn, ek palirroias strephomenos aiei, pote anō pote katō. Allʼ hotan, phēsi, katō rheę̄ ho ōkeanos, genesis estin anthrōpōn, hotan de anō epi to teichos kai to charakōma kai tēn Leukada petrēn, genesis esti theōn.

This, he says, is Ocean, "origin of gods and origin of men," ever turning in ebb and flow, now up and now down. But when Ocean flows down, he says, it is the generation of men; and when up, to the wall and palisade and the White Rock, it is the generation of gods.

5.7.39Duncker–Schneidewin, 148

Τοῦτό ἐστι, φησί, τὸ γεγραμμένον· ἐγὼ εἶπα· θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες, ἐὰν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου φυγεῖν σπεύδητε καὶ γένησθε πέραν τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τῆς κάτω μίξεως ἐπὶ τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἥτις ἐστὶ μήτηρ ζώντων, ἐὰν δὲ πάλιν ἐπιστραφῆτε ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τὴν κάτω μῖξιν, ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνήσκετε·

Touto esti, phēsi, to gegrammenon; egō eipa; theoi este kai huioi hypsistou pantes, ean apo tēs Aigyptou phygein speudēte kai genēsthe peran tēs Erythras thalassēs eis tēn erēmon, toutestin apo tēs katō mixeōs epi tēn anō Hierousalēm, hētis esti mētēr zōntōn, ean de palin epistraphēte epi tēn Aigypton, toutestin epi tēn katō mixin, hōs anthrōpoi apothnēskete;

This, he says, is what is written: "I said, You are gods and all sons of the Most High," if you hasten to flee from Egypt and get beyond the Red Sea into the wilderness, that is, from the intercourse below to the Jerusalem above, which is the mother of the living; but if you turn back again to Egypt, that is, to the intercourse below, "you die like men."

5.7.40Duncker–Schneidewin, 148

θνητὴ γάρ, φησί, πᾶσα ἡ κάτω γένεσις, ἀθάνατος δὲ ἡ ἄνω γεννωμένη· γεννᾶται γὰρ ἐξ ὕδατος μόνου καὶ πνεύματος, πνευματικός, οὐ σαρκικός· ὁ δὲ κάτω σαρκικός· τουτέστι, φησί, τὸ γεγραμμένον· Τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστι, καὶ τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμα ἐστίν. Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατʼ αὐτοὺς πνευματικὴ γένεσις.

thnētē gar, phēsi, pasa hē katō genesis, athanatos de hē anō gennōmenē; gennatai gar ex hydatos monou kai pneumatos, pneumatikos, ou sarkikos; ho de katō sarkikos; toutesti, phēsi, to gegrammenon; To gegennēmenon ek tēs sarkos sarx esti, kai to gegennēmenon ek tou pneumatos pneuma estin. Hautē estin hē katʼ autous pneumatikē genesis.

For all generation below, he says, is mortal, but what is begotten above is immortal; for it is begotten of water alone and spirit, spiritual, not fleshly; but the one below is fleshly. This, he says, is what is written: "What is born of the flesh is flesh, and what is born of the Spirit is spirit." This is, according to them, spiritual generation.

5.7.41Duncker–Schneidewin, 148–150

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ μέγας Ἰορδάνης, ὃν κάτω ῥέοντα καὶ κωλύοντα ἐξελθεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου (ἤγουν ἐκ τῆς κάτω μίξεως· Αἴγυπτος γάρ ἐστι τὸ σῶμα κατʼ αὐτοὺς) ἀνέστειλεν Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἐποίησεν ἄνω ῥέειν.

Houtos, phēsin, estin ho megas Iordanēs, hon katō rheonta kai kōlyonta exelthein tous huious Israēl ek gēs Aigyptou (ēgoun ek tēs katō mixeōs; Aigyptos gar esti to sōma katʼ autous) anesteilen Iēsous kai epoiēsen anō rheein.

This, he says, is the great Jordan, which, flowing down and preventing the sons of Israel from going out of the land of Egypt (that is, out of the intercourse below; for Egypt, according to them, is the body), Jesus held back and made to flow upward.

item 5, chapter 8

5.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 150

Τούτοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἑπόμενοι οἱ θαυμασιώτατοι γνωστικοί, ἐφευρεταὶ καινῆς τέχνης γραμματικῆς, τὸν ἑαυτῶν προφήτην Ὅμηρον ταῦτα προφαίνοντα ἀρρήτως δοξάζουσι καὶ τοὺς ἀμυήτους τὰς ἁγίας γραφὰς εἰς τοιαύτας ἐννοίας συνάγοντες ἐνυβρίζουσι. Λέγουσι δέ· ὁ λέγων τὰ πάντα ἐξ ἑνὸς συνεστάναι, πλανᾶται· ὁ λέγων ἐκ τριῶν, ἀληθεύει καὶ περὶ τῶν ὅλων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν δώσει.

Toutois kai tois toioutois hepomenoi hoi thaumasiōtatoi gnōstikoi, epheuretai kainēs technēs grammatikēs, ton heautōn prophētēn Homēron tauta prophainonta arrētōs doxazousi kai tous amyētous tas hagias graphas eis toiautas ennoias synagontes enybrizousi. Legousi de; ho legōn ta panta ex henos synestanai, planatai; ho legōn ek triōn, alētheuei kai peri tōn holōn tēn apodeixin dōsei.

Following these and similar things, the most marvelous Gnostics, inventors of a new art of grammar, glorify their own prophet Homer as foreshowing these things in secret, and they outrage the uninitiated by drawing the holy Scriptures into such notions. They say: "Whoever says that all things are composed from one is in error; whoever says from three speaks the truth and will give the demonstration concerning all things."

5.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 150

Μία γάρ ἐστι, φησίν, ἡ μακαρία φύσις τοῦ μακαρίου ἀνθρώπου τοῦ ἄνω, τοῦ Ἀδάμαντος· μία δὲ ἡ θνητὴ κάτω· μία δὲ ἡ ἀβασίλευτος γενεὰ ἡ ἄνω γενομένη, ὅπου, φησίν, ἐστὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ ζητουμένη καὶ Ἰοθὼρ ὁ μέγας σοφὸς καὶ Σεπφώρα ἡ βλέπουσα καὶ Μωσῆς, οὗ γένεσις οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ· γεγόνασι γὰρ αὐτῷ παῖδες ἐν Μαδιάμ,

Mia gar esti, phēsin, hē makaria physis tou makariou anthrōpou tou anō, tou Adamantos; mia de hē thnētē katō; mia de hē abasileutos genea hē anō genomenē, hopou, phēsin, esti Mariam hē zētoumenē kai Iothōr ho megas sophos kai Sepphōra hē blepousa kai Mōsēs, hou genesis ouk estin en Aigyptǭ; gegonasi gar autǭ paides en Madiam,

For one, he says, is the blessed nature of the blessed Man above, Adamas; one is the mortal nature below; and one is the kingless race that has come into being above, where, he says, are Mariam the sought, and Jothor the great sage, and Sepphora the seeing one, and Moses, whose generation is not in Egypt; for his children were born in Midian.

5.8.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 150

καὶ τοῦτο, φησίν, οὐδὲ τοὺς ποιητὰς λέληθε· τριχθὰ δὲ πάντα δέδασται, ἕκαστος δʼ ἔμμορε τιμῆς. Δεῖ γὰρ, φησί, λαλεῖσθαι τὰ μεγέθη, λαλεῖσθαι δὲ οὕτως ὑπὸ πάντων πανταχῆ, ἵνα ἀκούοντες μὴ ἀκούωσι καὶ βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν. Εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἐλαλεῖτο, φησί, τὰ μεγέθη, ὁ κόσμος συνεστάναι οὐκ ἠδύνατο.

kai touto, phēsin, oude tous poiētas lelēthe; trichtha de panta dedastai, hekastos dʼ emmore timēs. Dei gar, phēsi, laleisthai ta megethē, laleisthai de houtōs hypo pantōn pantachē, hina akouontes mē akouōsi kai blepontes mē blepōsin. Ei mē gar elaleito, phēsi, ta megethē, ho kosmos synestanai ouk ēdynato.

And this, he says, has not escaped even the poets: "All things are divided in three, and each has received his share of honor." For the great things, he says, must be spoken, and spoken thus by all everywhere, "so that hearing they may not hear and seeing they may not see." For if the great things were not spoken, he says, the world could not hold together.

5.8.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 150

Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τρεῖς ὑπέρογκοι λόγοι· καυλακαῦ, σαυλασαῦ, ζεησάρ. Καυλακαῦ τοῦ ἄνω, τοῦ Ἀδάμαντος, σαυλασαῦ τοῦ κάτω θνητοῦ, ζεησὰρ τοῦ ἐπὶ τὰ ἄνω ῥεύσαντος Ἰορδάνου. Οὗτος ἐστί, φησίν, ὁ ἐν πᾶσιν ἀρσενόθηλυς ἄνθρωπος, ὃν οἱ ἀγνοοῦντες Γηρυόνην καλοῦσι τρισώματον, ὡς ἐκ γῆς ῥέοντα Γηρυόνην, κοινῇ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐπουράνιον μηνὸς κέρας, ὅτι καταμέμιχε καὶ κεκέρακε πάντα πᾶσι.

Houtoi eisin hoi treis hyperonkoi logoi; kaulakau, saulasau, zeēsar. Kaulakau tou anō, tou Adamantos, saulasau tou katō thnētou, zeēsar tou epi ta anō rheusantos Iordanou. Houtos esti, phēsin, ho en pasin arsenothēlys anthrōpos, hon hoi agnoountes Gēryonēn kalousi trisōmaton, hōs ek gēs rheonta Gēryonēn, koinę̄ de Hellēnes epouranion mēnos keras, hoti katamemiche kai kekerake panta pasi.

These are the three exalted words: Kaulakau, Saulasau, Zeesar. Kaulakau of the one above, Adamas; Saulasau of the mortal one below; Zeesar of the Jordan that flowed upward. This, he says, is the male-female Man in all things, whom the ignorant call three-bodied Geryon, as flowing from the earth, and the Greeks in common "the heavenly horn of the moon," because he has mixed and blended all things with all.

5.8.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 150

Πάντα γάρ, φησί, διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν. Ὃ δὲ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωή ἐστιν. Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ ζωὴ ἡ ἄρρητος γενεὰ τῶν τελείων ἀνθρώπων, ἣ ταῖς προτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνώσθη. Τὸ δὲ οὐδέν, ὃ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ γέγονεν, ὁ κόσμος ἰδικός ἐστιν· γέγονεν γὰρ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τρίτου καὶ τετάρτου.

Panta gar, phēsi, diʼ autou egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen. Ho de gegonen en autǭ zōē estin. Hautē, phēsin, estin hē zōē hē arrētos genea tōn teleiōn anthrōpōn, hē tais proterais geneais ouk egnōsthē. To de ouden, ho chōris autou gegonen, ho kosmos idikos estin; gegonen gar chōris autou hypo tritou kai tetartou.

For "all things," he says, "came into being through him, and without him not one thing came into being. What came into being in him is life." This life, he says, is the ineffable race of perfect men, which was not known to former generations. And the "nothing" that came into being without him is the particular world; for it came into being without him, by the third and fourth.

5.8.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 150–152

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ ποτήριον τὸ κόνδυ, ἐν ᾧ βασιλεὺς πίνων οἰωνίζεται. Τοῦτο, φησί, κεκρυμμένον εὑρέθη ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς τοῦ Βενιαμὶν σπέρμασι. Λέγουσι δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ Ἕλληνες, φησίν, οὕτως μαινομένῳ στόματι· Φέρʼ ὕδωρ, φέρʼ οἶνον, ὦ παῖ· μέθυσόν με καὶ κάρωσον. Τὸ ποτήριον λέγει μου, ποδαπόν με δεῖ γενέσθαι.

Touto, phēsin, esti to potērion to kondy, en hǭ basileus pinōn oiōnizetai. Touto, phēsi, kekrymmenon heurethē en tois kalois tou Beniamin spermasi. Legousi de auto kai Hellēnes, phēsin, houtōs mainomenǭ stomati; Pherʼ hydōr, pherʼ oinon, ō pai; methyson me kai karōson. To potērion legei mou, podapon me dei genesthai.

This, he says, is the cup, the condy, in which the king, drinking, divines. This, he says, was found hidden in the fair seeds of Benjamin. And the Greeks too, he says, speak of it thus, with raving mouth: "Bring water, bring wine, boy; make me drunk and stupefy me. My cup tells me what sort I must become."

5.8.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 152

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἤρκει μόνον νοηθὲν ἀνθρώποις τὸ τοῦ Ἀνακρέοντος ποτήριον ἀλάλως λαλοῦν μυστήριον ἄρρητον. Ἄλαλον γάρ, φησί, τὸ Ἀνακρέοντος ποτήριον, ὅπερ αὐτῷ φησίν Ἀνακρέων λαλεῖν ἀλάλῳ φθέγματι, ποδαπὸν αὐτὸν δεῖ γενέσθαι, τουτέστι πνευματικόν, οὐ σαρκικόν, ἐὰν ἀκούσῃ τὸ κεκρυμμένον μυστήριον ἐν σιωπῇ· καὶ τοῦτο ἐστὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἐκείνοις γάμοις, ὃ στρέψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐποίησεν οἶνον. Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ μεγάλη καὶ ἀληθινὴ ἀρχὴ τῶν σημείων, ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἐφανέρωσε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.

Touto, phēsin, ērkei monon noēthen anthrōpois to tou Anakreontos potērion alalōs laloun mystērion arrēton. Alalon gar, phēsi, to Anakreontos potērion, hoper autǭ phēsin Anakreōn lalein alalǭ phthegmati, podapon auton dei genesthai, toutesti pneumatikon, ou sarkikon, ean akousę̄ to kekrymmenon mystērion en siōpę̄; kai touto esti to hydōr to en tois kalois ekeinois gamois, ho strepsas ho Iēsous epoiēsen oinon. Hautē, phēsin, estin hē megalē kai alēthinē archē tōn sēmeiōn, hēn epoiēsen ho Iēsous en Kaną tēs Galilaias, kai ephanerōse tēn basileian tōn ouranōn.

This alone, he says, would suffice for men to understand: Anacreon's cup, speaking without speech an unspeakable mystery. For Anacreon's cup, he says, is speechless, which Anacreon says tells him with speechless utterance what sort he must become, that is, spiritual, not fleshly, if he hears the mystery hidden in silence. And this is the water at that fair wedding, which Jesus turned and made wine. This, he says, is the great and true beginning of the signs, which Jesus did in Cana of Galilee, and revealed the kingdom of heaven.

5.8.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 152

Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐντὸς ἡμῶν κατακειμένη ὡς θησαυρός, ὡς ζύμη εἰς ἀλεύρου τρία σάτα κεκρυμμένη.

Hautē, phēsin, estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn entos hēmōn katakeimenē hōs thēsauros, hōs zymē eis aleurou tria sata kekrymmenē.

This, he says, is the kingdom of heaven lying within us like a treasure, like leaven hidden in three measures of meal.

5.8.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 152

Τουτέστι, φησί, τὸ μέγα καὶ ἄρρητον Σαμοθρᾴκων μυστήριον, ὃ μόνοις ἔξεστιν εἰδέναι τοῖς τελείοις, φησίν, ἡμῖν. Διαρρήδην γὰρ οἱ Σαμόθρᾳκες τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐκεῖνον παραδιδόασιν ἐν τοῖς μυστηρίοις τοῖς ἐπιτελουμένοις παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἀρχάνθρωπον.

Toutesti, phēsi, to mega kai arrēton Samothrąkōn mystērion, ho monois exestin eidenai tois teleiois, phēsin, hēmin. Diarrēdēn gar hoi Samothrąkes ton Adam ekeinon paradidoasin en tois mystēriois tois epiteloumenois parʼ autois archanthrōpon.

This, he says, is the great and unspeakable mystery of the Samothracians, which only we, the perfect, he says, may know. For the Samothracians explicitly hand down that Adam as the Primal Man in the mysteries celebrated among them.

5.8.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 152

Ἔστηκε δὲ ἀγάλματα δύο ἐν τῷ Σαμοθρᾴκων ἀνακτόρῳ ἀνθρώπων γυμνῶν, ἄνω τεταμένας ἐχόντων τὰς χεῖρας ἀμφοτέρας εἰς οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰς αἰσχύνας ἄνω ἐστραμμένας, καθάπερ ἐν Κυλλήνῃ τὸ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ. Εἰκόνες δέ εἰσι τὰ προειρημένα ἀγάλματα τοῦ ἀρχανθρώπου καὶ τοῦ ἀναγεννωμένου πνευματικοῦ, κατὰ πάνθʼ ὁμοουσίου ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.

Estēke de agalmata dyo en tǭ Samothrąkōn anaktorǭ anthrōpōn gymnōn, anō tetamenas echontōn tas cheiras amphoteras eis ouranon kai tas aischynas anō estrammenas, kathaper en Kyllēnę̄ to tou Hermou. Eikones de eisi ta proeirēmena agalmata tou archanthrōpou kai tou anagennōmenou pneumatikou, kata panthʼ homoousiou ekeinǭ tǭ anthrōpǭ.

In the sanctuary of the Samothracians stand two statues of naked men, with both hands stretched up to heaven and their private parts turned upward, like the statue of Hermes at Cyllene. These statues are images of the Primal Man and of the regenerated spiritual man, in every respect of the same substance as that Man.

5.8.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 152–154

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος· Ἐὰν μὴ πίνητέ μου τὸ αἷμα καὶ φάγητέ μου τὴν σάρκα, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλὰ κἂν πίητε, φησί, τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ἐκεῖ ὑμεῖς εἰσελθεῖν οὐ δύνασθε.

Touto, phēsin, esti to eirēmenon hypo tou sōtēros; Ean mē pinēte mou to haima kai phagēte mou tēn sarka, ou mē eiselthēte eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, alla kan piēte, phēsi, to potērion ho egō pinō, hopou egō hypagō, ekei hymeis eiselthein ou dynasthe.

This, he says, is what was said by the Savior: "Unless you drink my blood and eat my flesh, you will not enter the kingdom of heaven"; "but even if you drink," he says, "the cup that I drink, where I go, you cannot enter there."

5.8.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 154

Ἤιδει γὰρ, φησίν, ἐξ ὁποίας φύσεως ἕκαστος τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐστὶ καὶ ὅτι ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν ἐλθεῖν ἀνάγκη. Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν δώδεκα, φησί, φυλῶν μαθητὰς ἐξελέξατο δώδεκα καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν ἐλάλησε πάσῃ φυλῇ· διὰ τοῦτο, φησί, τὰ τῶν δώδεκα μαθητῶν κηρύγματα οὔτε πάντες ἀκηκόασιν οὔτε, ἐὰν ἀκούσωσι, παραδέξασθαι δύνανται. Ἔστι γὰρ αὐτοῖς παρὰ φύσιν τὰ μὴ κατὰ φύσιν.

Ēidei gar, phēsin, ex hopoias physeōs hekastos tōn mathētōn autou esti kai hoti hekaston autōn eis tēn idian physin elthein anankē. Apo gar tōn dōdeka, phēsi, phylōn mathētas exelexato dōdeka kai diʼ autōn elalēse pasę̄ phylę̄; dia touto, phēsi, ta tōn dōdeka mathētōn kērygmata oute pantes akēkoasin oute, ean akousōsi, paradexasthai dynantai. Esti gar autois para physin ta mē kata physin.

For he knew, he says, of what nature each of his disciples was, and that each of them must go to his own nature. For from the twelve tribes, he says, he chose twelve disciples, and through them spoke to every tribe. Therefore, he says, not all have heard the preaching of the twelve disciples, nor, if they hear, can they receive it. For what is not according to their nature is against their nature for them.

5.8.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 154

Τοῦτον, φησί, Θρᾷκες οἱ περὶ τὸν Αἷμον οἰκοῦντες Κορύβαντα καλοῦσι καὶ Θρᾳξὶν οἱ Φρύγες παραπλησίως, ὅτι ἀπὸ τῆς κορυφῆς ἄνωθεν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου ἐγκεφάλου τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς καταβάσεως λαμβάνων καὶ πάσας τὰς τῶν ὑποκειμένων διερχόμενος ἀρχὰς πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον κατέρχεται οὐ νοοῦμεν.

Touton, phēsi, Thrąkes hoi peri ton Haimon oikountes Korybanta kalousi kai Thrąxin hoi Phryges paraplēsiōs, hoti apo tēs koryphēs anōthen kai apo tou acharaktēristou enkephalou tēn archēn tēs katabaseōs lambanōn kai pasas tas tōn hypokeimenōn dierchomenos archas pōs kai tina tropon katerchetai ou nooumen.

This one, he says, the Thracians who live around Haemus call Corybas, and the Phrygians likewise with the Thracians, because, taking the beginning of his descent from the crown above and from the unstamped brain, and passing through all the principles of the things below, how and in what way he comes down we do not understand.

5.8.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 154

Τοῦτʼ ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· φωνὴν μὲν αὐτοῦ ἠκούσαμεν, εἶδος δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐχ ἑωράκαμεν. Ἀποτεταμένου γάρ, φησίν, αὐτοῦ καὶ κεχαρακτηρισμένου ἀκούεται φωνή, τὸ δὲ εἶδος τὸ κατελθὸν ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου ὁποῖον ἐστὶν εἶδεν οὐδείς. Ἔστι δὲ ἐν τῷ πλάσματι τῷ χοϊκῷ, γινώσκει δὲ αὐτὸ οὐδείς.

Toutʼ esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; phōnēn men autou ēkousamen, eidos de autou ouch heōrakamen. Apotetamenou gar, phēsin, autou kai kecharaktērismenou akouetai phōnē, to de eidos to katelthon anōthen apo tou acharaktēristou hopoion estin eiden oudeis. Esti de en tǭ plasmati tǭ choïkǭ, ginōskei de auto oudeis.

This, he says, is what is said: "We have heard his voice, but we have not seen his form." For when he has been stretched out and stamped, he says, his voice is heard; but what the form is that came down from above from the unstamped, no one has seen. It is in the earthly mold, but no one knows it.

5.8.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 154

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν οἰκῶν θεὸς κατὰ τὸ ψαλτήριον καὶ φθεγγόμενος [καὶ] κεκραγὼς ἀπὸ ὑδάτων πολλῶν. Ὕδατα, φησίν, ἐστὶ πολλὰ ἡ πολυσχιδὴς τῶν θνητῶν γένεσις ἀνθρώπων, ἀφʼ ἧς βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγε πρὸς τὸν ἀχαρακτήριστον ἄνθρωπον, ῥῦσαι λέγων ἀπὸ λεόντων τὴν μονογενῆ μου.

Houtos, phēsin, estin ho ton kataklysmon oikōn theos kata to psaltērion kai phthengomenos [kai] kekragōs apo hydatōn pollōn. Hydata, phēsin, esti polla hē polyschidēs tōn thnētōn genesis anthrōpōn, aphʼ hēs boą kai kekrage pros ton acharaktēriston anthrōpon, rhysai legōn apo leontōn tēn monogenē mou.

This, he says, is the God who dwells in the flood, according to the Psalter, and who utters [and] cries out from many waters. The many waters, he says, are the many-branched generation of mortal men, from which he cries and shouts to the unstamped Man, saying: "Rescue my only-begotten from the lions."

5.8.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 154

Πρὸς τοῦτον, φησίν, ἐστὶν εἰρημένον· Παῖς μου εἶ σὺ Ἰσραήλ, μὴ φοβοῦ, ἐὰν διὰ ποταμῶν διέλθῃς, οὐ μή σε συγκλύσωσιν, ἐὰν διὰ πυρὸς διέλθῃς, οὐ μή σε συγκαύσει. Ποταμούς, φησί, λέγει τὴν ὑγρὰν τῆς γενέσεως οὐσίαν, πῦρ δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γένεσιν ὁρμὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν· Σὺ ἐμὸς εἶ, μὴ φοβοῦ.

Pros touton, phēsin, estin eirēmenon; Pais mou ei sy Israēl, mē phobou, ean dia potamōn dielthę̄s, ou mē se synklysōsin, ean dia pyros dielthę̄s, ou mē se synkausei. Potamous, phēsi, legei tēn hygran tēs geneseōs ousian, pyr de tēn epi tēn genesin hormēn kai epithymian; Sy emos ei, mē phobou.

To him, he says, it is said: "You are my servant, Israel; do not fear; if you pass through rivers, they will not overwhelm you; if you pass through fire, it will not burn you." By rivers, he says, he means the moist substance of generation, and by fire the impulse and desire toward generation. "You are mine; do not fear."

5.8.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 154–156

Καὶ πάλιν, φησίν, εἰ ἐπιλήσεται μήτηρ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς μὴ ἐλεῆσαι μηδὲ ἐπιδοῦναι μαστόν, κἀγὼ ἐπιλήσομαι ὑμῶν, ὁ Ἀδάμας, φησί, λέγει πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους ἀνθρώπους· ἀλλὰ εἰ καὶ ἐπιλήσεται ταῦτα γυνή, ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἐπιλήσομαι ὑμῶν. Ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν μου ἐζωγράφηκα ὑμᾶς.

Kai palin, phēsin, ei epilēsetai mētēr tōn teknōn autēs mē eleēsai mēde epidounai maston, kagō epilēsomai hymōn, ho Adamas, phēsi, legei pros tous idious anthrōpous; alla ei kai epilēsetai tauta gynē, allʼ egō ouk epilēsomai hymōn. Epi tōn cheirōn mou ezōgraphēka hymas.

And again, he says: "If a mother forgets her children, so as not to pity them nor give them the breast, I too will forget you," Adamas, he says, says to his own men; "but even if a woman forgets these things, yet I will not forget you. I have painted you on my hands."

5.8.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 156

Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀνόδου αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τῆς ἀναγεννήσεως, ἵνα γένηται πνευματικός, οὐ σαρκικός, λέγει, φησίν, ἡ γραφή· Ἄρατε πύλας οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπάρθητε πύλαι αἰώνιοι καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης, τουτέστι, θαῦμα θαυμάτων. Τίς γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης; Σκώληξ καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, ὄνειδος ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἐξουθένημα λαοῦ, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης, ὁ ἐν πολέμῳ δυνατός.

Peri de tēs anodou autou, toutesti tēs anagennēseōs, hina genētai pneumatikos, ou sarkikos, legei, phēsin, hē graphē; Arate pylas hoi archontes hymōn, kai eparthēte pylai aiōnioi kai eiseleusetai ho basileus tēs doxēs, toutesti, thauma thaumatōn. Tis gar, phēsin, estin houtos ho basileus tēs doxēs? Skōlēx kai ouk anthrōpos, oneidos anthrōpou kai exouthenēma laou, autos estin ho basileus tēs doxēs, ho en polemǭ dynatos.

And about his ascent, that is, his rebirth, so that he may become spiritual, not fleshly, Scripture says, he says: "Lift up the gates, you rulers, and be lifted up, you eternal gates, and the King of glory will come in," that is, a wonder of wonders. "For who," he says, "is this King of glory?" "A worm and no man, a reproach of man and despised by the people"; he is the King of glory, mighty in war.

5.8.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 156

Πόλεμον δὲ λέγει τὸν ἐν σώματι, ὅτι ἐκ μαχίμων στοιχείων πέπλασται τὸ πλάσμα, καθὼς γέγραπται, φησί, Μνήσθητι πόλεμον τὸν γινόμενον ἐν σώματι. Ταύτην, φησί, τὴν εἴσοδον καὶ ταύτην τὴν πύλην εἶδεν εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν πορευόμενος ὁ Ἰακώβ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ παιδὸς ἔφηβος ἤδη γινόμενος καὶ ἀνήρ, τουτέστιν ἐγνωρίσθη τῷ εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν πορευομένῳ· (Μεσοποταμία δέ, φησίν,

Polemon de legei ton en sōmati, hoti ek machimōn stoicheiōn peplastai to plasma, kathōs gegraptai, phēsi, Mnēsthēti polemon ton ginomenon en sōmati. Tautēn, phēsi, tēn eisodon kai tautēn tēn pylēn eiden eis Mesopotamian poreuomenos ho Iakōb, hoper estin apo tou paidos ephēbos ēdē ginomenos kai anēr, toutestin egnōristhē tǭ eis Mesopotamian poreuomenǭ; (Mesopotamia de, phēsin,

By war he means the war in the body, because the molded body is formed of warring elements, as it is written, he says: "Remember the war that takes place in the body." This entrance and this gate, he says, Jacob saw as he went to Mesopotamia, that is, as he was already becoming a youth and a man from a child; that is, it was made known to him as he went to Mesopotamia. (Mesopotamia, he says,

5.8.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 156

ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ μεγάλου ὠκεανοῦ ῥοή, ἀπὸ τῶν μέσων ῥέουσα τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου, ) καὶ ἐθαύμασε τὴν οὐράνιον πύλην εἰπών· ὡς φοβερὸς ὁ τόπος οὗτος. Οὐκ ἔστι τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ ἢ οἶκος θεοῦ, καὶ αὕτη ἡ πύλη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησί, λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ πύλη ἡ ἀληθινή.

estin hē tou megalou ōkeanou rhoē, apo tōn mesōn rheousa tou teleiou anthrōpou, ) kai ethaumase tēn ouranion pylēn eipōn; hōs phoberos ho topos houtos. Ouk esti touto, allʼ ē oikos theou, kai hautē hē pylē tou ouranou. Dia touto, phēsi, legei ho Iēsous; Egō eimi hē pylē hē alēthinē.

is the stream of the great Ocean, flowing from the middle parts of the perfect Man.) And he marveled at the heavenly gate, saying: "How fearful is this place! This is none other than the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven." Therefore, he says, Jesus says: "I am the true gate."

5.8.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 156

Ἔστι δὲ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου, φησίν, ἄνωθεν κεχαρακτηρισμένος τέλειος ἄνθρωπος. Οὐ δύναται οὖν, φησί, σωθῆναι ὁ τέλειος ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν μὴ ἀναγεννηθῇ διὰ ταύτης εἰσελθὼν τῆς πύλης.

Esti de ho tauta legōn ho apo tou acharaktēristou, phēsin, anōthen kecharaktērismenos teleios anthrōpos. Ou dynatai oun, phēsi, sōthēnai ho teleios anthrōpos, ean mē anagennēthę̄ dia tautēs eiselthōn tēs pylēs.

And the one who says these things, he says, is the perfect Man, stamped from above from the unstamped. So the perfect man, he says, cannot be saved unless he is reborn by entering through this gate.

5.8.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 156–158

Τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τοῦτον, φησί, Φρύγες καὶ Πάπαν καλοῦσιν, ὅτι πάντα ἔπαυσεν ἀτάκτως καὶ πλημμελῶς πρὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φανερώσεως κεκινημένα. Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα, φησί, τοῦ πάπα πάντων ὁμοῦ ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων λεγόντων· παῦε παῦε τὴν ἀσυμφωνίαν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ποίησον εἰρήνην τοῖς μακράν, τουτέστι τοῖς ὑλικοῖς καὶ χοϊκοῖς, καὶ εἰρήνην τοῖς ἐγγύς, τουτέστι τοῖς πνευματικοῖς καὶ νοεροῖς τελείοις ἀνθρώποις. Λέγουσι δὲ οἱ Φρύγες τοῦτον αὐτὸν καὶ νέκυν, οἱονεὶ ἐν μνήματι καὶ τάφῳ ἐγκατορωρυγμένον ἐν τῷ σώματι.

Ton auton de touton, phēsi, Phryges kai Papan kalousin, hoti panta epausen ataktōs kai plēmmelōs pro tēs heautou phanerōseōs kekinēmena. To gar onoma, phēsi, tou papa pantōn homou esti tōn epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn legontōn; paue paue tēn asymphōnian tou kosmou kai poiēson eirēnēn tois makran, toutesti tois hylikois kai choïkois, kai eirēnēn tois engys, toutesti tois pneumatikois kai noerois teleiois anthrōpois. Legousi de hoi Phryges touton auton kai nekyn, hoionei en mnēmati kai taphǭ enkatorōrygmenon en tǭ sōmati.

This same one, he says, the Phrygians also call Papas, because he stopped all things that were moving in disorder and discord before his manifestation. For the name Papas, he says, belongs to all things in heaven and on earth and under the earth together, saying: "Stop, stop the discord of the world, and make peace for those far off," that is, the material and earthly, "and peace for those near," that is, the spiritual and intellectual perfect men. The Phrygians also call this same one a corpse, as though buried in the body as in a tomb and grave.

5.8.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 158

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον· Τάφοι ἐστὲ κεκονιαμένοι, γέμοντες, φησίν, ἔσωθεν ὀστέων νεκρῶν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος ὁ ζῶν· καὶ πάλιν, φησίν, ἐξαλοῦνται ἐκ τῶν μνημείων οἱ νεκροί, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῶν σωμάτων τῶν χοϊκῶν ἀναγεννηθέντες πνευματικοί, οὐ σαρκικοί.

Touto, phēsin, esti to eirēmenon; Taphoi este kekoniamenoi, gemontes, phēsin, esōthen osteōn nekrōn, hoti ouk estin en hymin anthrōpos ho zōn; kai palin, phēsin, exalountai ek tōn mnēmeiōn hoi nekroi, toutestin ek tōn sōmatōn tōn choïkōn anagennēthentes pneumatikoi, ou sarkikoi.

This, he says, is what is said: "You are whitewashed tombs, full within," he says, "of dead men's bones," because the living Man is not in you. And again, he says: "The dead will leap out of the tombs," that is, out of the earthly bodies, reborn as spiritual, not fleshly.

5.8.24Duncker–Schneidewin, 158

Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνάστασις ἡ διὰ τῆς πύλης γινομένη τῶν οὐρανῶν, διʼ ἧς οἱ μὴ εἰσελθόντες, φησί, πάντες μένουσι νεκροί. Οἱ δὲ αὐτοί, φησί, Φρύγες τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς λέγουσι θεόν. Γίνεται γάρ, φησί, θεός, ὅταν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης πύλης εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν.

Hautē, phēsin, estin hē anastasis hē dia tēs pylēs ginomenē tōn ouranōn, diʼ hēs hoi mē eiselthontes, phēsi, pantes menousi nekroi. Hoi de autoi, phēsi, Phryges ton auton touton palin ek metabolēs legousi theon. Ginetai gar, phēsi, theos, hotan ek nekrōn anastas dia tēs toiautēs pylēs eiseleusetai eis ton ouranon.

This, he says, is the resurrection that takes place through the gate of the heavens, and all who do not enter through it, he says, remain dead. The same Phrygians, he says, again call this same one, after the change, a god. For he becomes a god, he says, when, rising from the dead, he enters heaven through such a gate.

5.8.25Duncker–Schneidewin, 158

Ταύτην, φησί, τὴν πύλην Παῦλος οἶδεν ὁ ἀπόστολος, παρανοίξας ἐν μυστηρίῳ καὶ εἰπών· ἡρπάσθαι ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου, καὶ γεγονέναι ἕως δευτέρου καὶ τρίτου οὐρανοῦ εἰς τὸν παράδεισον αὐτόν, καὶ ἑωρακέναι ἃ ἑώρακε, καὶ ἀκηκοέναι ῥήματα ἄρρητα ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰπεῖν.

Tautēn, phēsi, tēn pylēn Paulos oiden ho apostolos, paranoixas en mystēriǭ kai eipōn; hērpasthai hypo angelou, kai gegonenai heōs deuterou kai tritou ouranou eis ton paradeison auton, kai heōrakenai ha heōrake, kai akēkoenai rhēmata arrēta ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ eipein.

This gate, he says, Paul the apostle knew, opening it slightly in a mystery and saying that he was caught up by an angel and came as far as the second and third heaven, into paradise, and saw what he saw, and heard unspeakable words which it is not lawful for a man to speak.

5.8.26Duncker–Schneidewin, 158

Ταῦτά ἐστι, φησί, τὰ ἄρρητα ὑπὸ πάντων λεγόμενα μυστήρια, ἃ [καὶ λαλοῦμεν] οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος, πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ συγκρίνοντες, ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ, μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστί, καὶ ταῦτά φησιν ἐστὶ τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ἄρρητα μυστήρια, ἃ ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν μόνοι.

Tauta esti, phēsi, ta arrēta hypo pantōn legomena mystēria, ha [kai laloumen] ouk en didaktois anthrōpinēs sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos, pneumatikois pneumatika synkrinontes, psychikos de anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou, mōria gar autǭ esti, kai tauta phēsin esti ta tou pneumatos arrēta mystēria, ha hēmeis ismen monoi.

These, he says, are the mysteries called unspeakable by all, "which we [also speak] not in words taught by human wisdom but in those taught by the Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual; but the psychic man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are folly to him." And these, he says, are the unspeakable mysteries of the Spirit, which we alone know.

5.8.27Duncker–Schneidewin, 158

Περὶ τούτων, φησίν, εἴρηκεν ὁ σωτήρ· οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μή τινα ἑλκύσῃ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος. Πάνυ γάρ, φησί, δύσκολον ἐστὶ παραδέξασθαι καὶ λαβεῖν τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ ἄρρητον μυστήριον. Καὶ πάλιν, φησίν, εἴρηκεν ὁ σωτήρ· οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.

Peri toutōn, phēsin, eirēken ho sōtēr; oudeis dynatai elthein pros me, ean mē tina helkysę̄ ho patēr mou ho ouranios. Pany gar, phēsi, dyskolon esti paradexasthai kai labein to mega touto kai arrēton mystērion. Kai palin, phēsin, eirēken ho sōtēr; ou pas ho legōn moi kyrie, kyrie, eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, allʼ ho poiōn to thelēma tou patros mou tou en tois ouranois.

About these, he says, the Savior said: "No one can come to me unless my heavenly Father draws him." For it is very hard, he says, to receive and take this great and unspeakable mystery. And again, he says, the Savior said: "Not everyone who says to me, Lord, Lord, will enter the kingdom of heaven, but the one who does the will of my Father in the heavens."

5.8.28Duncker–Schneidewin, 158–160

Ὃ δεῖ ποιήσαντας, οὐχὶ ἀκούσαντας μόνον, εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν εἰσελθεῖν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καὶ πάλιν, φησίν, εἴρηκεν· οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. Τελῶναι γάρ, φησίν, εἰσὶν οἱ τὰ τέλη τῶν ὅλων λαμβάνοντες, ἡμεῖς δέ, φησίν, ἐσμὲν οἱ τελῶναι, εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων κατήντηκε. Τέλη γάρ, φησίν, εἰσὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου εἰς τὸν κόσμον κατεσπαρμένα σπέρματα, διʼ ὧν ὁ πᾶς συντελεῖται κόσμος· διὰ γὰρ αὐτῶν καὶ ἤρξατο γενέσθαι.

Ho dei poiēsantas, ouchi akousantas monon, eis tēn basileian eiselthein tōn ouranōn. Kai palin, phēsin, eirēken; hoi telōnai kai hai pornai proagousin hymas eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn. Telōnai gar, phēsin, eisin hoi ta telē tōn holōn lambanontes, hēmeis de, phēsin, esmen hoi telōnai, eis hous ta telē tōn aiōnōn katēntēke. Telē gar, phēsin, eisi ta apo tou acharaktēristou eis ton kosmon katesparmena spermata, diʼ hōn ho pas synteleitai kosmos; dia gar autōn kai ērxato genesthai.

This one must do, not only hear, to enter the kingdom of heaven. And again, he says, he said: "The tax collectors and the prostitutes go before you into the kingdom of heaven." For the tax collectors (telōnai), he says, are those who receive the ends (telē) of all things; and we, he says, are the tax collectors, "on whom the ends of the ages have come." For the ends, he says, are the seeds sown into the world from the unstamped, through which the whole world is completed; for through them it also began to come into being.

5.8.29Duncker–Schneidewin, 160

Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔπεσε παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ κατεπατήθη, τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη· καὶ ἐξανέτειλε, φησί, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος ἐξηράνθη καὶ ἀπέθανε· τὰ δὲ ἔπεσε, φησίν, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν καὶ ἀγαθήν, καὶ ἐποίει καρπόν, ὁ μὲν ἑκατόν, ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα. Ὁ ἔχων, φησίν, ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. Τουτέστι, φησίν, οὐδεὶς τούτων τῶν μυστηρίων ἀκροατὴς γέγονεν εἰ μὴ μόνοι οἱ γνωστικοὶ τέλειοι.

Kai touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Exēlthen ho speirōn tou speirai; kai ta men epese para tēn hodon kai katepatēthē, ta de epi ta petrōdē; kai exaneteile, phēsi, kai dia to mē echein bathos exēranthē kai apethane; ta de epese, phēsin, epi tēn gēn tēn kalēn kai agathēn, kai epoiei karpon, ho men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta. Ho echōn, phēsin, ōta akouein akouetō. Toutesti, phēsin, oudeis toutōn tōn mystēriōn akroatēs gegonen ei mē monoi hoi gnōstikoi teleioi.

And this, he says, is what is said: "The sower went out to sow; and some fell by the road and was trampled, and some on the rocky places; and it sprang up," he says, "and because it had no depth it withered and died; and some fell," he says, "on the fair and good soil and bore fruit, some a hundred, some sixty, some thirty. He who has ears to hear," he says, "let him hear." That is, he says, no one has become a hearer of these mysteries except the perfect Gnostics alone.

5.8.30Duncker–Schneidewin, 160

Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ γῆ ἡ καλὴ καὶ ἀγαθή, ἣν λέγει Μωϋσῆς· Εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς γῆν καλὴν καὶ ἀγαθήν, εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ μέλι καὶ τὸ γάλα, οὗ γευσαμένους τοὺς τελείους ἀβασιλεύτους γενέσθαι καὶ μετασχεῖν τοῦ πληρώματος. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ πλήρωμα, διʼ οὗ πάντα γινόμενα γεννητὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου γέγονέ τε καὶ πεπλήρωται.

Hautē, phēsin, estin hē gē hē kalē kai agathē, hēn legei Mōÿsēs; Eisaxō hymas eis gēn kalēn kai agathēn, eis gēn rheousan gala kai meli. Touto, phēsin, esti to meli kai to gala, hou geusamenous tous teleious abasileutous genesthai kai metaschein tou plērōmatos. Touto, phēsin, esti to plērōma, diʼ hou panta ginomena gennēta apo tou agennētou gegone te kai peplērōtai.

This, he says, is the fair and good land, of which Moses speaks: "I will bring you into a fair and good land, into a land flowing with milk and honey." This, he says, is the honey and the milk, tasting which the perfect become kingless and share in the Pleroma. This, he says, is the Pleroma, through which all begotten things that come to be from the unbegotten have come to be and been filled.

5.8.31Duncker–Schneidewin, 160

Ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὑπὸ τῶν Φρυγῶν καὶ ἄκαρπος καλεῖται. Ἔστι γὰρ ἄκαρπος, ὅταν ᾖ σαρκικὸς καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς σαρκὸς ἐργάζηται. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον· πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. Καρποὶ γὰρ οὗτοι, φησίν, εἰσὶ μόνον οἱ λογικοί, οἱ ζῶντες ἄνθρωποι, οἱ διὰ τῆς πύλης εἰσερχόμενοι τῆς τρίτης.

Ho de autos houtos hypo tōn Phrygōn kai akarpos kaleitai. Esti gar akarpos, hotan ę̄ sarkikos kai tēn epithymian tēs sarkos ergazētai. Touto, phēsin, esti to eirēmenon; pan dendron mē poioun karpon kalon ekkoptetai kai eis pyr balletai. Karpoi gar houtoi, phēsin, eisi monon hoi logikoi, hoi zōntes anthrōpoi, hoi dia tēs pylēs eiserchomenoi tēs tritēs.

This same one is also called by the Phrygians "unfruitful." For he is unfruitful when he is fleshly and works the desire of the flesh. This, he says, is what is said: "Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire." For these fruits, he says, are only the rational ones, the living men, who enter through the third gate.

5.8.32Duncker–Schneidewin, 160

Λέγουσι γοῦν· εἰ νεκρὰ ἐφάγετε καὶ ζῶντα ἐποιήσατε, τί, ἂν ζῶντα φάγητε, ποιήσετε; Ζῶντα δὲ λέγουσι καὶ λόγους καὶ νόας καὶ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μαργαρίτας ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου ἐρριμμένους εἰς τὸ πλάσμα κάτω.

Legousi goun; ei nekra ephagete kai zōnta epoiēsate, ti, an zōnta phagēte, poiēsete? Zōnta de legousi kai logous kai noas kai anthrōpous, tous margaritas ekeinou tou acharaktēristou errimmenous eis to plasma katō.

At any rate they say: "If you ate dead things and made them living, what will you do if you eat living things?" And by living things they mean words and minds and men, the pearls of that unstamped one cast down into the mold below.

5.8.33Duncker–Schneidewin, 160

Τουτέστιν ὃ λέγει, φησί· μὴ βάλητε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσὶ μηδὲ τοὺς μαργαρίτας τοῖς χοίροις, χοίρων καὶ κυνῶν ἔργον λέγοντες εἶναι τὴν γυναικὸς πρὸς ἄνδρα ὁμιλίαν.

Toutestin ho legei, phēsi; mē balēte to hagion tois kysi mēde tous margaritas tois choirois, choirōn kai kynōn ergon legontes einai tēn gynaikos pros andra homilian.

This is what he means, he says: "Do not give what is holy to the dogs, nor the pearls to the swine," saying that the intercourse of a woman with a man is the work of swine and dogs.

5.8.34Duncker–Schneidewin, 160–162

Τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τοῦτον, φησίν, οἱ Φρύγες καλοῦσιν αἰπόλον, οὐχ ὅτι, φησίν, ἔβοσκεν αἶγας καὶ τράγους, ὡς οἱ ψυχικοὶ ὀνομάζουσιν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι, φησίν, ἐστὶν αἰπόλος, τουτέστιν ὁ ἀεὶ πολῶν καὶ στρέφων καὶ περιελαύνων τὸν κόσμον ὅλον στροφῇ.

Ton auton de touton, phēsin, hoi Phryges kalousin aipolon, ouch hoti, phēsin, ebosken aigas kai tragous, hōs hoi psychikoi onomazousin, allʼ hoti, phēsin, estin aipolos, toutestin ho aei polōn kai strephōn kai perielaunōn ton kosmon holon strophę̄.

This same one, he says, the Phrygians call goatherd (aipolos), not, he says, because he pastured she-goats and he-goats, as the psychics name it, but because, he says, he is aipolos, that is, the one who always turns (polōn) and revolves and drives round the whole world in its rotation.

5.8.35Duncker–Schneidewin, 162

Πολεῖν γάρ ἐστι τὸ στρέφειν καὶ μεταβάλλειν τὰ πράγματα· ἔνθεν, φησί, καὶ τὰ δύο κέντρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἅπαντες προσαγορεύουσι πόλους. Καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς δέ φησι· πωλεῖταί τις δεῦρο γέρων ἅλιος νημερτής, ἀθάνατος Πρωτεὺς Αἰγύπτιος, οὐ πιπράσκεται, φησίν, ἀλλὰ στρέφεται αὐτοῦ οἱονεὶ καὶ περιέρχεται. Ἔτι καὶ πόλεις, ἐν αἷς οἰκοῦμεν, ὅτι στρεφόμεθα καὶ περιπολοῦμεν ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ καλοῦνται πόλεις.

Polein gar esti to strephein kai metaballein ta pragmata; enthen, phēsi, kai ta dyo kentra tou ouranou hapantes prosagoreuousi polous. Kai ho poiētēs de phēsi; pōleitai tis deuro gerōn halios nēmertēs, athanatos Prōteus Aigyptios, ou piprasketai, phēsin, alla strephetai autou hoionei kai perierchetai. Eti kai poleis, en hais oikoumen, hoti strephometha kai peripoloumen en autais, kai kalountai poleis.

For polein is to turn and change things; hence, he says, everyone calls the two pivots of the heaven poles. And the poet says: "There comes and goes (pōleitai) here an unerring old man of the sea, immortal Proteus of Egypt"; he is not sold, he says, but turns about, as it were, and goes around. And the cities (poleis) in which we live are called cities because we turn and go about (peripoloumen) in them.

5.8.36Duncker–Schneidewin, 162

Οὕτως, φησίν, οἱ Φρύγες αἰπόλον τοῦτον καλοῦσι τὸν πάντοτε πάντα πανταχῆ στρέφοντα καὶ μεταβάλλοντα πρὸς τὰ οἰκεῖα. Καλοῦσι δὲ αὐτόν, φησί, καὶ πολύκαρπον οἱ Φρύγες, ὅτι πλείονα, φησί, τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον ἢ τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα, τουτέστι τὰ ἀναγεννώμενα ἀθάνατα καὶ ἀεὶ διαμένοντα ἐστὶ πολλά, κἂν ὀλίγα ᾖ τὰ γεννώμενα· τὰ δὲ σαρκικὰ, φησίν, φθαρτὰ πάντα, κἂν ᾖ πολλὰ πάνυ γεννώμενα.

Houtōs, phēsin, hoi Phryges aipolon touton kalousi ton pantote panta pantachē strephonta kai metaballonta pros ta oikeia. Kalousi de auton, phēsi, kai polykarpon hoi Phryges, hoti pleiona, phēsi, ta tekna tēs erēmou mallon ē tēs echousēs ton andra, toutesti ta anagennōmena athanata kai aei diamenonta esti polla, kan oliga ę̄ ta gennōmena; ta de sarkika, phēsin, phtharta panta, kan ę̄ polla pany gennōmena.

Thus, he says, the Phrygians call him goatherd, who always turns and changes all things everywhere to what is their own. And the Phrygians, he says, call him also "fruitful," because, he says, "more are the children of the desolate than of her who has the husband," that is, the reborn, immortal and ever-abiding, are many, even if few are born; but the fleshly, he says, are all perishable, even if very many are born.

5.8.37Duncker–Schneidewin, 162

Διὰ τοῦτο, φησίν, ἔκλαιε Ῥαχὴλ τὰ τέκνα καὶ οὐκ ἤθελε, φησί, παρακαλεῖσθαι κλαίουσα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς· ᾔδει γάρ, φησίν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσί. Θρηνεῖ δὲ καὶ Ἱερεμίας τὴν κάτω Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὐ τὴν ἐν Φοινίκῃ πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κάτω γένεσιν τὴν φθαρτήν· ἔγνω γάρ, φησί, καὶ Ἱερεμίας τὸν τέλειον ἄνθρωπον, τὸν ἀναγεννώμενον ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος, οὐ σαρκικόν.

Dia touto, phēsin, eklaie Rhachēl ta tekna kai ouk ēthele, phēsi, parakaleisthai klaiousa epʼ autois; ę̄dei gar, phēsin, hoti ouk eisi. Thrēnei de kai Hieremias tēn katō Hierousalēm, ou tēn en Phoinikę̄ polin, alla tēn katō genesin tēn phthartēn; egnō gar, phēsi, kai Hieremias ton teleion anthrōpon, ton anagennōmenon ex hydatos kai pneumatos, ou sarkikon.

For this reason, he says, Rachel wept for her children and would not be comforted, weeping over them; for she knew, he says, that they are not. And Jeremiah too laments the Jerusalem below, not the city in Phoenicia but the perishable generation below; for Jeremiah too, he says, knew the perfect Man, the one reborn of water and spirit, not the fleshly.

5.8.38Duncker–Schneidewin, 162

Αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ Ἱερεμίας ἔλεγεν· Ἄνθρωπός ἐστι καὶ τίς γνώσεται αὐτόν; Οὕτως, φησίν, ἐστὶ πάνυ βαθεῖα καὶ δυσκατάληπτος ἡ τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου γνῶσις. Ἀρχὴ γάρ, φησίν, τελειώσεως γνῶσις ἀνθρώπου· θεοῦ δὲ γνῶσις ἀπηρτισμένη τελείωσις.

Autos goun ho Hieremias elegen; Anthrōpos esti kai tis gnōsetai auton? Houtōs, phēsin, esti pany batheia kai dyskatalēptos hē tou teleiou anthrōpou gnōsis. Archē gar, phēsin, teleiōseōs gnōsis anthrōpou; theou de gnōsis apērtismenē teleiōsis.

At any rate Jeremiah himself said: "He is a man, and who will know him?" So, he says, the knowledge of the perfect Man is very deep and hard to grasp. For the beginning of perfection, he says, is knowledge of man, but knowledge of God is complete perfection.

5.8.39Duncker–Schneidewin, 162

Λέγουσι δὲ αὐτόν, φησί, Φρύγες καὶ χλοερὸν στάχυν τεθερισμένον, καὶ μετὰ τοὺς Φρύγας Ἀθηναῖοι μυοῦντες Ἐλευσίνια, καὶ ἐπιδεικνύντες τοῖς ἐποπτεύουσι τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ τελειότατον ἐποπτικὸν ἐκεῖ μυστήριον ἐν σιωπῇ, τεθερισμένον στάχυν.

Legousi de auton, phēsi, Phryges kai chloeron stachyn tetherismenon, kai meta tous Phrygas Athēnaioi myountes Eleusinia, kai epideiknyntes tois epopteuousi to mega kai thaumaston kai teleiotaton epoptikon ekei mystērion en siōpę̄, tetherismenon stachyn.

The Phrygians, he says, also call him "a green ear of grain reaped," and after the Phrygians the Athenians, initiating into the Eleusinian rites and showing to those admitted to the highest grade the great, marvelous, and most perfect mystery for the initiates there, in silence: a reaped ear of grain.

5.8.40Duncker–Schneidewin, 162–164

Ὁ δὲ στάχυς οὗτός ἐστι καὶ παρὰ Ἀθηναίοις ὁ παρὰ τοῦ ἀχαρακτηρίστου φωστὴρ τέλειος μέγας, καθάπερ αὐτὸς ὁ ἱεροφάντης, οὐκ ἀποκεκομμένος μέν, ὡς ὁ Ἄττις, εὐνουχισμένος δὲ διὰ κωνείου καὶ πᾶσαν παρῃτημένος τὴν σαρκικὴν γένεσιν, νυκτὸς ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι ὑπὸ πολλῷ πυρὶ τελῶν τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ἄρρητα μυστήρια βοᾷ καὶ κέκραγε λέγων· ἱερὸν ἔτεκε πότνια κοῦρον Βριμὼ Βριμόν, τουτέστιν ἰσχυρὰ ἰσχυρόν.

Ho de stachys houtos esti kai para Athēnaiois ho para tou acharaktēristou phōstēr teleios megas, kathaper autos ho hierophantēs, ouk apokekommenos men, hōs ho Attis, eunouchismenos de dia kōneiou kai pasan parę̄tēmenos tēn sarkikēn genesin, nyktos en Eleusini hypo pollǭ pyri telōn ta megala kai arrēta mystēria boą kai kekrage legōn; hieron eteke potnia kouron Brimō Brimon, toutestin ischyra ischyron.

And this ear of grain is also, among the Athenians, the great perfect luminary from the unstamped one, just as the hierophant himself, not castrated like Attis but made a eunuch by hemlock and having renounced all fleshly generation, by night at Eleusis, under a great fire, celebrating the great and unspeakable mysteries, shouts and cries out, saying: "The lady has borne a holy child, Brimo Brimos," that is, the strong one a strong one.

5.8.41Duncker–Schneidewin, 164

Πότνια δέ ἐστι, φησίν, ἡ γένεσις ἡ πνευματική, ἡ ἐπουράνιος, ἡ ἄνω· ἰσχυρὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ οὕτω γεννώμενος. Ἔστι γὰρ λεγόμενον τὸ μυστήριον Ἐλευσὶν καὶ ἀνακτόρειον· Ἐλευσίν, ὅτι ἤλθομεν, φησίν, οἱ πνευματικοὶ ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀδάμαντος ῥυέντες κάτω· ἐλεύσεσθαι γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἐλθεῖν, τὸ δὲ ἀνακτόρειον τὸ ἀνελθεῖν ἄνω.

Potnia de esti, phēsin, hē genesis hē pneumatikē, hē epouranios, hē anō; ischyros de estin ho houtō gennōmenos. Esti gar legomenon to mystērion Eleusin kai anaktoreion; Eleusin, hoti ēlthomen, phēsin, hoi pneumatikoi anōthen apo tou Adamantos rhyentes katō; eleusesthai gar, phēsin, estin elthein, to de anaktoreion to anelthein anō.

The lady, he says, is the spiritual generation, the heavenly, the one above; and strong is he who is so begotten. For the mystery is called Eleusis and Anactoreion: Eleusis because we came, he says, the spiritual ones, flowing down from above from Adamas; for eleusesthai, he says, is to come; and the Anactoreion is to go back up.

5.8.42Duncker–Schneidewin, 164

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστίν, ὃ λέγουσιν οἱ κατωργιασμένοι τῶν Ἐλευσινίων τὰ μυστήρια. Θέσμιον δέ ἐστι τὰ μικρὰ μεμυημένους αὖθις τὰ μεγάλα μυεῖσθαι. Μόροι γὰρ μείζονες μείζονας μοίρας λαγχάνουσι.

Touto, phēsin, estin, ho legousin hoi katōrgiasmenoi tōn Eleusiniōn ta mystēria. Thesmion de esti ta mikra memyēmenous authis ta megala myeisthai. Moroi gar meizones meizonas moiras lanchanousi.

This, he says, is what those initiated into the mysteries of the Eleusinians say. It is ordained that those initiated into the lesser mysteries should afterward be initiated into the greater. "For greater deaths obtain greater portions."

5.8.43Duncker–Schneidewin, 164

Μικρὰ δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὰ μυστήρια τὰ τῆς Περσεφόνης κάτω, περὶ ὧν μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀγούσης ἐκεῖ, οὔσης πλατείας καὶ εὐρυχώρου καὶ φερούσης τοὺς ἀπολλυμένους ἐπὶ τὴν Περσεφόνην,... καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς δέ φησιν· Αὐτὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτήν ἐστιν ἀταρπιτὸς ὀκριόεσσα, κοίλη, πηλώδης· ἣ δʼ ἡγήσασθαι ἀρίστη ἄλσος ἐς ἱμερόεν πολυτιμήτου Ἀφροδίτης.

Mikra de, phēsin, esti ta mystēria ta tēs Persephonēs katō, peri hōn mystēriōn kai tēs hodou tēs agousēs ekei, ousēs plateias kai eurychōrou kai pherousēs tous apollymenous epi tēn Persephonēn,... kai ho poiētēs de phēsin; Autar hypʼ autēn estin atarpitos okrioessa, koilē, pēlōdēs; hē dʼ hēgēsasthai aristē alsos es himeroen polytimētou Aphroditēs.

The lesser mysteries, he says, are those of Persephone below; about these mysteries and the road that leads there, which is broad and spacious and carries those who are perishing to Persephone, … and the poet too says: "But beneath it is a rugged path, hollow, muddy; yet it is the best to lead to the lovely grove of much-honored Aphrodite."

5.8.44Duncker–Schneidewin, 164–166

Ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ, φησὶ, τὰ μικρὰ μυστήρια τὰ τῆς σαρκικῆς γενέσεως, ἃ μυηθέντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι μικρὰ παύσασθαι ὀφείλουσι καὶ μυεῖσθαι τὰ μεγάλα τὰ ἐπουράνια. Οἱ γὰρ τοὺς ἐκεῖ, φησί, λαχόντες μόρους μείζονας μοίρας λαμβάνουσιν. Αὕτη γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ πύλη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ οὗτος ὁ οἶκος θεοῦ, ὅπου ὁ ἀγαθὸς θεὸς κατοικεῖ μόνος, εἰς ὃν οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται, φησίν, ἀκάθαρτος οὐδείς, οὐ ψυχικός, οὐ σαρκικός, ἀλλὰ τηρεῖται πνευματικοῖς μόνοις, ὅπου δεῖ γενομένους βαλεῖν τὰ ἐνδύματα καὶ πάντας γενέσθαι νυμφίους ἀπηρσενωμένους διὰ τοῦ παρθενικοῦ πνεύματος.

Tautʼ esti, phēsi, ta mikra mystēria ta tēs sarkikēs geneseōs, ha myēthentes hoi anthrōpoi mikra pausasthai opheilousi kai myeisthai ta megala ta epourania. Hoi gar tous ekei, phēsi, lachontes morous meizonas moiras lambanousin. Hautē gar, phēsin, estin hē pylē tou ouranou kai houtos ho oikos theou, hopou ho agathos theos katoikei monos, eis hon ouk eiseleusetai, phēsin, akathartos oudeis, ou psychikos, ou sarkikos, alla tēreitai pneumatikois monois, hopou dei genomenous balein ta endymata kai pantas genesthai nymphious apērsenōmenous dia tou parthenikou pneumatos.

These, he says, are the lesser mysteries, those of fleshly generation; men who have been initiated into them ought to pause a little and be initiated into the great, the heavenly ones. For those who obtain the deaths there, he says, receive greater portions. For this, he says, is the gate of heaven and this the house of God, where the good God dwells alone, into which no unclean person will enter, he says, no psychic, no fleshly one; but it is kept for the spiritual alone, where those who have come must cast off their garments and all become bridegrooms, unmanned through the virginal Spirit.

5.8.45Duncker–Schneidewin, 166

Αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ παρθένος ἡ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα καὶ συλλαμβάνουσα καὶ τίκτουσα υἱόν, οὐ ψυχικόν, οὐ σωματικόν, ἀλλὰ μακάριον αἰῶνα αἰώνων. Περὶ τούτων, φησί, διαρρήδην εἴρηκεν ὁ σωτὴρ ὅτι στενὴ καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι εἰς αὐτήν, πλατεῖα δὲ καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ διερχόμενοι διʼ αὐτῆς.

Hautē gar estin hē parthenos hē en gastri echousa kai syllambanousa kai tiktousa huion, ou psychikon, ou sōmatikon, alla makarion aiōna aiōnōn. Peri toutōn, phēsi, diarrēdēn eirēken ho sōtēr hoti stenē kai tethlimmenē estin hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn zōēn, kai oligoi eisin hoi eiserchomenoi eis autēn, plateia de kai eurychōros hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn apōleian, kai polloi eisin hoi dierchomenoi diʼ autēs.

For this is the virgin who is with child and conceives and bears a son, not psychic, not bodily, but a blessed Aeon of Aeons. About these things, he says, the Savior has spoken explicitly: "Narrow and hard is the way that leads away to life, and few are those who enter it; but broad and spacious is the way that leads away to destruction, and many are those who pass through it."

item 5, chapter 9

5.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 166

Ἔτι δὲ οἱ Φρύγες λέγουσι τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων εἶναι ἀμύγδαλον, οὐχὶ δένδρον, φησίν, ἀλλὰ εἶναι ἀμύγδαλον ἐκεῖνον τὸν προόντα, ὃς ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν τέλειον καρπὸν οἱονεὶ διασφύζοντα καὶ κινούμενον ἐν βάθει, διήμυξε τοὺς κόλπους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐγέννησε τὸν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀκατονόμαστον καὶ ἄρρητον παῖδα ἑαυτοῦ, περὶ οὗ λαλοῦμεν.

Eti de hoi Phryges legousi ton patera tōn holōn einai amygdalon, ouchi dendron, phēsin, alla einai amygdalon ekeinon ton proonta, hos echōn en heautǭ ton teleion karpon hoionei diasphyzonta kai kinoumenon en bathei, diēmyxe tous kolpous autou, kai egennēse ton aoraton kai akatonomaston kai arrēton paida heautou, peri hou laloumen.

Further, the Phrygians say that the Father of all things is an almond (amygdalos), not a tree, he says, but that that preexistent one is an almond, who, having in himself the perfect fruit as it were throbbing and moving in the depth, tore open (diēmyxe) his bosom and begot his invisible, unnameable, and ineffable child, of whom we speak.

5.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 166

Ἀμύξαι γάρ ἐστιν οἱονεὶ ῥῆξαι καὶ διατεμεῖν, καθάπερ, φησίν, ἐπὶ τῶν φλεγμαινόντων σωμάτων καὶ ἐχόντων ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τινὰ συστροφὴν ἀμυχὰς οἱ ἰατροὶ λέγουσιν ἀνατεμόντες· οὕτως, φησί, Φρύγες τὸν ἀμύγδαλον καλοῦσιν, ἀφʼ οὗ προῆλθε καὶ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἀόρατος, διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδέν.

Amyxai gar estin hoionei rhēxai kai diatemein, kathaper, phēsin, epi tōn phlegmainontōn sōmatōn kai echontōn en heautois tina systrophēn amychas hoi iatroi legousin anatemontes; houtōs, phēsi, Phryges ton amygdalon kalousin, aphʼ hou proēlthe kai egennēthē ho aoratos, diʼ hou ta panta egeneto kai chōris autou egeneto ouden.

For amyxai is as it were to break and cut through, as, he says, in the case of inflamed bodies that have some gathering in them, physicians speak of lancings (amychas) when they cut them open. So, he says, the Phrygians call him the almond, from whom proceeded and was begotten the invisible one, "through whom all things came into being, and without him nothing came into being."

5.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 166

Συρικτὰν δέ φασιν εἶναι Φρύγες τὸ ἐκεῖθεν γεγεννημένον, ὅτι πνεῦμα ἐναρμόνιόν ἐστι τὸ γεγεννημένον. Πνεῦμα γὰρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ θεός· διὸ, φησίν, οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ προσκυνοῦσιν, οὔτε ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταί, ἀλλὰ ἐν πνεύματι.

Syriktan de phasin einai Phryges to ekeithen gegennēmenon, hoti pneuma enarmonion esti to gegennēmenon. Pneuma gar, phēsin, estin ho theos; dio, phēsin, oute en tǭ orei toutǭ proskynousin, oute en Hierousalēm hoi alēthinoi proskynētai, alla en pneumati.

The Phrygians say that what was begotten from there is a piper, because what was begotten is harmonious spirit. For "God is spirit," he says; therefore, he says, "neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem" do the true worshippers worship, but "in spirit."

5.9.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 166

Πνευματικὴ γὰρ, φησίν, ἐστὶ τῶν τελείων ἡ προσκύνησις, οὐ σαρκική. Τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα, φησίν, ἐκεῖ ὅπου καὶ ὁ πατήρ, ὀνομάζεται καὶ ὁ υἱός, ἐκ τούτου τοῦ πατρὸς [ἐκεῖ] γεννώμενος. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ πολυώνυμος μυριόμματος ἀκατάληπτος, οὗ πᾶσα φύσις, ἄλλη δὲ ἄλλως ὀρέγεται.

Pneumatikē gar, phēsin, esti tōn teleiōn hē proskynēsis, ou sarkikē. To de pneuma, phēsin, ekei hopou kai ho patēr, onomazetai kai ho huios, ek toutou tou patros [ekei] gennōmenos. Houtos, phēsin, estin ho polyōnymos myriommatos akatalēptos, hou pasa physis, allē de allōs oregetai.

For the worship of the perfect, he says, is spiritual, not fleshly. And the Spirit, he says, is there where the Father too is named and the Son, begotten [there] from this Father. This, he says, is the one of many names, of ten thousand eyes, incomprehensible, whom every nature longs for, each in a different way.

5.9.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 166–168

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅ, φησίν, ἐστὶ ῥῆμα ἀποφάσεως τῆς μεγάλης δυνάμεως· διὸ ἔσται ἐσφραγισμένον καὶ κεκρυμμένον καὶ κεκαλυμμένον, κείμενον ἐν τῷ οἰκητηρίῳ, οὗ ἡ ῥίζα τῶν ὅλων τεθεμελίωται [ἀπό τε] αἰώνων, δυνάμεων, ἐπινοιῶν, θεῶν, ἀγγέλων, πνευμάτων ἀπεσταλμένων, ὄντων, μὴ ὄντων, γεννητῶν, ἀγεννήτων, ἀκαταλήπτων, καταληπτῶν, ἐνιαυτῶν, μηνῶν, ἡμερῶν, ὡρῶν, στιγμῆς ἀμερίστου, ἐξ ἧς ἐξάρχεται τὸ ἐλάχιστον αὐξῆσαι κατὰ μέρος· ἡ μηδὲν οὖσα, φησί, καὶ ἐκ μηδενὸς συνεστῶσα στιγμὴ ἀμέριστος οὖσα γενήσεται ἑαυτῇ ἐπίνοιαν μέγεθός τι ἀκατάληπτον.

Touto, phēsin, esti to rhēma tou theou, ho, phēsin, esti rhēma apophaseōs tēs megalēs dynameōs; dio estai esphragismenon kai kekrymmenon kai kekalymmenon, keimenon en tǭ oikētēriǭ, hou hē rhiza tōn holōn tethemeliōtai [apo te] aiōnōn, dynameōn, epinoiōn, theōn, angelōn, pneumatōn apestalmenōn, ontōn, mē ontōn, gennētōn, agennētōn, akatalēptōn, katalēptōn, eniautōn, mēnōn, hēmerōn, hōrōn, stigmēs ameristou, ex hēs exarchetai to elachiston auxēsai kata meros; hē mēden ousa, phēsi, kai ek mēdenos synestōsa stigmē ameristos ousa genēsetai heautę̄ epinoian megethos ti akatalēpton.

This, he says, is the word of God, which, he says, is "a word of declaration of the great power; therefore it will be sealed and hidden and veiled, lying in the dwelling where the root of all things has been founded," [from] Aeons, powers, thoughts, gods, angels, spirits sent forth, beings, non-beings, begotten, unbegotten, incomprehensible, comprehensible, years, months, days, hours, the indivisible point, from which the least begins to grow part by part; the point which, he says, is nothing and consists of nothing, being indivisible, will become for itself by thought some incomprehensible magnitude.

5.9.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 168

Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σινάπεως, ἡ ἀμέριστος ἐνυπάρχουσα τῷ σώματι στιγμή, ἣν οἶδε, φησίν, οὐδεὶς ἢ οἱ πνευματικοὶ μόνοι. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ εἰρημένον· Οὐκ εἰσὶ λόγοι οὐδὲ λαλιαί, ὧν οὐχὶ ἀκούονται αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν.

Hautē, phēsin, estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn, ho kokkos tou sinapeōs, hē ameristos enyparchousa tǭ sōmati stigmē, hēn oide, phēsin, oudeis ē hoi pneumatikoi monoi. Touto, phēsin, esti to eirēmenon; Ouk eisi logoi oude laliai, hōn ouchi akouontai hai phōnai autōn.

This, he says, is the kingdom of heaven, the grain of mustard seed, the indivisible point present in the body, which no one knows, he says, but the spiritual alone. This, he says, is what is said: "There are no words nor speeches whose voices are not heard."

5.9.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 168

Ταῦθʼ οὕτως σχεδιάζουσι, τὰ ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων λεγόμενά τε καὶ γινόμενα, πρὸς ἴδιον νοῦν, πνευματικὰ φάσκοντες πάντα γίνεσθαι. Ὅθεν καὶ τοὺς θεάτροις ἐπιδεικνυμένους λέγουσι μηδʼ αὐτοὺς ἀπρονοήτως τι λέγειν ἢ ποιεῖν.

Tauthʼ houtōs schediazousi, ta hypo pantōn anthrōpōn legomena te kai ginomena, pros idion noun, pneumatika phaskontes panta ginesthai. Hothen kai tous theatrois epideiknymenous legousi mēdʼ autous apronoētōs ti legein ē poiein.

In this way they improvise, adapting to their own mind the things said and done by all men, claiming that all things become spiritual. Hence they say that even those who perform in the theaters do not say or do anything without providence.

5.9.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 168

Τοιγαροῦν, φησίν, ἐπὰν συνελθὼν ὁ δῆμος ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις εἰσίῃ τις ἠμφιεσμένος στολὴν ἔξαλλον, κιθάραν φέρων καὶ ψάλλων, οὕτως λέγει ᾄδων τὰ μεγάλα μυστήρια οὐκ εἰδὼς ἃ λέγει· Εἴτε Κρόνου γένος, εἴτε Διὸς μάκαρος, εἴτε Ῥέας μεγάλης, χαῖρε, τὸ κατηφὲς ἄκρισμα Ῥέας, Ἄττι· σὲ καλοῦσι μὲν Ἀσσύριοι τριπόθητον Ἄδωνιν, καλεῖ δʼ Αἴγυπτος Ὄσιριν, ἐπουράνιον μηνὸς κέρας Ἕλληνες, σοφίαν, Σαμοθρᾷκες Ἄδαμνα σεβάσμιον, Αἱμόνιοι Κορύβαντα, καὶ οἱ Φρύγες ἄλλοτε μὲν Πάπαν, ποτὲ δὲ νέκυν, ἢ θεόν, ἢ τὸν ἄκαρπον, ἢ αἰπόλον, ἢ χλοερὸν στάχυν ἀμηθέντα, ἢ ὃν πολύκαρπος ἔτικτεν ἀμύγδαλος ἀνέρα συρικτάν.

Toigaroun, phēsin, epan synelthōn ho dēmos en tois theatrois eisię̄ tis ēmphiesmenos stolēn exallon, kitharan pherōn kai psallōn, houtōs legei ądōn ta megala mystēria ouk eidōs ha legei; Eite Kronou genos, eite Dios makaros, eite Rheas megalēs, chaire, to katēphes akrisma Rheas, Atti; se kalousi men Assyrioi tripothēton Adōnin, kalei dʼ Aigyptos Osirin, epouranion mēnos keras Hellēnes, sophian, Samothrąkes Adamna sebasmion, Haimonioi Korybanta, kai hoi Phryges allote men Papan, pote de nekyn, ē theon, ē ton akarpon, ē aipolon, ē chloeron stachyn amēthenta, ē hon polykarpos etikten amygdalos anera syriktan.

Accordingly, he says, when the people have gathered in the theaters and someone comes in dressed in a strange robe, carrying a lyre and playing, he sings thus, speaking the great mysteries without knowing what he says: "Whether you are the race of Cronus or of blessed Zeus or of great Rhea, hail, Attis, sad mutilation of Rhea. The Assyrians call you thrice-longed-for Adonis; Egypt calls you Osiris; the Greeks the heavenly horn of the moon, wisdom; the Samothracians venerable Adamna; the Haemonians Corybas; and the Phrygians sometimes Papas, sometimes corpse, or god, or the unfruitful, or goatherd, or green ear of grain reaped, or the piper whom the fruitful almond bore as a man."

5.9.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 168–170

Τοῦτον φησὶν εἶναι πολύμορφον Ἄττιν, ὃν ὑμνοῦντες λέγουσιν οὕτως· Ἄττιν ὑμνήσω τὸν Ῥείης, κωδώνων σὺν βόμβοις, οὐδʼ αὐλῶν Ἰδαίων Κουρήτων μύκτητα, ἀλλʼ εἰς Φοιβείαν μίξω μοῦσαν φορμίγγων, εὐοῖ, εὐάν, ὡς Πάν, ὡς Βακχεύς, ὡς ποιμὴν λευκῶν ἄστρων.

Touton phēsin einai polymorphon Attin, hon hymnountes legousin houtōs; Attin hymnēsō ton Rheiēs, kōdōnōn syn bombois, oudʼ aulōn Idaiōn Kourētōn myktēta, allʼ eis Phoibeian mixō mousan phormingōn, euoi, euan, hōs Pan, hōs Bakcheus, hōs poimēn leukōn astrōn.

This, he says, is the many-formed Attis, whom they hymn, saying thus: "I will hymn Attis, Rhea's son, not with the booming of bells nor with the bellowing pipes of the Idaean Curetes, but I will blend my song with Phoebus's lyres: evoi, evan, as Pan, as Bacchus, as shepherd of the bright stars."

5.9.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 170

Διὰ τούτους καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους παρεδρεύουσιν οὗτοι τοῖς λεγομένοις Μητρὸς μεγάλης μυστηρίοις, μάλιστα καθορᾶν νομίζοντες διὰ τῶν δρωμένων ἐκεῖ τὸ ὅλον μυστήριον. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔχουσι πλέον οὗτοι τῶν ἐκεῖ δρωμένων, πλὴν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀποκεκομμένοι, μόνον τὸ ἔργον τῶν ἀποκεκομμένων ἐκτελοῦσι.

Dia toutous kai tous toioutous logous paredreuousin houtoi tois legomenois Mētros megalēs mystēriois, malista kathoran nomizontes dia tōn drōmenōn ekei to holon mystērion. Ouden gar echousi pleon houtoi tōn ekei drōmenōn, plēn hoti ouk eisin apokekommenoi, monon to ergon tōn apokekommenōn ektelousi.

Because of these and similar words they attend the so-called mysteries of the Great Mother, thinking that through what is done there they see the whole mystery most clearly. For they have nothing more than what is done there, except that they are not castrated; they only perform the work of the castrated.

5.9.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 170

Πάνυ γὰρ πικρῶς καὶ πεφυλαγμένως παραγγέλλουσιν ἀπέχεσθαι ὡς ἀποκεκομμένοι τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκα ὁμιλίας. Τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἔργον, ὡς εἰρήκαμεν διὰ πολλῶν, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀπόκοποι δρῶσι· τιμῶσι δὲ οὐκ ἄλλο τι ἢ τὸν νάας οὗτοι, Ναασσηνοὶ καλούμενοι.

Pany gar pikrōs kai pephylagmenōs parangellousin apechesthai hōs apokekommenoi tēs pros gynaika homilias. To de loipon ergon, hōs eirēkamen dia pollōn, hōsper hoi apokopoi drōsi; timōsi de ouk allo ti ē ton naas houtoi, Naassēnoi kaloumenoi.

For they command very sternly and carefully that one abstain from intercourse with a woman, as if castrated. And the rest of their practice, as we have said at length, they do like the eunuchs. And they honor nothing other than the Naas, being called Naassenes.

5.9.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 170

Νάας δὲ ἐστὶν ὁ ὄφις, ἀφʼ οὗ φησὶ πάντας εἶναι τοὺς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν προσαγορευομένους ναούς, ἀπὸ τοῦ νάας· κἀκείνῳ μόνῳ τῷ νάας ἀνακεῖσθαι πᾶν ἱερὸν καὶ πᾶσαν τελετὴν καὶ πᾶν μυστήριον, καὶ καθόλου μὴ δύνασθαι τελετὴν εὑρεθῆναι ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, ἐν ᾗ ναὸς οὐκ ἔστι, καὶ ὁ νάας ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀφʼ οὗ ἔλαχε ναὸς καλεῖσθαι.

Naas de estin ho ophis, aphʼ hou phēsi pantas einai tous hypo ton ouranon prosagoreuomenous naous, apo tou naas; kakeinǭ monǭ tǭ naas anakeisthai pan hieron kai pasan teletēn kai pan mystērion, kai katholou mē dynasthai teletēn heurethēnai hypo ton ouranon, en hę̄ naos ouk esti, kai ho naas en autǭ, aphʼ hou elache naos kaleisthai.

Naas is the serpent, from which, he says, all things under heaven called temples (naoi) are named, from the Naas; and to that Naas alone every sanctuary, every rite, and every mystery is dedicated; and in general no rite can be found under heaven in which there is not a temple, and the Naas in it, from which it received the name of temple.

5.9.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 170

Εἶναι δὲ τὸν ὄφιν λέγουσιν οὗτοι τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν, καθάπερ καὶ Θαλῆς ὁ Μιλήσιος, καὶ μηδὲν δύνασθαι τῶν ὄντων ὅλως ἀθανάτων ἢ θνητῶν, τῶν ἐμψύχων ἢ ἀψύχων συνεστηκέναι χωρὶς αὐτοῦ.

Einai de ton ophin legousin houtoi tēn hygran ousian, kathaper kai Thalēs ho Milēsios, kai mēden dynasthai tōn ontōn holōs athanatōn ē thnētōn, tōn empsychōn ē apsychōn synestēkenai chōris autou.

They say the serpent is the moist substance, as Thales of Miletus did too, and that nothing at all of the things that exist, immortal or mortal, ensouled or soulless, can have come into being without it.

5.9.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 170

Ὑποκεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἀγαθόν, καὶ ἔχειν πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ ὥσπερ ἐν κέρατι ταύρου μονοκέρωτος, ὥστε τὸ κάλλος [τῶν ἄλλων] καὶ τὴν ὡραιότητα ἐπιδιδόναι πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσι κατὰ φύσιν τὴν ἑαυτῶν καὶ οἰκειότητα, οἱονεὶ διὰ πάντων ὁδεύοντα, ὥσπερ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐξ Ἐδὲμ καὶ σχιζόμενον εἰς ἀρχὰς τέσσαρας.

Hypokeisthai de autǭ ta panta, kai einai auton agathon, kai echein panta en autǭ hōsper en kerati taurou monokerōtos, hōste to kallos [tōn allōn] kai tēn hōraiotēta epididonai pasi tois ousi kata physin tēn heautōn kai oikeiotēta, hoionei dia pantōn hodeuonta, hōsper ekporeuomenon ex Edem kai schizomenon eis archas tessaras.

All things are subject to it, and it is good, and has all things in it as in the horn of a one-horned bull, so as to give beauty [of the others] and loveliness to all things that exist according to their own nature and kinship, as though journeying through all things, as if going out from Eden and dividing into four heads.

5.9.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 170–172

Ἐδὲμ δὲ εἶναι λέγουσι τὸν ἐγκέφαλον, οἱονεὶ δεδεμένον καὶ κατεσφιγμένον ἐν τοῖς περικειμένοις χιτῶσιν ὥσπερ οὐρανοῖς· παράδεισον δʼ εἶναι νομίζουσι τὸν μέχρι μόνης τῆς κεφαλῆς ἄνθρωπον. Ἐξερχόμενον οὖν τοῦτον τὸν ποταμὸν ἐξ Ἐδέμ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου, ἀφορίζεσθαι εἰς ἀρχὰς τέσσαρας, καλεῖσθαι δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πρώτου ποταμοῦ Φεισών, οὗτος ὁ κυκλῶν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Εὐϊλάτ· ἐκεῖ οὗ ἐστὶ τὸ χρυσίον, τὸ δὲ χρυσίον τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης καλόν, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐστὶν ὁ ἄνθραξ καὶ λίθος ὁ πράσινος.

Edem de einai legousi ton enkephalon, hoionei dedemenon kai katesphigmenon en tois perikeimenois chitōsin hōsper ouranois; paradeison dʼ einai nomizousi ton mechri monēs tēs kephalēs anthrōpon. Exerchomenon oun touton ton potamon ex Edem, toutestin apo tou enkephalou, aphorizesthai eis archas tessaras, kaleisthai de to onoma tou prōtou potamou Pheisōn, houtos ho kyklōn pasan tēn gēn Euïlat; ekei hou esti to chrysion, to de chrysion tēs gēs ekeinēs kalon, kai ekei estin ho anthrax kai lithos ho prasinos.

They say Eden is the brain, as it were bound (dedemenon) and bound tight in the membranes lying round it, as in heavens; and they think paradise is man as far as the head only. So this river going out from Eden, that is, from the brain, is divided into four heads; and the name of the first river is called Pheison: "this is the one that encircles the whole land of Evilat; there is the gold, and the gold of that land is good, and there is the carbuncle and the green stone."

5.9.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 172

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὀφθαλμός, τῇ τιμῇ καὶ τοῖς χρώμασι μαρτυρῶν τῷ λεγομένῳ. Τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦ δευτέρου ποταμοῦ Γεῶν, οὗτος ὁ κυκλῶν πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Αἰθιοπίας. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἀκοή, λαβυρινθώδης τις ὤν. Καὶ ὄνομα τῷ τρίτῳ Τίγρις. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορευόμενος κατέναντι Ἀσσυρίων.

Houtos, phēsin, estin ophthalmos, tę̄ timę̄ kai tois chrōmasi martyrōn tǭ legomenǭ. To de onoma tou deuterou potamou Geōn, houtos ho kyklōn pasan tēn gēn Aithiopias. Houtos, phēsin, estin akoē, labyrinthōdēs tis ōn. Kai onoma tǭ tritǭ Tigris. Houtos estin ho poreuomenos katenanti Assyriōn.

This, he says, is the eye, bearing witness to what is said by its value and its colors. "And the name of the second river is Geon; this is the one that encircles the whole land of Ethiopia." This, he says, is hearing, being something like a labyrinth. "And the name of the third is Tigris. This is the one that flows over against the Assyrians."

5.9.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 172

Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὄσφρησις, ὀξυτάτῃ χρώμενος τῇ φορᾷ τοῦ ῥεύματος· πορεύεται δὲ κατέναντι Ἀσσυρίων, ὅτι ἐκπνέοντι τῷ πνεύματι κατὰ τὴν ἀναπνοὴν τὸ ἔξωθεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀέρος συρόμενον ὀξύτερον καὶ βιαιότερον ἐπεισέρχεται πνεῦμα. Ἀναπνοῆς γάρ, φησίν, αὕτη φύσις.

Houtos, phēsin, estin osphrēsis, oxytatę̄ chrōmenos tę̄ phorą tou rheumatos; poreuetai de katenanti Assyriōn, hoti ekpneonti tǭ pneumati kata tēn anapnoēn to exōthen apo tou aeros syromenon oxyteron kai biaioteron epeiserchetai pneuma. Anapnoēs gar, phēsin, hautē physis.

This, he says, is smell, having the swiftest rush of current; and it flows over against the Assyrians, because when breath is breathed out, in breathing in, the breath drawn from the air outside comes in more swiftly and forcibly. For this, he says, is the nature of breathing.

5.9.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 172

Ὁ δὲ ποταμὸς ὁ τέταρτος Εὐφράτης. Τοῦτον λέγουσι στόμα, διʼ οὗ ἡ τῆς προσευχῆς ἔξοδος καὶ ἡ τῆς τροφῆς εἴσοδος, ἣ εὐφραίνει καὶ τρέφει καὶ χαρακτηρίζει τὸν πνευματικὸν τέλειον ἄνθρωπον. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ὑπεράνω τοῦ στερεώματος, περὶ οὗ, φησίν, εἴρηκεν ὁ σωτήρ· Εἰ ᾔδεις τίς ἐστιν ὁ αἰτῶν, σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἂν σοι πιεῖν ζῶν ὕδωρ ἁλλόμενον.

Ho de potamos ho tetartos Euphratēs. Touton legousi stoma, diʼ hou hē tēs proseuchēs exodos kai hē tēs trophēs eisodos, hē euphrainei kai trephei kai charaktērizei ton pneumatikon teleion anthrōpon. Touto, phēsin, esti to hydōr to hyperanō tou stereōmatos, peri hou, phēsin, eirēken ho sōtēr; Ei ę̄deis tis estin ho aitōn, sy an ę̄tēsas parʼ autou, kai edōken an soi piein zōn hydōr hallomenon.

"And the fourth river is Euphrates." This they say is the mouth, through which prayer goes out and food comes in, which gladdens (euphrainei), nourishes, and stamps the spiritual perfect man. This, he says, is the water above the firmament, about which, he says, the Savior said: "If you knew who it is who asks, you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water, springing up, to drink."

5.9.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 172

Ἐπὶ τοῦτο, φησί, τὸ ὕδωρ πᾶσα φύσις ἔρχεται τὰς ἑαυτῆς οὐσίας ἐκλέγουσα, καὶ προσέρχεται ἑκάστῃ φύσει ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος τούτου τὸ οἰκεῖον, φησί, μᾶλλον ἢ σίδηρος τῇ Ἡρακλείᾳ λίθῳ, καὶ ὁ χρυσὸς τῇ τοῦ θαλασσίου ἱέρακος κερκίδι, καὶ τὸ ἄχυρον τῷ ἠλέκτρῳ.

Epi touto, phēsi, to hydōr pasa physis erchetai tas heautēs ousias eklegousa, kai proserchetai hekastę̄ physei apo tou hydatos toutou to oikeion, phēsi, mallon ē sidēros tę̄ Hērakleią lithǭ, kai ho chrysos tę̄ tou thalassiou hierakos kerkidi, kai to achyron tǭ ēlektrǭ.

To this water, he says, every nature comes, choosing out its own substances, and what is its own comes to each nature from this water, he says, more than iron to the Heraclean stone, and gold to the spine of the sea-hawk, and chaff to amber.

5.9.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 172–174

Εἰ δέ τις, φησίν, ἐστὶ τυφλὸς ἐκ γενετῆς καὶ μὴ τεθεαμένος φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον, διʼ ἡμῶν ἀναβλεψάτω καὶ ἰδέτω οἱονεὶ διά τινος παραδείσου παμφύτου καὶ πολυσπερμάτου ὕδωρ διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων τῶν φυτῶν καὶ τῶν σπερμάτων, καὶ ὄψεται, ὅτι ἐξ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτου ὕδατος ἐκλέγεται καὶ ἐπισπᾶται ἡ ἐλαία τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ ἡ ἄμπελος τὸν οἶνον καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κατὰ γένος ἕκαστον φυτῶν.

Ei de tis, phēsin, esti typhlos ek genetēs kai mē tetheamenos phōs to alēthinon, ho phōtizei panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon, diʼ hēmōn anablepsatō kai idetō hoionei dia tinos paradeisou pamphytou kai polyspermatou hydōr dierchomenon dia pantōn tōn phytōn kai tōn spermatōn, kai opsetai, hoti ex henos kai tou autou hydatos eklegetai kai epispatai hē elaia to elaion kai hē ampelos ton oinon kai tōn allōn kata genos hekaston phytōn.

And if anyone, he says, is blind from birth and has not seen the true light, "which enlightens every man coming into the world," let him recover sight through us and see, as it were through a paradise full of plants and seeds, water passing through all the plants and seeds; and he will see that from one and the same water the olive chooses and draws the oil, and the vine the wine, and each of the other plants according to its kind.

5.9.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 174

Ἔστι δέ, φησίν, ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ἄτιμος ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ πολύτιμος...... ὑπὸ τῶν οὐκ εἰδότων τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσιν αὐτόν, λελογισμένος ὡς σταγὼν ἀπὸ κάδου· ἡμεῖς δʼ ἐσμέν, φησίν, οἱ πνευματικοί, οἱ ἐκλεγόμενοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῶντος ὕδατος τοῦ ῥέοντος Εὐφράτου διὰ τῆς Βαβυλῶνος μέσης τὸ οἰκεῖον, διὰ τῆς πύλης ὁδεύοντες ἀληθινῆς, ἥτις ἐστὶν Ἰησοῦς ὁ μακάριος.

Esti de, phēsin, ho anthrōpos ekeinos atimos en tǭ kosmǭ, kai polytimos...... hypo tōn ouk eidotōn tois ouk eidosin auton, lelogismenos hōs stagōn apo kadou; hēmeis dʼ esmen, phēsin, hoi pneumatikoi, hoi eklegomenoi apo tou zōntos hydatos tou rheontos Euphratou dia tēs Babylōnos mesēs to oikeion, dia tēs pylēs hodeuontes alēthinēs, hētis estin Iēsous ho makarios.

And that Man, he says, is without honor in the world, and of great honor …… by those who do not know him, to those who do not know him, "reckoned as a drop from a bucket"; but we, he says, are the spiritual ones, who choose out our own from the living water of the Euphrates flowing through the middle of Babylon, traveling through the true gate, which is the blessed Jesus.

5.9.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 174

Καὶ ἐσμὲν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων ἡμεῖς Χριστιανοὶ μόνοι ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ πύλῃ ἀπαρτίζοντες τὸ μυστήριον καὶ χριόμενοι ἐκεῖ ἀλάλῳ χρίσματι ἐκ κέρατος, ὡς Δαβίδ, οὐκ ὀστρακίνου φακοῦ, φησίν, ὡς ὁ Σαούλ, ὁ συμπολιτευόμενος τῷ πονηρῷ δαίμονι τῆς σαρκικῆς ἐπιθυμίας.

Kai esmen ex hapantōn anthrōpōn hēmeis Christianoi monoi en tę̄ tritę̄ pylę̄ apartizontes to mystērion kai chriomenoi ekei alalǭ chrismati ek keratos, hōs Dabid, ouk ostrakinou phakou, phēsin, hōs ho Saoul, ho sympoliteuomenos tǭ ponērǭ daimoni tēs sarkikēs epithymias.

And we alone of all men are Christians, completing the mystery at the third gate and anointed there with an unspeakable anointing from a horn, like David, not from an earthen flask, he says, like Saul, who kept company with the evil demon of fleshly desire.

item 5, chapter 10

5.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 174

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκ πολλῶν ὡς ὀλίγα παρεθέμεθα. Ἔστι γὰρ ἀναρίθμητα τῆς μωρίας ἐπιχειρήματα ὄντα φλύαρα καὶ μανιώδη· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ δυνάμει τὴν ἄγνωστον αὐτῶν γνῶσιν ἐξεθέμεθα, καὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε παραθεῖναι.

Tauta men oun ek pollōn hōs oliga parethemetha. Esti gar anarithmēta tēs mōrias epicheirēmata onta phlyara kai maniōdē; allʼ epeidē dynamei tēn agnōston autōn gnōsin exethemetha, kai touto edoxe paratheinai.

These few things, then, we have set out from many. For the arguments of their folly are countless, being silly and mad; but since we have set out, as far as we can, their unknown knowledge, it seemed good to set out this too.

5.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 174–176

Ψαλμὸς αὐτοῖς ἐσχεδίασται οὗτος, διʼ οὗ πάντα αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς πλάνης μυστήρια δοκοῦσιν ὑμνῳδεῖν οὕτως· Νόμος ἦν γενικὸς τοῦ παντὸς ὁ πρῶτος νόος· ὁ δὲ δεύτερος ἦν τοῦ πρωτοτόκου τὸ χυθὲν χάος. Τριτάτη ψυχὴ δʼ ἔλαβεν ἐργαζομένην νόμον. Διὰ τοῦτʼ ἔλαφον μορφὴν περικειμένη κοπιᾷ θανάτῳ μελέτημα κρατουμένη· ποτὲ βασιλείαν ἔχουσα βλέπει τὸ φῶς, ποτὲ δʼ εἰς ἔλεον ἐρριμμένη κλαίει, ποτὲ δὲ κλαίεται χαίρει, ποτὲ δέ κλαίει κρίνεται, ποτὲ δὲ κρίνεται θνήσκει, ποτὲ δὲ γίνεται ἀνέξοδος ἡ μελέα κακῷ. λαβύρινθον εἰσῆλθε πλανωμένη εἶπεν διησοῦς ἐσὸρ πάτερ ζήτημα κακῶν ἐπὶ χθόνα ἀπὸ σῆς πνοῆς ἐπιπλάζεται. Ζητεῖ δὲ φυγεῖν τὸ πικρὸν χάος, καὶ οὐκ οἶδε πῶς διελεύσεται. Τούτου με χάριν πέμψον, πάτερ· σφραγῖδας ἔχων καταβήσομαι. αἰῶνας ὅλους διοδεύσω, μυστήρια πάντα διανοίξω, μορφὰς δὲ θεῶν ἐπιδείξω· καὶ τὰ κεκρυμμένα τῆς ἁγίας ὁδοῦ γνῶσιν καλέσας, παραδώσω.

Psalmos autois eschediastai houtos, diʼ hou panta autois ta tēs planēs mystēria dokousin hymnǭdein houtōs; Nomos ēn genikos tou pantos ho prōtos noos; ho de deuteros ēn tou prōtotokou to chythen chaos. Tritatē psychē dʼ elaben ergazomenēn nomon. Dia toutʼ elaphon morphēn perikeimenē kopią thanatǭ meletēma kratoumenē; pote basileian echousa blepei to phōs, pote dʼ eis eleon errimmenē klaiei, pote de klaietai chairei, pote de klaiei krinetai, pote de krinetai thnēskei, pote de ginetai anexodos hē melea kakǭ. labyrinthon eisēlthe planōmenē eipen diēsous esor pater zētēma kakōn epi chthona apo sēs pnoēs epiplazetai. Zētei de phygein to pikron chaos, kai ouk oide pōs dieleusetai. Toutou me charin pempson, pater; sphragidas echōn katabēsomai. aiōnas holous diodeusō, mystēria panta dianoixō, morphas de theōn epideixō; kai ta kekrymmena tēs hagias hodou gnōsin kalesas, paradōsō.

This psalm has been composed by them, through which they think they hymn all the mysteries of their error, thus: "The generative law of the All was the first Mind; the second was the poured-out Chaos of the First-born; and third the soul received a law to work by. Therefore, wrapped in the form of a deer, she toils, a plaything held fast by death. Now, holding a kingdom, she sees the light; now, cast into pity, she weeps; now she is wept for and rejoices; now she weeps and is judged; now she is judged and dies; and now the wretched one finds no way out of evil; wandering, she has entered a labyrinth. And Jesus said: Look, Father: a quest of evils upon earth wanders away from your breath. She seeks to flee the bitter Chaos and does not know how she will pass through. For her sake send me, Father; bearing the seals I will descend; I will journey through whole Aeons, I will open all mysteries, and I will show the forms of the gods; and the hidden things of the holy way, calling them knowledge, I will hand down."

item 5, chapter 11

5.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 176

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ Ναασσηνοὶ ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ἑαυτοὺς γνωστικοὺς ὀνομάζοντες· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ πολυκέφαλός ἐστιν ἡ πλάνη καὶ πολυσχιδὴς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἱστορουμένη ὕδρα, κατὰ μίαν ταύτης [τὰς] κεφαλὰς πατάξαντες διὰ τοῦ ἐλέγξαι, τῇ τῆς ἀληθείας ῥάβδῳ χρησάμενοι, ἅπαν τὸ θηρίον ἀναιρήσομεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αἱ λοιπαὶ αἱρέσεις πολὺ ταύτης ἀπεμφαίνουσι, συνεχόμεναι ἐν πλάνης πνεύματι. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τὰ ῥήματα καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα τοῦ ὄφεως ἐνδιαλλάξαντες πολλὰς εἶναι κεφαλὰς τοῦ ὄφεως ἠθέλησαν, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐνδεήσομεν διελέγξαι ὡς βούλονται.

Tauta men oun hoi Naassēnoi epicheirousin, heautous gnōstikous onomazontes; allʼ epei polykephalos estin hē planē kai polyschidēs hōs alēthōs historoumenē hydra, kata mian tautēs [tas] kephalas pataxantes dia tou elenxai, tę̄ tēs alētheias rhabdǭ chrēsamenoi, hapan to thērion anairēsomen; oude gar hai loipai haireseis poly tautēs apemphainousi, synechomenai en planēs pneumati. Allʼ epeidē ta rhēmata kai ta onomata tou opheōs endiallaxantes pollas einai kephalas tou opheōs ēthelēsan, oude houtōs endeēsomen dielenxai hōs boulontai.

These, then, are the undertakings of the Naassenes, who name themselves Gnostics. But since error is many-headed and many-branched, truly like the Hydra of the story, by striking its heads one at a time through refutation, using the rod of truth, we shall destroy the whole beast; for the other heresies too do not differ much from this one, being held together in the spirit of error. But since, by changing the words and names of the serpent, they have wished the serpent to have many heads, even so we shall not fail to refute them as they wish.

item 5, chapter 12

5.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 176

Ἔστι γοῦν καὶ ἑτέρα τις Περατική, ὧν πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ἔλαθεν ἡ κατὰ Χριστοῦ δυσφημία· ὧν νῦν εἰς φανερὸν ἄγειν ἔδοξε τὰ ἀπόρρητα μυστήρια. Οὗτοι φάσκουσι τὸν κόσμον εἶναι ἕνα, τριχῆ διῃρημένον.

Esti goun kai hetera tis Peratikē, hōn pollois etesin elathen hē kata Christou dysphēmia; hōn nyn eis phaneron agein edoxe ta aporrēta mystēria. Houtoi phaskousi ton kosmon einai hena, trichē dię̄rēmenon.

There is at any rate another, the Peratic heresy, whose blasphemy against Christ has escaped notice for many years; it has seemed good now to bring their secret mysteries into the open. These say that the world is one, divided in three.

5.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 176

Ἔστι δὲ τῆς τριχῆ διαιρέσεως παρʼ αὐτοῖς [τὸ μὲν ἓν μέρος] οἷον μία τις ἀρχὴ καθάπερ πηγὴ μεγάλη, εἰς ἀπείρους τῷ λόγῳ τμηθῆναι τομὰς δυναμένη. Ἡ δὲ πρώτη τομὴ καὶ προεχεστέρα κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἐστὶν ἡ τριάς, καὶ [τὸ μὲν ἓν μέρος] καλεῖται ἀγαθὸν τέλειον, μέγεθος πατρικόν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον τῆς τριάδος αὐτῶν μέρος οἱονεὶ δυνάμεων ἄπειρόν τι πλῆθος ἐξ αὐτῶν γεγενημένων· τὸ τρίτον ἰδικόν.

Esti de tēs trichē diaireseōs parʼ autois [to men hen meros] hoion mia tis archē kathaper pēgē megalē, eis apeirous tǭ logǭ tmēthēnai tomas dynamenē. Hē de prōtē tomē kai proechestera katʼ autous estin hē trias, kai [to men hen meros] kaleitai agathon teleion, megethos patrikon; to de deuteron tēs triados autōn meros hoionei dynameōn apeiron ti plēthos ex autōn gegenēmenōn; to triton idikon.

Of the threefold division among them, [one part] is as it were a single principle, like a great spring, which can be cut in thought into infinite sections. The first and most prominent section, according to them, is the triad, and [one part] is called the perfect Good, the Fatherly Greatness; the second part of their triad is as it were an infinite multitude of powers begotten from themselves; the third is the particular.

5.12.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 176–178

Καὶ ἔστι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀγέννητον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀγαθόν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἀγαθὸν αὐτογενές· τὸ τρίτον γεννητόν· ὅθεν διαρρήδην λέγουσι τρεῖς θεούς, τρεῖς λόγους, τρεῖς νοῦς, τρεῖς ἀνθρώπους. Ἑκάστῳ γὰρ μέρει τοῦ κόσμου τῆς διαιρέσεως διακεκριμένης διδόασι καὶ θεοὺς καὶ λόγους καὶ νοῦς καὶ ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὰ λοιπά.

Kai esti to men prōton agennēton, hoper estin agathon; to de deuteron agathon autogenes; to triton gennēton; hothen diarrēdēn legousi treis theous, treis logous, treis nous, treis anthrōpous. Hekastǭ gar merei tou kosmou tēs diaireseōs diakekrimenēs didoasi kai theous kai logous kai nous kai anthrōpous kai ta loipa.

The first is unbegotten, which is good; the second is the self-begotten good; the third is begotten. Hence they say explicitly: three gods, three words, three minds, three men. For to each part of the world, when the division has been made, they assign gods and words and minds and men and the rest.

5.12.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 178

Ἄνωθεν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγεννησίας καὶ τῆς πρώτης τοῦ κόσμου τομῆς, καθεστηκότος λοιπὸν τοῦ κόσμου ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ, κατεληλυθέναι διʼ αἰτίας, ἃς ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν, ἐν τοῖς Ἡρώδου χρόνοις τριφυῆ τινὰ καὶ τρισώματον καὶ τριδύναμον ἄνθρωπον καλούμενον Χριστόν, ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἔχοντα τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάντα τὰ συγκρίματα καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις.

Anōthen de apo tēs agennēsias kai tēs prōtēs tou kosmou tomēs, kathestēkotos loipon tou kosmou epi synteleią, katelēlythenai diʼ aitias, has hysteron eroumen, en tois Hērōdou chronois triphyē tina kai trisōmaton kai tridynamon anthrōpon kaloumenon Christon, apo tōn triōn echonta tou kosmou merōn en heautǭ panta ta synkrimata kai tas dynameis.

From above, from the unbegottenness and the first section of the world, when the world was at last established at its consummation, there came down, for reasons we shall state later, in the times of Herod, a man of threefold nature, three bodies, and three powers, called Christ, having in himself all the compounds and powers from the three parts of the world.

5.12.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 178

Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι φησὶ τὸ λεγόμενον· Πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα εὐδόκησε κατοικῆσαι ἐν αὐτῷ σωματικῶς, καὶ πᾶσά ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ἡ θεότης τῆς οὕτω διῃρημένης τριάδος. Κατενηνέχθαι γάρ φησιν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων κόσμων δύο, τοῦ τε ἀγεννήτου καὶ τοῦ αὐτογενοῦς, εἰς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον, ἐν ᾧ ἐσμὲν ἡμεῖς, παντοίων δυνάμεων σπέρματα.

Kai touto einai phēsi to legomenon; Pan to plērōma eudokēse katoikēsai en autǭ sōmatikōs, kai pasa estin en autǭ hē theotēs tēs houtō dię̄rēmenēs triados. Katenēnechthai gar phēsin apo tōn hyperkeimenōn kosmōn dyo, tou te agennētou kai tou autogenous, eis touton ton kosmon, en hǭ esmen hēmeis, pantoiōn dynameōn spermata.

And this, he says, is what is said: "All the Pleroma was pleased to dwell in him bodily," and all the divinity of the triad so divided is in him. For he says that from the two worlds lying above, the unbegotten and the self-begotten, seeds of all kinds of powers have been brought down into this world in which we are.

5.12.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 178

Τίς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τρόπος τῆς καταβάσεως αὐτῶν, ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν. Κατεληλυθέναι οὖν φησὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγεννησίας, ἵνα διὰ τῆς καταβάσεως αὐτοῦ πάντα σωθῇ τὰ τριχῆ διῃρημένα. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ, φησίν, ἄνωθεν κατενηνεγμένα κάτω ἀνελεύσεται διʼ αὐτοῦ· τὰ δὲ ἐπιβουλεύσαντα τοῖς κατενηνεγμένοις ἄνωθεν ἀφίεται καὶ κολασθέντα ἀπολέγεται. Τοῦτό ἐστι, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον, Οὐ γὰρ ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἀπολέσαι τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλʼ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος διʼ αὐτοῦ. Κόσμον, φησί, καλεῖ τὰς δύο μοίρας τὰς ὑπερκειμένας, τήν τε ἀγέννητον καὶ τὴν αὐτογέννητον. Ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ, φησίν· ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν ἡ γραφή, τὴν τρίτην μοῖραν λέγει τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ ἰδικοῦ. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ τρίτην δεῖ φθαρῆναι, ἣν καλεῖ κόσμον, τὰς δὲ δύο τῆς φθορᾶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι τὰς ὑπερκειμένας.

Tis de estin ho tropos tēs katabaseōs autōn, hysteron eroumen. Katelēlythenai oun phēsi ton Christon anōthen apo tēs agennēsias, hina dia tēs katabaseōs autou panta sōthę̄ ta trichē dię̄rēmena. Ta men gar, phēsin, anōthen katenēnegmena katō aneleusetai diʼ autou; ta de epibouleusanta tois katenēnegmenois anōthen aphietai kai kolasthenta apolegetai. Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon, Ou gar ēlthen ho huios tou anthrōpou eis ton kosmon, apolesai ton kosmon, allʼ hina sōthę̄ ho kosmos diʼ autou. Kosmon, phēsi, kalei tas dyo moiras tas hyperkeimenas, tēn te agennēton kai tēn autogennēton. Hotan de legę̄, phēsin; hina mē syn tǭ kosmǭ katakrithōmen hē graphē, tēn tritēn moiran legei tou kosmou tou idikou. Tēn men gar tritēn dei phtharēnai, hēn kalei kosmon, tas de dyo tēs phthoras apallagēnai tas hyperkeimenas.

What the manner of their descent is, we shall say later. He says, then, that Christ came down from above, from the unbegottenness, so that through his descent all things divided in three might be saved. For the things brought down from above, he says, will go up through him; but those that plotted against the things brought down from above are let go, and, punished, are rejected. This, he says, is what is said: "For the Son of Man did not come into the world to destroy the world, but that the world might be saved through him." By "world," he says, he means the two portions above, the unbegotten and the self-begotten. And when Scripture says, he says, "that we may not be condemned with the world," it means the third portion, the particular world. For the third, which it calls "world," must perish, and the two above be freed from perishing.

item 5, chapter 13

5.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 178

Μάθωμεν οὖν πρῶτον, πῶς ταύτην τὴν διδαχὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀστρολόγων εἰληφότες ἐπηρεάζουσι Χριστόν, ἐργαζόμενοι φθορὰν τοῖς ἑπομένοις αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ πλάνῃ. Οἱ γὰρ ἀστρολόγοι ἕνα τὸν κόσμον εἰρηκότες διαιροῦσιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ ἀπλανῆ τῶν ζωδίων μέρη δώδεκα, καὶ καλοῦσι τὸν κόσμον τῶν ζωδίων τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἕνα κόσμον ἀπλανῆ· ἕτερον δὲ εἶναι τὸν τῶν πλανωμένων καὶ δυνάμει καὶ θέσει καὶ ἀριθμῷ κόσμον λέγουσιν, ὅς ἐστι μέχρι σελήνης.

Mathōmen oun prōton, pōs tautēn tēn didachēn para tōn astrologōn eilēphotes epēreazousi Christon, ergazomenoi phthoran tois hepomenois autois en tę̄ toiautę̄ planę̄. Hoi gar astrologoi hena ton kosmon eirēkotes diairousin auton eis ta aplanē tōn zōdiōn merē dōdeka, kai kalousi ton kosmon tōn zōdiōn tōn aplanōn hena kosmon aplanē; heteron de einai ton tōn planōmenōn kai dynamei kai thesei kai arithmǭ kosmon legousin, hos esti mechri selēnēs.

Let us learn first, then, how, having taken this teaching from the astrologers, they abuse Christ, working ruin for those who follow them in such error. For the astrologers, having said that the cosmos is one, divide it into the twelve fixed parts of the zodiac signs, and they call the cosmos of the fixed zodiac signs one fixed cosmos; and they say that the other cosmos is that of the wandering stars, in power, position, and number, which reaches as far as the moon.

5.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 178–180

Λαμβάνειν δὲ κόσμον ἀπὸ κόσμου δύναμίν τινα καὶ μετουσίαν, καὶ μετέχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων τὰ ὑποκείμενα. Ἵνα δὲ ἔσται τὸ λεγόμενον ἐμφανές, αὐταῖς ἐκείναις ταῖς τῶν ἀστρολόγων ἐκ μέρους χρήσομαι φωναῖς ὑπομνήσων τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τὰ προειρημένα ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, οὗ ἐξεθέμεθα τὴν τῶν ἀστρολόγων πᾶσαν τέχνην.

Lambanein de kosmon apo kosmou dynamin tina kai metousian, kai metechein apo tōn hyperkeimenōn ta hypokeimena. Hina de estai to legomenon emphanes, autais ekeinais tais tōn astrologōn ek merous chrēsomai phōnais hypomnēsōn tous entynchanontas ta proeirēmena en tǭ topǭ, hou exethemetha tēn tōn astrologōn pasan technēn.

And they say that one cosmos receives from the other a certain power and participation, and that the things below share in those above. So that what is said may be clear, I will use in part the very words of the astrologers, reminding readers of what was said before in the place where we set out the whole art of the astrologers.

5.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 180

Ἃ μὲν οὖν ἐκείνοις δοκεῖ ἔστι τάδε· ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἄστρων ἀπορροίας τὰς γενέσεις τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἀποτελεῖσθαι. Περιεργότερον γὰρ ἀναβλέψαντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἔφασαν δραστικῶν μὲν αἰτιῶν ἐπέχειν λόγον εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς συμβαινόντων [ἐκβαίνειν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας], συνεργεῖν δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀπλανῶν ζωδίων μέρη.

Ha men oun ekeinois dokei esti tade; apo tēs tōn astrōn aporroias tas geneseis tōn hypokeimenōn apoteleisthai. Periergoteron gar anablepsantes eis ton ouranon hoi Chaldaioi ephasan drastikōn men aitiōn epechein logon eis hekaston tōn kathʼ hēmas symbainontōn [ekbainein tous hepta asteras], synergein de ta tōn aplanōn zōdiōn merē.

What they hold, then, is this: that the births of the things below are brought about by the effluence of the stars. For the Chaldeans, having looked up into heaven with excessive curiosity, said that [the seven stars] hold the account of active causes for each of the things that happen to us, and that the parts of the fixed zodiac signs cooperate.

5.13.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 180

[Τὸν μὲν οὖν ζωδιακὸν κύκλον διαιροῦσιν εἰς μέρη] δώδεκα, ἕκαστον δὲ ζώδιον εἰς μοίρας τριάκοντα, ἑκάστην δὲ μοῖραν εἰς ἑξήκοντα λεπτά· οὕτω γὰρ καλοῦσι τὰ ἐλάχιστα καὶ τὰ ἀμερῆ.

[Ton men oun zōdiakon kyklon diairousin eis merē] dōdeka, hekaston de zōdion eis moiras triakonta, hekastēn de moiran eis hexēkonta lepta; houtō gar kalousi ta elachista kai ta amerē.

[They divide the zodiac circle, then, into] twelve [parts], each sign into thirty degrees, and each degree into sixty minutes; for so they call the smallest and indivisible parts.

5.13.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 180

Τῶν δὲ ζωδίων τὰ μὲν ἀρρενικὰ καλοῦσι, τὰ δὲ θηλυκά· καὶ τὰ μὲν δίσωμα, τὰ δὲ οὔ· καὶ τὰ μὲν τροπικά, τὰ δὲ στερεά.

Tōn de zōdiōn ta men arrenika kalousi, ta de thēlyka; kai ta men disōma, ta de ou; kai ta men tropika, ta de sterea.

Of the signs they call some masculine and others feminine; some bicorporeal and others not; some tropic and others fixed.

5.13.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 180

Ἀρρενικὰ μὲν οὖν ἐστὶν ἤ θηλυκά, ἅπερ συνεργὸν ἔχει φύσιν πρὸς ἀρρενογονίαν [ἢ θηλυγονίαν]· Κριὸς γὰρ ἀρρενικόν ἐστι ζώδιον, Ταῦρος δὲ θηλυκόν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναλογίαν ἃ μὲν ἀρρενικά, ἃ δὲ θηλυκά. Ἀφʼ ὧν οἴομαι οἱ Πυθαγορικοὶ κινηθέντες τὴν μὲν μονάδα ἄρρεν προσαγορεύουσι, τὴν δὲ δυάδα θήλυ, τὴν δὲ τριάδα πάλιν ἄρρεν· καὶ ἀναλόγως τοὺς λοιποὺς τῶν τε ἀρτίων καὶ περισσῶν ἀριθμῶν.

Arrenika men oun estin ē thēlyka, haper synergon echei physin pros arrenogonian [ē thēlygonian]; Krios gar arrenikon esti zōdion, Tauros de thēlykon, kai ta loipa kata tēn autēn analogian ha men arrenika, ha de thēlyka. Aphʼ hōn oiomai hoi Pythagorikoi kinēthentes tēn men monada arren prosagoreuousi, tēn de dyada thēly, tēn de triada palin arren; kai analogōs tous loipous tōn te artiōn kai perissōn arithmōn.

Masculine or feminine, then, are those which have a nature that cooperates in the birth of males [or of females]. For the Ram is a masculine sign, the Bull feminine, and the rest in the same alternation, some masculine and some feminine. Moved by these, I suppose, the Pythagoreans call the monad male, the dyad female, and the triad male again, and the rest of the even and odd numbers correspondingly.

5.13.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 180

Ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ ἕκαστον ζώδιον εἰς δωδεκατημόρια διελόντες τῇ αὐτῇ σχεδὸν ἐφόδῳ χρῶνται, οἷον ἐπὶ Κριοῦ [τὸ μὲν πρῶτον δωδεκατημόριον αὐτοῦ Κριόν τε] καλοῦσι καὶ ἄρρεν, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον Ταῦρόν τε καὶ θῆλυ, τὸ δὲ τρίτον Διδύμους τε καὶ ἄρρεν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων μοιρῶν δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος.

Enioi de kai hekaston zōdion eis dōdekatēmoria dielontes tę̄ autę̄ schedon ephodǭ chrōntai, hoion epi Kriou [to men prōton dōdekatēmorion autou Krion te] kalousi kai arren, to de deuteron Tauron te kai thēly, to de triton Didymous te kai arren, kai epi tōn allōn moirōn de ho autos logos.

Some also divide each sign into twelfths and use almost the same method: for example, in the case of the Ram, [they call its first twelfth both Ram] and male, the second both Bull and female, the third both Twins and male; and the same account holds for the other parts.

5.13.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 180–182

Δίσωμα δὲ εἶναι λέγουσι ζώδια [Διδύμους τε καὶ τὸν] διαμετροῦντα τούτοις Τοξότην, Παρθένον τε καὶ Ἰχθύας· οὐ δίσωμα δὲ τὰ λοιπά. Καὶ ὡσαύτως τροπικὰ μέν, ἐν οἷς γενόμενος ὁ ἥλιος μεταλλάσσει καὶ ποιεῖ τοῦ περιέχοντος τροπάς, οἷόν ἐστι ζώδιον ὅ τε Κριὸς καὶ ὁ τούτου διάμετρος, καθάπερ Ζυγός, Αἰγόκερώς τε καὶ Καρκίνος.

Disōma de einai legousi zōdia [Didymous te kai ton] diametrounta toutois Toxotēn, Parthenon te kai Ichthyas; ou disōma de ta loipa. Kai hōsautōs tropika men, en hois genomenos ho hēlios metallassei kai poiei tou periechontos tropas, hoion esti zōdion ho te Krios kai ho toutou diametros, kathaper Zygos, Aigokerōs te kai Karkinos.

They say that the bicorporeal signs are [the Twins and] the Archer diametrically opposite them, the Virgin, and the Fishes; the rest are not bicorporeal. And likewise the tropic signs are those in which the sun, when it comes to be in them, turns and makes the turnings of the surrounding air: such is the sign of the Ram and the one diametrically opposite it, the Balance, and Capricorn and the Crab.

5.13.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 182

Ἐν Κριῷ μὲν γὰρ ἐαρινὴ γίνεται τροπή, ἐν Αἰγοκέρῳ δὲ χειμερινή, ἐν Καρκίνῳ δὲ θερινή, ἐν Ζυγῷ δὲ φθινοπωρινή. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τὸν περὶ τούτων λόγον λεπτομερῶς ἐξεθέμεθα ἐν τῇ πρὸ ταύτης βίβλῳ, ὅθεν ἔστι μαθεῖν τὸν φιλομαθῆ, ὡς οἱ τῆς Περατικῆς αἱρέσεως ἀρχηγοὶ Εὐφράτης ὁ Περατικὸς καὶ Κέλβης ὁ Καρύστιος, μεταγαγόντες ὀνόματι μόνον διήλλαξαν, δυνάμει δὲ τὰ ὅμοια ἔθεντο, καὶ αὐτοὶ τῇ τέχνῃ κατακόρως προσέχοντες.

En Kriǭ men gar earinē ginetai tropē, en Aigokerǭ de cheimerinē, en Karkinǭ de therinē, en Zygǭ de phthinopōrinē. Tauta de kai ton peri toutōn logon leptomerōs exethemetha en tę̄ pro tautēs biblǭ, hothen esti mathein ton philomathē, hōs hoi tēs Peratikēs haireseōs archēgoi Euphratēs ho Peratikos kai Kelbēs ho Karystios, metagagontes onomati monon diēllaxan, dynamei de ta homoia ethento, kai autoi tę̄ technę̄ katakorōs prosechontes.

For in the Ram occurs the spring turning, in Capricorn the winter, in the Crab the summer, and in the Balance the autumn. These things and the account of them we set out in detail in the book before this one, from which the lover of learning may learn how the leaders of the Peratic heresy, Euphrates the Peratic and Celbes the Carystian, transferring these things, changed them in name only but laid down in substance the same things, being themselves excessively devoted to the art.

5.13.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 182

Καὶ γὰρ ὅρια τῶν ἀστέρων οἱ ἀστρολόγοι λέγουσιν, ἐν οἷς μᾶλλον δύνασθαι φάσκουσι τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀστέρας, οἷον [ἔν τισι μὲν κακοποιοῦσιν], ἔν τισι δὲ ἀγαθοποιοῦσιν, ὧν καί τινας κακοποιοὺς λέγουσι, τινὰς δὲ ἀγαθοποιούς. Ἐπιβλέπειν δὲ λέγονται ἀλλήλους καὶ συμφωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις, ὡς οἱ κατὰ τρίγωνον [ἢ τετράγωνον φαινόμενοι.

Kai gar horia tōn asterōn hoi astrologoi legousin, en hois mallon dynasthai phaskousi tous archontas asteras, hoion [en tisi men kakopoiousin], en tisi de agathopoiousin, hōn kai tinas kakopoious legousi, tinas de agathopoious. Epiblepein de legontai allēlous kai symphōnein allēlois, hōs hoi kata trigōnon [ē tetragōnon phainomenoi.

For the astrologers also speak of the “boundaries” of the stars, in which they claim the ruling stars have greater power: for example, [in some they do harm], in others good; and some of them they call maleficent, others beneficent. And they are said to look upon one another and to be in harmony with one another, as those that appear in trine [or in square.

5.13.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 182

Κατὰ τρίγωνον μὲν οὖν] σχηματίζονται ἐπιθεωροῦντες ἀλλήλους ἀστέρες, ἐπὶ τριῶν ζωδίων ἔχοντες τὸ μεταξὺ διάλειμμα, κατὰ τετράγωνον δὲ οἱ δυεῖν. [Ὃν δὲ τρόπον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ] κεφαλῇ μὲν τὰ ὑποκείμενα μέρη συμπάσχειν, συμπάσχειν δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις τὴν κεφαλήν, οὕτως καὶ τοῖς ὑπερσεληναίοις τὰ ἐπίγεια. Ἀλλὰ γάρ τις ἐστὶ τούτων διαφορὰ καὶ ἀσυμπάθεια, ὡς ἂν μὴ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐχόντων ἕνωσιν.

Kata trigōnon men oun] schēmatizontai epitheōrountes allēlous asteres, epi triōn zōdiōn echontes to metaxy dialeimma, kata tetragōnon de hoi dyein. [Hon de tropon en tǭ anthrōpǭ] kephalę̄ men ta hypokeimena merē sympaschein, sympaschein de kai tois hypokeimenois tēn kephalēn, houtōs kai tois hyperselēnaiois ta epigeia. Alla gar tis esti toutōn diaphora kai asympatheia, hōs an mē mian kai tēn autēn echontōn henōsin.

In trine, then,] stars are configured as regarding one another when they have an interval of three signs between them, and in square when of two. [And just as in a human being] the parts below sympathize with the head, and the head sympathizes with the parts below, so too earthly things with those above the moon. Yet there is a certain difference and lack of sympathy between them, since they do not have one and the same unity.

5.13.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 182–184

Ταύτην τὴν σύστασιν καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν τῶν ἄστρων Χαλδαϊκὴν ὑπάρχουσαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐπισπασάμενοι οὓς προείπομεν, ἐπιψευσάμενοι τῷ τῆς ἀληθείας ὀνόματι, ὡς Χριστοῦ λόγον κατήγγειλαν αἰώνων στάσιν καὶ ἀποστασίας ἀγαθῶν δυνάμεων εἰς κακὰ καὶ συμφωνίας ἀγαθῶν μετὰ πονηρῶν προσαγορεύοντες. Καλοῦντες οὖν τοπάρχας καὶ προαστείους καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα ὀνόματα ἀναπλάσσοντες ἑαυτοῖς οὐχ ὑποκείμενα, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν ἀστρολόγων περὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας πᾶσαν φαντασίαν ἀτέχνως τεχνολογοῦντες, μεγάλης πλάνης ὑπόθεσιν ἐπεισάγοντες, ἐξελεγχθήσονται σὺν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ ἐμμελείᾳ.

Tautēn tēn systasin kai tēn diaphoran tōn astrōn Chaldaïkēn hyparchousan pros heautous epispasamenoi hous proeipomen, epipseusamenoi tǭ tēs alētheias onomati, hōs Christou logon katēngeilan aiōnōn stasin kai apostasias agathōn dynameōn eis kaka kai symphōnias agathōn meta ponērōn prosagoreuontes. Kalountes oun toparchas kai proasteious kai alla pleista onomata anaplassontes heautois ouch hypokeimena, alla tēn tōn astrologōn peri tous asteras pasan phantasian atechnōs technologountes, megalēs planēs hypothesin epeisagontes, exelenchthēsontai syn tę̄ hēmeterą emmeleią.

This Chaldean doctrine of the combination and difference of the stars those whom we mentioned before have drawn to themselves; and, falsely using the name of the truth, they have proclaimed as the word of Christ a revolt of Aeons and apostasies of good powers into evil, speaking also of concords of good powers with wicked ones. Calling them, then, “toparchs” and “suburbans” and inventing for themselves very many other names that correspond to nothing real, but artlessly making a system of the whole fantasy of the astrologers about the stars, and so introducing the ground of a great error, they will be refuted by our careful treatment.

5.13.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 184

Ἀντιπαραθήσω γὰρ τῇ προλελεγμένῃ τῶν ἀστρολόγων Χαλδαϊκῇ τέχνῃ ἔνια τῶν Περατικῶν συνταγμάτων, ἀφʼ ὧν ὑπάρξει συγκρίναντας κατανοῆσαι πῶς οἱ Περατικοὶ λόγοι τῶν ἀστρολόγων ὁμολογουμένως εἰσίν, οὐ Χριστοῦ.

Antiparathēsō gar tę̄ prolelegmenę̄ tōn astrologōn Chaldaïkę̄ technę̄ enia tōn Peratikōn syntagmatōn, aphʼ hōn hyparxei synkrinantas katanoēsai pōs hoi Peratikoi logoi tōn astrologōn homologoumenōs eisin, ou Christou.

For I will set beside the Chaldean art of the astrologers stated above some of the Peratic treatises, from which it will be possible for those who compare them to see how the Peratic doctrines are admittedly those of the astrologers, not of Christ.

item 5, chapter 14

5.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 184

Δοκεῖ οὖν παρατάξαι μίαν τινὰ τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῖς δοξαζομένων βίβλων, ἐν ᾗ λέγει· Ἐγὼ φωνὴ ἐξυπνισμοῦ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῆς νυκτός· λοιπὸν ἄρχομαι γυμνοῦν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ χάους δύναμιν. Ἡ δύναμις τοῦ ἀβυσσικοῦ θολοῦ, ἡ τὸν πηλὸν ἀναβαστάζουσα τοῦ ἀφθάρτου ἀχανοῦς διΰγρου, ἡ τοῦ σπάσματος ὅλη δύναμις ὑδατόχρους ἀεικίνητος, φέρουσα τὰ μένοντα, κατέχουσα τὰ τρέμοντα, ἀπολύουσα τὰ ἐρχόμενα, κουφίζουσα τὰ μένοντα, καθαιροῦσα τὰ αὔξοντα, πιστὴ οἰκονόμος τοῦ ἴχνους τῶν ἀέρων, ἡ τὰ ἀνερευγόμενα ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα ὀφθαλμῶν ἐντολῆς ἀπολαύουσα, σφραγῖδα δηλοῦσα πρὸς τὴν μετʼ αὐτῶν οἰκονομοῦσαν τῶν ἐπιφερομένων ἀοράτων ὑδάτων δύναμιν, ἐκλήθη Θάλασσα.

Dokei oun parataxai mian tina tōn parʼ autois doxazomenōn biblōn, en hę̄ legei; Egō phōnē exypnismou en tǭ aiōni tēs nyktos; loipon archomai gymnoun tēn apo tou chaous dynamin. Hē dynamis tou abyssikou tholou, hē ton pēlon anabastazousa tou aphthartou achanous diÿgrou, hē tou spasmatos holē dynamis hydatochrous aeikinētos, pherousa ta menonta, katechousa ta tremonta, apolyousa ta erchomena, kouphizousa ta menonta, kathairousa ta auxonta, pistē oikonomos tou ichnous tōn aerōn, hē ta anereugomena apo tōn dōdeka ophthalmōn entolēs apolauousa, sphragida dēlousa pros tēn metʼ autōn oikonomousan tōn epipheromenōn aoratōn hydatōn dynamin, eklēthē Thalassa.

It seems good, then, to set out one of the books held in esteem among them, in which it says: “I am a voice of awakening in the age of the night. Now I begin to lay bare the power from Chaos. The power of the abyssal mire, which bears up the clay of the incorruptible, gaping, watery …; the whole power of the convulsion, water-colored, ever-moving, bearing what abides, holding back what trembles, releasing what comes, lightening what abides, diminishing what grows; faithful steward of the track of the airs, which enjoys the command of what is belched up from the twelve eyes, showing a seal to the power that with them governs the invisible waters that are borne above: it was called Sea.”

5.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 184

Ταύτην τὴν δύναμιν ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε Κρόνον, δεσμοῖς φρουρούμενον, ἐπεὶ ἔσφιγγε τὸ σύμπλεγμα τοῦ πυκνοῦ καὶ ὁμιχλώδους ἀδήλου σκοτεινοῦ ταρτάρου. Ταύτης ἐγένοντο κατʼ εἰκόνα Κηφεύς, Προμηθεύς, Ἰαπετός.

Tautēn tēn dynamin hē agnōsia ekalese Kronon, desmois phrouroumenon, epei esphinge to symplegma tou pyknou kai homichlōdous adēlou skoteinou tartarou. Tautēs egenonto katʼ eikona Kēpheus, Promētheus, Iapetos.

This power ignorance called Kronos, guarded with bonds, since he bound tight the tangle of dense, misty, obscure, dark Tartarus. After its image came Cepheus, Prometheus, Iapetus.

5.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 184–186

Δύναμις πεπιστευμένη τὴν Θάλασσαν ἀρρενόθηλυς, ἣ τὸν ἀνατρέχοντα συριγμὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα στομάτων τοῖς δώδεκα αὐλίσκοις ἁρμόζουσα διαχύνει λεπτὴ οὖσα καὶ καθαιροῦσα τὴν κατέχουσαν λάβρον ἀναφοράν, καὶ σφραγίζει ἀτραπῶν ὁ δοὺς αὐτῆς, πρὸς τὸ μὴ πολεμῆσαι ἢ ἐναλλάξαι τὸ μὴ διʼ αὐτῆς θυγάτηρ τυφωνικὴ πιστὴ φύλαξ ὑδάτων παντοίων. Ὄνομα αὐτῇ Χορζάρ· ταύτην ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε Ποσειδῶνα, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένετο Γλαῦκος, Μελικέρτης, Ἰνώ, Νεβρόη.

Dynamis pepisteumenē tēn Thalassan arrenothēlys, hē ton anatrechonta syrigmon apo tōn dōdeka stomatōn tois dōdeka auliskois harmozousa diachynei leptē ousa kai kathairousa tēn katechousan labron anaphoran, kai sphragizei atrapōn ho dous autēs, pros to mē polemēsai ē enallaxai to mē diʼ autēs thygatēr typhōnikē pistē phylax hydatōn pantoiōn. Onoma autę̄ Chorzar; tautēn hē agnōsia ekalese Poseidōna, hou katʼ eikona egeneto Glaukos, Melikertēs, Inō, Nebroē.

The power entrusted with the Sea is male-female; it fits the hissing that runs up from the twelve mouths to the twelve pipes and pours it out, being fine, and it tames the violent upward surge that holds sway, and seals its paths …, so that it may not make war or alter what is not through it: a Typhonic daughter, faithful guardian of waters of every kind. Her name is Chorzar. Ignorance called her Poseidon, after whose image came Glaucus, Melicertes, Ino, Nebroe.

5.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 186

Περιεσφαιρωκὼς τὴν δωδεκαγώνιον πυραμίδα, πύλην εἰς πυραμίδα σκοτίζων ποικίλαις χρόαις καὶ ἀπαρτίζων πᾶσαν τὴν νυκτόχρουν. Τοῦτον ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε Κόρην, οὖ λειτουργοὶ πέντε· πρῶτος Οὔ, δεύτερος Ἀοαί, τρίτος Οὐώ, τέταρτος Οὐωάβ, πέμπτος... ἄλλοι πιστοὶ οἰκονόμοι αὐτοῦ τῆς τοπαρχίας ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς οἱ ἀναπαυόμενοι ἐν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ αὐτῶν.

Periesphairōkōs tēn dōdekagōnion pyramida, pylēn eis pyramida skotizōn poikilais chroais kai apartizōn pasan tēn nyktochroun. Touton hē agnōsia ekalese Korēn, ou leitourgoi pente; prōtos Ou, deuteros Aoai, tritos Ouō, tetartos Ouōab, pemptos... alloi pistoi oikonomoi autou tēs toparchias hēmeras kai nyktos hoi anapauomenoi en tę̄ exousią autōn.

Having encircled the twelve-angled pyramid, darkening the gate into the pyramid with varied colors and completing the whole night-colored one: this one ignorance called Kore, whose ministers are five: first Ou, second Aoai, third Ouo, fourth Ouoab, fifth …; other faithful stewards of his toparchy of day and night, who rest in their own authority.

5.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 186

Τούτους ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε τοὺς πλανήτας ἀστέρας, ἐφʼ ὧν ἡ φθαρτὴ γένεσις ἑώρηται. Ἀέρος ἀνατολῆς οἰκονόμος, Καρφακασηεοχείρ, Ἐκκαββάκαρα· τούτους ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Κουρῆτας· ἄρχων ἀνέμων τρίτος Ἀριήλ, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένετο Αἴολος, Βριάρης.

Toutous hē agnōsia ekalese tous planētas asteras, ephʼ hōn hē phthartē genesis heōrētai. Aeros anatolēs oikonomos, Karphakasēeocheir, Ekkabbakara; toutous ekalesen hē agnōsia Kourētas; archōn anemōn tritos Ariēl, hou katʼ eikona egeneto Aiolos, Briarēs.

These ignorance called the planets, on which corruptible generation hangs. Stewards of the rising of the air, Karphakasēeocheir, Ekkabbakara: these ignorance called the Curetes. The third ruler of the winds is Ariel, after whose image came Aeolus, Briares.

5.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 186

Καὶ ἄρχων δωδεκαώρου νυκτερινῆς Σοκλάν, ὃν ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Ὄσιριν· τούτου κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένετο Ἄδμητος, Μήδεια, Ἕλλην, Αἴθουσα. Ἄρχων ἡμερινῆς δωδεκαώρου Εὐνώ· οὗτος οἰκονόμος τῆς πρωτοκαμάρου ἀνατολῆς καὶ αἰθερίου, ὃν ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Ἶσιν.

Kai archōn dōdekaōrou nykterinēs Soklan, hon ekalesen hē agnōsia Osirin; toutou katʼ eikona egeneto Admētos, Mēdeia, Hellēn, Aithousa. Archōn hēmerinēs dōdekaōrou Eunō; houtos oikonomos tēs prōtokamarou anatolēs kai aitheriou, hon ekalesen hē agnōsia Isin.

And the ruler of the twelve hours of night is Soklan, whom ignorance called Osiris; after his image came Admetus, Medea, Hellen, Aethusa. The ruler of the twelve hours of day is Euno; he is steward of the first-vaulted and ethereal rising, whom ignorance called Isis.

5.14.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 186

Τούτου σημεῖον τὸ κυνὸς ἄστρον, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Ἀρσινόης, Διδύμη, Κλεοπάτρα, Ὀλυμπιάς. Δύναμις θεοῦ δεξιά, ἣν ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Ῥέαν, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Ἄττις, Μύγδων, Οἰνώνη. Δύναμις ἀριστερὰ τροφῆς ἐξουσιάζει, ἣν ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Δήμητραν, ὄνομα αὐτῇ Βένα· τούτου κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Κελεός, Τριπτόλεμος, Μίσυρ, Ἀπραξία.

Toutou sēmeion to kynos astron, hou katʼ eikona egenonto Ptolemaios ho Arsinoēs, Didymē, Kleopatra, Olympias. Dynamis theou dexia, hēn ekalesen hē agnōsia Rhean, hou katʼ eikona egenonto Attis, Mygdōn, Oinōnē. Dynamis aristera trophēs exousiazei, hēn ekalesen hē agnōsia Dēmētran, onoma autę̄ Bena; toutou katʼ eikona egenonto Keleos, Triptolemos, Misyr, Apraxia.

His sign is the Dog Star, after whose image came Ptolemy son of Arsinoe, Didyme, Cleopatra, Olympias. The right-hand power of God, whom ignorance called Rhea, after whose image came Attis, Mygdon, Oenone. The left-hand power has authority over food; ignorance called it Demeter; its name is Bena; after its image came Celeus, Triptolemus, Misyr, Apraxia.

5.14.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 186

Δύναμις δεξιὰ ἐξουσιάζει καρπῶν· τοῦτον ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε Μῆνα, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Βουμέγας, Ὀστάνης, Ἑρμῆς τρισμέγιστος, Κουρίτης, Πετόσιρις, Ζωδάριον, Βηρωσός, Ἀστράμψουχος, Ζωρόαστρις. Δύναμις πυρὸς εὐώνυμος· τοῦτον ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσεν Ἥφαιστον, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Ἐριχθόνιος, Ἀχιλλεύς, Καπανεύς, Φλέγων, Μελέαγρος, τὰ δύηκεν, Κέλαδος, Ῥαφαήλ, Σουριήλ, Ὀμφάλη.

Dynamis dexia exousiazei karpōn; touton hē agnōsia ekalese Mēna, hou katʼ eikona egenonto Boumegas, Ostanēs, Hermēs trismegistos, Kouritēs, Petosiris, Zōdarion, Bērōsos, Astrampsouchos, Zōroastris. Dynamis pyros euōnymos; touton hē agnōsia ekalesen Hēphaiston, hou katʼ eikona egenonto Erichthonios, Achilleus, Kapaneus, Phlegōn, Meleagros, ta dyēken, Kelados, Rhaphaēl, Souriēl, Omphalē.

The right-hand power has authority over fruits; this one ignorance called Men, after whose image came Bumegas, Ostanes, Hermes Trismegistus, Kourites, Petosiris, Zodarion, Berossus, Astrampsuchos, Zoroaster. The left-hand power of fire: this one ignorance called Hephaestus, after whose image came Erichthonius, Achilles, Capaneus, Phaethon, Meleager, …, Celadus, Raphael, Suriel, Omphale.

5.14.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 186–188

Δυνάμεις τρεῖς μέσαι τοῦ ἀέρος κρεμάμεναι, αἰτίαι γενέσεως. Ταύτας ἡ ἀγνωσία ἐκάλεσε Μοίρας, ὧν κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο οἶκος Πριάμου, οἶκος Λαΐου, Ἰνώ, Αὐτονόη, Ἀγαυή, Ἀθάμας, Πρόκνη, Δαναΐδες, Πελιάδες.

Dynameis treis mesai tou aeros kremamenai, aitiai geneseōs. Tautas hē agnōsia ekalese Moiras, hōn katʼ eikona egenonto oikos Priamou, oikos Laïou, Inō, Autonoē, Agauē, Athamas, Proknē, Danaïdes, Peliades.

Three middle powers suspended in the air, causes of generation. These ignorance called the Fates, after whose image came the house of Priam, the house of Laius, Ino, Autonoe, Agave, Athamas, Procne, the Danaids, the Peliads.

5.14.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

Δύναμις ἀρσενόθηλυς ἀεὶ νηπιάζουσα, ἀγήρατος, αἰτία κάλλους, ἡδονῆς, ἀκμῆς, ὀρέξεως, ἐπιθυμίας, ὃν ἐκάλεσεν ἡ ἀγνωσία Ἔρωτα, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα ἐγένοντο Πάρις, Νάρκισσος, Γανυμήδης, Ἐνδυμίων, Τιθωνός, Ἰκάριος, Λήδα, Ἀμυμώνη, Θέτις, Ἑσπερίδες, Ἰασίων, Λέανδρος, Ἡρώ. Οὗτοι εἰσὶν οἱ προάστειοι ἕως αἰθέρος· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἐπιγράφει τὸ βιβλίον.

Dynamis arsenothēlys aei nēpiazousa, agēratos, aitia kallous, hēdonēs, akmēs, orexeōs, epithymias, hon ekalesen hē agnōsia Erōta, hou katʼ eikona egenonto Paris, Narkissos, Ganymēdēs, Endymiōn, Tithōnos, Ikarios, Lēda, Amymōnē, Thetis, Hesperides, Iasiōn, Leandros, Hērō. Houtoi eisin hoi proasteioi heōs aitheros; houtō gar kai epigraphei to biblion.

A male-female power, ever childlike, unaging, cause of beauty, pleasure, youthful bloom, appetite, and desire, whom ignorance called Eros, after whose image came Paris, Narcissus, Ganymede, Endymion, Tithonus, Icarius, Leda, Amymone, Thetis, the Hesperides, Iasion, Leander, Hero. These are the “suburbans up to the ether”; for so the book is entitled.

item 5, chapter 15

5.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

Καταφανὴς σύμπασιν εὐκόλως γεγένηται ἡ τῶν Περατῶν αἵρεσις ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀστρολόγων μεθηρμοσμένη τοῖς ὀνόμασι μόνοις. Τὸν δὲ αὐτὸν τρόπον περιέχει καὶ τὰ ἕτερα αὐτῶν βιβλία, εἴ τινι φίλον εἴη διὰ πάντων ἐλθεῖν.

Kataphanēs sympasin eukolōs gegenētai hē tōn Peratōn hairesis apo tēs tōn astrologōn methērmosmenē tois onomasi monois. Ton de auton tropon periechei kai ta hetera autōn biblia, ei tini philon eiē dia pantōn elthein.

The heresy of the Peratae has easily become plain to all, as adapted from that of the astrologers by the names alone. And their other books contain matter of the same kind, if anyone should care to go through them all.

5.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

Πάντων γὰρ, ὡς ἔφην, τῶν γεννητῶν τῆς γενέσεως αἴτια νομίζουσιν εἶναι τὰ ἀγέννητα καὶ τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, καὶ γεγονέναι κατὰ ἀπόρροιαν τὸν κόσμον τὸν καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ὃν ἰδικὸν ἐκεῖνοι καλοῦσι, καὶ τούτους πάντας ὁμοῦ τοὺς ἀστέρας τοὺς θεωρουμένους ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τῆς γενέσεως αἰτίους γεγονέναι τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου, ἐναλλάξαντες αὐτῶν τὸ ὄνομα, ὡς ἀπὸ τῶν προαστείων ἔστι συγκρίναντας εὑρεῖν·

Pantōn gar, hōs ephēn, tōn gennētōn tēs geneseōs aitia nomizousin einai ta agennēta kai ta hyperkeimena, kai gegonenai kata aporroian ton kosmon ton kathʼ hēmas, hon idikon ekeinoi kalousi, kai toutous pantas homou tous asteras tous theōroumenous en tǭ ouranǭ tēs geneseōs aitious gegonenai toude tou kosmou, enallaxantes autōn to onoma, hōs apo tōn proasteiōn esti synkrinantas heurein;

For, as I said, they think that the unbegotten and supercelestial things are the causes of the generation of all begotten things, and that the cosmos in which we live, which they call “particular,” came into being by effluence, and that all these stars seen together in heaven have become causes of the generation of this cosmos, though they have changed their names, as one may find by comparing with the “suburbans”;

5.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

δεύτερον δὲ δὴ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὡς γέγονεν ὁ κόσμος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀπορροίας τῆς ἄνω, οὕτως τὰ ἐνθάδε ἀπὸ τῆς ἀπορροίας τῶν ἀστέρων γένεσιν ἔχειν καὶ φθορὰν λέγουσι καὶ διοικεῖσθαι.

deuteron de dē kata ton auton tropon, hōs gegonen ho kosmos apo tēs aporroias tēs anō, houtōs ta enthade apo tēs aporroias tōn asterōn genesin echein kai phthoran legousi kai dioikeisthai.

and secondly, in the same way, as the cosmos came into being from the effluence above, so they say that the things here have their generation and corruption, and are governed, by the effluence of the stars.

5.15.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

Ἐπεὶ γοῦν οἱ ἀστρολόγοι ἴσασιν ὡροσκόπον καὶ μεσουράνημα, καὶ δύσιν καὶ ἀντιμεσουράνημα, καὶ τούτων τῶν ἄστρων ἄλλοτε ἄλλως κινουμένων διὰ τὴν στροφὴν ἀεὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἄλλοτε ἄλλα ἀποκλίματα εἶναι κατὰ κέντρον, καὶ κέντροις ἐπαναφοράς, ἀλληγοροῦντες τὴν διαταγὴν τῶν ἀστρολόγων τὸ μὲν κέντρον οἱονεὶ θεὸν καὶ μονάδα καὶ κύριον τῆς πάσης γενέσεως ὑποτυποῦσι, τὸ δὲ ἀπόκλιμα ἀριστερόν, τὴν δʼ ἐπαναφορὰν δεξιόν.

Epei goun hoi astrologoi isasin hōroskopon kai mesouranēma, kai dysin kai antimesouranēma, kai toutōn tōn astrōn allote allōs kinoumenōn dia tēn strophēn aei tou pantos allote alla apoklimata einai kata kentron, kai kentrois epanaphoras, allēgorountes tēn diatagēn tōn astrologōn to men kentron hoionei theon kai monada kai kyrion tēs pasēs geneseōs hypotypousi, to de apoklima aristeron, tēn dʼ epanaphoran dexion.

Since, then, the astrologers know the horoscope and the mid-heaven, the setting and the anti-mid-heaven, and that, since these stars move now one way and now another because of the constant revolution of the universe, there are at different times different declinations from a center and ascensions toward the centers, the Peratae, allegorizing the astrologers' arrangement, depict the center as a kind of God and monad and lord of all generation, the declination as left, and the ascension as right.

5.15.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 188

Ὅταν οὖν τοῖς γράμμασιν αὐτῶν ἐντυχών τις δύναμιν εὑρίσκῃ παρʼ αὐτοῖς λεγομένην δεξιὰν ἢ ἀριστεράν, ἀνατρεχέτω ἐπὶ τὸ κέντρον καὶ τὸ ἀπόκλιμα καὶ τὴν ἐπαναφοράν, καὶ κατόψεται σαφῶς πᾶσαν αὐτῶν τὴν πραγματείαν ἀστρολογικὴν διδασκαλίαν καθεστῶσαν.

Hotan oun tois grammasin autōn entychōn tis dynamin heuriskę̄ parʼ autois legomenēn dexian ē aristeran, anatrechetō epi to kentron kai to apoklima kai tēn epanaphoran, kai katopsetai saphōs pasan autōn tēn pragmateian astrologikēn didaskalian kathestōsan.

When, then, someone reading their writings finds a power spoken of among them as right or left, let him run back to the center, the declination, and the ascension, and he will see clearly that their whole system consists of astrological teaching.

item 5, chapter 16

5.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 188–190

Καλοῦσι δὲ αὑτοὺς Περάτας, μηδὲν δύνασθαι νομίζοντες τῶν ἐν γενέσει καθεστηκότων διαφυγεῖν τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως τοῖς γεγενημένοις ὡρισμένην μοῖραν. Εἰ γάρ τι, φησί, γεννητόν, ὅλως καὶ φθείρεται, καθάπερ καὶ Σιβύλλῃ δοκεῖ, μόνοι δέ, φησίν, ἡμεῖς οἱ τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς γενέσεως ἐγνωκότες καὶ τὰς ὁδούς, διʼ ὧν εἰσελήλυθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἀκριβῶς δεδιδαγμένοι διελθεῖν καὶ περᾶσαι τὴν φθορὰν μόνοι δυνάμεθα.

Kalousi de hautous Peratas, mēden dynasthai nomizontes tōn en genesei kathestēkotōn diaphygein tēn apo tēs geneseōs tois gegenēmenois hōrismenēn moiran. Ei gar ti, phēsi, gennēton, holōs kai phtheiretai, kathaper kai Sibyllę̄ dokei, monoi de, phēsin, hēmeis hoi tēn anankēn tēs geneseōs egnōkotes kai tas hodous, diʼ hōn eiselēlythen ho anthrōpos eis ton kosmon, akribōs dedidagmenoi dielthein kai perasai tēn phthoran monoi dynametha.

They call themselves Peratae, because they think that nothing established in generation can escape the fate appointed by generation for the things that have come to be. “For if anything is begotten,” he says, “it also wholly perishes, as the Sibyl also holds. But we alone,” he says, “who have known the necessity of generation and have been accurately taught the ways by which man has entered the world, are alone able to pass through and cross over corruption.”

5.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 190

Ἔστι δὲ ἡ φθορὰ, φησί, τὸ ὕδωρ, οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τινὶ, φησίν, ἐφθάρη τάχιον ὁ κόσμος ἢ ὕδατι. Τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ ἐστὶ τὸ περιεσφαιρωκὸς ἐν τοῖς προαστείοις, λέγουσιν, ὁ Κρόνος· δύναμις γάρ, φησίν, ὑδατόχρους, ἥντινα δύναμιν, φησί, τουτέστι τὸν Κρόνον, οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐν γενέσει καθεστώτων διαφυγεῖν δύναται·

Esti de hē phthora, phēsi, to hydōr, oude allǭ tini, phēsin, ephtharē tachion ho kosmos ē hydati. To de hydōr esti to periesphairōkos en tois proasteiois, legousin, ho Kronos; dynamis gar, phēsin, hydatochrous, hēntina dynamin, phēsi, toutesti ton Kronon, oudeis tōn en genesei kathestōtōn diaphygein dynatai;

“And corruption,” he says, “is water; and by nothing else,” he says, “was the world destroyed more swiftly than by water. And the water is that which encircles among the suburbans,” they say, “Kronos. For it is a water-colored power,” he says, “which power,” he says, “that is, Kronos, none of those established in generation can escape;

5.16.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 190

πάσῃ γὰρ γενέσει πρὸς τὸ ὑποπεσεῖν τῇ φθορᾷ αἴτιος ἐφέστηκεν ὁ Κρόνος, καὶ οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο γένεσις, ἐν ᾗ Κρόνος οὐκ ἐμποδίζει. Τοῦτό ἐστι, φησίν, ὃ καὶ οἱ ποιηταὶ λέγουσι τὸ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐκψοφοῦν· Ἴστω γὰρ, φησί, τόδε γαῖα καὶ οὐρανὸς εὐρὺς ὕπερθεν καὶ τὸ κατειβόμενον Στυγὸς ὕδωρ, ὅστε μέγιστος ὅρκος δεινότατός τε πέλει μακάρεσσι θεοῖσιν.

pasę̄ gar genesei pros to hypopesein tę̄ phthorą aitios ephestēken ho Kronos, kai ouk an genoito genesis, en hę̄ Kronos ouk empodizei. Touto esti, phēsin, ho kai hoi poiētai legousi to kai tous theous ekpsophoun; Istō gar, phēsi, tode gaia kai ouranos eurys hyperthen kai to kateibomenon Stygos hydōr, hoste megistos horkos deinotatos te pelei makaressi theoisin.

for Kronos is set over every generation as the cause of its falling under corruption, and there could be no generation in which Kronos does not hinder. This is,” he says, “what the poets also say, the thing that makes even the gods shudder: ‘Let earth know this,’ he says, ‘and broad heaven above, and the down-flowing water of Styx, which is the greatest and most dread oath for the blessed gods.’”

5.16.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 190

Οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο, φησίν, οἱ ποιηταὶ λέγουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ οἱ σοφώτατοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὧν ἐστὶ καὶ Ἡράκλειτος εἷς, λέγων· ψυχῇσι γὰρ θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι. Οὗτος, φησίν, ὁ θάνατος καταλαμβάνει τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐν Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ μετὰ τῶν ἁρμάτων αὐτῶν.

Ou monon de touto, phēsin, hoi poiētai legousin, allʼ ēdē kai hoi sophōtatoi tōn Hellēnōn, hōn esti kai Hērakleitos heis, legōn; psychę̄si gar thanatos hydōr genesthai. Houtos, phēsin, ho thanatos katalambanei tous Aigyptious en Erythrą thalassę̄ meta tōn harmatōn autōn.

“Not only the poets say this,” he says, “but already also the wisest of the Greeks, of whom Heraclitus is one, saying: ‘For to souls it is death to become water.’ This death,” he says, “overtakes the Egyptians in the Red Sea with their chariots.”

5.16.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 190

Πάντες δὲ οἱ ἀγνοοῦντες, φησίν, εἰσὶν Αἰγύπτιοι. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι, λέγουσι, τὸ ἐξελθεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ἐκ τοῦ σώματος. Αἴγυπτον γὰρ εἶναι μικρὰν τὸ σῶμα νομίζουσι, καὶ περᾶσαι τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν Ἐρυθράν, τουτέστι τῆς φθορᾶς τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ Κρόνος, καὶ γενέσθαι πέραν τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης, τουτέστι τῆς γενέσεως, καὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, τουτέστιν ἔξω γενέσεως γενέσθαι, ὅπου εἰσὶν ὁμοῦ πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς σωτηρίας.

Pantes de hoi agnoountes, phēsin, eisin Aigyptioi. Kai touto esti, legousi, to exelthein ex Aigyptou, ek tou sōmatos. Aigypton gar einai mikran to sōma nomizousi, kai perasai tēn thalassan tēn Erythran, toutesti tēs phthoras to hydōr, ho estin ho Kronos, kai genesthai peran tēs Erythras thalassēs, toutesti tēs geneseōs, kai elthein eis tēn erēmon, toutestin exō geneseōs genesthai, hopou eisin homou pantes hoi theoi tēs apōleias kai ho theos tēs sōtērias.

“All who are ignorant,” he says, “are Egyptians. And this,” they say, “is to go out of Egypt: out of the body.” For they think the body is a little Egypt, and that to cross the Red Sea (that is, the water of corruption, which is Kronos), and to come to be beyond the Red Sea (that is, beyond generation), and to come into the wilderness, is to come to be outside generation, where all the gods of destruction and the God of salvation are together.

5.16.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 190

Εἰσὶ δὲ, φησίν, οἱ θεοὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας οἱ ἀστέρες οἱ τῆς μεταβλητῆς γενέσεως ἐπιφέροντες τοῖς γινομένοις τὴν ἀνάγκην. Τούτους, φησίν, ἐκάλεσε Μωϋσῆς ὄφεις τῆς ἐρήμου δάκνοντας καὶ διαφθείροντας τοὺς πεπερακέναι νομίζοντας τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν.

Eisi de, phēsin, hoi theoi tēs apōleias hoi asteres hoi tēs metablētēs geneseōs epipherontes tois ginomenois tēn anankēn. Toutous, phēsin, ekalese Mōÿsēs opheis tēs erēmou daknontas kai diaphtheirontas tous peperakenai nomizontas tēn Erythran thalassan.

“The gods of destruction,” he says, “are the stars, which bring on the things that come to be the necessity of changeable generation. These,” he says, “Moses called serpents of the wilderness, biting and destroying those who think they have crossed the Red Sea.”

5.16.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 190–192

Δακνομένοις οὖν, φησίν, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἐπέδειξε Μωϋσῆς τὸν ἀληθινὸν ὄφιν τὸν τέλειον, εἰς ὃν οἱ πιστεύοντες οὐκ ἐδάκνοντο ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τῶν δυνάμεων. Οὐδεὶς οὖν, φησίν, ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι καὶ ῥύσασθαι τοὺς ἐκπορευομένους ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, τουτέστιν ἐκ σώματος καὶ ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου, εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ τέλειος, ὁ πλήρης τῶν πληρῶν ὄφις.

Daknomenois oun, phēsin, en tę̄ erēmǭ tois huiois Israēl epedeixe Mōÿsēs ton alēthinon ophin ton teleion, eis hon hoi pisteuontes ouk edaknonto en tę̄ erēmǭ, toutestin hypo tōn dynameōn. Oudeis oun, phēsin, ho dynamenos sōsai kai rhysasthai tous ekporeuomenous ek gēs Aigyptou, toutestin ek sōmatos kai ek toude tou kosmou, ei mē monos ho teleios, ho plērēs tōn plērōn ophis.

“So to the children of Israel,” he says, “when they were bitten in the wilderness, Moses showed the true, perfect serpent; those who believed in it were not bitten in the wilderness, that is, by the powers. No one, then,” he says, “is able to save and deliver those who come out of the land of Egypt, that is, out of the body and out of this world, except only the perfect one, the serpent full of the full.”

5.16.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 192

Ἐπὶ τοῦτον, φησίν, ὁ ἐλπίσας ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων τῆς ἐρήμου οὐ διαφθείρεται, τουτέστι τῶν θεῶν τῆς γενέσεως. Γέγραπται, φησίν, ἐν βίβλῳ Μωσέως· οὗτος, φησίν, ὁ ὄφις ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις ἡ παρακολουθήσασα τῷ Μωσεῖ, ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ στρεφομένη εἰς ὄφιν. Ἀνθεστήκεισαν δέ, φησί, τῇ δυνάμει Μωσέως ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μάγων οἱ ὄφεις, οἱ θεοὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας· ἀλλὰ πάντας αὐτοὺς ὑπέταξε καὶ διέφθειρεν ἡ ῥάβδος Μωσέως. Ὁ καθολικὸς ὄφις, φησίν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σοφὸς τῆς Εὔας λόγος.

Epi touton, phēsin, ho elpisas hypo tōn opheōn tēs erēmou ou diaphtheiretai, toutesti tōn theōn tēs geneseōs. Gegraptai, phēsin, en biblǭ Mōseōs; houtos, phēsin, ho ophis estin hē dynamis hē parakolouthēsasa tǭ Mōsei, hē rhabdos hē strephomenē eis ophin. Anthestēkeisan de, phēsi, tę̄ dynamei Mōseōs en Aigyptǭ magōn hoi opheis, hoi theoi tēs apōleias; alla pantas autous hypetaxe kai diephtheiren hē rhabdos Mōseōs. Ho katholikos ophis, phēsin, houtos estin ho sophos tēs Euas logos.

“He who has hoped in this one,” he says, “is not destroyed by the serpents of the wilderness, that is, by the gods of generation. It is written,” he says, “in the book of Moses. This serpent,” he says, “is the power that accompanied Moses, the rod turned into a serpent. The serpents of the magicians in Egypt, the gods of destruction, withstood the power of Moses,” he says, “but the rod of Moses subdued and destroyed them all. This universal serpent,” he says, “is the wise word of Eve.”

5.16.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 192

Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ μυστήριον Ἐδέμ, τοῦτο ποταμὸς ἐξ Ἐδέμ, τοῦτο σημεῖον τὸ τεθὲν τῷ Κάϊν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ εὑρίσκων αὐτὸν μὴ ἀποκτείνῃ. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶ Κάϊν, οὗ τὴν θυσίαν οὐ προσεδέξατο ὁ θεὸς τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου. Τὴν δὲ ᾑμαγμένην προσήκατο τοῦ Ἄβελ· αἵμασι γὰρ χαίρει ὁ τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου δεσπότης.

Touto, phēsin, esti mystērion Edem, touto potamos ex Edem, touto sēmeion to tethen tǭ Kaïn, hina pas ho heuriskōn auton mē apokteinę̄. Houtos, phēsin, esti Kaïn, hou tēn thysian ou prosedexato ho theos toude tou kosmou. Tēn de hę̄magmenēn prosēkato tou Abel; haimasi gar chairei ho toude tou kosmou despotēs.

“This,” he says, “is the mystery of Eden; this is the river out of Eden; this is the mark set on Cain, so that everyone who found him should not kill him. This,” he says, “is Cain, whose sacrifice the god of this world did not accept; but he accepted Abel's bloody one, for the master of this world delights in blood.”

5.16.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 192

Οὗτός ἐστι, φησίν, ὁ ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐν ἀνθρώπου μορφῇ φανεὶς ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις Ἡρώδου, γενόμενος κατʼ εἰκόνα Ἰωσὴφ τοῦ πεπραμένου ἐκ χειρὸς ἀδελφῶν, οὗ μόνου τὸ ἔνδυμα ἦν ποικίλον. Οὗτός ἐστι, φησίν, ὁ κατʼ εἰκόνα Ἠσαῦ, οὗ καὶ μὴ παρόντος ἡ στολὴ εὐλόγηται, ὃς οὐκ ἐδέξατο, φησί, τὴν ἀμβλυωπὸν εὐλογίαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπλούτησεν ἔξωθεν, οὐδὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀμβλυωποῦντος λαβών, οὗ εἶδε τὸ πρόσωπον Ἰακὼβ ὡς ἂν ἴδοι ἄνθρωπος πρόσωπον θεοῦ.

Houtos esti, phēsin, ho en eschatais hēmerais en anthrōpou morphę̄ phaneis en tois chronois Hērōdou, genomenos katʼ eikona Iōsēph tou pepramenou ek cheiros adelphōn, hou monou to endyma ēn poikilon. Houtos esti, phēsin, ho katʼ eikona Ēsau, hou kai mē parontos hē stolē eulogētai, hos ouk edexato, phēsi, tēn amblyōpon eulogian, allʼ eploutēsen exōthen, ouden apo tou amblyōpountos labōn, hou eide to prosōpon Iakōb hōs an idoi anthrōpos prosōpon theou.

“This is,” he says, “the one who appeared in the last days in human form in the times of Herod, born after the image of Joseph, who was sold from the hand of his brothers, whose garment alone was of many colors. This is,” he says, “the one after the image of Esau, whose robe was blessed even when he was not present; who did not receive,” he says, “the dim-sighted blessing, but grew rich from outside, taking nothing from the dim-sighted one; whose face Jacob saw as a man might see the face of God.”

5.16.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 192

Περὶ τούτου, φησί, γέγραπται, ὡς Νεβρὼδ γίγας κυνηγὸς ἔναντι κυρίου. Εἰσὶ δέ, φησί, τούτου ἀντίμιμοι πολλοί, τοσοῦτοι ὅσοι ὤφθησαν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ δάκνοντες, ἀφʼ ὧν ἐρρύσατο τοὺς δακνομένους ὁ τέλειος ἐκεῖνος, ὃν ἔστησε Μωϋσῆς. Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· καὶ ὃν τρόπον ὕψωσε Μωϋσῆς τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

Peri toutou, phēsi, gegraptai, hōs Nebrōd gigas kynēgos enanti kyriou. Eisi de, phēsi, toutou antimimoi polloi, tosoutoi hosoi ōphthēsan en tę̄ erēmǭ tois huiois Israēl daknontes, aphʼ hōn errysato tous daknomenous ho teleios ekeinos, hon estēse Mōÿsēs. Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; kai hon tropon hypsōse Mōÿsēs ton ophin en tę̄ erēmǭ, houtōs hypsōthēnai dei ton huion tou anthrōpou.

“Of him,” he says, “it is written that Nimrod was a giant hunter before the Lord. And there are,” he says, “many counterfeits of him, as many as appeared biting the children of Israel in the wilderness, from whom that perfect one whom Moses set up delivered those who were bitten. This is,” he says, “what was said: ‘And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up.’”

5.16.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 192–194

Τούτου κατʼ εἰκόνα γέγονεν ὁ ὄφις ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ χαλκοῦς, ὃν ἔστησε Μωϋσῆς. Τούτου, φησί, μόνου τὸ ὁμοίωμα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ διὰ παντὸς ἐστὶν φωτὶ ὁρώμενον. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ μεγάλη ἀρχή, περὶ ἧς γέγραπται. Περὶ τούτου, φησίν, εἴρηται· Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν· ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ζωή ἐστιν.

Toutou katʼ eikona gegonen ho ophis en tę̄ erēmǭ chalkous, hon estēse Mōÿsēs. Toutou, phēsi, monou to homoiōma en tǭ ouranǭ dia pantos estin phōti horōmenon. Houtos, phēsin, estin hē megalē archē, peri hēs gegraptai. Peri toutou, phēsin, eirētai; En archę̄ ēn ho logos, kai ho logos ēn pros ton theon, kai theos ēn ho logos. Houtos ēn en archę̄ pros ton theon, panta diʼ autou egeneto, kai chōris autou egeneto oude hen; ho gegonen en autǭ, zōē estin.

After his image was made the bronze serpent in the wilderness which Moses set up. “Of him alone,” he says, “the likeness is always in heaven, seen in light. This,” he says, “is the great beginning of which it is written. Of this,” he says, “it was said: ‘In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. He was in the beginning with God; all things came to be through him, and without him not one thing came to be. What came to be in him is life.’”

5.16.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 194

Ἐν αὐτῷ δέ, φησίν, ἡ Εὔα γέγονεν, ἡ Εὔα ζωή.

En autǭ de, phēsin, hē Eua gegonen, hē Eua zōē.

“And in him,” he says, “Eve came to be; Eve is life.”

5.16.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 194

Αὕτη δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ Εὔα, μήτηρ πάντων τῶν ζώντων, κοινὴ φύσις, τουτέστι θεῶν ἀγγέλων, ἀθανάτων θνητῶν, ἀλόγων λογικῶν· ὁ γὰρ πάντων, φησίν, εἰπὼν εἴρηκε πάντων· καὶ εἴ τινος, φησίν, οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ μακάριοι, οὗτος ὄψεται ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦ ὄφεως τὴν καλὴν εἰκόνα ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ἀρχῇ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ στρεφομένην καὶ γινομένην ἀρχὴν πάσης κινήσεως πᾶσι τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ γνώσεται ὅτι χωρὶς αὐτοῦ [οὐδὲν] οὔτε τῶν οὐρανίων οὔτε τῶν ἐπιγείων οὔτε τῶν καταχθονίων συνέστηκεν· οὐ νύξ, οὐ σελήνη, οὐ καρποί, οὐ γένεσις, οὐ πλοῦτος, οὐχ ὁδοιπορία, οὐδʼ ὅλως τι τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶ δίχα σημαίνοντος ἐκείνου.

Hautē de, phēsin, estin hē Eua, mētēr pantōn tōn zōntōn, koinē physis, toutesti theōn angelōn, athanatōn thnētōn, alogōn logikōn; ho gar pantōn, phēsin, eipōn eirēke pantōn; kai ei tinos, phēsin, hoi ophthalmoi makarioi, houtos opsetai anablepsas eis ton ouranon tou opheōs tēn kalēn eikona en tę̄ megalę̄ archę̄ tou ouranou strephomenēn kai ginomenēn archēn pasēs kinēseōs pasi tois ginomenois, kai gnōsetai hoti chōris autou [ouden] oute tōn ouraniōn oute tōn epigeiōn oute tōn katachthoniōn synestēken; ou nyx, ou selēnē, ou karpoi, ou genesis, ou ploutos, ouch hodoiporia, oudʼ holōs ti tōn ontōn esti dicha sēmainontos ekeinou.

“And this,” he says, “is Eve, the mother of all the living, the common nature, that is, of gods and angels, of immortals and mortals, of irrational and rational beings; for he who says ‘all,’” he says, “says ‘all.’ And if anyone's eyes are blessed,” he says, “he will look up to heaven and see the beautiful image of the serpent turning in the great beginning of heaven and becoming the beginning of all motion for all things that come to be; and he will know that without him nothing, neither of things in heaven nor on earth nor under the earth, has come to stand: not night, not moon, not fruits, not generation, not wealth, not travel, nor is anything at all of the things that are without his signifying it.”

5.16.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 194

Ἐπὶ τούτου, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ μέγα θαῦμα ὁρώμενον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τοῖς δυναμένοις ἰδεῖν. Κατὰ γάρ, φησί, ταύτην τὴν ἄκραν αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλήν, ὅπερ πάντων ἀπιστότερον τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσι, μίσγονται δύσις τε καὶ ἀνατολὴ ἀλλήλαις. Τουτέστι περὶ οὗ εἶπεν ἡ ἀγνωσία· ἐν οὐρανῷ εἱλεῖται μέγα θαῦμα Δράκων δεινοῖο πελώρου.

Epi toutou, phēsin, esti to mega thauma horōmenon en tǭ ouranǭ tois dynamenois idein. Kata gar, phēsi, tautēn tēn akran autou tēn kephalēn, hoper pantōn apistoteron tois ouk eidosi, misgontai dysis te kai anatolē allēlais. Toutesti peri hou eipen hē agnōsia; en ouranǭ heileitai mega thauma Drakōn deinoio pelōrou.

“In him,” he says, “is the great wonder seen in heaven by those who can see. For at this extremity of his, his head,” he says, “(which is the most incredible thing of all to those who do not know), setting and rising mingle with one another. This is what ignorance spoke of: ‘In heaven there winds a great wonder, the Dragon, a terrible monster.’”

5.16.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 194

Ἑκατέρωθεν δὲ αὐτοῦ παρατέτακται Στέφανος καὶ Λύρα, καὶ κατʼ αὐτὴν ἄνωθεν τὴν κεφαλὴν ἄκραν ἐλεεινὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὁ Ἐν γόνασιν ἐστὶν ὁρώμενος, δεξιτεροῦ ποδὸς ἄκρον ἔχων σκολιοῖο Δράκοντος. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν νῶτον τοῦ Ἐν γόνασιν ἐστὶν ἀτελὴς ὄφις ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς χερσὶ κατεσφιγμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀφιούχου, καὶ κωλυόμενος ἐφάψασθαι τοῦ στεφάνου παρακειμένου τῷ τελείῳ ὄφει.

Hekaterōthen de autou paratetaktai Stephanos kai Lyra, kai katʼ autēn anōthen tēn kephalēn akran eleeinos anthrōpos, ho En gonasin estin horōmenos, dexiterou podos akron echōn skolioio Drakontos. Kata de ton nōton tou En gonasin estin atelēs ophis amphoterais tais chersi katesphigmenos hypo tou Ophiouchou, kai kōlyomenos ephapsasthai tou stephanou parakeimenou tǭ teleiǭ ophei.

On either side of him are set the Crown and the Lyre, and above, by the very top of his head, a pitiable man, the one seen as “the Kneeler,” “holding the tip of his right foot on the crooked Dragon.” And at the back of the Kneeler is the imperfect serpent, gripped with both hands by the Serpent-holder and prevented from touching the Crown that lies beside the perfect serpent.

item 5, chapter 17

5.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 194–196

Αὕτη ἡ παμποίκιλος σοφία τῆς Περατικῆς αἱρέσεως, ἣν ἐξειπεῖν πᾶσαν δυσχερές, οὕτως οὖσαν σκολιὰν διὰ τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἀστρολογικῆς δοκεῖν συνεστάναι. Καθὸ οὖν δυνατὸν ἦν, διʼ ὀλίγων πᾶσαν αὐτῆς τὴν δύναμιν ἐκτεθείμεθα. Ἵνα δὲ διʼ ἐπιτομῆς τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτῶν γνώμην ἐκθώμεθα, δοκεῖ προσθεῖναι ταῦτα. Ἔστι κατʼ αὐτοὺς τὸ πᾶν πατήρ, υἱός, ὕλη· τούτων τῶν τριῶν ἕκαστον ἀπείρους ἔχει δυνάμεις ἐν ἑαυτῷ.

Hautē hē pampoikilos sophia tēs Peratikēs haireseōs, hēn exeipein pasan dyscheres, houtōs ousan skolian dia to ek tēs astrologikēs dokein synestanai. Katho oun dynaton ēn, diʼ oligōn pasan autēs tēn dynamin ektetheimetha. Hina de diʼ epitomēs tēn pasan autōn gnōmēn ekthōmetha, dokei prostheinai tauta. Esti katʼ autous to pan patēr, huios, hylē; toutōn tōn triōn hekaston apeirous echei dynameis en heautǭ.

This is the all-various wisdom of the Peratic heresy, which it is hard to set out entire, so tortuous is it, because it seems to have been compounded out of astrology. As far as was possible, then, we have set out its whole import in few words. But so that we may set out their whole opinion in summary, it seems good to add the following. According to them the universe is Father, Son, Matter; and each of these three has infinite powers in itself.

5.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 196

Καθέζεται οὖν μέσος τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱός, ὁ λόγος, ὁ ὄφις ἀεὶ κινούμενος πρὸς ἀκίνητον τὸν πατέρα καὶ κινουμένην τὴν ὕλην, καὶ ποτὲ μὲν στρέφεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀναλαμβάνει τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον ἑαυτοῦ, ἀναλαβὼν δὲ τὰς δυνάμεις στρέφεται πρὸς τὴν ὕλην, καὶ ἡ ὕλη ἄποιος οὖσα καὶ ἀσχημάτιστος ἐκτυποῦται τὰς ἰδέας ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ, ἃς ὁ υἱὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐτυπώσατο.

Kathezetai oun mesos tēs hylēs kai tou patros ho huios, ho logos, ho ophis aei kinoumenos pros akinēton ton patera kai kinoumenēn tēn hylēn, kai pote men strephetai pros ton patera, kai analambanei tas dynameis eis to prosōpon heautou, analabōn de tas dynameis strephetai pros tēn hylēn, kai hē hylē apoios ousa kai aschēmatistos ektypoutai tas ideas apo tou huiou, has ho huios apo tou patros etypōsato.

The Son, then, the Word, the serpent, sits in the middle between Matter and the Father, ever moving toward the unmoved Father and toward moving Matter. At one time he turns toward the Father and takes up the powers into his own face; and having taken up the powers he turns toward Matter; and Matter, being without quality and without form, receives the impress of the forms from the Son, which the Son received as impressions from the Father.

5.17.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 196

Ἐκτυποῦται δὲ ὁ μὲν υἱὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀρρήτως καὶ ἀλάλως καὶ ἀμεταστάτως, οὕτως ὥς φησι Μωϋσῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ῥάβδων τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ποτιστηρίων ῥερευκέναι τὰ χρώματα τῶν ἐγκεκισσημένων.

Ektypoutai de ho men huios apo tou patros arrētōs kai alalōs kai ametastatōs, houtōs hōs phēsi Mōÿsēs apo tōn rhabdōn tōn apo tōn potistēriōn rhereukenai ta chrōmata tōn enkekissēmenōn.

The Son receives his impress from the Father ineffably, silently, and without change, just as Moses says that the colors flowed from the rods at the watering troughs onto the ewes that conceived.

5.17.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 196

Ὁμοίως δʼ αὖ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν ὕλην ῥερευκέναι τὰς δυνάμεις κατὰ τὸ ἐγκίσσημα τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ῥάβδων ἐπὶ τὰ ἐγκεκισσημένα· ἡ δὲ διαφορὰ τῶν χρωμάτων καὶ ἡ ἀνομοιότης ῥεύσασα ἀπὸ τῶν ῥάβδων διὰ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπὶ τὰ πρόβατα διαφορὰ, φησί, γενέσεώς ἐστι φθαρτῆς καὶ ἀφθάρτου·

Homoiōs dʼ au kai apo tou huiou epi tēn hylēn rhereukenai tas dynameis kata to enkissēma tēs dynameōs tēs apo tōn rhabdōn epi ta enkekissēmena; hē de diaphora tōn chrōmatōn kai hē anomoiotēs rheusasa apo tōn rhabdōn dia tōn hydatōn epi ta probata diaphora, phēsi, geneseōs esti phthartēs kai aphthartou;

Likewise, again, the powers flowed from the Son onto Matter, after the manner of the conceiving caused by the power of the rods in the ewes that conceived; and the difference of the colors and the unlikeness that flowed from the rods through the waters onto the sheep is,” he says, “the difference between corruptible and incorruptible generation;

5.17.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 196

μᾶλλον δὲ ὥσπερ ζωγραφῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων μηδὲν ἀφαιρούμενος τῇ γραφίδι πάσας ἐπὶ τὸν πίνακα μεταφέρει τὰς ἰδέας ἐγγράφων, οὕτως ὁ υἱὸς τῇ δυνάμει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ὕλην τοὺς πατρικοὺς μεταφέρει χαρακτῆρας. Ἔστιν οὖν πάντα τὰ πατρικὰ ἐνθάδε καὶ οὐδέν.

mallon de hōsper zōgraphōn apo tōn zǭōn mēden aphairoumenos tę̄ graphidi pasas epi ton pinaka metapherei tas ideas engraphōn, houtōs ho huios tę̄ dynamei tę̄ heautou apo tou patros epi tēn hylēn tous patrikous metapherei charaktēras. Estin oun panta ta patrika enthade kai ouden.

or rather, as a painter, taking nothing away from living creatures, transfers all their forms to the panel by drawing them with his brush, so the Son by his own power transfers the paternal characters from the Father to Matter. All the paternal things, then, are here, and yet are nothing.

5.17.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 196

Εἰ γάρ τις, φησίν, ἐξισχύσει τῶν ἐνθάδε κατανοηθῆναι ὅτι ἐστὶ πατρικὸς χαρακτὴρ ἄνωθεν μετενηνεγμένος ἐνθάδε σωματοποιηθείς, ὥσπερ ἐγκισσήματι τῷ ἀπὸ τῆς ῥάβδου, λευκὸν γέγονεν, ὁμοούσιον τῷ πατρὶ τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ὅλως, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀνέρχεται· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ τύχῃ τῆς διδασκαλίας ταύτης, μηδὲ τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς γενέσεως ἐπιγνῷ, ὥσπερ ἔκτρωμα ὑπὸ νύκτα γεννώμενον ὑπὸ νύκτα ἀπολεῖται.

Ei gar tis, phēsin, exischysei tōn enthade katanoēthēnai hoti esti patrikos charaktēr anōthen metenēnegmenos enthade sōmatopoiētheis, hōsper enkissēmati tǭ apo tēs rhabdou, leukon gegonen, homoousion tǭ patri tǭ en tois ouranois holōs, kai ekei anerchetai; ean de mē tychę̄ tēs didaskalias tautēs, mēde tēn anankēn tēs geneseōs epignǭ, hōsper ektrōma hypo nykta gennōmenon hypo nykta apoleitai.

“For if anyone of those here,” he says, “is strong enough to perceive that he is a paternal character carried down from above and embodied here, then, as by the conceiving caused by the rod, he has become white, wholly of one substance with the Father in heaven, and ascends there; but if he does not attain this teaching and does not recognize the necessity of generation, like an abortion born by night he will perish by night.”

5.17.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 196–198

Ὅταν οὖν, φησί, λέγῃ ὁ σωτήρ· Ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἐκεῖνον λέγει, ἀφʼ οὗ ὁ υἱὸς μεταλαβὼν τοὺς χαρακτῆρας μετενήνοχεν ἐνθάδε· ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· Ὁ ὑμέτερος πατὴρ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστί, τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ δημιουργὸν τῆς ὕλης λέγει, ὃς ἀναλαβὼν τοὺς διαδοθέντας ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ χαρακτῆρας ἐγέννησεν ἐνθάδε, ὅς ἐστιν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρωποκτόνος· τὸ γὰρ ἔργον αὐτοῦ φθορὰν καὶ θάνατον ἐργάζεται.

Hotan oun, phēsi, legę̄ ho sōtēr; Ho patēr hymōn ho en tois ouranois, ekeinon legei, aphʼ hou ho huios metalabōn tous charaktēras metenēnochen enthade; hotan de legę̄; Ho hymeteros patēr apʼ archēs anthrōpoktonos esti, ton archonta kai dēmiourgon tēs hylēs legei, hos analabōn tous diadothentas apo tou huiou charaktēras egennēsen enthade, hos estin apʼ archēs anthrōpoktonos; to gar ergon autou phthoran kai thanaton ergazetai.

“When, then,” he says, “the Savior says, ‘Your Father who is in heaven,’ he means that one from whom the Son took the characters and carried them here; but when he says, ‘Your father is a murderer from the beginning,’ he means the ruler and demiurge of matter, who took up the characters distributed by the Son and begot here; he is a murderer from the beginning, for his work produces corruption and death.”

5.17.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

Οὐδεὶς οὖν, φησί, δύναται σωθῆναι δίχα τοῦ υἱοῦ οὐδὲ ἀνελθεῖν, ὅς ἐστιν ὁ ὄφις. Ὡς γὰρ κατήνεγκεν ἄνωθεν τοὺς πατρικοὺς χαρακτῆρας, οὕτως πάλιν ἐντεῦθεν ἀναφέρει τοὺς ἐξυπνισμένους καὶ γεγονότας πατρικοὺς χαρακτῆρας ὑποστάτους ἐκ τοῦ ἀνυποστάτου ἐντεῦθεν ἐκεῖ μεταφέρων.

Oudeis oun, phēsi, dynatai sōthēnai dicha tou huiou oude anelthein, hos estin ho ophis. Hōs gar katēnenken anōthen tous patrikous charaktēras, houtōs palin enteuthen anapherei tous exypnismenous kai gegonotas patrikous charaktēras hypostatous ek tou anypostatou enteuthen ekei metapherōn.

“No one, then,” he says, “can be saved or go up without the Son, who is the serpent. For as he brought down the paternal characters from above, so again he carries up from here those who have been awakened and have become paternal characters, transferring them from here to there, made substantial from the insubstantial.”

5.17.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

Τοῦτʼ ἐστὶ, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα. Μεταφέρει δέ, φησί,...

Toutʼ esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Egō eimi hē thyra. Metapherei de, phēsi,...

“This is,” he says, “what was said: ‘I am the door.’ And he transfers,” he says, …

5.17.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

καμμοῦσιν ὀφθαλμοῦ βλεφάρου, ὥσπερ ὁ νάφθας τὸ πῦρ πανταχόθεν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπισπώμενος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὥσπερ ἡ ἡρακλεία λίθος τὸν σίδηρον, ἄλλο [δὲ] οὐδέν, ἢ ὥσπερ ἡ τοῦ θαλασσίου ἱέρακος κερκὶς τὸ χρυσίον, ἕτερον δὲ οὐδὲν· ἢ ὥσπερ ἄγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ ἠλέκτρου τὸ ἄχυρον, οὕτω, φησίν, ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως ἄγεται πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου τὸ ἐξεικονισμένον τέλειον γένος ὁμοούσιον, ἄλλο δὲ οὐδέν, καθὼς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατεπέμφθη.

kammousin ophthalmou blepharou, hōsper ho naphthas to pyr pantachothen eis heauton epispōmenos, mallon de hōsper hē hērakleia lithos ton sidēron, allo [de] ouden, ē hōsper hē tou thalassiou hierakos kerkis to chrysion, heteron de ouden; ē hōsper agetai hypo tou ēlektrou to achyron, houtō, phēsin, hypo tou opheōs agetai palin apo tou kosmou to exeikonismenon teleion genos homoousion, allo de ouden, kathōs hypʼ autou katepemphthē.

… to those who close the eyelid of the eye, as naphtha draws fire to itself from every side, or rather as the Heraclean stone draws iron and nothing else, or as the spine of the sea-hawk draws gold and nothing else, or as chaff is drawn by amber: so,” he says, “the perfect race, formed in the image and of one substance, is drawn back from the world by the serpent, and nothing else, just as it was sent down by him.”

5.17.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

Πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἀπόδειξιν φέρουσι τὴν τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου ἀνατομήν, αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἀπεικονίζοντες τῷ πατρὶ διὰ τὸ ἀκίνητον, τὴν δὲ παρεγκεφαλίδα τῷ υἱῷ διά τε τὸ κινεῖσθαι καὶ δρακοντοειδῆ ὑπάρχειν,

Pros tautēn tēn apodeixin pherousi tēn tou enkephalou anatomēn, auton men ton enkephalon apeikonizontes tǭ patri dia to akinēton, tēn de parenkephalida tǭ huiǭ dia te to kineisthai kai drakontoeidē hyparchein,

As proof of this they adduce the anatomy of the brain, likening the brain itself to the Father because it is unmoved, and the cerebellum to the Son because it moves and is serpent-shaped;

5.17.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

ἣν ἀρρήτως καὶ ἀσημάντως ἐπισπᾶσθαι διὰ τοῦ κωναρίου φάσκουσι τὴν ἐκ τοῦ καμαρίου ἀπορρέουσαν πνευματικὴν καὶ ζωογόνον οὐσίαν, ἤν ὑποδεξαμένη ἡ παρεγκεφαλὶς ὥςπερ ὁ υἱός, ἀλάλως μεταδίδωσι τῇ ὕλῃ τὰς ἰδέας, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τὸν νωτιαῖον μυελὸν διαρρέει τὰ σπέρματα καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν γεννωμένων κατὰ σάρκα.

hēn arrētōs kai asēmantōs epispasthai dia tou kōnariou phaskousi tēn ek tou kamariou aporreousan pneumatikēn kai zōogonon ousian, ēn hypodexamenē hē parenkephalis hōsper ho huios, alalōs metadidōsi tę̄ hylę̄ tas ideas, toutestin epi ton nōtiaion myelon diarreei ta spermata kai ta genē tōn gennōmenōn kata sarka.

and they claim that it draws in, ineffably and imperceptibly, through the pineal gland the spiritual and life-giving substance that flows from the vaulted chamber; and the cerebellum, receiving it, like the Son silently imparts the forms to matter: that is, the seeds and kinds of things begotten according to the flesh flow down into the spinal marrow.

5.17.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

Τούτῳ τῷ παραδείγματι χρώμενοι εὐφυῶς δοκοῦσι παρεισάγειν τὰ ἄρρητα αὐτῶν ἀλάλως παραδιδόμενα μυστήρια, ἃ ἐξειπεῖν ἡμῖν οὐ θέμις, ὅμως δὲ νοῆσαι διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων εὔκολον.

Toutǭ tǭ paradeigmati chrōmenoi euphyōs dokousi pareisagein ta arrēta autōn alalōs paradidomena mystēria, ha exeipein hēmin ou themis, homōs de noēsai dia tōn eirēmenōn eukolon.

Using this example they seem cleverly to introduce their ineffable mysteries, handed down in silence, which it is not lawful for us to speak out, yet which are easy to understand from what has been said.

item 5, chapter 18

5.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 198

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν Περατικὴν αἵρεσιν νομίζω φανερῶς ἐκτεθεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ πολλῶν ἔκδηλον πεποιηκέναι διαλαθοῦσαν καὶ πάντα πᾶσι συντιθεμένην, ἀποκρύπτουσάν τε τὸν ἴδιον ἰόν, δοκεῖ μηδὲν περαιτέρω τούτων κατηγορεῖν, ἱκανῶν ὄντων πρὸς κατηγορίαν αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν δογματιζομένων.

Allʼ epei kai tēn Peratikēn hairesin nomizō phanerōs ektetheisthai kai dia pollōn ekdēlon pepoiēkenai dialathousan kai panta pasi syntithemenēn, apokryptousan te ton idion ion, dokei mēden peraiterō toutōn katēgorein, hikanōn ontōn pros katēgorian autōn tōn hypʼ autōn dogmatizomenōn.

But since I think I have set out the Peratic heresy clearly and have made plain, by many proofs, a heresy that had escaped notice, that mixes everything with everything and hides its own poison, it seems best to bring no further charges against them, since the doctrines they themselves teach are sufficient to accuse them.

item 5, chapter 19

5.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 198–200

Ἴδωμεν οὖν τί λέγουσιν οἱ Σηθιανοί. Τούτοις δοκεῖ τῶν ὅλων εἶναι τρεῖς ἀρχὰς περιωρισμένας, ἑκάστην δὲ τῶν ἀρχῶν ἀπείρους ἔχειν δυνάμεις. Δυνάμεις δʼ αὐτῶν λεγόντων λογιζέσθω ὁ ἀκούων τοῦτο αὐτοὺς λέγειν· Πᾶν ὅ τι νοήσει ἐπινοεῖς ἢ καὶ παραλείπεις μὴ νοηθέν, τοῦτο ἑκάστη τῶν ἀρχῶν πέφυκε γενέσθαι, ὡς ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῃ ψυχῇ πᾶσα ἡτισοῦν διδασκομένη τέχνη·

Idōmen oun ti legousin hoi Sēthianoi. Toutois dokei tōn holōn einai treis archas periōrismenas, hekastēn de tōn archōn apeirous echein dynameis. Dynameis dʼ autōn legontōn logizesthō ho akouōn touto autous legein; Pan ho ti noēsei epinoeis ē kai paraleipeis mē noēthen, touto hekastē tōn archōn pephyke genesthai, hōs en anthrōpinę̄ psychę̄ pasa hētisoun didaskomenē technē;

Let us see, then, what the Sethians say. They hold that there are three defined principles of all things, and that each of the principles has infinite powers. When they speak of “powers,” let the hearer take them to mean this: everything you conceive by thought, or even pass over without conceiving it, each of the principles is by nature able to become, just as in a human soul any art whatever that is taught;

5.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 200

οἱονεὶ, φησί, γενήσεται τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον αὐλητής, ἐγχρονίσαν αὐλητῇ, ἢ γεωμέτρης γεωμέτρῃ, γραμματικῷ γραμματικός, τέκτων τέκτονι, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἁπάσαις τέχναις ἐγγὺς γινόμενον ὁμοίως συμβήσεται.

hoionei, phēsi, genēsetai touto to paidion aulētēs, enchronisan aulētę̄, ē geōmetrēs geōmetrę̄, grammatikǭ grammatikos, tektōn tektoni, kai tais allais hapasais technais engys ginomenon homoiōs symbēsetai.

“as if,” he says, “this child will become a flute player by spending time with a flute player, or a geometer with a geometer, a grammarian with a grammarian, a carpenter with a carpenter; and the same will happen when it comes near all the other arts.”

5.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 200

Αἱ δὲ τῶν ἀρχῶν, φησίν, οὐσίαι φῶς καὶ σκότος· τούτων δέ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῳ πνεῦμα ἀκέραιον· τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸ τεταγμένον ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ σκότους, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κάτω, καὶ τοῦ φωτός, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἄνω, οὐκ ἔστι πνεῦμα, ὡς ἀνέμου ῥιπὴ ἢ λεπτή τις αὔρα νοηθῆναι δυναμένη, ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ μύρου τις ὀσμὴ ἢ θυμιάματος ἐκ συνθέσεως κατεσκευασμένου λεπτή, διοδεύουσα δύναμις ἀνεπινοήτῳ τινὶ καὶ κρείττονι ἢ λόγῳ ἔστιν ἐξειπεῖν φορᾷ εὐωδίας.

Hai de tōn archōn, phēsin, ousiai phōs kai skotos; toutōn de estin en mesǭ pneuma akeraion; to de pneuma to tetagmenon en mesǭ tou skotous, hoper esti katō, kai tou phōtos, hoper estin anō, ouk esti pneuma, hōs anemou rhipē ē leptē tis aura noēthēnai dynamenē, allʼ hoionei myrou tis osmē ē thymiamatos ek syntheseōs kateskeuasmenou leptē, diodeuousa dynamis anepinoētǭ tini kai kreittoni ē logǭ estin exeipein phorą euōdias.

“The substances of the principles,” he says, “are light and darkness, and between these is pure spirit. The spirit placed between the darkness, which is below, and the light, which is above, is not spirit as a gust of wind or some light breeze that can be conceived, but like the fragrance of an ointment or of an incense prepared from a compound: a fine power passing through with a movement of fragrance that cannot be conceived and is better than words can express.”

5.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 200

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἄνω ἐστὶ τὸ φῶς καὶ κάτω [τὸ] σκότος, καὶ τούτων, ὡς ἔφην, τοιοῦτον τρόπον μέσον τὸ πνεῦμα, τὸ δὲ φῶς πέφυκε καθάπερ ἀκτὶς ἡλίου ἄνωθεν ἐλλάμπειν εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον σκότος, ἀνάπαλιν δὲ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδία μέσην ἔχουσα τάξιν ἐκτείνεται καὶ φέρεται πανταχῆ, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν πυρὶ θυμιαμάτων τὴν εὐωδίαν πανταχῆ φερομένην ἐπεγνώκαμεν·

Epeidē de anō esti to phōs kai katō [to] skotos, kai toutōn, hōs ephēn, toiouton tropon meson to pneuma, to de phōs pephyke kathaper aktis hēliou anōthen ellampein eis to hypokeimenon skotos, anapalin de hē tou pneumatos euōdia mesēn echousa taxin ekteinetai kai pheretai pantachē, hōs epi tōn en pyri thymiamatōn tēn euōdian pantachē pheromenēn epegnōkamen;

Since the light is above and the darkness below, and between them, as I said, is the spirit in this manner; and the light by nature shines like a ray of the sun from above into the darkness beneath, while conversely the fragrance of the spirit, holding the middle rank, extends and is carried everywhere, as we recognize with incense on the fire that its fragrance is carried everywhere;

5.19.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 200

τοιαύτης δὲ οὔσης τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν διῃρημένων τριχῶς, τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς ὁμοῦ ἡ δύναμίς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ σκότει τῷ κάτωθεν αὐτῶν τεταγμένῳ. Τὸ δὲ σκότος ὕδωρ ἐστὶ φοβερόν, εἰς ὃ κατέσπασται καὶ μετενήνεκται εἰς τὴν τοιαύτην φύσιν μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ φῶς.

toiautēs de ousēs tēs dynameōs tōn dię̄rēmenōn trichōs, tou pneumatos kai tou phōtos homou hē dynamis estin en tǭ skotei tǭ katōthen autōn tetagmenǭ. To de skotos hydōr esti phoberon, eis ho katespastai kai metenēnektai eis tēn toiautēn physin meta tou pneumatos to phōs.

and since such is the power of the things divided in three, the power of the spirit and of the light together is in the darkness placed beneath them. And the darkness is a fearful water, into which the light, together with the spirit, has been drawn down and transferred into such a nature.

5.19.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 200

Τὸ δὲ σκότος ἀσύνετον οὐκ ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ φρόνιμον παντελῶς, καὶ οἶδεν ὄτι, ἂν ἀπαρθῇ τὸ φῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ σκότους, μένει τὸ σκότος ἔρημον, ἀφανές, ἀλαμπές, ἀδύναμον, ἄπρακτον, ἀσθενές. Διὸ πάσῃ φρονήσει καὶ συνέσει βιάζεται κατέχειν εἰς ἑαυτὸ τὴν λαμπηδόνα καὶ τὸν σπινθῆρα τοῦ φωτὸς μετὰ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδίας.

To de skotos asyneton ouk estin, alla phronimon pantelōs, kai oiden oti, an aparthę̄ to phōs apo tou skotous, menei to skotos erēmon, aphanes, alampes, adynamon, aprakton, asthenes. Dio pasę̄ phronēsei kai synesei biazetai katechein eis heauto tēn lampēdona kai ton spinthēra tou phōtos meta tēs tou pneumatos euōdias.

The darkness is not unintelligent but thoroughly shrewd, and it knows that if the light is taken away from the darkness, the darkness remains desolate, obscure, without brightness, without power, inactive, weak. Therefore with all shrewdness and intelligence it strains to hold within itself the brightness and the spark of the light together with the fragrance of the spirit.

5.19.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 200–202

Καὶ τούτων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν τῆς φύσεως εἰκόνα κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου, κόρην ὀφθαλμοῦ, σκοτεινὴν ἐκ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ὑδάτων, πεφωτισμένην πνεύματι. Ὡς οὖν ἀντιποιεῖται τὸ σκότος τῆς λαμπηδόνος, ἵνα ἔχῃ τὸν σπινθῆρα δουλεύοντα καὶ βλέπῃ, οὕτως ἀντιποιεῖται τὸ φῶς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς ἑαυτῶν· καὶ σπεύδουσιν ἆραι καὶ ἀνακομίσασθαι πρὸς ἑαυτὰ τὰς μεμιγμένας αὐτῶν δυνάμεις εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον ὕδωρ σκοτεινὸν καὶ φοβερόν.

Kai toutōn estin idein tēs physeōs eikona kata prosōpon anthrōpou, korēn ophthalmou, skoteinēn ek tōn hypokeimenōn hydatōn, pephōtismenēn pneumati. Hōs oun antipoieitai to skotos tēs lampēdonos, hina echę̄ ton spinthēra douleuonta kai blepę̄, houtōs antipoieitai to phōs kai to pneuma tēs dynameōs tēs heautōn; kai speudousin arai kai anakomisasthai pros heauta tas memigmenas autōn dynameis eis to hypokeimenon hydōr skoteinon kai phoberon.

And one can see an image of the nature of these things in the human face: the pupil of the eye, dark from the waters beneath, lit up by spirit. As, then, the darkness lays claim to the brightness, so that it may have the spark as its servant and may see, so the light and the spirit lay claim to their own power, and they hasten to lift up and bring back to themselves their powers that have been mingled into the dark and fearful water beneath.

5.19.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 202

Πᾶσαι δὲ αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν τριῶν ἀρχῶν οὖσαι κατʼ ἀριθμὸν ἀπειράκις ἄπειροι εἰσὶν ἑκάστη κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τὴν ἑαυτῆς φρόνιμοι καὶ νοεραί· ἀναρίθμητοι δὲ τὸ πλῆθος, φρόνιμοί τε οὖσαι καὶ νοεραί, ἐπειδὰν μένωσι κατʼ αὐτάς, ἡσυχάζουσι πᾶσαι·

Pasai de hai dynameis tōn triōn archōn ousai katʼ arithmon apeirakis apeiroi eisin hekastē kata tēn ousian tēn heautēs phronimoi kai noerai; anarithmētoi de to plēthos, phronimoi te ousai kai noerai, epeidan menōsi katʼ autas, hēsychazousi pasai;

All the powers of the three principles, being in number infinitely infinite, are each, according to its own substance, prudent and intelligent; and, though countless in multitude, prudent, and intelligent, when they remain by themselves they are all at rest;

5.19.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 202

ἐὰν δὲ πλησιάσῃ δύναμις δυνάμει, ἡ ἀνομοιότης τῆς παραθέσεως ἐργάζεται κίνησίν τινα καὶ ἐνέργειαν ἀπὸ τῆς κινήσεως μεμορφωμένην κατὰ τὴν συνδρομὴν τῆς παραθέσεως τῶν συνελθουσῶν δυνάμεων.

ean de plēsiasę̄ dynamis dynamei, hē anomoiotēs tēs paratheseōs ergazetai kinēsin tina kai energeian apo tēs kinēseōs memorphōmenēn kata tēn syndromēn tēs paratheseōs tōn synelthousōn dynameōn.

but if power approaches power, the unlikeness of the juxtaposition produces a certain motion, and from the motion an activity shaped by the concourse of the juxtaposed powers that have come together.

5.19.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 202

Γίνεται γὰρ τῶν δυνάμεων ἡ συνδρομὴ οἱονεί τις τύπος σφραγῖδος κατὰ συνδρομὴν ἀποπληγεὶς παραπλησίως πρὸς τὸν ἐκτυποῦντα τὰς ἀναφερομένας οὐσίας. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἄπειροι μὲν κατʼ ἀριθμὸν τῶν τριῶν ἀρχῶν αἱ δυνάμεις, ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἀπείρων δυνάμεων ἄπειροι συνδρομαί, ἀναγκαίως γεγόνασιν ἀπείρων σφραγίδων εἰκόνες.

Ginetai gar tōn dynameōn hē syndromē hoionei tis typos sphragidos kata syndromēn apoplēgeis paraplēsiōs pros ton ektypounta tas anapheromenas ousias. Epei oun apeiroi men katʼ arithmon tōn triōn archōn hai dynameis, ek de tōn apeirōn dynameōn apeiroi syndromai, anankaiōs gegonasin apeirōn sphragidōn eikones.

For the concourse of the powers becomes like the impression of a seal, struck off by the concourse, like the seal that stamps the substances brought to it. Since, then, the powers of the three principles are infinite in number, and from infinite powers come infinite concourses, there have necessarily come to be images of infinite seals.

5.19.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 202

Αὗται οὖν εἰσὶν αἱ εἰκόνες αἱ τῶν διαφόρων ζῴων ἰδέαι. Γέγονεν οὖν ἐκ πρώτης τῶν τριῶν ἀρχῶν συνδρομῆς μεγάλης μεγάλη τις ἰδέα σφραγῖδος, οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ. Σχῆμα δὲ ἔχουσιν ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ μήτρᾳ παραπλήσιον τὸν ὀμφαλὸν ἐχούσῃ μέσον, καὶ εἰ, φησίν, ὑπὸ ὄψιν ἀγαγεῖν θέλει τις τὸ σχῆμα τοῦτο, ἔγκυον μήτραν ὁποίου βούλεται ζῴου τεχνικῶς ἐρευνησάτω, καὶ εὑρήσει τὸ ἐκτύπωμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ πάντων ἀπαραλλάκτως ὑποκειμένων·

Hautai oun eisin hai eikones hai tōn diaphorōn zǭōn ideai. Gegonen oun ek prōtēs tōn triōn archōn syndromēs megalēs megalē tis idea sphragidos, ouranos kai gē. Schēma de echousin ho ouranos kai hē gē mētrą paraplēsion ton omphalon echousę̄ meson, kai ei, phēsin, hypo opsin agagein thelei tis to schēma touto, enkyon mētran hopoiou bouletai zǭou technikōs ereunēsatō, kai heurēsei to ektypōma tou ouranou kai tēs gēs kai tōn en mesǭ pantōn aparallaktōs hypokeimenōn;

These images, then, are the forms of the various living creatures. From the first great concourse of the three principles came a great form of a seal, heaven and earth. Heaven and earth have a shape like a womb with the navel in the middle; and if,” he says, “anyone wishes to bring this shape before his eyes, let him skillfully examine the pregnant womb of whatever animal he likes, and he will find the impress of heaven and earth and of all things between lying there without variation;

5.19.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 202

γέγονε δὲ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς τὸ σχῆμα τοιοῦτον οἱονεὶ μήτρᾳ παραπλήσιον κατὰ τὴν πρώτην συνδρομήν. Ἐν δʼ αὖ τῷ μέσῳ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς γεγόνασιν ἄπειροι δυνάμεων συνδρομαί. Καὶ ἑκάστη συνδρομὴ οὐκ ἄλλο τι εἰργάσατο καὶ ἐξετύπωσεν ἢ σφραγῖδα οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς παραπλήσιον μήτρᾳ. Ἐν αὖ γῇ δὲ ἀνέφυσαν ἐκ τῶν ἀπείρων σφραγίδων διαφόρων ζῴων ἄπειρα πλήθη.

gegone de ouranou kai gēs to schēma toiouton hoionei mētrą paraplēsion kata tēn prōtēn syndromēn. En dʼ au tǭ mesǭ tou ouranou kai tēs gēs gegonasin apeiroi dynameōn syndromai. Kai hekastē syndromē ouk allo ti eirgasato kai exetypōsen ē sphragida ouranou kai gēs paraplēsion mētrą. En au gę̄ de anephysan ek tōn apeirōn sphragidōn diaphorōn zǭōn apeira plēthē.

and the shape of heaven and earth came to be of this kind, like a womb, at the first concourse. And again, in the middle between heaven and earth there came to be infinite concourses of powers; and each concourse wrought and stamped nothing other than a seal of heaven and earth like a womb. And in the earth, again, from the infinite seals there sprang up infinite multitudes of various living creatures.

5.19.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 202–204

Εἰς δὲ ταύτην πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐν τοῖς διαφόροις ζῴοις ἀπειρίαν κατέσπαρται καὶ καταμεμέρισται μετὰ τοῦ φωτὸς ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος ἄνωθεν εὐωδία. Γέγονεν οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος πρωτόγονος ἀρχὴ ἄνεμος σφοδρὸς καὶ λάβρος καὶ πάσης γενέσεως αἴτιος.

Eis de tautēn pasan tēn hypo ton ouranon en tois diaphorois zǭois apeirian katespartai kai katamemeristai meta tou phōtos hē tou pneumatos anōthen euōdia. Gegonen oun ek tou hydatos prōtogonos archē anemos sphodros kai labros kai pasēs geneseōs aitios.

Into all this infinity under heaven, in the various living creatures, the fragrance of the spirit from above has been sown and distributed together with the light. From the water, then, there came a firstborn principle, a wind, violent and fierce, and the cause of all generation.

5.19.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 204

Βρασμὸν γάρ τινα ἐμποιῶν τοῖς ὕδασιν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων διεγείρει κύματα· ἡ δὲ τῶν κυμάτων κίνησις, οἱονεί τις οὖσα ὁρμὴ..... ἐγκύμονα γεγονέναι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἢ τοῦ νοῦ, ὁπόταν ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος ὁρμῆς ὀργήσασα ἐπείγηται.

Brasmon gar tina empoiōn tois hydasin apo tōn hydatōn diegeirei kymata; hē de tōn kymatōn kinēsis, hoionei tis ousa hormē..... enkymona gegonenai tou anthrōpou ē tou nou, hopotan hypo tēs tou pneumatos hormēs orgēsasa epeigētai.

For, producing a kind of seething in the waters, it rouses waves from the waters; and the motion of the waves, being like an impulse … to have become pregnant with man or with mind, whenever, swelling under the impulse of the spirit, it is urged on.

5.19.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 204

Ἐπὰν δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνέμου κῦμα ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐγερθὲν καὶ ἔγκυμον εἰργασμένον τὴν φύσιν γέννημα θηλείας εἰλήφῃ ἐν ἑαυτῷ, κατέχει τὸ κατεσπαρμένον φῶς ἄνωθεν μετὰ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδίας, τουτέστι νοῦν μεμορφωμένον ἐν τοῖς διαφόροις εἴδεσιν, ὅ ἐστι τέλειος θεός, ὃς ἐξ ἀγεννήτου φωτὸς ἄνωθεν καὶ πνεύματος κατενηνεγμένος εἰς ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ὥσπερ εἰς ναόν, φορᾷ φύσεως καὶ ἀνέμου κινήματι, γεννηθεὶς ἐξ ὕδατος, συγκεκραμένος καὶ καταμεμιγμένος τοῖς σώμασιν οἱονεὶ ἅλας τῶν γενομένων ὑπάρχων καὶ φῶς τοῦ σκότους, ἀπὸ τῶν σωμάτων σπεύδων λυθῆναι καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος τὴν λύσιν εὑρεῖν καὶ τὴν διέξοδον ἑαυτοῦ· καταμέμικται γὰρ σπινθήρ τις ἐλάχιστος ἀπ.

Epan de touto to hypo tou anemou kyma ek tou hydatos egerthen kai enkymon eirgasmenon tēn physin gennēma thēleias eilēphę̄ en heautǭ, katechei to katesparmenon phōs anōthen meta tēs tou pneumatos euōdias, toutesti noun memorphōmenon en tois diaphorois eidesin, ho esti teleios theos, hos ex agennētou phōtos anōthen kai pneumatos katenēnegmenos eis anthrōpinēn physin, hōsper eis naon, phorą physeōs kai anemou kinēmati, gennētheis ex hydatos, synkekramenos kai katamemigmenos tois sōmasin hoionei halas tōn genomenōn hyparchōn kai phōs tou skotous, apo tōn sōmatōn speudōn lythēnai kai mē dynamenos tēn lysin heurein kai tēn diexodon heautou; katamemiktai gar spinthēr tis elachistos ap.

And when this wave, raised from the water by the wind and having made nature pregnant, has received in itself the offspring of the female, it holds the light sown from above together with the fragrance of the spirit, that is, mind shaped in the various forms, which is perfect God, who, brought down from unbegotten light above and from spirit into human nature as into a temple, by the course of nature and the motion of the wind, born of water, blended and mingled with bodies, as being the salt of the things that have come to be and the light of the darkness, hastens to be released from the bodies and cannot find release and its way out; for a certain smallest spark from …

5.19.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 204

.. ᾀσμα ἄνωθεν ἀ..... νος δίκην ἐν τὸ... λυσυγκρίτοις πολλῶν, ὡς, φησίν, ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ λέγει. Πᾶσα οὖν φροντὶς καὶ ἐπιμέλεια τοῦ φωτὸς ἄνωθεν ἐστί, πῶς καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ σκοτεινοῦ σώματος ἀπολυθείη ὁ νοῦς ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ κάτωθεν, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ ἄνεμος ἐν βρασμῷ καὶ ταράχῳ ἐπεγείρας κύματα καὶ γεννήσας νοῦν τέλειον υἱὸν ἑαυτοῦ, οὐκ ὄντα ἴδιον ἑαυτοῦ κατʼ οὐσίαν.

.. ąsma anōthen a..... nos dikēn en to... lysynkritois pollōn, hōs, phēsin, en tǭ psalmǭ legei. Pasa oun phrontis kai epimeleia tou phōtos anōthen esti, pōs kai tina tropon apo tou thanatou tou ponērou kai skoteinou sōmatos apolytheiē ho nous apo tou patros tou katōthen, ho estin ho anemos en brasmǭ kai tarachǭ epegeiras kymata kai gennēsas noun teleion huion heautou, ouk onta idion heautou katʼ ousian.

… song from above … as,” he says, “it says in the psalm. All the thought and care of the light above, then, is how and in what way the mind may be released from the death of the wicked and dark body, from the father below, who is the wind that in seething and turmoil raised waves and begot a perfect mind as his son, which is not his own by substance.

5.19.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 204–206

Ἄνωθεν γὰρ ἦν ἀκτὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ τελείου φωτὸς ἐκείνου, ἐν τῷ σκοτεινῷ καὶ φοβερῷ καὶ πικρῷ καὶ μιαρῷ ὕδατι κεκρατημένος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πνεῦμα φωτεινὸν ἐπιφερόμενον ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος· ἐπεὶ οὖν...... ημάτων κύματα... διαφόροις γ...... εσι μήτρα τίς... κατεσπαρμέν...

Anōthen gar ēn aktis apo tou teleiou phōtos ekeinou, en tǭ skoteinǭ kai phoberǭ kai pikrǭ kai miarǭ hydati kekratēmenos, hoper esti pneuma phōteinon epipheromenon epanō tou hydatos; epei oun...... ēmatōn kymata... diaphorois g...... esi mētra tis... katesparmen...

For it was a ray from above, from that perfect light, held fast in the dark, fearful, bitter, and foul water; this is the luminous spirit borne above the water. Since, then, … waves … various … a womb … sown …

5.19.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 206

ὡς ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ζῴων θεωρεῖται. Ὁ δὲ ἄνεμος λάβρος ὁμοῦ καὶ σφοδρὸς φερόμενός ἐστι τῷ συρίγματι ὄφει παραπλήσιος. Πρῶτον οὖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνέμου, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως, ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς γεννήσεως τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον γέγονε, πάντων ὁμοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς γεννήσεως εἰληφότων.

hōs epi pantōn tōn zǭōn theōreitai. Ho de anemos labros homou kai sphodros pheromenos esti tǭ syrigmati ophei paraplēsios. Prōton oun apo tou anemou, toutestin apo tou opheōs, hē archē tēs gennēseōs ton eirēmenon tropon gegone, pantōn homou tēn archēn tēs gennēseōs eilēphotōn.

as is observed in all living creatures. And the wind, rushing violent and fierce, is like a serpent in its hissing. First, then, from the wind, that is, from the serpent, the beginning of generation came about in the way described, all things together having received the beginning of generation.

5.19.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 206

Ἐπεὶ οὖν κατείληπται τὸ φῶς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα εἰς τὴν ἀκάθαρτον, φησί, καὶ πολυπήμονα μήτραν ἄτακτον, εἴσω ὁ ὄφις εἰσερχόμενος, ὁ ἄνεμος τοῦ σκότους, ὁ πρωτόγονος τῶν ὑδάτων, γεννᾷ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἄλλο οὐδὲν εἶδος οὔτε ἀγαπᾷ οὔτε γνωρίζει ἡ ἀκάθαρτος μήτρα.

Epei oun kateilēptai to phōs kai to pneuma eis tēn akatharton, phēsi, kai polypēmona mētran atakton, eisō ho ophis eiserchomenos, ho anemos tou skotous, ho prōtogonos tōn hydatōn, genną ton anthrōpon, kai allo ouden eidos oute agapą oute gnōrizei hē akathartos mētra.

“Since, then, the light and the spirit have been caught,” he says, “in the unclean, much-afflicting, disordered womb, the serpent, the wind of the darkness, the firstborn of the waters, entering in, begets man; and the unclean womb neither loves nor recognizes any other form.”

5.19.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 206

Ὁμοιωθεὶς οὖν ὁ ἄνωθεν τοῦ φωτὸς τέλειος λόγος τῷ θηρίῳ τῷ ὄφει, εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν ἀκάθαρτον μήτραν, ἐξαπατήσας αὐτὴν τοῦ θηρίου τῷ ὁμοιώματι, ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ δεσμὰ τὰ περικείμενα τῷ τελείῳ νοῒ τῷ γεννωμένῳ ἐν ἀκαθαρσίᾳ μήτρας ὑπὸ τοῦ πρωτοτόκου τοῦ ὕδατος, ὄφεως, ἀνέμου. Θηρίου αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ δούλου μορφή, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγκη τοῦ κατελθεῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μήτραν παρθένου.

Homoiōtheis oun ho anōthen tou phōtos teleios logos tǭ thēriǭ tǭ ophei, eisēlthen eis tēn akatharton mētran, exapatēsas autēn tou thēriou tǭ homoiōmati, hina lysę̄ ta desma ta perikeimena tǭ teleiǭ noï tǭ gennōmenǭ en akatharsią mētras hypo tou prōtotokou tou hydatos, opheōs, anemou. Thēriou hautē, phēsin, estin hē tou doulou morphē, kai hautē hē anankē tou katelthein ton logon tou theou eis mētran parthenou.

The perfect Word of the light from above, then, having made himself like the beast, the serpent, entered into the unclean womb, deceiving it by the likeness of the beast, in order to loose the bonds lying about the perfect mind begotten in the uncleanness of the womb by the firstborn of the water, the serpent, the wind. “This,” he says, “is the form of the slave, and this is the necessity for the Word of God to come down into the womb of a virgin.”

5.19.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 206

Ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἔστι, φησίν, ἀρκετὸν τὸ εἰσεληλυθέναι τὸν τέλειον ἄνθρωπον, λόγον, εἰς μήτραν παρθένου καὶ λῦσαι τὰς ὠδῖνας τὰς ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ σκότει· ἀλλὰ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ τὰ ἐν μήτρᾳ μυστήρια μυσαρὰ εἰσελθεῖν ἀπελούσατο καὶ ἔπιε τὸ ποτήριον ζῶντος ὕδατος ἁλλομένου, ὃ δεῖ πάντως πιεῖν τὸν μέλλοντα ἀποδιδύσκεσθαι τὴν δουλικὴν μορφὴν καὶ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἔνδυμα οὐράνιον.

Allʼ ouk esti, phēsin, arketon to eiselēlythenai ton teleion anthrōpon, logon, eis mētran parthenou kai lysai tas ōdinas tas en ekeinǭ tǭ skotei; alla gar meta to ta en mētrą mystēria mysara eiselthein apelousato kai epie to potērion zōntos hydatos hallomenou, ho dei pantōs piein ton mellonta apodidyskesthai tēn doulikēn morphēn kai ependysasthai endyma ouranion.

“But it is not enough,” he says, “that the perfect man, the Word, entered the womb of a virgin and loosed the pangs in that darkness; but after entering the foul mysteries in the womb, he washed himself and drank the cup of living water springing up, which anyone must by all means drink who is to put off the form of the slave and put on a heavenly garment.”

item 5, chapter 20

5.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 206

Ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ λέγουσιν, ὡς διʼ ὀλίγου ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν, οἱ προστάται τῶν Σηθιανῶν λόγων. Ἔστι δὲ ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν συγκείμενος ἐκ φυσικῶν καὶ πρὸς ἕτερα εἰρημένων ῥημάτων, ἃ εἰς τὸν ἴδιον λόγον μετάγοντες διηγοῦνται, καθάπερ εἴπομεν.

Tauta estin ha legousin, hōs diʼ oligou estin eipein, hoi prostatai tōn Sēthianōn logōn. Esti de ho logos autōn synkeimenos ek physikōn kai pros hetera eirēmenōn rhēmatōn, ha eis ton idion logon metagontes diēgountai, kathaper eipomen.

These are the things that the champions of the Sethian doctrines say, to put it briefly. Their doctrine is composed out of the natural philosophers and out of sayings spoken with reference to other matters, which they transfer into their own doctrine and expound, as we have said.

5.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 206–208

Λέγουσι δὲ καὶ Μωσέα αὐτῶν συναίρεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ, ἐπὰν εἴπῃ σκότος καὶ γνόφος καὶ θύελλα· οὗτοι, φησίν, οἱ τρεῖς λόγοι· ἢ ὅταν εἴπῃ ἐν παραδείσῳ γεγονέναι τρεῖς, Ἀδάμ, Εὔαν, ὄφιν· ἤ ὅταν λέγῃ τρεῖς, Κάϊν, Ἄβελ, Σήθ, καὶ πάλιν τρεῖς, Σήμ, Χάμ, Ἰάφεθ· ἢ ὅταν λέγῃ τρεῖς πατριάρχας, Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσαάκ, Ἰακώβ· ἢ ὅταν λέγῃ τρεῖς ἡμέρας πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης γεγονέναι· ἢ ὅταν λέγῃ τρεῖς νόμους, ἀπαγορευτικόν, ἐφετικόν, διατιμητικόν.

Legousi de kai Mōsea autōn synairesthai tǭ logǭ, epan eipę̄ skotos kai gnophos kai thyella; houtoi, phēsin, hoi treis logoi; ē hotan eipę̄ en paradeisǭ gegonenai treis, Adam, Euan, ophin; ē hotan legę̄ treis, Kaïn, Abel, Sēth, kai palin treis, Sēm, Cham, Iapheth; ē hotan legę̄ treis patriarchas, Abraam, Isaak, Iakōb; ē hotan legę̄ treis hēmeras pro hēliou kai selēnēs gegonenai; ē hotan legę̄ treis nomous, apagoreutikon, ephetikon, diatimētikon.

They say that Moses too supports their doctrine when he speaks of darkness and gloom and whirlwind: “these,” he says, “are the three principles”; or when he says that three came to be in paradise, Adam, Eve, and the serpent; or when he speaks of three, Cain, Abel, Seth, and again three, Shem, Ham, Japheth; or when he speaks of three patriarchs, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob; or when he says that three days came before sun and moon; or when he speaks of three laws, prohibitive, permissive, and penal.

5.20.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 208

Ἀπαγορευτικὸς δέ ἐστι νόμος· Ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγῇ, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν, οὐ μὴ φάγητε. Ἐν δὲ τῷ λέγειν· Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν, ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω, ἐφετικός, φησίν, οὗτος ὁ νόμος· ἑλομένῳ γὰρ ἔστιν ἐξελθεῖν, μὴ ἑλομένῳ δὲ μένειν. Διατιμητικὸς δὲ νόμος ἐστὶν ὁ λέγων· Οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις· διατετίμηται γὰρ ἑκάστου τῶν ἀδικημάτων ζημία.

Apagoreutikos de esti nomos; Apo pantos xylou tou en tǭ paradeisǭ brōsei phagę̄, apo de tou xylou tou ginōskein kalon kai ponēron, ou mē phagēte. En de tǭ legein; Exelthe ek tēs gēs sou kai ek tēs syngeneias sou kai deuro eis gēn, hēn an soi deixō, ephetikos, phēsin, houtos ho nomos; helomenǭ gar estin exelthein, mē helomenǭ de menein. Diatimētikos de nomos estin ho legōn; Ou moicheuseis, ou phoneuseis, ou klepseis; diatetimētai gar hekastou tōn adikēmatōn zēmia.

The prohibitive law is: “Of every tree in paradise you may eat for food, but of the tree of knowing good and evil you shall not eat.” In the saying, “Go out from your land and from your kindred and come into the land that I will show you,” this law, he says, is permissive; for one who chooses may go out, and one who does not choose may stay. The penal law is the one that says, “You shall not commit adultery, you shall not murder, you shall not steal”; for a penalty has been fixed for each of the wrongs.

5.20.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 208

Ἔστι δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ πᾶσα διδασκαλία τοῦ λόγου ἀπὸ τῶν παλαιῶν θεολόγων, Μουσαίου καὶ Λίνου καὶ τοῦ τὰς τελετὰς μάλιστα καὶ τὰ μυστήρια καταδείξαντος Ὀρφέως.

Esti de autois hē pasa didaskalia tou logou apo tōn palaiōn theologōn, Mousaiou kai Linou kai tou tas teletas malista kai ta mystēria katadeixantos Orpheōs.

Their whole teaching of the doctrine comes from the ancient theologians, Musaeus and Linus and Orpheus, who above all revealed the initiations and the mysteries.

5.20.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 208

Ὁ γὰρ περὶ τῆς μήτρας αὐτῶν καὶ τοῦ Ὀρφέως λόγος, καὶ ὁ ὀμφαλός, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἁρμονία, διαρρήδην οὕτως ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς Βακχικοῖς τοῦ Ὀρφέως. Τετέλεσται δὲ ταῦτα καὶ παραδέδοται ἀνθρώποις πρὸ τῆς Κελεοῦ καὶ Τριπτολέμου καὶ Δήμητρος καὶ Κόρης καὶ Διονύσου ἐν Ἐλευσῖνι τελετῆς, ἐν Φλιοῦντι τῆς Ἀττικῆς. Πρὸ γὰρ τῶν Ἐλευσινίων μυστηρίων ἔστιν ἐν τῇ Φλιοῦντι τῆς λεγομένης Μεγάλης ὄργια.

Ho gar peri tēs mētras autōn kai tou Orpheōs logos, kai ho omphalos, hoper estin harmonia, diarrēdēn houtōs estin en tois Bakchikois tou Orpheōs. Tetelestai de tauta kai paradedotai anthrōpois pro tēs Keleou kai Triptolemou kai Dēmētros kai Korēs kai Dionysou en Eleusini teletēs, en Phliounti tēs Attikēs. Pro gar tōn Eleusiniōn mystēriōn estin en tę̄ Phliounti tēs legomenēs Megalēs orgia.

For their account of the womb and of Orpheus, and the navel, which is harmony, is found expressly in this form in the Bacchica of Orpheus. And these things were celebrated and handed down to men before the initiation of Celeus, Triptolemus, Demeter, Kore, and Dionysus at Eleusis, at Phlius in Attica. For before the Eleusinian mysteries there are at Phlius the rites of the one called the Great.

5.20.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 208–210

Ἔστι δὲ παστὰς ἐν αὐτῇ, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς παστάδος ἐγγέγραπται μέχρι σήμερον ἡ πάντων τῶν εἰρημένων λόγων ἰδέα. Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν ἐστὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς παστάδος ἐκείνης ἐγγεγραμμένα, περὶ ὧν καὶ Πλούταρχος ποιεῖται λόγους ἐν ταῖς πρὸς Ἐμπεδοκλέα δέκα βίβλοις. Ἔστι δʼ ἐν τοῖς πλείοσι καὶ πρεσβύτης τις ἐγγεγραμμένος πολιὸς πτερωτὸς ἐντεταμένην ἔχων τὴν αἰσχύνην, γυναῖκα ἀποφεύγουσαν διώκων κυανοειδῆ.

Esti de pastas en autę̄, epi de tēs pastados engegraptai mechri sēmeron hē pantōn tōn eirēmenōn logōn idea. Polla men oun esti ta epi tēs pastados ekeinēs engegrammena, peri hōn kai Ploutarchos poieitai logous en tais pros Empedoklea deka biblois. Esti dʼ en tois pleiosi kai presbytēs tis engegrammenos polios pterōtos entetamenēn echōn tēn aischynēn, gynaika apopheugousan diōkōn kyanoeidē.

There is a portico there, and on the portico there is painted to this day the form of all the doctrines mentioned. Many things are painted on that portico, about which Plutarch also discourses in his ten books against Empedocles. And among most of them there is painted an old man, gray-haired, winged, with his member erect, pursuing a fleeing woman of dark-blue color.

5.20.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Ἐπιγέγραπται δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ πρεσβύτου· φάος ῥυέντης, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς γυναικός· περεηφικόλα. Ἔοικε δὲ εἶναι κατὰ τὸν Σηθιανῶν λόγον ὁ φάος ῥυέντης τὸ φῶς, τὸ δὲ σκοτεινὸν ὕδωρ ἡ φικόλα, τὸ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ τούτων διάστημα ἁρμονία πνεύματος μεταξὺ τεταγμένου. Τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦ φάος ῥυέντου τὴν ῥύσιν ἄνωθεν τοῦ φωτὸς, ὡς λέγουσι, δηλοῖ κάτω.

Epigegraptai de epi tou presbytou; phaos rhyentēs, epi de tēs gynaikos; pereēphikola. Eoike de einai kata ton Sēthianōn logon ho phaos rhyentēs to phōs, to de skoteinon hydōr hē phikola, to de en mesǭ toutōn diastēma harmonia pneumatos metaxy tetagmenou. To de onoma tou phaos rhyentou tēn rhysin anōthen tou phōtos, hōs legousi, dēloi katō.

Over the old man is written “phaos rhyentes” and over the woman “pereēphikola.” According to the Sethian doctrine, the phaos rhyentes seems to be the light, the phikola the dark water, and the interval between them the harmony of the spirit placed between. The name phaos rhyentes indicates, as they say, the flowing of the light from above downward.

5.20.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Ὥστε εὐλόγως ἄν τις εἴποι τοὺς Σηθιανοὺς ἐγγύς που τελεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς Μεγάλης Φλυῆσιν ὄργια. Τῇ δὲ διαιρέσει τῇ τριχῆ μαρτυρεῖν ἔοικε καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς λέγων· Τριχθὰ δὲ πάντα δέδασται, ἕκαστα δʼ ἔμμορε τιμῆς· τουτέστι τῶν τριχῆ διῃρημένων ἕκαστον εἴληφε δύναμιν.

Hōste eulogōs an tis eipoi tous Sēthianous engys pou telein parʼ autois ta tēs Megalēs Phlyēsin orgia. Tę̄ de diairesei tę̄ trichē martyrein eoike kai ho poiētēs legōn; Trichtha de panta dedastai, hekasta dʼ emmore timēs; toutesti tōn trichē dię̄rēmenōn hekaston eilēphe dynamin.

So one might reasonably say that the Sethians celebrate among themselves something close to the rites of the Great at Phlius. And the poet too seems to bear witness to the threefold division, saying: “All things were divided in three, and each received its share of honor”; that is, each of the three divided parts has received power.

5.20.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ δὲ τὸ ὑποκείμενον κάτω σκοτεινόν, ὅτι δέδυκε τὸ φῶς, καὶ ἀνακομίσασθαι καὶ λαβεῖν ἄνωθεν δεῖ τὸν κατενηνεγμένον σπινθῆρα ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ, οὕτως ἐοίκασιν οἱ πάνσοφοι Σηθιανοὶ παρʼ Ὁμήρου λαβόντες λέγειν·

Kai to hydōr de to hypokeimenon katō skoteinon, hoti dedyke to phōs, kai anakomisasthai kai labein anōthen dei ton katenēnegmenon spinthēra apʼ autou, houtōs eoikasin hoi pansophoi Sēthianoi parʼ Homērou labontes legein;

And the water lying below is dark because the light has sunk into it, and the spark brought down from above must be recovered and taken back up out of it; so the all-wise Sethians seem to say, taking it from Homer:

5.20.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Ἴστω γὰρ (φησί) τόδε γαῖα καὶ οὐρανὸς εὐρὺς ὕπερθεν, καὶ τὸ κατειβόμενον Στυγὸς ὕδωρ, ὅς τε μέγιστος ὅρκος δεινότατός τε πέλει μακάρεσσι θεοῖσι· τουτέστιν ἀποτρόπαιόν τι καὶ φρικτὸν οἱ θεοὶ καθʼ Ὅμηρον εἶναι τὸ ὕδωρ νομίζουσιν, ὅπερ ὁ λόγος τῶν Σηθιανῶν φοβερὸν εἶναι φησὶ τῷ νοΐ.

Istō gar (phēsi) tode gaia kai ouranos eurys hyperthen, kai to kateibomenon Stygos hydōr, hos te megistos horkos deinotatos te pelei makaressi theoisi; toutestin apotropaion ti kai phrikton hoi theoi kathʼ Homēron einai to hydōr nomizousin, hoper ho logos tōn Sēthianōn phoberon einai phēsi tǭ noï.

“Let earth know this,” he says, “and broad heaven above, and the down-flowing water of Styx, which is the greatest and most dread oath for the blessed gods”; that is, according to Homer, the gods think water something to be averted and dreadful, which the Sethian doctrine says is fearful to the mind.

item 5, chapter 21

5.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Ταῦτʼ ἐστὶν ἃ λέγουσι καὶ τοιούτοις παραπλήσια ἐν ἀπείροις συγγράμμασι· πείθουσι δὲ ἐντυγχάνειν τῷ περὶ κράσεως καὶ μίξεως λόγῳ τοὺς μαθητευομένους, ὃς μεμελέτηται πολλοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀνδρονίκῳ τῷ περιπατητικῷ.

Tautʼ estin ha legousi kai toioutois paraplēsia en apeirois syngrammasi; peithousi de entynchanein tǭ peri kraseōs kai mixeōs logǭ tous mathēteuomenous, hos memeletētai pollois, alla kai Andronikǭ tǭ peripatētikǭ.

These are the things they say, and things like them, in countless writings; and they persuade their disciples to read the doctrine of blending and mixture, which has been studied by many, including Andronicus the Peripatetic.

5.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 210

Λέγουσιν οὖν οἱ Σηθιανοὶ τὸν περὶ κράσεως καὶ μίξεως λόγον συνεστάναι τῷδε τῷ τρόπῳ· τὴν ἀκτῖνα τὴν φωτεινὴν ἄνωθεν ἐγκεκρᾶσθαι, καὶ τὸν σπινθῆρα τὸν ἐλάχιστον ἐν τοῖς σκοτεινοῖς ὕδασι κάτω καταμεμῖχθαι λεπτῶς καὶ συνηνῶσθαι καὶ γεγονέναι ἐν ἑνὶ φυράματι, ὡς μίαν ὀσμὴν ἐκ πολλῶν καταμεμιγμένων ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρὸς θυμιαμάτων,

Legousin oun hoi Sēthianoi ton peri kraseōs kai mixeōs logon synestanai tǭde tǭ tropǭ; tēn aktina tēn phōteinēn anōthen enkekrasthai, kai ton spinthēra ton elachiston en tois skoteinois hydasi katō katamemichthai leptōs kai synēnōsthai kai gegonenai en heni phyramati, hōs mian osmēn ek pollōn katamemigmenōn epi tou pyros thymiamatōn,

The Sethians say, then, that the doctrine of blending and mixture stands thus: the luminous ray from above has been blended in, and the smallest spark has been finely mixed down in the dark waters below, united with them, and become one dough, like a single scent from many incenses mixed on the fire;

5.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 210–212

καὶ δεῖ τὸν ἐπιστήμονα, τῆς ὀσφρήσεως ἔχοντα κριτήριον εὐαγές, ἀπὸ τῆς μιᾶς τοῦ θυμιάματος ὀσμῆς διακρίνειν λεπτῶς ἕκαστον τῶν καταμεμιγμένων ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρὸς θυμιαμάτων, οἱονεὶ στύρακα καὶ σμύρναν καὶ λίβανον, ἢ εἴ τι ἄλλο εἴη μεμιγμένον.

kai dei ton epistēmona, tēs osphrēseōs echonta kritērion euages, apo tēs mias tou thymiamatos osmēs diakrinein leptōs hekaston tōn katamemigmenōn epi tou pyros thymiamatōn, hoionei styraka kai smyrnan kai libanon, ē ei ti allo eiē memigmenon.

and the expert, having a keen sense of smell as his criterion, must finely distinguish from the single scent of the incense each of the incenses mixed on the fire, such as storax and myrrh and frankincense, or whatever else may be mixed in.

5.21.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Χρῶνται δὲ καὶ ἑτέροις παραδείγμασι, λέγοντες καταμεμῖχθαι καὶ χρυσίῳ χαλκόν, καὶ τέχνη τις εὕρηται ἡ διακρίνουσα τὸν χαλκὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ χρυσίου. Ὁμοίως δὲ κἂν ἐν ἀργύρῳ κασσίτερος ἢ χαλκὸς ἤ τι τῶν ὁμογενῶν καταμεμιγμένον εὑρεθῇ, μίξεως τινὶ τέχνῃ κρείττονι καὶ ταῦτα διακρίνεται. Ἤδη δέ τις καὶ ὕδωρ μεμιγμένον οἴνῳ διακρίνει.

Chrōntai de kai heterois paradeigmasi, legontes katamemichthai kai chrysiǭ chalkon, kai technē tis heurētai hē diakrinousa ton chalkon apo tou chrysiou. Homoiōs de kan en argyrǭ kassiteros ē chalkos ē ti tōn homogenōn katamemigmenon heurethę̄, mixeōs tini technę̄ kreittoni kai tauta diakrinetai. Ēdē de tis kai hydōr memigmenon oinǭ diakrinei.

They use other examples as well, saying that bronze is mixed even with gold, and an art has been found that separates the bronze from the gold. Likewise, if tin or bronze or something of the same kind is found mixed in silver, these too are separated by an art superior to the mixing. And already someone separates even water mixed with wine.

5.21.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Οὕτω, φασί, κἂν πάντα τὰ συγκεκραμένα διακρίνεται. Καὶ δὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ζῴων, φησί, καταμάνθανε. Τελευτήσαντος γὰρ τοῦ ζῴου ἕκαστα διακρίνεται, καὶ λυθέντος οὕτω τὸ ζῷον ἀφανίζεται. Τοῦτο ἐστὶ, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Οὐκ ἦλθον εἰρήνην βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν, τουτέστι τὸ διχάσαι καὶ χωρίσαι τὰ συγκεκραμένα.

Houtō, phasi, kan panta ta synkekramena diakrinetai. Kai dē apo tōn zǭōn, phēsi, katamanthane. Teleutēsantos gar tou zǭou hekasta diakrinetai, kai lythentos houtō to zǭon aphanizetai. Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Ouk ēlthon eirēnēn balein epi tēn gēn, alla machairan, toutesti to dichasai kai chōrisai ta synkekramena.

“So,” they say, “all blended things are separated. And learn it from living creatures,” he says. “For when the creature dies, each part is separated, and when it is thus dissolved the creature disappears. This is,” he says, “what was said: ‘I did not come to bring peace upon the earth, but a sword,’ that is, to divide and separate what has been blended.”

5.21.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Διχάζεται γὰρ καὶ διακρίνεται ἕκαστα τῶν συγκεκραμένων οἰκείου χωρίου τυχόντα. Ὡς γάρ ἐστι χωρίον συγκράσεως τοῖς ζῴοις ἅπασιν ἔν, οὕτω καὶ τῆς διακρίσεως καθέστηκεν ἕν, ὃ οἶδεν οὐδείς, φησίν, ἢ μόνοι ἡμεῖς, οἱ ἀναγεννώμενοι πνευματικοὶ οὐ σαρκικοί, ὧν ἔστι τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἄνω.

Dichazetai gar kai diakrinetai hekasta tōn synkekramenōn oikeiou chōriou tychonta. Hōs gar esti chōrion synkraseōs tois zǭois hapasin en, houtō kai tēs diakriseōs kathestēken hen, ho oiden oudeis, phēsin, ē monoi hēmeis, hoi anagennōmenoi pneumatikoi ou sarkikoi, hōn esti to politeuma en ouranois anō.

For each of the blended things is divided and separated when it reaches its proper place. For as there is one place of blending for all living creatures, so there is also one place of separation, which no one knows,” he says, “except us alone, who are reborn spiritual, not fleshly, whose citizenship is in heaven above.”

5.21.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Οὕτω παρεισδύοντες διαφθείρουσι τοὺς ἀκροωμένους, ὁτὲ μὲν ἀποχρώμενοι ῥητοῖς, εἰς ὃ θέλουσι συνάγοντες κακῶς τὰ καλῶς εἰρημένα, φωλεύουσί τε τὸ ἑαυτῶν ἀδίκημα διὰ παραβολῶν ὧν βούλονται.

Houtō pareisdyontes diaphtheirousi tous akroōmenous, hote men apochrōmenoi rhētois, eis ho thelousi synagontes kakōs ta kalōs eirēmena, phōleuousi te to heautōn adikēma dia parabolōn hōn boulontai.

In this way they creep in and corrupt their hearers, at times misusing texts, wrongly gathering what was well said to the end they wish, and hiding their own wrongdoing in its lair by whatever parables they please.

5.21.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Πάντα οὖν, φησί, καθὼς εἴρηται, τὰ συγκεκραμένα ἔχει χωρίον ἴδιον καὶ τρέχει πρὸς τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὡς σίδηρος πρὸς τὴν ἡρακλείαν λίθον, καὶ τὸ ἄχυρον ἠλέκτρου πλησίον, καὶ τῷ κέντρῳ τοῦ θαλασσίου ἱέρακος τὸ χρυσίον.

Panta oun, phēsi, kathōs eirētai, ta synkekramena echei chōrion idion kai trechei pros ta oikeia, hōs sidēros pros tēn hērakleian lithon, kai to achyron ēlektrou plēsion, kai tǭ kentrǭ tou thalassiou hierakos to chrysion.

“All blended things, then,” he says, “as has been said, have their own place and run to what is akin to them, as iron to the Heraclean stone, chaff when near amber, and gold to the spine of the sea-hawk.”

5.21.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 212

Οὕτως ἡ τοῦ καταμεμιγμένου τῷ ὕδατι φωτὸς ἀκτίς, οἰκείου χωρίου ἐκ διδασκαλίας καὶ μαθήσεως μεταλαβοῦσα, σπεύδει πρὸς τὸν λόγον τὸν ἄνωθεν ἐλθόντα ἐν εἰκόνι δουλικῇ, καὶ γίνεται μετὰ τοῦ λόγου λόγος ἐκεῖ, ὅπου λόγος ἐστί, μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ σίδηρος πρὸς τὴν ἡρακλείαν λίθον. Καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, φησί, καὶ πάντα διακρίνεται ἐπὶ τῶν οἰκείων τόπων τὰ συγκεκραμένα, μάνθανε.

Houtōs hē tou katamemigmenou tǭ hydati phōtos aktis, oikeiou chōriou ek didaskalias kai mathēseōs metalabousa, speudei pros ton logon ton anōthen elthonta en eikoni doulikę̄, kai ginetai meta tou logou logos ekei, hopou logos esti, mallon ē ho sidēros pros tēn hērakleian lithon. Kai hoti tauthʼ houtōs echei, phēsi, kai panta diakrinetai epi tōn oikeiōn topōn ta synkekramena, manthane.

“So the ray of the light that has been mixed with the water, having received its proper place through teaching and learning, hastens to the Word who came from above in the likeness of a slave, and becomes, with the Word, word there where the Word is, more swiftly than iron to the Heraclean stone. And that these things are so,” he says, “and that all blended things are separated into their proper places, learn this:

5.21.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 212–214

Φρέαρ ἐστὶν ἐν Πέρσαις ἐν Ἄμπῃ πόλει παρὰ τὸν Τίγριν ποταμόν· ᾠκοδόμηται δὲ παρὰ τὸ φρέαρ ἄνω δεξαμενή τις ἔχουσα τρεῖς ἀφετηρίας ἀπʼ αὐτῆς. Οὗ φρέατος ἀντλήσας κάδδῳ ἀνενέγκας τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ φρέατος ἀντληθὲν ὅ τι ποτέ ἐστιν, ἔχεεν εἰς τὴν παρακειμένην δεξαμενήν· τὸ δὲ χυθὲν ἐλθὸν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀφετηρίας ἐν ἑνὶ σκεύει ἀναληφθὲν διακρίνεται.

Phrear estin en Persais en Ampę̄ polei para ton Tigrin potamon; ǭkodomētai de para to phrear anō dexamenē tis echousa treis aphetērias apʼ autēs. Hou phreatos antlēsas kaddǭ anenenkas to apo tou phreatos antlēthen ho ti pote estin, echeen eis tēn parakeimenēn dexamenēn; to de chythen elthon epi tas aphetērias en heni skeuei analēphthen diakrinetai.

There is a well in Persia, in the city of Ampe, beside the river Tigris; and beside the well, above it, a cistern has been built, with three outlets. Someone who draws from the well with a bucket and brings up whatever is drawn from the well pours it into the cistern beside it; and what is poured, coming to the outlets, though taken up in one vessel, is separated.

5.21.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 214

Καὶ ἐν μὲν πρώτῃ ἄλας πηγνύμενον δείκνυται, ἐν ἑτέρᾳ δὲ τῶν ἀφετηριῶν ἄσφαλτος, ἐν δὲ τῇ τρίτῃ ἔλαιον. Μέλαν δέ ἐστι τὸ ἔλαιον, ὡς, φησί, καὶ Ἡρόδοτος ἱστορεῖ, καὶ ὀσμὴν παρεχόμενον βαρεῖαν· ῥαδινάκην δὲ αὐτὸ οἱ Πέρσαι καλοῦσιν.

Kai en men prōtę̄ alas pēgnymenon deiknytai, en heterą de tōn aphetēriōn asphaltos, en de tę̄ tritę̄ elaion. Melan de esti to elaion, hōs, phēsi, kai Hērodotos historei, kai osmēn parechomenon bareian; rhadinakēn de auto hoi Persai kalousin.

And in the first outlet salt is shown solidifying, in another of the outlets asphalt, and in the third oil. The oil is black, as Herodotus also relates,” he says, “and gives off a heavy smell; the Persians call it rhadinake.”

5.21.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 214

Ἤρκει, φασὶν οἱ Σηθιανοί, πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ προκειμένου ἡ τοῦ φρέατος ὁμοιότης πάντων μᾶλλον τῶν προειρημένων.

Ērkei, phasin hoi Sēthianoi, pros apodeixin tou prokeimenou hē tou phreatos homoiotēs pantōn mallon tōn proeirēmenōn.

The likeness of the well, say the Sethians, was sufficient to prove the proposition, more than all the examples mentioned before.

item 5, chapter 22

5.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 214

Ἱκανῶς δοκεῖ ἡμῖν σεσαφηνίσθαι ἡ τῶν Σηθιανῶν γνώμη. Εἰ δέ τις ὅλην τὴν κατʼ αὐτοὺς πραγματείαν βούλεται μαθεῖν, ἐντυχέτω βιβλίῳ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Παράφρασις Σήθ· πάντα γὰρ τὰ ἀπόρρητα αὐτῶν ἐκεῖ εὑρήσει ἐγκείμενα. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Σηθιανοὺς ἐξεθέμεθα, ἴδωμεν τίνα ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ Ἰουστίνῳ δοκοῦντα.

Hikanōs dokei hēmin sesaphēnisthai hē tōn Sēthianōn gnōmē. Ei de tis holēn tēn katʼ autous pragmateian bouletai mathein, entychetō bibliǭ epigraphomenǭ Paraphrasis Sēth; panta gar ta aporrēta autōn ekei heurēsei enkeimena. Allʼ epei ta kata tous Sēthianous exethemetha, idōmen tina esti kai ta Ioustinǭ dokounta.

The Sethians' opinion seems to us to have been made sufficiently clear. If anyone wishes to learn their whole system, let him read the book entitled Paraphrase of Seth; for he will find all their secrets contained there. But since we have set out the doctrines of the Sethians, let us see what the views of Justin are too.

item 5, chapter 23

5.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 214

Ἰουστῖνος πάντη ἐναντίος τῇ τῶν ἁγίων γραφῶν γενόμενος διδαχῇ, προσέτι δὲ καὶ τῇ τῶν μακαρίων εὐαγγελιστῶν ἐγγράφῳ φωνῇ, ὡς ἐδίδασκεν ὁ λόγος τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγων· Εἰς ὁδὸν ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε, ὅπερ δηλοῖ μὴ προσέχειν τῇ τῶν ἐθνῶν ματαίᾳ διδασκαλίᾳ, οὗτος ἐπὶ τὰ ἐθνῶν τερατολογούμενα καὶ διδασκόμενα ἀναγαγεῖν πειρᾶται τοὺς ἀκροωμένους, αὐτολεξεὶ τὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησι μυθευόμενα διηγούμενος, οὔτε πρότερον διδάξας οὔτε παραδοὺς τὸ τέλειον αὐτοῦ μυστήριον, εἰ μὴ ὅρκῳ δήσῃ τὸν πλανώμενον.

Ioustinos pantē enantios tę̄ tōn hagiōn graphōn genomenos didachę̄, proseti de kai tę̄ tōn makariōn euangelistōn engraphǭ phōnę̄, hōs edidasken ho logos tous mathētas legōn; Eis hodon ethnōn mē apelthēte, hoper dēloi mē prosechein tę̄ tōn ethnōn mataią didaskalią, houtos epi ta ethnōn teratologoumena kai didaskomena anagagein peiratai tous akroōmenous, autolexei ta parʼ Hellēsi mytheuomena diēgoumenos, oute proteron didaxas oute paradous to teleion autou mystērion, ei mē horkǭ dēsę̄ ton planōmenon.

Justin set himself wholly against the teaching of the holy Scriptures, and moreover against the written word of the blessed evangelists; for the Word taught the disciples, saying, “Do not go into the way of the Gentiles,” which means not to give heed to the vain teaching of the Gentiles. Yet this man tries to lead his hearers back to the marvels told and taught by the Gentiles, recounting word for word the myths of the Greeks, and he neither teaches nor hands on his perfect mystery until he has bound the one being led astray with an oath.

5.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 214–216

Ἔπειτα τοὺς μύθους παρατίθησι ψυχαγωγίας χάριν, ὅπως οἱ ἐντυγχάνοντες τῇ τῶν βίβλων ἀναρίθμῳ φλυαρίᾳ παραμύθιον ἔχωσι τὰ μυθευόμενα (ὃν τρόπον εἴ τις ὁδὸν μακρὰν βαδίζων, παρατυχὼν καταλύματι ἀναπαύεσθαι δοκεῖ), καὶ οὕτως πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀναγνωσμάτων τραπέντες πολυμάθειαν μὴ μισήσωσιν, ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τεχναζόμενον ἀνόμημα διὰ πλειόνων ἐξηχηθέντες ὁρμήσωσι τετυφωμένοι, οὓς φρικτοῖς καταδήσας πρότερον ὅρκοις μήτε ἐξειπεῖν μήτε ἀποστῆναι ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκάσας, οὕτω παραδίδωσι τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐφευρημένα μετὰ ἀσεβείας μυστήρια, πῇ μέν, καθὰ προείπομεν, μύθοις Ἑλληνικοῖς χρησάμενος, πῇ δὲ παραπεποιημένοις βιβλίοις κατά τι παρεμφαίνουσι ταῖς προειρημέναις αἱρέσεσιν.

Epeita tous mythous paratithēsi psychagōgias charin, hopōs hoi entynchanontes tę̄ tōn biblōn anarithmǭ phlyarią paramythion echōsi ta mytheuomena (hon tropon ei tis hodon makran badizōn, paratychōn katalymati anapauesthai dokei), kai houtōs palin epi tēn tōn anagnōsmatōn trapentes polymatheian mē misēsōsin, heōs epi to hypʼ autou technazomenon anomēma dia pleionōn exēchēthentes hormēsōsi tetyphōmenoi, hous phriktois katadēsas proteron horkois mēte exeipein mēte apostēnai homologein anankasas, houtō paradidōsi ta hypʼ autou epheurēmena meta asebeias mystēria, pę̄ men, katha proeipomen, mythois Hellēnikois chrēsamenos, pę̄ de parapepoiēmenois bibliois kata ti paremphainousi tais proeirēmenais hairesesin.

Then he sets out the myths for entertainment, so that those reading the countless drivel of his books may have the myths as a relief (as when someone walking a long road comes upon an inn and decides to rest), and so, turning again to the great mass of learning in the readings, they may not come to hate it, until, having been dinned through by more and more of it, they rush, befogged, into the lawless thing he has contrived. Having first bound them with dreadful oaths and forced them to agree neither to divulge nor to depart, he then hands on the mysteries he has devised in impiety, at times, as we said before, using Greek myths, at times forged books that in some respect resemble the heresies mentioned before.

5.23.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Οἱ πάντες γὰρ ἑνὶ πνεύματι συνωθούμενοι εἰς ἕνα βυθὸν ἀμάρας συνάγονται, ἄλλοι ἄλλως τὰ αὐτὰ διηγούμενοι καὶ μυθεύοντες· οὗτοι δὲ ἰδίως οἱ πάντες γνωστικοὺς ἑαυτοὺς ἀποκαλοῦσι, τὴν θαυμασίαν γνῶσιν τοῦ τελείου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ μόνοι καταπεπωκότες.

Hoi pantes gar heni pneumati synōthoumenoi eis hena bython amaras synagontai, alloi allōs ta auta diēgoumenoi kai mytheuontes; houtoi de idiōs hoi pantes gnōstikous heautous apokalousi, tēn thaumasian gnōsin tou teleiou kai agathou monoi katapepōkotes.

For all of them, driven by one spirit, are gathered into one deep ditch, telling and mythologizing the same things, some in one way and others in another; and all these specially call themselves Gnostics, as if they alone had drunk down the marvelous knowledge of the perfect and good.

item 5, chapter 24

5.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Ὄμνυε δέ, φησὶν Ἰουστῖνος, εἰ γνῶναι θέλεις, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε καὶ οὗς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη, τὸν ἐπάνω πάντων ἀγαθόν, τὸν ἀνώτερον, ἄρρητα φυλάξαι τὰ τῆς διδασκαλίας σιγώμενα· καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν, ἰδὼν τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τελεσθεὶς παρʼ αὐτῷ, τὰ τῆς σιγῆς ἄρρητα ἐφύλαξε, καὶ ὤμοσε καθὼς γέγραπται, ὤμοσε κύριος καὶ οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται.

Omnye de, phēsin Ioustinos, ei gnōnai theleis, ha ophthalmos ouk eide kai hous ouk ēkousen, oude epi kardian anthrōpou anebē, ton epanō pantōn agathon, ton anōteron, arrēta phylaxai ta tēs didaskalias sigōmena; kai gar kai ho patēr hēmōn, idōn ton agathon kai telestheis parʼ autǭ, ta tēs sigēs arrēta ephylaxe, kai ōmose kathōs gegraptai, ōmose kyrios kai ou metamelēthēsetai.

“Swear,” says Justin, “if you wish to know what eye has not seen and ear has not heard, nor has it entered into the heart of man, the Good one who is above all, the higher: swear to keep unspoken the things of the teaching that are kept in silence. For our father too, having seen the Good one and been initiated with him, kept the unspoken things of silence, and swore, as it is written: ‘The Lord swore and will not repent.’”

5.24.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Ταῦτα τοίνυν οὕτω κατασφραγισάμενος πλείοσι μύθοις ψυχαγωγεῖ διὰ πλειόνων βιβλίων, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἄγει, τελειῶν τοὺς μύστας τὰ ἄλαλα μυστήρια. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ διὰ πλειόνων ὁδεύσωμεν, ἐκ μιᾶς αὐτοῦ βίβλου τὰ ἄρρητα ἐπιδείξομεν, οὔσης καθὼς νομίζει ἐνδόξου.

Tauta toinyn houtō katasphragisamenos pleiosi mythois psychagōgei dia pleionōn bibliōn, kai houtōs epi ton agathon agei, teleiōn tous mystas ta alala mystēria. Hina de mē dia pleionōn hodeusōmen, ek mias autou biblou ta arrēta epideixomen, ousēs kathōs nomizei endoxou.

Having sealed these things in this way, he entertains them with more myths through more books, and so leads them to the Good one, perfecting the initiates in the unspeakable mysteries. But so that we may not travel through many books, we will show his secrets from one book of his, which, as he thinks, is highly esteemed.

5.24.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Αὕτη δὲ ἐπιγράφεται Βαρούχ· ἐν ᾗ μίαν τῶν πολλῶν μυθολογίαν ἐκτιθεμένην ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δηλώσομεν, οὖσαν παρὰ Ἡροδότῳ, ἣν ὡς καινὴν τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς παραπλάσας διηγεῖται, ἐξ αὐτῆς πᾶσαν σύστασιν τοῦ κατʼ αὐτὸν διδασκαλείου ποιούμενος.

Hautē de epigraphetai Barouch; en hę̄ mian tōn pollōn mythologian ektithemenēn hypʼ autou dēlōsomen, ousan para Hērodotǭ, hēn hōs kainēn tois akroatais paraplasas diēgeitai, ex autēs pasan systasin tou katʼ auton didaskaleiou poioumenos.

This book is entitled Baruch. In it we will show one mythology, out of the many set out by him, which is found in Herodotus; he recounts it to his hearers, reshaping it as if it were new, and makes it the whole foundation of his school.

item 5, chapter 25

5.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Ἡρόδοτος μὲν οὖν τὸν Ἡρακλέα φησὶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐρυθείας τοῦ Γηρυόνου τὰς βοῦς ἄγοντα εἰς τὴν Σκυθίαν ἐλθεῖν, κεκμηκότα δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς πορείας εἰς ἔρημόν τι χωρίον κατακλιθέντα κοιμηθῆναι ὀλίγον· ὑπνώσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀφανῆ γενέσθαι τὸν ἵππον, ἐφʼ οὗ καθεζόμενος διώδευσε τὴν μακρὰν ὁδόν· περιεγερθεὶς δὲ ζήτησιν ἐποιεῖτο ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας πολλήν, εὑρεῖν πειρώμενος τὸν ἵππον.

Hērodotos men oun ton Hēraklea phēsin apo tēs Erytheias tou Gēryonou tas bous agonta eis tēn Skythian elthein, kekmēkota de apo tēs poreias eis erēmon ti chōrion kataklithenta koimēthēnai oligon; hypnōsantos de autou aphanē genesthai ton hippon, ephʼ hou kathezomenos diōdeuse tēn makran hodon; periegertheis de zētēsin epoieito epi tēs erēmias pollēn, heurein peirōmenos ton hippon.

Herodotus, then, says that Heracles, driving the cattle of Geryon from Erytheia, came into Scythia; and being wearied by the journey he lay down in a deserted place and slept a little. While he slept, the horse on which he had ridden the long road vanished; and on waking he made a long search through the wilderness, trying to find the horse.

5.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 216

Καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἵππου διαμαρτάνει, κόρην δέ τινα μιξοπάρθενον εὑρὼν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας ἐπηρώτα, εἰ εἴη που τεθεαμένη τὸν ἵππον. Ἡ δὲ κόρη φησὶν εἰδέναι μέν, μὴ δείξειν δὲ πρότερον αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ πρὸς μῖξιν φιλίας συνέλθῃ αὐτῇ ὁ Ἡρακλῆς.

Kai tou men hippou diamartanei, korēn de tina mixoparthenon heurōn epi tēs erēmias epērōta, ei eiē pou tetheamenē ton hippon. Hē de korē phēsin eidenai men, mē deixein de proteron autǭ, ei mē pros mixin philias synelthę̄ autę̄ ho Hēraklēs.

He failed to find the horse, but finding in the wilderness a girl who was half maiden, he asked her whether she had seen the horse anywhere. The girl said that she knew, but would not show him unless Heracles first came together with her in the union of love.

5.25.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 216–218

Ἦν δὲ, φησὶν ὁ Ἡρόδοτος, τὰ ἄνω αὐτῆς μέχρι βουβῶνος παρθένου, πᾶν δὲ τὸ κάτω σῶμα μετὰ βουβῶνα φρικτόν τι θέαμα ἐχίδνης. Σπουδῇ δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸν ἵππον εὑρέσεως ὁ Ἡρακλῆς πείθεται τῷ θηρίῳ· ἔγνω γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐγκύμονα, καὶ προεῖπεν αὐτῇ μετὰ τὴν γνῶσιν, ὅτι ἔχει κατὰ γαστρὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τρεῖς ὁμοῦ παῖδας, οἵτινες ἔσονται ἐπιφανεῖς.

Ēn de, phēsin ho Hērodotos, ta anō autēs mechri boubōnos parthenou, pan de to katō sōma meta boubōna phrikton ti theama echidnēs. Spoudę̄ de tēs peri ton hippon heureseōs ho Hēraklēs peithetai tǭ thēriǭ; egnō gar autēn kai epoiēsen enkymona, kai proeipen autę̄ meta tēn gnōsin, hoti echei kata gastros ex autou treis homou paidas, hoitines esontai epiphaneis.

“Her upper parts,” says Herodotus, “down to the groin were a maiden's, but all the body below the groin was a dreadful sight, a viper's.” Eager to find the horse, Heracles yields to the monster; for he knew her and made her pregnant, and after their union he foretold to her that she had in her womb from him three sons together, who would be illustrious.

5.25.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 218

Ἐκέλευσε δὲ αὐτοῖς γεννωμένοις ὀνόματα θεῖναι τὴν τεκοῦσαν, Ἀγάθυρσον, Γελωνὸν καὶ Σκύθην. Λαβὼν δὲ τούτου μισθὸν τὸν ἵππον παρὰ τῆς θηριώδους κόρης, ἀπηλλάττετο φέρων καὶ τὰς βοῦς. Μακρὸς δὲ ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα μῦθος Ἡροδότῳ, χαιρέτω δὲ τὸ νῦν. Τίνα δὲ τὰ Ἰουστίνῳ δοκοῦντα, μετάγοντι τὸν μῦθον εἰς τὴν τῶν ὅλων γέννησιν, ἡμεῖς διηγησόμεθα.

Ekeleuse de autois gennōmenois onomata theinai tēn tekousan, Agathyrson, Gelōnon kai Skythēn. Labōn de toutou misthon ton hippon para tēs thēriōdous korēs, apēllatteto pherōn kai tas bous. Makros de ho meta tauta mythos Hērodotǭ, chairetō de to nyn. Tina de ta Ioustinǭ dokounta, metagonti ton mython eis tēn tōn holōn gennēsin, hēmeis diēgēsometha.

He ordered the mother to give them names when they were born: Agathyrsus, Gelonus, and Scythes. And receiving the horse from the monstrous girl as his wage for this, he departed, taking the cattle as well. The myth that follows in Herodotus is long; let it go for now. But what Justin's views are, as he transfers the myth to the generation of all things, we will relate.

item 5, chapter 26

5.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 218

Οὗτος φησίν· Ἦσαν τρεῖς ἀρχαὶ τῶν ὅλων ἀγέννητοι, ἀρρενικαὶ δύο, θηλυκὴ μία. Τῶν δὲ ἀρρενικῶν ἡ μέν τις καλεῖται ἀγαθός, αὐτὸ μόνον οὕτως λεγόμενος, προγνωστικὸς τῶν ὅλων. Ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα πατὴρ πάντων τῶν γεννητῶν, ἀπρόγνωστος [καὶ ἄγνωστος] καὶ ἀόρατος. Ἡ δὲ θήλεια ἀπρόγνωστος, ὀργίλη, δίγνωμος, δίσωμος, κατὰ πάντα τῇ κατὰ τὸν Ἡροδότου μῦθον ἐμφερής, μέχρι βουβῶνος παρθένος, ἔχιδνα δὲ τὰ κάτω, ὥς φησιν Ἰουστῖνος.

Houtos phēsin; Ēsan treis archai tōn holōn agennētoi, arrenikai dyo, thēlykē mia. Tōn de arrenikōn hē men tis kaleitai agathos, auto monon houtōs legomenos, prognōstikos tōn holōn. Hē de hetera patēr pantōn tōn gennētōn, aprognōstos [kai agnōstos] kai aoratos. Hē de thēleia aprognōstos, orgilē, dignōmos, disōmos, kata panta tę̄ kata ton Hērodotou mython empherēs, mechri boubōnos parthenos, echidna de ta katō, hōs phēsin Ioustinos.

He says: “There were three unbegotten principles of all things, two male and one female. Of the male ones, one is called Good, being called by this name alone, and he foreknows all things. The other is the Father of all begotten things, without foreknowledge, [unknown,] and invisible. The female is without foreknowledge, wrathful, double-minded, double-bodied, in every way like the girl in Herodotus's myth, a maiden to the groin and a viper below,” as Justin says.

5.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 218

Καλεῖται δὲ Ἐδὲμ αὕτη ἡ κόρη καὶ Ἰσραήλ. Αὗται, φησίν, αἱ ἀρχαὶ τῶν ὅλων, ῥίζαι καὶ πηγαί, ἀφʼ ὧν τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο· ἄλλο δὲ ἦν οὐδέν. Ἰδὼν οὖν ὁ πατὴρ τὴν μιξοπάρθενον ἐκείνην ἀπρόγνωστος ὢν τὴν Ἐδέμ, ἦλθεν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῆς· Ἐλωεὶμ δὲ, φησίν, καλεῖται οὗτος ὁ πατήρ· οὐδὲν δʼ ἧττον ἐπεθύμησε καὶ ἡ Ἐδὲμ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, καὶ συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ἐπιθυμία εἰς μίαν φιλίας εὔνοιαν.

Kaleitai de Edem hautē hē korē kai Israēl. Hautai, phēsin, hai archai tōn holōn, rhizai kai pēgai, aphʼ hōn ta panta egeneto; allo de ēn ouden. Idōn oun ho patēr tēn mixoparthenon ekeinēn aprognōstos ōn tēn Edem, ēlthen eis epithymian autēs; Elōeim de, phēsin, kaleitai houtos ho patēr; ouden dʼ hētton epethymēse kai hē Edem tou Elōeim, kai synēgagen autous hē epithymia eis mian philias eunoian.

This girl is called Eden and Israel. “These,” he says, “are the principles of all things, roots and springs, from which all things came to be; and there was nothing else. The Father, then, being without foreknowledge, saw that half-maiden Eden and came to desire her; this Father,” he says, “is called Elohim. And no less did Eden desire Elohim, and desire brought them together into one affection of love.”

5.26.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 218

Γεννᾷ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς συνόδου τῆς τοιαύτης ὁ πατὴρ ἐκ τῆς Ἐδὲμ ἑαυτῷ ἀγγέλους δώδεκα. Ὀνόματα δέ ἐστι τῶν πατρικῶν ἀγγέλων τάδε· Μιχαήλ, Ἀμήν, Βαρούχ, Γαβριήλ, Ἠσαδδαῖος....

Genną de apo tēs synodou tēs toiautēs ho patēr ek tēs Edem heautǭ angelous dōdeka. Onomata de esti tōn patrikōn angelōn tade; Michaēl, Amēn, Barouch, Gabriēl, Ēsaddaios....

From such a union the Father begets for himself twelve angels from Eden. The names of the paternal angels are these: Michael, Amen, Baruch, Gabriel, Esaddaeus, …

5.26.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 218

Καὶ τῶν μητρικῶν ἀγγέλων, ὧν ἐποίησεν ἡ Ἐδέμ, ὁμοίως ὑποτέτακται τὰ ὀνόματα· ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα, Βάβελ, Ἀχαμῶθ, Νάας, Βήλ, Βελίας, Σατάν, Σαήλ, Ἀδωναῖος, Καυΐθαν, Φαραώ, Καρκαμενώς, Λάθεν.

Kai tōn mētrikōn angelōn, hōn epoiēsen hē Edem, homoiōs hypotetaktai ta onomata; esti de tauta, Babel, Achamōth, Naas, Bēl, Belias, Satan, Saēl, Adōnaios, Kauïthan, Pharaō, Karkamenōs, Lathen.

And the names of the maternal angels, whom Eden made, are likewise listed; they are these: Babel, Achamoth, Naas, Bel, Belias, Satan, Sael, Adonaeus, Kavithan, Pharaoh, Karkamenos, Lathen.

5.26.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 218–220

Τούτων τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἀγγέλων οἱ μὲν πατρικοὶ τῷ πατρὶ συναίρονται καὶ πάντα ποιοῦσι κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ· οἱ δὲ μητρικοὶ τῇ μητρὶ Ἐδέμ· τούτων δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων ὁμοῦ πάντων τὸ πλῆθος ὁ παράδεισος, φησίν, ἐστί, περὶ οὗ λέγει Μωσῆς· Ἐφύτευσεν ὁ θεὸς παράδεισον ἐν Ἐδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολάς, τουτέστι κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς Ἐδέμ, ἵνα βλέπῃ τὸν παράδεισον ἡ Ἐδέμ, τουτέστι τοὺς ἀγγέλους, διὰ παντός.

Toutōn tōn eikositessarōn angelōn hoi men patrikoi tǭ patri synairontai kai panta poiousi kata to thelēma autou; hoi de mētrikoi tę̄ mētri Edem; toutōn de tōn angelōn homou pantōn to plēthos ho paradeisos, phēsin, esti, peri hou legei Mōsēs; Ephyteusen ho theos paradeison en Edem kata anatolas, toutesti kata prosōpon tēs Edem, hina blepę̄ ton paradeison hē Edem, toutesti tous angelous, dia pantos.

Of these twenty-four angels, the paternal ones side with the Father and do everything according to his will, and the maternal ones with the mother, Eden. And the multitude of all these angels together,” he says, “is paradise, of which Moses says: ‘God planted a paradise in Eden toward the east,’ that is, before the face of Eden, so that Eden might always see the paradise, that is, the angels.”

5.26.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 220

Τούτου τοῦ παραδείσου ἀλληγορικῶς οἱ ἄγγελοι κέκληνται ξύλα, καὶ ἔστι τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ὁ τρίτος τῶν πατρικῶν ἀγγέλων Βαρούχ, τὸ δὲ ξύλον τοῦ εἰδέναι γνῶσιν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ ὁ τρίτος τῶν μητρικῶν ἀγγέλων, ὁ Νάας. Οὕτως γὰρ λέγει δεῖν τὰ Μωσέως ἑρμηνεύειν, λέγων· περιεσταλμένως αὐτὰ εἶπεν ὁ Μωϋσῆς διὰ τὸ μὴ πάντας χωρεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

Toutou tou paradeisou allēgorikōs hoi angeloi keklēntai xyla, kai esti to xylon tēs zōēs ho tritos tōn patrikōn angelōn Barouch, to de xylon tou eidenai gnōsin kalou kai ponērou ho tritos tōn mētrikōn angelōn, ho Naas. Houtōs gar legei dein ta Mōseōs hermēneuein, legōn; periestalmenōs auta eipen ho Mōÿsēs dia to mē pantas chōrein tēn alētheian.

The angels of this paradise are allegorically called trees; and the tree of life is the third of the paternal angels, Baruch, and the tree of knowing the knowledge of good and evil is the third of the maternal angels, Naas. For so he says the writings of Moses must be interpreted, saying: “Moses spoke them in veiled form because not all can receive the truth.”

5.26.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 220

Γενομένου δέ, φησί, τοῦ παραδείσου ἐξ εὐαρεστήσεως κοινῆς Ἐλωεὶμ καὶ Ἐδέμ, οἱ τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ ἄγγελοι λαβόντες ἀπὸ τῆς καλλίστης γῆς, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ θηριώδους μέρους τῆς Ἐδέμ, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπὲρ βουβῶνα ἀνθρωποειδῶν καὶ ἡμέρων χωρίων τῆς γῆς ποιοῦσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἐκ δὲ τῶν θηριωδῶν μερῶν, φησί, γίνονται τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ζῷα.

Genomenou de, phēsi, tou paradeisou ex euarestēseōs koinēs Elōeim kai Edem, hoi tou Elōeim angeloi labontes apo tēs kallistēs gēs, toutestin ouk apo tou thēriōdous merous tēs Edem, alla apo tōn hyper boubōna anthrōpoeidōn kai hēmerōn chōriōn tēs gēs poiousi ton anthrōpon. Ek de tōn thēriōdōn merōn, phēsi, ginontai ta thēria kai ta loipa zǭa.

“When paradise had come to be,” he says, “from the common good pleasure of Elohim and Eden, the angels of Elohim took from the finest earth, that is, not from the beastly part of Eden but from the human-shaped and gentle regions of the earth above the groin, and they made man. And from the beastly parts,” he says, “came the wild beasts and the other animals.”

5.26.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 220

Τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὖν ἐποίησαν σύμβολον τῆς ἑνότητος αὐτῶν καὶ εὐνοίας, καὶ κατατίθενται τὰς ἑαυτῶν δυνάμεις εἰς αὐτόν, Ἐδὲμ μὲν τὴν ψυχήν, Ἐλωεὶμ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα. Καὶ γίνεται οἱονεὶ σφραγίς τις αὕτη καὶ φιλίας ὑπόμνημα καὶ σύμβολον αἰώνιον τοῦ γάμου τῆς Ἐδὲμ καὶ τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ ἄνθρωπος, ὁ Ἀδάμ.

Ton anthrōpon oun epoiēsan symbolon tēs henotētos autōn kai eunoias, kai katatithentai tas heautōn dynameis eis auton, Edem men tēn psychēn, Elōeim de to pneuma. Kai ginetai hoionei sphragis tis hautē kai philias hypomnēma kai symbolon aiōnion tou gamou tēs Edem kai tou Elōeim anthrōpos, ho Adam.

They made man, then, as a symbol of their unity and affection, and they deposit their own powers in him, Eden the soul and Elohim the spirit. And man, Adam, becomes as it were a seal and memorial of love and an eternal symbol of the marriage of Eden and Elohim.

5.26.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 220

Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἡ Εὔα γέγονε, φησίν, ὥσπερ Μωσεῖ γέγραπται, εἰκὼν καὶ σύμβολον, σφραγὶς εἰς αἰῶνα φυλαχθησομένη τῆς Ἐδέμ· κατετέθη τε ὁμοίως καὶ ἐν τῇ Εὔᾳ τῇ εἰκόνι ψυχὴ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐδέμ, πνεῦμα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ. Καὶ ἐδόθησαν ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῖς· Αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε καὶ κατακληρονομήσατε τὴν γῆν, τουτέστι τὴν Ἐδέμ, οὕτω γὰρ θέλει γεγράφθαι.

Homoiōs de kai hē Eua gegone, phēsin, hōsper Mōsei gegraptai, eikōn kai symbolon, sphragis eis aiōna phylachthēsomenē tēs Edem; katetethē te homoiōs kai en tę̄ Euą tę̄ eikoni psychē men apo tēs Edem, pneuma de apo tou Elōeim. Kai edothēsan entolai autois; Auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe kai kataklēronomēsate tēn gēn, toutesti tēn Edem, houtō gar thelei gegraphthai.

“Likewise Eve also came to be,” he says, “as it is written in Moses, an image and symbol, a seal of Eden to be kept forever; and likewise in Eve, the image, soul was deposited from Eden and spirit from Elohim. And commands were given them: ‘Increase and multiply and inherit the earth,’ that is, Eden”; for so he would have it written.

5.26.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 220

Πᾶσαν γὰρ τὴν ἑαυτῆς δύναμιν οἱονεί τινα οὐσίαν ἐν γάμῳ ἡ Ἐδὲμ προσήνεγκε τῷ Ἐλωείμ. Ὅθεν, φησί, κατὰ μίμησιν ἐκείνου τοῦ πρώτου γάμου προῖκα προσφέρουσι μέχρι σήμερον αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς ἀνδράσι, θείῳ τινὶ καὶ πατρικῷ νόμῳ πειθόμεναι τῷ γενομένῳ πρὸς Ἐλωεὶμ τῆς Ἐδέμ.

Pasan gar tēn heautēs dynamin hoionei tina ousian en gamǭ hē Edem prosēnenke tǭ Elōeim. Hothen, phēsi, kata mimēsin ekeinou tou prōtou gamou proika prospherousi mechri sēmeron hai gynaikes tois andrasi, theiǭ tini kai patrikǭ nomǭ peithomenai tǭ genomenǭ pros Elōeim tēs Edem.

For Eden brought all her own power to Elohim in marriage, as a kind of property. “Hence,” he says, “in imitation of that first marriage, women to this day bring a dowry to their husbands, obeying a divine and ancestral law that arose from Eden's dealing with Elohim.”

5.26.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 220–222

Κτισθέντων δὲ πάντων, ὡς γέγραπται παρὰ τῷ Μωϋσῇ, οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ, εἰς τέτταρας ἀρχὰς διῃρέθησαν οἱ δώδεκα τῆς μητρὸς ἄγγελοι, καὶ καλεῖται τούτων ἕκαστον τεταρτημόριον ποταμός, Φεισὼν καὶ Γεὼν καὶ Τίγρις καὶ Εὐφράτης, ὡς, φησί, λέγει Μωϋσῆς· οὗτοι ἐμπεριέρχονται οἱ δώδεκα ἄγγελοι εἰς τέτταρα μέρη συμπεριπεπλεγμένοι καὶ διέπουσι τὸν κόσμον, σατραπικήν τινα ἔχοντες κατὰ τοῦ κόσμου παρὰ τῆς Ἐδὲμ ἐξουσίαν.

Ktisthentōn de pantōn, hōs gegraptai para tǭ Mōÿsę̄, ouranou te kai gēs kai tōn en autę̄, eis tettaras archas dię̄rethēsan hoi dōdeka tēs mētros angeloi, kai kaleitai toutōn hekaston tetartēmorion potamos, Pheisōn kai Geōn kai Tigris kai Euphratēs, hōs, phēsi, legei Mōÿsēs; houtoi emperierchontai hoi dōdeka angeloi eis tettara merē symperipeplegmenoi kai diepousi ton kosmon, satrapikēn tina echontes kata tou kosmou para tēs Edem exousian.

“When all things had been created, as it is written in Moses, heaven and earth and what is in it, the twelve angels of the mother were divided into four principalities, and each of these quarters is called a river, Pishon, Gihon, Tigris, and Euphrates, as,” he says, “Moses says. These twelve angels, intertwined in four parts, go around and govern the world, holding from Eden a kind of satrap's authority over the world.”

5.26.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Μένουσι δὲ οὐκ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τόπων τῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οἱονεὶ ἐν χορῷ κυκλικῷ ἐμπεριέρχονται, ἀλλάσσοντες τόπον ἐκ τόπου καὶ παραχωροῦντες ἐν χρόνοις καὶ διαστήμασι τοὺς τόπους τεταγμένους ἑαυτοῖς.

Menousi de ouk aei epi tōn topōn tōn autōn, allʼ hoionei en chorǭ kyklikǭ emperierchontai, allassontes topon ek topou kai parachōrountes en chronois kai diastēmasi tous topous tetagmenous heautois.

They do not always stay in the same places but go around as in a circular dance, changing from place to place and at set times and intervals yielding the places assigned to them.

5.26.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Ὅταν δὲ ἐπικρατῇ τῶν τόπων ὁ Φεισών, λιμός, στενοχωρία, θλῖψις ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ μέρει τῆς γῆς γίνεται· φειδωλὸν γὰρ τὸ παράταγμα τῶν ἀγγέλων τούτων· ὁμοίως καὶ ἑκάστου μέρους τῶν τεσσάρων, κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου δύναμιν καὶ φύσιν, κακοὶ καιροὶ καὶ νόσων στάσεις. Καὶ τοῦτο εἰσαεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπικράτησιν τῶν τεταρτημορίων ὡσπερεὶ ποταμῶν ῥεῦμα κακίας κατὰ θέλησιν τῆς Ἐδὲμ ἀδιαλείπτως τὸν κόσμον περιέρχεται.

Hotan de epikratę̄ tōn topōn ho Pheisōn, limos, stenochōria, thlipsis en ekeinǭ tǭ merei tēs gēs ginetai; pheidōlon gar to paratagma tōn angelōn toutōn; homoiōs kai hekastou merous tōn tessarōn, kata tēn hekastou dynamin kai physin, kakoi kairoi kai nosōn staseis. Kai touto eisaei kata tēn epikratēsin tōn tetartēmoriōn hōsperei potamōn rheuma kakias kata thelēsin tēs Edem adialeiptōs ton kosmon perierchetai.

When Pishon prevails over the places, famine, distress, and affliction occur in that part of the earth, for the array of these angels is stingy; and likewise with each of the four parts, according to the power and nature of each, come evil times and outbreaks of disease. And this flood of evil, according to the dominance of the quarters, like the stream of rivers, continually goes around the world without ceasing, according to the will of Eden.

5.26.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Γέγονε δὲ ἡ τῆς κακίας ἀνάγκη ἐκ τοιαύτης τινὸς αἰτίας· κατασκευάσας καὶ δημιουργήσας Ἐλωεὶμ ἐκ κοινῆς εὐαρεστήσεως τὸν κόσμον, ἀναβῆναι ἠθέλησεν εἰς τὰ ὑψηλὰ μέρη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ θεάσασθαι, μή τι γέγονε τῶν κατὰ τὴν κτίσιν ἐνδεῶς, συμπαραλαβὼν τοὺς ἰδίους ἀγγέλους μετʼ αὐτοῦ, ἦν γὰρ ἀνωφερής, καταλιπὼν τὴν Ἐδὲμ κάτω, γῆ γὰρ οὖσα ἐπακολουθεῖν ἄνω τῷ συζύγῳ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν.

Gegone de hē tēs kakias anankē ek toiautēs tinos aitias; kataskeuasas kai dēmiourgēsas Elōeim ek koinēs euarestēseōs ton kosmon, anabēnai ēthelēsen eis ta hypsēla merē tou ouranou kai theasasthai, mē ti gegone tōn kata tēn ktisin endeōs, symparalabōn tous idious angelous metʼ autou, ēn gar anōpherēs, katalipōn tēn Edem katō, gē gar ousa epakolouthein anō tǭ syzygǭ ouk ēthelēsen.

The necessity of evil arose from some such cause as this. Elohim, having furnished and fashioned the world out of their common good pleasure, wished to go up to the high parts of heaven and see whether anything in the creation had turned out deficient. He took his own angels with him, for he tended upward, and left Eden below; for she, being earth, was unwilling to follow her consort upward.

5.26.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Ἐλθὼν οὖν ὁ Ἐλωεὶμ ἐπὶ τὸ πέρας ἄνω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ θεασάμενος φῶς κρεῖττον ὑπὲρ ὃ αὐτὸς ἐδημιούργησεν εἶπεν· Ἀνοίξατέ μοι πύλας, ἵνα εἰσελθὼν ἐξομολογήσωμαι τῷ κυρίῳ· ἐδόκουν γὰρ ἐγὼ κύριος εἶναι.

Elthōn oun ho Elōeim epi to peras anō tou ouranou, kai theasamenos phōs kreitton hyper ho autos edēmiourgēsen eipen; Anoixate moi pylas, hina eiselthōn exomologēsōmai tǭ kyriǭ; edokoun gar egō kyrios einai.

Elohim, then, came to the upper limit of heaven, and seeing a light better than what he himself had fashioned, he said: “Open to me the gates, that I may enter and give thanks to the Lord; for I thought that I was lord.”

5.26.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Φωνὴ αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς ἐδόθη λέγουσα· Αὕτη ἡ πύλη τοῦ κυρίου, δίκαιοι εἰσέρχονται διʼ αὐτῆς· καὶ ἀνεῴχθη παραχρῆμα ἡ πύλη, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν ὁ πατὴρ δίχα τῶν ἀγγέλων πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ εἶδεν, ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη. Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγαθός· Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου.

Phōnē autǭ apo tou phōtos edothē legousa; Hautē hē pylē tou kyriou, dikaioi eiserchontai diʼ autēs; kai aneǭchthē parachrēma hē pylē, kai eisēlthen ho patēr dicha tōn angelōn pros ton agathon kai eiden, ha ophthalmos ouk eide kai ous ouk ēkouse kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē. Tote legei autǭ ho agathos; Kathou ek dexiōn mou.

A voice was given him from the light, saying: “This is the gate of the Lord; the righteous enter through it.” And at once the gate was opened, and the Father entered without the angels to the Good one, and saw what eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not entered into the heart of man. Then the Good one says to him: “Sit at my right hand.”

5.26.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 222

Ὁ δὲ πατὴρ λέγει πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθόν· Ἔασόν με κύριε καταστρέψαι τὸν κόσμον, ὃν πεποίηκα· τὸ πνεῦμα γάρ μου ἐνδέδεται εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ θέλω αὐτὸ ἀπολαβεῖν.

Ho de patēr legei pros ton agathon; Eason me kyrie katastrepsai ton kosmon, hon pepoiēka; to pneuma gar mou endedetai eis tous anthrōpous, kai thelō auto apolabein.

And the Father says to the Good one: “Allow me, Lord, to overturn the world that I have made; for my spirit is bound up in human beings, and I want to take it back.”

5.26.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 222–224

Τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ἀγαθός· Οὐδὲν δύνασαι κακοποιῆσαι παρʼ ἐμοὶ γενόμενος, ἐκ κοινῆς γὰρ εὐαρεστήσεως ἐποιήσατε τὸν κόσμον σύ τε καὶ ἡ Ἐδέμ. ἔασον οὖν τὴν Ἐδὲμ ἔχειν τὴν κτίσιν μέχρις οὗ βούλεται· σὺ δὲ μένε παρʼ ἐμοί.

Tote legei autǭ ho agathos; Ouden dynasai kakopoiēsai parʼ emoi genomenos, ek koinēs gar euarestēseōs epoiēsate ton kosmon sy te kai hē Edem. eason oun tēn Edem echein tēn ktisin mechris hou bouletai; sy de mene parʼ emoi.

Then the Good one says to him: “You can do no evil now that you are with me; for you and Eden made the world out of common good pleasure. Let Eden, then, have the creation as long as she wishes; but you, remain with me.”

5.26.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 224

Τότε γνοῦσα ἡ Ἐδὲμ ὅτι καταλέλειπται ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, λυπηθεῖσα παρέστησεν αὐτῇ τοὺς ἰδίους ἀγγέλους καὶ εὐπρεπῶς ἐκόσμησεν ἑαυτήν, εἴ πως εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἐλωεὶμ κατέλθῃ πρὸς αὐτήν.

Tote gnousa hē Edem hoti kataleleiptai hypo tou Elōeim, lypētheisa parestēsen autę̄ tous idious angelous kai euprepōs ekosmēsen heautēn, ei pōs eis epithymian elthōn ho Elōeim katelthę̄ pros autēn.

Then Eden, knowing that she had been abandoned by Elohim, grieved, set her own angels beside her, and adorned herself becomingly, in case Elohim might come to desire her and come down to her.

5.26.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 224

Ὡς δὲ κρατηθεὶς τῷ ἀγαθῷ ὁ Ἐλωεὶμ οὐκέτι κατῆλθε πρὸς τὴν Ἐδέμ, προσέταξεν ἡ Ἐδὲμ τῇ Βάβελ, ἥτις ἐστὶν Ἀφροδίτη, μοιχείας καὶ χωρισμοὺς γάμων κατασκευάσαι ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἵνα ὡς αὐτὴ κεχώρισται ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, οὕτω καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ τὸ ὄν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τοῖς χωρισμοῖς τοῖς τοιούτοις βασανίζηται λυπούμενον, καὶ πάσχῃ τὰ αὐτὰ ὁποῖα καὶ ἡ Ἐδὲμ καταλελειμμένη.

Hōs de kratētheis tǭ agathǭ ho Elōeim ouketi katēlthe pros tēn Edem, prosetaxen hē Edem tę̄ Babel, hētis estin Aphroditē, moicheias kai chōrismous gamōn kataskeuasai en anthrōpois, hina hōs autē kechōristai apo tou Elōeim, houtō kai to pneuma tou Elōeim to on en tois anthrōpois tois chōrismois tois toioutois basanizētai lypoumenon, kai paschę̄ ta auta hopoia kai hē Edem kataleleimmenē.

But when Elohim, held fast by the Good one, no longer came down to Eden, Eden commanded Babel, who is Aphrodite, to bring about adulteries and separations of marriages among human beings, so that, as she herself had been separated from Elohim, so too the spirit of Elohim that is in human beings might be tormented and grieved by such separations, and suffer the same things as Eden, abandoned.

5.26.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 224

Καὶ δίδωσιν ἐξουσίαν ἡ Ἐδὲμ μεγάλην τῷ τρίτῳ ἀγγέλῳ αὐτῆς τῷ Νάας, ἵνα πάσαις κολάσεσι κολάζῃ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ τὸ ὂν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ᾖ κολαζόμενος ὁ Ἐλωεὶμ ὁ καταλιπὼν παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς γενομένας αὐτῶν τὴν σύζυγον. Ἰδὼν ταῦτα ὁ πατὴρ Ἐλωεὶμ ἐκπέμπει τὸν Βαρούχ, τὸν τρίτον ἄγγελον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ, εἰς βοήθειαν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

Kai didōsin exousian hē Edem megalēn tǭ tritǭ angelǭ autēs tǭ Naas, hina pasais kolasesi kolazę̄ to pneuma tou Elōeim to on en tois anthrōpois, hina dia tou pneumatos ę̄ kolazomenos ho Elōeim ho katalipōn para tas synthēkas tas genomenas autōn tēn syzygon. Idōn tauta ho patēr Elōeim ekpempei ton Barouch, ton triton angelon tōn heautou, eis boētheian tǭ pneumati tǭ onti en tois anthrōpois.

And Eden gives great authority to her third angel, Naas, to punish with every punishment the spirit of Elohim that is in human beings, so that through the spirit Elohim himself might be punished, who had abandoned his consort contrary to the compacts made between them. Seeing this, the Father Elohim sends out Baruch, the third of his own angels, to help the spirit that is in human beings.

5.26.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 224

Πάλιν ἐλθὼν οὖν ὁ Βαροὺχ ἔστη ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῆς Ἐδέμ, τουτέστιν ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου (παράδεισος γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι, ὧν μέσος ἔστη), καὶ παρήγγειλε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγεῖν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ [ξύλου τοῦ] γινώσκειν τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν μὴ φαγεῖν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ Νάας, τουτέστι τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀγγέλοις πείθεσθαι τοῖς ἕνδεκα τῆς Ἐδέμ, πάθη μὲν γὰρ ἔχουσιν οἱ ἕνδεκα, παρανομίαν δὲ οὐκ ἔχουσιν· ὁ δὲ Νάας παρανομίαν ἔσχε· προσῆλθε γὰρ τῇ

Palin elthōn oun ho Barouch estē en mesǭ tōn angelōn tēs Edem, toutestin en mesǭ tou paradeisou (paradeisos gar hoi angeloi, hōn mesos estē), kai parēngeile tǭ anthrōpǭ, apo pantos xylou tou en tǭ paradeisǭ brōsei phagein, apo de tou [xylou tou] ginōskein to kalon kai to ponēron mē phagein, hoper estin ho Naas, toutesti tois men allois angelois peithesthai tois hendeka tēs Edem, pathē men gar echousin hoi hendeka, paranomian de ouk echousin; ho de Naas paranomian esche; prosēlthe gar tę̄

Baruch, then, came and stood in the middle of the angels of Eden, that is, in the middle of paradise (for the angels, in the middle of whom he stood, are paradise), and commanded the man to eat for food of every tree in paradise, but not to eat of the [tree of] knowing good and evil, which is Naas; that is, to obey the other eleven angels of Eden, for the eleven have passions but not lawlessness, whereas Naas had lawlessness. For he approached

5.26.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 224

Εὔᾳ ἐξαπατήσας αὐτὴν καὶ ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτήν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ παράνομον· προσῆλθε δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἀδὰμ καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν ὡς παῖδα, ὅπερ ἐστὶ καὶ αὐτὸ παράνομον· ἔνθεν γέγονε μοιχεία καὶ ἀρσενοκοιτία. Ἀπὸ τότε ἐπεκράτησε τὰ κακὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκ μιᾶς ἀρχῆς γενόμενα τῆς τοῦ πατρός. Ἀναβὰς γὰρ πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν ὁ πατὴρ ὁδὸν ἔδειξε τοῖς ἀναβαίνειν θέλουσιν.

Euą exapatēsas autēn kai emoicheusen autēn, hoper esti paranomon; prosēlthe de kai tǭ Adam kai eschen auton hōs paida, hoper esti kai auto paranomon; enthen gegone moicheia kai arsenokoitia. Apo tote epekratēse ta kaka tois anthrōpois kai ta agatha ek mias archēs genomena tēs tou patros. Anabas gar pros ton agathon ho patēr hodon edeixe tois anabainein thelousin.

Eve, deceiving her, and committed adultery with her, which is lawless; and he approached Adam too and had him as a boy, which is itself also lawless. From this came adultery and sexual relations between males. From then on evil things prevailed among human beings, and good things too, which came from one principle, that of the Father. For the Father, by going up to the Good one, showed a way for those who wish to go up.

5.26.24Duncker–Schneidewin, 224–226

Ἀποστὰς δὲ τῆς Ἐδέμ ἀρχὴν κακῶν ἐποίησε τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Ἐπέμφθη οὖν ὁ Βαροὺχ πρὸς τὸν Μωσέα, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλάλησε τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ὅπως ἐπιστραφῶσι πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθόν.

Apostas de tēs Edem archēn kakōn epoiēse tǭ pneumati tǭ en tois anthrōpois. Epemphthē oun ho Barouch pros ton Mōsea, kai diʼ autou elalēse tois huiois Israēl, hopōs epistraphōsi pros ton agathon.

But by departing from Eden he made a beginning of evils for the spirit that is in human beings. Baruch, then, was sent to Moses, and through him spoke to the children of Israel, that they might turn to the Good one.

5.26.25Duncker–Schneidewin, 226

Ὁ δὲ τρίτος ὁ..... διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐδὲμ οἰκούσης εἰς τὸν Μωσέα, ὥσπερ καὶ εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους, τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Βαροὺχ ἐπεσκίασε καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ἐποίησεν ἀκούεσθαι· διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ψυχὴ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τέτακται, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ψυχή ἐστιν Ἐδέμ, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα Ἐλωείμ, ἑκάτερα ὄντα ἐν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις καὶ θήλεσι καὶ ἄρρεσι.

Ho de tritos ho..... dia tēs psychēs apo tēs Edem oikousēs eis ton Mōsea, hōsper kai eis pantas anthrōpous, tas entolas tou Barouch epeskiase kai tas idias epoiēsen akouesthai; dia touto hē psychē kata tou pneumatos tetaktai, kai to pneuma kata tēs psychēs. Hē men gar psychē estin Edem, to de pneuma Elōeim, hekatera onta en pasin anthrōpois kai thēlesi kai arresi.

But the third [angel, Naas], … through the soul from Eden that dwells in Moses, as in all human beings, overshadowed the commands of Baruch and made his own heard. For this reason the soul is ranged against the spirit and the spirit against the soul. For the soul is Eden and the spirit Elohim, both being in all human beings, female and male.

5.26.26Duncker–Schneidewin, 226

Πάλιν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπέμφθη ἐπὶ τοὺς προφήτας ὁ Βαρούχ, ἵνα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ἀκούσῃ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κατοικοῦν καὶ φύγῃ τὴν Ἐδὲμ καὶ τὴν πλάσιν τὴν πονηράν, ὥσπερ ἔφυγεν ὁ πατὴρ Ἐλωείμ· ὁμοίως καὶ [διὰ τῶν προφητῶν] τῇ αὐτῇ ἐπινοίᾳ ὁ Νάας διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς ἐνοικούσης ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ σὺν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπέσυρε τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ὑπεσύρησαν πάντες, καὶ οὐκ ἠκολούθησαν τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ Βαρούχ, οὓς ἐνετείλατο Ἐλωείμ.

Palin meta tauta epemphthē epi tous prophētas ho Barouch, hina dia tōn prophētōn akousę̄ to pneuma to en tois anthrōpois katoikoun kai phygę̄ tēn Edem kai tēn plasin tēn ponēran, hōsper ephygen ho patēr Elōeim; homoiōs kai [dia tōn prophētōn] tę̄ autę̄ epinoią ho Naas dia tēs psychēs tēs enoikousēs en tǭ anthrōpǭ syn tǭ pneumati tou patros hypesyre tous prophētas, kai hypesyrēsan pantes, kai ouk ēkolouthēsan tois logois tou Barouch, hous eneteilato Elōeim.

Again after this Baruch was sent to the prophets, so that through the prophets the spirit dwelling in human beings might hear and flee Eden and the wicked creation, as the Father Elohim fled. And likewise, [through the prophets,] by the same device, Naas, through the soul that dwells in man together with the Father's spirit, drew the prophets aside; and all were drawn aside and did not follow the words of Baruch which Elohim commanded.

5.26.27Duncker–Schneidewin, 226

Τὸ τελευταῖον ἐξ ἀκροβυστίας προφήτην ἐπελέξατο Ἐλωεὶμ τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ ἔπεμψεν, ἵνα τοὺς δώδεκα ἀγγέλους τῆς Ἐδὲμ καταγωνίσηται καὶ ἐλευθερώσῃ τὸν πατέρα ἀπὸ τῶν δώδεκα ἀγγέλων τῆς κτίσεως τῶν πονηρῶν. Ταῦτά ἐστι τὰ δώδεκα ἆθλα τοῦ Ἡρακλέους, ἃ κατηγωνίσατο ὁ Ἡρακλῆς τῇ τάξει, ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ἕως ἐσχάτου, λέοντα καὶ ὕδραν καὶ κάπρον καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

To teleutaion ex akrobystias prophētēn epelexato Elōeim ton Hēraklea kai epempsen, hina tous dōdeka angelous tēs Edem katagōnisētai kai eleutherōsę̄ ton patera apo tōn dōdeka angelōn tēs ktiseōs tōn ponērōn. Tauta esti ta dōdeka athla tou Hērakleous, ha katēgōnisato ho Hēraklēs tę̄ taxei, apo tou prōtou heōs eschatou, leonta kai hydran kai kapron kai ta hexēs.

Last of all, Elohim chose from the uncircumcision a prophet, Heracles, and sent him to overcome the twelve angels of Eden and to free the Father from the twelve wicked angels of the creation. These are the twelve labors of Heracles, which Heracles accomplished in order, from the first to the last: the lion, the hydra, the boar, and the rest.

5.26.28Duncker–Schneidewin, 226

Τῶν ἐθνῶν γὰρ εἶναι ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα, ἃ μετωνόμασται, φασίν, ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῶν μητρικῶν ἀγγέλων. Ὡς δʼ ἐδόκει κατηγωνίσθαι, προσπλέκεται αὐτῷ ἡ Ὀμφάλη, ἥτις ἐστὶ Βάβελ ἢ Ἀφροδίτη, καὶ ὑποσύρει τὸν Ἡρακλέα καὶ ἀποδιδύσκει τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Βαρούχ, ἃς ἐνετείλατο Ἐλωείμ, καὶ μετενδιδύσκει τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῆς στολήν, τουτέστι τὴν δύναμιν τῆς Ἐδὲμ τῆς κάτω δυνάμεως, καὶ οὕτως ἀτελὴς ἐγένετο τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἡ προφητεία καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.

Tōn ethnōn gar einai tauta ta onomata, ha metōnomastai, phasin, apo tēs energeias tōn mētrikōn angelōn. Hōs dʼ edokei katēgōnisthai, prospleketai autǭ hē Omphalē, hētis esti Babel ē Aphroditē, kai hyposyrei ton Hēraklea kai apodidyskei tēn dynamin autou, tas entolas tou Barouch, has eneteilato Elōeim, kai metendidyskei tēn idian autēs stolēn, toutesti tēn dynamin tēs Edem tēs katō dynameōs, kai houtōs atelēs egeneto tou Hērakleous hē prophēteia kai ta erga autou.

“For these are the names given by the Gentiles,” they say, “which were renamed from the activity of the maternal angels. But when he seemed to have prevailed, Omphale, who is Babel or Aphrodite, entwines herself with him, draws Heracles aside, and strips him of his power, the commands of Baruch which Elohim commanded, and clothes him instead in her own robe, that is, the power of Eden, the power below; and so the prophecy of Heracles and his works were left incomplete.”

5.26.29Duncker–Schneidewin, 226–228

Τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως πέμπεται ὁ Βαρούχ, καταπεμφθεὶς πάλιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς Ναζαρὲτ εὗρε τὸν Ἰησοῦν, υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Μαρίας, βόσκοντα πρόβατα, παιδάριον δυωδεκαετές, καὶ ἀναγγέλλει αὐτῷ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς πάντα ὅσα ἐγένετο ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐδὲμ καὶ τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐσόμενα, καὶ εἶπε· Πάντες οἱ πρὸ σοῦ προφῆται ὑπεσύρησαν.

To de teleutaion en tais hēmerais Hērōdou tou basileōs pempetai ho Barouch, katapemphtheis palin hypo tou Elōeim, kai elthōn eis Nazaret heure ton Iēsoun, huion tou Iōsēph kai Marias, boskonta probata, paidarion dyōdekaetes, kai anangellei autǭ apʼ archēs panta hosa egeneto apo tēs Edem kai tou Elōeim kai ta meta tauta esomena, kai eipe; Pantes hoi pro sou prophētai hypesyrēsan.

Last of all, in the days of Herod the king, Baruch is sent, sent down once more by Elohim; and coming to Nazareth he found Jesus, son of Joseph and Mary, a boy of twelve years, feeding sheep, and he announces to him from the beginning everything that had happened from Eden and Elohim and what would be after this, and he said: “All the prophets before you were drawn aside.

5.26.30Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Πειράθητι οὖν, Ἰησοῦ, υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, μὴ ὑποσυρῆναι, ἀλλὰ κήρυξον τοῦτον τὸν λόγον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ ἀνάγγειλον αὐτοῖς τὰ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, καὶ ἀνάβαινε πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ κάθου ἐκεῖ μετὰ τοῦ πάντων ἡμῶν πατρὸς Ἐλωείμ.

Peirathēti oun, Iēsou, huie anthrōpou, mē hyposyrēnai, alla kēryxon touton ton logon tois anthrōpois kai anangeilon autois ta peri tou patros kai ta peri tou agathou, kai anabaine pros ton agathon kai kathou ekei meta tou pantōn hēmōn patros Elōeim.

Try, then, Jesus, son of man, not to be drawn aside, but proclaim this word to human beings and announce to them the things concerning the Father and the things concerning the Good one; and go up to the Good one and sit there with Elohim, the Father of us all.”

5.26.31Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Καὶ ὑπήκουσε τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰπών, ὅτι κύριε ποιήσω πάντα, καὶ ἐκήρυξεν. Ὑποσῦραι οὖν ὁ Νάας καὶ τοῦτον ἠθέλησε... πιστὸς γὰρ ἔμεινε τῷ Βαρούχ. Ὀργισθεὶς οὖν ὁ Νάας, ὅτι αὐτὸν ὑποσῦραι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη, ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι. Ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὸ σῶμα τῆς Ἐδὲμ πρὸς τὸ ξύλον, ἀνέβη πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθόν.

Kai hypēkouse tǭ angelǭ ho Iēsous eipōn, hoti kyrie poiēsō panta, kai ekēryxen. Hyposyrai oun ho Naas kai touton ēthelēse... pistos gar emeine tǭ Barouch. Orgistheis oun ho Naas, hoti auton hyposyrai ouk ēdynēthē, epoiēsen auton staurōthēnai. Ho de katalipōn to sōma tēs Edem pros to xylon, anebē pros ton agathon.

And Jesus obeyed the angel, saying, “Lord, I will do all things,” and he preached. Naas, then, wished to draw him aside too, … for he remained faithful to Baruch. So Naas, angered that he could not draw him aside, had him crucified. But he, leaving the body of Eden on the tree, went up to the Good one.

5.26.32Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Εἰπὼν δὲ τῇ Ἐδέμ· Γύναι, ἀπέχεις σου τὸν υἱόν, τουτέστι τὸν ψυχικὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸν χοϊκόν, αὐτὸς δὲ εἰς χεῖρας παραθέμενος τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρός, ἀνῆλθε πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθόν.

Eipōn de tę̄ Edem; Gynai, apecheis sou ton huion, toutesti ton psychikon anthrōpon kai ton choïkon, autos de eis cheiras parathemenos to pneuma tou patros, anēlthe pros ton agathon.

And having said to Eden, “Woman, you have your son back,” that is, the soul-endowed man and the earthly man, and himself committing the spirit of the Father into [his] hands, he went up to the Good one.

5.26.33Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Ὁ δὲ ἀγαθός ἐστι Πρίαπος, ὁ πρίν τι εἶναι ποιήσας· διὰ τοῦτο καλεῖται Πρίαπος, ὅτι ἐπριοποίησε τὰ πάντα. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησίν, εἰς πάντα ναὸν ἵσταται, ὑπὸ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως τιμώμενος καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς βαστάζων τὰς ὀπώρας ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι τοὺς καρποὺς τῆς κτίσεως, ὧν αἴτιος ἐγένετο, πριοποιήσας τὴν κτίσιν πρότερον οὐκ οὖσαν.

Ho de agathos esti Priapos, ho prin ti einai poiēsas; dia touto kaleitai Priapos, hoti epriopoiēse ta panta. Dia touto, phēsin, eis panta naon histatai, hypo pasēs tēs ktiseōs timōmenos kai en tais hodois bastazōn tas opōras epanō autou, toutesti tous karpous tēs ktiseōs, hōn aitios egeneto, priopoiēsas tēn ktisin proteron ouk ousan.

The Good one is Priapus, who made before anything was; he is called Priapus for this reason, because he pre-made all things. For this reason,” he says, “he stands in every temple, honored by the whole creation, and on the roads carrying the ripe fruits upon him, that is, the fruits of creation, of which he became the cause, having pre-made the creation, which did not exist before.

5.26.34Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Ὅταν οὖν, φησίν, ἀκούσητε λεγόντων ἀνθρώπων, ὅτι κύκνος ἐπὶ τὴν Λήδαν ἦλθε καὶ ἐτεκνοποίησεν ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὁ κύκνος ἐστὶν ὁ Ἐλωείμ, καὶ ἡ Λήδα ἡ Ἐδέμ.

Hotan oun, phēsin, akousēte legontōn anthrōpōn, hoti kyknos epi tēn Lēdan ēlthe kai eteknopoiēsen ex autēs, ho kyknos estin ho Elōeim, kai hē Lēda hē Edem.

When, then,” he says, “you hear people saying that a swan came upon Leda and begot children from her, the swan is Elohim, and Leda is Eden.

5.26.35Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Καὶ ὅταν λέγωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ὅτι ἀετὸς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Γανυμήδην, ὁ ἀετός ἐστιν ὁ Νάας, ὁ δὲ Γανυμήδης ὁ Ἀδάμ· καὶ ὅταν λέγωσιν, ὅτι ὁ χρυσὸς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Δανάην καὶ ἐπαιδοποίησεν ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὁ χρυσός ἐστιν ὁ Ἐλωείμ, Δανάη δὲ ἐστιν ἡ Ἐδέμ. Ὁμοίως δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον πάντας τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους μύθους ἐμφερεῖς ὄντας παρατιθέμενοι διδάσκουσιν.

Kai hotan legōsin hoi anthrōpoi, hoti aetos ēlthen epi ton Ganymēdēn, ho aetos estin ho Naas, ho de Ganymēdēs ho Adam; kai hotan legōsin, hoti ho chrysos ēlthen epi tēn Danaēn kai epaidopoiēsen ex autēs, ho chrysos estin ho Elōeim, Danaē de estin hē Edem. Homoiōs de kata ton auton tropon pantas tous toioutous logous mythous emphereis ontas paratithemenoi didaskousin.

And when people say that an eagle came upon Ganymede, the eagle is Naas and Ganymede is Adam; and when they say that gold came upon Danae and begot a child from her, the gold is Elohim and Danae is Eden.” In the same way they teach by adducing all such accounts that resemble myths.

5.26.36Duncker–Schneidewin, 228

Ὅταν οὖν προφῆται λέγωσιν· Ἄκουε οὐρανὲ καὶ ἐνωτίζου ἡ γῆ, κύριος ἐλάλησεν, οὐρανὸν λέγει, φησί, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, τὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, γῆν δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ σὺν τῷ πνεύματι, κύριον δὲ τὸν Βαρούχ, Ἰσραὴλ δὲ τὴν Ἐδέμ· Ἐδὲμ γὰρ λέγεται καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἡ σύζυγος τοῦ Ἐλωείμ.

Hotan oun prophētai legōsin; Akoue ourane kai enōtizou hē gē, kyrios elalēsen, ouranon legei, phēsi, to pneuma to en tǭ anthrōpǭ, to tou Elōeim, gēn de tēn psychēn tēn en tǭ anthrōpǭ syn tǭ pneumati, kyrion de ton Barouch, Israēl de tēn Edem; Edem gar legetai kai Israēl hē syzygos tou Elōeim.

When, then, the prophets say, “Hear, O heaven, and give ear, O earth; the Lord has spoken,” by heaven, he says, he means the spirit in man, that of Elohim; by earth the soul in man together with the spirit; by Lord, Baruch; and by Israel, Eden; for the consort of Elohim is called Eden and also Israel.

5.26.37Duncker–Schneidewin, 228–230

Οὐκ ἔγνω με, φησίν, Ἰσραήλ, εἰ γὰρ ἐγνώκει, ὅτι πρὸς τῷ ἀγαθῷ εἰμί, οὐκ ἂν ἐκόλαζε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις διὰ τὴν πατρικὴν ἄγνοιαν.

Ouk egnō me, phēsin, Israēl, ei gar egnōkei, hoti pros tǭ agathǭ eimi, ouk an ekolaze to pneuma to en tois anthrōpois dia tēn patrikēn agnoian.

“Israel did not know me,” he says; “for if she had known that I am with the Good one, she would not have punished the spirit that is in human beings on account of the Father's ignorance.”

item 5, chapter 27

5.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 230

Ἐντεῦθεν γέγραπται δὲ καὶ ὅρκος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ βιβλίῳ τῷ ἐπιγραφομένῳ Βαρούχ, ὃν ὁρκίζουσι τοὺς κατακούειν μέλλοντας τούτων τῶν μυστηρίων καὶ τελεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ ἀγαθῷ· ὃν ὅρκον, φησίν, ὤμοσεν ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν Ἐλωεὶμ παρὰ τῷ ἀγαθῷ γενόμενος, καὶ οὐ μετεμελήθη ὀμόσας, περὶ οὗ γέγραπται, φησίν, Ὤμοσε κύριος καὶ οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται.

Enteuthen gegraptai de kai horkos en tǭ prōtǭ bibliǭ tǭ epigraphomenǭ Barouch, hon horkizousi tous katakouein mellontas toutōn tōn mystēriōn kai teleisthai para tǭ agathǭ; hon horkon, phēsin, ōmosen ho patēr hēmōn Elōeim para tǭ agathǭ genomenos, kai ou metemelēthē omosas, peri hou gegraptai, phēsin, Ōmose kyrios kai ou metamelēthēsetai.

From this also an oath is written in the first book, entitled Baruch, which they administer to those who are about to hear these mysteries and be initiated with the Good one; this oath, he says, our father Elohim swore when he came to be with the Good one, and he did not repent of having sworn; about which it is written, he says, “The Lord swore and will not repent.”

5.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 230

Ἔστι δὲ ὁ ὅρκος οὗτος· Ὀμνύω τὸν ἐπάνω πάντων, τὸν ἀγαθὸν, τηρῆσαι τὰ μυστήρια ταῦτα καὶ ἐξειπεῖν μηδενί, μηδὲ ἀνακάμψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν κτίσιν. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ ὀμόσῃ τοῦτον τὸν ὅρκον, εἰσέρχεται πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ βλέπει, ὅσα ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδε καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσε καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, καὶ πίνει ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῶντος ὕδατος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ λουτρὸν αὐτοῖς, ὡς νομίζουσι, πηγὴ ζῶντος ὕδατος ἁλλομένου.

Esti de ho horkos houtos; Omnyō ton epanō pantōn, ton agathon, tērēsai ta mystēria tauta kai exeipein mēdeni, mēde anakampsai apo tou agathou epi tēn ktisin. Epeidan de omosę̄ touton ton horkon, eiserchetai pros ton agathon kai blepei, hosa ophthalmos ouk eide kai ous ouk ēkouse kai epi kardian anthrōpou ouk anebē, kai pinei apo tou zōntos hydatos, hoper esti loutron autois, hōs nomizousi, pēgē zōntos hydatos hallomenou.

This is the oath: “I swear by the one who is above all, the Good, to keep these mysteries and to divulge them to no one, and not to turn back from the Good to the creation.” When he has sworn this oath, he enters to the Good one and sees what eye has not seen and ear has not heard and has not entered into the heart of man, and he drinks from the living water, which for them, as they think, is a washing, a spring of living water springing up.

5.27.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 230

Διακεχώρισται γὰρ, φησίν, ἀνὰ μέσον ὕδατος καὶ ὕδατος, καὶ ἔστιν ὕδωρ τὸ ὑποκάτω τοῦ στερεώματος τῆς πονηρᾶς κτίσεως, ἐν ᾧ λούονται οἱ χοϊκοὶ καὶ ψυχικοὶ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὕδωρ ἐστὶν ὑπεράνω τοῦ στερεώματος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζῶν, ἐν ᾧ λούονται οἱ πνευματικοὶ ζῶντες ἄνθρωποι, ἐν ᾧ ἐλούσατο Ἐλωεὶμ καὶ λουσάμενος οὐ μετεμελήθη.

Diakechōristai gar, phēsin, ana meson hydatos kai hydatos, kai estin hydōr to hypokatō tou stereōmatos tēs ponēras ktiseōs, en hǭ louontai hoi choïkoi kai psychikoi anthrōpoi, kai hydōr estin hyperanō tou stereōmatos tou agathou zōn, en hǭ louontai hoi pneumatikoi zōntes anthrōpoi, en hǭ elousato Elōeim kai lousamenos ou metemelēthē.

“For there has been a separation,” he says, “between water and water: there is the water below the firmament of the wicked creation, in which earthly and soul-endowed people wash, and there is living water above the firmament of the Good, in which spiritual, living people wash; in it Elohim washed, and having washed he did not repent.”

5.27.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 230

Καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ, φησίν, ὁ προφήτης λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ γυναῖκα πορνείας, διότι πορνεύουσα ἐκπορνεύσει ἡ γῆ ἀπὸ ὄπισθε τοῦ κυρίου, τουτέστιν ἡ Ἐδὲμ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, ἐν τούτοις, φησίν, ὁ προφήτης σαφῶς λαλεῖ τὸ ὅλον μυστήριον, καὶ οὐκ ἀκούεται διὰ τὴν κακίαν τοῦ Νάας.

Kai hotan legę̄, phēsin, ho prophētēs labein heautǭ gynaika porneias, dioti porneuousa ekporneusei hē gē apo opisthe tou kyriou, toutestin hē Edem apo tou Elōeim, en toutois, phēsin, ho prophētēs saphōs lalei to holon mystērion, kai ouk akouetai dia tēn kakian tou Naas.

“And when the prophet,” he says, “is told to take for himself a wife of sexual immorality, because the land will go whoring after sexual immorality away from following the Lord, that is, Eden away from Elohim, in these words,” he says, “the prophet speaks the whole mystery clearly, and he is not heard because of the wickedness of Naas.”

5.27.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 230

Κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τρόπον καὶ τὰς ἄλλας λαλιὰς προφητικὰς ὁμοίως παρᾴδουσι διὰ πλειόνων βιβλίων, ἔστι δὲ αὐτοῖς προηγουμένως βιβλίον ἐπιγραφόμενον Βαρούχ, ἐν ᾧ ὅλην τὴν τοῦ μύθου αὐτῶν διαγωγὴν ὁ ἐντυχὼν γνώσεται. Πολλαῖς μὲν οὖν αἱρέσεσιν ἐντυχών, ἀγαπητοί, οὐδενὶ τούτου κακῷ χείρονι ἐνέτυχον.

Kata ton auton ekeinon tropon kai tas allas lalias prophētikas homoiōs parądousi dia pleionōn bibliōn, esti de autois proēgoumenōs biblion epigraphomenon Barouch, en hǭ holēn tēn tou mythou autōn diagōgēn ho entychōn gnōsetai. Pollais men oun hairesesin entychōn, agapētoi, oudeni toutou kakǭ cheironi enetychon.

In that same way they likewise misinterpret the other prophetic sayings through many books; but above all they have a book entitled Baruch, in which the reader will learn the whole course of their myth. I have met with many heresies, beloved, but with no evil worse than this.

5.27.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 230–232

Ἀληθῶς δέ, ὥσπερ λέγεται, κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ Ἡρακλέα δεῖ μιμησαμένους ἐκκαθᾶραι τὴν Αὐγείου κόπρον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀμάραν, εἰς ἣν ἐμπεσόντες οἱ τούτου ἐχόμενοι οὐ πώποτε ἀποπλυθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἀνακύψαι δυνήσονται.

Alēthōs de, hōsper legetai, kata ton autou Hēraklea dei mimēsamenous ekkatharai tēn Augeiou kopron, mallon de amaran, eis hēn empesontes hoi toutou echomenoi ou pōpote apoplythēsontai, allʼ oude anakypsai dynēsontai.

Truly, as the saying goes, we must imitate his own Heracles and clean out the dung of Augeas, or rather the ditch, into which those who hold to him have fallen and will never be washed clean, nor even be able to lift their heads.

item 5, chapter 28

5.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Ἐπεὶ γοῦν καὶ τὰ Ἰουστίνου τοῦ ψευδογνωστικοῦ ἐπιχειρήματα ἐξεθέμεθα, δοκεῖ καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀκολούθων αἱρέσεων δόξας ἐν ταῖς ἑξῆς βίβλοις ἐκθέσθαι, μηδένα δὲ καταλιπεῖν ἀνέλεγκτον αὐτῶν, τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγομένων παρατιθεμένων, ὄντων ἱκανῶν πρὸς παραδειγματισμόν, εἰ καὶ μόνον ἐκρηθείη τὰ ἀπόκρυφα παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄρρητα, ἃ μόλις μετὰ πολλοῦ πόνου μυοῦνται οἱ ἄφρονες. Ἴδωμεν οὖν τί καὶ Σίμων λέγει.

Epei goun kai ta Ioustinou tou pseudognōstikou epicheirēmata exethemetha, dokei kai tas tōn akolouthōn haireseōn doxas en tais hexēs biblois ekthesthai, mēdena de katalipein anelenkton autōn, tōn hypʼ autōn legomenōn paratithemenōn, ontōn hikanōn pros paradeigmatismon, ei kai monon ekrētheiē ta apokrypha parʼ autois kai arrēta, ha molis meta pollou ponou myountai hoi aphrones. Idōmen oun ti kai Simōn legei.

Since, then, we have set out the arguments of Justin the pseudo-Gnostic as well, it seems good to set out in the following books the opinions of the heresies that follow, and to leave none of them unrefuted, setting out the things they say, which are sufficient to make an example of them, if only their hidden and unspeakable things are spoken out, into which the senseless are initiated with difficulty and much toil. Let us see, then, what Simon too says.

item 6, chapter 1

6.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου.

Tade enestin en tę̄ hektę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou.

The following is contained in the sixth book of the Refutation of All Heresies.

item 6, chapter 2

6.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Τίνα τὰ Σίμωνι τετολμημένα, καὶ ὅτι ἐκ μαγικῶν καὶ ποιητικῶν τὸ δόγμα κρατύνει.

Tina ta Simōni tetolmēmena, kai hoti ek magikōn kai poiētikōn to dogma kratynei.

What Simon dared, and that he strengthens his doctrine from magical and poetic sources.

item 6, chapter 3

6.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Τίνα ὁ Οὐαλεντῖνος δογματίζει, καὶ ὅτι ἐκ γραφῶν οὐ συνίσταται αὐτοῦ τὸ δόγμα, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τῶν Πλατωνικῶν καὶ Πυθαγορικῶν δογμάτων.

Tina ho Oualentinos dogmatizei, kai hoti ek graphōn ou synistatai autou to dogma, alla ek tōn Platōnikōn kai Pythagorikōn dogmatōn.

What Valentinus teaches, and that his doctrine is not built on the Scriptures but on Platonic and Pythagorean doctrines.

item 6, chapter 4

6.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Καὶ τίνα τὰ Σεκούνδῳ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ καὶ Ἡρακλέωνι δοκοῦντα, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς, οἷς οἱ Ἕλληνες σοφοί, ἐχρήσαντο ἄλλοις ῥήμασι.

Kai tina ta Sekoundǭ kai Ptolemaiǭ kai Hērakleōni dokounta, hōs kai autoi tois autois, hois hoi Hellēnes sophoi, echrēsanto allois rhēmasi.

And what the views of Secundus, Ptolemy, and Heracleon are, and that they too used, in other words, the same doctrines as the wise men of the Greeks.

item 6, chapter 5

6.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232

Τίνα τὰ Μάρκῳ καὶ Κολαρβάσῳ νομισθέντα, καὶ ὅτι τινὲς αὐτῶν μαγείαις καὶ ἀριθμοῖς Πυθαγορείοις ἔσχον.

Tina ta Markǭ kai Kolarbasǭ nomisthenta, kai hoti tines autōn mageiais kai arithmois Pythagoreiois eschon.

What Marcus and Colarbasus held, and that some of them engaged in magic and Pythagorean numbers.

item 6, chapter 6

6.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 232–234

Ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἐδόκει τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄφεως τὰς ἀρχὰς παρειληφόσι καὶ κατὰ τελείωσιν τῶν χρόνων εἰς φανερὸν τὰς δόξας ἑκουσίως προενεγκαμένοις, ἐν τῇ πρὸ ταύτης βίβλῳ οὔσῃ πέμπτῃ τοῦ ἐλέγχου τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐξεθέμην. Νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀκολούθων τὰς γνώμας οὐ σιωπήσω, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ μίαν ἀνέλεγκτον καταλείψω, εἴγε δυνατὸν πάσας ἀπομνημονεῦσαι καὶ τὰ τούτων ἀπόρρητα ὄργια, ἃ δικαίως ὄργια κλητέον· οὐ γὰρ μακρὰν ἀπέχουσιν ὀργῆς τοιαῦτα τετολμηκότες, ἵνα καὶ τῇ ἐτυμολογίᾳ χρήσωμαι.

Hosa men oun edokei tois apo tou opheōs tas archas pareilēphosi kai kata teleiōsin tōn chronōn eis phaneron tas doxas hekousiōs proenenkamenois, en tę̄ pro tautēs biblǭ ousę̄ pemptę̄ tou elenchou tōn haireseōn exethemēn. Nyni de kai tōn akolouthōn tas gnōmas ou siōpēsō, allʼ oude mian anelenkton kataleipsō, eige dynaton pasas apomnēmoneusai kai ta toutōn aporrēta orgia, ha dikaiōs orgia klēteon; ou gar makran apechousin orgēs toiauta tetolmēkotes, hina kai tę̄ etymologią chrēsōmai.

In the book before this one, the fifth of the Refutation of Heresies, I set out the views of those who received their principles from the serpent and who, at the fulfillment of the times, willingly brought their opinions into the open. Now I will not keep silent about the opinions of those who follow them either, but will leave not one unrefuted, if indeed it is possible to recall them all and their secret orgies, which are rightly to be called orgies; for those who have dared such things are not far from wrath, if I may also use the etymology.

item 6, chapter 7

6.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 234

Δοκεῖ οὖν καὶ τὰ Σίμωνος τοῦ Γιττηνοῦ, κώμης τῆς Σαμαρείας, νῦν ἐκθέσθαι, παρʼ οὗ καὶ τοὺς ἀκολούθους δείξομεν ἀφορμὰς λαβόντας ἑτέροις ὀνόμασιν ὅμοια τετολμηκέναι. Οὗτος ὁ Σίμων μαγείας ἔμπειρος ὢν καὶ τὰ μὲν παίξας πολλοὺς κατὰ τὴν Θρασυμήδους τέχνην, ᾧ τρόπῳ ἄνωθεν ἐξεθέμεθα, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ δαιμόνων κακουργήσας, θεοποιῆσαι ἑαυτὸν ἐπεχείρησεν, ἄνθρωπος γόης καὶ μεστὸς ἀπονοίας, ὃν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἤλεγξαν·

Dokei oun kai ta Simōnos tou Gittēnou, kōmēs tēs Samareias, nyn ekthesthai, parʼ hou kai tous akolouthous deixomen aphormas labontas heterois onomasin homoia tetolmēkenai. Houtos ho Simōn mageias empeiros ōn kai ta men paixas pollous kata tēn Thrasymēdous technēn, hǭ tropǭ anōthen exethemetha, ta de kai dia daimonōn kakourgēsas, theopoiēsai heauton epecheirēsen, anthrōpos goēs kai mestos aponoias, hon en tais Praxesin hoi apostoloi ēlenxan;

It seems good, then, now to set out the doctrines of Simon of Gitta, a village of Samaria, from whom we will show that his followers took their starting points and dared similar things under other names. This Simon, being skilled in magic, both made sport of many by the art of Thrasymedes, in the way we set out above, and also did mischief through demons, and tried to make himself a god: a sorcerer full of madness, whom the apostles refuted in the Acts;

6.7.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 234

οὗ πολλῷ σοφώτερον καὶ μετριώτερον Ἄψεθος ὁ Λίβυς ὀρεχθεὶς θεὸς νομισθῆναι ἐν Λιβύῃ ἐπεχείρησεν, οὗ τὸν μῦθον οὐ πολύ τι ἀπεμφαίνοντα τῆς Σίμωνος τοῦ ματαίου ἐπιθυμίας, δοκεῖ διηγήσασθαι ὄντα ἄξιον τῆς τούτου ἐπιχειρήσεως.

hou pollǭ sophōteron kai metriōteron Apsethos ho Libys orechtheis theos nomisthēnai en Libyę̄ epecheirēsen, hou ton mython ou poly ti apemphainonta tēs Simōnos tou mataiou epithymias, dokei diēgēsasthai onta axion tēs toutou epicheirēseōs.

far more wisely and more moderately than he, Apsethus the Libyan, longing to be thought a god, made the attempt in Libya. His story, which is not very different from the desire of the vain Simon, it seems good to relate, since it is a fit match for Simon's attempt.

item 6, chapter 8

6.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 234

Ἄψεθος ὁ Λίβυς ἐπεθύμησε θεὸς γενέσθαι· ὡς δὲ πολυπραγμονῶν πάνυ ἀπετύγχανε τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἠθέλησε κἂν δοκεῖν γεγονέναι, καὶ ἔδοξέ γε ὡς ἀληθῶς χρόνῳ πλείονι γεγονέναι θεός. Ἔθυον γὰρ οἱ ἀνόητοι Λίβυες αὐτῷ ὡς θείᾳ τινὶ δυνάμει, νομίζοντες ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ πεπιστευκέναι φωνῇ.

Apsethos ho Libys epethymēse theos genesthai; hōs de polypragmonōn pany apetynchane tēs epithymias, ēthelēse kan dokein gegonenai, kai edoxe ge hōs alēthōs chronǭ pleioni gegonenai theos. Ethyon gar hoi anoētoi Libyes autǭ hōs theią tini dynamei, nomizontes anōthen ex ouranou pepisteukenai phōnę̄.

Apsethus the Libyan desired to become a god; but when, for all his efforts, he completely failed in his desire, he wished at least to seem to have become one; and indeed for a long time he did seem to have become a god. For the foolish Libyans sacrificed to him as to some divine power, thinking that they were trusting a voice from heaven above.

6.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 234

Συναθροίσας γὰρ εἰς ἔνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν οἰκίσκον ὄρνιθας πλείστους ψιττακοὺς κατέκλεισεν· εἰσὶ δὲ πλεῖστοι κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην ψιττακοί, καὶ ἐναργῶς μιμούμενοι πάνυ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φωνήν. Οὗτος χρόνῳ διαθρέψας τοὺς ὄρνεις ἐδίδαξε λέγειν· Ἄψεθος θεός ἐστιν. Ὡς δὲ ἤσκησαν οἱ ὄρνιθες χρόνῳ πολλῷ καὶ τοῦτο ἔλεγον, ὅπερ ᾤετο λεχθὲν θεὸν εἶναι ποιήσειν νομίζεσθαι τὸν Ἄψεθον, τότε ἀνοίξας τὸ οἴκημα εἴασεν ἄλλον ἀλλαχόσε τοὺς ψιττακούς.

Synathroisas gar eis ena kai ton auton oikiskon ornithas pleistous psittakous katekleisen; eisi de pleistoi kata tēn Libyēn psittakoi, kai enargōs mimoumenoi pany tēn anthrōpinēn phōnēn. Houtos chronǭ diathrepsas tous orneis edidaxe legein; Apsethos theos estin. Hōs de ēskēsan hoi ornithes chronǭ pollǭ kai touto elegon, hoper ǭeto lechthen theon einai poiēsein nomizesthai ton Apsethon, tote anoixas to oikēma eiasen allon allachose tous psittakous.

For he gathered a great many birds, parrots, and shut them up in one little house; there are very many parrots in Libya, and they imitate the human voice very clearly. Having reared the birds for some time, he taught them to say, “Apsethus is a god.” And when the birds had practiced for a long time and were saying this, which he thought, once said, would make Apsethus be thought a god, he then opened the house and let the parrots go, one here and another there.

6.8.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 234

Πετομένων δὲ τῶν ὀρνίθων ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν Λιβύην, καὶ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν διῆλθε μέχρι τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς γῆς, καὶ οὕτως οἱ Λίβυες καταπλαγέντες ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ὀρνίθων φωνῇ τό τε πραχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀψέθου πανούργευμα μὴ ἐννοήσαντες, θεὸν εἶχον τὸν Ἄψεθον.

Petomenōn de tōn ornithōn exēlthen ho phthongos eis pasan tēn Libyēn, kai ta rhēmata autōn diēlthe mechri tēs Hellēnikēs gēs, kai houtōs hoi Libyes kataplagentes epi tę̄ tōn ornithōn phōnę̄ to te prachthen hypo tou Apsethou panourgeuma mē ennoēsantes, theon eichon ton Apsethon.

As the birds flew, their voice went out into all Libya, and their words passed through as far as the land of the Greeks; and so the Libyans, amazed at the voice of the birds and not perceiving the trick played by Apsethus, held Apsethus to be a god.

6.8.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 234–236

Τῶν δὲ Ἑλλήνων τις ἀκριβῶς ἐννοήσας τὸ σόφισμα τοῦ νενομισμένου θεοῦ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ψιττακῶν οὐκ ἐλέγχει μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφανίζει τὸν ἀλαζόνα καὶ φορτικὸν ἐκεῖνον ἄνθρωπον. Μετεδίδαξε δὲ ὁ Ἕλλην καθείρξας πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ψιττακῶν λέγειν· Ἄψεθος ἡμᾶς κατακλείσας ἠνάγκασε λέγειν, Ἄψεθος θεός ἐστιν. Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ Λίβυες τῆς παλινῳδίας τῶν ψιττακῶν, πάντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν συνελθόντες κατέκαυσαν τὸν Ἄψεθον.

Tōn de Hellēnōn tis akribōs ennoēsas to sophisma tou nenomismenou theou dia tōn autōn ekeinōn psittakōn ouk elenchei monon, alla kai aphanizei ton alazona kai phortikon ekeinon anthrōpon. Metedidaxe de ho Hellēn katheirxas pollous apo tōn psittakōn legein; Apsethos hēmas katakleisas ēnankase legein, Apsethos theos estin. Akousantes de hoi Libyes tēs palinǭdias tōn psittakōn, pantes homothymadon synelthontes katekausan ton Apsethon.

But one of the Greeks, perceiving exactly the trick of the supposed god, not only refutes but also destroys that boastful and vulgar man by means of those same parrots. The Greek shut up many of the parrots and retaught them to say: “Apsethus shut us up and forced us to say, ‘Apsethus is a god.’” When the Libyans heard the parrots' recantation, they all came together with one accord and burned Apsethus.

item 6, chapter 9

6.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 236

Οὕτως ἡγητέον Σίμωνα τὸν μάγον ἀπεικάζοντας τῷ Λίβυϊ τάχιον ἀνθρώπῳ γενομένῳ οὕτως θεῷ.

Houtōs hēgēteon Simōna ton magon apeikazontas tǭ Libyï tachion anthrōpǭ genomenǭ houtōs theǭ.

So one must regard Simon the magician, likening him to the Libyan, a man who became a god so quickly in this way.

6.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 236

Εἰ δὲ ἔχει τὰ τῆς εἰκόνος ἀκριβῶς, καὶ πέπονθεν ὁ μάγος πάθος τι παραπλήσιον Ἀψέθῳ, ἐπιχειρήσωμεν μεταδιδάσκειν τοῦ Σίμωνος τοὺς ψιττακούς, ὅτι Χριστὸς οὐκ ἦν Σίμων ὁ ἑστώς, στάς, στησόμενος· ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐκ σπέρματος, γέννημα γυναικός, ἐξ αἱμάτων καὶ ἐπιθυμίας σαρκικῆς καθάπερ καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ γεγεννημένος· καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, προϊόντος τοῦ λόγου ῥᾳδίως ἐπιδείξομεν.

Ei de echei ta tēs eikonos akribōs, kai peponthen ho magos pathos ti paraplēsion Apsethǭ, epicheirēsōmen metadidaskein tou Simōnos tous psittakous, hoti Christos ouk ēn Simōn ho hestōs, stas, stēsomenos; allʼ anthrōpos ēn ek spermatos, gennēma gynaikos, ex haimatōn kai epithymias sarkikēs kathaper kai hoi loipoi gegennēmenos; kai hoti tauthʼ houtōs echei, proïontos tou logou rhądiōs epideixomen.

And if the comparison holds exactly, and the magician has suffered something like Apsethus, let us try to reteach Simon's parrots that Simon was not the Christ, “he who stands, stood, and will stand,” but a man from seed, offspring of a woman, born of blood and fleshly desire like the rest; and that this is so we will easily show as the argument proceeds.

6.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 236

Λέγει δὲ ὁ Σίμων μεταφράζων τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως ἀνοήτως τε καὶ κακοτέχνως· Μωσέως γὰρ λέγοντος, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς πῦρ φλέγον ἐστὶ καὶ καταναλίσκον, δεξάμενος τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ Μωσέως οὐκ ὀρθῶς, πῦρ εἶναι τῶν ὅλων λέγει τὴν ἀρχήν, οὐ νοήσας τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅτι θεὸς οὐ πῦρ, ἀλλὰ πῦρ φλέγον καὶ καταναλίσκον, οὐκ αὐτὸν διασπῶν μόνον τὸν νόμον Μωσέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν σκοτεινὸν Ἡράκλειτον συλαγωγῶν.

Legei de ho Simōn metaphrazōn ton nomon Mōÿseōs anoētōs te kai kakotechnōs; Mōseōs gar legontos, hoti ho theos pyr phlegon esti kai katanaliskon, dexamenos to lechthen hypo Mōseōs ouk orthōs, pyr einai tōn holōn legei tēn archēn, ou noēsas to eirēmenon, hoti theos ou pyr, alla pyr phlegon kai katanaliskon, ouk auton diaspōn monon ton nomon Mōseōs, alla kai ton skoteinon Hērakleiton sylagōgōn.

Simon, paraphrasing the law of Moses senselessly and with bad craft, says this: since Moses says that God is a burning and consuming fire, Simon, taking what Moses said wrongly, says that fire is the principle of all things. He did not understand what was said, that God is not fire, but a burning and consuming fire; and so he not only tears apart the law of Moses itself but also plunders Heraclitus the Obscure.

6.9.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 236

Ἀπέραντον δὲ εἶναι δύναμιν ὁ Σίμων προσαγορεύει τῶν ὅλων τὴν ἀρχήν, λέγων οὕτως· Τοῦτο τὸ γράμμα ἀποφάσεως φωνῆς καὶ ὀνόματος ἐξ ἐπινοίας τῆς μεγάλης δυνάμεως τῆς ἀπεράντου. Διὸ ἔσται ἐσφραγισμένον, κεκρυμμένον, κεκαλυμμένον, κείμενον ἐν τῷ οἰκητηρίῳ, οὗ ἡ ῥίζα τῶν ὅλων τεθεμελίωται.

Aperanton de einai dynamin ho Simōn prosagoreuei tōn holōn tēn archēn, legōn houtōs; Touto to gramma apophaseōs phōnēs kai onomatos ex epinoias tēs megalēs dynameōs tēs aperantou. Dio estai esphragismenon, kekrymmenon, kekalymmenon, keimenon en tǭ oikētēriǭ, hou hē rhiza tōn holōn tethemeliōtai.

Simon calls the principle of all things infinite power, speaking thus: “This is the writing of the declaration of voice and name from the thought of the great, infinite power. Therefore it will be sealed, hidden, veiled, lying in the dwelling in which the root of all things has been founded.”

6.9.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 236–238

Οἰκητήριον δὲ λέγει εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον τὸν ἐξ αἱμάτων γεγεννημένον, καὶ κατοικεῖν ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀπέραντον δύναμιν, ἣν ῥίζαν εἶναι τῶν ὅλων φησίν. Ἔστι δὲ ἡ ἀπέραντος δύναμις, τὸ πῦρ, κατὰ τὸν Σίμωνα οὐδὲν ἁπλοῦν, καθάπερ οἱ πολλοὶ ἁπλᾶ λέγοντες εἶναι τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἁπλοῦν εἶναι νενομίκασιν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς διπλῆν τινὰ τὴν φύσιν, καὶ τῆς διπλῆς ταύτης καλεῖ τὸ μέν τι κρυπτόν, τὸ δέ τι φανερόν·

Oikētērion de legei einai ton anthrōpon touton ton ex haimatōn gegennēmenon, kai katoikein en autǭ tēn aperanton dynamin, hēn rhizan einai tōn holōn phēsin. Esti de hē aperantos dynamis, to pyr, kata ton Simōna ouden haploun, kathaper hoi polloi hapla legontes einai ta tessara stoicheia kai to pyr haploun einai nenomikasin, alla gar einai tēn tou pyros diplēn tina tēn physin, kai tēs diplēs tautēs kalei to men ti krypton, to de ti phaneron;

He says that the dwelling is this man who is born of blood, and that the infinite power, which he says is the root of all things, dwells in him. According to Simon, the infinite power, the fire, is nothing simple (as most people, saying that the four elements are simple, have thought fire to be simple); rather the nature of fire is a kind of double one, and of this double nature he calls one part hidden and the other manifest;

6.9.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

κεκρύφθαι δὲ τὰ κρυπτὰ ἐν τοῖς φανεροῖς τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὰ φανερὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ὑπὸ τῶν κρυπτῶν γεγονέναι. Ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο, ὅπερ Ἀριστοτέλης δυνάμει καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ καλεῖ ἢ Πλάτων νοητὸν καὶ αἰσθητόν.

kekryphthai de ta krypta en tois phanerois tou pyros, kai ta phanera tou pyros hypo tōn kryptōn gegonenai. Esti de touto, hoper Aristotelēs dynamei kai energeią kalei ē Platōn noēton kai aisthēton.

and the hidden things are hidden in the manifest things of the fire, and the manifest things of the fire have come to be from the hidden. This is what Aristotle calls potentiality and actuality, or Plato intelligible and sensible.

6.9.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Καὶ τὸ μὲν φανερὸν τοῦ πυρὸς πάντα ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὅσα ἄν τις ἐπινοήσῃ ἢ καὶ λάθῃ παραλιπὼν τῶν ὁρατῶν. Τὸ δὲ κρυπτὸν πᾶν ὅ, τι ἐννοήσει τις νοητὸν καὶ πεφευγὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν ἢ καὶ παραλείπει μὴ διανοηθείς.

Kai to men phaneron tou pyros panta echei en heautǭ hosa an tis epinoēsę̄ ē kai lathę̄ paralipōn tōn horatōn. To de krypton pan ho, ti ennoēsei tis noēton kai pepheugos tēn aisthēsin ē kai paraleipei mē dianoētheis.

And the manifest part of the fire has in itself all the visible things that anyone might conceive or even overlook unawares; and the hidden part, everything that anyone might conceive as intelligible and escaping sense, or even pass over without thinking of it.

6.9.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Καθόλου δέ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, πάντων τῶν ὄντων αἰσθητῶν τε καὶ νοητῶν, ὧν ἐκεῖνος κρυφίων καὶ φανερῶν προσαγορεύει, ἔστι θησαυρὸς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ὑπερουράνιον, οἱονεὶ δένδρον μέγα ὡς τὸ διʼ ὀνείρου βλεπόμενον τῷ Ναβουχοδονόσορ, ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα σὰρξ τρέφεται.

Katholou de estin eipein, pantōn tōn ontōn aisthētōn te kai noētōn, hōn ekeinos kryphiōn kai phanerōn prosagoreuei, esti thēsauros to pyr to hyperouranion, hoionei dendron mega hōs to diʼ oneirou blepomenon tǭ Nabouchodonosor, ex hou pasa sarx trephetai.

In general one may say that of all the things that are, both sensible and intelligible, which he calls hidden and manifest, the supercelestial fire is the treasury, like a great tree, such as the one seen in a dream by Nebuchadnezzar, from which all flesh is fed.

6.9.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Καὶ τὸ μὲν φανερὸν εἶναι τοῦ πυρὸς νομίζει τὸ πρέμνον, τοὺς κλάδους, τὰ φύλλα, τὸν ἔξωθεν αὐτῷ περικείμενον φλοιόν. Ἅπαντα, φησί, ταῦτα τοῦ μεγάλου δένδρου ἀναφθέντα ἀπὸ τῆς παμφάγου τοῦ πυρὸς ἀφανίζεται φλογός.

Kai to men phaneron einai tou pyros nomizei to premnon, tous kladous, ta phylla, ton exōthen autǭ perikeimenon phloion. Hapanta, phēsi, tauta tou megalou dendrou anaphthenta apo tēs pamphagou tou pyros aphanizetai phlogos.

And he thinks the manifest part of the fire is the trunk, the branches, the leaves, and the bark that surrounds it outside. “All these parts of the great tree,” he says, “are kindled by the all-devouring flame of the fire and vanish.

6.9.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τοῦ δένδρου ἐὰν ἐξεικονισθῇ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ μορφὴν ἀπολάβῃ, εἰς ἀποθήκην τίθεται, οὐκ εἰς τὸ πῦρ. Γέγονε μὲν γὰρ, φησίν, ὁ καρπός, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην τεθῇ, τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον, ἵνα παραδοθῇ τῷ πυρί, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πρέμνον, οὐκ αὐτοῦ χάριν ἀλλὰ τοῦ καρποῦ γεγενημένον.

Ho de karpos tou dendrou ean exeikonisthę̄ kai tēn heautou morphēn apolabę̄, eis apothēkēn tithetai, ouk eis to pyr. Gegone men gar, phēsin, ho karpos, hina eis tēn apothēkēn tethę̄, to de achyron, hina paradothę̄ tǭ pyri, hoper esti premnon, ouk autou charin alla tou karpou gegenēmenon.

But the fruit of the tree, if it is brought to its full image and receives its own form, is put into the storehouse, not into the fire. For the fruit came to be,” he says, “in order to be put into the storehouse, and the chaff in order to be handed over to the fire; the chaff is the trunk, which came to be not for its own sake but for the fruit's.”

item 6, chapter 10

6.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι, φησί, τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· Ὁ γὰρ ἀμπελὼν κυρίου σαβαὼθ οἶκος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ἐστι, καὶ ἄνθρωπος τοῦ Ἰούδα νεόφυτον ἠγαπημένον. Εἰ δὲ ἄνθρωπος τοῦ Ἰούδα νεόφυτον ἠγαπημένον, δέδεικται, φησίν, ὅτι ξύλον οὐκ ἄλλο τι ἀλλʼ ἢ ἄνθρωπος ἐστίν.

Kai touto esti, phēsi, to gegrammenon en tę̄ graphę̄; Ho gar ampelōn kyriou sabaōth oikos tou Israēl esti, kai anthrōpos tou Iouda neophyton ēgapēmenon. Ei de anthrōpos tou Iouda neophyton ēgapēmenon, dedeiktai, phēsin, hoti xylon ouk allo ti allʼ ē anthrōpos estin.

“And this is,” he says, “what is written in Scripture: ‘For the vineyard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel, and the man of Judah a beloved new plant.’ And if the man of Judah is a beloved new plant, it has been shown,” he says, “that the tree is nothing other than man.”

6.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 238

Ἀλλὰ περὶ τῆς ἐκκρίσεως αὐτοῦ καὶ διακρίσεως ἱκανῶς, φησίν, εἴρηκεν ἡ γραφή, καὶ πρὸς διδασκαλίαν ἀρκεῖ τοῖς ἐξεικονισμένοις τὸ λεχθέν· ὅτι πᾶσα σὰρξ χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα σαρκὸς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου. Ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσε· τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ῥῆμα δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶ κυρίου τὸ ἐν στόματι γεννώμενον ῥῆμα καὶ λόγος, ἄλλῃ δὲ χωρίον γενέσεως οὐκ ἔστι.

Alla peri tēs ekkriseōs autou kai diakriseōs hikanōs, phēsin, eirēken hē graphē, kai pros didaskalian arkei tois exeikonismenois to lechthen; hoti pasa sarx chortos, kai pasa doxa sarkos hōs anthos chortou. Exēranthē ho chortos, kai to anthos autou exepese; to de rhēma kyriou menei eis ton aiōna. Rhēma de, phēsin, esti kyriou to en stomati gennōmenon rhēma kai logos, allę̄ de chōrion geneseōs ouk esti.

“But about its secretion and separation,” he says, “Scripture has said enough, and for the teaching of those who have been brought to their full image what was said suffices: that ‘all flesh is grass, and all the glory of flesh like the flower of grass. The grass withered, and its flower fell off; but the word of the Lord remains forever.’ The word of the Lord,” he says, “is the word and speech born in the mouth; and there is no other place of its generation.”

item 6, chapter 11

6.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 238–240

Τοιούτου δὲ ὄντος, ὡς διʼ ὀλίγων εἰπεῖν, κατὰ τὸν Σίμωνα τοῦ πυρός, καὶ πάντων τῶν ὄντων ὁρατῶν καὶ ἀοράτων, ὡσαύτως ἐνήχων καὶ ἀνήχων, ἀριθμητῶν καὶ ἀριθμῶν, ἐν τῇ Ἀποφάσει τῇ μεγάλῃ καλεῖ τέλειον νοερόν, οὕτως ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν ἀπειράκις ἀπείρως ἐπινοηθῆναι δυναμένων καὶ λαλεῖν καὶ διανοεῖσθαι καὶ ἐνεργεῖν, οὕτως ὡς φησὶν Ἐμπεδοκλῆς· Γαίῃ μὲν γὰρ γαῖαν ὀπώπαμεν, ὕδατι δʼ ὕδωρ, αἰθέρι δʼ αἰθέρα [δῖον], ἀτὰρ πυρὶ πῦρ ἀΐδηλον, καὶ [στοργῇ] στοργήν, νεῖκος δέ τε νείκεϊ λυγρῷ.

Toioutou de ontos, hōs diʼ oligōn eipein, kata ton Simōna tou pyros, kai pantōn tōn ontōn horatōn kai aoratōn, hōsautōs enēchōn kai anēchōn, arithmētōn kai arithmōn, en tę̄ Apophasei tę̄ megalę̄ kalei teleion noeron, houtōs hōs hekaston tōn apeirakis apeirōs epinoēthēnai dynamenōn kai lalein kai dianoeisthai kai energein, houtōs hōs phēsin Empedoklēs; Gaię̄ men gar gaian opōpamen, hydati dʼ hydōr, aitheri dʼ aithera [dion], atar pyri pyr aïdēlon, kai [storgę̄] storgēn, neikos de te neikeï lygrǭ.

Such being the fire according to Simon, to put it briefly, and such all things that are, visible and invisible, likewise sounding and soundless, numerable and numbers, he calls it in the Great Declaration a perfect intelligent being, so that each of the things that can be conceived infinitely many times infinitely speaks, thinks, and acts, as Empedocles says: “For by earth we see earth, by water water, by air [bright] air, and by fire destructive fire, and [by love] love, and strife by baleful strife.”

item 6, chapter 12

6.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 240

Πάντα γὰρ, φησίν, ἐνόμιζε τὰ μέρη τοῦ πυρὸς τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα φρόνησιν ἔχειν καὶ νώματος αἶσαν. Γέγονεν οὖν ὁ κόσμος ὁ γεννητὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου πυρός. Ἤρξατο δὲ, φησί, γενέσθαι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον.

Panta gar, phēsin, enomize ta merē tou pyros ta horata kai ta aorata phronēsin echein kai nōmatos aisan. Gegonen oun ho kosmos ho gennētos apo tou agennētou pyros. Ērxato de, phēsi, genesthai touton ton tropon.

For he held, he says, that all the parts of the fire, visible and invisible, have intelligence and a share of thought. The begotten world, then, came to be from the unbegotten fire. “And it began to come to be,” he says, “in this way.”

6.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 240

Ἓξ ῥίζας τὰς πρώτας τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς γεννήσεως λαβὼν ὁ γεννητὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκείνου· γεγονέναι δὲ τὰς ῥίζας φησὶ κατὰ συζυγίας ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρός, ἅστινας ῥίζας καλεῖ νοῦν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν, φωνὴν καὶ ὄνομα, λογισμὸν καὶ ἐνθύμησιν· εἶναι δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἓξ ῥίζαις ταύταις πᾶσαν ὁμοῦ τὴν ἀπέραντον δύναμιν δυνάμει, οὐκ ἐνεργείᾳ.

Hex rhizas tas prōtas tēs archēs tēs gennēseōs labōn ho gennētos apo tēs archēs tou pyros ekeinou; gegonenai de tas rhizas phēsi kata syzygias apo tou pyros, hastinas rhizas kalei noun kai epinoian, phōnēn kai onoma, logismon kai enthymēsin; einai de en tais hex rhizais tautais pasan homou tēn aperanton dynamin dynamei, ouk energeią.

The begotten world took the first six roots of the principle of generation from the principle of that fire; and he says that the roots came to be in pairs from the fire, and he calls these roots Mind and Thought, Voice and Name, Reasoning and Reflection; and in these six roots the whole infinite power is present together, in potentiality, not in actuality.

6.12.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 240

Ἥντινα ἀπέραντον δύναμιν φησὶ τὸν ἑστῶτα, στάντα, στησόμενον. Ὃς ἐὰν μὲν ἐξεικονισθῇ ὢν ἐν ταῖς ἓξ δυνάμεσιν, ἔσται οὐσίᾳ, δυνάμει, μεγέθει, ἀποτελέσματι μία καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ καὶ ἀπεράντῳ δυνάμει, καὶ οὐδὲν ὅλως ἔχουσα ἐνδεέστερον ἐκείνης τῆς ἀγεννήτου καὶ ἀπαραλλάκτου καὶ ἀπεράντου δυνάμεως· ἐὰν

Hēntina aperanton dynamin phēsi ton hestōta, stanta, stēsomenon. Hos ean men exeikonisthę̄ ōn en tais hex dynamesin, estai ousią, dynamei, megethei, apotelesmati mia kai hē autē tę̄ agennētǭ kai aperantǭ dynamei, kai ouden holōs echousa endeesteron ekeinēs tēs agennētou kai aparallaktou kai aperantou dynameōs; ean

This infinite power he calls “he who stands, stood, and will stand.” If, being in the six powers, it is brought to its full image, it will be in substance, power, magnitude, and completion one and the same with the unbegotten and infinite power, and will lack nothing at all in comparison with that unbegotten, unchanging, and infinite power; but if

6.12.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 240

δὲ μείνῃ τῇ δυνάμει μόνον ἐν ταῖς ἓξ δυνάμεσι καὶ μὴ ἐξεικονισθῇ, ἀφανίζεται, φησί, καὶ ἀπόλλυται οὕτως ὡς ἡ δύναμις ἡ γραμματικὴ ἢ γεωμετρικὴ ἐν ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ. Προσλαβοῦσα γὰρ ἡ δύναμις τέχνην φῶς τῶν γινομένων γίνεται, μὴ προσλαβοῦσα δὲ ἀτεχνία καὶ σκότος, καὶ ὡς ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, ἀποθνήσκοντι τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ συνδιαφθείρεται.

de meinę̄ tę̄ dynamei monon en tais hex dynamesi kai mē exeikonisthę̄, aphanizetai, phēsi, kai apollytai houtōs hōs hē dynamis hē grammatikē ē geōmetrikē en anthrōpou psychę̄. Proslabousa gar hē dynamis technēn phōs tōn ginomenōn ginetai, mē proslabousa de atechnia kai skotos, kai hōs hote ouk ēn, apothnēskonti tǭ anthrōpǭ syndiaphtheiretai.

it remains only in potentiality in the six powers and is not brought to its full image, it vanishes,” he says, “and perishes, just as the capacity for grammar or geometry in a human soul. For the capacity, when it acquires the art, becomes a light of the things that come to be; but when it does not acquire it, it is lack of art and darkness, and, as if it had never been, it perishes with the man when he dies.”

item 6, chapter 13

6.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 240–242

Τῶν δὲ ἓξ δυνάμεων τούτων καὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης τῆς μετὰ τῶν ἓξ καλεῖ τὴν πρώτην συζυγίαν νοῦν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν· καὶ τὸν μὲν ἄρσενα ἄνωθεν ἐπιβλέπειν καὶ προνοεῖν τῆς συζύγου, τὴν δὲ γῆν ὑποδέχεσθαι κάτω τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ νοεροὺς καταφερομένους τῇ γῇ συγγενεῖς καρπούς. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησίν, ἀποβλέπων πολλάκις ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὰ ἐκ νοὸς καὶ ἐπινοίας γεγεννημένα, τουτέστιν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, λέγει· Ἄκουε, οὐρανέ, καὶ ἐνωτίζου, γῆ, ὅτι κύριος ἐλάλησεν· Υἱοὺς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὕψωσα, αὐτοὶ δέ με ἠθέτησαν. ὁ δὲ λέγων ταῦτα, φησίν, ἡ ἑβδόμη δύναμις ἐστίν, ὁ ἑστώς, στάς, στησόμενος· αὐτὸς γὰρ αἴτιος τούτων τῶν καλῶν, ὧν ἐπῄνεσε Μωσῆς καὶ εἶπε καλὰ λίαν. Ἡ δὲ φωνὴ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα, ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη. Ὁ δὲ λογισμὸς καὶ ἡ ἐνθύμησις, ἀὴρ καὶ ὕδωρ. Ἐν δὲ τούτοις ἅπασιν ἐμμέμικται καὶ κέκραται, ὡς ἔφην, ἡ μεγάλη δύναμις ἡ ἀπέραντος, ὁ ἑστώς.

Tōn de hex dynameōn toutōn kai tēs hebdomēs tēs meta tōn hex kalei tēn prōtēn syzygian noun kai epinoian, ouranon kai gēn; kai ton men arsena anōthen epiblepein kai pronoein tēs syzygou, tēn de gēn hypodechesthai katō tous apo tou ouranou noerous katapheromenous tę̄ gę̄ syngeneis karpous. Dia touto, phēsin, apoblepōn pollakis ho logos pros ta ek noos kai epinoias gegennēmena, toutestin ex ouranou kai gēs, legei; Akoue, ourane, kai enōtizou, gē, hoti kyrios elalēsen; Huious egennēsa kai hypsōsa, autoi de me ēthetēsan. ho de legōn tauta, phēsin, hē hebdomē dynamis estin, ho hestōs, stas, stēsomenos; autos gar aitios toutōn tōn kalōn, hōn epę̄nese Mōsēs kai eipe kala lian. Hē de phōnē kai to onoma, hēlios kai selēnē. Ho de logismos kai hē enthymēsis, aēr kai hydōr. En de toutois hapasin emmemiktai kai kekratai, hōs ephēn, hē megalē dynamis hē aperantos, ho hestōs.

Of these six powers, and of the seventh that is with the six, he calls the first pair Mind and Thought, heaven and earth; the male looks down from above and cares for his consort, while the earth below receives the intelligent fruits, akin to the earth, that are brought down from heaven. “For this reason,” he says, “the Word, often looking toward the things begotten from Mind and Thought, that is, from heaven and earth, says: ‘Hear, O heaven, and give ear, O earth, for the Lord has spoken: I have begotten sons and raised them up, but they have rejected me.’ The one who says this,” he says, “is the seventh power, he who stands, stood, and will stand; for he is the cause of these good things which Moses praised, saying they were very good. And Voice and Name are sun and moon; Reasoning and Reflection are air and water. And in all these, as I said, the great, infinite power, he who stands, is mixed and blended.”

item 6, chapter 14

6.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 242

Μωσέως οὖν εἰρηκότος· Ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐν αἷς ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ, τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον μετοικονομήσας ὁ Σίμων ἑαυτὸν θεοποιεῖ.

Mōseōs oun eirēkotos; Hex hēmerais en hais ho theos epoiēse ton ouranon kai tēn gēn, kai tę̄ hebdomę̄ katepausen apo pantōn tōn ergōn autou, ton eirēmenon tropon metoikonomēsas ho Simōn heauton theopoiei.

Since Moses has said, “In six days God made heaven and earth, and on the seventh he rested from all his works,” Simon, rearranging this in the manner described, makes himself a god.

6.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 242

Ὅταν οὖν λέγωσιν, ὅτι εἰσὶ τρεῖς ἡμέραι πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης γεγενημέναι, αἰνίσσονται νοῦν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν, τουτέστιν οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, καὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην δύναμιν τὴν ἀπέραντον. Αὗται γὰρ αἱ τρεῖς δυνάμεις εἰσὶ πρὸ πασῶν τῶν ἄλλων γενόμεναι.

Hotan oun legōsin, hoti eisi treis hēmerai pro hēliou kai selēnēs gegenēmenai, ainissontai noun kai epinoian, toutestin ouranon kai gēn, kai tēn hebdomēn dynamin tēn aperanton. Hautai gar hai treis dynameis eisi pro pasōn tōn allōn genomenai.

When, then, they say that there are three days that came to be before sun and moon, they are hinting at Mind and Thought, that is, heaven and earth, and at the seventh, infinite power. For these three powers came to be before all the others.

6.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 242

Ὅταν δὲ λέγωσι· Πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων γεννᾷ με, περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης, φησί, δυνάμεως τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγεται εἶναι.

Hotan de legōsi; Pro pantōn tōn aiōnōn genną me, peri tēs hebdomēs, phēsi, dynameōs ta toiauta legetai einai.

And when they say, “Before all the ages he begets me,” such things, he says, are said about the seventh power.

6.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 242

Ἑβδόμη δὲ αὕτη δύναμις, ἥτις ἦν δύναμις ὑπάρχουσα ἐν τῇ ἀπεράντῳ δυνάμει, ἥτις γέγονε πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, αὕτη ἐστί, φησίν, ἡ ἑβδόμη δύναμις, περὶ ἧς λέγει Μωσῆς· Καὶ πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐπεφέρετο ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος· τουτέστι, φησί, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πάντα ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰκὼν τῆς ἀπεράντου δυνάμεως, περὶ ἧς ὁ Σίμων λέγει· Εἰκὼν ἐξ ἀφθάρτου μορφῆς, κοσμοῦσα μόνη πάντα.

Hebdomē de hautē dynamis, hētis ēn dynamis hyparchousa en tę̄ aperantǭ dynamei, hētis gegone pro pantōn tōn aiōnōn, hautē esti, phēsin, hē hebdomē dynamis, peri hēs legei Mōsēs; Kai pneuma theou epephereto epanō tou hydatos; toutesti, phēsi, to pneuma to panta echon en heautǭ, eikōn tēs aperantou dynameōs, peri hēs ho Simōn legei; Eikōn ex aphthartou morphēs, kosmousa monē panta.

This seventh power, which was a power existing in the infinite power and which came to be before all the ages, is,” he says, “the seventh power of which Moses says, ‘And the Spirit of God was borne above the water’; that is,” he says, “the Spirit that holds all things in itself, image of the infinite power, of which Simon says: ‘An image from an incorruptible form, alone ordering all things.’”

6.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 242–244

Αὕτη γὰρ ἡ δύναμις, ἡ ἐπιφερομένη ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος ἐξ ἀφθάρτου, φησί, γεγενημένη μορφῆς κοσμεῖ μόνη πάντα. Τοιαύτης οὖν τινὸς καὶ παραπλησίου τῆς κατασκευῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενομένης παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ἔπλασε, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς λαβών· ἔπλασε δὲ οὐχ ἁπλοῦν, ἀλλὰ διπλοῦν κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν.

Hautē gar hē dynamis, hē epipheromenē epanō tou hydatos ex aphthartou, phēsi, gegenēmenē morphēs kosmei monē panta. Toiautēs oun tinos kai paraplēsiou tēs kataskeuēs tou kosmou genomenēs parʼ autois, eplase, phēsin, ho theos ton anthrōpon choun apo tēs gēs labōn; eplase de ouch haploun, alla diploun katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin.

For this power that is borne above the water, born,” he says, “from an incorruptible form, alone orders all things. When, then, the fashioning of the world had come about among them in some such way, God,” he says, “formed man, taking dust from the earth; and he formed him not single but double, according to image and according to likeness.”

6.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 244

Εἰκὼν δέ ἐστι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον ἐπάνω τοῦ ὕδατος, ὃ ἐὰν μὴ ἐξεικονισθῇ, μετὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἀπολεῖται, δυνάμει μεῖναν μόνον καὶ μὴ ἐνεργείᾳ γενόμενον. Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. Ἐὰν δὲ ἐξεικονισθῇ καὶ γένηται ἀπὸ στιγμῆς ἀμερίστου, ὡς γέγραπται ἐν τῇ Ἀποφάσει, τὸ μικρὸν μέγα γενήσεται. Τὸ δὲ μέγα ἔσται εἰς τὸν ἄπειρον αἰῶνα καὶ ἀπαράλλακτον, τὸ μηκέτι γινόμενον.

Eikōn de esti to pneuma to epipheromenon epanō tou hydatos, ho ean mē exeikonisthę̄, meta tou kosmou apoleitai, dynamei meinan monon kai mē energeią genomenon. Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Hina mē syn tǭ kosmǭ katakrithōmen. Ean de exeikonisthę̄ kai genētai apo stigmēs ameristou, hōs gegraptai en tę̄ Apophasei, to mikron mega genēsetai. To de mega estai eis ton apeiron aiōna kai aparallakton, to mēketi ginomenon.

The image is the Spirit borne above the water, which, if it is not brought to its full image, will perish with the world, remaining only in potentiality and not coming into actuality. “This is,” he says, “what was said: ‘That we may not be condemned with the world.’ But if it is brought to its full image and comes to be from an indivisible point, as is written in the Declaration, the small will become great; and the great will be to the infinite and unchangeable age, which no longer comes to be.”

6.14.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 244

Πῶς οὖν καὶ τίνα τρόπον, φησί, πλάσσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ θεός; Ἐν παραδείσῳ, οὕτως γὰρ αὐτῷ δοκεῖ. Ἔστω, φησί, παράδεισος ἡ μήτρα, καὶ ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἡ γραφὴ διδάξει ὅτε λέγει· Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πλάσσων σε ἐν μήτρᾳ μητρός σου. Καὶ τοῦτο γὰρ οὕτω θέλει γεγράφθαι. Τὸν παράδεισον, φησίν, ἀλληγορῶν ὁ Μωσῆς τὴν μήτραν εἴρηκεν, εἴπερ δεῖ τῷ λόγῳ πιστεύειν.

Pōs oun kai tina tropon, phēsi, plassei ton anthrōpon ho theos? En paradeisǭ, houtōs gar autǭ dokei. Estō, phēsi, paradeisos hē mētra, kai hoti touto estin alēthes hē graphē didaxei hote legei; Egō eimi ho plassōn se en mētrą mētros sou. Kai touto gar houtō thelei gegraphthai. Ton paradeison, phēsin, allēgorōn ho Mōsēs tēn mētran eirēken, eiper dei tǭ logǭ pisteuein.

“How, then, and in what way,” he says, “does God form man? In paradise”; for so he thinks. “Let paradise,” he says, “be the womb; and that this is true Scripture will teach when it says: ‘I am the one who forms you in your mother's womb’”; for he wants this too to be written so. “Moses,” he says, “speaking allegorically, called the womb paradise, if one must believe the word.”

6.14.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 244

Εἰ δὲ πλάσσει ὁ θεὸς ἐν μήτρᾳ μητρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τουτέστιν ἐν παραδείσῳ, ὡς ἔφην, ἔστω παράδεισος ἡ μήτρα, Ἐδὲμ δὲ τὸ χωρίον, ποταμὸς ἐκπορευόμενος ἐξ Ἐδὲμ ποτίζειν τὸν παράδεισον ὁ ὀμφαλός. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἀφορίζεται ὁ ὀμφαλὸς εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς, ἑκατέρωθεν γὰρ τοῦ ὀμφαλοῦ δύο εἰσὶν ἀρτηρίαι παρατεταμέναι, ὀχετοὶ πνεύματος, καὶ δύο φλέβες, ὀχετοὶ αἵματος.

Ei de plassei ho theos en mētrą mētros ton anthrōpon, toutestin en paradeisǭ, hōs ephēn, estō paradeisos hē mētra, Edem de to chōrion, potamos ekporeuomenos ex Edem potizein ton paradeison ho omphalos. Houtos, phēsin, aphorizetai ho omphalos eis tessaras archas, hekaterōthen gar tou omphalou dyo eisin artēriai paratetamenai, ochetoi pneumatos, kai dyo phlebes, ochetoi haimatos.

“If God forms man in the mother's womb, that is, in paradise, as I said, let the womb be paradise, and Eden the region, and ‘the river going out of Eden to water paradise’ the navel. This navel,” he says, “is divided into four principles; for on either side of the navel two arteries are stretched, channels of spirit, and two veins, channels of blood.

6.14.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 244

Ἐπειδὰν δέ, φησίν, ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐδὲμ χωρίου ἐκπορευόμενος ὁ ὀμφαλὸς ἐμφυῇ τῷ γενομένῳ κατὰ τὸ ἐπιγάστριον, ὃν κοινῶς πάντες προσαγορεύουσιν ὀμφαλόν....

Epeidan de, phēsin, apo tou Edem chōriou ekporeuomenos ho omphalos emphyę̄ tǭ genomenǭ kata to epigastrion, hon koinōs pantes prosagoreuousin omphalon....

And when,” he says, “the navel cord, going out from the region Eden, grows into the offspring at the abdomen, at what everyone commonly calls the navel, …

6.14.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 244

αἱ δὲ δύο φλέβες, διʼ ὧν ῥεῖ καὶ φέρεται ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἐδὲμ τοῦ χωρίου τὸ αἷμα κατὰ τὰς καλουμένας πύλας τοῦ ἥπατος, αἵτινες τὸ γεννώμενον τρέφουσιν· αἱ δὲ ἀρτηρίαι, ἃς ἔφημεν ὀχετοὺς εἶναι πνεύματος, ἑκατέρωθεν περιλαβοῦσαι τὴν κύστιν κατὰ τὸ πλατὺ ὀστοῦν, πρὸς τὴν μεγάλην συνάπτουσιν ἀρτηρίαν, τὴν κατὰ ῥάχιν καλουμένην ἀορτήν, καὶ οὕτως διὰ τῶν παραθύρων ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν ὁδεῦσαν τὸ πνεῦμα κίνησιν ἐργάζεται τῶν ἐμβρύων.

hai de dyo phlebes, diʼ hōn rhei kai pheretai apo tou Edem tou chōriou to haima kata tas kaloumenas pylas tou hēpatos, haitines to gennōmenon trephousin; hai de artēriai, has ephēmen ochetous einai pneumatos, hekaterōthen perilabousai tēn kystin kata to platy ostoun, pros tēn megalēn synaptousin artērian, tēn kata rhachin kaloumenēn aortēn, kai houtōs dia tōn parathyrōn epi tēn kardian hodeusan to pneuma kinēsin ergazetai tōn embryōn.

and the two veins, through which the blood flows and is carried from the region Eden by the so-called gates of the liver, nourish the offspring; and the arteries, which we said are channels of spirit, embracing the bladder on either side by the broad bone, join the great artery along the spine called the aorta; and so the spirit, travelling through the side-doors to the heart, produces the movement of the embryos.

6.14.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 244–246

Πλαττόμενον γὰρ τὸ βρέφος ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ οὔτε τῷ στόματι τροφὴν λαμβάνει, οὔτε ταῖς ῥισὶν ἀναπνέει· ἐν ὑγροῖς γὰρ ὑπάρχοντι αὐτῷ παρὰ πόδας ἦν ὁ θάνατος εἰ ἀνέπνευσεν· ἐπεσπάσατο γὰρ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ὑγρῶν καὶ ἐφθάρη. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅλον περιέσφιγκται τῷ καλουμένῳ χιτῶνι ἀμνίῳ, τρέφεται δὲ διʼ ὀμφαλοῦ καὶ διὰ τῆς κατὰ ῥάχιν, ὡς ἔφην, τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος οὐσίαν λαμβάνει.

Plattomenon gar to brephos en tǭ paradeisǭ oute tǭ stomati trophēn lambanei, oute tais rhisin anapneei; en hygrois gar hyparchonti autǭ para podas ēn ho thanatos ei anepneusen; epespasato gar an apo tōn hygrōn kai ephtharē. Alla gar holon periesphinktai tǭ kaloumenǭ chitōni amniǭ, trephetai de diʼ omphalou kai dia tēs kata rhachin, hōs ephēn, tēn tou pneumatos ousian lambanei.

For the infant being formed in paradise neither takes food by the mouth nor breathes through the nostrils; for since it lies in fluids, death would be at its feet if it breathed, for it would draw in the fluids and perish. But it is wholly enclosed in the so-called amniotic membrane; it is nourished through the navel, and through the artery along the spine, as I said, it receives the substance of the spirit.”

item 6, chapter 15

6.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 246

Ὁ οὖν ποταμός, φησίν, ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐξ Ἐδὲμ εἰς τέσσαρας ἀφορίζεται ἀρχάς, ὀχετοὺς τέσσαρας, τουτέστιν εἰς τέσσαρας αἰσθήσεις τοῦ γεννωμένου, ὅρασιν, ἀκοήν, ὄσφρησιν, γεῦσιν καὶ ἁφήν. Ταύτας γὰρ ἔχει μόνας τὰς αἰσθήσεις ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ πλασσόμενον τὸ παιδίον. Οὗτος, φησίν, ἐστὶν ὁ νόμος, ὃν ἔθηκε Μωσῆς, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον αὐτὸν τὸν νόμον γέγραπται τῶν βιβλίων ἕκαστον, ὡς αἱ ἐπιγραφαὶ δηλοῦσι.

Ho oun potamos, phēsin, ho ekporeuomenos ex Edem eis tessaras aphorizetai archas, ochetous tessaras, toutestin eis tessaras aisthēseis tou gennōmenou, horasin, akoēn, osphrēsin, geusin kai haphēn. Tautas gar echei monas tas aisthēseis en tǭ paradeisǭ plassomenon to paidion. Houtos, phēsin, estin ho nomos, hon ethēke Mōsēs, kai pros touton auton ton nomon gegraptai tōn bibliōn hekaston, hōs hai epigraphai dēlousi.

“The river, then,” he says, “that goes out of Eden is divided into four principles, four channels, that is, into the senses of the offspring: sight, hearing, smell, taste, and touch. For the child being formed in paradise has only these senses. This,” he says, “is the law that Moses laid down, and each of the books is written with reference to this very law, as the titles show.”

6.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 246

Τὸ πρῶτον βιβλίον Γένεσις· ἤρκει, φησί, πρὸς γνῶσιν τῶν ὅλων ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ τοῦ βιβλίου. Αὕτη γὰρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ Γένεσις ὅρασις, εἰς ἣν ἀφορίζεται ποταμοῦ σχίσις ἡ μία. Ἐθεάθη γὰρ ὁ κόσμος ἐν ὁράσει. Ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ βιβλίου δευτέρου Ἔξοδος.

To prōton biblion Genesis; ērkei, phēsi, pros gnōsin tōn holōn hē epigraphē tou bibliou. Hautē gar, phēsin, estin hē Genesis horasis, eis hēn aphorizetai potamou schisis hē mia. Etheathē gar ho kosmos en horasei. Hē epigraphē bibliou deuterou Exodos.

The first book is Genesis. “The title of the book,” he says, “was enough for the knowledge of all things. For this Genesis,” he says, “is sight, into which one branch of the river is divided; for the world was beheld by sight.” The title of the second book is Exodus.

6.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 246

Ἔδει γὰρ τὸ γεννηθέν, τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν διοδεῦσαν θάλασσαν, ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἔρημον (Ἐρυθρὰν δὲ λέγει, φασί, τὸ αἷμα), καὶ γεύσασθαι πικρὸν ὕδωρ. Πικρὸν γὰρ, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ μετὰ τὴν Ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁδὸς τῆς κατὰ τὸν βίον γνώσεως τῶν ἐπιπόνων ὁδευομένη καὶ πικρῶν.

Edei gar to gennēthen, tēn Erythran diodeusan thalassan, elthein epi tēn erēmon (Erythran de legei, phasi, to haima), kai geusasthai pikron hydōr. Pikron gar, phēsin, esti to hydōr to meta tēn Erythran thalassan, hoper estin hodos tēs kata ton bion gnōseōs tōn epiponōn hodeuomenē kai pikrōn.

For what was born had to travel through the Red Sea and come into the wilderness (by “Red,” they say, he means the blood) and taste bitter water. “For bitter,” he says, “is the water after the Red Sea, which is the road of knowledge in life, travelled through toils and bitter things.

6.15.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 246

Στραφὲν δὲ ὑπὸ Μωσέως, τουτέστι τοῦ λόγου, τὸ πικρὸν ἐκεῖνο γίνεται γλυκύ. Καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, κοινῇ πάντων ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι κατὰ τοὺς ποιητὰς λεγόντων· Ῥίζῃ μὲν μέλαν [ἔσκε], γάλακτι δὲ εἴκελον ἄνθος· μῶλυ δέ μιν καλέουσι θεοί· χαλεπὸν δέ τʼ ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι· θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα δύνανται.

Straphen de hypo Mōseōs, toutesti tou logou, to pikron ekeino ginetai glyky. Kai hoti tauthʼ houtōs echei, koinę̄ pantōn estin akousai kata tous poiētas legontōn; Rhizę̄ men melan [eske], galakti de eikelon anthos; mōly de min kaleousi theoi; chalepon de tʼ oryssein andrasi ge thnētoisi; theoi de te panta dynantai.

But when it is changed by Moses, that is, by the Word, that bitter water becomes sweet. And that this is so one can hear from all people in common, speaking after the poets: ‘Black at the root [it was], but its flower like milk; moly the gods call it; and it is hard for mortal men to dig; but the gods can do all things.’”

item 6, chapter 16

6.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 246

Ἀρκεῖ, φησί, τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τῶν ὅλων τοῖς ἔχουσιν ἀκοὰς [τῆς ἀ]κοῆς· τούτου γὰρ, φησίν, ὁ γευσάμενος τοῦ καρποῦ ὑπὸ τῆς Κίρκης οὐκ ἀπεθηριώθη μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἤδη τεθηριωμένους τῇ δυνάμει χρώμενος τοῦ τοιούτου καρποῦ εἰς τὸν πρῶτον ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἴδιον αὐτῶν ἀνέπλασε καὶ ἀνετύπωσε καὶ ἀνεκαλέσατο χαρακτῆρα.

Arkei, phēsi, to lechthen hypo tōn ethnōn pros epignōsin tōn holōn tois echousin akoas [tēs a]koēs; toutou gar, phēsin, ho geusamenos tou karpou hypo tēs Kirkēs ouk apethēriōthē monos, alla kai tous ēdē tethēriōmenous tę̄ dynamei chrōmenos tou toioutou karpou eis ton prōton ekeinon ton idion autōn aneplase kai anetypōse kai anekalesato charaktēra.

“What was said by the Gentiles,” he says, “suffices for the knowledge of all things for those who have ears to hear. For he who tasted this fruit,” he says, “not only was not turned into a beast by Circe himself, but, using the power of such a fruit, he also reshaped, re-formed, and called back to that first character of their own those who had already been turned into beasts.

6.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 246–248

Πιστὸς δὲ ἀνὴρ καὶ ἀγαπώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς φαρμακίδος ἐκείνης διὰ τὸν γαλακτώδη καὶ θεῖον ἐκεῖνον καρπόν, φησίν, εὑρίσκεται. Λευΐτικὸν ὁμοίως τὸ τρίτον βιβλίον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ὄσφρησις ἢ ἀναπνοή. Θυσιῶν γάρ ἐστι καὶ προσφορῶν ὅλον ἐκεῖνο τὸ βιβλίον. Ὅπου δέ ἐστι θυσία, ὀσμή τις εὐωδίας ἀπὸ τῆς θυσίας διὰ τῶν θυμιαμάτων γίνεται· περὶ ἣν εὐωδίαν ὄσφρησιν εἶναι δ[οκιμαστή]ριον.

Pistos de anēr kai agapōmenos hypo tēs pharmakidos ekeinēs dia ton galaktōdē kai theion ekeinon karpon, phēsin, heurisketai. Leuïtikon homoiōs to triton biblion, hoper estin hē osphrēsis ē anapnoē. Thysiōn gar esti kai prosphorōn holon ekeino to biblion. Hopou de esti thysia, osmē tis euōdias apo tēs thysias dia tōn thymiamatōn ginetai; peri hēn euōdian osphrēsin einai d[okimastē]rion.

And a faithful man, beloved by that sorceress, he is found,” he says, “because of that milky and divine fruit.” Likewise Leviticus, the third book, is smell or breathing. For that whole book is about sacrifices and offerings; and where there is sacrifice, a fragrant smell arises from the sacrifice through the incense; and smell is the test of that fragrance.

6.16.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Ἀριθμοὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῶν βιβλίων γεῦσιν λέγει, ὅπου λόγος ἐνεργεῖ. Διὰ γὰρ τοῦ λαλεῖν πάντα ἀριθμοῦ τάξει καλεῖται. Δευτερονόμιον δὲ, φησίν, ἐστὶ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν τοῦ πεπλασμένου παιδίου ἐπιγεγραμμένον.

Arithmoi to tetarton tōn bibliōn geusin legei, hopou logos energei. Dia gar tou lalein panta arithmou taxei kaleitai. Deuteronomion de, phēsin, esti pros tēn haphēn tou peplasmenou paidiou epigegrammenon.

Numbers, the fourth of the books, he calls taste, where speech is active; for by speaking all things are named in the order of number. And Deuteronomy,” he says, “is entitled with reference to the touch of the child that has been formed.

6.16.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἡ ἁφὴ τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων ὁραθέντα θιγοῦσα ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται καὶ βεβαιοῖ, σκληρὸν ἢ θερμὸν ἢ γλίσχρον δοκιμάσασα, οὕτως τὸ πέμπτον βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου ἀνακεφαλαίωσις ἐστὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ γραφέντων τεσσάρων.

Hōsper gar hē haphē ta hypo tōn allōn aisthēseōn horathenta thigousa anakephalaioutai kai bebaioi, sklēron ē thermon ē glischron dokimasasa, houtōs to pempton biblion tou nomou anakephalaiōsis esti tōn pro autou graphentōn tessarōn.

For as touch, handling the things seen by the other senses, sums them up and confirms them, testing whether they are hard or hot or sticky, so the fifth book of the law is a summing-up of the four written before it.

6.16.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Πάντα οὖν, φησί, τὰ ἀγέννητα ἐστὶν ἐν ἡμῖν δυνάμει, οὐκ ἐνεργείᾳ, ὡς ἡ γραμματικὴ ἢ γεωμετρική. Ἐὰν οὖν τύχῃ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ προσήκοντος καὶ διδασκαλίας, καὶ στραφήσεται τὸ πικρὸν εἰς γλυκύ, τουτέστιν αἱ ζιβύναι εἰς δρέπανα καὶ αἱ μάχαιραι εἰς ἄροτρα, οὐκ ἔσται ἄχυρα καὶ ξύλα τὰ γεννώμενα πυρί, ἀλλὰ καρπὸς τέλειος ἐξεικονισμένος, ὡς ἔφην, ἴσος καὶ ὅμοιος τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ καὶ ἀπεράντῳ δυνάμει.

Panta oun, phēsi, ta agennēta estin en hēmin dynamei, ouk energeią, hōs hē grammatikē ē geōmetrikē. Ean oun tychę̄ tou logou tou prosēkontos kai didaskalias, kai straphēsetai to pikron eis glyky, toutestin hai zibynai eis drepana kai hai machairai eis arotra, ouk estai achyra kai xyla ta gennōmena pyri, alla karpos teleios exeikonismenos, hōs ephēn, isos kai homoios tę̄ agennētǭ kai aperantǭ dynamei.

“All unbegotten things, then,” he says, “are in us in potentiality, not in actuality, like grammar or geometry. If, then, a man meets with the fitting word and teaching, the bitter too will be turned into sweet, that is, spears into sickles and swords into ploughs; and what is born will not be chaff and wood for the fire, but perfect fruit, brought to its full image, as I said, equal and like to the unbegotten and infinite power.

6.16.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Ἐὰν δὲ μείνῃ δένδρον μόνον, καρπὸν μὴ ποιοῦν, μὴ ἐξεικονισμένον ἀφανίζεται. Ἐγγὺς γάρ που, φησίν, ἡ ἀξίνη παρὰ τὰς ῥίζας τοῦ δένδρου· πᾶν δένδρον, φησί, μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται.

Ean de meinę̄ dendron monon, karpon mē poioun, mē exeikonismenon aphanizetai. Engys gar pou, phēsin, hē axinē para tas rhizas tou dendrou; pan dendron, phēsi, mē poioun karpon kalon ekkoptetai kai eis pyr balletai.

But if it remains only a tree, not bearing fruit and not brought to its full image, it vanishes. For the axe is near,” he says, “at the roots of the tree; every tree,” he says, “that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.”

item 6, chapter 17

6.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Ἔστιν οὖν κατὰ τὸν Σίμωνα τὸ μακάριον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ἐκεῖνο ἐν παντὶ κεκρυμμένον δυνάμει, οὐκ ἐνεργείᾳ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ ἑστώς, στάς, στησόμενος, ἑστὼς ἄνω, ἐν τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ δυνάμει, στὰς κάτω, ἐν τῇ ῥοῇ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐν εἰκόνι γεννηθείς, στησόμενος ἄνω, παρὰ τὴν μακαρίαν ἀπέραντον δύναμιν ἐὰν ἐξεικονισθῇ.

Estin oun kata ton Simōna to makarion kai aphtharton ekeino en panti kekrymmenon dynamei, ouk energeią, hoper estin ho hestōs, stas, stēsomenos, hestōs anō, en tę̄ agennētǭ dynamei, stas katō, en tę̄ rhoę̄ tōn hydatōn en eikoni gennētheis, stēsomenos anō, para tēn makarian aperanton dynamin ean exeikonisthę̄.

According to Simon, then, that blessed and incorruptible thing is hidden in everything, in potentiality, not in actuality; it is he who stands, stood, and will stand: standing above, in the unbegotten power; having stood below, in the stream of the waters, begotten in an image; and who will stand above, beside the blessed infinite power, if he is brought to his full image.

6.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

Τρεῖς γὰρ, φησίν, εἰσὶν ἑστῶτες, καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ τρεῖς εἶναι ἑστῶτας αἰῶνας οὐ κοσμεῖται ὁ γέννητος ὁ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος φερόμενος, ὁ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν ἀναπεπλασμένος τέλειος ἐπ[ουράνιος], κατʼ οὐδεμίαν ἐπίνοιαν ἐνδεέστερος τῆς ἀγεννήτου δυνάμεως γενόμενος, τουτέστιν ὃ λέγουσιν·

Treis gar, phēsin, eisin hestōtes, kai aneu tou treis einai hestōtas aiōnas ou kosmeitai ho gennētos ho katʼ autous epi tou hydatos pheromenos, ho kathʼ homoiōsin anapeplasmenos teleios ep[ouranios], katʼ oudemian epinoian endeesteros tēs agennētou dynameōs genomenos, toutestin ho legousin;

“For there are three who stand,” he says, “and unless there are three standing Aeons, the begotten one is not set in order, the one who according to them is borne upon the water, refashioned according to likeness, perfect, [heavenly], having become in no conceivable respect inferior to the unbegotten power; that is what they say:

6.17.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 248

ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν, πρὸ ἐμοῦ σύ, τὸ μετὰ σὲ ἐγώ. Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶ δύναμις μία, διῃρημένη ἄνω, κάτω, αὐτὴν γεννῶσα, αὐτὴν αὔξουσα, αὐτὴν ζητοῦσα, αὐτὴν εὑρίσκουσα, αὐτῆς μήτηρ οὖσα, αὐτῆς πατήρ, αὐτῆς ἀδελφή, αὐτῆς σύζυγος, αὐτῆς θυγάτηρ, αὐτῆς υἱός, μήτηρ, πατήρ, ἕν, οὖσα ῥίζα τῶν ὅλων.

egō kai sy hen, pro emou sy, to meta se egō. Hautē, phēsin, esti dynamis mia, dię̄rēmenē anō, katō, autēn gennōsa, autēn auxousa, autēn zētousa, autēn heuriskousa, autēs mētēr ousa, autēs patēr, autēs adelphē, autēs syzygos, autēs thygatēr, autēs huios, mētēr, patēr, hen, ousa rhiza tōn holōn.

‘I and you are one; before me, you; what is after you, I.’ This,” he says, “is one power, divided above and below, begetting itself, increasing itself, seeking itself, finding itself, being its own mother, its own father, its own sister, its own consort, its own daughter, its own son; mother, father, one, being the root of all things.”

6.17.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 248–250

Καὶ ὅτι, φησίν, ἀπὸ πυρὸς ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς γενέσεως ἐστὶ τῶν γεννωμένων, τοιοῦτον κατανόει τινὰ τρόπον. Πάντων, ὅσων γένεσίς ἐστιν, ἀπὸ πυρὸς ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς γενέσεως γίνεται. Τοιγαροῦν πυροῦσθαι τὸ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς μεταβλητῆς γενέσεως ὀνομάζεται.

Kai hoti, phēsin, apo pyros hē archē tēs geneseōs esti tōn gennōmenōn, toiouton katanoei tina tropon. Pantōn, hosōn genesis estin, apo pyros hē archē tēs epithymias tēs geneseōs ginetai. Toigaroun pyrousthai to epithymein tēs metablētēs geneseōs onomazetai.

“And that the principle of generation of things begotten is from fire,” he says, “understand in some such way as this. Of all things that have generation, the beginning of the desire for generation arises from fire. Accordingly, to desire changeable generation is called ‘to be inflamed.’

6.17.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 250

Ἓν δὲ ὂν τὸ πῦρ τροπὰς στρέφεται δύο. Στρέφεται γὰρ, φησίν, ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τὸ αἷμα, καὶ θερμὸν καὶ ξανθὸν ὡς πῦρ τυπούμενον, εἰς σπέρμα, ἐν δὲ τῇ γυναικὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἷμα εἰς γάλα. Καὶ γίνεται ἡ τοῦ ἄρρενος τροπὴ γένεσις, ἡ δὲ τῆς θηλείας τροπὴ τροφὴ τῷ γεννωμένῳ. Αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ φλογίνη ῥομφαία ἡ στρεφομένη φυλάσσειν τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς.

Hen de on to pyr tropas strephetai dyo. Strephetai gar, phēsin, en tǭ andri to haima, kai thermon kai xanthon hōs pyr typoumenon, eis sperma, en de tę̄ gynaiki to auto touto haima eis gala. Kai ginetai hē tou arrenos tropē genesis, hē de tēs thēleias tropē trophē tǭ gennōmenǭ. Hautē, phēsin, estin hē phloginē rhomphaia hē strephomenē phylassein tēn hodon tou xylou tēs zōēs.

Fire, being one, turns in two turnings. For in the man,” he says, “the blood, hot and yellow, stamped like fire, turns into seed, and in the woman this same blood turns into milk. And the male's turning becomes generation, and the female's turning nourishment for what is born. This,” he says, “is the flaming sword that turns to guard the way to the tree of life.

6.17.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 250

Στρέφεται γὰρ τὸ αἷμα εἰς σπέρμα καὶ γάλα, καὶ γίνεται ἡ δύναμις αὕτη μήτηρ καὶ πατήρ, πατὴρ τῶν γινομένων, καὶ αὔξησις τῶν τρεφομένων, ἀπροσδεής, αὐτάρκης. Φυλάσσεται δὲ, φησί, τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς διὰ τῆς στρεφομένης φλογίνης ῥομφαίας, ὡς εἰρήκαμεν, ἡ δύναμις ἡ ἑβδόμη ἡ ἐξ αὐτῆς, ἡ πάντας ἔχουσα, ἡ ἐν ταῖς ἓξ κατακειμένη δυνάμεσιν.

Strephetai gar to haima eis sperma kai gala, kai ginetai hē dynamis hautē mētēr kai patēr, patēr tōn ginomenōn, kai auxēsis tōn trephomenōn, aprosdeēs, autarkēs. Phylassetai de, phēsi, to xylon tēs zōēs dia tēs strephomenēs phloginēs rhomphaias, hōs eirēkamen, hē dynamis hē hebdomē hē ex autēs, hē pantas echousa, hē en tais hex katakeimenē dynamesin.

For the blood turns into seed and milk, and this power becomes mother and father, father of the things that come to be and increase of those that are nourished, needing nothing, self-sufficient. And the tree of life is guarded,” he says, “by the turning flaming sword, as we have said: the seventh power, which comes from itself, which contains all, which lies in the six powers.

6.17.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 250

Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ στρέφηται ἡ φλογίνη ῥομφαία, φθαρήσεται καὶ ἀπολεῖται τὸ καλὸν ἐκεῖνο ξύλον· ἐὰν δὲ στρέφηται εἰς σπέρμα καὶ γάλα, ὁ δυνάμει ἐν τούτοις κατακείμενος λόγου τοῦ προσήκοντος καὶ τόπου κυρίου, ἐν ᾧ γεννᾶται λόγος, τυχών, ἀρξάμενος ὡς ἀπὸ σπινθῆρος ἐλαχίστου, παντελῶς μεγαλυνθήσεται καὶ αὐξήσει καὶ ἔσται δύναμις ἀπέραντος, ἀπαράλλακτος, [ἴση καὶ ὁμοία] αἰῶνι ἀπαραλλάκτῳ μηκέτι γινομένῳ εἰς τὸν ἀπέραντον αἰῶνα.

Ean gar mē strephētai hē phloginē rhomphaia, phtharēsetai kai apoleitai to kalon ekeino xylon; ean de strephētai eis sperma kai gala, ho dynamei en toutois katakeimenos logou tou prosēkontos kai topou kyriou, en hǭ gennatai logos, tychōn, arxamenos hōs apo spinthēros elachistou, pantelōs megalynthēsetai kai auxēsei kai estai dynamis aperantos, aparallaktos, [isē kai homoia] aiōni aparallaktǭ mēketi ginomenǭ eis ton aperanton aiōna.

For if the flaming sword does not turn, that fine tree will be corrupted and perish; but if it turns into seed and milk, he who lies in these in potentiality, when he meets with the fitting word and the proper place in which the word is begotten, beginning as from the smallest spark, will be magnified completely and will grow, and will be an infinite, unchangeable power, [equal and like] to an unchangeable age that no longer comes to be, to the infinite age.”

item 6, chapter 18

6.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 250

Γέγονεν οὖν ὁμολογουμένως κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον τοῖς ἀνοήτοις Σίμων θεός, ὥσπερ ὁ Λίβυς ἐκεῖνος ὁ καὶ Ἄψεθος, γεννητὸς μὲν καὶ παθητός, ὅταν ᾖ ἐν δυνάμει, ἀπαθὴς δὲ ἐκ γεννητοῦ, ὅταν ἐξεικονισθῇ καὶ γενόμενος τέλειος ἐξέλθῃ τῶν δυνάμεων τῶν πρώτων δύο, τουτέστιν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς.

Gegonen oun homologoumenōs kata touton ton logon tois anoētois Simōn theos, hōsper ho Libys ekeinos ho kai Apsethos, gennētos men kai pathētos, hotan ę̄ en dynamei, apathēs de ek gennētou, hotan exeikonisthę̄ kai genomenos teleios exelthę̄ tōn dynameōn tōn prōtōn dyo, toutestin ouranou kai gēs.

According to this account, then, Simon admittedly became a god for the senseless, like that Libyan, Apsethus: begotten and subject to suffering while he is in potentiality, but free from suffering after being begotten, when he is brought to his full image and, having become perfect, goes out from the first two powers, that is, heaven and earth.

6.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 250

Λέγει γὰρ Σίμων διαρρήδην περὶ τούτου ἐν τῇ Ἀποφάσει οὕτως· Ὑμῖν οὖν λέγω ἃ λέγω καὶ γράφω ἃ γράφω.

Legei gar Simōn diarrēdēn peri toutou en tę̄ Apophasei houtōs; Hymin oun legō ha legō kai graphō ha graphō.

For Simon speaks expressly about this in the Declaration, thus: “To you, then, I say what I say, and I write what I write.

6.18.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 250–252

Τὸ γράμμα τοῦτο· δύο εἰσὶ παραφυάδες τῶν ὅλων αἰώνων, μήτε ἀρχὴν μήτε πέρας ἔχουσαι, ἀπὸ μιᾶς ῥίζης, ἥτις ἐστὶ δύναμις σιγὴ ἀόρατος, ἀκατάληπτος, ὧν ἡ μία φαίνεται ἄνωθεν, ἥτις ἐστὶ μεγάλη δύναμις, νοῦς τῶν ὅλων, διέπων τὰ πάντα, ἄρσην, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα κάτωθεν, ἐπίνοια μεγάλη, θήλεια, γεννῶσα τὰ πάντα. Ἔνθεν ἀλλήλοις ἀντιστοιχοῦντες συζυγίαν ἔχουσι, καὶ τὸ μέσον διάστημα ἐμφαίνουσιν ἀέρα ἀκατάληπτον, μήτε ἀρχὴν μήτε πέρας ἔχοντα.

To gramma touto; dyo eisi paraphyades tōn holōn aiōnōn, mēte archēn mēte peras echousai, apo mias rhizēs, hētis esti dynamis sigē aoratos, akatalēptos, hōn hē mia phainetai anōthen, hētis esti megalē dynamis, nous tōn holōn, diepōn ta panta, arsēn, hē de hetera katōthen, epinoia megalē, thēleia, gennōsa ta panta. Enthen allēlois antistoichountes syzygian echousi, kai to meson diastēma emphainousin aera akatalēpton, mēte archēn mēte peras echonta.

The writing is this: there are two offshoots of all the Aeons, having neither beginning nor end, from one root, which is a power, Silence, invisible, incomprehensible. Of these one appears from above, which is great Power, Mind of all things, governing all things, male; and the other from below, great Thought, female, begetting all things. Thence, corresponding to one another, they form a pair, and they display the interval between them, incomprehensible Air, having neither beginning nor end.

6.18.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 252

Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ πατὴρ ὁ βαστάζων πάντα καὶ τρέφων τὰ ἀρχὴν καὶ πέρας ἔχοντα. Οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ ἑστώς, στάς, στησόμενος, ὢν ἀρσενόθηλυς δύναμις κατὰ τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν δύναμιν ἀπέραντον, ἥτις οὔτʼ ἀρχὴν οὔτε πέρας ἔχει, ἐν μονότητι οὖσαν· ἀπὸ γὰρ ταύτης προελθοῦσα ἡ ἐν μονότητι ἐπίνοια ἐγένετο δύο.

En de toutǭ patēr ho bastazōn panta kai trephōn ta archēn kai peras echonta. Houtos estin ho hestōs, stas, stēsomenos, ōn arsenothēlys dynamis kata tēn proÿparchousan dynamin aperanton, hētis outʼ archēn oute peras echei, en monotēti ousan; apo gar tautēs proelthousa hē en monotēti epinoia egeneto dyo.

In this is the Father, who bears all things and nourishes the things that have beginning and end. This is he who stands, stood, and will stand, being a male-female power corresponding to the pre-existing infinite power, which has neither beginning nor end, existing in singleness; for the Thought in singleness, proceeding from this, became two.

6.18.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 252

Κἀκεῖνος ἦν εἷς· ἔχων γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ αὐτὴν ἦν μόνος, οὐ μέντοι πρῶτος, καίπερ προϋπάρχων, φανεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ ἀπὸ ἑαυτοῦ, ἐγένετο δεύτερος. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πατὴρ ἐκλήθη πρὶν αὐτὴν αὐτὸν ὀνομάσαι πατέρα.

Kakeinos ēn heis; echōn gar en heautǭ autēn ēn monos, ou mentoi prōtos, kaiper proÿparchōn, phaneis de autǭ apo heautou, egeneto deuteros. Allʼ oude patēr eklēthē prin autēn auton onomasai patera.

And he was one; for having her in himself he was alone, yet not first, though pre-existing; but appearing to himself from himself, he became second. Nor was he called Father before she named him Father.

6.18.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 252

Ὡς οὖν αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑπὸ ἑαυτοῦ προαγαγὼν ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπίνοιαν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ φανεῖσα ἐπίνοια οὐκ ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἐνέκρυψε τὸν πατέρα ἐν ἑαυτῇ, τουτέστι τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ ἔστιν ἀρσενόθηλυς δύναμις καὶ ἐπίνοια, ὅθεν ἀλλήλοις ἀντιστοιχοῦσιν (οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρει δύναμις ἐπινοίας) ἓν ὄντες.

Hōs oun autos heauton hypo heautou proagagōn ephanerōsen heautǭ tēn idian epinoian, houtōs kai hē phaneisa epinoia ouk epoiēsen, alla idousa auton enekrypse ton patera en heautę̄, toutesti tēn dynamin, kai estin arsenothēlys dynamis kai epinoia, hothen allēlois antistoichousin (ouden gar diapherei dynamis epinoias) hen ontes.

As, then, he himself, bringing himself forth by himself, manifested to himself his own Thought, so too the Thought that appeared did not make him, but seeing him she hid the Father, that is, the power, within herself; and it is a male-female power and thought, whence they correspond to one another (for power differs in no way from thought), being one.

6.18.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 252

Ἐκ μὲν τῶν ἄνω εὑρίσκεται δύναμις, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κάτω ἐπίνοια. Ἔστιν οὖν οὕτως καὶ τὸ φανὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἓν ὄν, δύο εὑρίσκεσθαι, ἀρσενόθηλυς ἔχων τὴν θήλειαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. Οὕτως ἐστὶ νοῦς ἐν ἐπινοίᾳ, ἃ χωριστὰ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, ἓν ὄντες, δύο εὑρίσκονται.

Ek men tōn anō heurisketai dynamis, ek de tōn katō epinoia. Estin oun houtōs kai to phanen apʼ autōn, hen on, dyo heuriskesthai, arsenothēlys echōn tēn thēleian en heautǭ. Houtōs esti nous en epinoią, ha chōrista apʼ allēlōn, hen ontes, dyo heuriskontai.

From the things above power is found, from those below thought. So it is also that what appeared from them, being one, is found to be two, male-female, having the female within itself. So Mind is in Thought; and these, separable from one another, though one, are found to be two.”

item 6, chapter 19

6.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 252

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Σίμων ἐφευρὼν οὐ μόνον τὰ Μωσέως κακοτεχνήσας εἰς ὃ ἐβούλετο μεθηρμήνευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῶν ποιητῶν. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν δούρειον ἵππον ἀλληγορεῖ καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην ἅμα τῇ λαμπάδι καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα ὅσα μετάγ[ων εἰς] τὰ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐπινοίας πλαστολογεῖ.

Tauta men oun ho Simōn epheurōn ou monon ta Mōseōs kakotechnēsas eis ho ebouleto methērmēneusen, alla kai ta tōn poiētōn. Kai gar ton doureion hippon allēgorei kai tēn Helenēn hama tę̄ lampadi kai alla pleista hosa metag[ōn eis] ta autou kai tēs epinoias plastologei.

Simon, then, having devised these things, not only reinterpreted the writings of Moses with bad craft to suit what he wished, but also those of the poets. For he allegorizes the wooden horse, and Helen with the torch, and very many other things, which he transfers to his own story and that of the Thought, and so fabricates.

6.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 252–254

Εἶν[αι δʼ ἔλ]εγε ταύτην τὸ πρόβατον τὸ πεπλανημένον, ἥτις ἀεὶ καταγινομένη ἐν γυναιξὶν ἐτάρασσε τὰς ἐν κόσμῳ δυνάμεις διὰ τὸ ἀνυπέρβλητον αὐτῆς κάλλος, ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Τρωϊκὸς πόλεμος διʼ αὐτὴν γεγένηται. Ἐν γὰρ τῇ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ γενομένῃ Ἑλένῃ ἐνῷκησεν αὕτη ἡ ἐπίνοια, καὶ οὕτως πασῶν ἐπιδικαζομένων αὐτῆς τῶν ἐξουσιῶν, στάσις καὶ πόλεμος ἐπανέστη, ἐν οἷς ἐφάνη ἔθνεσιν.

Ein[ai dʼ el]ege tautēn to probaton to peplanēmenon, hētis aei kataginomenē en gynaixin etarasse tas en kosmǭ dynameis dia to anyperblēton autēs kallos, hothen kai ho Trōïkos polemos diʼ autēn gegenētai. En gar tę̄ katʼ ekeino kairou genomenę̄ Helenę̄ enǭkēsen hautē hē epinoia, kai houtōs pasōn epidikazomenōn autēs tōn exousiōn, stasis kai polemos epanestē, en hois ephanē ethnesin.

He said that she was the lost sheep, who, always dwelling in women, troubled the powers in the world because of her unsurpassable beauty; whence also the Trojan war came about because of her. For this Thought dwelt in the Helen who lived at that time, and so, as all the authorities laid claim to her, strife and war arose among the nations in which she appeared.

6.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 254

Οὕτως γοῦν τὸν Στησίχορον διὰ τῶν ἐπῶν λοιδορήσαντα αὐτὴν τὰς ὄψεις τυφλωθῆναι· αὖθις δέ, μεταμεληθέντος αὐτοῦ καὶ γράψαντος τὰς παλινῳδίας, ἐν αἷς ὕμνησεν αὐτήν, ἀναβλέψαι· μετενσωματουμένην δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων καὶ τῶν κάτω ἐξουσιῶν, οἳ καὶ τὸν κόσμον, φησίν, ἐποίησαν, ὕστερον ἐπὶ τέγους ἐν Τύρῳ τῆς Φοινίκης πόλει στῆναι, ἣν κατελθὼν εὗρεν.

Houtōs goun ton Stēsichoron dia tōn epōn loidorēsanta autēn tas opseis typhlōthēnai; authis de, metamelēthentos autou kai grapsantos tas palinǭdias, en hais hymnēsen autēn, anablepsai; metensōmatoumenēn de hypo tōn angelōn kai tōn katō exousiōn, hoi kai ton kosmon, phēsin, epoiēsan, hysteron epi tegous en Tyrǭ tēs Phoinikēs polei stēnai, hēn katelthōn heuren.

So, at any rate, Stesichorus, who reviled her in his verses, was blinded; and afterward, when he repented and wrote the palinodes in which he praised her, he regained his sight. And being moved from body to body by the angels and the powers below, who, he says, also made the world, she later stood in a brothel in Tyre, a city of Phoenicia, where he came down and found her.

6.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 254

Ἐπὶ γὰρ τὴν ταύτης πρώτην ζήτησιν ἔφη παραγεγονέναι, ὅπως ῥύσηται αὐτὴν τῶν δεσμῶν, ἣν λυτρωσάμενος ἅμα ἑαυτῷ περιῆγε, φάσκων τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς πρόβατον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ λέγων τὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα δύναμιν εἶναι. Ὁ δὲ ψυδρὸς ἐρασθεὶς τοῦ γυναίου τούτου, Ἑλένης καλουμένης, ὠνησάμενος εἶχε, καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς αἰδούμενος τοῦτον τὸν μῦθον ἔπλασεν.

Epi gar tēn tautēs prōtēn zētēsin ephē paragegonenai, hopōs rhysētai autēn tōn desmōn, hēn lytrōsamenos hama heautǭ periēge, phaskōn touto einai to apolōlos probaton, heauton de legōn tēn hyper panta dynamin einai. Ho de psydros erastheis tou gynaiou toutou, Helenēs kaloumenēs, ōnēsamenos eiche, kai tous mathētas aidoumenos touton ton mython eplasen.

For he said that he had come first of all to seek her, in order to rescue her from her bonds; and having redeemed her he took her about with him, saying that she was the lost sheep and saying that he himself was the power above all. But the liar, having fallen in love with this woman, called Helen, bought her and kept her, and out of shame before his disciples he fabricated this myth.

6.19.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 254

Οἱ δὲ αὖθις μιμηταὶ τοῦ πλάνου καὶ Σίμωνος μάγου γινόμενοι τὰ ὅμοια δρῶσιν, ἀλογίστως φάσκοντες δεῖν μίγνυσθαι, λέγοντες· πᾶσα γῆ γῆ, καὶ οὐ διαφέρει ποῦ τις σπείρει, πλὴν ἵνα σπείρῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ μακαρίζουσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ [κοινῇ] μίξει, ταύτην εἶναι λέγοντες τὴν τελείαν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὸ ἅγιος ἁγίων.. λλη. ος ἁγιασθήσεται· οὐ γὰρ μὴ κρατεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐπί τινι νομιζομένῳ κακῷ, λελύτρωνται γάρ. Τὴν δὲ Ἑλένην λυτρωσάμενος οὕτως τοῖς ἀνθρώποις σωτηρίαν παρέσχε διὰ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιγνώσεως.

Hoi de authis mimētai tou planou kai Simōnos magou ginomenoi ta homoia drōsin, alogistōs phaskontes dein mignysthai, legontes; pasa gē gē, kai ou diapherei pou tis speirei, plēn hina speirę̄, alla kai makarizousin heautous epi tę̄ [koinę̄] mixei, tautēn einai legontes tēn teleian agapēn, kai to hagios hagiōn.. llē. os hagiasthēsetai; ou gar mē krateisthai autous epi tini nomizomenǭ kakǭ, lelytrōntai gar. Tēn de Helenēn lytrōsamenos houtōs tois anthrōpois sōtērian paresche dia tēs idias epignōseōs.

And those who in turn have become imitators of the deceiver and magician Simon do similar things, saying irrationally that one must have intercourse indiscriminately, and saying: “All earth is earth, and it makes no difference where one sows, so long as one sows.” Indeed they even count themselves blessed for their [promiscuous] intercourse, saying that this is perfect love, and the “holy of holies … shall be sanctified”; for they are not held accountable for any supposed evil, since they have been redeemed. And having thus redeemed Helen, he provided salvation to human beings through his own knowledge.

6.19.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 254–256

Κακῶς γὰρ διοικούντων τῶν ἀγγέλων τὸν κόσμον διὰ τὸ φιλαρχεῖν αὐτούς, εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν ἐληλυθέναι αὐτὸν ἔφη μεταμορφούμενον καὶ ἐξομοιούμενον ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ὡς καὶ ἄνθρωπον φαίνεσθαι αὐτὸν μὴ ὄντα ἄνθρωπον, καὶ παθεῖν δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ δεδοκηκέναι μὴ πεπονθότα, ἀλλὰ φανέντα Ἰουδαίοις μὲν ὡς υἱόν, ἐν δὲ τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ ὡς πατέρα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν ὡς πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὑπομένειν δὲ αὐτὸν καλεῖσθαι οἵῳ ἂν ὀνόματι καλεῖν βούλωνται οἱ ἄνθρωποι.

Kakōs gar dioikountōn tōn angelōn ton kosmon dia to philarchein autous, eis epanorthōsin elēlythenai auton ephē metamorphoumenon kai exomoioumenon tais archais kai tais exousiais kai tois angelois, hōs kai anthrōpon phainesthai auton mē onta anthrōpon, kai pathein de en tę̄ Ioudaią dedokēkenai mē peponthota, alla phanenta Ioudaiois men hōs huion, en de tę̄ Samareią hōs patera, en de tois loipois ethnesin hōs pneuma hagion, hypomenein de auton kaleisthai hoiǭ an onomati kalein boulōntai hoi anthrōpoi.

For since the angels governed the world badly because of their love of rule, he said that he had come to set things right, transformed and made like the principalities and authorities and angels, so that he appeared as a man though he was not a man, and seemed to suffer in Judea though he had not suffered; but he appeared to the Jews as Son, in Samaria as Father, and among the other nations as Holy Spirit; and he allowed himself to be called by whatever name people wished to call him.

6.19.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 256

Τοὺς δὲ προφήτας ἀπὸ τῶν κοσμοποιῶν ἀγγέλων ἐμπνευσθέντας εἰρηκέναι τὰς προφητείας· διὸ μὴ φροντίζειν αὐτῶν τοὺς εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότας ἕως νῦν, πράσσειν τε ὅσα βούλονται ὡς ἐλευθέρους, κατὰ γὰρ τὴν αὐτοῦ χάριν σώζεσθαι αὐτοὺς φάσκουσι.

Tous de prophētas apo tōn kosmopoiōn angelōn empneusthentas eirēkenai tas prophēteias; dio mē phrontizein autōn tous eis ton Simōna kai tēn Helenēn pepisteukotas heōs nyn, prassein te hosa boulontai hōs eleutherous, kata gar tēn autou charin sōzesthai autous phaskousi.

And they say that the prophets spoke their prophecies inspired by the world-making angels; therefore those who up to now have believed in Simon and Helen pay no attention to them, and do whatever they wish as free people; for they claim that they are saved by his grace.

6.19.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 256

Μηδὲν γὰρ εἶναι αἴτιον δίκης εἰ πράξει τις κακῶς, οὐ γάρ ἐστι φύσει κακὸν ἀλλὰ θέσει. Ἔθεντο γὰρ, φησίν, οἱ ἄγγελοι οἱ τὸν κόσμον ποιήσαντες ὅσα ἐβούλοντο, διὰ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων δουλοῦν νομίζοντες τοὺς αὐτῶν ἀκούοντας. Λύσιν δὲ αὖθις λέγουσι τοῦ κόσμου ἐπὶ λυτρώσει τῶν ἰδίων ἀνθρώπων.

Mēden gar einai aition dikēs ei praxei tis kakōs, ou gar esti physei kakon alla thesei. Ethento gar, phēsin, hoi angeloi hoi ton kosmon poiēsantes hosa eboulonto, dia tōn toioutōn logōn douloun nomizontes tous autōn akouontas. Lysin de authis legousi tou kosmou epi lytrōsei tōn idiōn anthrōpōn.

For nothing is a ground for punishment if someone acts badly; for evil is not by nature but by convention. “For the angels who made the world,” he says, “laid down whatever they wished, thinking by such words to enslave those who listen to them.” And they speak again of a dissolution of the world for the redemption of their own people.

item 6, chapter 20

6.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 256

Οἱ οὖν τούτου μαθηταὶ μαγείας ἐπιτελοῦσι καὶ ἐπαοιδάς, φίλτρα τε καὶ ἀγώγιμα καὶ τοὺς λεγομένους ὀνειροπόμπους δαίμονας ἐπιπέμπουσι πρὸς τὸ ταράσσειν οὓς βούλονται· ἀλλὰ καὶ παρέδρους τοὺς λεγομένους ἀσκοῦσιν, εἰκόνα τε τοῦ Σίμωνος ἔχουσιν εἰς Διὸς μορφὴν καὶ τῆς Ἑλένης ἐν μορφῇ Ἀθηνᾶς, καὶ ταύτας προσκυνοῦσι, τὸν μὲν καλοῦντες κύριον, τὴν δὲ κυρίαν.

Hoi oun toutou mathētai mageias epitelousi kai epaoidas, philtra te kai agōgima kai tous legomenous oneiropompous daimonas epipempousi pros to tarassein hous boulontai; alla kai paredrous tous legomenous askousin, eikona te tou Simōnos echousin eis Dios morphēn kai tēs Helenēs en morphę̄ Athēnas, kai tautas proskynousi, ton men kalountes kyrion, tēn de kyrian.

His disciples, then, practice magic and incantations, and send love charms, spells of attraction, and the so-called dream-sending demons to trouble whomever they wish; they also cultivate the so-called familiar spirits. And they have an image of Simon in the form of Zeus and of Helen in the form of Athena, and they worship these, calling him Lord and her Lady.

6.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 256–258

Εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἰδὼν τὰς εἰκόνας ἢ Σίμωνος ἢ Ἑλένης, ἀπόβλητος γίνεται, ὡς ἀγνοῶν τὰ μυστήρια. Οὗτος ὁ Σίμων πολλοὺς πλανῶν ἐν τῇ Σαμαρείᾳ μαγείαις ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἠλέγχθη, καὶ ἐπάρατος γενόμενος, καθὼς ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι γέγραπται, ὕστερον ἀπευδοκήσας ταῦτα ἐπεχείρησεν· ἕως καὶ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπιδημήσας ἀντέπεσε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις· πρὸς ὃν πολλὰ Πέτρος ἀντικατέστη μαγείαις πλανῶντα πολλούς. Οὗτος ἐπὶ τέλει ἐλθὼν ἐν τ....

Ei de tis onomati kalesei parʼ autois idōn tas eikonas ē Simōnos ē Helenēs, apoblētos ginetai, hōs agnoōn ta mystēria. Houtos ho Simōn pollous planōn en tę̄ Samareią mageiais hypo tōn apostolōn ēlenchthē, kai eparatos genomenos, kathōs en tais Praxesi gegraptai, hysteron apeudokēsas tauta epecheirēsen; heōs kai tēs Rhōmēs epidēmēsas antepese tois apostolois; pros hon polla Petros antikatestē mageiais planōnta pollous. Houtos epi telei elthōn en t....

And if anyone among them, seeing the images, calls them by the name of Simon or Helen, he is cast out as ignorant of the mysteries. This Simon, leading many astray in Samaria by magic, was refuted by the apostles; and having been cursed, as is written in the Acts, he afterward, having lost favor, attempted these things; until, having come even to Rome, he clashed with the apostles. Peter opposed him at length, as he was leading many astray by magic. Coming at last to …

6.20.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 258

τη, ὑπὸ πλάτανον καθεζόμενος ἐδίδασκε. Καὶ δὴ λοιπὸν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ἐλέγχεσθαι γινόμενος διὰ τὸ ἐγχρονίζειν, ἔφη, ὅτι εἰ χωσθείη ζῶν, ἀναστήσεται τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Καὶ δὴ τάφρον κελεύσας ὀρυγῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν ἐκέλευσε χωσθῆναι. Οἱ μὲν οὖν τὸ προσταχθὲν ἐποίησαν, ὁ δὲ ἀπέμεινεν ἕως νῦν· οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὁ Χριστός.

tē, hypo platanon kathezomenos edidaske. Kai dē loipon engys tou elenchesthai ginomenos dia to enchronizein, ephē, hoti ei chōstheiē zōn, anastēsetai tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą. Kai dē taphron keleusas orygēnai hypo tōn mathētōn ekeleuse chōsthēnai. Hoi men oun to prostachthen epoiēsan, ho de apemeinen heōs nyn; ou gar ēn ho Christos.

…, he taught sitting under a plane tree. And at last, when he was close to being exposed because of the length of time, he said that if he were buried alive he would rise on the third day. And indeed he ordered a trench to be dug by his disciples and ordered himself to be buried in it. They did what was commanded, but he has remained there until now; for he was not the Christ.

6.20.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 258

Οὗτος δὴ καὶ ὁ κατὰ τὸν Σίμωνα μῦθος, ἀφʼ οὗ Οὐαλεντῖνος τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν ἄλλοις ὀνόμασι καλεῖ. Ὁ γὰρ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ λόγος καὶ ζωὴ καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἐκκλησία, οἱ Οὐαλεντίνου αἰῶνες, ὁμολογουμένως εἰσὶν αἱ Σίμωνος ἓξ ῥίζαι, νοῦς, ἐπίνοια, φωνή, ὄνομα, λογισμὸς καὶ ἐνθύμησις. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἱκανῶς ἡμῖν δοκεῖ ἐκτεθεῖσθαι τὴν Σίμωνος μυθοποιΐαν, ἴδωμεν τί λέγει καὶ Οὐαλεντῖνος.

Houtos dē kai ho kata ton Simōna mythos, aphʼ hou Oualentinos tas aphormas labōn allois onomasi kalei. Ho gar nous kai hē alētheia kai logos kai zōē kai anthrōpos kai ekklēsia, hoi Oualentinou aiōnes, homologoumenōs eisin hai Simōnos hex rhizai, nous, epinoia, phōnē, onoma, logismos kai enthymēsis. Allʼ epei hikanōs hēmin dokei ektetheisthai tēn Simōnos mythopoiïan, idōmen ti legei kai Oualentinos.

This, then, is the myth according to Simon, from which Valentinus took his starting points and calls them by other names. For Mind and Truth and Word and Life and Man and Church, the Aeons of Valentinus, are admittedly Simon's six roots: Mind, Thought, Voice, Name, Reasoning, and Reflection. But since Simon's mythmaking seems to us to have been set out sufficiently, let us see what Valentinus too says.

item 6, chapter 21

6.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 258

Ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ Οὐαλεντίνου αἵρεσις Πυθαγορικὴν ἔχουσα καὶ Πλατωνικὴν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν. Καὶ γὰρ Πλάτων ὅλως ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ τὸν Πυθαγόραν ἀπεμάξατο· τοιγαροῦν καὶ ὁ Τίμαιος αὐτός ἐστιν αὐτῷ Πυθαγόρειος ξένος. Διὸ δοκεῖ ὀλίγα τῆς Πυθαγορείου καὶ Πλατωνικῆς ὑπομνησθέντας ὑποθέσεως ἄρξασθαι καὶ τὰ Οὐαλεντίνου λέγειν.

Esti men oun hē Oualentinou hairesis Pythagorikēn echousa kai Platōnikēn tēn hypothesin. Kai gar Platōn holōs en tǭ Timaiǭ ton Pythagoran apemaxato; toigaroun kai ho Timaios autos estin autǭ Pythagoreios xenos. Dio dokei oliga tēs Pythagoreiou kai Platōnikēs hypomnēsthentas hypotheseōs arxasthai kai ta Oualentinou legein.

The heresy of Valentinus, then, has a Pythagorean and Platonic foundation. For Plato in the Timaeus wholly modeled himself on Pythagoras; accordingly Timaeus himself is for him a Pythagorean stranger. Therefore it seems good to begin by recalling a little of the Pythagorean and Platonic foundation, and then to speak of the doctrines of Valentinus.

6.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 258

Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρότερον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν πεπονημένοις ἔγκεινται καὶ τὰ Πυθαγόρᾳ καὶ Πλάτωνι δεδοκημένα, ἀλλά γε καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἀλόγως ὑπομνησθήσομαι διʼ ἐπιτομῆς καὶ κορυφαιότατα τῶν αὐτοῖς ἀρεσκομένων, πρὸς τὸ εὐεπίγνωστα γενέσθαι τὰ Οὐαλεντίνῳ δόξαντα διὰ τῆς ἐγγίονος παραθέσεως καὶ ὁμοίας συγκρίσεως τῶν μὲν πάλαι ἀπ᾿

Ei gar kai en tois proteron hyphʼ hēmōn peponēmenois enkeintai kai ta Pythagorą kai Platōni dedokēmena, alla ge kai nyn ouk alogōs hypomnēsthēsomai diʼ epitomēs kai koryphaiotata tōn autois areskomenōn, pros to euepignōsta genesthai ta Oualentinǭ doxanta dia tēs engionos paratheseōs kai homoias synkriseōs tōn men palai ap᾿

For even though the views held by Pythagoras and Plato are contained in what we worked out earlier, yet now too I will not unreasonably recall in summary the chief points of what they held, so that the views of Valentinus may become easy to recognize through closer juxtaposition and a like comparison: the former having received these things long ago from the

6.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 258

Αἰγυπτίων ταῦτα παραλαβόντων καὶ εἰς Ἕλληνας μεταδιδαξάντων, τοῦ δὲ παρὰ τούτων, ὅτι δὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν, διαψευσαμένου ἰδίαν τε δόξαν συστῆσαι πεπειραμένου,... σπαράξαντα μὲν τὰ ἐκείνων ὀνόμασι καὶ ἀριθμοῖς, ἰδίως δὲ καλέσαντα καὶ μέτροις διορίσαντα, ὅπως αἵρεσιν Ἑλληνικὴν ποικίλην μέν, ἀσύστατον δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἀνήκουσαν Χριστῷ συστήσῃ.

Aigyptiōn tauta paralabontōn kai eis Hellēnas metadidaxantōn, tou de para toutōn, hoti de parʼ autōn, diapseusamenou idian te doxan systēsai pepeiramenou,... sparaxanta men ta ekeinōn onomasi kai arithmois, idiōs de kalesanta kai metrois diorisanta, hopōs hairesin Hellēnikēn poikilēn men, asystaton de kai ouk anēkousan Christǭ systēsę̄.

Egyptians and taught them to the Greeks, while he, having received them from these men, lied that they were his own and tried to establish a doctrine of his own, … tearing theirs apart with names and numbers, calling them by terms of his own and marking them off by measures, so as to establish a Greek heresy, varied indeed, but incoherent and not belonging to Christ.

item 6, chapter 22

6.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 258–260

Ἡ μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴ τῆς ὑποθέσεώς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ τῷ Πλάτωνι σοφία Αἰγυπτίων· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ὁ Σόλων τὴν ὅλην ὑπόθεσιν περὶ τῆς κόσμου γεννήσεως καὶ φθορᾶς παλαιῷ τινὶ λόγῳ καὶ προφητικῷ, ὡς φησὶν ὁ Πλάτων, τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐδίδαξε, παῖδας νέους ὄντας καὶ πρεσβύτερον ἐπισταμένους μάθημα οὐδὲν θεολογούμενον.

Hē men oun archē tēs hypotheseōs estin en tǭ Timaiǭ tǭ Platōni sophia Aigyptiōn; ekeithen gar ho Solōn tēn holēn hypothesin peri tēs kosmou gennēseōs kai phthoras palaiǭ tini logǭ kai prophētikǭ, hōs phēsin ho Platōn, tous Hellēnas edidaxe, paidas neous ontas kai presbyteron epistamenous mathēma ouden theologoumenon.

The beginning of the foundation, then, in Plato's Timaeus is the wisdom of the Egyptians; for from there Solon taught the Greeks the whole foundation concerning the generation and destruction of the world by an ancient and prophetic account, as Plato says, since the Greeks were young children and knew no older theological teaching.

6.22.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 260

Ἵνʼ οὖν παρακολουθήσωμεν τοῖς λόγοις, οἷς καταβέβληται Οὐαλεντῖνος, προεκθήσομαι νῦν, τίνα ἐστὶν ἃ Πυθαγόρας ὁ Σάμιος μετὰ τῆς ὑμνουμένης ἐκείνης παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι σιγῆς φιλοσοφεῖ, εἶθʼ οὕτως ταῦτα, ἃ Πυθαγόρου λαβὼν καὶ Πλάτωνος Οὐαλεντῖνος σεμνολογῶν ἀνατίθησι Χριστῷ καὶ πρὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τῷ πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων καὶ σιγῇ τῇ συνεζευγμένῃ τῷ πατρί.

Hinʼ oun parakolouthēsōmen tois logois, hois katabeblētai Oualentinos, proekthēsomai nyn, tina estin ha Pythagoras ho Samios meta tēs hymnoumenēs ekeinēs para tois Hellēsi sigēs philosophei, eithʼ houtōs tauta, ha Pythagorou labōn kai Platōnos Oualentinos semnologōn anatithēsi Christǭ kai pro tou Christou tǭ patri tōn holōn kai sigę̄ tę̄ synezeugmenę̄ tǭ patri.

So that we may follow the doctrines on which Valentinus has built, I will first set out now what Pythagoras of Samos teaches as philosophy, together with that silence of his celebrated among the Greeks; and then those things which Valentinus, taking them from Pythagoras and Plato, grandly ascribes to Christ and, before Christ, to the Father of all and to Silence, the consort of the Father.

item 6, chapter 23

6.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 260

Πυθαγόρας τοίνυν ἀρχὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀγέννητον ἀπεφήνατο τὴν μονάδα, γεννητὴν δὲ τὴν δυάδα καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους ἀριθμούς. Καὶ τῆς μὲν δυάδος πατέρα φησὶν εἶναι τὴν μονάδα, πάντων δὲ τῶν γεννωμένων μητέρα δυάδα, γεννητὴν γεννητῶν.

Pythagoras toinyn archēn tōn holōn agennēton apephēnato tēn monada, gennētēn de tēn dyada kai pantas tous allous arithmous. Kai tēs men dyados patera phēsin einai tēn monada, pantōn de tōn gennōmenōn mētera dyada, gennētēn gennētōn.

Pythagoras, then, declared that the unbegotten principle of all things is the monad, and that the dyad and all the other numbers are begotten. And he says that the monad is the father of the dyad, and the dyad the mother of all begotten things, a begotten mother of begotten things.

6.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 260

Καὶ Ζαράτας ὁ Πυθαγόρου διδάσκαλος ἐκάλει τὸ μὲν ἓν πατέρα, τὰ δὲ δύο μητέρα. Γεγέννηται γὰρ ἐκ μὲν μονάδος δυὰς κατὰ τὸν Πυθαγόραν, καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν μονὰς ἄρρεν καὶ πρώτη, ἡ δὲ δυὰς θῆλυ. Παρὰ τῆς δυάδος δὲ πάλιν, ὡς ὁ Πυθαγόρας λέγει, ἡ τριὰς καὶ οἱ ἐφεξῆς ἀριθμοὶ μέχρι τῶν δέκα.

Kai Zaratas ho Pythagorou didaskalos ekalei to men hen patera, ta de dyo mētera. Gegennētai gar ek men monados dyas kata ton Pythagoran, kai estin hē men monas arren kai prōtē, hē de dyas thēly. Para tēs dyados de palin, hōs ho Pythagoras legei, hē trias kai hoi ephexēs arithmoi mechri tōn deka.

And Zaratas, the teacher of Pythagoras, called the one father and the two mother. For according to Pythagoras the dyad has been begotten from the monad, and the monad is male and first, the dyad female. And from the dyad in turn, as Pythagoras says, come the triad and the following numbers up to ten.

6.23.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 260–262

Τοῦτον γὰρ οἶδε μόνον τέλειον ἀριθμὸν Πυθαγόρας τὸν δέκα· τὸν γὰρ ἕνδεκα καὶ δώδεκα προσθήκην καὶ ἐπαναποδισμὸν τῆς δεκάδος, οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἀριθμοῦ γέννησιν τὸ προστιθέμενον. Πάντα δὲ σώματα στερεὰ ἐξ ἀσωμάτων γεννᾷ. Τῶν τε γὰρ σωμάτων καὶ ἀσωμάτων ὁμοῦ στοιχεῖον εἶναι φησὶ καὶ ἀρχὴν τὸ σημεῖον ὅ ἐστιν ἀμερές, γίνεται δὲ, φησίν, ἐκ σημείου γραμμή, καὶ [ἐκ γραμμῆς ἐπιφάνεια], ἐπιφάνεια δὲ ῥυεῖσα εἰς βάθος στερεὸν ὑφέστηκε, φησί, σῶμα. Ὅθεν καὶ ὅρκος τίς ἐστι τοῖς Πυθαγορικοῖς ἡ τῶν τεσσάρων στοιχείων συμφωνία. Ὀμνύουσι δʼ οὕτως· Ναὶ μὰ τὸν ἁμετέρᾳ κεφαλᾴ παραδόντα τετρακτύν, Πηγὴν ἀενάου φύσεως [ῥιζώματ᾿] ἔχουσαν. Ἔστι δὲ ἡ τετρακτὺς τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ στερεῶν σωμάτων ἀρχή, ὡς ἡ μονὰς τῶν νοητῶν. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ ἡ τετρακτὺς γεννᾷ, φησί, τὸν τέλειον ἀριθμόν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς νοητοῖς [ἡ μονάς], τὸν δέκα, διδάσκουσιν οὕτως. Εἰ ἀρξάμενος ἀριθμεῖν λέγει τις ὅτι ἕν, καὶ ἐπιφέρει δύο, ἔπειτα ὁμοίως τρία, ἔσονται ταῦτα ἕξ· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἔτι τέσσαρα, ἔσται ὁμοίως τὸ πᾶν δέκα. Τὸ γὰρ ἕν, δύο, τρία, τέσσαρα γίνεται δέκα, ὁ τέλειος ἀριθμός. Οὕτως, φησί, κατὰ πάντα ἐμιμήσατο ἡ τετρακτὺς τὴν νοητὴν μονάδα, τέλειον ἀριθμὸν γεννῆσαι δυνηθεῖσαν.

Touton gar oide monon teleion arithmon Pythagoras ton deka; ton gar hendeka kai dōdeka prosthēkēn kai epanapodismon tēs dekados, ouk allou tinos arithmou gennēsin to prostithemenon. Panta de sōmata sterea ex asōmatōn genną. Tōn te gar sōmatōn kai asōmatōn homou stoicheion einai phēsi kai archēn to sēmeion ho estin ameres, ginetai de, phēsin, ek sēmeiou grammē, kai [ek grammēs epiphaneia], epiphaneia de rhyeisa eis bathos stereon hyphestēke, phēsi, sōma. Hothen kai horkos tis esti tois Pythagorikois hē tōn tessarōn stoicheiōn symphōnia. Omnyousi dʼ houtōs; Nai ma ton hameterą kephalą paradonta tetraktyn, Pēgēn aenaou physeōs [rhizōmat᾿] echousan. Esti de hē tetraktys tōn physikōn kai stereōn sōmatōn archē, hōs hē monas tōn noētōn. Hoti de kai hē tetraktys genną, phēsi, ton teleion arithmon, hōs en tois noētois [hē monas], ton deka, didaskousin houtōs. Ei arxamenos arithmein legei tis hoti hen, kai epipherei dyo, epeita homoiōs tria, esontai tauta hex; pros de toutois eti tessara, estai homoiōs to pan deka. To gar hen, dyo, tria, tessara ginetai deka, ho teleios arithmos. Houtōs, phēsi, kata panta emimēsato hē tetraktys tēn noētēn monada, teleion arithmon gennēsai dynētheisan.

For Pythagoras knows only this number, ten, as perfect; for eleven and twelve are an addition to and repetition of the decad, and what is added is not the generation of any other number. And he generates all solid bodies from incorporeal things. For he says that the element and principle of both bodies and incorporeals together is the point, which is without parts; from a point, he says, comes a line, [from a line a surface], and a surface flowing into depth becomes, he says, a solid body. Hence the Pythagoreans also have an oath, the concord of the four elements. They swear thus: “Yes, by him who handed to our head the tetraktys, a spring holding [the roots] of ever-flowing nature.” The tetraktys is the principle of natural and solid bodies, as the monad is of intelligibles. And that the tetraktys, as [the monad] among the intelligibles, also generates, he says, the perfect number, ten, they teach thus: if someone beginning to count says one, and adds two, and then likewise three, these will be six; and adding to these four more, the whole will likewise be ten. For one, two, three, four make ten, the perfect number. So, he says, the tetraktys imitated in every respect the intelligible monad, being able to generate a perfect number.

item 6, chapter 24

6.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 262

Δύο οὖν κατὰ τὸν Πυθαγόραν εἰσὶ κόσμοι, εἷς μὲν νοητός, ὃς ἔχει τὴν μονάδα ἀρχήν, εἷς δὲ αἰσθητός, τούτου δέ ἐστι τετρακτὺς ἔχουσα ἰῶτα, τὴν μίαν κεραίαν, ἀριθμὸν τέλειον· καὶ ἔστι κατὰ τοὺς Πυθαγορικοὺς τὸ ῑ, ἡ μία κεραία, πρώτη καὶ κυριωτάτη καὶ τῶν νοητῶν οὐσία νοητῶς καὶ αἰσθητῶς λαμβανομένη·

Dyo oun kata ton Pythagoran eisi kosmoi, heis men noētos, hos echei tēn monada archēn, heis de aisthētos, toutou de esti tetraktys echousa iōta, tēn mian keraian, arithmon teleion; kai esti kata tous Pythagorikous to i, hē mia keraia, prōtē kai kyriōtatē kai tōn noētōn ousia noētōs kai aisthētōs lambanomenē;

According to Pythagoras, then, there are two worlds: one intelligible, which has the monad as its principle, and one sensible, whose principle is the tetraktys, which has the iota, the one stroke, a perfect number; and according to the Pythagoreans the iota, the one stroke, is first and most sovereign, and the substance of the intelligibles, taken both intelligibly and sensibly;

6.24.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 262

συμβεβηκότα γένη ἀσώματα ἐννέα, ἃ χωρὶς εἶναι τῆς οὐσίας οὐ δύναται, ποιὸν καὶ ποσὸν καὶ πρός τι καὶ ποῦ καὶ πότε καὶ κεῖσθαι καὶ ἔχειν καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν. Ἔστιν οὖν ἐννέα τὰ συμβεβηκότα τῇ οὐσίᾳ, οἷς ἀριθμουμένη συνέχει τὸν τέλειον ἀριθμόν, τὸν ῑ.

symbebēkota genē asōmata ennea, ha chōris einai tēs ousias ou dynatai, poion kai poson kai pros ti kai pou kai pote kai keisthai kai echein kai poiein kai paschein. Estin oun ennea ta symbebēkota tę̄ ousią, hois arithmoumenē synechei ton teleion arithmon, ton i.

and the incorporeal genera of accidents are nine, which cannot exist apart from substance: quality, quantity, relation, where, when, position, possession, acting, and being acted upon. These, then, are the nine accidents of substance; counted together with them, substance contains the perfect number, the iota.

6.24.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 262

Διόπερ διῃρημένου τοῦ παντός, ὡς εἴπομεν, εἰς νοητὸν καὶ αἰσθητὸν κόσμον, ἔχομεν καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοητοῦ τὸν λόγον, ἵνα τῷ λόγῳ τὴν τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ἀσωμάτων καὶ θείων ἐποπτεύωμεν οὐσίαν, αἰσθήσεις δὲ, φησίν, ἔχομεν πέντε, ὄσφρησιν, ὅρασιν, ἀκοήν, γεῦσιν καὶ ἁφήν, ἐν οἷς τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐρχόμεθα εἰς γνῶσιν· καὶ οὕτω, φησίν, ἐστὶ διῃρημένος ὁ αἰσθητὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου. Καὶ ὅτι ἔχομεν γνώσεως ὄργανον πρὸς ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν, ἐντεῦθεν κατανοῶμεν.

Dioper dię̄rēmenou tou pantos, hōs eipomen, eis noēton kai aisthēton kosmon, echomen kai hēmeis apo tou noētou ton logon, hina tǭ logǭ tēn tōn noētōn kai asōmatōn kai theiōn epopteuōmen ousian, aisthēseis de, phēsin, echomen pente, osphrēsin, horasin, akoēn, geusin kai haphēn, en hois tōn aisthētōn erchometha eis gnōsin; kai houtō, phēsin, esti dię̄rēmenos ho aisthētos apo tou noētou kosmou. Kai hoti echomen gnōseōs organon pros hekateron autōn, enteuthen katanoōmen.

Therefore, since the universe is divided, as we said, into an intelligible and a sensible world, we too have reason from the intelligible world, so that by reason we may contemplate the substance of intelligible, incorporeal, and divine things; and we have, he says, five senses, smell, sight, hearing, taste, and touch, by which we come to knowledge of sensible things. And so, he says, the sensible world is divided from the intelligible. And that we have an instrument of knowledge for each of them, we perceive from the following.

6.24.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 262

Οὐδὲν, φησί, τῶν νοητῶν γνωστὸν ἡμῖν δύναται γενέσθαι διʼ αἰσθήσεως· ἐκεῖνο γὰρ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδεν, οὔτε οὖς ἤκουσεν, οὔτʼ ἔγνω, φησί, τῶν ἄλλων αἰσθήσεων οἱαδητισοῦν.

Ouden, phēsi, tōn noētōn gnōston hēmin dynatai genesthai diʼ aisthēseōs; ekeino gar oute ophthalmos eiden, oute ous ēkousen, outʼ egnō, phēsi, tōn allōn aisthēseōn hoiadētisoun.

“Nothing of the intelligibles,” he says, “can become known to us through sense; for that no eye has seen, nor ear heard, nor,” he says, “has any of the other senses whatever known it.”

6.24.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 262

Οὐδʼ αὖ πάλιν τῷ λόγῳ εἰς γνῶσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐλθεῖν τινός, ἀλλὰ δεῖ ὅτι λευκόν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, καὶ γεύσασθαι ὅτι γλυκύ, καὶ ὅτι ᾠδικὸν ἢ ἀπῳδικὸν ἀκούσαντας εἰδέναι, καὶ εἴ τι τῶν ὀσμῶν ἐστὶν εὐῶδες ἢ ἀηδές, ὀσφρήσεως ἔργον, οὐ λόγου.

Oudʼ au palin tǭ logǭ eis gnōsin tōn aisthētōn ouch hoion te elthein tinos, alla dei hoti leukon estin idein, kai geusasthai hoti glyky, kai hoti ǭdikon ē apǭdikon akousantas eidenai, kai ei ti tōn osmōn estin euōdes ē aēdes, osphrēseōs ergon, ou logou.

Nor again is it possible to come to the knowledge of any sensible thing by reason; but one must see that a thing is white, and taste that it is sweet, and know by hearing whether it is melodious or unmelodious; and whether any smell is fragrant or unpleasant is the work of smell, not of reason.

6.24.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 262–264

Ὡσαύτως δὲ ἔχει καὶ τὰ τῆς ἁφῆς· σκληρὸν γὰρ ἢ ἁπαλόν, ἢ θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐστὶν ἀκούσαντα εἰδέναι, ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶ κρίσις ἡ ἁφή. Τούτων οὕτως ὑφεστηκότων, ἡ διακόσμησις τῶν γεγονότων καὶ γινομένων ἀριθμητικῶς γινομένη θεωρεῖται.

Hōsautōs de echei kai ta tēs haphēs; sklēron gar ē hapalon, ē thermon ē psychron ouch hoion te estin akousanta eidenai, alla gar tōn toioutōn esti krisis hē haphē. Toutōn houtōs hyphestēkotōn, hē diakosmēsis tōn gegonotōn kai ginomenōn arithmētikōs ginomenē theōreitai.

The same holds for touch; for it is not possible to know by hearing whether a thing is hard or soft, hot or cold; touch is the judge of such things. These things being so, the ordering of the things that have come to be and are coming to be is seen to take place by number.

6.24.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 264

Ὃν γὰρ τρόπον ἀπὸ μονάδος ἀρξάμενοι κατὰ προσθήκην μονάδων ἢ τριάδων καὶ τῶν ἐξῆς ἀθροιζομένων ἀριθμῶν ἕν τι σύστημα ποιοῦμεν μέγιστον ἀριθμοῦ, εἶτα πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν σύνθεσιν ἀθροισθέντος ἀφαιρέσει τινὶ καὶ ἀναποδισμῷ λύσιν τῶν συνεστώτων ἀριθμητικῶς ἐργαζόμεθα·

Hon gar tropon apo monados arxamenoi kata prosthēkēn monadōn ē triadōn kai tōn exēs athroizomenōn arithmōn hen ti systēma poioumen megiston arithmou, eita palin apo tou kata tēn synthesin athroisthentos aphairesei tini kai anapodismǭ lysin tōn synestōtōn arithmētikōs ergazometha;

For just as, beginning from the monad, by adding monads or triads and the following numbers as they are gathered, we make one very great system of number, and then again, from what has been gathered by composition, by a kind of subtraction and reversal we accomplish arithmetically the dissolution of what has been composed,

item 6, chapter 25

6.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 264

οὕτω φησὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἀριθμητικῷ τινὶ καὶ μουσικῷ δεσμῷ δεδεμένον ἐπιτάσει καὶ ἀνέσει καὶ προσθήκῃ καὶ ἀφαιρέσει ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντὸς ἀδιάφθορον φυλαχθῆναι. Τοιγαροῦν καὶ περὶ τῆς διανομῆς τοῦ κόσμου ἀποφαίνονται τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον οἱ Πυθαγορικοί· ἦ γὰρ καὶ πάρος ἦν τε καὶ ἔσσεται, οὐδέ ποτʼ, οἴω, τούτων ἀμφοτέρων κενεώσεται ἄσπετος αἰών. Τίνων δὲ τούτων; τοῦ νείκους καὶ τῆς φιλίας.

houtō phēsi kai ton kosmon arithmētikǭ tini kai mousikǭ desmǭ dedemenon epitasei kai anesei kai prosthēkę̄ kai aphairesei aei kai dia pantos adiaphthoron phylachthēnai. Toigaroun kai peri tēs dianomēs tou kosmou apophainontai toiouton tina tropon hoi Pythagorikoi; ē gar kai paros ēn te kai essetai, oude potʼ, oiō, toutōn amphoterōn keneōsetai aspetos aiōn. Tinōn de toutōn? tou neikous kai tēs philias.

so, he says, the world too, bound by a kind of arithmetical and musical bond, by tension and relaxation, addition and subtraction, is always and throughout kept incorruptible. Accordingly, the Pythagoreans also declare concerning the distribution of the world in some such way: “For it was before and will be, nor ever, I think, will boundless time be emptied of these two.” Of which two? Of Strife and Love.

6.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 264

Ἀπεργάζεται δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ φιλία ἄφθαρτον, ἀΐδιον τὸν κόσμον, ὡς ὑπονοοῦσιν· ἔστι γὰρ ἡ οὐσία καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἕν· τὸ δὲ νεῖκος διασπᾷ καὶ διαφέρει καὶ πολλὰ πειρᾶται καταδιαιροῦσα τὸν κόσμον ποιεῖν.

Apergazetai de autois hē philia aphtharton, aïdion ton kosmon, hōs hyponoousin; esti gar hē ousia kai ho kosmos hen; to de neikos diaspą kai diapherei kai polla peiratai katadiairousa ton kosmon poiein.

And Love, as they suppose, makes the world incorruptible and everlasting for them; for substance and the world are one; but Strife tears apart and separates it, and tries, by dividing the world, to make it many.

6.25.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 264

Ὥσπερ εἴ τις ἀριθμητικῶς τὴν μυριάδα εἰς χιλιάδας καὶ ἑκατοντάδας καὶ δεκάδας, καὶ δραχμὰς εἰς ὀβολοὺς καὶ κοδράντας μικροὺς κατακερματίσας τέμνει, οὕτω τὸ νεῖκος τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ κόσμου, φησί, τέμνει εἰς ζῷα, φυτά, μέταλλα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια· καὶ ἔστι τῆς γενέσεως τῶν γινομένων πάντων κατʼ αὐτοὺς δημιουργὸς τὸ νεῖκος, ἡ δʼ αὖ φιλία ἐπιτροπεύουσα καὶ προνοουμένη τοῦ παντὸς ἵνα μένῃ, καὶ εἰς τὸ ἓν τὰ διῃρημένα καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἀπεσπασμένα συνάγουσα καὶ ἐξάγουσα τοῦ βίου, συνάπτει καὶ προστίθησι τῷ παντί, ἵνα μένῃ, καὶ ἔστιν ἕν.

Hōsper ei tis arithmētikōs tēn myriada eis chiliadas kai hekatontadas kai dekadas, kai drachmas eis obolous kai kodrantas mikrous katakermatisas temnei, houtō to neikos tēn ousian tou kosmou, phēsi, temnei eis zǭa, phyta, metalla kai ta toutois paraplēsia; kai esti tēs geneseōs tōn ginomenōn pantōn katʼ autous dēmiourgos to neikos, hē dʼ au philia epitropeuousa kai pronooumenē tou pantos hina menę̄, kai eis to hen ta dię̄rēmena kai tou pantos apespasmena synagousa kai exagousa tou biou, synaptei kai prostithēsi tǭ panti, hina menę̄, kai estin hen.

As if someone were arithmetically to cut up the myriad into thousands, hundreds, and tens, and drachmas into obols and small quadrantes, so, he says, Strife cuts the substance of the world into animals, plants, metals, and the like. And according to them Strife is the craftsman of the generation of all things that come to be, while Love governs and cares for the universe so that it may remain; gathering into one the things that have been divided and torn from the universe, and leading them out of life, it joins and adds them to the universe, so that it may remain; and it is one.

6.25.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 264–266

Οὐ παύσεται οὖν οὔτε τὸ νεῖκος τὸν κόσμον διαιροῦν οὔτε ἡ φιλία τὰ διῃρημένα τῷ κόσμῳ προσνέμουσα. Αὕτη τὶς ἐστίν, ὡς ἔοικε, κατὰ Πυθαγόραν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου διανομή. Λέγει δὲ Πυθαγόρας εἶναι ἀπορραγάδας τοῦ ἡλίου τοὺς ἀστέρας, καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ζῴων ἀπὸ τῶν ἄστρων φέρεσθαι· εἶναι δὲ αὐτὰς θνητὰς μέν, ὅταν ὦσιν ἐν τῷ σώματι, οἱονεὶ ἐγκατορωρυγμένας ὡς ἐν τάφῳ, ἀνίστασθαι δὲ καὶ γίνεσθαι ἀθανάτους, ὅταν τῶν σωμάτων ἀπολυθῶμεν. Ὅθεν ὁ Πλάτων ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπό τινος· τί ἐστι φιλοσοφία;

Ou pausetai oun oute to neikos ton kosmon diairoun oute hē philia ta dię̄rēmena tǭ kosmǭ prosnemousa. Hautē tis estin, hōs eoike, kata Pythagoran hē tou kosmou dianomē. Legei de Pythagoras einai aporragadas tou hēliou tous asteras, kai tas psychas tōn zǭōn apo tōn astrōn pheresthai; einai de autas thnētas men, hotan ōsin en tǭ sōmati, hoionei enkatorōrygmenas hōs en taphǭ, anistasthai de kai ginesthai athanatous, hotan tōn sōmatōn apolythōmen. Hothen ho Platōn erōtētheis hypo tinos; ti esti philosophia?

Strife, then, will not cease dividing the world, nor Love assigning back to the world what has been divided. Such, it seems, is the distribution of the world according to Pythagoras. And Pythagoras says that the stars are fragments broken off the sun, and that the souls of living creatures are carried down from the stars; and that they are mortal when they are in the body, buried in it as in a tomb, but rise and become immortal when we are released from our bodies. Hence Plato, asked by someone, “What is philosophy?”

item 6, chapter 26

6.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 266

ἔφη· χωρισμὸς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ σώματος, Πυθαγόρου καὶ τούτων τῶν λόγων γενόμενος μαθητής, ἐν οἷς λέγει καὶ διʼ αἰνιγμάτων καὶ τοιούτων λόγων· Ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἐὰν ἀποδημῇς, μὴ ἐπιστρέφου· εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐριννύες Δίκης ἐπικουροί σε μετελεύσονται· ἰδίην καλῶν τὸ σῶμα, Ἐριννύας δὲ τὰ πάθη.

ephē; chōrismos psychēs apo sōmatos, Pythagorou kai toutōn tōn logōn genomenos mathētēs, en hois legei kai diʼ ainigmatōn kai toioutōn logōn; Ek tēs idias ean apodēmę̄s, mē epistrephou; ei de mē, Erinnyes Dikēs epikouroi se meteleusontai; idiēn kalōn to sōma, Erinnyas de ta pathē.

said, “The separation of the soul from the body,” having become a disciple of Pythagoras and of these doctrines, in which he speaks also through riddles and sayings such as: “If you go abroad from your own, do not turn back; otherwise the Furies, helpers of Justice, will pursue you,” calling the body “your own” and the passions Furies.

6.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 266

Ἐὰν οὖν φησίν, ἀποδημῇς, τουτέστιν ἐὰν ἐξέρχῃ ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, μὴ αὐτοῦ ἀντιποιοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ ἀντιποιήσῃ, πάλιν σε τὰ πάθη καθείρξουσιν εἰς σῶμα. Εἶναι γὰρ οὗτοι τῶν ψυχῶν μετενσωμάτωσιν νομίζουσιν, ὡς καὶ ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς πυθαγορίζων λέγει.

Ean oun phēsin, apodēmę̄s, toutestin ean exerchę̄ ek tou sōmatos, mē autou antipoiou; ean de antipoiēsę̄, palin se ta pathē katheirxousin eis sōma. Einai gar houtoi tōn psychōn metensōmatōsin nomizousin, hōs kai ho Empedoklēs pythagorizōn legei.

“If, then,” he says, “you go abroad, that is, if you go out of the body, do not lay claim to it; but if you lay claim to it, the passions will shut you up again in a body.” For these men believe in the transmigration of souls, as Empedocles too says, Pythagorizing.

6.26.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 266

Δεῖ γὰρ, φησί, τὰς φιληδόνους ψυχάς, ὡς ὁ Πλάτων λέγει, ἐὰν ἐν ἀνθρώπου πάθει γενόμεναι μὴ φιλοσοφήσωσι, διὰ πάντων ζῴων ἐλθεῖν καὶ φυτῶν πάλιν εἰς ἀνθρώπινον σῶμα, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν φιλοσοφήσῃ κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ τρίς, εἰς τὴν τοῦ συννόμου ἄστρου φύσιν ἀνελθεῖν, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ φιλοσοφήσῃ, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτά. Δύνασθαι οὖν φησὶ ποτὲ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ θνητὴν γενέσθαι, ἐὰν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐριννύων κρατῆται, τουτέστι τῶν παθῶν, καὶ ἀθάνατον, ἐὰν τὰς Ἐριννῦς ἐκφύγῃ, ἅ ἐστι πάθη.

Dei gar, phēsi, tas philēdonous psychas, hōs ho Platōn legei, ean en anthrōpou pathei genomenai mē philosophēsōsi, dia pantōn zǭōn elthein kai phytōn palin eis anthrōpinon sōma, kai ean men philosophēsę̄ kata to auto tris, eis tēn tou synnomou astrou physin anelthein, ean de mē philosophēsę̄, palin epi ta auta. Dynasthai oun phēsi pote tēn psychēn kai thnētēn genesthai, ean hypo tōn Erinnyōn kratētai, toutesti tōn pathōn, kai athanaton, ean tas Erinnys ekphygę̄, ha esti pathē.

“For pleasure-loving souls,” he says, “as Plato says, if they come into the passion of a man and do not practice philosophy, must pass through all animals and plants back into a human body; and if a soul practices philosophy three times in the same way, it goes up to the nature of its kindred star; but if it does not practice philosophy, back again to the same things. The soul, then,” he says, “can sometimes become mortal, if it is mastered by the Furies, that is, the passions, and immortal, if it escapes the Furies, which are passions.”

item 6, chapter 27

6.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 266

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ σκοτεινῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πυθαγόρου λεγόμενα πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς διʼ ὑποσυμβόλων ἐνηρξάμεθα λέγειν, δοκεῖ καὶ τῶν ἑτέρων ὑπομνησθῆναι διὰ τὸ καὶ τοὺς αἱρεσιάρχας τοιούτῳ τινὶ τρόπῳ ἐπικεχειρηκέναι ὁμιλεῖν διὰ ὑποσυμβόλων, καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἰδίων, ἀλλὰ Πυθαγορείων πλεονεκτήσαντες λόγων.

Allʼ epei kai ta skoteinōs hypo tou Pythagorou legomena pros tous mathētas diʼ hyposymbolōn enērxametha legein, dokei kai tōn heterōn hypomnēsthēnai dia to kai tous hairesiarchas toioutǭ tini tropǭ epikecheirēkenai homilein dia hyposymbolōn, kai touto ouk idiōn, alla Pythagoreiōn pleonektēsantes logōn.

But since we have begun to speak also of the things said obscurely by Pythagoras to his disciples through symbols, it seems good to recall the others as well, because the heresiarchs too have attempted to converse in some such way through symbols, and these not their own, but sayings they have appropriated from the Pythagoreans.

6.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 266

Διδάσκει οὖν ὁ Πυθαγόρας τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγων· Τὸν στρωματόδεσμον δῆσον· ἐπεὶ οἱ ὁδοιπορεῖν μέλλοντες εἰς δέρμα δεσμοῦσι τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν πρὸς ἑτοιμασίαν τῆς ὁδοῦ· οὕτως ἑτοίμους εἶναι θέλει τοὺς μαθητάς, ὡς καθʼ ἑκάστην στιγμὴν τοῦ θανάτου ἐφεστηκέναι μέλλοντος, μηδὲν ἔχοντας τῶν μαθητῶν ἐνδεές.

Didaskei oun ho Pythagoras tous mathētas legōn; Ton strōmatodesmon dēson; epei hoi hodoiporein mellontes eis derma desmousi ta himatia autōn pros hetoimasian tēs hodou; houtōs hetoimous einai thelei tous mathētas, hōs kathʼ hekastēn stigmēn tou thanatou ephestēkenai mellontos, mēden echontas tōn mathētōn endees.

Pythagoras, then, teaches his disciples, saying: “Tie up the bedding-bundle”; for those about to travel tie their clothes in a leather bag to prepare for the journey. So he wants his disciples to be ready, as though death were about to come upon them at every moment, so that his disciples may lack nothing.

6.27.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 266–268

Διόπερ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἅμα τῷ ἡμέραν γενέσθαι ἐδίδασκε διακελεύεσθαι αὑτοῖς τοὺς Πυθαγορείους δεσμεύειν τὸν στρωματόδεσμον, τουτέστιν ἑτοίμους εἶναι πρὸς θάνατον.

Dioper ex anankēs hama tǭ hēmeran genesthai edidaske diakeleuesthai hautois tous Pythagoreious desmeuein ton strōmatodesmon, toutestin hetoimous einai pros thanaton.

Therefore he taught the Pythagoreans that they must urge one another, as soon as day came, to tie up the bedding-bundle, that is, to be ready for death.

6.27.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 268

Πῦρ μαχαίρῃ μὴ σκάλευε, τὸν τεθυμωμένον ἄνθρωπον λέγων μὴ ἐρέθιζε· πυρὶ γὰρ ἔοικεν ὁ θυμούμενος, μαχαίρᾳ δὲ λόγος. Σάρον μὴ ὑπέρβαινε, μικροῦ πράγματος μὴ καταφρόνει. Φοίνικα ἐν οἰκίᾳ μὴ φύτευε, φιλονεικίαν ἐν οἰκίᾳ μὴ κατασκεύαζε· μάχης γὰρ καὶ διαφορᾶς ἐστὶν ὁ φοῖνιξ σημεῖον. Ἀπὸ δίφρου μὴ ἔσθιε, βάναυσον τέχνην μὴ μεταχειρίζου, ἵνα μὴ δουλεύσῃς τῷ σώματι ὄντι φθαρτῷ, ἀλλὰ ποιοῦ τὸν βίον ἀπὸ λόγων· ἐνέσται γάρ σοι καὶ τρέφειν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ποιεῖν κρείττονα.

Pyr machairę̄ mē skaleue, ton tethymōmenon anthrōpon legōn mē erethize; pyri gar eoiken ho thymoumenos, machairą de logos. Saron mē hyperbaine, mikrou pragmatos mē kataphronei. Phoinika en oikią mē phyteue, philoneikian en oikią mē kataskeuaze; machēs gar kai diaphoras estin ho phoinix sēmeion. Apo diphrou mē esthie, banauson technēn mē metacheirizou, hina mē douleusę̄s tǭ sōmati onti phthartǭ, alla poiou ton bion apo logōn; enestai gar soi kai trephein to sōma kai tēn psychēn poiein kreittona.

“Do not stir fire with a knife”: he means, do not provoke an angry man; for the angry man is like fire, and speech like a knife. “Do not step over a broom”: do not despise a small matter. “Do not plant a palm tree in a house”: do not create contentiousness in a house; for the palm is a sign of battle and discord. “Do not eat from a stool”: do not take up a menial craft, so that you may not be a slave to the body, which is perishable, but make your living from learning; for then you will be able both to feed the body and to make the soul better.

6.27.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 268

Ἀπὸ ὅλου ἄρτου μὴ ἀπόδακνε· τὰ ὑπάρχοντά σου μὴ μειοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς προσόδου ζῆθι, φύλασσε δὲ τὴν οὐσίαν ὡς ἄρτον ὁλόκληρον. Κυάμους μὴ ἔσθιε· ἀρχὴν πόλεως μὴ ἀποδέχου· κυάμοις γὰρ ἐκληροῦντο τὰς ἀρχὰς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον.

Apo holou artou mē apodakne; ta hyparchonta sou mē meiou, alla apo tēs prosodou zēthi, phylasse de tēn ousian hōs arton holoklēron. Kyamous mē esthie; archēn poleōs mē apodechou; kyamois gar eklērounto tas archas katʼ ekeinon ton chronon.

“Do not bite from a whole loaf”: do not diminish your possessions, but live from the income, and keep your property like a whole loaf. “Do not eat beans”: do not accept public office; for in that time they chose officials by lot with beans.

item 6, chapter 28

6.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 268

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι λέγουσιν, οὓς μιμούμενοι οἱ αἱρετικοὶ μεγάλα νομίζονται τισὶ λέγειν. Δημιουργὸν δὲ εἶναι τῶν γενομένων πάντων φησὶν ὁ Πυθαγόρειος λόγος τὸν μέγαν γεωμέτρην καὶ ἀριθμητὴν ἥλιον, καὶ ἐστηρίχθαι τοῦτον ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι ψυχήν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Πλάτων.

Tauta men oun kai ta toiauta hoi Pythagoreioi legousin, hous mimoumenoi hoi hairetikoi megala nomizontai tisi legein. Dēmiourgon de einai tōn genomenōn pantōn phēsin ho Pythagoreios logos ton megan geōmetrēn kai arithmētēn hēlion, kai estērichthai touton en holǭ tǭ kosmǭ, kathaper en tois sōmasi psychēn, hōs phēsin ho Platōn.

These things, then, and the like the Pythagoreans say, and the heretics, imitating them, are thought by some to say great things. And the Pythagorean doctrine says that the craftsman of all things that have come to be is the great geometer and arithmetician, the sun, and that he is fixed in the whole world as the soul in bodies, as Plato says.

6.28.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 268

Πῦρ γάρ ἐστιν ἥλιος ὡς ψυχή, σῶμα δὲ γῆ. Χωρισθὲν δὲ πυρὸς οὐδὲν ἄν ποτε ὁρατὸν γένοιτο, οὐδὲ ἁπτὸν ἄνευ τινὸς στερεοῦ, στερεὸν δὲ οὐκ ἄνευ γῆς. Ὅθεν ἐκ πυρὸς καὶ γῆς ἀέρα τε ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ θέμενος τὸ τοῦ παντὸς ἐδημιούργησε σῶμα. Ἀριθμεῖ δὲ, φησί, καὶ γεωμετρεῖ τὸν κόσμον ὁ ἥλιος τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον.

Pyr gar estin hēlios hōs psychē, sōma de gē. Chōristhen de pyros ouden an pote horaton genoito, oude hapton aneu tinos stereou, stereon de ouk aneu gēs. Hothen ek pyros kai gēs aera te ho theos en mesǭ themenos to tou pantos edēmiourgēse sōma. Arithmei de, phēsi, kai geōmetrei ton kosmon ho hēlios toiouton tina tropon.

For the sun is fire, as the soul, and earth is body. Apart from fire nothing would ever be visible, nor tangible without something solid, and nothing is solid without earth. Hence God, placing air in the middle between fire and earth, fashioned the body of the universe. And the sun, he says, numbers and measures the world in some such way as this.

6.28.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 268

Ὁ μὲν κόσμος ἐστὶν ὁ αἰσθητὸς εἷς, περὶ οὗ λέγομεν τανῦν. Διῄρηκε δʼ αὐτὸν ἀριθμητικός τις ὢν καὶ γεωμέτρης εἰς μοίρας δώδεκα. Καὶ ἔστι ταῖς μοίραις ταύταις ὀνόματα· Κριός, Ταῦρος, Δίδυμοι, Καρκίνος, Λέων, Παρθένος, Ζυγός, Σκορπίος, Τοξότης, Αἰγόκερως, Ὑδροχόος, Ἰχθύες.

Ho men kosmos estin ho aisthētos heis, peri hou legomen tanyn. Dię̄rēke dʼ auton arithmētikos tis ōn kai geōmetrēs eis moiras dōdeka. Kai esti tais moirais tautais onomata; Krios, Tauros, Didymoi, Karkinos, Leōn, Parthenos, Zygos, Skorpios, Toxotēs, Aigokerōs, Hydrochoos, Ichthyes.

The sensible world, of which we are now speaking, is one. He, being an arithmetician and geometer, has divided it into twelve parts. And these parts have names: Ram, Bull, Twins, Crab, Lion, Virgin, Balance, Scorpion, Archer, Capricorn, Water-bearer, Fishes.

6.28.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 268–270

Πάλιν τῶν δώδεκα μοιρῶν ἑκάστην διαιρεῖ εἰς μοίρας τριάκοντα, αἵτινες εἰσὶν ἡμέραι μηνός. Πάλιν αὖ τῶν τριάκοντα μοιρῶν ἑκάστην μοῖραν διαιρεῖ εἰς λεπτὰ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τῶν λεπτῶν λεπτὰ καὶ ἔτι λεπτότερα. Καὶ τοῦτο ἀεὶ ποιῶν καὶ μὴ παυόμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀθροίζων ἐκ τούτων τῶν μοιρῶν τῶν διῃρημένων καὶ ποιῶν ἐνιαυτόν, καὶ αὖθις ἀναλύων καὶ διαιρῶν τὸ συγκείμενον τὸν μέγαν ἐνιαυτὸν ἀπεργάζεται κόσμου.

Palin tōn dōdeka moirōn hekastēn diairei eis moiras triakonta, haitines eisin hēmerai mēnos. Palin au tōn triakonta moirōn hekastēn moiran diairei eis lepta hexēkonta kai tōn leptōn lepta kai eti leptotera. Kai touto aei poiōn kai mē pauomenos, allʼ athroizōn ek toutōn tōn moirōn tōn dię̄rēmenōn kai poiōn eniauton, kai authis analyōn kai diairōn to synkeimenon ton megan eniauton apergazetai kosmou.

Again he divides each of the twelve parts into thirty parts, which are the days of a month. Again he divides each of the thirty parts into sixty minutes, and the minutes into minutes, and still finer. And always doing this and never ceasing, but gathering from these divided parts and making a year, and again dissolving and dividing what has been composed, he produces the great year of the world.

item 6, chapter 29

6.29.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 270

Τοιαύτη τις, ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίοις εἰπεῖν ἐπελθόντα, ἡ Πυθαγόρου καὶ Πλάτωνος συνέστηκε δόξα, ἀφʼ ἧς Οὐαλεντῖνος, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν εὐαγγελίων τὴν αἵρεσιν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ συναγαγών, ὡς ἐπιδείξομεν, δικαίως Πυθαγορικὸς καὶ Πλατωνικός, οὐ Χριστιανὸς λογισθείη. Οὐαλεντῖνος τοίνυν καὶ Ἡρακλέων καὶ Πτολεμαῖος καὶ πᾶσα ἡ τούτων σχολή, οἱ Πυθαγόρου καὶ Πλάτωνος μαθηταί, ἀκολουθήσαντες τοῖς καθηγησαμένοις, ἀριθμητικὴν τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν ἑαυτῶν κατεβάλοντο.

Toiautē tis, hōs en kephalaiois eipein epelthonta, hē Pythagorou kai Platōnos synestēke doxa, aphʼ hēs Oualentinos, ouk apo tōn euangeliōn tēn hairesin tēn heautou synagagōn, hōs epideixomen, dikaiōs Pythagorikos kai Platōnikos, ou Christianos logistheiē. Oualentinos toinyn kai Hērakleōn kai Ptolemaios kai pasa hē toutōn scholē, hoi Pythagorou kai Platōnos mathētai, akolouthēsantes tois kathēgēsamenois, arithmētikēn tēn didaskalian tēn heautōn katebalonto.

Such, to put it in summary as I go over it, is the doctrine of Pythagoras and Plato, from which Valentinus, and not from the Gospels, compiled his heresy, as we will show; he would rightly be reckoned a Pythagorean and a Platonist, not a Christian. Valentinus, then, and Heracleon and Ptolemy and their whole school, disciples of Pythagoras and Plato, following their guides, laid down their teaching on the basis of number.

6.29.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 270

Καὶ γὰρ τούτων ἔστιν ἀρχὴ τῶν πάντων μονὰς ἀγέννητος, ἄφθαρτος, ἀκατάληπτος, ἀπερινόητος, γόνιμος καὶ πάντων τῆς γενέσεως αἰτία τῶν γενομένων· καλεῖται δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἡ προειρημένη μονὰς πατήρ.

Kai gar toutōn estin archē tōn pantōn monas agennētos, aphthartos, akatalēptos, aperinoētos, gonimos kai pantōn tēs geneseōs aitia tōn genomenōn; kaleitai de hypʼ autōn hē proeirēmenē monas patēr.

For their principle of all things too is a monad, unbegotten, incorruptible, incomprehensible, inconceivable, generative, and the cause of the generation of all things that have come to be; and this monad is called by them Father.

6.29.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 270

Διαφορὰ δέ τις εὑρίσκεται πολλὴ παρʼ αὐτοῖς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν, ἵνʼ ᾖ παντάπασι καθαρὸν τὸ δόγμα τοῦ Οὐαλεντίνου Πυθαγορικόν, ἄθηλυν καὶ ἄζυγον καὶ μόνον τὸν πατέρα νομίζουσιν εἶναι· οἱ δὲ ἀδύνατον νομίζοντες δύνασθαι ἐξ ἄρρενος μόνου γένεσιν ὅλως τῶν γεγενημένων γενέσθαι τινός, καὶ τῷ πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων, ἵνα γένηται πατήρ, σιγὴν ἐξ ἀνάγκης συναριθμοῦσι τὴν σύζυγον.

Diaphora de tis heurisketai pollē parʼ autois; hoi men gar autōn, hinʼ ę̄ pantapasi katharon to dogma tou Oualentinou Pythagorikon, athēlyn kai azygon kai monon ton patera nomizousin einai; hoi de adynaton nomizontes dynasthai ex arrenos monou genesin holōs tōn gegenēmenōn genesthai tinos, kai tǭ patri tōn holōn, hina genētai patēr, sigēn ex anankēs synarithmousi tēn syzygon.

But much disagreement is found among them. For some of them, so that the doctrine of Valentinus may be wholly and purely Pythagorean, think that the Father is without female, without consort, and alone; while others, thinking it impossible that any generation of the things that have come to be could come from a male alone, of necessity count Silence as consort with the Father of all, so that he may become a father.

6.29.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 270

Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν σιγῆς, πότερόν ποτε σύζυγός ἐστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν, αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὐτοῖς τοῦτον ἐχέτωσαν τὸν ἀγῶνα. Τὰ δὲ νῦν αὐτοὶ ἡμεῖς φυλάττοντες τὴν Πυθαγόρειον ἀρχήν, μίαν οὖσαν καὶ ἄζυγον, ἄθηλυν, ἀπροσδεῆ, μνημονεύσαντες ὡς ἐκεῖνοι διδάσκουσιν ἐροῦμεν.

Alla peri men sigēs, poteron pote syzygos estin ē ouk estin, autoi pros autois touton echetōsan ton agōna. Ta de nyn autoi hēmeis phylattontes tēn Pythagoreion archēn, mian ousan kai azygon, athēlyn, aprosdeē, mnēmoneusantes hōs ekeinoi didaskousin eroumen.

But about Silence, whether she is a consort or not, let them have this contest among themselves. For now we ourselves, keeping to the Pythagorean principle, which is one, without consort, without female, lacking nothing, will speak, recalling what they teach.

6.29.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 270–272

Ἦν ὅλως, φησί, γεννητὸν οὐδέν, πατὴρ δὲ ἦν μόνος ἀγέννητος, οὐ τόπον ἔχων, οὐ χρόνον, οὐ σύμβουλον, οὐκ ἄλλην τινὰ κατʼ οὐδένα τῶν τρόπων νοηθῆναι δυναμένην οὐσίαν· ἀλλὰ ἦν μόνος, ἠρεμῶν, ὡς λέγουσι, καὶ ἀναπαυόμενος αὐτὸς ἐν ἑαυτῷ μόνος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν γόνιμος, ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ποτὲ τὸ κάλλιστον καὶ τελεώτατον, ὃ εἶχεν ἐν αὐτῷ, γεννῆσαι καὶ προαγαγεῖν· φιλέρημος γὰρ οὐκ ἦν. Ἀγάπη γὰρ, φησίν, ἦν ὅλος, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οὐκ ἔστιν ἀγάπη, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ τὸ ἀγαπώμενον.

Ēn holōs, phēsi, gennēton ouden, patēr de ēn monos agennētos, ou topon echōn, ou chronon, ou symboulon, ouk allēn tina katʼ oudena tōn tropōn noēthēnai dynamenēn ousian; alla ēn monos, ēremōn, hōs legousi, kai anapauomenos autos en heautǭ monos. Epei de ēn gonimos, edoxen autǭ pote to kalliston kai teleōtaton, ho eichen en autǭ, gennēsai kai proagagein; philerēmos gar ouk ēn. Agapē gar, phēsin, ēn holos, hē de agapē ouk estin agapē, ean mē ę̄ to agapōmenon.

“There was nothing at all begotten,” he says, “but the Father alone was unbegotten, having no place, no time, no counsellor, no other being that could be conceived in any way; but he was alone, at rest, as they say, and reposing, himself in himself alone. But since he was generative, it seemed good to him at some point to beget and bring forth what was most beautiful and most perfect, which he had in himself; for he was not a lover of solitude. For he was all love,” he says, “and love is not love if there is not a beloved.”

6.29.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Προέβαλεν οὖν καὶ ἐγέννησεν αὐτὸς ὁ πατήρ, ὥσπερ ἦν μόνος, νοῦν καὶ ἀλήθειαν, τουτέστι δυάδα, ἥτις κυρία καὶ ἀρχὴ γέγονε καὶ μήτηρ πάντων τῶν ἐντὸς πληρώματος καταριθμουμένων αἰώνων ὑπʼ αὐτῶν.

Proebalen oun kai egennēsen autos ho patēr, hōsper ēn monos, noun kai alētheian, toutesti dyada, hētis kyria kai archē gegone kai mētēr pantōn tōn entos plērōmatos katarithmoumenōn aiōnōn hypʼ autōn.

The Father himself, then, alone as he was, put forth and begot Mind and Truth, that is, a dyad, which became lady and principle and mother of all the Aeons that they count within the Pleroma.

6.29.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Προβληθεὶς δὲ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ἀπὸ γονίμου γόνιμος, προέβαλε καὶ αὐτὸς λόγον καὶ ζωήν, τὸν πατέρα μιμούμενος· ὁ δὲ λόγος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ προβάλλουσιν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐκκλησίαν. Ὁ δὲ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἐπεὶ εἶδον [τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ζωῆς] τὰ ἴδια γεννήματα γόνιμα γεγεννημένα, ηὐχαρίστησαν τῷ πατρὶ τῶν ὅλων καὶ προσφέρουσιν αὐτῷ τέλειον ἀριθμόν, αἰῶνας δέκα.

Problētheis de ho nous kai hē alētheia apo tou patros, apo gonimou gonimos, proebale kai autos logon kai zōēn, ton patera mimoumenos; ho de logos kai hē zōē proballousin anthrōpon kai ekklēsian. Ho de nous kai hē alētheia, epei eidon [tou logou kai tēs zōēs] ta idia gennēmata gonima gegennēmena, ēucharistēsan tǭ patri tōn holōn kai prospherousin autǭ teleion arithmon, aiōnas deka.

And Mind and Truth, put forth from the Father, generative from generative, themselves also put forth Word and Life, imitating the Father; and Word and Life put forth Man and Church. And Mind and Truth, when they saw that their own offspring [Word and Life] had been born generative, gave thanks to the Father of all and offer him a perfect number, ten Aeons.

6.29.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Τούτου γὰρ, φησί, τελειότερον ἀριθμοῦ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια τῷ πατρὶ προσενεγκεῖν οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν. Ἔδει γὰρ τέλειον ὄντα τὸν πατέρα ἀριθμῷ δοξάζεσθαι τελείῳ, τέλειος δέ ἐστιν ὁ δέκα, ὅτι πρῶτος τῶν κατὰ πλῆθος γενομένων οὗτος ἐστὶ τέλειος. Τελειότερος δὲ ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι ἀγέννητος ὢν μόνος διὰ πρώτης τῆς μιᾶς συζυγίας τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας πάσας τὰς τῶν γενομένων προβαλεῖν εὐπόρησε ῥίζας.

Toutou gar, phēsi, teleioteron arithmou ho nous kai hē alētheia tǭ patri prosenenkein ouk ēdynēthēsan. Edei gar teleion onta ton patera arithmǭ doxazesthai teleiǭ, teleios de estin ho deka, hoti prōtos tōn kata plēthos genomenōn houtos esti teleios. Teleioteros de ho patēr, hoti agennētos ōn monos dia prōtēs tēs mias syzygias tou nou kai tēs alētheias pasas tas tōn genomenōn probalein euporēse rhizas.

“For Mind and Truth,” he says, “could not offer the Father a more perfect number than this. For the Father, being perfect, had to be glorified by a perfect number; and ten is perfect, because it is the first of the numbers formed by multitude that is perfect. But the Father is more perfect, because, being alone unbegotten, through the first single pair, Mind and Truth, he was able to put forth all the roots of the things that have come to be.”

item 6, chapter 30

6.30.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Ἰδὼν οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ ζωή, ὅτι ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια δεδόξακαν τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων ἐν ἀριθμῷ τελείῳ, δοξάσαι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος μετὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἠθέλησε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

Idōn oun kai autos ho logos kai hē zōē, hoti ho nous kai hē alētheia dedoxakan ton patera tōn holōn en arithmǭ teleiǭ, doxasai kai autos ho logos meta tēs zōēs ēthelēse ton heautou patera kai tēn mētera, ton noun kai tēn alētheian.

Word and Life, then, seeing that Mind and Truth had glorified the Father of all in a perfect number, Word too, with Life, wished to glorify his own father and mother, Mind and Truth.

6.30.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Ἐπεὶ δὲ γεννητὸς ἦν ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ οὐκ εἶχε τὸ πατρικὸν τέλειον τὴν ἀγεννησίαν, οὐκέτι τελείῳ ἀριθμῷ ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ δοξάζουσι τὸν ἑαυτῶν πατέρα τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀτελεῖ· δώδεκα γὰρ αἰῶνας προσφέρουσιν ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ.

Epei de gennētos ēn ho nous kai hē alētheia kai ouk eiche to patrikon teleion tēn agennēsian, ouketi teleiǭ arithmǭ ho logos kai hē zōē doxazousi ton heautōn patera ton noun, alla gar atelei; dōdeka gar aiōnas prospherousin ho logos kai hē zōē tǭ noï kai tę̄ alētheią.

But since Mind and Truth were begotten and did not have the Father's perfection, unbegottenness, Word and Life no longer glorify their own father, Mind, with a perfect number, but with an imperfect one; for Word and Life offer twelve Aeons to Mind and Truth.

6.30.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 272

Αὗται γὰρ πρῶται κατὰ Οὐαλεντῖνον ῥίζαι τῶν αἰώνων γεγόνασι, νοῦς καὶ ἀλήθεια, λόγος καὶ ζωή, ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἐκκλησία, δέκα δὲ οἱ τοῦ νοὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, δύο καὶ δέκα δὲ οἱ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ζωῆς, εἴκοσι καὶ

Hautai gar prōtai kata Oualentinon rhizai tōn aiōnōn gegonasi, nous kai alētheia, logos kai zōē, anthrōpos kai ekklēsia, deka de hoi tou noos kai tēs alētheias, dyo kai deka de hoi tou logou kai tēs zōēs, eikosi kai

For according to Valentinus these became the first roots of the Aeons: Mind and Truth, Word and Life, Man and Church; ten are those of Mind and Truth, and twelve those of Word and Life; twenty-

6.30.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 272–274

ὀκτὼ οἱ πάντες· οἷς καλοῦσιν ὀνόματα ταῦτα· βύθιος καὶ μῖξις, ἀγήρατος καὶ ἕνωσις, αὐτοφυὴς καὶ ἡδονή, ἀκίνητος καὶ σύγκρασις, μονογενὴς καὶ μακαρία. Οὗτοι οἱ δέκα αἰῶνες, οὓς τινὲς μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας λέγουσι, τινὲς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ζωῆς.

oktō hoi pantes; hois kalousin onomata tauta; bythios kai mixis, agēratos kai henōsis, autophyēs kai hēdonē, akinētos kai synkrasis, monogenēs kai makaria. Houtoi hoi deka aiōnes, hous tines men hypo tou nou kai tēs alētheias legousi, tines de hypo tou logou kai tēs zōēs.

eight in all. They give them these names: Of-the-Deep and Mixture, Unaging and Union, Self-grown and Pleasure, Immovable and Blending, Only-begotten and Blessed. These are the ten Aeons, which some say are from Mind and Truth, others from Word and Life.

6.30.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 274

Ἕτεροι δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἕτεροι δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ζωῆς, οἷς ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα χαρίζονται· παράκλητος καὶ πίστις, πατρικὸς καὶ ἐλπίς, μητρικὸς καὶ ἀγάπη, ἀείνους καὶ σύνεσις, ἐκκλησιαστικὸς καὶ μακαριότης, θελητὸς καὶ σοφία.

Heteroi de tous dōdeka hypo tou anthrōpou kai tēs ekklēsias, heteroi de hypo tou logou kai tēs zōēs, hois tauta ta onomata charizontai; paraklētos kai pistis, patrikos kai elpis, mētrikos kai agapē, aeinous kai synesis, ekklēsiastikos kai makariotēs, thelētos kai sophia.

Others say that the twelve are from Man and Church, others from Word and Life; and they bestow on them these names: Paraclete and Faith, Paternal and Hope, Maternal and Love, Ever-mind and Understanding, Ecclesiastical and Blessedness, Willed and Wisdom.

6.30.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 274

Ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν δεκαδύο ὁ δωδέκατος καὶ νεώτατος πάντων τῶν εἰκοσιοκτὼ αἰώνων, θῆλυς ὢν καὶ καλούμενος σοφία, κατενόησε τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν γεγεννηκότων αἰώνων καὶ ἀνέδραμεν εἰς τὸ βάθος τὸ τοῦ πατρός, καὶ ἐνόησεν, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες αἰῶνες γεννητοὶ ὑπάρχοντες κατὰ συζυγίαν γεννῶσιν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ μόνος ἄζυγος ἐγέννησεν.

Apo de tōn dekadyo ho dōdekatos kai neōtatos pantōn tōn eikosioktō aiōnōn, thēlys ōn kai kaloumenos sophia, katenoēse to plēthos kai tēn dynamin tōn gegennēkotōn aiōnōn kai anedramen eis to bathos to tou patros, kai enoēsen, hoti hoi men alloi pantes aiōnes gennētoi hyparchontes kata syzygian gennōsin, ho de patēr monos azygos egennēsen.

Of the twelve, the twelfth and youngest of all the twenty-eight Aeons, being female and called Sophia, perceived the multitude and power of the Aeons that had been begotten, and ran back up into the depth of the Father, and understood that all the other Aeons, being begotten, beget in pairs, but the Father alone begot without a consort.

6.30.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 274

Ἠθέλησε μιμήσασθαι τὸν πατέρα καὶ γεννῆσαι καθʼ ἑαυτὴν δίχα τοῦ συζύγου, ἵνα μηδὲν ᾖ ἔργον ὑποδεέστερον τοῦ πατρὸς εἰργασμένη, ἀγνοοῦσα ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἀγέννητος, ὑπάρχων ἀρχὴ τῶν ὅλων καὶ ῥίζα καὶ βάθος καὶ βυθός, δυνατῶς ἔχει γεννῆσαι μόνος, γεννητὴ δὲ οὖσα ἡ σοφία καὶ μετὰ πλείονας γενομένη, τὴν τοῦ ἀγεννήτου δύναμιν οὐ δύναται ἔχειν.

Ēthelēse mimēsasthai ton patera kai gennēsai kathʼ heautēn dicha tou syzygou, hina mēden ę̄ ergon hypodeesteron tou patros eirgasmenē, agnoousa hoti ho men agennētos, hyparchōn archē tōn holōn kai rhiza kai bathos kai bythos, dynatōs echei gennēsai monos, gennētē de ousa hē sophia kai meta pleionas genomenē, tēn tou agennētou dynamin ou dynatai echein.

She wished to imitate the Father and to beget by herself without her consort, so that she might accomplish a work in no way inferior to the Father's, not knowing that the unbegotten one, being the principle of all things and root and depth and abyss, is able to beget alone, whereas Sophia, being begotten and having come into being after many others, cannot have the power of the unbegotten.

6.30.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 274

Ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ ἀγεννήτῳ, φησίν, ἔστι πάντα ὁμοῦ, ἐν δὲ τοῖς γεννητοῖς τὸ μὲν θῆλυ ἔστιν οὐσίας προβλητικόν, τὸ δὲ ἄρρεν μορφωτικὸν τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θήλεως προβαλλομένης οὐσίας. Προέβαλεν οὖν ἡ σοφία τοῦτο μόνον ὅπερ ἠδύνατο, οὐσίαν ἄμορφον καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστον.

En men gar tǭ agennētǭ, phēsin, esti panta homou, en de tois gennētois to men thēly estin ousias problētikon, to de arren morphōtikon tēs hypo tou thēleōs proballomenēs ousias. Proebalen oun hē sophia touto monon hoper ēdynato, ousian amorphon kai akataskeuaston.

“For in the unbegotten,” he says, “all things are together; but among the begotten the female emits substance, and the male gives form to the substance emitted by the female. Sophia, then, emitted only what she could, a substance without form and unfurnished.”

6.30.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 274

Καὶ τοῦτο ἐστί, φησίν, ὃ λέγει Μωϋσῆς· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος. Αὕτη ἐστί, φησίν, ἡ ἀγαθή, ἡ ἐπουράνιος Ἱερουσαλήμ, εἰς ἣν ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ θεὸς εἰσαγαγεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ, λέγων· Εἰσάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς γῆν ἀγαθὴν ῥέουσαν μέλι καὶ γάλα.

Kai touto esti, phēsin, ho legei Mōÿsēs; hē de gē ēn aoratos kai akataskeuastos. Hautē esti, phēsin, hē agathē, hē epouranios Hierousalēm, eis hēn epēngeilato ho theos eisagagein tous huious Israēl, legōn; Eisaxō hymas eis gēn agathēn rheousan meli kai gala.

“And this is,” he says, “what Moses says: ‘And the earth was invisible and unfurnished.’ This,” he says, “is the good land, the heavenly Jerusalem, into which God promised to bring the children of Israel, saying: ‘I will bring you into a good land flowing with honey and milk.’”

item 6, chapter 31

6.31.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 274–276

Γενομένης οὖν ἐντὸς πληρώματος ἀγνοίας κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν καὶ ἀμορφίας κατὰ τὸ γέννημα τῆς σοφίας, θόρυβος ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ πληρώματι [οἱ αἰῶνες οἱ γενόμενοι], ὅτι παραπλησίως ἄμορφα καὶ ἀτελῆ γενήσεται τῶν αἰώνων τὰ γεννήματα καὶ φθορά τις καταλήψεται οὐκ εἰς μακράν ποτε τοὺς αἰῶνας.

Genomenēs oun entos plērōmatos agnoias kata tēn sophian kai amorphias kata to gennēma tēs sophias, thorybos egeneto en tǭ plērōmati [hoi aiōnes hoi genomenoi], hoti paraplēsiōs amorpha kai atelē genēsetai tōn aiōnōn ta gennēmata kai phthora tis katalēpsetai ouk eis makran pote tous aiōnas.

When, then, there had come to be within the Pleroma ignorance on the part of Sophia and formlessness on the part of Sophia's offspring, there was a commotion in the Pleroma [among the Aeons that had come to be], for fear that the offspring of the Aeons would likewise become formless and imperfect, and that some corruption would before long seize the Aeons.

6.31.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 276

Κατέφυγον οὖν πάντες οἱ αἰῶνες ἐπὶ δέησιν τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα λυπουμένην τὴν σοφίαν ἀναπαύσῃ· ἔκλαιε γὰρ καὶ κατωδύρετο ἐπὶ τῷ γεγενημένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἐκτρώματι· οὕτω γὰρ καλοῦσιν. Ἐλεήσας οὖν ὁ πατὴρ τὰ δάκρυα τῆς σοφίας καὶ προσδεξάμενος τῶν αἰώνων τὴν δέησιν, ἐπιπροβαλεῖν κελεύει· οὐ γὰρ αὐτός, φησί, προέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια, Χριστὸν καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγιον εἰς μόρφωσιν καὶ διαίρεσιν τοῦ ἐκτρώματος καὶ παραμυθίαν καὶ διανάπαυσιν τῶν τῆς σοφίας στεναγμῶν.

Katephygon oun pantes hoi aiōnes epi deēsin tou patros, hina lypoumenēn tēn sophian anapausę̄; eklaie gar kai katōdyreto epi tǭ gegenēmenǭ hypʼ autēs ektrōmati; houtō gar kalousin. Eleēsas oun ho patēr ta dakrya tēs sophias kai prosdexamenos tōn aiōnōn tēn deēsin, epiprobalein keleuei; ou gar autos, phēsi, proebalen, alla ho nous kai hē alētheia, Christon kai pneuma hagion eis morphōsin kai diairesin tou ektrōmatos kai paramythian kai dianapausin tōn tēs sophias stenagmōn.

All the Aeons, then, fled to the Father in supplication, that he might give rest to the grieving Sophia; for she was weeping and lamenting over the abortion begotten by her, for so they call it. The Father, then, pitying Sophia's tears and accepting the Aeons' supplication, orders a further emission; for he himself, he says, did not emit, but Mind and Truth emitted Christ and the Holy Spirit, for the forming and separating of the abortion and for the consolation and relief of Sophia's groans.

6.31.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 276

Καὶ γίνονται τριάκοντα αἰῶνες μετὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. Τινὲς μὲν οὖν αὐτῶν ταύτην εἶναι θέλουσι τὴν τριακοντάδα τῶν αἰώνων, τινὲς δὲ συνυπάρχειν τῷ πατρὶ σιγὴν καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς καταριθμεῖσθαι τοὺς αἰῶνας θέλουσιν.

Kai ginontai triakonta aiōnes meta tou Christou kai tou hagiou pneumatos. Tines men oun autōn tautēn einai thelousi tēn triakontada tōn aiōnōn, tines de synyparchein tǭ patri sigēn kai syn autois katarithmeisthai tous aiōnas thelousin.

And with Christ and the Holy Spirit there come to be thirty Aeons. Some of them want this to be the triacontad of the Aeons; others want Silence to coexist with the Father and the Aeons to be counted together with them.

6.31.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 276

Ἐπιπροβληθεὶς οὖν ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, εὐθέως τὸ ἔκτρωμα τὸ ἄμορφον τοῦτο τῆς σοφίας μονογενὲς καὶ δίχα συζύγου γεγεννημένον ἀποχωρίζει τῶν ὅλων αἰώνων, ἵνα μὴ βλέποντες αὐτὸ ταράσσωνται διὰ τὴν ἀμορφίαν οἱ τέλειοι αἰῶνες.

Epiproblētheis oun ho Christos kai to hagion pneuma hypo tou nou kai tēs alētheias, eutheōs to ektrōma to amorphon touto tēs sophias monogenes kai dicha syzygou gegennēmenon apochōrizei tōn holōn aiōnōn, hina mē blepontes auto tarassōntai dia tēn amorphian hoi teleioi aiōnes.

Christ and the Holy Spirit, then, having been further emitted by Mind and Truth, immediately separate from all the Aeons this formless abortion of Sophia, only-begotten and begotten without a consort, so that the perfect Aeons might not see it and be troubled by its formlessness.

6.31.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 276

Ἵνʼ οὖν μηδʼ ὅλως τοῖς αἰῶσι τοῖς τελείοις καταφανῇ τοῦ ἐκτρώματος ἡ ἀμορφία, πάλιν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐπιπροβάλλει αἰῶνα ἕνα τὸν σταυρόν, ὃς γεγεννημένος μέγας, ὡς μεγάλου καὶ τελείου πατρός, εἰς φρουρὰν καὶ χαράκωμα τῶν αἰώνων προβεβλημένος, ὅρος γίνεται τοῦ πληρώματος, ἔχων ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ πάντας ὁμοῦ τοὺς τριάκοντα αἰῶνας· οὗτοι γάρ εἰσιν οἱ προβεβλημένοι.

Hinʼ oun mēdʼ holōs tois aiōsi tois teleiois kataphanę̄ tou ektrōmatos hē amorphia, palin kai ho patēr epiproballei aiōna hena ton stauron, hos gegennēmenos megas, hōs megalou kai teleiou patros, eis phrouran kai charakōma tōn aiōnōn probeblēmenos, horos ginetai tou plērōmatos, echōn entos heautou pantas homou tous triakonta aiōnas; houtoi gar eisin hoi probeblēmenoi.

So that the formlessness of the abortion might not appear to the perfect Aeons at all, the Father too again further emits one Aeon, the Cross, who, begotten great, as from a great and perfect Father, and emitted for the guard and palisade of the Aeons, becomes the Boundary of the Pleroma, holding within himself all thirty Aeons together; for these are the ones that were emitted.

6.31.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 276

Καλεῖται δὲ ὅρος μὲν οὗτος, ὅτι ἀφορίζει ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος ἔξω τὸ ὑστέρημα, μετοχεὺς δέ, ὅτι μετέχει καὶ τοῦ ὑστερήματος, σταυρὸς δέ, ὅτι πέπηγεν ἀκλινῶς καὶ ἀμετανοήτως, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι μηδὲν τοῦ ὑστερήματος καταγενέσθαι ἐγγὺς τῶν ἐντὸς πληρώματος αἰώνων.

Kaleitai de horos men houtos, hoti aphorizei apo tou plērōmatos exō to hysterēma, metocheus de, hoti metechei kai tou hysterēmatos, stauros de, hoti pepēgen aklinōs kai ametanoētōs, hōs mē dynasthai mēden tou hysterēmatos katagenesthai engys tōn entos plērōmatos aiōnōn.

He is called Boundary because he bounds off the Deficiency outside from the Pleroma; Participator, because he participates also in the Deficiency; and Cross, because he has been fixed immovably and unrepentantly, so that nothing of the Deficiency can come near the Aeons within the Pleroma.

6.31.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 276–278

Ἔξω οὖν τοῦ ὅρου, τοῦ σταυροῦ, τοῦ μετοχέως ἐστὶν ἡ καλουμένη κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὀγδοάς, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκτὸς πληρώματος σοφία, ἣν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπιπροβληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐμόρφωσε καὶ ἀπειργάσατο τέλειον αἰῶνα, οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐντὸς πληρώματος χείρονουν... ον γενέσθαι.

Exō oun tou horou, tou staurou, tou metocheōs estin hē kaloumenē katʼ autous ogdoas, hētis estin hē ektos plērōmatos sophia, hēn ho Christos epiproblētheis hypo tou nou kai tēs alētheias emorphōse kai apeirgasato teleion aiōna, oudeni tōn entos plērōmatos cheironoun... on genesthai.

Outside the Boundary, the Cross, the Participator, then, is what they call the Ogdoad, which is the Sophia outside the Pleroma; Christ, further emitted by Mind and Truth, formed her and made her a perfect Aeon, so that she became inferior to none of those within the Pleroma.

6.31.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 278

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ μεμόρφωτο ἡ σοφία ἔξω, καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν ἴσον τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον [πνεῦμα] ἐκ τοῦ νοὸς προβεβλημένα καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔξω τοῦ πληρώματος μένειν, ἀνέδραμεν ἀπὸ τῆς μεμορφωμένης ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πρὸς τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐντὸς τοῦ ὅρου μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰώνων δοξάζων τὸν πατέρα.

Epeidē de memorphōto hē sophia exō, kai ouch hoion te ēn ison ton Christon kai to hagion [pneuma] ek tou noos probeblēmena kai tēs alētheias exō tou plērōmatos menein, anedramen apo tēs memorphōmenēs ho Christos kai to hagion pneuma pros ton noun kai tēn alētheian entos tou horou meta tōn allōn aiōnōn doxazōn ton patera.

But since Sophia outside had been formed, and it was not possible for Christ and the Holy [Spirit], emitted alike from Mind and Truth, to remain outside the Pleroma, Christ and the Holy Spirit ran back up from her who had been formed to Mind and Truth within the Boundary, glorifying the Father with the other Aeons.

item 6, chapter 32

6.32.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 278

Ἐπεὶ οὖν μία τις ἦν εἰρήνη καὶ συμφωνία πάντων τῶν ἐντὸς πληρώματος αἰώνων, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον κατὰ συζυγίαν δεδοξακέναι αὐτόν, δοξάσαι [δὲ] καὶ διὰ προσφορᾶς καρπῶν πρεπόντων τῷ πατρί. Πάντες οὖν ηὐδόκησαν οἱ τριάκοντα αἰῶνες ἕνα προβαλεῖν αἰῶνα, κοινὸν τοῦ πληρώματος καρπόν, ἵνʼ ᾖ τῆς ἑνότητος αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς ὁμοφροσύνης καὶ εἰρήνης.

Epei oun mia tis ēn eirēnē kai symphōnia pantōn tōn entos plērōmatos aiōnōn, edoxen autois mē monon kata syzygian dedoxakenai auton, doxasai [de] kai dia prosphoras karpōn prepontōn tǭ patri. Pantes oun ēudokēsan hoi triakonta aiōnes hena probalein aiōna, koinon tou plērōmatos karpon, hinʼ ę̄ tēs henotētos autōn kai tēs homophrosynēs kai eirēnēs.

Since, then, there was one peace and concord among all the Aeons within the Pleroma, it seemed good to them not only to have glorified the Father by pairs, but also to glorify him by an offering of fitting fruits. All thirty Aeons, then, were pleased to emit one Aeon, the common fruit of the Pleroma, that he might be a pledge of their unity, unanimity, and peace.

6.32.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 278

Καὶ μόνος ὑπὸ πάντων αἰώνων προβεβλημένος τῷ πατρὶ οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ καλούμενος παρʼ αὐτοῖς κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπός. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐντὸς πληρώματος ἦν οὕτως. Καὶ προβέβλητο ὁ κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπός, ὁ Ἰησοῦς (τοῦτο γὰρ ὄνομα αὐτῷ), ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ὁ μέγας. Ἡ δὲ ἔξω τοῦ πληρώματος σοφία, ἐπιζητοῦσα τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν μεμορφωκότα καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ἐν φόβῳ μεγάλῳ κατέστη, ὅτι ἀπολεῖται κεχωρισμένου τοῦ μορφώσαντος αὐτὴν καὶ στηρίσαντος.

Kai monos hypo pantōn aiōnōn probeblēmenos tǭ patri houtos estin ho kaloumenos parʼ autois koinos tou plērōmatos karpos. Tauta men oun entos plērōmatos ēn houtōs. Kai probeblēto ho koinos tou plērōmatos karpos, ho Iēsous (touto gar onoma autǭ), ho archiereus ho megas. Hē de exō tou plērōmatos sophia, epizētousa ton Christon ton memorphōkota kai to hagion pneuma, en phobǭ megalǭ katestē, hoti apoleitai kechōrismenou tou morphōsantos autēn kai stērisantos.

And this one, emitted to the Father by all the Aeons alone, is the one called by them the common fruit of the Pleroma. These things, then, were thus within the Pleroma. And the common fruit of the Pleroma had been emitted, Jesus (for this is his name), the great high priest. But Sophia outside the Pleroma, seeking Christ, who had formed her, and the Holy Spirit, fell into great fear that she would perish, since he who had formed and established her had gone away.

6.32.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 278

Καὶ ἐλυπήθη καὶ ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἐγένετο πολλῇ, λογιζομένη, τίς ἦν ὁ μορφώσας, τί τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ποῦ ἀπῆλθε, τίς ὁ κωλύσας αὐτοὺς συμπαρεῖναι, τίς ἐφθόνησε τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ μακαρίου θεάματος ἐκείνου. Ἐπὶ τούτοις καθεστῶσα τοῖς πάθεσι τρέπεται ἐπὶ δέησιν καὶ ἱκετείαν τοῦ ἀπολιπόντος αὐτήν.

Kai elypēthē kai en aporią egeneto pollę̄, logizomenē, tis ēn ho morphōsas, ti to hagion pneuma, pou apēlthe, tis ho kōlysas autous sympareinai, tis ephthonēse tou kalou kai makariou theamatos ekeinou. Epi toutois kathestōsa tois pathesi trepetai epi deēsin kai hiketeian tou apolipontos autēn.

And she grieved and fell into great perplexity, reasoning who it was who had formed her, what the Holy Spirit was, where he had gone, who had prevented them from being with her, who had begrudged her that fair and blessed sight. Set in these passions, she turns to supplication and entreaty of him who had left her.

6.32.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 278

Δεομένης οὖν αὐτῆς κατηλέησεν ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ ἐντὸς πληρώματος ὢν καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες αἰῶνες, καὶ ἐκπέμπουσιν ἔξω τοῦ πληρώματος τὸν κοινὸν τοῦ πληρώματος καρπόν, σύζυγον τῆς ἔξω σοφίας καὶ διορθωτὴν παθῶν, ὧν ἔπαθεν ἐπιζητοῦσα τὸν Χριστόν.

Deomenēs oun autēs katēleēsen ho Christos ho entos plērōmatos ōn kai hoi alloi pantes aiōnes, kai ekpempousin exō tou plērōmatos ton koinon tou plērōmatos karpon, syzygon tēs exō sophias kai diorthōtēn pathōn, hōn epathen epizētousa ton Christon.

As she entreated, then, Christ, who is within the Pleroma, and all the other Aeons took pity on her, and they send out of the Pleroma the common fruit of the Pleroma, as consort of the Sophia outside and corrector of the passions she suffered in seeking Christ.

6.32.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 278–280

Γενόμενος οὖν ἔξω τοῦ πληρώματος καρπὸς καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὴν ἐν πάθεσι τοῖς πρώτοις τέτρασι, καὶ φόβῳ καὶ λύπῃ καὶ ἀπορίᾳ καὶ δεήσει, διωρθώσατο τὰ πάθη αὐτῆς, διορθούμενος δὲ ἑώρα, ὅτι ἀπολέσθαι αὐτὰ αἰώνια ὄντα καὶ τῆς σοφίας ἴδια οὐ καλόν, οὔτε ἐν πάθεσιν εἶναι τὴν σοφίαν τοιούτοις, ἐν φόβῳ καὶ λύπῃ, ἱκετείᾳ, ἀπορίᾳ.

Genomenos oun exō tou plērōmatos karpos kai heurōn autēn en pathesi tois prōtois tetrasi, kai phobǭ kai lypę̄ kai aporią kai deēsei, diōrthōsato ta pathē autēs, diorthoumenos de heōra, hoti apolesthai auta aiōnia onta kai tēs sophias idia ou kalon, oute en pathesin einai tēn sophian toioutois, en phobǭ kai lypę̄, hiketeią, aporią.

The Fruit, then, having come outside the Pleroma and found her in the first four passions, fear, grief, perplexity, and supplication, corrected her passions; and in correcting them he saw that it was not good for them to be destroyed, since they were eternal and Sophia's own, nor for Sophia to remain in such passions, in fear and grief, entreaty, and perplexity.

6.32.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 280

Ἐποίησεν οὖν, ὡς τηλικοῦτος αἰὼν καὶ παντὸς τοῦ πληρώματος ἔκγονος, ἐκστῆναι τὰ πάθη ἀπʼ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὑποστατικὰς οὐσίας, καὶ τὸν μὲν φόβον ψυχικὴν ἐποίησεν οὐσίαν, τὴν δὲ λύπην ὑλικήν, τὴν δὲ ἀπορίαν δαιμόνων, τὴν δὲ ἐπιστροφὴν καὶ δέησιν καὶ ἱκετείαν ἄνοδον καὶ μετάνοιαν καὶ δύναμιν ψυχικῆς οὐσίας, ἥτις καλεῖται δεξιά.

Epoiēsen oun, hōs tēlikoutos aiōn kai pantos tou plērōmatos ekgonos, ekstēnai ta pathē apʼ autēs, kai epoiēsen auta hypostatikas ousias, kai ton men phobon psychikēn epoiēsen ousian, tēn de lypēn hylikēn, tēn de aporian daimonōn, tēn de epistrophēn kai deēsin kai hiketeian anodon kai metanoian kai dynamin psychikēs ousias, hētis kaleitai dexia.

So he, being so great an Aeon and offspring of the whole Pleroma, made the passions stand out from her, and made them substantial beings: fear he made psychic substance, grief material, perplexity that of demons; and turning, supplication, and entreaty he made ascent, repentance, and power of the psychic substance, which is called the right.

6.32.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 280

Ὁ δημιουργὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου· τουτέστιν ὃ λέγει, φησίν, ἡ γραφή· Ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος κυρίου. Αὕτη γὰρ ἀρχὴ τῶν τῆς σοφίας παθῶν· ἐφοβήθη γάρ, εἶτα ἐλυπήθη, εἶτα ἠπόρησε, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ δέησιν καὶ ἱκετείαν κατέφυγεν. Ἔστι δὲ πυρώδης, φησίν, ἡ ψυχικὴ οὐσία, καλεῖται δὲ καὶ τόπος [(??)] ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ἑβδομὰς καὶ παλαιὸς τῶν ἡμερῶν· καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα λέγουσι περὶ τούτου, ταῦτα εἶναι τοῦ ψυχικοῦ, ὅν φασιν εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργόν· ἔστι δὲ πυρώδης.

Ho dēmiourgos apo tou phobou; toutestin ho legei, phēsin, hē graphē; Archē sophias phobos kyriou. Hautē gar archē tōn tēs sophias pathōn; ephobēthē gar, eita elypēthē, eita ēporēse, kai houtōs epi deēsin kai hiketeian katephygen. Esti de pyrōdēs, phēsin, hē psychikē ousia, kaleitai de kai topos [(??)] hypʼ autōn kai hebdomas kai palaios tōn hēmerōn; kai hosa toiauta legousi peri toutou, tauta einai tou psychikou, hon phasin einai tou kosmou dēmiourgon; esti de pyrōdēs.

The Demiurge is from fear; that is what, he says, Scripture says: “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” For this was the beginning of Sophia's passions: she feared, then grieved, then was perplexed, and so fled to supplication and entreaty. And the psychic substance, he says, is fiery, and it is also called by them Place […], Hebdomad, and Ancient of Days; and whatever such things they say about him belong to the psychic one, whom they say is the Demiurge of the world; and he is fiery.

6.32.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 280

Λέγει, φησί, καὶ Μωϋσῆς· Κύριος ὁ θεός σου πῦρ ἐστι φλέγον καὶ καταναλίσκον. Καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο οὕτως γεγράφθαι θέλει. Διπλῆ δέ τις ἐστί, φησίν, ἡ δύναμις τοῦ πυρός· ἔστι γὰρ πῦρ παμφάγον, κατασβεσθῆναι μὴ δυνάμενον... Κατὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ μέρος θνητή τις ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχή, μεσότης τις οὖσα· ἔστι γὰρ ἑβδομὰς καὶ κατάπαυσις.

Legei, phēsi, kai Mōÿsēs; Kyrios ho theos sou pyr esti phlegon kai katanaliskon. Kai gar touto houtōs gegraphthai thelei. Diplē de tis esti, phēsin, hē dynamis tou pyros; esti gar pyr pamphagon, katasbesthēnai mē dynamenon... Kata touto toinyn to meros thnētē tis estin hē psychē, mesotēs tis ousa; esti gar hebdomas kai katapausis.

“Moses too,” he says, “says: ‘The Lord your God is a burning and consuming fire’”; for he wants this to be written so. “The power of fire,” he says, “is twofold; for there is an all-devouring fire that cannot be quenched … In this respect, then, the soul is something mortal, being a kind of middle; for it is Hebdomad and rest.”

6.32.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 280

Ὑποκάτω γάρ ἐστι τῆς ὀγδοάδος, ὅπου ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία, ἡμέρα μεμορφωμένη, καὶ ὁ κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπός, ὑπεράνω δὲ τῆς ὕλης, ἧς ἐστι δημιουργός. Ἐὰν οὖν ἐξομοιωθῇ τοῖς ἄνω, τῇ ὀγδοάδι, ἀθάνατος ἐγένετο καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν ὀγδοάδα, ἥτις ἐστί, φησίν, Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἐπουράνιος, ἐὰν δὲ ἐξομοιωθῇ τῇ ὕλῃ, τουτέστι τοῖς πάθεσι τοῖς ὑλικοῖς, φθαρτὴ ἔσται καὶ ἀπώλετο.

Hypokatō gar esti tēs ogdoados, hopou estin hē sophia, hēmera memorphōmenē, kai ho koinos tou plērōmatos karpos, hyperanō de tēs hylēs, hēs esti dēmiourgos. Ean oun exomoiōthę̄ tois anō, tę̄ ogdoadi, athanatos egeneto kai ēlthen eis tēn ogdoada, hētis esti, phēsin, Hierousalēm epouranios, ean de exomoiōthę̄ tę̄ hylę̄, toutesti tois pathesi tois hylikois, phthartē estai kai apōleto.

For it is below the Ogdoad, where Sophia is, the day that has been formed, and the common fruit of the Pleroma, but above matter, of which it is the Demiurge. If, then, it is made like those above, the Ogdoad, it has become immortal and has come into the Ogdoad, which is, he says, the heavenly Jerusalem; but if it is made like matter, that is, the material passions, it will be corruptible and has perished.

item 6, chapter 33

6.33.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 280–282

Ὥσπερ οὖν τῆς ψυχικῆς οὐσίας ἡ πρώτη καὶ μεγίστη δύναμις γέγονεν..... εἰκὼν διάβολος, ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου· τῆς δὲ τῶν δαιμόνων οὐσίας, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκ τῆς ἀπορίας, ὁ Βεελζεβούλ, ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἐνεργοῦσα ἕως τῆς ἑβδομάδος. Οὐδὲν οἶδεν, λέγουσιν, ὁ δημιουργὸς ὅλως, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἄνους καὶ μωρὸς κατʼ αὐτούς, καὶ τί πράσσει ἢ ἐργάζεται, οὐκ οἶδεν. Ἀγνοοῦντι δὲ αὐτῷ, ὅ, τι δὴ ποιεῖ, ἡ σοφία ἐνήργησε πάντα καὶ ἐνίσχυσε, καὶ ἐκείνης ἐνεργούσης αὐτὸς ᾤετο ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τὴν κτίσιν τοῦ κόσμου· ὅθεν ἤρξατο λέγειν· Ἐγὼ ὁ θεός, καὶ πλὴν ἐμοῦ ἄλλος οὐκ ἔστιν.

Hōsper oun tēs psychikēs ousias hē prōtē kai megistē dynamis gegonen..... eikōn diabolos, ho archōn tou kosmou toutou; tēs de tōn daimonōn ousias, hētis estin ek tēs aporias, ho Beelzeboul, hē sophia anōthen apo tēs ogdoados energousa heōs tēs hebdomados. Ouden oiden, legousin, ho dēmiourgos holōs, allʼ estin anous kai mōros katʼ autous, kai ti prassei ē ergazetai, ouk oiden. Agnoounti de autǭ, ho, ti dē poiei, hē sophia enērgēse panta kai enischyse, kai ekeinēs energousēs autos ǭeto aphʼ heautou poiein tēn ktisin tou kosmou; hothen ērxato legein; Egō ho theos, kai plēn emou allos ouk estin.

As, then, of the psychic substance the first and greatest power has come to be … image, the devil, the ruler of this world; and of the substance of the demons, which is from perplexity, Beelzebul; while Sophia works from above, from the Ogdoad, as far as the Hebdomad. The Demiurge, they say, knows nothing at all, but according to them is mindless and foolish, and does not know what he does or works. But while he was ignorant of what he was doing, Sophia worked all things and gave them strength; and while she was working, he thought that he himself was making the creation of the world from himself; whence he began to say: “I am God, and besides me there is no other.”

item 6, chapter 34

6.34.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 282

Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ κατὰ Οὐαλεντῖνον τετρακτὺς πηγή τις ἀενάου φύσεως ῥιζώματʼ ἔχουσα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, ἀφʼ ἧς ἡ κτίσις ἡ ψυχικὴ καὶ ὑλικὴ συνέστηκε νῦν. Καλεῖται δὲ ἡ μὲν σοφία πνεῦμα, ὁ δὲ δημιουργὸς ψυχή, ὁ διάβολος δὲ ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου, Βεελζεβοὺλ δʼ ὁ τῶν δαιμόνων.

Estin oun hē kata Oualentinon tetraktys pēgē tis aenaou physeōs rhizōmatʼ echousa, kai hē sophia, aphʼ hēs hē ktisis hē psychikē kai hylikē synestēke nyn. Kaleitai de hē men sophia pneuma, ho de dēmiourgos psychē, ho diabolos de ho archōn tou kosmou, Beelzeboul dʼ ho tōn daimonōn.

The tetraktys according to Valentinus, then, is “a spring holding the roots of ever-flowing nature,” and so is Sophia, from whom the psychic and material creation now consists. And Sophia is called spirit, the Demiurge soul, the devil the ruler of the world, and Beelzebul the ruler of the demons.

6.34.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 282

Ταῦτά ἐστιν ἃ λέγουσιν. Ἔτι [δὲ] πρὸς τούτοις, ἀριθμητικὴν ποιούμενοι τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτῶν διδασκαλίαν, ὡς προεῖπον, τοὺς ἐντὸς πληρώματος αἰῶνας τριάκοντα πάλιν ἐπιπροβεβληκέναι αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἀναλογίαν αἰῶνας ἄλλους, ἵνʼ ᾖ τὸ πλήρωμα ἐν ἀριθμῷ τελείῳ συνηθροισμένον.

Tauta estin ha legousin. Eti [de] pros toutois, arithmētikēn poioumenoi tēn pasan autōn didaskalian, hōs proeipon, tous entos plērōmatos aiōnas triakonta palin epiprobeblēkenai autois kata analogian aiōnas allous, hinʼ ę̄ to plērōma en arithmǭ teleiǭ synēthroismenon.

These are the things they say. And besides these, making their whole teaching arithmetical, as I said before, they say that the thirty Aeons within the Pleroma have in turn further emitted for themselves other Aeons by proportion, so that the Pleroma may be gathered in a perfect number.

6.34.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 282

Ὡς γὰρ οἱ Πυθαγορικοὶ διεῖλον εἰς δώδεκα καὶ τριάκοντα καὶ ἑξήκοντα [καὶ λεπτὰ λέπτῶν εἰσὶν ἐκείνοις, δεδήλωται]· οὕτως οὗτοι τὰ ἐντὸς πληρώματος ὑποδιαιροῦσιν. Ὑποδιῄρηται δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ ὀγδοάδι, καὶ προβεβλήκασιν ἡ σοφία, ἥτις ἐστὶ μήτηρ πάντων τῶν ζώντων κατʼ αὐτούς, καὶ ὁ κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπὸς (??)

Hōs gar hoi Pythagorikoi dieilon eis dōdeka kai triakonta kai hexēkonta [kai lepta leptōn eisin ekeinois, dedēlōtai]; houtōs houtoi ta entos plērōmatos hypodiairousin. Hypodię̄rētai de kai ta en tę̄ ogdoadi, kai probeblēkasin hē sophia, hētis esti mētēr pantōn tōn zōntōn katʼ autous, kai ho koinos tou plērōmatos karpos (??)

For as the Pythagoreans divided into twelve and thirty and sixty [and they have minutes of minutes, as has been shown], so these subdivide the things within the Pleroma. The things in the Ogdoad have also been subdivided, and Sophia, who according to them is the mother of all the living, and the common fruit of the Pleroma have emitted …

6.34.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 282

λόγους, οἵτινες εἰσὶν ἄγγελοι ἐπουράνιοι, πολιτευόμενοι ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῇ ἄνω, τῇ ἐν οὐρανοῖς· αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἡ ἔξω σοφία, καὶ ὁ νυμφίος αὐτῆς ὁ κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπός. Προέβαλε καὶ ὁ δημιουργὸς ψυχάς· αὕτη γὰρ οὐσία ψυχῶν· οὗτός ἐστι κατʼ αὐτοὺς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ταῦτα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ τὰ τέκνα. Ἐκ τῆς ὑλικῆς οὐσίας οὖν καὶ διαβολικῆς ἐποίησεν ὁ δημιουργὸς ταῖς ψυχαῖς τὰ σώματα.

logous, hoitines eisin angeloi epouranioi, politeuomenoi en Hierousalēm tę̄ anō, tę̄ en ouranois; hautē gar estin Hierousalēm hē exō sophia, kai ho nymphios autēs ho koinos tou plērōmatos karpos. Proebale kai ho dēmiourgos psychas; hautē gar ousia psychōn; houtos esti katʼ autous Abraam kai tauta tou Abraam ta tekna. Ek tēs hylikēs ousias oun kai diabolikēs epoiēsen ho dēmiourgos tais psychais ta sōmata.

words, which are heavenly angels, having their citizenship in the Jerusalem above, the one in heaven; for this Jerusalem is the Sophia outside, and her bridegroom is the common fruit of the Pleroma. The Demiurge also emitted souls; for this is the substance of souls; this, according to them, is Abraham, and these are the children of Abraham. From the material and devilish substance, then, the Demiurge made the bodies for the souls.

6.34.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 282–284

Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον· Καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς λαβών, καὶ ἐνεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς· καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. Οὗτός ἐστι κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος, ὁ ψυχικός, ἐν τῷ σώματι κατοικῶν τῷ ὑλικῷ, ὅ ἐστιν ὁ ὑλικός, φθαρτός, ἀτέλειος, ἐκ τῆς διαβολικῆς οὐσίας πεπλασμένος.

Touto esti to eirēmenon; Kai eplasen ho theos ton anthrōpon, choun apo tēs gēs labōn, kai enephysēsen eis to prosōpon autou pnoēn zōēs; kai egeneto ho anthrōpos eis psychēn zōsan. Houtos esti katʼ autous ho esō anthrōpos, ho psychikos, en tǭ sōmati katoikōn tǭ hylikǭ, ho estin ho hylikos, phthartos, ateleios, ek tēs diabolikēs ousias peplasmenos.

This is what was said: “And God formed man, taking dust from the earth, and breathed into his face the breath of life; and the man became a living soul.” This, according to them, is the inner man, the psychic one, dwelling in the material body, which is the material man, corruptible, imperfect, formed from the devilish substance.

6.34.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 284

Ἔστι δὲ οὗτος ὁ ὑλικὸς ἄνθρωπος οἱονεὶ κατʼ αὐτοὺς πανδοχεῖον ἢ κατοικητήριον ποτὲ μὲν ψυχῆς μόνης, ποτὲ δὲ ψυχῆς καὶ δαιμόνων, ποτὲ δὲ ψυχῆς καὶ λόγων, οἵτινές εἰσι λόγοι ἄνωθεν κατεσπαρμένοι ἀπὸ τοῦ κοινοῦ τοῦ πληρώματος καρποῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας εἰς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον, κατοικοῦντες ἐν [σώμα-] τι χοϊκῷ μετὰ ψυχῆς, ὅταν δαίμονες μὴ συνοικῶσι τῇ ψυχῇ.

Esti de houtos ho hylikos anthrōpos hoionei katʼ autous pandocheion ē katoikētērion pote men psychēs monēs, pote de psychēs kai daimonōn, pote de psychēs kai logōn, hoitines eisi logoi anōthen katesparmenoi apo tou koinou tou plērōmatos karpou kai tēs sophias eis touton ton kosmon, katoikountes en [sōma-] ti choïkǭ meta psychēs, hotan daimones mē synoikōsi tę̄ psychę̄.

According to them this material man is as it were an inn or dwelling, sometimes of the soul alone, sometimes of the soul and demons, sometimes of the soul and words; these are words sown from above into this world by the common fruit of the Pleroma and by Sophia, dwelling in an earthly [body] with the soul when demons do not dwell with the soul.

6.34.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 284

Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· Τούτου χάριν κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ πατέρα καὶ κύριον τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα δῴη ὑμῖν ὁ θεὸς κατοικῆσαι τὸν Χριστὸν εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, τουτέστι τὸν ψυχικόν, οὐ τὸν σωματικόν, ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε νοῆσαι, τί τὸ βάθος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τί τὸ πλάτος, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ σταυρός, ὁ ὅρος τοῦ πληρώματος, ἢ τί τὸ μῆκος, τουτέστι τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν αἰώνων.

Touto esti, phēsi, to gegrammenon en tę̄ graphę̄; Toutou charin kamptō ta gonata mou pros ton theon kai patera kai kyrion tou kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, hina dǭē hymin ho theos katoikēsai ton Christon eis ton esō anthrōpon, toutesti ton psychikon, ou ton sōmatikon, hina exischysēte noēsai, ti to bathos, hoper estin ho patēr tōn holōn, kai ti to platos, hoper estin ho stauros, ho horos tou plērōmatos, ē ti to mēkos, toutesti to plērōma tōn aiōnōn.

“This is,” he says, “what is written in Scripture: ‘For this reason I bow my knees to the God and Father and Lord of our Lord Jesus Christ, that God may grant you that Christ may dwell in the inner man,’ that is, the psychic, not the bodily, ‘that you may be able to understand what is the depth,’ which is the Father of all, ‘and what is the breadth,’ which is the Cross, the Boundary of the Pleroma, ‘or what is the length,’ that is, the Pleroma of the Aeons.”

6.34.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 284

Διὰ τοῦτο ψυχικὸς, φησίν, ἄνθρωπος οὐ δέχεται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ· μωρία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστί· μωρία δέ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, μωρὸς γὰρ ἦν καὶ ἄνους, καὶ ἐνόμιζεν αὐτὸς δημιουργεῖν τὸν κόσμον, ἀγνοῶν, ὅτι πάντα ἡ σοφία, ἡ μήτηρ, ἡ ὀγδοὰς ἐνεργεῖ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν κτίσιν τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰδότι.

Dia touto psychikos, phēsin, anthrōpos ou dechetai ta tou pneumatos tou theou; mōria gar autǭ esti; mōria de, phēsin, estin hē dynamis tou dēmiourgou, mōros gar ēn kai anous, kai enomizen autos dēmiourgein ton kosmon, agnoōn, hoti panta hē sophia, hē mētēr, hē ogdoas energei autǭ pros tēn ktisin tou kosmou ouk eidoti.

“For this reason,” he says, “‘the psychic man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness to him’; and foolishness,” he says, “is the power of the Demiurge; for he was foolish and mindless, and thought that he himself was fashioning the world, not knowing that Sophia, the Mother, the Ogdoad, was working everything for him, without his knowledge, for the creation of the world.”

item 6, chapter 35

6.35.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 284

Πάντες οὖν οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, μωροῦ λέγει θεοῦ, μωροὶ οὐδὲν εἰδότες. Διὰ τοῦτο, φησί, λέγει ὁ σωτήρ· Πάντες οἱ πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἐληλυθότες κλέπται καὶ λῃσταὶ εἰσί, καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος· τὸ μυστήριον ὃ ταῖς προτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη.

Pantes oun hoi prophētai kai ho nomos elalēsan apo tou dēmiourgou, mōrou legei theou, mōroi ouden eidotes. Dia touto, phēsi, legei ho sōtēr; Pantes hoi pro emou elēlythotes kleptai kai lę̄stai eisi, kai ho apostolos; to mystērion ho tais proterais geneais ouk egnōristhē.

All the prophets, then, and the law spoke from the Demiurge, a foolish god, he says, and they were fools knowing nothing. “For this reason,” he says, “the Savior says: ‘All who came before me are thieves and robbers’; and the apostle: ‘the mystery which was not made known to former generations.’”

6.35.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 284

Οὐδεὶς γὰρ, φησί, τῶν προφητῶν εἴρηκε περὶ τούτων οὐδὲν, ὧν ἡμεῖς λέγομεν· ἠγνοεῖτο γάρ· πάντα... ἅτε δὴ ἀπὸ μόνου τοῦ δημιουργοῦ λελαλημένα. Ὅτε οὖν τέλος ἔλαβεν ἡ κτίσις, καὶ ἔδει λοιπὸν γενέσθαι τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, τὴν ἐγκεκαλυμμένην, ἥν, φησίν, ἐγκεκάλυπτο ὁ ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος, καὶ εἶχε κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν·

Oudeis gar, phēsi, tōn prophētōn eirēke peri toutōn ouden, hōn hēmeis legomen; ēgnoeito gar; panta... hate dē apo monou tou dēmiourgou lelalēmena. Hote oun telos elaben hē ktisis, kai edei loipon genesthai tēn apokalypsin tōn huiōn tou theou, toutesti tou dēmiourgou, tēn enkekalymmenēn, hēn, phēsin, enkekalypto ho psychikos anthrōpos, kai eiche kalymma epi tēn kardian;

“For none of the prophets,” he says, “said anything about the things of which we speak; for they were unknown; all … as having been spoken by the Demiurge alone. When, then, the creation had reached its end, and it remained for the revelation of the sons of God, that is, of the Demiurge, to take place, the revelation that had been veiled, with which, he says, the psychic man had been veiled, and he had a veil over his heart,

6.35.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 284–286

ὁπότε οὖν ἔδει ἀρθῆναι τὸ κάλυμμα καὶ ὀφθῆναι ταῦτα τὰ μυστήρια, γεγέννηται ὁ Ἰησοῦς διὰ Μαρίας τῆς παρθένου κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον· Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ· πνεῦμα ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία· καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι· ὕψιστός ἐστιν ὁ δημιουργός· διὸ τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ σοῦ ἅγιον κληθήσεται.

hopote oun edei arthēnai to kalymma kai ophthēnai tauta ta mystēria, gegennētai ho Iēsous dia Marias tēs parthenou kata to eirēmenon; Pneuma hagion epeleusetai epi se; pneuma estin hē sophia; kai dynamis hypsistou episkiasei soi; hypsistos estin ho dēmiourgos; dio to gennōmenon ek sou hagion klēthēsetai.

when, then, the veil had to be taken away and these mysteries seen, Jesus was born through Mary the virgin according to what was said: “The Holy Spirit will come upon you” (the Spirit is Sophia) “and the power of the Most High will overshadow you” (the Most High is the Demiurge); “therefore what is born of you will be called holy.”

6.35.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 286

Γεγέννηται γὰρ οὐκ ἀπὸ ὑψίστου μόνου, ὥσπερ οἱ κατὰ τὸν Ἀδὰμ κτισθέντες ἀπὸ μόνου ἐκτίσθησαν τοῦ ὑψίστου, τουτέστι [τῆς σοφίας καὶ] τοῦ δημιουργοῦ· ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ὁ καινὸς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου, τουτέστι τῆς σοφίας καὶ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, ἵνα τὴν μὲν πλάσιν καὶ κατασκευὴν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ ὁ δημιουργὸς καταρτίσῃ, τὴν δὲ οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα παράσχῃ τὸ ἄγιον, καὶ γένηται λόγος ἐπουράνιος ἀπὸ τῆς ὀγδοάδος γεννηθεὶς διὰ Μαρίας.

Gegennētai gar ouk apo hypsistou monou, hōsper hoi kata ton Adam ktisthentes apo monou ektisthēsan tou hypsistou, toutesti [tēs sophias kai] tou dēmiourgou; ho de Iēsous ho kainos anthrōpos apo pneumatos hagiou, toutesti tēs sophias kai tou dēmiourgou, hina tēn men plasin kai kataskeuēn tou sōmatos autou ho dēmiourgos katartisę̄, tēn de ousian autou to pneuma paraschę̄ to agion, kai genētai logos epouranios apo tēs ogdoados gennētheis dia Marias.

For he was born not from the Most High alone, as those created after Adam were created from the Most High alone, that is, [from Sophia and] from the Demiurge; but Jesus, the new man, was born from the Holy Spirit, that is, from Sophia, and from the Demiurge, so that the Demiurge might complete the fashioning and furnishing of his body, and the Holy Spirit might supply his substance, and he might become a heavenly Word born from the Ogdoad through Mary.

6.35.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 286

Περὶ τούτου ζήτησις μεγάλη ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς καὶ σχισμάτων καὶ διαφορᾶς ἀφορμή. Καὶ γέγονεν ἐντεῦθεν ἡ διδασκαλία αὐτῶν διῃρημένη, καὶ καλεῖται ἡ μὲν ἀνατολική τις διδασκαλία κατʼ αὐτούς, ἡ δὲ Ἰταλιωτική.

Peri toutou zētēsis megalē estin autois kai schismatōn kai diaphoras aphormē. Kai gegonen enteuthen hē didaskalia autōn dię̄rēmenē, kai kaleitai hē men anatolikē tis didaskalia katʼ autous, hē de Italiōtikē.

About this there is a great inquiry among them, and an occasion of divisions and disagreement. And hence their teaching has become divided; and according to them one teaching is called Eastern, the other Italian.

6.35.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 286

Οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, ὧν ἐστὶν Ἡρακλέων καὶ Πτολεμαῖος, ψυχικόν φασι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ γεγονέναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος τὸ πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰ κατελήλυθε, τουτέστιν ὁ λόγος ὁ τῆς μητρὸς ἄνωθεν τῆς σοφίας, καὶ γέγονε τῷ ψυχικῷ, καὶ ἐγήγερκεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Ὁ ἐγείρας Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, ἤτοι ψυχικά. Ὁ χοῦς γὰρ ὑπὸ κατάραν ἐλήλυθε.

Hoi men apo tēs Italias, hōn estin Hērakleōn kai Ptolemaios, psychikon phasi to sōma tou Iēsou gegonenai, kai dia touto epi tou baptismatos to pneuma hōs peristera katelēlythe, toutestin ho logos ho tēs mētros anōthen tēs sophias, kai gegone tǭ psychikǭ, kai egēgerken auton ek nekrōn. Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Ho egeiras Christon ek nekrōn, zōopoiēsei kai ta thnēta sōmata hymōn, ētoi psychika. Ho chous gar hypo kataran elēlythe.

Those from Italy, among whom are Heracleon and Ptolemy, say that the body of Jesus was psychic, and that for this reason at the baptism the Spirit came down like a dove, that is, the Word of the Mother above, Sophia, and came to the psychic one and raised him from the dead. “This is,” he says, “what was said: ‘He who raised Christ from the dead will also give life to your mortal bodies,’ that is, psychic ones. For the dust has come under a curse.

6.35.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 286

Γῆ γὰρ, φησίν, εἶ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελεύσῃ. Οἱ δʼ αὖ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνατολῆς λέγουσιν, ὧν ἐστὶν Ἀξιόνικος καὶ Ἀρδησιάνης, ὅτι πνευματικὸν ἦν τὸ σῶμα τοῦ σωτῆρος· πνεῦμα γὰρ ἅγιον ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Μαρίαν, τουτέστιν ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ ὑψίστου, ἡ δημιουργικὴ τέχνη, ἵνα διαπλασθῇ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τῇ Μαρίᾳ δοθέν.

Gē gar, phēsin, ei, kai eis gēn apeleusę̄. Hoi dʼ au apo tēs anatolēs legousin, hōn estin Axionikos kai Ardēsianēs, hoti pneumatikon ēn to sōma tou sōtēros; pneuma gar hagion ēlthen epi tēn Marian, toutestin hē sophia, kai hē dynamis tou hypsistou, hē dēmiourgikē technē, hina diaplasthę̄ to hypo tou pneumatos tę̄ Marią dothen.

For ‘you are earth,’” he says, “‘and to earth you will return.’” But those from the East, among whom are Axionicus and Ardesianes, say that the Savior's body was spiritual; for the Holy Spirit, that is, Sophia, came upon Mary, and the power of the Most High, the Demiurge's craft, so that what was given to Mary by the Spirit might be fashioned.

item 6, chapter 36

6.36.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 286

Ταῦτα οὖν ἐκεῖνοι ζητείτωσαν κατʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ εἴ τινι ἄλλῳ γένηται φίλον ζητεῖν.

Tauta oun ekeinoi zēteitōsan katʼ autous kai ei tini allǭ genētai philon zētein.

Let them, then, inquire into these things among themselves, and anyone else who may care to inquire.

6.36.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 286–288

Ἀλλʼ ἐπιλέγει· ὡς διώρθωτο μὲν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς αἰῶνας ἔσω σφάλματα, διώρθωτο δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ὀγδοάδα, τὴν ἔξω σοφίαν, διώρθωτο δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἑβδομάδα· (ἐδιδάχθη γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας ὁ δημιουργός, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτὸς θεὸς μόνος, ὡς ἐνόμιζε, καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ ἕτερος οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ ἔγνω διδαχθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας τὸν κρείττονα· κατηχήθη γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐμυήθη καὶ ἐδιδάχθη τὸ μέγα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν αἰώνων μυστήριον, καὶ ἐξεῖπεν αὐτὸ οὐδενί, τουτέστιν, ὥς φησιν, ὃ λέγει πρὸς Μωϋσῆν· Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς Ἁβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα θεοῦ οὐκ ἀπήγγειλα αὐτοῖς, τουτέστι τὸ μυστήριον οὐκ εἶπα, οὐδὲ ἐξηγησάμην, τίς ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ἀλλʼ ἐφύλαξα παρʼ ἐμαυτῷ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τὸ μυστήριον, ὃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τῆς σοφίας)· ἔδει

Allʼ epilegei; hōs diōrthōto men ta kata tous aiōnas esō sphalmata, diōrthōto de kai kata tēn ogdoada, tēn exō sophian, diōrthōto de kai kata tēn hebdomada; (edidachthē gar hypo tēs sophias ho dēmiourgos, hoti ouk estin autos theos monos, hōs enomize, kai plēn autou heteros ouk estin, allʼ egnō didachtheis hypo tēs sophias ton kreittona; katēchēthē gar hypʼ autēs kai emyēthē kai edidachthē to mega tou patros kai tōn aiōnōn mystērion, kai exeipen auto oudeni, toutestin, hōs phēsin, ho legei pros Mōÿsēn; Egō ho theos Habraam kai ho theos Isaak kai ho theos Iakōb, kai to onoma theou ouk apēngeila autois, toutesti to mystērion ouk eipa, oude exēgēsamēn, tis estin ho theos, allʼ ephylaxa parʼ emautǭ en apokryphǭ to mystērion, ho ēkousa para tēs sophias); edei

But he adds: when the errors among the Aeons within had been corrected, and those in the Ogdoad, the Sophia outside, had been corrected, and those in the Hebdomad too had been corrected (for the Demiurge was taught by Sophia that he is not God alone, as he thought, and that besides him there is no other; but, taught by Sophia, he came to know the greater one; for he was instructed by her and initiated and taught the great mystery of the Father and the Aeons, and he divulged it to no one; that is, as he says, what he says to Moses: “I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob, and the name of God I did not declare to them”; that is, I did not tell the mystery, nor explain who God is, but kept by myself in secret the mystery which I heard from Sophia), it was necessary

6.36.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 288

οὖν διωρθωμένων τῶν ἄνω κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀκολουθίαν καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε τυχεῖν διορθώσεως. Τούτου χάριν ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς ὁ σωτὴρ διὰ τῆς Μαρίας, ἵνα διορθώσηται τὰ ἐνθάδε, ὥσπερ ὁ Χριστός, ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐπιπροβληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, διωρθώσατο τὰ πάθη τῆς ἔξω σοφίας, τουτέστι τοῦ ἐκτρώματος· καὶ πάλιν ὁ διὰ Μαρίας γεγεννημένος ὁ σωτὴρ ἦλθε διορθώσασθαι τὰ πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς.

oun diōrthōmenōn tōn anō kata tēn autēn akolouthian kai ta enthade tychein diorthōseōs. Toutou charin egennēthē Iēsous ho sōtēr dia tēs Marias, hina diorthōsētai ta enthade, hōsper ho Christos, ho anōthen epiproblētheis hypo tou noos kai tēs alētheias, diōrthōsato ta pathē tēs exō sophias, toutesti tou ektrōmatos; kai palin ho dia Marias gegennēmenos ho sōtēr ēlthe diorthōsasthai ta pathē tēs psychēs.

then, since the things above had been corrected, that by the same sequence the things here too should obtain correction. For this reason Jesus the Savior was born through Mary, to correct the things here, just as Christ, further emitted from above by Mind and Truth, corrected the passions of the Sophia outside, that is, of the abortion; and again the Savior born through Mary came to correct the passions of the soul.

6.36.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 288

Εἰσὶν οὖν [κατʼ αὐτοὺς] τρεῖς Χριστοί, ὁ ἐπιπροβληθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας μετὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, καὶ ὁ κοινὸς τοῦ πληρώματος καρπός, ἰσόζυγος τῆς ἔξω σοφίας, ἥτις καλεῖται καὶ αὐτὴ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ὑποδεέστερον τοῦ πρώτου, καὶ τρίτος ὁ διὰ Μαρίας γεννηθεὶς εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν τῆς κτίσεως τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς.

Eisin oun [katʼ autous] treis Christoi, ho epiproblētheis hypo tou noos kai tēs alētheias meta tou hagiou pneumatos, kai ho koinos tou plērōmatos karpos, isozygos tēs exō sophias, hētis kaleitai kai autē pneuma hagion hypodeesteron tou prōtou, kai tritos ho dia Marias gennētheis eis epanorthōsin tēs ktiseōs tēs kathʼ hēmas.

There are, then, [according to them] three Christs: the one further emitted by Mind and Truth with the Holy Spirit; the common fruit of the Pleroma, the equal consort of the Sophia outside, who herself is also called Holy Spirit, inferior to the first; and third, the one born through Mary for the restoration of our creation.

item 6, chapter 37

6.37.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 288

Διὰ πλειόνων νομίζω αὐτάρκως τὴν Οὐαλεντίνου αἵρεσιν Πυθαγόρειον οὖσαν ὑποτετυπῶσθαι. Δοκεῖ δὲ καὶ διʼ ἐλέγχων τὰ δοκοῦντα αὐτοῖς ἐκθέμενον παύσασθαι.

Dia pleionōn nomizō autarkōs tēn Oualentinou hairesin Pythagoreion ousan hypotetypōsthai. Dokei de kai diʼ elenchōn ta dokounta autois ekthemenon pausasthai.

I think that at some length I have sufficiently outlined the heresy of Valentinus, which is Pythagorean. But it seems good also to set out their opinions by way of refutation, and then to stop.

6.37.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 288

Πλάτων τοίνυν περὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἐκτιθέμενος μυστήρια γράφει πρὸς Διονύσιον τοιοῦτον τινὰ τρόπον λέγων· Φραστέον δή σοι διʼ αἰνιγμάτων, ἵνʼ ἄν τι ἡ δέλτος ἢ πόντου [ἢ γῆς] ἐν πτυχαῖς πάθῃ, ὁ ἀναγνοὺς μὴ γνῷ· ὧδε γὰρ ἔχει· περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστί, κἀκείνου ἕνεκα πάντα, κἀκεῖνος αἴτιος πάντων τῶν καλῶν. Δεύτερον περὶ τὰ δεύτερα, καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα.

Platōn toinyn peri tou pantos ektithemenos mystēria graphei pros Dionysion toiouton tina tropon legōn; Phrasteon dē soi diʼ ainigmatōn, hinʼ an ti hē deltos ē pontou [ē gēs] en ptychais pathę̄, ho anagnous mē gnǭ; hōde gar echei; peri ton pantōn basilea panta esti, kakeinou heneka panta, kakeinos aitios pantōn tōn kalōn. Deuteron peri ta deutera, kai triton peri ta trita.

Plato, then, setting out mysteries about the universe, writes to Dionysius in some such way: “I must tell you in riddles, so that if the tablet suffers anything in the folds of sea [or land], whoever reads it may not understand. For it is thus: all things are about the king of all, and all are for his sake, and he is the cause of all fair things; second about the second things, and third about the third.

6.37.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 288–290

Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως πέρι [καὶ] ὧν εἶπον οὐδέν ἐστι τοιοῦτον. Τὸ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο, ἡ ψυχὴ ἐπιζητεῖ μαθεῖν ὁποῖα ἄττα ἐστί, βλέπουσα εἰς τὰ ἑαυτῆς συγγενῆ, ὧν οὐδὲν ἱκανῶς ἔχει. Τουτέστιν, ὦ παῖ Διονυσίου καὶ Δωρίδος, τὸ ἐρώτημα, ὃ πάντων αἴτιόν ἐστι κακῶν· μᾶλλον δὲ ἡ περὶ τούτου φροντὶς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐγγινομένη, ἣν ἐὰν μή τις ἐξαιρεθῇ, τῆς ἀληθείας ὄντως οὐ μή ποτε τύχῃ. Ὃ δὲ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ γέγονεν, [ἄκουσον].

Tou de basileōs peri [kai] hōn eipon ouden esti toiouton. To de meta touto, hē psychē epizētei mathein hopoia atta esti, blepousa eis ta heautēs syngenē, hōn ouden hikanōs echei. Toutestin, ō pai Dionysiou kai Dōridos, to erōtēma, ho pantōn aition esti kakōn; mallon de hē peri toutou phrontis en tę̄ psychę̄ enginomenē, hēn ean mē tis exairethę̄, tēs alētheias ontōs ou mē pote tychę̄. Ho de thaumaston autou gegonen, [akouson].

About the king and the things I spoke of there is nothing of that kind. But after this the soul seeks to learn what sort of things they are, looking to things akin to itself, none of which is adequate. This, O son of Dionysius and Doris, is the question which is the cause of all evils; or rather the anxiety about it that arises in the soul, which unless one removes, he will never truly attain the truth. But what is wonderful about it, [hear].

6.37.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 290

Εἰσὶ γὰρ ἄνδρες ταῦτα ἀκηκοότες μαθεῖν [μὲν δυνατοί], δυνατοὶ δὲ μνημονεῦσαι καὶ βασανίσαντες πάντη πάντως κρῖναι γέροντες ἤδη, οἵ φασι τὰ μὲν τότε πιστὰ εἶναι δόξαντα, νῦν ἄπιστα, τὰ δὲ τότε ἄπιστα, νῦν τοὐναντίον. Πρὸς ταῦτα οὖν σκοπῶν εὐλαβοῦ, μή ποτε σοὶ μεταμελήσῃ τῶνδε ἀναξίως ἐκπεσόντων.

Eisi gar andres tauta akēkootes mathein [men dynatoi], dynatoi de mnēmoneusai kai basanisantes pantē pantōs krinai gerontes ēdē, hoi phasi ta men tote pista einai doxanta, nyn apista, ta de tote apista, nyn tounantion. Pros tauta oun skopōn eulabou, mē pote soi metamelēsę̄ tōnde anaxiōs ekpesontōn.

For there are men who have heard these things, men [able to learn] and able to remember, and to judge after testing them thoroughly in every way, men already old, who say that things which then seemed credible now seem incredible, and things then incredible now the opposite. Looking to this, then, take care that you never regret these things falling out unworthily.

6.37.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 290

Διὰ τοῦτο ἐγὼ περὶ τούτων γέ[γραφα οὐ]δέν, οὐδὲ ἔστι Πλάτωνος σύγγραμμα οὐδέν, οὐδὲ ἔσται πώποτε. Τὰ δὲ νῦν λεγόμενα Σωκράτους ἐστὶ καλοῦ καὶ νέου γεγονότος. Τούτοις περιτυχὼν Οὐαλεντῖνος ὑπεστήσατο τὸν πάντων βασιλέα, ὃν ἔφη Πλάτων, οὗτος πατέρα καὶ βυθὸν καὶ πᾶσι γῆν τῶν ὅλων αἰώνων.

Dia touto egō peri toutōn ge[grapha ou]den, oude esti Platōnos syngramma ouden, oude estai pōpote. Ta de nyn legomena Sōkratous esti kalou kai neou gegonotos. Toutois peritychōn Oualentinos hypestēsato ton pantōn basilea, hon ephē Platōn, houtos patera kai bython kai pasi gēn tōn holōn aiōnōn.

For this reason I have [written nothing] about these things, and there is no writing of Plato's, nor will there ever be; the things now called his belong to Socrates, made fair and young.” Having come upon these words, Valentinus posited the king of all, of whom Plato spoke, as the Father and Depth and … of all the Aeons.

6.37.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 290

Δεύτερον περὶ τὰ δεύτερα τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰρηκότος, τὰ δεύτερα Οὐαλεντῖνος τοῦ ἐντὸς ὅρου τὸν ὅρον ὑπέθετο πάντας αἰῶνας, καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα τὴν ἔξω τοῦ ὅρου καὶ τοῦ πληρώματος διαταγὴν συνέθηκε πᾶσαν.

Deuteron peri ta deutera tou Platōnos eirēkotos, ta deutera Oualentinos tou entos horou ton horon hypetheto pantas aiōnas, kai triton peri ta trita tēn exō tou horou kai tou plērōmatos diatagēn synethēke pasan.

Since Plato said “second about the second things,” Valentinus posited as the second things the Boundary and all the Aeons within the Boundary; and as “third about the third” he placed the whole arrangement outside the Boundary and the Pleroma.

6.37.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 290

Καὶ δεδήλωκεν αὐτὴν διʼ ἐλαχίστων Οὐαλεντῖνος ἐν ψαλμῷ κάτωθεν ἀρξάμενος, οὐχ ὥσπερ ὁ Πλάτων ἄνωθεν, λέγων οὕτως· Αἰθέρος πάντα κρεμάμενα πνεύματι βλέπω, πάντα δʼ ὀχούμενα πνεύματι νοῶ· σάρκα μὲν ἐκ ψυχῆς κρεμαμένην, ψυχὴν δὲ ἀέρος ἐξοχουμένην, ἀέρα δὲ ἐξ αἰθέρος κρεμάμενον, ἐκ δὲ βυθοῦ καρποὺς φερομένους, ἐκ μήτρας δὲ βρέφος φερόμενον· οὕτως ταῦτα νοῶν·

Kai dedēlōken autēn diʼ elachistōn Oualentinos en psalmǭ katōthen arxamenos, ouch hōsper ho Platōn anōthen, legōn houtōs; Aitheros panta kremamena pneumati blepō, panta dʼ ochoumena pneumati noō; sarka men ek psychēs kremamenēn, psychēn de aeros exochoumenēn, aera de ex aitheros kremamenon, ek de bythou karpous pheromenous, ek mētras de brephos pheromenon; houtōs tauta noōn;

And Valentinus has shown this in very few words in a psalm, beginning from below, not from above as Plato did, speaking thus: “All things hanging from the ether I see by spirit, all things borne along I perceive by spirit: flesh hanging from soul, soul borne out by air, air hanging from ether, fruits borne out of the depth, a babe borne out of the womb.” Understanding these things thus:

6.37.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 290–292

σὰρξ ἐστὶν ἡ ὕλη κατʼ αὐτούς, ἥτις κρέμαται ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ δημιουργοῦ. Ψυχὴ δὲ ἀέρος ἐξοχεῖται, τουτέστιν ὁ δημιουργὸς τοῦ πνεύματος ἔξω πληρώματος. Ἀὴρ δὲ αἰθέρος ἐξοχεῖται, τουτέστιν ἡ ἔξω σοφία τῆς ἐντὸς ὅρου καὶ παντὸς πληρώματος. Ἐκ δὲ βυθοῦ καρποὶ φέρονται, ἡ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς πᾶσα προβολὴ τῶν αἰώνων γενομένη.

sarx estin hē hylē katʼ autous, hētis krematai ek tēs psychēs tou dēmiourgou. Psychē de aeros exocheitai, toutestin ho dēmiourgos tou pneumatos exō plērōmatos. Aēr de aitheros exocheitai, toutestin hē exō sophia tēs entos horou kai pantos plērōmatos. Ek de bythou karpoi pherontai, hē ek tou patros pasa probolē tōn aiōnōn genomenē.

flesh, according to them, is matter, which hangs from the soul of the Demiurge. Soul is borne out by air, that is, the Demiurge by the spirit outside the Pleroma. Air is borne out by ether, that is, the Sophia outside by the one within the Boundary and the whole Pleroma. And fruits are borne out of the depth: the whole emission of the Aeons that came from the Father.

6.37.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 292

Τὰ μὲν οὖν τῷ Οὐαλεντίνῳ δοκοῦντα ἱκανῶς λέλεκται... σχολῆς προκόψασιν ἐξειπεῖν, ἄλλου ἄλλως δογματίσαντος τὰ δόξαντα αὐτοῖς.

Ta men oun tǭ Oualentinǭ dokounta hikanōs lelektai... scholēs prokopsasin exeipein, allou allōs dogmatisantos ta doxanta autois.

The views of Valentinus, then, have been sufficiently stated … to set out for those who have advanced in the school, each having taught his opinions in a different way.

item 6, chapter 38

6.38.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 292

Σεκοῦνδος μέν τις κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ἅμα τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ γενόμενος οὕτως λέγει· τετράδα εἶναι δεξιὰν καὶ τετράδα ἀριστεράν, καὶ φῶς καὶ σκότος· καὶ τὴν ἀποστᾶσαν δὲ καὶ ὑστερήσασαν δύναμιν οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα αἰώνων λέγει γεγενῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν.

Sekoundos men tis kata to auto hama tǭ Ptolemaiǭ genomenos houtōs legei; tetrada einai dexian kai tetrada aristeran, kai phōs kai skotos; kai tēn apostasan de kai hysterēsasan dynamin ouk apo tōn triakonta aiōnōn legei gegenēsthai, alla apo tōn karpōn autōn.

A certain Secundus, who lived at the same time as Ptolemy, speaks thus: there is a right tetrad and a left tetrad, light and darkness; and he says that the power that fell away and became deficient came into being not from the thirty Aeons but from their fruits.

6.38.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 292

Ἄλλος δέ τις Ἐπιφάνης, διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν οὕτως λέγει· Ἦν ἡ πρώτη ἀρχὴ ἀνεννόητος, ἄρρητός τε καὶ ἀνονόμαστος, ἣν μονότητα καλεῖ· ταύτῃ [δὲ] συνυπάρχ]ειν δύναμιν, ἣν ὀνομάζει ἑνό[τητα]. Αὕτη ἡ ἑνότης ἥ τε μονότης προήκαντο μὴ προέμεναι ἀρχὴν ἐπὶ πάντων νοητὴν ἀγέννητόν τε καὶ ἀόρατον, ἣν μονάδα καλεῖ.

Allos de tis Epiphanēs, didaskalos autōn houtōs legei; Ēn hē prōtē archē anennoētos, arrētos te kai anonomastos, hēn monotēta kalei; tautę̄ [de] synyparch]ein dynamin, hēn onomazei heno[tēta]. Hautē hē henotēs hē te monotēs proēkanto mē proemenai archēn epi pantōn noētēn agennēton te kai aoraton, hēn monada kalei.

Another teacher of theirs, a certain Epiphanes, speaks thus: “The first principle was inconceivable, ineffable, and unnameable, which he calls Oneness; and with it coexisted a power which he names Unity. This Unity and Oneness sent forth, without sending forth, a principle over all things, intelligible, unbegotten, and invisible, which he calls Monad.

6.38.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 292–294

Ταύτῃ τῇ δυνάμει συνυπάρχει δύναμις ὁμοούσιος αὐτῇ, ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν ὀνομάζω τὸ ἕν. Αὗται αἱ τέσσαρες δυνάμεις προήκαντο τὰς λοιπὰς τῶν αἰώνων προβολάς. Ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν αὐτῶν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἀρχέγονον ὀγδοάδα τούτοις τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἐκάλεσαν· [πρῶτον προαρχήν, ἔπειτα ἀνεννόητον, τὴν δὲ τρίτην ἄρρητον, καὶ τὴν] τετάρτην ἀόρατον.

Tautę̄ tę̄ dynamei synyparchei dynamis homoousios autę̄, hēn kai autēn onomazō to hen. Hautai hai tessares dynameis proēkanto tas loipas tōn aiōnōn probolas. Alloi de palin autōn tēn prōtēn kai archegonon ogdoada toutois tois onomasin ekalesan; [prōton proarchēn, epeita anennoēton, tēn de tritēn arrēton, kai tēn] tetartēn aoraton.

With this power coexists a power of the same substance with it, which I too name the One. These four powers sent forth the remaining emissions of the Aeons.” Others of them, again, called the first and original Ogdoad by these names: [first Pre-principle, then Inconceivable, the third Ineffable, and] the fourth Invisible.

6.38.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 294

Καὶ ἐκ μὲν τῆς πρώτης προαρχῆς προβεβλῆσθαι πρώτῳ καὶ πέμπτῳ τόπῳ ἀρχήν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀνεννοήτου δευτέρῳ καὶ ἕκτῳ [τόπῳ] ἀκατάληπτον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀρρήτου τρίτῳ καὶ ἑβδόμῳ τόπῳ ἀκατάληπτον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ἀοράτου ἀγέννητον, πλήρωμα τῆς πρώτης ὀγδοάδος. Ταύτας βούλονται τὰς δυνάμεις προϋπάρχειν τοῦ βυθοῦ καὶ τῆς σιγῆς.

Kai ek men tēs prōtēs proarchēs probeblēsthai prōtǭ kai pemptǭ topǭ archēn, ek de tēs anennoētou deuterǭ kai hektǭ [topǭ] akatalēpton, ek de tēs arrētou tritǭ kai hebdomǭ topǭ akatalēpton, ek de tēs aoratou agennēton, plērōma tēs prōtēs ogdoados. Tautas boulontai tas dynameis proÿparchein tou bythou kai tēs sigēs.

And from the first, the Pre-principle, was emitted in the first and fifth place Principle; from the Inconceivable, in second and sixth place, Incomprehensible; from the Ineffable, in third and seventh place, Incomprehensible; from the Invisible, Unbegotten: the fullness of the first Ogdoad. These powers they want to exist before Depth and Silence.

6.38.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 294

Πολλαὶ δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ βυθοῦ καὶ διάφοροι γνῶμαι. Οἱ μὲν αὐτὸν ἄζυγον λέγουσι, μήτε ἄρρενα μήτε θῆλυν, ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν σιγὴν θήλειαν αὐτῷ συμπαρεῖναι καὶ εἶναι ταύτην πρώτην συζυγίαν. Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον δύο συζύγους αὐτὸν ἔχειν λέγουσιν, ἃς καὶ διαθέσεις καλοῦσιν, ἔννοιαν καὶ θέλησιν· πρῶτον γὰρ (??)οήθη τι προβαλεῖν, ὥς φασιν, ἔπειτα ἠθέλησε.

Pollai de peri autou tou bythou kai diaphoroi gnōmai. Hoi men auton azygon legousi, mēte arrena mēte thēlyn, alloi de tēn sigēn thēleian autǭ sympareinai kai einai tautēn prōtēn syzygian. Hoi de peri ton Ptolemaion dyo syzygous auton echein legousin, has kai diatheseis kalousin, ennoian kai thelēsin; prōton gar (??)oēthē ti probalein, hōs phasin, epeita ēthelēse.

There are many and differing opinions about Depth himself. Some say that he is without consort, neither male nor female; others that Silence, a female, is with him and that this is the first pair. Those around Ptolemy say that he has two consorts, which they also call dispositions, Thought and Will; for first he thought of emitting something, as they say, and then he willed it.

6.38.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 294–296

Διὸ καὶ τῶν δύο τούτων διαθέσεων καὶ δυνάμεων, τῆς τε ἐννοίας καὶ τῆς θελήσεως, ὥσπερ συγκραθεισῶν εἰς ἀλλήλας ἡ προβολὴ τοῦ τε μονογενοῦς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας κατὰ συζυγίαν ἐγένετο, οὕς τινας τύπους καὶ εἰκόνας τῶν δύο διαθέσεων τοῦ πατρὸς διελθεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἀοράτων ὁρατάς, τοῦ μὲν θελήματος τὸν νοῦν, τῆς δὲ ἐννοίας τὴν ἀλήθειαν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ ἐπιγεννητοῦ θελήματος ὁ

Dio kai tōn dyo toutōn diatheseōn kai dynameōn, tēs te ennoias kai tēs thelēseōs, hōsper synkratheisōn eis allēlas hē probolē tou te monogenous kai tēs alētheias kata syzygian egeneto, hous tinas typous kai eikonas tōn dyo diatheseōn tou patros dielthein ek tōn aoratōn horatas, tou men thelēmatos ton noun, tēs de ennoias tēn alētheian; kai dia touto tou epigennētou thelēmatos ho

Therefore, from these two dispositions and powers, Thought and Will, as though blended with one another, came the emission in a pair of the Only-begotten and Truth, which came forth as types and images of the Father's two dispositions, visible from invisible: Mind of the Will, and Truth of the Thought. And for this reason, of the Will that came after, the

6.38.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 296

ἄρρην εἰκών, τῆς δὲ ἀγεννήτου ἐννοίας ὁ θῆλυς, ἐπεὶ τὸ θέλημα ὥσπερ δύναμις ἐγένετο τῆς ἐννοίας. Ἐνενοεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἀεὶ ἡ ἔννοια τὴν προβολήν, οὐ μέντοι γε προβάλλειν αὐτὴ κατʼ αὐτὴν ἠδύνατο, ἀλλὰ ἐνενοεῖτο, ὅτε δὲ ἡ τοῦ θελήματος δύναμις [ἐπεγένετο], τότε [ὃ] ἐνενοεῖτο προβάλλει.

arrēn eikōn, tēs de agennētou ennoias ho thēlys, epei to thelēma hōsper dynamis egeneto tēs ennoias. Enenoeito men gar aei hē ennoia tēn probolēn, ou mentoi ge proballein autē katʼ autēn ēdynato, alla enenoeito, hote de hē tou thelēmatos dynamis [epegeneto], tote [ho] enenoeito proballei.

male is the image, and of the unbegotten Thought the female, since the Will became as it were the power of the Thought. For Thought was always thinking of the emission, but could not emit by itself; it only thought; but when the power of the Will [came in addition], then it emits [what] it was thinking.

item 6, chapter 39

6.39.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 296

Ἄλλος δέ τις διδάσκαλος αὐτῶν Μάρκος, μαγικῆς ἔμπειρος ἃ μὲν διὰ κυβείας ἐνεργῶν, ἃ δὲ καὶ διὰ δαιμόνων ἠπάτα πολλούς. Οὗτος ἔλεγεν ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν μεγίστην ἀπὸ τῶν ἀοράτων καὶ ἀκατονομάστων τόπων εἶναι δύναμιν.

Allos de tis didaskalos autōn Markos, magikēs empeiros ha men dia kybeias energōn, ha de kai dia daimonōn ēpata pollous. Houtos elegen en autǭ tēn megistēn apo tōn aoratōn kai akatonomastōn topōn einai dynamin.

Another teacher of theirs, Marcus, skilled in magic, deceived many, working some things by sleight of hand and others through demons. He said that the greatest power from the invisible and unnameable places was in him.

6.39.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 296–298

Καὶ δὴ πολλάκις λαμβάνων ποτήριον ὡς εὐχαριστῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐκτείνων τὸν λόγον τῆς ἐπικλήσεως πορφύρεον τὸ κέρασμα ἐποίει φαίνεσθαι καί ποτε ἐρυθρόν, ὡς δοκεῖν τοὺς ἀπατωμένους χάριν τινὰ κατιέναι καὶ αἱματώδη δύναμιν παρέχειν τῷ πόματι.

Kai dē pollakis lambanōn potērion hōs eucharistōn, kai epi pleion ekteinōn ton logon tēs epiklēseōs porphyreon to kerasma epoiei phainesthai kai pote erythron, hōs dokein tous apatōmenous charin tina katienai kai haimatōdē dynamin parechein tǭ pomati.

And indeed, often taking a cup as if giving thanks and prolonging the word of the invocation, he made the mixture appear purple and sometimes red, so that those deceived thought that some grace was coming down and giving a blood-like power to the drink.

6.39.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 298

Ὁ δὲ πανοῦργος τότε μὲν πολλοὺς ἔλαθε, νυνὶ δὲ ἐλεγχόμενος παύσεται· φάρμακον γάρ τι τοιαύτην δυνάμενον χρόαν παρασχεῖν λαθραίως ἐνιῶν τῷ κεράσματι ἐπιπολὺ φλυαρῶν ἀνέμενεν, ὅπως τῆς ὑγρότητος μεταλαβὸν λυθῇ καὶ ἀναμιγὲν ἐπιχρωτίσῃ τὸ πόμα. Τὰ δὲ δυνάμενα τοῦτο παρασχεῖν φάρμακα ἐν τῇ κατὰ μάγων βίβλῳ προείπομεν ἐκθέμενοι, ὡς πολλοὺς πλανῶντες ἀφανίζουσιν, οἷς εἰ φίλον περιεργότερον τῷ εἰρημένῳ προσεπισχεῖν, εἴσονται τὴν Μάρκου πλάνην.

Ho de panourgos tote men pollous elathe, nyni de elenchomenos pausetai; pharmakon gar ti toiautēn dynamenon chroan paraschein lathraiōs eniōn tǭ kerasmati epipoly phlyarōn anemenen, hopōs tēs hygrotētos metalabon lythę̄ kai anamigen epichrōtisę̄ to poma. Ta de dynamena touto paraschein pharmaka en tę̄ kata magōn biblǭ proeipomen ekthemenoi, hōs pollous planōntes aphanizousin, hois ei philon periergoteron tǭ eirēmenǭ prosepischein, eisontai tēn Markou planēn.

But the rascal, though he escaped the notice of many at the time, will now be refuted and stop. For, secretly putting into the mixture a drug able to give such a color, he waited a long while babbling, so that it might take up moisture, dissolve, and, being mixed in, color the drink. The drugs able to do this we set out earlier in the book against the magicians, showing how they lead many astray and ruin them; if anyone cares to attend more carefully to what was said there, he will recognize Marcus's deception.

item 6, chapter 40

6.40.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 298

Ὃς καὶ ποτήριον μικρότερον κιρνῶν ἐδίδου γυναικὶ εὐχαριστεῖν, αὐτὸς παρεστὼς καὶ ἕτερον κρατῶν ἐκείνου μεῖζον κενόν, καὶ εὐχαριστησάσης τῆς ἀπατωμένης δεξάμενος ἐπέχει εἰς τὸν μείζω, καὶ πολλάκις ἀντεπιχέων ἕτερον εἰς ἕτερον ἐπέλεγεν οὕτως· Ἡ

Hos kai potērion mikroteron kirnōn edidou gynaiki eucharistein, autos parestōs kai heteron kratōn ekeinou meizon kenon, kai eucharistēsasēs tēs apatōmenēs dexamenos epechei eis ton meizō, kai pollakis antepicheōn heteron eis heteron epelegen houtōs; Hē

He would also mix a smaller cup and give it to a woman to give thanks over, while he stood by holding another, empty cup larger than that; and when the deceived woman had given thanks, he took it and poured it into the larger one, and pouring back and forth many times from one into the other, he said over it thus: “May the

6.40.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 298

πρὸ τῶν ὅλων, [ἡ] ἀνεννόητος καὶ ἄρρητος χάρις πληρώσαι σου τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον καὶ πληθύναι ἐν σοὶ τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτῆς, ἐγκατασπείρουσα τὸν κόκκον τοῦ σινάπεως εἰς τὴν ἀγαθὴν γῆν. Καὶ τοιαῦτα τινὰ ἐπειπὼν καὶ ἐκστήσας τήν τε ἀπατωμένην καὶ τοὺς παρόντας ὡς θαυματοποιὸς ἐνομίζετο, τοῦ μείζονος ποτηρίου πληρουμένου ἐκ τοῦ μικροτέρου ὡς καὶ ὑπερχεῖσθαι πλεονάζον.

pro tōn holōn, [hē] anennoētos kai arrētos charis plērōsai sou ton esō anthrōpon kai plēthynai en soi tēn gnōsin autēs, enkataspeirousa ton kokkon tou sinapeōs eis tēn agathēn gēn. Kai toiauta tina epeipōn kai ekstēsas tēn te apatōmenēn kai tous parontas hōs thaumatopoios enomizeto, tou meizonos potēriou plēroumenou ek tou mikroterou hōs kai hypercheisthai pleonazon.

Grace that is before all things, inconceivable and ineffable, fill your inner man and multiply in you her knowledge, sowing the grain of mustard seed in the good ground.” And saying some such things, and amazing both the deceived woman and those present, he was thought a wonder-worker, as the larger cup was filled from the smaller so that it even overflowed.

6.40.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 298

Καὶ τούτου δὲ τὴν τέχνην ὁμοίως ἐν τῇ προειρημένῃ βίβλῳ ἐξεθέμεθα δείξαντες πλεῖστα φάρμακα δυνάμενα αὔξησιν παρασχεῖν ἐπιμιγέντα οὕτως ὑγραῖς οὐσίαις, μάλιστα οἴνῳ κεκερασμένῳ, ὧν ἕν τι φάρμακον ἐν τῷ κενῷ ποτηρίῳ κρύβδην ἔ... ος... χρισ.. ὡς μηδὲν ἔχον δείξας, ἐπιχέων ἐκ τ... καὶ ἐπαναχέων, ἀναλυομένου τοῦ φαρμάκου ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ ὑγροῦ μίξεως, ὄντος φυσώδους, πλεονασμὸς τοῦ κεράσματος ἐγίνετο καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ηὔξανεν, ἐς ὅσον ἐπαναχυνόμενον ἐκινεῖτο, τοιαύτης οὔσης τῆς τοῦ φαρμάκου φύσεως·

Kai toutou de tēn technēn homoiōs en tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ biblǭ exethemetha deixantes pleista pharmaka dynamena auxēsin paraschein epimigenta houtōs hygrais ousiais, malista oinǭ kekerasmenǭ, hōn hen ti pharmakon en tǭ kenǭ potēriǭ krybdēn e... os... chris.. hōs mēden echon deixas, epicheōn ek t... kai epanacheōn, analyomenou tou pharmakou hypo tēs tou hygrou mixeōs, ontos physōdous, pleonasmos tou kerasmatos egineto kai epi tosouton ēuxanen, es hoson epanachynomenon ekineito, toiautēs ousēs tēs tou pharmakou physeōs;

The technique of this too we set out likewise in the book mentioned before, showing very many drugs able to produce an increase when mixed with liquid substances, especially mixed wine. One such drug he secretly … smeared in the empty cup, and showed it as having nothing in it; then, pouring in from … and pouring back, as the drug dissolved by being mixed with the liquid, since it was effervescent, the mixture increased, and it grew as much as it was stirred by the pouring back, such being the nature of the drug;

6.40.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 298–300

ὃ εἰ ἀπόθοιτό τις πληρωθέν, μετʼ οὐ πολὺ εἰς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν μέτρον πάλιν τραπήσεται, τῆς τοῦ φαρμάκου δυνάμεως σβεσθείσης τῇ τοῦ ὑγροῦ παραμονῇ. Διὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς τοῖς παροῦσι προσεδίδου πίνειν, οἱ δὲ ὡς θεῖόν τι καὶ θεῷ μεμελετημένον φρίσσοντες ἅμα καὶ σπεύδοντες ἔπινον.

ho ei apothoito tis plērōthen, metʼ ou poly eis to kata physin metron palin trapēsetai, tēs tou pharmakou dynameōs sbestheisēs tę̄ tou hygrou paramonę̄. Dio meta spoudēs tois parousi prosedidou pinein, hoi de hōs theion ti kai theǭ memeletēmenon phrissontes hama kai speudontes epinon.

and if one set the full cup aside, after a little it would go back to its natural measure, the drug's power being quenched as the liquid stood. Therefore he hastily gave it to those present to drink, and they drank it, shuddering as at something divine and devised by God, and at the same time hurrying.

item 6, chapter 41

6.41.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

Τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ ἕτερα ἐπεχείρει ὁ πλάνος ποιεῖν· διὸ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπατωμένων ἐδοξάζετο, καὶ ποτὲ αὐτὸς ἐνομίζετο προφητεύειν, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ἑτέρους ἐποίει, ὅτε μὲν καὶ διὰ δαιμόνων ταῦτα ἐνεργῶν, ὅτε δὲ καὶ κυβεύων, ὡς προείπομεν. Πολλοὺς τοίνυν ἐξαφανίσας, καὶ πολλοὺς τοιούτους μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ γενομένους προεβίβασεν εὐκόλους μὲν εἶναι διδάξας πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀκινδύνους δὲ διὰ τὸ εἶναι τῆς τελείας δυνάμεως καὶ μετέχειν τῆς ἀνεννοήτου ἐξουσίας·

Toiauta de kai hetera epecheirei ho planos poiein; dio hypo tōn apatōmenōn edoxazeto, kai pote autos enomizeto prophēteuein, pote de kai heterous epoiei, hote men kai dia daimonōn tauta energōn, hote de kai kybeuōn, hōs proeipomen. Pollous toinyn exaphanisas, kai pollous toioutous mathētas autou genomenous proebibasen eukolous men einai didaxas pros to hamartanein, akindynous de dia to einai tēs teleias dynameōs kai metechein tēs anennoētou exousias;

Such things, and others, the deceiver attempted to do; therefore he was glorified by those he deceived, and sometimes he himself was thought to prophesy, and sometimes he made others do so, at times working these things through demons, at times by sleight of hand, as we said before. Having ruined many, then, he also brought forward many such people who became his disciples, teaching them to be ready to sin and free from danger, because they belonged to the perfect power and shared in the inconceivable authority;

6.41.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

οἷς καὶ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ἕτερον ἐπαγγέλλονται, ὃ καλοῦσιν ἀπολύτρωσιν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἀναστρέφοντες κακῶς τοὺς αὐτοῖς παραμένοντας ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως, ὡς δυναμένους μετὰ τὸ ἅπαξ βαπτισθέντας πάλιν τυχεῖν

hois kai meta to baptisma heteron epangellontai, ho kalousin apolytrōsin, kai en toutǭ anastrephontes kakōs tous autois paramenontas epʼ elpidi tēs apolytrōseōs, hōs dynamenous meta to hapax baptisthentas palin tychein

to whom they also promise, after baptism, another, which they call redemption; and by this they wickedly overturn those who remain with them in hope of the redemption, as though, after being baptized once, they could again obtain

6.41.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

ἀφέσεως, διὰ τοῦ τοιούτου πανουργήματος συνέχειν δοκοῦσι τοὺς ἀκροατάς, οὓς ἐπὰν νομίσωσι δεδοκιμάσθαι καὶ δύνασθαι φυλάσσειν αὐτοῖς τὰ πιστά, τότε ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἄγουσι μηδὲ τούτῳ μόνῳ ἀρκούμενοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερόν τι ἐπαγγελλόμενοι πρὸς τὸ συγκρατεῖν αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐλπίδι, ὅπως ἀχώριστοι ὦσι.

apheseōs, dia tou toioutou panourgēmatos synechein dokousi tous akroatas, hous epan nomisōsi dedokimasthai kai dynasthai phylassein autois ta pista, tote epi touto agousi mēde toutǭ monǭ arkoumenoi, alla kai heteron ti epangellomenoi pros to synkratein autous tę̄ elpidi, hopōs achōristoi ōsi.

forgiveness. By such a trick they think they hold their hearers; and when they think them tested and able to keep faith with them, then they lead them to this; and not content with this alone, they also promise something further, to hold them fast by hope, so that they may never leave.

6.41.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

Λέγουσι γάρ τι φωνῇ ἀρρήτῳ, ἐπιτιθέντες χεῖρα τῷ τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν λαβόντι, ὃ φάσκουσιν ἐξειπεῖν εὐκόλως μὴ δύνασθαι, εἰ μή τις εἴη ὑπερδόκιμος, ἢ ὅτε τελευτᾷ πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλθὼν λέγει ὁ ἐπίσκοπος.

Legousi gar ti phōnę̄ arrētǭ, epitithentes cheira tǭ tēn apolytrōsin labonti, ho phaskousin exeipein eukolōs mē dynasthai, ei mē tis eiē hyperdokimos, ē hote teleutą pros to ous elthōn legei ho episkopos.

For they say something in an ineffable voice, laying a hand on the one who has received the redemption, which they claim cannot easily be spoken out, unless someone be exceptionally approved; or else the bishop comes and says it into his ear when he is dying.

6.41.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

Καὶ τοῦτο δὲ πανούργημα πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ παραμένειν τοὺς μαθητὰς τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ, γλιχομένους μαθεῖν τὸ τί ποτε εἴη τοῦτο ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων λεγόμενον, διʼ οὗ [τῶν] τελείων ἔσται ὁ μανθάνων· ἃ τούτου χάριν ἐσιώπησα, μή ποτέ τις κακοηθίζεσθαί με αὐτοὺς νομίσῃ, καὶ γὰρ οὐ τοῦτο ἡμῖν πρόκειται, ἀλλʼ ἢ τὸ δεῖξαι, ὅθεν τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβόντες αὐτοῖς τὰ δόξαντα ἐνεστήσαντο.

Kai touto de panourgēma pros to aei paramenein tous mathētas tǭ episkopǭ, glichomenous mathein to ti pote eiē touto epʼ eschatōn legomenon, diʼ hou [tōn] teleiōn estai ho manthanōn; ha toutou charin esiōpēsa, mē pote tis kakoēthizesthai me autous nomisę̄, kai gar ou touto hēmin prokeitai, allʼ ē to deixai, hothen tas aphormas labontes autois ta doxanta enestēsanto.

And this too is a trick, so that the disciples may always remain with the bishop, longing to learn what it may be that is spoken at the very end, through which the learner will be among the perfect. These things I have kept silent for this reason, lest anyone think I am maligning them; for this is not our purpose, but only to show from what sources they took their starting points and set up their opinions.

item 6, chapter 42

6.42.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 300

Καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ μακάριος πρεσβύτερος Εἰρηναῖος παρρησιαίτερον τῷ ἐλέγχῳ προσενεχθεὶς τὰ τοιαῦτα λούσματα καὶ ἀπολυτρώσεις ἐξέθετο, ἁδρομερέστερον εἰπὼν ἃ πράσσουσιν, οἷς ἐντυχόντες τινὲς αὐτῶν ἤρνηνται οὕτως παρειληφέναι, ἀεὶ ἀρνεῖσθαι μανθάνοντες. Διὸ φροντὶς ἡμῖν γεγένηται ἀκριβέστερον ἐπιζητῆσαι καὶ ἀνευρεῖν λεπτομερῶς, ἃ καὶ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ λουτρῷ παραδιδόασι, τὸ τοιοῦτο καλοῦντες, καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ, ὃ ἀπολύτρωσιν καλοῦσιν.

Kai gar kai ho makarios presbyteros Eirēnaios parrēsiaiteron tǭ elenchǭ prosenechtheis ta toiauta lousmata kai apolytrōseis exetheto, hadromeresteron eipōn ha prassousin, hois entychontes tines autōn ērnēntai houtōs pareilēphenai, aei arneisthai manthanontes. Dio phrontis hēmin gegenētai akribesteron epizētēsai kai aneurein leptomerōs, ha kai en tǭ prōtǭ loutrǭ paradidoasi, to toiouto kalountes, kai en tǭ deuterǭ, ho apolytrōsin kalousin.

For the blessed presbyter Irenaeus too, having undertaken the refutation with greater frankness, set out such washings and redemptions, describing rather broadly what they do; some of them, having read it, have denied that they received it so, being always taught to deny. Therefore we have taken care to inquire more exactly and to find out in detail what they hand down both in the first washing, as they call it, and in the second, which they call redemption.

6.42.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 300–302

Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ ἄρρητον αὐτῶν ἔλαθεν ἡμᾶς. Ταῦτα δὲ συγκεχωρήσθω Οὐαλεντίνῳ καὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ σχολῇ. Ὁ δὲ Μάρκος μιμούμενος τὸν διδάσκαλον καὶ αὐτὸς ἀναπλάσσει ὅραμα, νομίζων οὕτως δοξασθήσεσθαι. Καὶ γὰρ Οὐαλεντῖνος φάσκει ἑαυτὸν ἑωρακέναι παῖδα νήπιον ἀρτιγέννητον, οὗ πυθόμενος ἐπιζητεῖ τίς ἂν εἴη, ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων, ἑαυτὸν εἶναι τὸν λόγον· ἔπειτα προσθεὶς τραγικόν τινα μῦθον ἐκ τούτου συνιστᾶν βούλεται τὴν ἐπικεχειρημένην αὐτῷ αἵρεσιν.

Allʼ oude to arrēton autōn elathen hēmas. Tauta de synkechōrēsthō Oualentinǭ kai tę̄ autou scholę̄. Ho de Markos mimoumenos ton didaskalon kai autos anaplassei horama, nomizōn houtōs doxasthēsesthai. Kai gar Oualentinos phaskei heauton heōrakenai paida nēpion artigennēton, hou pythomenos epizētei tis an eiē, ho de apekrinato legōn, heauton einai ton logon; epeita prostheis tragikon tina mython ek toutou synistan bouletai tēn epikecheirēmenēn autǭ hairesin.

But not even their secret escaped us. Let these things, however, be conceded to Valentinus and his school. But Marcus, imitating his teacher, himself also fabricates a vision, thinking to be glorified in this way. For Valentinus claims that he saw a newborn infant, and asked it who it might be; and it answered, saying that it was the Word. Then, adding some tragic myth, he wishes to build from this the heresy he had undertaken.

6.42.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 302

Τούτῳ τὰ ὅμοια τολμῶν ὁ Μάρκος λέγει ἐληλυθέναι πρὸς αὐτὸν σχήματι γυναικείῳ τὴν τετράδα, ἐπειδή, φησί, τὸ ἄρρεν αὐτῆς ὁ κόσμος φέρειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο, καὶ μηνῦσαι αὐτὴν ἥτις ἦν, καὶ τὴν τῶν πάντων γένεσιν, ἣν οὐδενὶ πώποτε οὔτε θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἀπεκάλυψε, τούτῳ μόνῳ διηγήσασθαι οὕτως εἰποῦσαν·

Toutǭ ta homoia tolmōn ho Markos legei elēlythenai pros auton schēmati gynaikeiǭ tēn tetrada, epeidē, phēsi, to arren autēs ho kosmos pherein ouk ēdynato, kai mēnysai autēn hētis ēn, kai tēn tōn pantōn genesin, hēn oudeni pōpote oute theōn oute anthrōpōn apekalypse, toutǭ monǭ diēgēsasthai houtōs eipousan;

Daring things like this, Marcus says that the Tetrad came to him in the form of a woman, since, he says, the world could not bear her male form, and revealed who she was, and the generation of all things, which she had never revealed to anyone, of gods or men, she narrated to him alone, speaking thus:

6.42.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 302

Ὅτε τὸ πρῶτον ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀνεννόητος καὶ ἀνούσιος, ὁ μήτε ἄρρεν μήτε θῆλυ, ἠθέλησεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄρρητον ῥητὸν γενέσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀόρατον μορφωθῆναι, ἤνοιξε τὸ στόμα καὶ προήκατο λόγον ὅμοιον αὐτῷ, ὃς παραστὰς ἐπέδειξεν αὐτῷ ὃ ἦν, αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀοράτου μορφὴ φανείς.

Hote to prōton ho patēr autou ho anennoētos kai anousios, ho mēte arren mēte thēly, ēthelēsen autou to arrēton rhēton genesthai kai to aoraton morphōthēnai, ēnoixe to stoma kai proēkato logon homoion autǭ, hos parastas epedeixen autǭ ho ēn, autos tou aoratou morphē phaneis.

“When first his Father, the inconceivable, who is without substance, who is neither male nor female, wished that his ineffable should become spoken and the invisible be formed, he opened his mouth and sent forth a Word like himself, who, standing beside him, showed him what he was, himself appearing as the form of the invisible.

6.42.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 302–304

Ἡ δὲ ἐκφώνησις τοῦ ὀνόματος ἐγένετο τοιαύτη· ἐλάλησε λόγον τὸν πρῶτον τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, ἥτις ἦν ἀρχή, καὶ ἦν ἡ συλλαβὴ αὐτοῦ στοιχείων τεσσάρων, ἔπειτα συνῆψε τὴν δευτέραν, καὶ ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχείων τεσσάρων, ἑξῆς ἐλάλησε τὴν τρίτην, ἥτις ἦν στοιχείων δέκα, καὶ τὴν τετάρτην ἐλάλησε, καὶ ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ στοιχείων δώδεκα.

Hē de ekphōnēsis tou onomatos egeneto toiautē; elalēse logon ton prōton tou onomatos autou, hētis ēn archē, kai ēn hē syllabē autou stoicheiōn tessarōn, epeita synēpse tēn deuteran, kai ēn kai autē stoicheiōn tessarōn, hexēs elalēse tēn tritēn, hētis ēn stoicheiōn deka, kai tēn tetartēn elalēse, kai ēn kai autē stoicheiōn dōdeka.

The utterance of the name was as follows: he spoke the first word of his name, which was ‘Beginning,’ and its syllable was of four letters; then he joined the second, and it too was of four letters; next he spoke the third, which was of ten letters; and he spoke the fourth, and it was of twelve letters.

6.42.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 304

Ἐγένετο οὖν τοῦ ὀνόματος ὅλου ἡ ἐκφώνησις στοιχείων [μὲν] τριάκοντα, συλλαβῶν δὲ τεσσάρων· ἕκαστον δὲ τῶν στοιχείων ἴδια γράμματα καὶ ἴδιον χαρακτῆρα καὶ ἰδίαν ἐκφώνησιν καὶ σχήματα καὶ εἰκόνας ἔχειν, καὶ μηθὲν αὐτῶν εἶναι, ὃ τὴν ἐκείνου καθορᾷ μορφήν, οὗπερ αὐτὸς στοιχεῖόν ἐστιν, οὐδὲ μὴν τὴν τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἕκαστον ἐκφώνησιν γινώσκειν, ἀλλʼ ὃ αὐτὸς ἐκφωνεῖ, ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἐκφωνοῦντα τὸ ὅλον ἡγεῖσθαι ὀνομάζειν αὐτόν·

Egeneto oun tou onomatos holou hē ekphōnēsis stoicheiōn [men] triakonta, syllabōn de tessarōn; hekaston de tōn stoicheiōn idia grammata kai idion charaktēra kai idian ekphōnēsin kai schēmata kai eikonas echein, kai mēthen autōn einai, ho tēn ekeinou kathorą morphēn, houper autos stoicheion estin, oude mēn tēn tou plēsion autou hekaston ekphōnēsin ginōskein, allʼ ho autos ekphōnei, hōs to pan ekphōnounta to holon hēgeisthai onomazein auton;

The utterance of the whole name, then, was of thirty letters and four syllables. And each of the letters has its own written signs and its own character and its own pronunciation and shapes and images; and none of them sees the form of that of which it is a letter; nor indeed does each know the pronunciation of its neighbor, but, pronouncing what it itself pronounces, it thinks that, pronouncing everything, it names the whole;

6.42.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 304–306

ἕκαστον γὰρ αὐτῶν μέρος ὄντα τοῦ ὅλου τὸν ἴδιον ἦχον ὡς τὸ πᾶν ὀνομάζειν καὶ μὴ παύσασθαι ἠχοῦντα, μέχρις ὅτου ἐπὶ τὸ ἔσχατον γράμμα τοῦ ἐσχάτου στοιχείου μονογλωττήσαντα καταντῆσαι. Τότε δὲ [καὶ] τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν τῶν ὅλων ἔφη γενέσθαι, ὅταν τὰ πάντα κατελθόντα εἰς τὸ ἓν γράμμα μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκφώνησιν ἠχήσῃ, τῆς τε ἐκφωνήσεως εἰκόνα τὸ ἀμὴν ὁμοῦ λεγόντων ἡμῶν ὑπέθετο εἶναι. Τοὺς δὲ [φθόγγους] ὑπάρχειν τοὺς μορφοῦντας τὸν ἀνούσιον καὶ ἀγέννητον αἰῶνα, καὶ εἶναι τούτους μορφάς, ἃς ὁ κύριος ἀγγέλους εἴρηκε, τὰς διηνεκῶς βλεπούσας τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός.

hekaston gar autōn meros onta tou holou ton idion ēchon hōs to pan onomazein kai mē pausasthai ēchounta, mechris hotou epi to eschaton gramma tou eschatou stoicheiou monoglōttēsanta katantēsai. Tote de [kai] tēn apokatastasin tōn holōn ephē genesthai, hotan ta panta katelthonta eis to hen gramma mian kai tēn autēn ekphōnēsin ēchēsę̄, tēs te ekphōnēseōs eikona to amēn homou legontōn hēmōn hypetheto einai. Tous de [phthongous] hyparchein tous morphountas ton anousion kai agennēton aiōna, kai einai toutous morphas, has ho kyrios angelous eirēke, tas diēnekōs blepousas to prosōpon tou patros.

for each of them, being part of the whole, names its own sound as the whole, and does not stop sounding until, speaking singly, it arrives at the last letter of the last element.” And then, he said, the restoration of all things takes place, when all things, coming down into the one letter, sound one and the same utterance; and he supposed that the image of this utterance is the Amen which we say together. And the [sounds] are those that give form to the Aeon without substance and unbegotten; and these are the forms which the Lord called angels, who continually behold the face of the Father.

item 6, chapter 43

6.43.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 306

Τὰ δὲ ὀνόματα τῶν στοιχείων τὰ κοινὰ καὶ ῥητὰ αἰῶνας καὶ λόγους καὶ ῥίζας καὶ σπέρματα καὶ πληρώματα καὶ καρποὺς ὠνόμασε· τὰ δὲ καθʼ ἕνα αὐτῶν καὶ ἑκάστου ἴδια ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἐκ[κλησίας] ἐμπεριεχόμενα νοεῖσθαι.

Ta de onomata tōn stoicheiōn ta koina kai rhēta aiōnas kai logous kai rhizas kai spermata kai plērōmata kai karpous ōnomase; ta de kathʼ hena autōn kai hekastou idia en tǭ onomati tēs ek[klēsias] emperiechomena noeisthai.

The common and speakable names of the letters he called Aeons, Words, Roots, Seeds, Fullnesses, and Fruits; and the particular names of each of them are to be understood as contained in the name of the Church.

6.43.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 306

Ὧν στοιχείων τοῦ ἐσχάτου στοιχείου τὸ ὕστερον [γράμμα] φωνὴν προήκατο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἐξελθὼν [κατ᾿] εἰκόνα τῶν στοιχείων στοιχεῖα ἴδια ἐγέννησεν, ἐξ ὧν τά τε ἐνταῦθα διακεκοσμῆσθαί φησι, καὶ τὰ πρὸ τούτων γεγενῆσθαι. Τὸ μέντοι γράμμα αὐτό, οὗ ὁ ἦχος ἦν συνεπακολουθῶν τῷ ἤχῳ κάτω, ὑπὸ τῆς συλλαβῆς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀνειλῆφθαι ἄνω λέγει εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ ὅλου, μεμενηκέναι δὲ εἰς τὰ κάτω τὸν ἦχον, ὥσπερ ἔξω ῥιφέντα.

Hōn stoicheiōn tou eschatou stoicheiou to hysteron [gramma] phōnēn proēkato tēn heautou, hou ho ēchos exelthōn [kat᾿] eikona tōn stoicheiōn stoicheia idia egennēsen, ex hōn ta te entautha diakekosmēsthai phēsi, kai ta pro toutōn gegenēsthai. To mentoi gramma auto, hou ho ēchos ēn synepakolouthōn tǭ ēchǭ katō, hypo tēs syllabēs tēs heautou aneilēphthai anō legei eis anaplērōsin tou holou, memenēkenai de eis ta katō ton ēchon, hōsper exō rhiphenta.

Of these letters, the last [sign] of the last letter sent forth its own voice, whose sound, going out, begot letters of its own after the image of the letters, from which he says that the things here have been ordered and the things before these begotten. The sign itself, whose sound followed the sound downward, he says was taken up above by its own syllable to complete the whole, while the sound remained below, as if thrown outside.

6.43.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 306–308

Τὸ δὲ στοιχεῖον αὐτό, ἀφʼ οὗ τὸ γράμμα σὺν τῇ ἐκφωνήσει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ κατῆλθε κάτω, γραμμάτων φησὶν εἶναι τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον τῶν τριάκοντα γραμμάτων ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν ἕτερα γράμματα, διʼ ὧν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ γράμματος ὀνομάζεται, καὶ μὴν πάλιν τὰ ἕτερα διʼ ἄλλων ὀνομάζεσθαι γραμμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα διʼ ἄλλων, ὥστε εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκπίπτειν τὸ πλῆθος, ἰδίᾳ τῶν γραμμάτων γραφέντων.

To de stoicheion auto, aphʼ hou to gramma syn tę̄ ekphōnēsei tę̄ heautou katēlthe katō, grammatōn phēsin einai triakonta, kai hen hekaston tōn triakonta grammatōn en heautǭ echein hetera grammata, diʼ hōn to onoma tou grammatos onomazetai, kai mēn palin ta hetera diʼ allōn onomazesthai grammatōn, kai ta alla diʼ allōn, hōste eis apeiron ekpiptein to plēthos, idią tōn grammatōn graphentōn.

The letter itself, from which the sign came down below with its own pronunciation, he says is of thirty signs, and each one of the thirty signs has in itself other signs, by which the name of the sign is named; and again the others are named by other signs, and the others by others, so that the multitude falls into infinity when the signs are written out separately.

6.43.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 308

Οὕτως δʼ ἂν σαφέστερον μάθοι τις τὸ λεγόμενον· Τὸ δέλτα στοιχεῖον γράμματα ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ πέντε, τὸ δέλτα, καὶ τὸ εἶ, καὶ τὸ λάμβδα, καὶ τὸ ταῦ, καὶ τὸ ἄλφα, καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὰ γράμματα διʼ ἄλλων [γράφεται γραμμάτων, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα διʼ ἄλλων].

Houtōs dʼ an saphesteron mathoi tis to legomenon; To delta stoicheion grammata echei en heautǭ pente, to delta, kai to ei, kai to lambda, kai to tau, kai to alpha, kai auta tauta ta grammata diʼ allōn [graphetai grammatōn, kai ta alla diʼ allōn].

One may understand what is said more clearly thus: the letter delta has five letters in itself, delta, epsilon, lambda, tau, and alpha; and these very letters [are written with other letters, and the others with others].

6.43.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 308

Εἰ οὖν ἡ πᾶσα ὑπόστασις τοῦ δέλτα εἰς ἄπειρον ἐκπίπτει, ἀεὶ ἄλλων ἄλλα γράμματα γεννώντων καὶ διαδεχομένων ἄλληλα, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐκείνου τοῦ στοιχείου μείζονʼ εἶναι τὸν πόντον τῶν γραμμάτων; καὶ εἰ τὸ ἓν γράμμα ἄπειρον οὕτως, ὁρᾶτε ὅλου τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸν βυθὸν τῶν γραμμάτων, ἐξ ὧν τὸν προπάτορα ἡ Μάρκου φιλοπονία, μᾶλλον δὲ ματαιοπονία βούλεται συνιστᾶν.

Ei oun hē pasa hypostasis tou delta eis apeiron ekpiptei, aei allōn alla grammata gennōntōn kai diadechomenōn allēla, posǭ mallon ekeinou tou stoicheiou meizonʼ einai ton ponton tōn grammatōn? kai ei to hen gramma apeiron houtōs, horate holou tou onomatos ton bython tōn grammatōn, ex hōn ton propatora hē Markou philoponia, mallon de mataioponia bouletai synistan.

If, then, the whole substance of the delta falls into infinity, as ever other letters beget others and succeed one another, how much greater than that letter must the sea of letters be? And if the one letter is thus infinite, see the depth of the letters of the whole name, out of which the industry, or rather the futility, of Marcus wishes to compose the Forefather.

6.43.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 308

Διὸ καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἐπιστάμενον τὸ ἀχώρητον αὐτοῦ δεδωκέναι τοῖς στοιχείοις, ἃ καὶ αἰῶνας καλεῖ, ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὴν ἰδίαν ἐκφώνησιν ἐκβοᾶν, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι ἕνα τὸ ὅλον ἐκφωνεῖν.

Dio kai ton patera epistamenon to achōrēton autou dedōkenai tois stoicheiois, ha kai aiōnas kalei, heni hekastǭ autōn tēn idian ekphōnēsin ekboan, dia to mē dynasthai hena to holon ekphōnein.

Therefore, he says, the Father too, knowing his own incomprehensibility, has given to the letters, which he also calls Aeons, to cry out each its own pronunciation, because no one can pronounce the whole.

item 6, chapter 44

6.44.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 308–310

Ταῦτα δὲ σαφηνίσασαν αὐτῷ τὴν τετρακτὺν εἶπαι. Θέλω δή σοι καὶ αὐτὴν ἐπιδεῖξαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν· κατήγαγον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν ὕπερθεν δωμάτων, ἵνα ἴδῃς αὐτὴν γυμνὴν καὶ καταμάθῃς αὐτῆς τὸ κάλλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκούσῃς αὐτῆς λαλούσης καὶ θαυμάσῃς τὸ φρόνημα αὐτῆς.

Tauta de saphēnisasan autǭ tēn tetraktyn eipai. Thelō dē soi kai autēn epideixai tēn alētheian; katēgagon gar autēn ek tōn hyperthen dōmatōn, hina idę̄s autēn gymnēn kai katamathę̄s autēs to kallos, alla kai akousę̄s autēs lalousēs kai thaumasę̄s to phronēma autēs.

When she had made these things clear to him, the Tetrad said: “I wish to show you Truth herself; for I have brought her down from the dwellings above, so that you may see her naked and learn her beauty, and also hear her speaking and marvel at her wisdom.

6.44.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 310

Ὅρα οὖν κεφαλήν, φησίν, ἄνω τὸ πρῶτον ἄλφα (??), τράχηλον τὸ δὲ (??), ὤμους [ἅμα χερσὶ](??), στήθη δέλτα (??), [δια]φράγμα (??), κοιλίαν (??), αἰδοῖα (??), μηροὺς (??), γόνατα (??), κνήμας (??), σφυρὰ (??), πόδας (??). Τουτέστι τὸ σῶμα τῆς κατὰ τὸν Μάρκον ἀληθείας, τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ στοιχείου, οὗτος ὁ χαρακτὴρ τοῦ γράμματος.

Hora oun kephalēn, phēsin, anō to prōton alpha (??), trachēlon to de (??), ōmous [hama chersi](??), stēthē delta (??), [dia]phragma (??), koilian (??), aidoia (??), mērous (??), gonata (??), knēmas (??), sphyra (??), podas (??). Toutesti to sōma tēs kata ton Markon alētheias, touto to schēma tou stoicheiou, houtos ho charaktēr tou grammatos.

See, then,” she says, “her head above, the first, alpha [and omega]; her neck, [beta and psi]; her shoulders [with hands], [gamma and chi]; her breast, delta [and phi]; her diaphragm, [epsilon and upsilon]; her belly, [zeta and tau]; her private parts, [eta and sigma]; her thighs, [theta and rho]; her knees, [iota and pi]; her shins, [kappa and omicron]; her ankles, [lambda and xi]; her feet, [mu and nu].” This is the body of Truth according to Marcus, this the shape of the element, this the character of the letter.

6.44.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 310

Καὶ καλεῖ τὸ στοιχεῖον τοῦτο ἄνθρωπον· εἶναί τε πηγήν φησι παντὸς λόγου, καὶ ἀρχὴν πάσης φωνῆς, καὶ παντὸς ἀρρήτου ῥῆσιν, καὶ τῆς σιωπωμένης σιγῆς στόμα. Καὶ τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς. Σὺ δὲ μετάρσιον ἐγείρας τῆς διανοίας νόημα, τὸν [αὐτο]γεννήτορα καὶ πατροδότορα λόγον ἀπὸ στομάτων ἀληθείας ἄκουε.

Kai kalei to stoicheion touto anthrōpon; einai te pēgēn phēsi pantos logou, kai archēn pasēs phōnēs, kai pantos arrētou rhēsin, kai tēs siōpōmenēs sigēs stoma. Kai touto to sōma autēs. Sy de metarsion egeiras tēs dianoias noēma, ton [auto]gennētora kai patrodotora logon apo stomatōn alētheias akoue.

And he calls this element Man, and says that it is the spring of every word, the beginning of every voice, the utterance of all that is ineffable, and the mouth of silent Silence. “And this is her body. But you, raising aloft the thought of your mind, hear from the mouths of Truth the self-begetting and Father-giving Word.”

item 6, chapter 45

6.45.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 310–312

Ταῦτα δὲ ταύτης εἰπούσης, προσβλέψασαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἀνοίξασαν τὸ στόμα λαλῆσαι λόγον, τὸν δὲ λόγον ὄνομα γενέσθαι, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα εἶναι τοῦτο, ὃ γινώσκομεν καὶ λαλοῦμεν, Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃ καὶ ὀνομάσασαν αὐτὴν παραυτίκα σιωπῆσαι.

Tauta de tautēs eipousēs, prosblepsasan autǭ tēn alētheian kai anoixasan to stoma lalēsai logon, ton de logon onoma genesthai, kai to onoma einai touto, ho ginōskomen kai laloumen, Christon Iēsoun, ho kai onomasasan autēn parautika siōpēsai.

When she had said this, Truth looked at him and opened her mouth and spoke a word; and the word became a name, and the name is this, which we know and speak: Christ Jesus; and having named it she at once fell silent.

6.45.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 312

Προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ Μάρκου πλεῖον αὐτὴν μέλλειν τι λέγειν, πάλιν ἡ τετρακτὺς παρελθοῦσα εἰς τὸ μέσον φησίν· Οὕτως εὐήθη ἡγήσω τὸν λόγον τοῦτον, [ὃν] ἀπὸ στομάτων τῆς ἀληθείας ἤκουσας· οὐ τοῦτο, ὅπερ οἶδας καὶ δοκεῖς ἔχειν πάλαι, τουτέστιν ὄνομα· φωνὴν γὰρ ἔχεις μόνον αὐτοῦ, τὴν δὲ δύναμιν ἀγνοεῖς.

Prosdokōntos de tou Markou pleion autēn mellein ti legein, palin hē tetraktys parelthousa eis to meson phēsin; Houtōs euēthē hēgēsō ton logon touton, [hon] apo stomatōn tēs alētheias ēkousas; ou touto, hoper oidas kai dokeis echein palai, toutestin onoma; phōnēn gar echeis monon autou, tēn de dynamin agnoeis.

As Marcus expected her to say something more, the Tetrad again came into the middle and said: “So you have thought this word which you heard from the mouths of Truth a simple one? It is not what you know and think you have long possessed, that is, a name; for you have only its sound, but you do not know its power.

6.45.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 312

Ἰησοῦς μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἐπίσημον ὄνομα, ἓξ ἔχον γράμματα, ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τῆς κλήσεως ἐπικαλούμενον. Τὸ δὲ παρὰ τοῖς [πέντε] αἰῶσι τοῦ πληρώματος πολυμερὲς τυγχάνον ἄλλης ἐστὶ μορφῆς καὶ ἑτέρου τύπου, γινωσκόμενον ὑπʼ ἐκείνων τῶν συγγενῶν, ὧν τὰ μεγέθη παρʼ αὐτῷ ἐστὶ διὰ παντός.

Iēsous men gar estin episēmon onoma, hex echon grammata, hypo pantōn tōn tēs klēseōs epikaloumenon. To de para tois [pente] aiōsi tou plērōmatos polymeres tynchanon allēs esti morphēs kai heterou typou, ginōskomenon hypʼ ekeinōn tōn syngenōn, hōn ta megethē parʼ autǭ esti dia pantos.

For Jesus is a notable name, having six letters, called upon by all those of the calling. But the name among the [five] Aeons of the Pleroma, being of many parts, is of another form and a different type, known by those kindred beings whose magnitudes are always with him.

item 6, chapter 46

6.46.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 312–314

Ταῦτα τὰ παρʼ ὑμῖν εἰκοσιτέσσαρα γράμματα ἀπορροίας γίνωσκε ὑπάρχειν τῶν τριῶν δυνάμεων [εἰκονικ]ὰς τῶν ἐμπεριεχουσῶν τὸν ὅλον [καὶ] τῶν ἄνω στοιχείων ἀριθμόν.

Tauta ta parʼ hymin eikositessara grammata aporroias ginōske hyparchein tōn triōn dynameōn [eikonik]as tōn emperiechousōn ton holon [kai] tōn anō stoicheiōn arithmon.

Know that these twenty-four letters which you have are emanations, [images] of the three powers that contain the whole number of the elements above.

6.46.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 314

Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄφωνα γράμματα ἐννέα νόμισον εἶναι τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας διὰ τὸ ἀφώνους αὐτοὺς εἶναι, τουτέστιν ἀρρήτους καὶ ἀνεκλαλήτους· τὰ δὲ ἡμίφωνα, ὀκτὼ ὄντα, τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ζωῆς, διὰ τὸ μέσα ὥσπερ ὑπάρχειν τῶν τε ἀφώνων καὶ τῶν φωνηέντων, καὶ ἀναδεδέχθαι τῶν μὲν ὕπερθεν τὴν ἀπόρροιαν, τῶν δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτὰ τὴν ἀναφοράν· τὰ δὲ φωνήεντα, καὶ αὐτὰ ἑπτὰ ὄντα, τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἐπεὶ διὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ φωνὴ προελθοῦσα ἐμόρφωσε τὰ ὅλα· ὁ γὰρ ἦχος τῆς φωνῆς μορφὴν αὐτοῖς περιεποίησεν.

Ta men gar aphōna grammata ennea nomison einai tou patros kai tēs alētheias dia to aphōnous autous einai, toutestin arrētous kai aneklalētous; ta de hēmiphōna, oktō onta, tou logou kai tēs zōēs, dia to mesa hōsper hyparchein tōn te aphōnōn kai tōn phōnēentōn, kai anadedechthai tōn men hyperthen tēn aporroian, tōn de hypʼ auta tēn anaphoran; ta de phōnēenta, kai auta hepta onta, tou anthrōpou kai tēs ekklēsias, epei dia tou anthrōpou hē phōnē proelthousa emorphōse ta hola; ho gar ēchos tēs phōnēs morphēn autois periepoiēsen.

Consider the nine mute letters to belong to the Father and Truth, because they are voiceless, that is, ineffable and unspeakable; the semivowels, being eight, to Word and Life, because they are as it were in the middle between the mutes and the vowels, and have received the outflow from those above and the ascent of those below; and the vowels, themselves seven, to Man and Church, since through Man the voice came forth and gave form to all things; for the sound of the voice clothed them with form.

6.46.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 314

Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ μὲν λόγος ἔχων καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τὰ ὀκτώ, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία τὰ ἑπτά, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια τὰ ἐννέα. Ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ ὑστερήσαντος λόγου ὁ ἀφεδρασθεὶς ἐν τῷ πατρὶ κατῆλθεν, ἐκπεμφθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀφʼ οὗ ἐχωρίσθη, ἐπὶ διορθώσει τῶν πραχθέντων, ἵνα ἡ τῶν πληρωμάτων ἑνότης ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ οὖσα καρποφορῇ μίαν ἐν πᾶσι τὴν ἐκ πάντων δύναμιν.

Estin oun ho men logos echōn kai hē zōē ta oktō, ho de anthrōpos kai hē ekklēsia ta hepta, ho de patēr kai hē alētheia ta ennea. Epi de tou hysterēsantos logou ho aphedrastheis en tǭ patri katēlthen, ekpemphtheis epi ton aphʼ hou echōristhē, epi diorthōsei tōn prachthentōn, hina hē tōn plērōmatōn henotēs en tǭ agathǭ ousa karpophorę̄ mian en pasi tēn ek pantōn dynamin.

Word and Life, then, have the eight, Man and Church the seven, the Father and Truth the nine. But because the reckoning fell short, the one who had been set apart in the Father came down, sent out to the one from whom he had been separated, for the correction of what had been done, so that the unity of the Pleromas, being in the Good, might bear as fruit one power in all, from all.

6.46.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 314–316

Καὶ οὕτως ὁ τῶν ἑπτὰ τὴν τῶν ὀκτὼ ἐκομίσατο δύναμιν, καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ τρεῖς τόποι ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἀριθμοῖς, ὀγδοάδες ὄντες· οἵτινες τρεῖς ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἐλθόντες τὸν τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων ἀνέδειξαν ἀριθμόν. Τὰ μέντοι τρία στοιχεῖα ([ἅ] φησιν αὐτὸς τῶν τριῶν ἐν συζυγίᾳ δυνάμεων ὑπάρχειν, ἅ ἐστιν ἕξ, ἀφʼ ὧν ἀπερρύη τὰ εἰκοσιτέσσαρα στοιχεῖα), τετραπλασιασθέντα τῷ τῆς ἀρρήτου τετράδος λόγῳ τὸν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἀριθμὸν ποιεῖ, ἅπερ φησὶ τοῦ ἀνονομάστου ὑπάρχειν.

Kai houtōs ho tōn hepta tēn tōn oktō ekomisato dynamin, kai egenonto hoi treis topoi homoioi tois arithmois, ogdoades ontes; hoitines treis ephʼ heautous elthontes ton tōn eikositessarōn anedeixan arithmon. Ta mentoi tria stoicheia ([ha] phēsin autos tōn triōn en syzygią dynameōn hyparchein, ha estin hex, aphʼ hōn aperryē ta eikositessara stoicheia), tetraplasiasthenta tǭ tēs arrētou tetrados logǭ ton auton autois arithmon poiei, haper phēsi tou anonomastou hyparchein.

And so the one of the seven received the power of the eight, and the three places became alike in their numbers, being ogdoads; and these three, added to one another, displayed the number twenty-four. The three elements, however (which he himself says belong to the three powers in pairs, which are six, from which the twenty-four letters flowed), multiplied four times by the ratio of the ineffable Tetrad, make the same number as they; and these, he says, belong to the Unnameable.

6.46.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 316

Φορεῖσθαι δὲ αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἓξ δυνάμεων εἰς ὁμοιότητα τοῦ ἀοράτου, ὧν στοιχείων εἰκόνας εἰκόνων ἓξ διπλᾶ γράμματα ὑπάρχειν, ἃ συναριθμούμενα τοῖς εἰκοσιτέσσαρσι στοιχείοις δυνάμει τῇ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τὸν τῶν τριάκοντα ποιεῖται ἀριθμόν.

Phoreisthai de auta hypo tōn hex dynameōn eis homoiotēta tou aoratou, hōn stoicheiōn eikonas eikonōn hex dipla grammata hyparchein, ha synarithmoumena tois eikositessarsi stoicheiois dynamei tę̄ kata analogian ton tōn triakonta poieitai arithmon.

And they are borne by the six powers into the likeness of the invisible; the images of the images of these elements are the six double letters, which, counted together with the twenty-four letters by the power of proportion, make the number thirty.

item 6, chapter 47

6.47.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 316

Τούτου τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας ταύτης καρπόν φησιν ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος πεφηνέναι ἐκεῖνον τὸν μετὰ τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας τέταρτον ἀναβάντα εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ γενόμενον ἕκτον, τὸν καταβάντα καὶ κρατηθέντα ἐν τῇ ἑβδομάδι, ἐπίσημον ὀγδοάδα ὑπάρχοντα καὶ ἔχοντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἅπαντα τῶν στοιχείων,

Toutou tou logou kai tēs oikonomias tautēs karpon phēsin en homoiōmati eikonos pephēnenai ekeinon ton meta tas hex hēmeras tetarton anabanta eis to oros, kai genomenon hekton, ton katabanta kai kratēthenta en tę̄ hebdomadi, episēmon ogdoada hyparchonta kai echonta en heautǭ ton arithmon hapanta tōn stoicheiōn,

The fruit of this account and this economy, he says, appeared in the likeness of an image: he who after six days went up the mountain as the fourth and became the sixth, who came down and was held fast in the hebdomad, being a notable ogdoad and having in himself the whole number of the elements;

6.47.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 316

ὃν ἐφανέρωσεν, ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, ἡ τῆς περιστερᾶς κάθοδος, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὦ καὶ ἄλφα, διʼ ἀριθμοῦ δηλουμένου ὀκτακοσίων ἑνός, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Μωσέα ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ λέγειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι.

hon ephanerōsen, elthontos autou epi to baptisma, hē tēs peristeras kathodos, hētis estin ō kai alpha, diʼ arithmou dēloumenou oktakosiōn henos, kai dia touto Mōsea en tę̄ hektę̄ hēmerą legein ton anthrōpon gegonenai.

whom the descent of the dove made manifest when he came to baptism; the dove is omega and alpha, shown by the number eight hundred and one; and for this reason Moses says that man came into being on the sixth day.

6.47.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 316–318

Καὶ τὴν οἰκονομίαν δὲ τοῦ πάθους ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ παρασκευή, τὸν ἔσχατον ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀναγέννησιν τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου πεφηνέναι. Ταύτης τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος τὴν ἕκτην ὥραν εἶναι, ἐν ᾗ προσηλώθη τῷ ξύλῳ.

Kai tēn oikonomian de tou pathous en tę̄ hektę̄ tōn hēmerōn, hētis estin hē paraskeuē, ton eschaton anthrōpon eis anagennēsin tou prōtou anthrōpou pephēnenai. Tautēs tēs oikonomias archēn kai telos tēn hektēn hōran einai, en hę̄ prosēlōthē tǭ xylǭ.

And the economy of the passion took place on the sixth of the days, which is the Preparation, when the last man appeared for the regeneration of the first man. The beginning and end of this economy is the sixth hour, in which he was nailed to the tree.

6.47.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 318

Τὸν γὰρ τέλειον νοῦν, ἐπιστάμενον τὸν τῶν ἓξ ἀριθμὸν δύναμιν ποιήσεως καὶ ἀναγεννήσεως ἔχοντα, φανερῶσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς τοῦ φωτὸς [τὴν] διὰ τοῦ φανέντος ἐπισήμου [εἰς] τὴν διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπιγενομένην ἀναγέννησιν. Ἔνθεν καὶ τὰ διπλᾶ γράμματα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπίσημον ἔχειν φησίν· ὁ γὰρ ἐπίσημος ἀριθμὸς συγκερασθεὶς τοῖς εἰκοσιτέσσαρσι στοιχείοις τὸ τριακονταγράμματον ὄνομα ἀπετέλεσε.

Ton gar teleion noun, epistamenon ton tōn hex arithmon dynamin poiēseōs kai anagennēseōs echonta, phanerōsai tois huiois tou phōtos [tēn] dia tou phanentos episēmou [eis] tēn diʼ autou epigenomenēn anagennēsin. Enthen kai ta dipla grammata ton arithmon episēmon echein phēsin; ho gar episēmos arithmos synkerastheis tois eikositessarsi stoicheiois to triakontagrammaton onoma apetelese.

For the perfect Mind, knowing that the number six has the power of making and of regeneration, revealed to the children of light the regeneration that came about through the notable one who appeared. Hence also he says that the double letters have the notable number; for the notable number, blended with the twenty-four letters, completed the thirty-lettered name.

item 6, chapter 48

6.48.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 318–320

Κέχρηται δὲ διακόνῳ τῷ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀριθμῶν μεγέθει, ἵνα τῆς αὐτοβουλήτου [βουλῆς] φανερωθῇ ὁ καρπός. Τὸν μέντοι ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος, φησί, τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐπισήμου μορφωθέντα νόησον, τὸν ὥσπερ μερισθέντα καὶ ἔξω μείναντα, ὃς τῇ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει τε καὶ φρονήσει διὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προβολῆς τοῦτον τὸν [τὴν ζωὴν] τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων μιμήσει τῆς ἑπταδυνάμου δυνάμεως ἐψύχωσε κόσμον, καὶ ψυχὴν ἔθετο εἶναι τοῦ ὁρωμένου παντός.

Kechrētai de diakonǭ tǭ tōn hepta arithmōn megethei, hina tēs autoboulētou [boulēs] phanerōthę̄ ho karpos. Ton mentoi episēmon epi tou parontos, phēsi, ton epi tou episēmou morphōthenta noēson, ton hōsper meristhenta kai exō meinanta, hos tę̄ autou dynamei te kai phronēsei dia tēs heautou probolēs touton ton [tēn zōēn] tōn hepta dynameōn mimēsei tēs heptadynamou dynameōs epsychōse kosmon, kai psychēn etheto einai tou horōmenou pantos.

He has used as servant the magnitude of the seven numbers, so that the fruit of the self-willed [counsel] might be made manifest. “For the present,” he says, “understand the notable one as the one formed upon the notable one, who was as it were divided and remained outside, who by his own power and wisdom, through his own emission, gave soul to this world of seven powers in imitation of the seven-powered power, and made it the soul of the whole visible universe.

6.48.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 320

Κέχρηται μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτος τῷδε τῷ ἔργῳ, ὡς αὐθαιρέτως ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενομένῳ, τὰ δὲ διακονεῖ, μιμήματα ὄντα τῶν ἀμιμήτων, τῆς ἐνθυμήσεως τῆς μητρός. Καὶ ὁ μὲν πρῶτος οὐρανὸς φθέγγεται τὸ ἄλφα, ὁ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον τὸ εἶ, ὁ δὲ τρίτος τὸ ἦτα, ὁ δὲ τέταρτος, ὁ καὶ μέσος τῶν ἑπτά, τὴν τοῦ ἰῶτα δύναμιν, ὁ δὲ πέμπτος τὸ οὖ, ἕκτος δὲ τὸ ῡ, ἕβδομος δὲ καὶ τέταρτος ἀπὸ τοῦ μέσου τὸ ὦ.

Kechrētai men oun kai houtos tǭde tǭ ergǭ, hōs authairetōs hypʼ autou genomenǭ, ta de diakonei, mimēmata onta tōn amimētōn, tēs enthymēseōs tēs mētros. Kai ho men prōtos ouranos phthengetai to alpha, ho de meta touton to ei, ho de tritos to ēta, ho de tetartos, ho kai mesos tōn hepta, tēn tou iōta dynamin, ho de pemptos to ou, hektos de to y, hebdomos de kai tetartos apo tou mesou to ō.

This one, then, uses this work as if it had come to be by him of his own choice, and the rest serve, being imitations of the inimitable, of the Mother's Reflection. And the first heaven utters alpha, the one after it epsilon, the third eta, the fourth, the middle of the seven, the power of iota, the fifth omicron, the sixth upsilon, and the seventh, fourth from the middle, omega.

6.48.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 320

Αἵ τε δυνάμεις πᾶσαι εἰς ἓν συμπλακεῖσαι ἠχοῦσι καὶ δοξάζουσιν ἐκεῖνον, ὑφʼ οὗ προεβλήθησαν, ἡ δὲ δόξα τῆς ἠχήσεως ἀνεπέμφθη πρὸς τὸν προπάτορα. Ταύτης μέντοι τῆς δοξολογίας τὸν ἦχον, εἰς τὴν γῆν φερόμενον, φησὶ πλάστην γίνεσθαι καὶ γεννήτορα τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· τὴν δὲ ἀπόδειξιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρτι γεννωμένων βρεφῶν, ὧν ἡ ψυχὴ ἅμα τῷ ἐκ μήτρας προελθεῖν ἐπιβοᾷ ὁμοίως ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τῶν στοιχείων τούτων τὸν ἦχον.

Hai te dynameis pasai eis hen symplakeisai ēchousi kai doxazousin ekeinon, hyphʼ hou proeblēthēsan, hē de doxa tēs ēchēseōs anepemphthē pros ton propatora. Tautēs mentoi tēs doxologias ton ēchon, eis tēn gēn pheromenon, phēsi plastēn ginesthai kai gennētora tōn epi tēs gēs; tēn de apodeixin apo tōn arti gennōmenōn brephōn, hōn hē psychē hama tǭ ek mētras proelthein epiboą homoiōs henos hekastou tōn stoicheiōn toutōn ton ēchon.

And all the powers, woven together into one, sound and glorify him by whom they were emitted, and the glory of the sounding is sent up to the Forefather. The sound of this doxology, borne to the earth, he says, becomes the fashioner and begetter of the things on earth; and the proof is from newborn infants, whose soul, as soon as it comes out of the womb, cries out likewise the sound of each one of these elements.

6.48.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 320–322

Καθὼς οὖν [αἱ] ἑπτά, φησί, δυνάμεις δοξάζουσι τὸν λόγον, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν τοῖς βρέφεσι κλαίουσα. Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ φησὶ καὶ τὸν Δαβὶδ εἰρηκέναι· Ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον· καὶ πάλιν· Οἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν θεοῦ. Ἐπὰν δὲ ἐν πόνοις γένηται ἡ ψυχή, ἐπιβοᾷ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὸ ὦ, ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀνιᾶται, ὅπως γνωρίσασα ἡ ἄνω ψυχὴ τὸ συγγενὲς αὐτῆς βοηθὸν αὐτῇ καταπέμψῃ.

Kathōs oun [hai] hepta, phēsi, dynameis doxazousi ton logon, houtō kai hē psychē en tois brephesi klaiousa. Dia touto de phēsi kai ton Dabid eirēkenai; Ek stomatos nēpiōn kai thēlazontōn katērtisō ainon; kai palin; Hoi ouranoi diēgountai doxan theou. Epan de en ponois genētai hē psychē, epiboą ouden heteron ē to ō, ephʼ hǭ aniatai, hopōs gnōrisasa hē anō psychē to syngenes autēs boēthon autę̄ katapempsę̄.

“As, then, the seven powers,” he says, “glorify the Word, so also does the soul in infants, crying. For this reason,” he says, “David too said: ‘Out of the mouth of infants and nurslings you have prepared praise’; and again: ‘The heavens declare the glory of God.’ And when the soul is in pains, it cries out nothing other than omega, in which it is grieved, so that the soul above, recognizing its kin, may send down help to it.”

item 6, chapter 49

6.49.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 322

Καὶ περὶ τούτων μὲν οὕτως. Περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων στοιχείων γενέσεως οὕτως λέγει· Τῇ μονότητι συνυπάρχειν ἑνότητα, ἐξ ὧν δύο προβολαί, μονάς τε καὶ τὸ ἕν, δὶς δύο οὖσαι τέσσαρες ἐγένοντο· δὶς γὰρ δύο τέσσαρες. Καὶ πάλιν αἱ δύο καὶ τέσσαρες εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ συντεθεῖσαι τὸν τῶν ἓξ ἐφανέρωσαν ἀριθμόν, οὗτοι δὲ οἱ ἓξ τετραπλασιασθέντες τὰς εἰκοσιτέσσαρας.

Kai peri toutōn men houtōs. Peri de tēs tōn eikositessarōn stoicheiōn geneseōs houtōs legei; Tę̄ monotēti synyparchein henotēta, ex hōn dyo probolai, monas te kai to hen, dis dyo ousai tessares egenonto; dis gar dyo tessares. Kai palin hai dyo kai tessares eis to auto syntetheisai ton tōn hex ephanerōsan arithmon, houtoi de hoi hex tetraplasiasthentes tas eikositessaras.

So much about these things. And about the generation of the twenty-four letters he speaks thus: “With Oneness coexists Unity, from which come two emissions, the Monad and the One, which, being twice two, became four; for twice two is four. And again the two and the four, put together, revealed the number six; and these six, multiplied four times, made the twenty-four.

6.49.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 322–324

Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς [πρώτης] τετράδος ὀνόματα, ἅγια ἁγίων νοούμενα καὶ μὴ δυνάμενα λεχθῆναι, γινώσκεσθαι ὑπὸ μόνου τοῦ υἱοῦ· ταῦτα ὁ πατὴρ οἶδε τίνα ἐστί. Τὰ μετὰ σιωπῆς καὶ μετὰ πίστεως ὀνομαζόμενα παρʼ αὐτῷ ἐστι ταῦτα· ἄρρητος καὶ σιγή, πατὴρ καὶ ἀλήθεια.

Kai ta men tēs [prōtēs] tetrados onomata, hagia hagiōn nooumena kai mē dynamena lechthēnai, ginōskesthai hypo monou tou huiou; tauta ho patēr oide tina esti. Ta meta siōpēs kai meta pisteōs onomazomena parʼ autǭ esti tauta; arrētos kai sigē, patēr kai alētheia.

And the names of the [first] tetrad, understood as holy of holies and unable to be spoken, are known by the Son alone; the Father knows what they are. The names spoken by him with silence and with faith are these: Ineffable and Silence, Father and Truth.

6.49.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 324–326

Ταύτης δὲ τῆς τετράδος ὁ σύμπας ἀριθμὸς ἐστὶ στοιχείων εἰκοσιτεσσάρων. Ὁ γὰρ ἄρρητος ἔχει στοιχεῖα ἑπτά, ἡ σιγὴ (σειγὴ) πέντε, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ πέντε, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἑπτά. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ δευτέρα τετράς, λόγος καὶ ζωή, ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἐκκλησία τὸν αὐτὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν στοιχείων ἀνέδειξαν. Καὶ τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ῥητὸν ὄνομα [τουτέστι τὸν Ἰησοῦν] γραμμάτων ὑπάρχειν ἕξ, τὸ δʼ ἄρρητον αὐτοῦ ἐπʼ ἀριθμῷ τῶν κατὰ ἓν γραμμάτων στοιχείων ἐστὶν εἰκοσιτεσσάρων, υἱὸς δὲ Χριστὸς (Χρειστὸς) δώδεκα, τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ ἄρρητον γραμμάτων τριάκοντα καὶ αὐτὸ τοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ γράμμασι κατὰ ἓν τῶν στοιχείων ἀριθμουμένων. Τὸ γὰρ Χριστὸς (Χρειστὸς) ἔστι στοιχείων ὀκτώ. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ χεῖ τριῶν, τὸ δὲ ῥῶ δύο, καὶ τὸ εἶ δύο, καὶ ἰῶτα τεσσάρων, τὸ σίγμα πέντε, καὶ τὸ ταῦ τριῶν, τὸ δὲ οὐ δύο, καὶ τὸ σὰν τριῶν. Οὕτως τὸ ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ ἄρρητον φάσκουσι στοιχείων τριάκοντα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δέ, φασίν, αὐτὸν λέγειν· Ἐγὼ τὸ ἄλφα καὶ τὸ ὦ, ἐπιδεικνύντα τὴν περιστερὰν τοῦτον ἔχουσαν τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὅ ἐστιν ὀκτακόσια ἕν.

Tautēs de tēs tetrados ho sympas arithmos esti stoicheiōn eikositessarōn. Ho gar arrētos echei stoicheia hepta, hē sigē (seigē) pente, kai ho patēr pente, kai hē alētheia hepta. Hōsautōs de kai hē deutera tetras, logos kai zōē, anthrōpos kai ekklēsia ton auton arithmon tōn stoicheiōn anedeixan. Kai to tou sōtēros rhēton onoma [toutesti ton Iēsoun] grammatōn hyparchein hex, to dʼ arrēton autou epʼ arithmǭ tōn kata hen grammatōn stoicheiōn estin eikositessarōn, huios de Christos (Chreistos) dōdeka, to de en tǭ Christǭ arrēton grammatōn triakonta kai auto tois en autǭ grammasi kata hen tōn stoicheiōn arithmoumenōn. To gar Christos (Chreistos) esti stoicheiōn oktō. To men gar chei triōn, to de rhō dyo, kai to ei dyo, kai iōta tessarōn, to sigma pente, kai to tau triōn, to de ou dyo, kai to san triōn. Houtōs to en tǭ Christǭ arrēton phaskousi stoicheiōn triakonta. Kai dia touto de, phasin, auton legein; Egō to alpha kai to ō, epideiknynta tēn peristeran touton echousan ton arithmon, ho estin oktakosia hen.

The whole number of the letters of this tetrad is twenty-four. For Ineffable (arrētos) has seven letters, Silence (sigē, spelled seigē) five, Father (patēr) five, and Truth (alētheia) seven. Likewise the second tetrad too, Word and Life, Man and Church, displayed the same number of letters. And the speakable name of the Savior [that is, Jesus] is of six letters, but his ineffable name, by the count of the letters taken one by one, is of twenty-four letters; Son Christ (huios chreistos) of twelve; and the ineffable in Christ of thirty letters, it too counted by the letters within it one by one. For Christ (chreistos) has eight letters: chi has three, rho two, ei two, iota four, sigma five, tau three, ou two, and san three. So they say the ineffable in Christ is of thirty letters. And for this reason, they say, he says, “I am the alpha and the omega,” showing the dove, which has this number, eight hundred and one.

item 6, chapter 50

6.50.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 326

Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ταύτην μὲν ἔχει τὴν ἄρρητον γένεσιν. Ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς μητρὸς τῶν ὅλων, τῆς πρώτης τετράδος, ἐν θυγατρὸς τρόπῳ προῆλθεν ἡ δευτέρα τετράς, καὶ ἐγένετο ὀγδοάς, ἐξ ἧς προῆλθεν ἡ δεκάς· οὕτως ἐγένετο δεκαοκτώ.

Ho de Iēsous tautēn men echei tēn arrēton genesin. Apo gar tēs mētros tōn holōn, tēs prōtēs tetrados, en thygatros tropǭ proēlthen hē deutera tetras, kai egeneto ogdoas, ex hēs proēlthen hē dekas; houtōs egeneto dekaoktō.

Jesus has this ineffable generation. From the Mother of all things, the first tetrad, the second tetrad came forth in the manner of a daughter, and it became an ogdoad, from which the decad came forth; so it became eighteen.

6.50.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 326

Ἡ οὖν δεκὰς ἐπισυνελθοῦσα τῇ ὀγδοάδι καὶ δεκαπλασίονα αὐτὴν ποιήσασα τὸν τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα [προεβίβασεν ἀριθμόν, καὶ τὰ ὀγδοήκοντα] πάλιν δεκαπλασιάσασα τὸν τῶν ὀκτακοσίων ἀριθμὸν ἐγέννησεν, ὥστε εἶναι τὸν ἅπαντα τῶν γραμμάτων ἀριθμὸν ἀπὸ ὀγδοάδος εἰς δεκάδα προελθόντα, [εἶναι] (??) καὶ (??) καὶ (??), ὅ ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς· τὸ γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ὄνομα κατὰ τὸν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ἀριθμὸν ἔστιν ὀκτακόσια ὀγδοηκονταοκτώ.

Hē oun dekas episynelthousa tę̄ ogdoadi kai dekaplasiona autēn poiēsasa ton tōn ogdoēkonta [proebibasen arithmon, kai ta ogdoēkonta] palin dekaplasiasasa ton tōn oktakosiōn arithmon egennēsen, hōste einai ton hapanta tōn grammatōn arithmon apo ogdoados eis dekada proelthonta, [einai] (??) kai (??) kai (??), ho estin Iēsous; to gar Iēsous onoma kata ton en tois grammasin arithmon estin oktakosia ogdoēkontaoktō.

The decad, then, joining the ogdoad and making it tenfold, [brought forth the number eighty, and the eighty] again made tenfold begot the number eight hundred, so that the whole number of the letters, proceeding from ogdoad to decad, is eight hundred and eighty and eight, which is Jesus; for the name Jesus, by the number in its letters, is eight hundred and eighty-eight.

6.50.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 326–328

Καὶ τὸ ἀλφάβητον δὲ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἔχει μονάδας ὀκτὼ [καὶ δεκάδας ὀκτὼ] καὶ ἑκατοντάδας ὀκτώ, τὴν τῶν ὀκτακοσίων ὀγδοηκονταοκτὼ ψῆφον ἐπιδεικνύον, τουτέστι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἐκ πάντων συνεστῶτα τῶν ἀριθμῶν. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄλφα [καὶ (??)] ὀνομάζεσθαι αὐτόν, τὴν ἐκ πάντων γένεσιν σημαίνοντα.

Kai to alphabēton de to Hellēnikon echei monadas oktō [kai dekadas oktō] kai hekatontadas oktō, tēn tōn oktakosiōn ogdoēkontaoktō psēphon epideiknyon, toutesti ton Iēsoun, ek pantōn synestōta tōn arithmōn. Kai dia touto alpha [kai (??)] onomazesthai auton, tēn ek pantōn genesin sēmainonta.

And the Greek alphabet has eight units, [eight tens,] and eight hundreds, displaying the sum of eight hundred and eighty-eight, that is, Jesus, who consists of all the numbers. And for this reason he is called alpha [and omega], signifying the generation from all.

item 6, chapter 51

6.51.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 328

Περὶ δὲ τῆς τούτου δημιουργίας οὕτως λέγει· Ἀπὸ τῆς τετράδος τῆς δευτέρας δυνάμεις ἀπορρυείσας δεδημιουργηκέναι τὸν ἐπὶ γῆς φανέντα Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοῦ λόγου τὸν τόπον ἀναπεπληρωκέναι τὸν ἄγγελον Γαβριήλ, τῆς δὲ ζωῆς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τοῦ δὲ ἀνθρώπου τὴν τοῦ ὑψίστου δύναμιν, τῆς δὲ ἐκκλησίας τὴν παρθένον. Οὕτως ὁ κατʼ οἰκονομίαν διὰ τῆς Μαρίας γενεσιουργεῖται παρʼ αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος.

Peri de tēs toutou dēmiourgias houtōs legei; Apo tēs tetrados tēs deuteras dynameis aporryeisas dedēmiourgēkenai ton epi gēs phanenta Iēsoun, kai tou logou ton topon anapeplērōkenai ton angelon Gabriēl, tēs de zōēs to hagion pneuma, tou de anthrōpou tēn tou hypsistou dynamin, tēs de ekklēsias tēn parthenon. Houtōs ho katʼ oikonomian dia tēs Marias genesiourgeitai parʼ autǭ anthrōpos.

About his fashioning he speaks thus: that powers that flowed from the second tetrad fashioned the Jesus who appeared on earth; the angel Gabriel filled the place of the Word, the Holy Spirit that of Life, the power of the Most High that of Man, and the Virgin that of the Church. So, according to him, the man of the economy is brought into being through Mary.

6.51.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 328

Ἐλθόντος δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, κατελθεῖν εἰς αὐτὸν ὡς περιστερὰν τὸν ἀναβαίνοντα ἄνω καὶ πληρώσαντα τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμόν, ἐν ᾧ ὑπάρχει τὸ σπέρμα τούτων τῶν συγκατασπαρέντων αὐτῷ καὶ συγκαταβάντων καὶ συναναβάντων.

Elthontos de autou eis to hydōr, katelthein eis auton hōs peristeran ton anabainonta anō kai plērōsanta ton dōdekaton arithmon, en hǭ hyparchei to sperma toutōn tōn synkatasparentōn autǭ kai synkatabantōn kai synanabantōn.

And when he came into the water, there came down upon him as a dove the one who had gone up above and completed the twelfth number, in whom is the seed of those who were sown together with him and came down with him and went up with him.

6.51.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 328–330

Ταύτην δὲ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν καταβᾶσαν εἰς αὐτόν, [σπέρμα] φησὶν εἶναι τοῦ πληρώματος, ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τήν τε διὰ τούτων γινωσκομένην ἀνονόμαστον δύναμιν τῆς σιγῆς καὶ τοὺς ἅπαντας αἰῶνας.

Tautēn de tēn dynamin tēn katabasan eis auton, [sperma] phēsin einai tou plērōmatos, echon en heautǭ kai ton patera kai ton huion tēn te dia toutōn ginōskomenēn anonomaston dynamin tēs sigēs kai tous hapantas aiōnas.

This power that came down into him, he says, is the [seed] of the Pleroma, having in itself both the Father and the Son and the unnameable power of Silence known through them, and all the Aeons.

6.51.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 330

Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ, φωνῆσαν διὰ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ υἱοῦ, τὸ ὁμολογῆσαν ἑαυτὸν υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου καὶ φανερῶσαν τὸν πατέρα, κατελθὸν μέντοιγε εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἡνῶσθαι αὐτῷ. Καὶ καθεῖλε μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φασίν, ὁ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας σωτήρ, ἐγνώρισε δὲ τὸν πατέρα Χριστὸν [Ἰησοῦν].

Kai touto einai to pneuma to en autǭ, phōnēsan dia tou stomatos tou huiou, to homologēsan heauton huion anthrōpou kai phanerōsan ton patera, katelthon mentoige eis ton Iēsoun hēnōsthai autǭ. Kai katheile men ton thanaton, phasin, ho ek tēs oikonomias sōtēr, egnōrise de ton patera Christon [Iēsoun].

And this is the Spirit in him, which spoke through the mouth of the Son, which confessed itself Son of Man and manifested the Father, and which, having come down into Jesus, was united with him. And the Savior of the economy, they say, destroyed death, and Christ [Jesus] made known the Father.

6.51.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 330

Εἶναι οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὄνομα μὲν τοῦ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἀνθρώπου λέγει, τεθεῖσθαι δὲ ἐξομοίωσιν καὶ μόρφωσιν τοῦ μέλλοντος εἰς αὐτὸν κατέρχεσθαι ἀνθρώπου, ὃν χωρήσαντα ἐσχηκέναι αὐτόν, αὐτόν τε εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον, αὐτὸν τὸν πατέρα καὶ [τὸν] ἄρρητον καὶ τὴν σιγὴν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἐκκλησίαν καὶ ζωήν.

Einai oun ton Iēsoun onoma men tou ek tēs oikonomias anthrōpou legei, tetheisthai de exomoiōsin kai morphōsin tou mellontos eis auton katerchesthai anthrōpou, hon chōrēsanta eschēkenai auton, auton te einai ton anthrōpon, auton ton logon, auton ton patera kai [ton] arrēton kai tēn sigēn kai tēn alētheian kai ekklēsian kai zōēn.

He says, then, that Jesus is the name of the man of the economy, and that it was given as the likeness and form of the Man who was about to come down into him; having received him, he had him; and he himself was the Man, himself the Word, himself the Father and the Ineffable and Silence and Truth and Church and Life.

item 6, chapter 52

6.52.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 330

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν πρόδηλα εἶναι πᾶσιν ἐλπίζω τοῖς ὑγιαίνοντα νοῦν κεκτημένοις ὄντα ἄκυρα καὶ μακρὰν τῆς κατὰ θεοσέβειαν γνώσεως, ὄντα μέρη ἀστρολογικῆς ἐφευρέσεως καὶ ἀριθμητικῆς Πυθαγορείου, καθὼς οἱ φιλομαθεῖς εἴσεσθε, ἐν τοῖς προμεριμνηθεῖσιν ἡμῖν ἐκκειμένων τούτων τῶν δογμάτων.

Tauta men oun prodēla einai pasin elpizō tois hygiainonta noun kektēmenois onta akyra kai makran tēs kata theosebeian gnōseōs, onta merē astrologikēs epheureseōs kai arithmētikēs Pythagoreiou, kathōs hoi philomatheis eisesthe, en tois promerimnētheisin hēmin ekkeimenōn toutōn tōn dogmatōn.

These things, I hope, are plain to all who possess a sound mind to be invalid and far from the knowledge that accords with godliness, being parts of astrological invention and Pythagorean arithmetic, as you lovers of learning will know, since these doctrines were set out in what we worked out earlier.

6.52.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 330–332

Ἵνα δὲ σαφέστερον τούτους ἐπιδείξωμεν οὐ Χριστοῦ μαθητάς, ἀλλὰ Πυθαγόρου, καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰ μετέωρα τῶν ἄστρων ἀπ... λημένων ὅσα ἐπιτομῇ δυνατὸν ἔστιν ἐκθήσομαι. Λέγουσι γὰρ ταῦτα· Ἐκ μονάδος καὶ δυάδος τὰ ὅλα συνεστάναι, καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν μονάδος ἕως τῶν τεσσάρων ἀριθμοῦντες, οὕτως γεννῶσι τὴν δεκάδα.

Hina de saphesteron toutous epideixōmen ou Christou mathētas, alla Pythagorou, kai tōn peri ta meteōra tōn astrōn ap... lēmenōn hosa epitomę̄ dynaton estin ekthēsomai. Legousi gar tauta; Ek monados kai dyados ta hola synestanai, kai apo men monados heōs tōn tessarōn arithmountes, houtōs gennōsi tēn dekada.

But so that we may show more clearly that these men are disciples not of Christ but of Pythagoras and of those … about the heavenly bodies, I will set out as much as can be given in summary. For they say this: that all things consist of monad and dyad; and counting from the monad up to four, they thus generate the decad.

6.52.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 332

Πάλιν δʼ αὖ δυὰς προελθοῦσα ἕως τοῦ ἐπισήμου, οἷον δύο καὶ τέσσαρα καὶ ἕξ, τὴν δωδεκάδα ἀπέδειξε. Καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς δυάδος ἀριθμούντων ἡμῶν ἕως τῶν δέκα ἡ τριάκοντας ἀνεδείχθη, ἐν ᾗ ὀγδοὰς καὶ δεκὰς καὶ δωδεκάς.

Palin dʼ au dyas proelthousa heōs tou episēmou, hoion dyo kai tessara kai hex, tēn dōdekada apedeixe. Kai palin apo tēs dyados arithmountōn hēmōn heōs tōn deka hē triakontas anedeichthē, en hę̄ ogdoas kai dekas kai dōdekas.

And again the dyad, proceeding up to the episemon, that is, two and four and six, displayed the dodecad. And again, when we count from the dyad up to ten, the triacontad was displayed, in which are the ogdoad, the decad, and the dodecad.

6.52.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 332

Τὴν οὖν δωδεκάδα διὰ τὸ ἐπίσημον ἐσχηκέναι συνεπακολουθῆσαν αὐτῇ τὸ ἐπίσημον πάθος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο περὶ τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμὸν τοῦ σφάλματος γενομένου τὸ πρόβατον ἀποσκιρτῆσαν πεπλανῆσθαι.... ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς δεκάδος.

Tēn oun dōdekada dia to episēmon eschēkenai synepakolouthēsan autę̄ to episēmon pathos, kai dia touto peri ton dōdekaton arithmon tou sphalmatos genomenou to probaton aposkirtēsan peplanēsthai.... homoiōs de kai ek tēs dekados.

The dodecad, then, because it had the episemon, had the notable passion following along with it; and for this reason, since the error arose around the twelfth number, the sheep leapt away and went astray …; and likewise also from the decad.

6.52.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 332–334

Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων τὴν δραχμὴν λέγουσιν, ἣν ἀπολέσασα γυνὴ ἅψασα λύχνον ἐζήτει, τήν τε ἐπὶ ἑνὶ προβάτῳ ἀπώλειαν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα συντιθέντες ἑαυτοῖς ἀριθμοὺς μυθεύουσιν ὡς τῶν ἕνδεκα ἐπισυμπλεκομένων τοῖς ἐννέα ποιεῖν τὸν τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἀριθμόν, καὶ τούτου χάριν λέγεσθαι τὸ ἀμήν, περιέχον ἀριθμὸν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα· ἄλλον δὲ ἀριθμὸν.

Kai epi toutōn tēn drachmēn legousin, hēn apolesasa gynē hapsasa lychnon ezētei, tēn te epi heni probatǭ apōleian, kai tēn tōn enenēkonta ennea syntithentes heautois arithmous mytheuousin hōs tōn hendeka episymplekomenōn tois ennea poiein ton tōn enenēkonta ennea arithmon, kai toutou charin legesthai to amēn, periechon arithmon enenēkonta ennea; allon de arithmon.

And in reference to these they speak of the drachma which a woman lost and, lighting a lamp, sought, and of the loss of the one sheep; and, combining the numbers of the ninety-nine for themselves, they tell the tale that the eleven, woven together with the nine, make the number ninety-nine, and that for this reason Amen is said, which contains the number ninety-nine. Another number …

6.52.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 334

.. οὕτω λέγουσι· Τὸ ἦτα στοιχεῖον σὺν τῷ ἐπισήμῳ ὀγδοάδα εἶναι, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλφα ὀγδόῳ κείμενον τόπῳ· εἶτα πάλιν ἄνευ τοῦ ἐπισήμου ψηφίζοντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν τῶν στοιχείων καὶ συντιθέντες μέχρι τοῦ ἦτα, τὸν τριάκοντα ἀριθμὸν ἐπιδεικνύουσιν.

.. houtō legousi; To ēta stoicheion syn tǭ episēmǭ ogdoada einai, apo tou alpha ogdoǭ keimenon topǭ; eita palin aneu tou episēmou psēphizontes ton arithmon autōn tōn stoicheiōn kai syntithentes mechri tou ēta, ton triakonta arithmon epideiknyousin.

… they say thus: the letter eta, with the episemon, is an ogdoad, lying in the eighth place from alpha; then again, reckoning the number of the letters themselves without the episemon and adding them up to eta, they show the number thirty.

6.52.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 334

Ἀρξάμενος γάρ τις ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλφα ἕως τοῦ ἦτα, τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν στοιχείων, ὑπεξαιρούμενος τὸν ἐπίσημον, εὑρήσει [τὸν] τριάκοντα ἀριθμόν. Ἐπεὶ οὗν ἐκ τῶν τριῶν δυνάμεων ἥνωται ὁ τῶν τριάκοντα ἀριθμός, [τρὶς] αὐτὸς γενόμενος τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐποίησε· τρὶς γὰρ τριάκοντα ἐνενήκοντα.

Arxamenos gar tis apo tou alpha heōs tou ēta, ton arithmon tōn stoicheiōn, hypexairoumenos ton episēmon, heurēsei [ton] triakonta arithmon. Epei houn ek tōn triōn dynameōn hēnōtai ho tōn triakonta arithmos, [tris] autos genomenos ta enenēkonta epoiēse; tris gar triakonta enenēkonta.

For anyone who begins from alpha and goes up to eta, leaving out the episemon, will find the number of the letters to be thirty. Since, then, the number thirty is united from the three powers, becoming [three times] itself it made ninety; for three times thirty is ninety.

6.52.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 334–336

Οὕτως ἡ ὀγδοὰς τὸν τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἀπεκύησεν ἀριθμὸν ἐκ πρώτης ὀγδοάδος καὶ δεκάδος καὶ δωδεκάδος, ἧς ποτὲ μὲν εἰς ὁλόκληρον συνάγοντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν ποιοῦσι τριακοντάδα, ποτὲ δὲ τὸν δωδέκατον ὑφαιροῦντες ψηφίζουσιν ἕνδεκα· ὁμοίως καὶ τὸν δέκατον ποιοῦσιν ἐννέα· ταῦτα δὲ ἐπισυμπλέκοντες καὶ δεκαπλασιάσαντες ἀριθμὸν ἐπιτελοῦσι τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα.

Houtōs hē ogdoas ton tōn enenēkonta ennea apekyēsen arithmon ek prōtēs ogdoados kai dekados kai dōdekados, hēs pote men eis holoklēron synagontes ton arithmon poiousi triakontada, pote de ton dōdekaton hyphairountes psēphizousin hendeka; homoiōs kai ton dekaton poiousin ennea; tauta de episymplekontes kai dekaplasiasantes arithmon epitelousi tōn enenēkonta ennea.

So the ogdoad brought forth the number ninety-nine from the first ogdoad, decad, and dodecad; this number they sometimes gather into a whole and make a triacontad, and sometimes, taking away the twelfth, they reckon eleven; likewise they make the tenth nine; and weaving these together and multiplying by ten they complete the number ninety-nine.

6.52.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 336

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ δωδέκατος αἰὼν καταλείψας τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ ἀποστὰς κάτω ἐχώρησε, φάσκουσι κατάλληλον καὶ τοῦτο. Ὁ γὰρ τύπος τῶν γραμμάτων διδάσκει· ἑνδέκατον γὰρ τῶν γραμμάτων κεῖσθαι τὸ λάμβδα, ὅ ἐστιν ἀριθμὸς τῶν τριάκοντα, καὶ κεῖσθαι αὐτὸ κατʼ εἰκόνα τῆς ἄνω οἰκονομίας, ἐπειδὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλφα, χωρὶς τοῦ ἐπισήμου, αὐτῶν τῶν γραμμάτων ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἕως τοῦ λάμβδα συντεθειμένος, κατὰ τὴν παραύξησιν τῶν γραμμάτων σὺν αὐτῷ τῷ λάμβδα τὸν ἐνενηκονταεννέα ποιεῖται ἀριθμόν.

Epeidē de ho dōdekatos aiōn kataleipsas tous hendeka kai apostas katō echōrēse, phaskousi katallēlon kai touto. Ho gar typos tōn grammatōn didaskei; hendekaton gar tōn grammatōn keisthai to lambda, ho estin arithmos tōn triakonta, kai keisthai auto katʼ eikona tēs anō oikonomias, epeidē apo tou alpha, chōris tou episēmou, autōn tōn grammatōn ho arithmos heōs tou lambda syntetheimenos, kata tēn parauxēsin tōn grammatōn syn autǭ tǭ lambda ton enenēkontaennea poieitai arithmon.

And since the twelfth Aeon left the eleven and departed and went down below, they say that this too is fitting. For the form of the letters teaches it: lambda lies eleventh among the letters, and it is the number thirty; and it lies after the image of the economy above, since from alpha, without the episemon, the number of the letters themselves up to lambda, added together according to the increase of the letters, with lambda itself, makes the number ninety-nine.

6.52.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 336–338

Ὅτι δὲ τὸ λάμβδα ἑνδεκάτῳ κείμενον τόπῳ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτῷ κατῆλθε ζήτησιν, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸν δωδέκατον ἀριθμόν, καὶ εὑρὸν αὐτὸν ἐπληρώθη, φανερὸν εἶναι ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σχήματος τοῦ στοιχείου. Τὸ γὰρ λάμβδα ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτῷ ζήτησιν παραγενόμενον, καὶ εὑρὸν καὶ ἀναρπάσαν, τὴν τοῦ δωδεκάτου ἀνεπλήρωσε χώραν τοῦ Μ στοιχείου, ἐκ δύο λάμβδα συγκειμένου. Διὸ δὴ καὶ φυγεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ τῆς γνώσεως τὴν τῶν ἐνενηκονταεννέα χώραν, τουτέστι τὸ ὑστέρημα, τύπον ἀριστερᾶς χειρός, μεταδιώκειν δὲ τὸ ἕν, ὃ προστεθὲν τοῖς ἐνενηκονταεννέα εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ χεῖρα μετέστησε.

Hoti de to lambda hendekatǭ keimenon topǭ epi tēn tou homoiou autǭ katēlthe zētēsin, hina anaplērōsę̄ ton dōdekaton arithmon, kai heuron auton eplērōthē, phaneron einai ex autou tou schēmatos tou stoicheiou. To gar lambda hōsper epi tēn tou homoiou autǭ zētēsin paragenomenon, kai heuron kai anarpasan, tēn tou dōdekatou aneplērōse chōran tou M stoicheiou, ek dyo lambda synkeimenou. Dio dē kai phygein autous dia tēs gnōseōs tēn tōn enenēkontaennea chōran, toutesti to hysterēma, typon aristeras cheiros, metadiōkein de to hen, ho prostethen tois enenēkontaennea eis tēn dexian autou cheira metestēse.

And that lambda, lying in the eleventh place, came down in search of its like, to complete the twelfth number, and, finding it, was filled up, is plain from the very shape of the letter. For lambda, having come as it were in search of its like, and having found it and snatched it up, filled the place of the twelfth, the letter M, which is composed of two lambdas. Therefore they too flee through knowledge the place of the ninety-nine, that is, the Deficiency, the type of the left hand, and pursue the one, which, added to the ninety-nine, transferred them to his right hand.

item 6, chapter 53

6.53.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 338

Κατεσκευάσθαι δὲ διὰ τῆς μητρὸς λέγουσι πρῶτον μὲν τὰ τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα, ἅ φησιν, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, γῆν, ἀέρα, εἰκόνα προβεβλῆσθαι τῆς ἄνω τετράδος· τάς τε ἐνεργείας αὐτῶν συναριθμοῦντες, οἷον θερμόν, ψυχρόν, ὑγρόν, ξηρόν, λέγουσιν ἀκριβῶς ἐξεικονίζειν τὴν ὀγδοάδα.

Kateskeuasthai de dia tēs mētros legousi prōton men ta tessara stoicheia, ha phēsin, pyr, hydōr, gēn, aera, eikona probeblēsthai tēs anō tetrados; tas te energeias autōn synarithmountes, hoion thermon, psychron, hygron, xēron, legousin akribōs exeikonizein tēn ogdoada.

They say that through the Mother there were first constructed the four elements, which, he says, are fire, water, earth, and air, emitted as an image of the tetrad above; and counting their activities too, such as hot, cold, wet, and dry, they say that they exactly image the ogdoad.

6.53.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 338

Ἑξῆς δὲ ῑ δυνάμεις οὕτω καταριθμοῦσιν· ἑπτὰ σώματα κυκλοειδῆ, ἃ καὶ οὐρανοὺς καλοῦσιν, ἔπειτα τὸν περιεκτικὸν αὐτῶν κύκλον, ὃν καὶ ὄγδοον οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζουσι, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἤλιόν τε καὶ σελήνην.

Hexēs de i dynameis houtō katarithmousin; hepta sōmata kykloeidē, ha kai ouranous kalousin, epeita ton periektikon autōn kyklon, hon kai ogdoon ouranon onomazousi, pros de toutois ēlion te kai selēnēn.

Next they count up ten powers as follows: seven circular bodies, which they also call heavens; then the circle that encloses them, which they name the eighth heaven; and besides these, the sun and the moon.

6.53.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 338–340

Καὶ ταῦτα ῑ ὄντα τὸν ἀριθμὸν εἰκόνας λέγουσιν εἶναι τῆς ἀοράτου δεκάδος, τῆς ἀπὸ λόγου καὶ ζωῆς· τὴν δωδεκάδα [δὲ μηνύεσθαι] διὰ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κύκλου καλουμένου. Ταῦτα γὰρ δώδεκα ζῴδια φανερώτατα τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας θυγατέρα, δωδεκάδα ἀποσκιάζειν λέγουσι.

Kai tauta i onta ton arithmon eikonas legousin einai tēs aoratou dekados, tēs apo logou kai zōēs; tēn dōdekada [de mēnyesthai] dia tou zōdiakou kyklou kaloumenou. Tauta gar dōdeka zǭdia phanerōtata tēn tou anthrōpou kai tēs ekklēsias thygatera, dōdekada aposkiazein legousi.

And these, being ten in number, they say are images of the invisible Decad, the one that came from Word and Life; and the Duodecad [is indicated] through the circle called the zodiac. For these twelve signs, they say, most plainly foreshadow the Duodecad, the daughter of Man and Church.

6.53.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 340

Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀντεπεζεύχθη, φησί, τῇ τῶν ὅλων φορᾷ, ὠκυτάτῃ ὑπαρχούσῃ, ὁ ὕπερθεν οὐρανός, ὁ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ κύτει βαρύνων καὶ ἀντιταλαντεύων τὴν ἐκείνου ὠκύτητα τῇ ἑαυτοῦ βραδυτῆτι, ὡς ἐν τριάκοντα ἔτεσι τὴν περίοδον ἀπὸ σημείου ἐπὶ σημεῖον ποιεῖσθαι, εἰκόνα λέγουσιν αὐτὸν τοῦ ὅρου, τοῦ τὴν τριακοντώνυμον μητέρα αὐτῶν περιέχοντος·

Kai epei antepezeuchthē, phēsi, tę̄ tōn holōn phorą, ōkytatę̄ hyparchousę̄, ho hyperthen ouranos, ho pros autǭ tǭ kytei barynōn kai antitalanteuōn tēn ekeinou ōkytēta tę̄ heautou bradytēti, hōs en triakonta etesi tēn periodon apo sēmeiou epi sēmeion poieisthai, eikona legousin auton tou horou, tou tēn triakontōnymon mētera autōn periechontos;

And since, he says, the highest heaven was yoked in opposition to the motion of the universe, which is very swift, the heaven that presses on the very vault and counterbalances the swiftness of the other by its own slowness, so that it completes its circuit from sign back to sign in thirty years, they say that it is an image of Limit, which encloses their Mother of thirty names;

6.53.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 340

τὴν σελήνην τε πάλιν, τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐκπεριερχομένην ἐν τριάκοντα ἡμέραις, διὰ τῶν ἡμερῶν τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν αἰώνων ἐκτυποῦν· καὶ τὸν ἥλιον δέ, ἐν δώδεκα μησὶν ἐμπεριεχόμενον καὶ τερματίζοντα τὴν κυκλικὴν αὐτοῦ ἀποκατάστασιν, τὴν δωδεκάδα φανεροῦν·

tēn selēnēn te palin, ton ouranon ekperierchomenēn en triakonta hēmerais, dia tōn hēmerōn ton arithmon tōn aiōnōn ektypoun; kai ton hēlion de, en dōdeka mēsin emperiechomenon kai termatizonta tēn kyklikēn autou apokatastasin, tēn dōdekada phaneroun;

and again that the moon, going round the heaven in thirty days, expresses by the days the number of the Aeons; and that the sun, which completes and ends its circular return in twelve months, makes the Duodecad manifest;

6.53.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 340–342

καὶ αὐτὰς δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας, δώδεκα ὡρῶν τὸ μέτρον ἔχουσας, τύπον τῆς κενῆς δωδεκάδος εἶναι· καὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κύκλου τὴν περίμετρον εἶναι μοιρῶν τριακοσίων ἑξήκοντα, ἕκαστον γὰρ ζῴδιον μοίρας ἔχειν τριάκοντα.

kai autas de tas hēmeras, dōdeka hōrōn to metron echousas, typon tēs kenēs dōdekados einai; kai autou de tou zōdiakou kyklou tēn perimetron einai moirōn triakosiōn hexēkonta, hekaston gar zǭdion moiras echein triakonta.

and that the days themselves, having the measure of twelve hours, are a type of the empty Duodecad; and that the circumference of the zodiac itself is three hundred and sixty degrees, for each sign has thirty degrees.

6.53.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 342

Οὕτω δὴ καὶ διὰ τοῦ κύκλου τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς συναφείας τῆς δώδεκα πρὸς τὰ τριάκοντα τετηρῆσθαι λέγουσιν· ἔτι μὴν καὶ τὴν γῆν εἰς δώδεκα κλίματα διῃρῆσθαι φάσκοντες, καὶ καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον κλίμα ἀνὰ μίαν δύναμιν ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν κατὰ κάθετον ὑποδεχομένην καὶ [καθ᾿] ὁμοίωμα τίκτουσαν τέκνα τῇ καταπεμπούσῃ κατὰ τὴν ἀπόρροιαν δυνάμει, τύπον [εἶναι] τῆς ἄνω δωδεκάδος.

Houtō dē kai dia tou kyklou tēn eikona tēs synapheias tēs dōdeka pros ta triakonta tetērēsthai legousin; eti mēn kai tēn gēn eis dōdeka klimata dię̄rēsthai phaskontes, kai kathʼ hen hekaston klima ana mian dynamin ek tōn ouranōn kata katheton hypodechomenēn kai [kath᾿] homoiōma tiktousan tekna tę̄ katapempousę̄ kata tēn aporroian dynamei, typon [einai] tēs anō dōdekados.

In this way, they say, the image of the union of the twelve with the thirty has been preserved even through the circle. Moreover they claim that the earth has been divided into twelve zones, and that each single zone receives one power from the heavens perpendicularly and bears children in likeness to the power that sends it down through its outflow, a type [being] of the Duodecad above.

item 6, chapter 54

6.54.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 342

Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις θελήσαντα τὸν δημιουργὸν τῆς ἄνω ὀγδοάδος τὸ ἀπέραντον καὶ αἰώνιον καὶ ἀόριστον καὶ ἄχρονον μιμήσασθαι, καὶ μὴ δυνηθέντα τὸ μόνιμον αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ ἀΐδιον ἐκτυπῶσαι διὰ τὸ καρπὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ὑστερήματος, εἰς τοῦτο χρόνους καὶ καιροὺς ἀριθμούς τε πολυετεῖς πρὸς τὸ αἰώνιον αὐτῆς τεθεῖσθαι, οἰόμενον ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρόνων μιμήσασθαι αὐτῆς τὸ ἀόρατον.

Pros de toutois thelēsanta ton dēmiourgon tēs anō ogdoados to aperanton kai aiōnion kai aoriston kai achronon mimēsasthai, kai mē dynēthenta to monimon autēs kai to aïdion ektypōsai dia to karpon auton einai hysterēmatos, eis touto chronous kai kairous arithmous te polyeteis pros to aiōnion autēs tetheisthai, oiomenon en tǭ plēthei tōn chronōn mimēsasthai autēs to aoraton.

Besides this, they say that the Demiurge, wishing to imitate the boundless, eternal, unlimited, and timeless character of the Ogdoad above, and being unable to express its permanence and everlastingness because he himself is the fruit of a deficiency, set times and seasons and numbers of many years to match its eternity, thinking to imitate its invisibility by the multitude of times.

6.54.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 342–344

Ἐνταῦθα δὲ λέγουσιν, ἐκφυγούσης αὐτὸν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπηκολουθηκέναι τὸ ψεῦδος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πληρωθέντων τῶν χρόνων κατάλυσιν λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον.

Entautha de legousin, ekphygousēs auton tēs alētheias epēkolouthēkenai to pseudos, kai dia touto plērōthentōn tōn chronōn katalysin labein autou to ergon.

Here, they say, since the truth escaped him, falsehood followed, and for this reason, when the times are fulfilled, his work will meet its dissolution.

item 6, chapter 55

6.55.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 344

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Οὐαλεντίνου σχολῆς περί τε τῆς κτίσεως καὶ περὶ τοῦ παντὸς λέγουσιν, ἑκάστοτε καινότερα ἐπιγεννῶντες, καὶ τοῦτο καρποφορίαν νομίζουσιν, εἴ τις μεῖζον ὁμοίως ἐφευρὼν τερατουργεῖν δόξει.

Tauta men oun hoi apo tēs Oualentinou scholēs peri te tēs ktiseōs kai peri tou pantos legousin, hekastote kainotera epigennōntes, kai touto karpophorian nomizousin, ei tis meizon homoiōs epheurōn teratourgein doxei.

These, then, are the things that the members of the school of Valentinus say about the creation and about the universe, always begetting newer inventions besides; and they consider it fruitfulness if someone appears to work some greater marvel by inventing something of the same kind.

6.55.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 344

Καὶ ἐκ τῶν γραφῶν ἕκαστα πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ἀριθμοὺς ἐφευρίσκοντες σύμφωνα κατηγοροῦσι Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, φάσκοντες ἀλληγορικῶς αὐτοὺς τὰ μέτρα τῶν αἰώνων λέγειν, ἃ παρατιθέναι μοι οὐκ ἔδοξεν, ὄντα φλυαρὰ καὶ ἀσύστατα, ἤδη τοῦ μακαρίου πρεσβυτέρου Εἰρηναίου δεινῶς καὶ πεπονημένως τὰ δόγματα αὐτῶν διελέγξαντος, παρʼ οὗ καὶ αὐτῶν ἐφευρήματα [παρειλήφαμεν] ἐπιδεικνύντες, αὐτοὺς Πυθαγορείου φιλοσοφίας καὶ ἀστρολόγων περιεργίας ταῦτα σφετερισαμένους ἐγκαλεῖν Χριστῷ ταῦτα παραδεδωκέναι.

Kai ek tōn graphōn hekasta pros tous proeirēmenous arithmous epheuriskontes symphōna katēgorousi Mōseōs kai tōn prophētōn, phaskontes allēgorikōs autous ta metra tōn aiōnōn legein, ha paratithenai moi ouk edoxen, onta phlyara kai asystata, ēdē tou makariou presbyterou Eirēnaiou deinōs kai peponēmenōs ta dogmata autōn dielenxantos, parʼ hou kai autōn epheurēmata [pareilēphamen] epideiknyntes, autous Pythagoreiou philosophias kai astrologōn periergias tauta spheterisamenous enkalein Christǭ tauta paradedōkenai.

And finding in the Scriptures particular things that agree with the numbers mentioned above, they accuse Moses and the prophets, claiming that they speak allegorically of the measures of the Aeons. I have decided not to set these out, since they are silly and incoherent, and since the blessed presbyter Irenaeus has already refuted their doctrines powerfully and laboriously; from him [we have received] their inventions as well, showing that they, having appropriated these things from Pythagorean philosophy and the curious arts of the astrologers, charge Christ with having handed them down.

6.55.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 344

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἱκανῶς νομίζω καὶ τὰ τούτων φλυαρὰ δόγματα ἐκτεθεῖσθαι σαφῶς τε ἐπιδεδεῖχθαι, τίνων εἶεν μαθηταὶ Μάρκος τε καὶ Κολάρβασος, οἱ τῆς Οὐαλεντίνου σχολῆς διάδοχοι γενόμενοι, ἴδωμεν τί λέγει καὶ Βασιλείδης.

Allʼ epei hikanōs nomizō kai ta toutōn phlyara dogmata ektetheisthai saphōs te epidedeichthai, tinōn eien mathētai Markos te kai Kolarbasos, hoi tēs Oualentinou scholēs diadochoi genomenoi, idōmen ti legei kai Basileidēs.

But since I think that the silly doctrines of these men too have been sufficiently set out, and it has been clearly shown whose disciples Marcus and Colarbasus were, who became successors of the school of Valentinus, let us see what Basilides also says.

item 7, chapter 1

7.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 344–346

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου·

Tade enestin en tę̄ hebdomę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou;

The following are the contents of the seventh book of the Refutation of All Heresies:

item 7, chapter 2

7.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Τίς ἡ δόξα Βασιλείδου, καὶ ὅτι τοῖς Ἀριστοτέλους δόγμασι καταπλαγεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν τὴν αἵρεσιν συνέστησε.

Tis hē doxa Basileidou, kai hoti tois Aristotelous dogmasi kataplageis ex autōn tēn hairesin synestēse.

What the opinion of Basilides is, and that, struck with amazement by the doctrines of Aristotle, he built his heresy out of them.

item 7, chapter 3

7.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Καὶ τίνα Σατορνεῖλος λέγει ὁ Βασιλείδῃ [σχεδὸν] συνακμάσας.

Kai tina Satorneilos legei ho Basileidę̄ [schedon] synakmasas.

And what Saturnilus says, who flourished at [about] the same time as Basilides.

item 7, chapter 4

7.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Πῶς δὲ Μένανδρος ἐπεβάλετο εἰπεῖν ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων τὸν κόσμον γεγονέναι.

Pōs de Menandros epebaleto eipein hypo angelōn ton kosmon gegonenai.

How Menander undertook to say that the world was made by angels.

item 7, chapter 5

7.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Τίς ἡ Μαρκίωνος ἀπόνοια, καὶ ὅτι τὸ δόγμα αὐτοῦ οὐ καινόν, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἁγίων γραφῶν, ἀλλὰ Ἐμπεδοκλέους τυγχάνει.

Tis hē Markiōnos aponoia, kai hoti to dogma autou ou kainon, oude ex hagiōn graphōn, alla Empedokleous tynchanei.

What the madness of Marcion is, and that his doctrine is not new, nor from the holy Scriptures, but is Empedocles'.

item 7, chapter 6

7.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Πῶς Καρποκράτης ματαιάζει, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων τὰ ὄντα φάσκων γεγενῆσθαι.

Pōs Karpokratēs mataiazei, kai autos hypo angelōn ta onta phaskōn gegenēsthai.

How Carpocrates talks folly, he too claiming that the things that exist were made by angels.

item 7, chapter 7

7.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Ὅτι Κήρινθος μηδὲν ἐκ γραφῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτίοις δοξάντων δόξαν συνεστήσατο.

Hoti Kērinthos mēden ek graphōn, allʼ ek tōn Aigyptiois doxantōn doxan synestēsato.

That Cerinthus framed his opinion not from the Scriptures at all but from the opinions of the Egyptians.

item 7, chapter 8

7.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Τίνα τὰ τοῖς Ἐβιωναίοις δοκοῦντα, καὶ ὅτι ἤθεσιν Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μᾶλλον προσέχουσι.

Tina ta tois Ebiōnaiois dokounta, kai hoti ēthesin Ioudaïkois mallon prosechousi.

What the opinions of the Ebionites are, and that they give their attention rather to Jewish customs.

item 7, chapter 9

7.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Πῶς καὶ ὁ Θεόδοτος πεπλάνηται, ἃ μὲν τῶν Ἐβιωναίων ἐρανισάμενος [ἃ δὲ τοῦ Κηρίνθου].

Pōs kai ho Theodotos peplanētai, ha men tōn Ebiōnaiōn eranisamenos [ha de tou Kērinthou].

How Theodotus too went astray, collecting some things from the Ebionites [and others from Cerinthus].

item 7, chapter 10

7.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Καὶ τίνα Κέρδωνι ἔδοξε, καὶ αὐτῷ τὰ Ἐμπεδοκλέους εἰπόντι καὶ κακῶς προβιβάσαντι τὸν Μαρκίωνα.

Kai tina Kerdōni edoxe, kai autǭ ta Empedokleous eiponti kai kakōs probibasanti ton Markiōna.

And what Cerdo thought, who also said the things of Empedocles and led Marcion on to evil.

item 7, chapter 11

7.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Καὶ πῶς Λουκιανός, μαθητὴς γενόμενος Μαρκίωνος, ἀπηρυθρίασεν ὁμοίως τὸν θεὸν βλασφημῆσαι.

Kai pōs Loukianos, mathētēs genomenos Markiōnos, apērythriasen homoiōs ton theon blasphēmēsai.

And how Lucian, who became a disciple of Marcion, likewise shamelessly blasphemed God.

item 7, chapter 12

7.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Οὗ καὶ Ἀπελλῆς γενόμενος μαθητὴς οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ διδασκάλῳ ἐδογμάτισεν, ἀλλὰ ἐκ φυσικῶν δογμάτων κινηθεὶς τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ παντὸς ὑπέθετο.

Hou kai Apellēs genomenos mathētēs ou ta auta tǭ didaskalǭ edogmatisen, alla ek physikōn dogmatōn kinētheis tēn ousian tou pantos hypetheto.

Of whom Apelles also became a disciple; he did not teach the same doctrines as his teacher, but, moved by the doctrines of natural philosophy, laid down his own account of the substance of the universe.

item 7, chapter 13

7.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 346

Πελάγει κλυδωνιζομένῳ ὑπὸ βίας ἀνέμων ἐοικότα ὁρῶντας τὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν δόγματα ἐχρῆν τοὺς ἀκροατὰς παραπλεῖν ἐπιζητοῦντας τὸν εὔδιον λιμένα. Τὸ γὰρ τοιοῦτον πέλαγός ἐστι καὶ θηριῶδες καὶ δύσβατον, ὡς εἰπεῖν τὸ Σικελιωτικόν, ἐν ᾧ μυθεύεται Κύκλωψ καὶ Χάρυβδις καὶ Σκύλλα... καὶ τὸ Σειρήνων ὄρος, ὃ διαπλεῦσαι φάσκουσι τὸν Ὀδυσσέα Ἑλλήνων οἱ ποιηταὶ πανούργως χρησάμενον τῇ τῶν παραξένων θηρίων δεινότητι· διάφορος γὰρ ἡ τούτων ὠμότης πρὸς τοὺς διαπλέοντας ἦν.

Pelagei klydōnizomenǭ hypo bias anemōn eoikota horōntas ta tōn hairetikōn dogmata echrēn tous akroatas paraplein epizētountas ton eudion limena. To gar toiouton pelagos esti kai thēriōdes kai dysbaton, hōs eipein to Sikeliōtikon, en hǭ mytheuetai Kyklōps kai Charybdis kai Skylla... kai to Seirēnōn oros, ho diapleusai phaskousi ton Odyssea Hellēnōn hoi poiētai panourgōs chrēsamenon tę̄ tōn paraxenōn thēriōn deinotēti; diaphoros gar hē toutōn ōmotēs pros tous diapleontas ēn.

Seeing that the doctrines of the heretics are like a sea tossed by the force of winds, the hearers ought to sail past them, seeking the calm harbor. For such a sea is both full of monsters and hard to pass, like, one might say, the Sicilian sea, in which the Cyclops, Charybdis, and Scylla are said in fable to be … and the mountain of the Sirens, which the poets of the Greeks say Odysseus sailed through, dealing cunningly with the terror of those strange beasts; for their savagery toward those who sailed through was of various kinds.

7.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 346–348

Αἱ δὲ Σειρῆνες λιγὺ ᾄδουσαι καὶ μουσικὸν ἠπάτων τοὺς παραπλέοντας, πείθουσαι ἡδείᾳ φωνῇ προσάγειν τοὺς ἀκροωμένους. Τοῦτο μαθόντα φασὶ τὸν Ὀδυσσέα κατακηρῶσαι τὰς ἀκοὰς τῶν ἑταίρων, ἑαυτὸν δὲ τῷ ξύλῳ προσδήσαντα παραπλεῦσαι ἀκινδύνως τὰς Σειρῆνας κατακούσαντα τῆς τούτων ᾠδῆς.

Hai de Seirēnes ligy ądousai kai mousikon ēpatōn tous parapleontas, peithousai hēdeią phōnę̄ prosagein tous akroōmenous. Touto mathonta phasi ton Odyssea katakērōsai tas akoas tōn hetairōn, heauton de tǭ xylǭ prosdēsanta parapleusai akindynōs tas Seirēnas katakousanta tēs toutōn ǭdēs.

And the Sirens, singing clearly and musically, deceived those who sailed by, persuading their hearers by their sweet voice to put in to shore. They say that Odysseus, learning this, stopped the ears of his companions with wax, and having bound himself to the mast, sailed past the Sirens without danger while listening to their song.

7.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 348

Ὃ ποιῆσαι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν συμβουλὴ [ἐμή], καὶ ἢ τὰ ὧτα κατακηρώσαντας διʼ ἀσθένειαν διαπλεῦσαι τὰ τῶν αἱρέσεων δόγματα μηδὲ κατακούσαντας πείθειν εὐκόλως δυνάμενα πρὸς ἡδονήν, ὡς λιγυρὸν ᾆσμα Σειρήνων, ἢ ἑαυτὸν τῷ ξύλῳ Χριστοῦ προσδήσαντα πιστῶς κατακούσαντα μὴ ταραχθῆναι, πεποιθότα ᾧ προσέσφιγκται, καὶ ἑστηκέναι ὀρθῶς.

Ho poiēsai tois entynchanousin symboulē [emē], kai ē ta hōta katakērōsantas diʼ astheneian diapleusai ta tōn haireseōn dogmata mēde katakousantas peithein eukolōs dynamena pros hēdonēn, hōs ligyron ąsma Seirēnōn, ē heauton tǭ xylǭ Christou prosdēsanta pistōs katakousanta mē tarachthēnai, pepoithota hǭ prosesphinktai, kai hestēkenai orthōs.

My advice to those who read is to do this: either, because of weakness, stop their ears with wax and sail through the doctrines of the heresies without even listening to them, since those doctrines can easily persuade toward pleasure, like the clear song of the Sirens; or else, binding oneself faithfully to the wood of Christ, to listen and not be troubled, trusting in him to whom one is bound fast, and to stand upright.

item 7, chapter 14

7.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 348

Ἐπειδὴ οὖν ἐν ταῖς πρὸ ταύτης βίβλοις ἓξ ἐκτεθείμεθα τὰ πρότερα, δοκεῖ νῦν τὰ Βασιλείδου μὴ σιωπᾷν, ὄντα Ἀριστοτέλους τοῦ Σταγειρίτου δόγματα, οὐ Χριστοῦ. Ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πρότερον ἔκκειται τὰ Ἀριστοτέλει δοκοῦντα, οὐδὲ νῦν ὀκνήσομεν προϋποθέσθαι ἐν συντόμῳ, πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας διὰ τῆς τούτων ἔγγιον ἀντιπαραθέσεως συνιδεῖν εὐκόλως τὰ ὑπὸ Βασιλείδου ὄντα Ἀριστοτελικὰ σοφιστεύματα.

Epeidē oun en tais pro tautēs biblois hex ektetheimetha ta protera, dokei nyn ta Basileidou mē siōpąn, onta Aristotelous tou Stageiritou dogmata, ou Christou. Allʼ ei kai proteron ekkeitai ta Aristotelei dokounta, oude nyn oknēsomen proÿpothesthai en syntomǭ, pros to tous entynchanontas dia tēs toutōn engion antiparatheseōs synidein eukolōs ta hypo Basileidou onta Aristotelika sophisteumata.

Since, then, in the six books before this one we have set out the earlier matters, it now seems right not to pass over in silence the doctrines of Basilides, which are the doctrines of Aristotle the Stagirite, not of Christ. And although the opinions of Aristotle have been set out previously, we shall not now hesitate to lay them down briefly beforehand, so that readers, by comparing them side by side at closer range, may easily see that the teachings of Basilides are Aristotelian sophistries.

item 7, chapter 15

7.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 348

Ἀριστοτέλης μὲν οὖν τὴν οὐσίαν διαιρεῖ τριχῶς. Ἔστι γὰρ αὐτῆς τὸ μέν τι γένος, τὸ δέ τι εἶδος, ὡς ἐκεῖνος λέγει, τὸ δέ τι ἄτομον· ἄτομον δὲ οὐ διὰ σμικρότητα σώματος, ἀλλὰ φύσει τομὴν ἀναδέξασθαι μηδʼ ἥντινα οὖν δυνάμενον.

Aristotelēs men oun tēn ousian diairei trichōs. Esti gar autēs to men ti genos, to de ti eidos, hōs ekeinos legei, to de ti atomon; atomon de ou dia smikrotēta sōmatos, alla physei tomēn anadexasthai mēdʼ hēntina oun dynamenon.

Aristotle, then, divides substance in three ways. For one part of it is genus, another species, as he says, and another the individual; and it is individual (atomon, “uncut”) not because of smallness of body but because by nature it cannot admit any division whatever.

7.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 348

Τὸ δὲ γένος ἐστὶν οἱονεὶ σωρός τις ἐκ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων καταμεμιγμένος σπερμάτων, ἀφʼ οὗ γένους οἱονεί τινος σωροῦ πάντα τὰ τῶν γεγονότων εἴδη διάκεινται. Καὶ ἔστι τὸ γένος [αἴτι]ον πᾶσι τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἀρκοῦν. Ἵνα δὲ σαφὲς ἔσται τὸ λεγόμενον, δείξω διά του παραδείγματος, διʼ οὗ ἐπὶ τὴν ὅλην τοῦ Περιπάτου θεωρίαν ἀναδραμεῖν ἔσται.

To de genos estin hoionei sōros tis ek pollōn kai diaphorōn katamemigmenos spermatōn, aphʼ hou genous hoionei tinos sōrou panta ta tōn gegonotōn eidē diakeintai. Kai esti to genos [aiti]on pasi tois gegenēmenois arkoun. Hina de saphes estai to legomenon, deixō dia tou paradeigmatos, diʼ hou epi tēn holēn tou Peripatou theōrian anadramein estai.

The genus is like a kind of heap mixed together out of many different seeds, and from this genus, as from a heap, all the species of things that have come into being are distributed. And the genus is a [cause] sufficient for all things that have come into being. And so that what is said may be clear, I shall show it by an example, through which it will be possible to run back to the whole theory of the Peripatos.

item 7, chapter 16

7.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 348

Λέγομεν εἶναι ζῷον ἁπλῶς, οὐχὶ τὶ ζῷον. Ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ζῷον οὐ βοῦς, οὐχ ἵππος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, οὐ θεός, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν ὁτιδήποτε ἔστι δηλοῦν, ἀλλὰ ἁπλῶς ζῷον. Ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ ζῴου αἱ πάντων τῶν κατὰ μέρος ζῴων ἰδέαι τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχουσι.

Legomen einai zǭon haplōs, ouchi ti zǭon. Esti de touto to zǭon ou bous, ouch hippos, ouk anthrōpos, ou theos, ouk allo ti tōn hotidēpote esti dēloun, alla haplōs zǭon. Apo toutou tou zǭou hai pantōn tōn kata meros zǭōn ideai tēn hypostasin echousi.

We say that there is animal simply, not some particular animal. And this animal is not an ox, not a horse, not a human being, not a god, nor anything else that can be pointed to at all, but simply animal. From this animal the forms of all the particular animals have their subsistence.

7.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 348–350

Καὶ ἔστιν ὑπόστασις τοῖς ζῴοις τοῖς γεγενημένοις ἐν εἴδεσι τοῦτο τὸ ἀνείδεον ζῷον καὶ τῶν γεγενημένων οὐδέν. Ἔστι γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ζῷον ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ ζῴου λαμβάνον τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ ζῷον ἵππος ἀπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ ζῴου λαμβάνον τὴν ἀρχήν. Ὁ ἵππος καὶ βοῦς καὶ κύων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου τοῦ ἁπλοῦ λαμβάνει τὴν ἀρχήν, ὅ ἐστι τούτων οὐδὲ ἕν.

Kai estin hypostasis tois zǭois tois gegenēmenois en eidesi touto to aneideon zǭon kai tōn gegenēmenōn ouden. Esti gar anthrōpos zǭon apʼ ekeinou tou zǭou lambanon tēn archēn, kai zǭon hippos apʼ ekeinou tou zǭou lambanon tēn archēn. Ho hippos kai bous kai kyōn kai tōn allōn zǭōn hekaston apo tou zǭou tou haplou lambanei tēn archēn, ho esti toutōn oude hen.

And this formless animal is the subsistence for the animals that have come into being in species, and yet it is none of the things that have come into being. For a human being is an animal that takes its origin from that animal, and a horse is an animal that takes its origin from that animal. The horse and the ox and the dog and each of the other animals takes its origin from the simple animal, which is not a single one of these.

item 7, chapter 17

7.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 350

Εἰ δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τούτων οὐδὲ ἓν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ζῷον, ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γέγονεν ἡ τῶν γεγενημένων κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην ὑπόστασις· καὶ γὰρ τὸ ζῷον, ὅθεν ταῦτα ἐλήφθη κατὰ μέρος, ἐστὶν οὐδὲ ἕν· οὐδὲ ἓν δὲ ὂν γέγονε τῶν ὄντων μία τις ἀρχή. Τίς δὲ ὁ ταύτην καταβεβλημένος τὴν οὐσίαν τῶν γεγονότων ὕστερον ἀρχήν, ἐπὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἐρχόμενοι τοιούτων λόγον ἐροῦμεν.

Ei de ouk esti toutōn oude hen ekeino to zǭon, ex ouk ontōn gegonen hē tōn gegenēmenōn kata Aristotelēn hypostasis; kai gar to zǭon, hothen tauta elēphthē kata meros, estin oude hen; oude hen de on gegone tōn ontōn mia tis archē. Tis de ho tautēn katabeblēmenos tēn ousian tōn gegonotōn hysteron archēn, epi ton oikeion erchomenoi toioutōn logon eroumen.

But if that animal is not a single one of these, then according to Aristotle the subsistence of the things that have come into being has come from things that are not; for the animal from which these were taken one by one is not a single one of them, and being not one of them it has become a single origin of the things that exist. But who it is that laid down this origin as the substance of the things that later came into being, we shall say when we come to the proper account of such things.

item 7, chapter 18

7.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 350

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐστὶν ἡ οὐσία τριχῆ [διῃρημένη], ὡς ἔφην, γένος, εἶδος, ἄτομον, καὶ ἐθέμεθα τὸ γένος εἶναι ζῷον, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον εἶδος τῶν πολλῶν ζῴων ἤδη κεχωρισμένον, συγκεχυμένον δὲ ὅμως ἔτι καὶ μήπω μεμορφωμένον εἰς εἶδος οὐσίας ὑποστατικῆς, ὀνόματι μορφώσας τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ληφθέντα ἄνθρωπον ὀνομάζων Σωκράτην, ἢ Διογένην, ἤ τι τῶν πολλῶν ὀνομάτων ἕν, καὶ ἐπειδὰν ὀνόματι καταλάβω τὸν ἄνθρωπον εἶδος γένους γεγενημένον, ἄτομον καλῶ τὴν τοιαύτην οὐσίαν.

Epeidē de estin hē ousia trichē [dię̄rēmenē], hōs ephēn, genos, eidos, atomon, kai ethemetha to genos einai zǭon, ton de anthrōpon eidos tōn pollōn zǭōn ēdē kechōrismenon, synkechymenon de homōs eti kai mēpō memorphōmenon eis eidos ousias hypostatikēs, onomati morphōsas ton apo tou genous lēphthenta anthrōpon onomazōn Sōkratēn, ē Diogenēn, ē ti tōn pollōn onomatōn hen, kai epeidan onomati katalabō ton anthrōpon eidos genous gegenēmenon, atomon kalō tēn toiautēn ousian.

Since substance is [divided] threefold, as I said, into genus, species, and individual, and we have set down that the genus is animal, and that the human being is a species already separated from the many animals, but still confused and not yet shaped into a species of subsisting substance: when I give shape by a name to the human being taken from the genus, calling him Socrates or Diogenes or some one of the many names, and when I grasp by a name the human being who has become a species of the genus, I call such a substance an individual.

7.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 350

Ἐτμήθη γὰρ τὸ μὲν γένος εἰς εἶδος, τὸ δὲ εἶδος εἰς ἄτομον, τὸ δὲ ἄτομον ἐπειδὰν γένηται ὀνόματι κατειλημμένον, οὐχ οἷόν τε τμηθῆναι κατὰ φύσιν εἰς ἄλλο τι, ὡς ἐτέμομεν τῶν προλελεγμένων ἕκαστον. Ταύτην Ἀριστοτέλης πρώτως καὶ μάλιστα καὶ κυριώτατα [οὐσίαν καλεῖ], μήτε καθʼ ὑποκειμένου τινὸς λεγομένην, μήτε ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ οὖσαν.

Etmēthē gar to men genos eis eidos, to de eidos eis atomon, to de atomon epeidan genētai onomati kateilēmmenon, ouch hoion te tmēthēnai kata physin eis allo ti, hōs etemomen tōn prolelegmenōn hekaston. Tautēn Aristotelēs prōtōs kai malista kai kyriōtata [ousian kalei], mēte kathʼ hypokeimenou tinos legomenēn, mēte en hypokeimenǭ ousan.

For the genus was divided into species, and the species into the individual; but the individual, once it has been grasped by a name, cannot by nature be divided into anything else, as we divided each of the things mentioned before. This is what Aristotle [calls substance] first, most of all, and most properly: that which is neither said of some subject nor is in a subject.

7.18.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 350–352

Καθʼ ὑποκειμένου δὲ λέγει, οἱονεὶ τὸ γένος, ὅπερ ἔφην ζῷον κατὰ πάντων τῶν κατὰ μέρος ὑποκειμένων ζῴων, οἱονεὶ βοός, ἵππου καὶ τῶν ἐφεξῆς, κοινῷ ὀνόματι λεγόμενον. Ἀληθὲς γάρ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ζῷον ἄνθρωπος ἐστὶ καὶ ζῷον ἵππος καὶ ζῷόν ἐστι βοῦς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον· τουτέστι τὸ καθʼ ὑποκειμένου, τὸ ἓν ὂν κατὰ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων τοῖς εἴδεσι δυνάμενον ὁμοίως λέγεσθαι.

Kathʼ hypokeimenou de legei, hoionei to genos, hoper ephēn zǭon kata pantōn tōn kata meros hypokeimenōn zǭōn, hoionei boos, hippou kai tōn ephexēs, koinǭ onomati legomenon. Alēthes gar estin eipein, hoti zǭon anthrōpos esti kai zǭon hippos kai zǭon esti bous kai tōn allōn hekaston; toutesti to kathʼ hypokeimenou, to hen on kata pollōn kai diaphorōn tois eidesi dynamenon homoiōs legesthai.

By “said of a subject” he means something like the genus, which I called animal, said by a common name of all the particular animals that fall under it, such as ox, horse, and the rest. For it is true to say that a human being is an animal, and a horse is an animal, and an ox is an animal, and each of the others; that is, what is “said of a subject” is that which, being one, can be said alike of many things differing in species.

7.18.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 352

Οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρει ἵππος ἀνθρώπου ᾗ ζῷον, οὐδὲ βοῦς· ὅρος γὰρ ὁ τοῦ ζῴου τὸ πᾶσιν ἁρμόζειν τοῖς ζῴοις ὁμοίως λεγόμενον. Τί γάρ ἐστι ζῷον; ἂν ὁριζώμεθα, πάντα τὰ ζῷα κοινὸς καταλήψεται ὅρος. Ζῷον γάρ ἐστιν οὐσία ἔμψυχος, αἰσθητική· τοῦτο βοῦς, ἄνθρωπος, ἵππος, τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον.

Ouden gar diapherei hippos anthrōpou hę̄ zǭon, oude bous; horos gar ho tou zǭou to pasin harmozein tois zǭois homoiōs legomenon. Ti gar esti zǭon? an horizōmetha, panta ta zǭa koinos katalēpsetai horos. Zǭon gar estin ousia empsychos, aisthētikē; touto bous, anthrōpos, hippos, tōn allōn hekaston.

For a horse does not differ from a human being insofar as it is an animal, nor does an ox; for the definition of animal is such as to fit all animals alike. For what is an animal? If we define it, a common definition will take in all the animals. For an animal is an ensouled, sentient substance; this is what an ox, a human being, a horse, and each of the others is.

7.18.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 352

Ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ δὲ, φησίν, ἐστίν, ὃ ἔν τινι μὴ ὡς μέρος ὑπάρχον, ἀδύνατον χωρὶς εἶναι τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστί, [ὅ ἐστι] τῶν συμβεβηκότων ἕκαστον τῇ οὐσίᾳ, ὃ καλεῖται ποιότης, καθὸ ποιοὶ τινὲς λεγόμεθα, οἷον λευκοί, γλαυκοί, μέλανες, δίκαιοι, ἄδικοι, σώφρονες καὶ τὰ τούτων παραπλήσια. Τούτων δὲ ἓν αὐτὸ καθʼ αὑτὸ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ δεῖ ἔν τινι εἶναι.

En hypokeimenǭ de, phēsin, estin, ho en tini mē hōs meros hyparchon, adynaton chōris einai tou en hǭ esti, [ho esti] tōn symbebēkotōn hekaston tę̄ ousią, ho kaleitai poiotēs, katho poioi tines legometha, hoion leukoi, glaukoi, melanes, dikaioi, adikoi, sōphrones kai ta toutōn paraplēsia. Toutōn de hen auto kathʼ hauto adynaton esti genesthai, alla dei en tini einai.

And “in a subject,” he says, is that which, being in something not as a part, cannot exist apart from that in which it is; [that is,] each of the accidents of substance, which is called quality, according to which we are said to be of a certain kind, such as white, grey-eyed, black, just, unjust, temperate, and the like. None of these can come to be by itself; it must be in something.

7.18.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 352

Εἰ δὲ οὔτε τὸ ζῷον, ὃ κατὰ πάντων λέγω τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστα ζῴων, οὔτε τὰ συμβεβηκότα, ἃ ἐν πᾶσιν οἷς συμβέβηκεν εὑρίσκεται, δυνατὸν αὐτὰ καθʼ αὑτὰ γενέσθαι, ἐκ τούτων δὲ συμπληροῦται τὰ ἄτομα, ἐκ τῶν οὐκ ὄντων καθέστηκεν ἡ τριχῆ διῃρημένη οὐσία οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλων συνεστῶσα. Πρώτως ἄρα καὶ κυριώτατα καὶ μάλιστα λεγομένη οὐσία εἰ ἐκ τούτων ὑπάρχει, ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων κατὰ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην ἐστίν.

Ei de oute to zǭon, ho kata pantōn legō tōn kathʼ hekasta zǭōn, oute ta symbebēkota, ha en pasin hois symbebēken heurisketai, dynaton auta kathʼ hauta genesthai, ek toutōn de symplēroutai ta atoma, ek tōn ouk ontōn kathestēken hē trichē dię̄rēmenē ousia ouk ex allōn synestōsa. Prōtōs ara kai kyriōtata kai malista legomenē ousia ei ek toutōn hyparchei, ex ouk ontōn kata ton Aristotelēn estin.

But if neither the animal, which I say of all the particular animals, nor the accidents, which are found in all the things to which they belong, can come to be by themselves, and the individuals are made up of these, then the substance divided threefold has been constituted out of things that are not, and is not composed of anything else. If, therefore, the substance that is called substance first, most properly, and most of all exists out of these, then according to Aristotle it is from things that are not.

item 7, chapter 19

7.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 352

Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς οὐσίας ἀρκέσει τὰ λεγόμενα νῦν. Οὐ μόνον δὲ ἡ οὐσία καλεῖται γένος, εἶδος, ἄτομον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕλη καὶ εἶδος καὶ στέρησις. Διαφέρει δὲ οὐδὲν ἐν τούτοις μενούσης τῆς τομῆς. Τοιαύτης δὲ οὔσης τῆς οὐσίας, ἔστιν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου διαταγὴ γεγενημένη κατʼ αὐτὸν τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον.

Alla peri men tēs ousias arkesei ta legomena nyn. Ou monon de hē ousia kaleitai genos, eidos, atomon, alla kai hylē kai eidos kai sterēsis. Diapherei de ouden en toutois menousēs tēs tomēs. Toiautēs de ousēs tēs ousias, estin hē tou kosmou diatagē gegenēmenē katʼ auton toiouton tina tropon.

But concerning substance what has now been said will suffice. And substance is called not only genus, species, and individual, but also matter, form, and privation. But it makes no difference among these, since the division remains. Substance being such, the arrangement of the world, according to him, came about in some such way as this.

7.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 352

Ὁ κόσμος ἔστι κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην διῃρημένος εἰς μέρη πλείονα καὶ [διάφορα· καὶ] ἔστι τοῦ κόσμου μέρος τοῦθʼ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς μέχρι τῆς σελήνης, ἀπρονόητον, ἀκυβέρνητον, ἀρκούμενον μόνῃ τῇ φύσει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ δὲ μετὰ τὴν σελήνην ἐν πάσῃ τάξει καὶ προνοίᾳ καὶ κυβερνήσει τεταγμένον, μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ·

Ho kosmos esti kata Aristotelēn dię̄rēmenos eis merē pleiona kai [diaphora; kai] esti tou kosmou meros touthʼ, hoper estin apo tēs gēs mechri tēs selēnēs, apronoēton, akybernēton, arkoumenon monę̄ tę̄ physei tę̄ heautou, to de meta tēn selēnēn en pasę̄ taxei kai pronoią kai kybernēsei tetagmenon, mechri tēs epiphaneias tou ouranou;

The world, according to Aristotle, is divided into several [different] parts; and one part of the world is this, the region from the earth up to the moon, which is without providence and without governance, content with its own nature alone; while the part beyond the moon, up to the surface of heaven, is ordered in all order, providence, and governance.

7.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 352–354

ἡ δὲ ἐπιφάνεια, πέμπτη τις οὖσα οὐσία, φυσικῶν ἀπηλλαγμένη στοιχείων πάντων, ἀφʼ ὧν ὁ κόσμος τὴν σύστασιν ἔχει; καὶ ἔστιν αὕτη τις ἡ πέμπτη κατὰ τὸν Ἀριστοτέλην οὐσία, οἱονεὶ οὐσία τις ὑπερκόσμιος. Καὶ γέγονεν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν διαίρεσιν τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ὁ τῆς φιλοσοφίας διῃρημένος λόγος.

hē de epiphaneia, pemptē tis ousa ousia, physikōn apēllagmenē stoicheiōn pantōn, aphʼ hōn ho kosmos tēn systasin echei? kai estin hautē tis hē pemptē kata ton Aristotelēn ousia, hoionei ousia tis hyperkosmios. Kai gegonen autǭ kata tēn diairesin tou kosmou kai ho tēs philosophias dię̄rēmenos logos.

And the surface is a kind of fifth substance, free from all the natural elements from which the world has its constitution; and this is, according to Aristotle, a certain fifth substance, as it were a supramundane substance. And in keeping with his division of the world, his account of philosophy is divided too.

7.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 354

Φυσικὴ γάρ τις ἀκρόασις αὐτῷ γέγονεν, ἐν ᾗ πεπόνηται περὶ τῶν φύσει καὶ οὐ προνοίᾳ διοικουμένων ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς μέχρι τῆς σελήνης πραγμάτων. Γέγονε δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ μετὰ τὰ φυσικὰ περὶ τῶν μετὰ σελήνην ἰδία τις ἄλλη οὕτως ἐπιγραφομένη πραγματεία λόγων· γέγονε δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ πέμπτης οὐσίας ἴδιος λόγος, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτῷ θεολογούμενος. Τοιαύτη τις καὶ ἡ διαίρεσις τῶν ὅλων, ὡς τύπῳ περιλαβεῖν, [καὶ τῆς] κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην φιλοσοφίας.

Physikē gar tis akroasis autǭ gegonen, en hę̄ peponētai peri tōn physei kai ou pronoią dioikoumenōn apo tēs gēs mechri tēs selēnēs pragmatōn. Gegone de autǭ kai meta ta physika peri tōn meta selēnēn idia tis allē houtōs epigraphomenē pragmateia logōn; gegone de autǭ peri pemptēs ousias idios logos, hos estin autǭ theologoumenos. Toiautē tis kai hē diairesis tōn holōn, hōs typǭ perilabein, [kai tēs] kata Aristotelēn philosophias.

For he wrote a Lecture on Nature, in which he labored over the things from the earth up to the moon that are managed by nature and not by providence. He also wrote another particular treatise of discourses about the things beyond the moon, entitled in this way, After the Physics. And he wrote a particular discourse on the fifth substance, which for him is theology. Such, to sum it up in outline, is the division of the universe, [and of] philosophy according to Aristotle.

7.19.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 354

Ὁ δὲ περὶ ψυχῆς αὐτῷ λόγος ἐστὶν ἀσαφής. Ἐν τρισὶ γὰρ συγγράμμασιν ὅλοις οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν σαφῶς, ὅ, τι φρονεῖ περὶ ψυχῆς Ἀριστοτέλης. Ὃν γὰρ ἀποδίδωσι τῆς ψυχῆς ὅρον ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ῥᾴδιον, τὸ δὲ ὑπὸ ὅρου δεδηλωμένον ἐστὶ δυσεύρετον.

Ho de peri psychēs autǭ logos estin asaphēs. En trisi gar syngrammasin holois ouk estin eipein saphōs, ho, ti phronei peri psychēs Aristotelēs. Hon gar apodidōsi tēs psychēs horon estin eipein rhądion, to de hypo horou dedēlōmenon esti dyseureton.

But his account of the soul is unclear. For in three whole treatises it is impossible to say clearly what Aristotle thinks about the soul. The definition he gives of the soul is easy to state, but what is shown by the definition is hard to discover.

7.19.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 354

Ἔστι γὰρ, φησί, ψυχὴ φυσικοῦ σώματος ὀργανικοῦ ἐντελέχεια, ἣ τίς ποτέ ἐστι, λόγων [πάνυ πολλῶν] δεῖται καὶ μεγάλης ζητήσεως. Ὁ δὲ θεός, ὁ πάντων τούτων τῶν ὄντων καλῶν αἴτιος, οὗτος τῆς ψυχῆς ἔστι καὶ μακροτέρῳ λόγῳ θεωροῦντι γνωσθῆναι χαλεπώτερος.

Esti gar, phēsi, psychē physikou sōmatos organikou entelecheia, hē tis pote esti, logōn [pany pollōn] deitai kai megalēs zētēseōs. Ho de theos, ho pantōn toutōn tōn ontōn kalōn aitios, houtos tēs psychēs esti kai makroterǭ logǭ theōrounti gnōsthēnai chalepōteros.

For the soul, he says, is the actuality (entelecheia) of a natural organic body; and what this is needs [very many] words and much inquiry. And God, the cause of all these beautiful things that exist, is even harder than the soul to know, even for one who contemplates with longer reasoning.

7.19.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 354

Ὁ δὲ ὅρος, ὃν Ἀριστοτέλης ἀποδίδωσι περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, χαλεπὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔστι γνωσθῆναι, νοηθῆναι δέ ἐστιν ἀμήχανος. Νόησις γάρ, φησίν, ἔστι νοήσεως, ὅπερ ἔστι παντάπασιν οὐκ ὄν. Ὁ δὲ κόσμος ἄφθαρτος, ἀΐδιος κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην ἐστίν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔχει πλημμελὲς ἐν αὐτῷ, προνοίᾳ καὶ φύσει κυβερνώμενος.

Ho de horos, hon Aristotelēs apodidōsi peri tou theou, chalepos men ouk esti gnōsthēnai, noēthēnai de estin amēchanos. Noēsis gar, phēsin, esti noēseōs, hoper esti pantapasin ouk on. Ho de kosmos aphthartos, aïdios kata Aristotelēn estin; ouden gar echei plēmmeles en autǭ, pronoią kai physei kybernōmenos.

And the definition that Aristotle gives of God is not hard to know, but impossible to conceive. For he says that he is thought of thought, which is something altogether non-existent. And the world according to Aristotle is incorruptible and eternal; for it has nothing faulty in it, being governed by providence and nature.

7.19.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 354–356

Καταβέβληται δὲ Ἀριστοτέλης οὐ μόνον περὶ φύσεως καὶ κόσμου καὶ προνοίας καὶ θεοῦ λόγους, ἀλλ(??) γὰρ γέγονεν αὐτῷ καὶ πραγματεία λόγων τις ἠθικῶν, ἐπιγράφει δὲ ταῦτα ἠθικὰ βιβλία, διʼ ὧν σπουδαῖον ἐκ φαύλου τὸ τῶν ἀκροωμένων ἦθος ἐργάζεται. Ἐὰν [οὖν] ὁ Βασιλείδης εὑρεθῇ μὴ τῇ δυνάμει μόνῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι τὰ τοῦ Ἀριστοτέλους δόγματα εἰς τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν καὶ σωτήριον ἡμῶν λόγον μεθαρμοζόμενος, τί λείψει, ἢ τὰ ἀλλότρια ἀποδόντας ἐπιδεικνύναι τοῖς τούτου μαθηταῖς, ὅτι ἐθνικοὺς ὄντας αὐτοὺς Χριστὸς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει;

Katabeblētai de Aristotelēs ou monon peri physeōs kai kosmou kai pronoias kai theou logous, all(??) gar gegonen autǭ kai pragmateia logōn tis ēthikōn, epigraphei de tauta ēthika biblia, diʼ hōn spoudaion ek phaulou to tōn akroōmenōn ēthos ergazetai. Ean [oun] ho Basileidēs heurethę̄ mē tę̄ dynamei monę̄ alla kai tois logois autois kai tois onomasi ta tou Aristotelous dogmata eis ton euangelikon kai sōtērion hēmōn logon metharmozomenos, ti leipsei, ē ta allotria apodontas epideiknynai tois toutou mathētais, hoti ethnikous ontas autous Christos ouden ōphelēsei?

And Aristotle laid down discourses not only about nature, the world, providence, and God; but … he also wrote a treatise of ethical discourses, and he entitles these Ethical Books, by which he makes the character of his hearers good instead of bad. If, [then,] Basilides is found transferring the doctrines of Aristotle, not in meaning only but in the very words and names, into our saving gospel teaching, what remains but to give back what is not theirs and show the disciples of this man that, since they are pagans, Christ will profit them nothing?

item 7, chapter 20

7.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 356

Βασιλείδης τοίνυν καὶ Ἰσίδωρος, ὁ Βασιλείδου παῖς γνήσιος καὶ μαθητής, φασὶν εἰρηκέναι Ματθίαν αὐτοῖς λόγους ἀποκρύφους, οὓς ἤκουσε παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος κατʼ ἰδίαν διδαχθείς. Ἴδωμεν οὖν πῶς καταφανῶς Βασιλείδης ὁμοῦ καὶ Ἰσίδωρος καὶ πᾶς ὁ τούτων χορὸς οὐχ ἁπλῶς καταψεύδεται μόνου Ματθίου, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ.

Basileidēs toinyn kai Isidōros, ho Basileidou pais gnēsios kai mathētēs, phasin eirēkenai Matthian autois logous apokryphous, hous ēkouse para tou sōtēros katʼ idian didachtheis. Idōmen oun pōs kataphanōs Basileidēs homou kai Isidōros kai pas ho toutōn choros ouch haplōs katapseudetai monou Matthiou, alla gar kai tou sōtēros autou.

Basilides, then, and Isidore, Basilides' true son and disciple, say that Matthias spoke to them secret words which he heard from the Savior, having been taught privately. Let us see, then, how plainly Basilides and Isidore alike and their whole chorus lie not simply against Matthias alone but against the Savior himself.

7.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 356

Ἤν, φησίν, ὅτε ἦν οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ οὐδὲν ἦν τι τῶν ὄντων, ἀλλὰ ψιλῶς καὶ ἀνυπονοήτως δίχα παντὸς σοφίσματος ἦν ὅλως οὐδὲ ἕν. Ὅταν δὲ λέγω, φησί, τὸ ἦν, οὐχ ὅτι ἦν λέγω, ἀλλʼ ἵνα σημάνω τοῦτο ὅπερ βούλομαι δεῖξαι, λέγω, φησίν, ὅτι ἦν ὅλως οὐδέν.

Ēn, phēsin, hote ēn ouden, allʼ oude to ouden ēn ti tōn ontōn, alla psilōs kai anyponoētōs dicha pantos sophismatos ēn holōs oude hen. Hotan de legō, phēsi, to ēn, ouch hoti ēn legō, allʼ hina sēmanō touto hoper boulomai deixai, legō, phēsin, hoti ēn holōs ouden.

There was, he says, when there was nothing; but not even the nothing was one of the things that exist, but, barely and without any mental reservation, without any sophistry, there was altogether not even one thing. And when I say “was,” he says, I do not say that it was, but in order to signify what I wish to show, I say, he says, that there was altogether nothing.

7.20.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 356

Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἐκεῖνο οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἄρρητον, ὃ ὀνομάζεται· ἄρρητον γοῦν αὐτὸ καλοῦμεν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ οὐδὲ ἄρρητον· καὶ γὰρ τὸ οὐδʼ ἄρρητον οὐκ ἄρρητον ὀνομάζεται, ἀλλὰ ἔστι, φησίν, ὑπεράνω παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου.

Esti gar, phēsin, ekeino ouch haplōs arrēton, ho onomazetai; arrēton goun auto kaloumen, ekeino de oude arrēton; kai gar to oudʼ arrēton ouk arrēton onomazetai, alla esti, phēsin, hyperanō pantos onomatos onomazomenou.

For that, he says, is not simply unspeakable which is named; at any rate we call it unspeakable, but that is not even unspeakable. For what is not even unspeakable is not named unspeakable, but is, he says, above every name that is named.

7.20.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 356

Οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ κόσμῳ, φησίν, ἐξαρκεῖ τὰ ὀνόματα, οὕτως ἐστὶ πολυσχιδής, ἀλλὰ ἐπιλέλοιπε· καὶ οὐ δέχομαι, φησί, κατὰ πάντων εὑρεῖν κυρίως ὀνόματα, ἀλλὰ δεῖ τῇ διανοίᾳ αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα τῶν ὀνομαζομένων τὰς ἰδιότητας ἀρρήτως ἐκλαμβάνειν. Ἡ γὰρ ὁμωνυμία ταραχὴν ἐμπεποίηκε καὶ πλάνην τῶν πραγμάτων τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις.

Oude gar tǭ kosmǭ, phēsin, exarkei ta onomata, houtōs esti polyschidēs, alla epileloipe; kai ou dechomai, phēsi, kata pantōn heurein kyriōs onomata, alla dei tę̄ dianoią autois onomata tōn onomazomenōn tas idiotētas arrētōs eklambanein. Hē gar homōnymia tarachēn empepoiēke kai planēn tōn pragmatōn tois akroōmenois.

For not even for the world, he says, are the names sufficient, so manifold is it; they fall short. And I do not accept, he says, that one can find proper names for all things, but one must grasp with the mind, in an unspeakable way, the properties of the things named, and not by their names. For sameness of names has caused confusion and error about things among hearers.

7.20.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 356–358

Τοῦτο πρῶτον σφετέρισμα καὶ κλέμμα τοῦ Περιπάτου λαβόντες ἀπατῶσι τὴν ἄνοιαν τῶν συναγελαζομένων ἅμα αὐτοῖς· πολλαῖς γὰρ γενεαῖς Ἀριστοτέλης Βασιλείδου γεγενημένος πρότερος τὸν περὶ τῶν ὁμωνύμων ἐν ταῖς κατηγορίαις καταβέβληται λόγον, ὃν ὡς ἴδιον οὗτοι καὶ καινὸν τινὰ καὶ τῶν Ματθίου λόγων κρυφίων τινα ἕνα διασαφοῦσιν.

Touto prōton spheterisma kai klemma tou Peripatou labontes apatōsi tēn anoian tōn synagelazomenōn hama autois; pollais gar geneais Aristotelēs Basileidou gegenēmenos proteros ton peri tōn homōnymōn en tais katēgoriais katabeblētai logon, hon hōs idion houtoi kai kainon tina kai tōn Matthiou logōn kryphiōn tina hena diasaphousin.

Having taken this first appropriation and theft from the Peripatos, they deceive the folly of those who herd together with them. For Aristotle, born many generations before Basilides, laid down in the Categories the account of homonyms, which these men explain as their own and new, and as one of the secret words of Matthias.

item 7, chapter 21

7.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 358

Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐδὲν ἦν, οὐχ ὕλη, οὐκ οὐσία, οὐκ ἀνούσιον, οὐχ ἁπλοῦν, οὐ σύνθετον, οὐκ ἀνόητον, οὐκ ἀναίσθητον, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος, οὐκ ἄγγελος, οὐ θεός, οὐδὲ ὅλως τι τῶν ὀνομαζομένων ἢ διʼ αἰσθήσεως λαμβανομένων ἢ νοητῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλʼ οὕτω καὶ ἔτι λεπτομερεστέρως πάντων ἁπλῶς περιγεγραμμένων, οὐκ ὢν θεός, (ὃν Ἀριστοτέλης καλεῖ νόησιν νοήσεως, οὗτοι δὲ οὐκ ὄντα) ἀνοήτως, ἀναισθήτως, ἀβούλως, ἀπροαιρέτως, ἀπαθῶς, ἀνεπιθυμήτως κόσμον ἠθέλησε ποιῆσαι.

Epei oun ouden ēn, ouch hylē, ouk ousia, ouk anousion, ouch haploun, ou syntheton, ouk anoēton, ouk anaisthēton, ouk anthrōpos, ouk angelos, ou theos, oude holōs ti tōn onomazomenōn ē diʼ aisthēseōs lambanomenōn ē noētōn pragmatōn, allʼ houtō kai eti leptomeresterōs pantōn haplōs perigegrammenōn, ouk ōn theos, (hon Aristotelēs kalei noēsin noēseōs, houtoi de ouk onta) anoētōs, anaisthētōs, aboulōs, aproairetōs, apathōs, anepithymētōs kosmon ēthelēse poiēsai.

Since, then, there was nothing, not matter, not substance, not the insubstantial, not simple, not compound, not unthinkable, not imperceptible, not human, not angel, not god, nor anything at all of the things that are named or grasped by sense or of intelligible things, but all things were thus, and still more subtly, simply blotted out, the non-existent God (whom Aristotle calls thought of thought, but these men the non-existent), without thought, without perception, without will, without choice, without passion, without desire, willed to make a world.

7.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 358

Τὸ δὲ ἠθέλησε λέγω, φησί, σημασίας χάριν, ἀθελήτως καὶ ἀνοήτως καὶ ἀναισθήτως· κόσμον δὲ οὐ τὸν κατὰ πλάτος καὶ διαίρεσιν γεγενημένον ὕστερον καὶ διεστῶτα, ἀλλὰ γὰρ σπέρμα κόσμου.

To de ēthelēse legō, phēsi, sēmasias charin, athelētōs kai anoētōs kai anaisthētōs; kosmon de ou ton kata platos kai diairesin gegenēmenon hysteron kai diestōta, alla gar sperma kosmou.

And I say “willed,” he says, for the sake of signifying it, [meaning] without will, without thought, and without perception; and by “world” I do not mean the one that later came into being in breadth and division and was separated out, but the seed of a world.

7.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 358

Τὸ δὲ σπέρμα τοῦ κόσμου πάντα εἶχεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὡς ὁ τοῦ σινάπεως κόκκος ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ συλλαβὼν ἔχει πάντα ὁμοῦ, τὰς ῥίζας, τὸ πρέμνον, τοὺς κλάδους, τὰ φύλλα, τὰ ἀνεξαρίθμητα [μετὰ] τῶν κόκκων [ἀπ]ὸ τοῦ φυτοῦ γεννώμενα σπέρματα πάλιν ἄλλων καὶ ἄλλων πολλάκις φυτῶν κεχυμένων. Οὕτως οὐκ ὢν θεὸς ἐποίησε κόσμον οὐκ ὄντα ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων, καταβαλόμενος καὶ ὑποστήσας σπέρμα τι ἓν ἔχον πᾶσαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου πανσπερμίαν. Ἵνα δὲ καταφανέστερον ποιήσω τοῦτο ὅπερ ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσι· καθάπερ ὠὸν ὄρνιθος εὐποικίλου τινὸς καὶ πολυχρωμάτου, οἱονεὶ τοῦ ταῶνος ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον πολυμόρφου καὶ πολυχρωμάτου, ἓν ὂν ὄντως ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ πολλὰς οὐσιῶν πολυμόρφων καὶ πολυχρωμάτων καὶ πολυσυστάτων ἰδέας, οὕτως ἔχει τὸ καταβληθέν, φησίν, ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος θεοῦ οὐκ ὂν σπέρμα [πανσπερμίαν] τοῦ κόσμου πολύμορφον ὁμοῦ καὶ πολυούσιον.

To de sperma tou kosmou panta eichen en heautǭ, hōs ho tou sinapeōs kokkos en elachistǭ syllabōn echei panta homou, tas rhizas, to premnon, tous kladous, ta phylla, ta anexarithmēta [meta] tōn kokkōn [ap]o tou phytou gennōmena spermata palin allōn kai allōn pollakis phytōn kechymenōn. Houtōs ouk ōn theos epoiēse kosmon ouk onta ex ouk ontōn, katabalomenos kai hypostēsas sperma ti hen echon pasan en heautǭ tēn tou kosmou panspermian. Hina de kataphanesteron poiēsō touto hoper ekeinoi legousi; kathaper ōon ornithos eupoikilou tinos kai polychrōmatou, hoionei tou taōnos ē allou tinos eti mallon polymorphou kai polychrōmatou, hen on ontōs echei en heautǭ pollas ousiōn polymorphōn kai polychrōmatōn kai polysystatōn ideas, houtōs echei to katablēthen, phēsin, hypo tou ouk ontos theou ouk on sperma [panspermian] tou kosmou polymorphon homou kai polyousion.

And the seed of the world had everything in itself, as the grain of mustard seed holds everything together in the smallest space: the roots, the trunk, the branches, the leaves, and the countless seeds produced by the plant along with its grains, the seeds again of other and other plants poured out many times over. So the non-existent God made a non-existent world out of things that are not, laying down and establishing a single seed that had in itself the whole seed-mass of the world. And to make clearer what they say: just as the egg of some richly varied and many-colored bird, such as the peacock or some other still more multiform and many-colored, being one, really has in itself many forms of multiform, many-colored, and variously composed substances, so, he says, the non-existent seed laid down by the non-existent God holds [the whole seed-mass] of the world, multiform and of many substances together.

item 7, chapter 22

7.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 358–360

Πάντα οὖν, ὅσα ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν καὶ ἔτι μὴ εὑρόντα παραλιπεῖν, ὅσα τῷ μέλλοντι κόσμῳ γενέσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος ἔμελλεν ἁρμόζειν, ἀναγκαίοις καιροῖς ἰδίως κατὰ προσθήκην αὐξανόμενα, ὡς ὑπὸ τηλικούτου καὶ τοιούτου θεοῦ, ὁποῖον οὐκ εἰπεῖν οὐδὲ νοήσει δυνατὴ γέγονε χωρῆσαι ἡ κτίσις, [καὶ] ἐνυπῆρχε τεθησαυρισμένα τῷ σπέρματι, καθάπερ νεογενεῖ παιδίῳ ὀδόντας ὕστερον ὁρῶμεν καὶ πατρικὴν προσγενέσθαι οὐσίαν καὶ φρένας καὶ ὅσα παραυξανομένῳ ἐκ νέου κατὰ μικρὸν ἀνθρώπῳ ἃ μὴ πρότερον ἦν γίνεται.

Panta oun, hosa estin eipein kai eti mē heuronta paralipein, hosa tǭ mellonti kosmǭ genesthai apo tou spermatos emellen harmozein, anankaiois kairois idiōs kata prosthēkēn auxanomena, hōs hypo tēlikoutou kai toioutou theou, hopoion ouk eipein oude noēsei dynatē gegone chōrēsai hē ktisis, [kai] enypērche tethēsaurismena tǭ spermati, kathaper neogenei paidiǭ odontas hysteron horōmen kai patrikēn prosgenesthai ousian kai phrenas kai hosa parauxanomenǭ ek neou kata mikron anthrōpǭ ha mē proteron ēn ginetai.

All things, then, that can be spoken of, and those still left aside because not yet discovered, all that were to fit the future world that was to come from the seed, growing by addition in their own necessary seasons, as by so great and such a God, of whom creation could neither speak nor even contain in thought, were present, stored up in the seed; just as in a newborn child we see teeth come later, and a father's substance, and understanding, and whatever else comes to a man growing up little by little from youth that was not there before.

7.22.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 360

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν ἄπορον εἰπεῖν προβολήν τινα τοῦ μὴ ὄντος θεοῦ γεγονέναι τι οὐκ ὄν, — φεύγει γὰρ πάνυ καὶ δέδοικε τὰς κατὰ προβολὴν τῶν γεγονότων οὐσίας ὁ Βασιλείδης — ποίας γὰρ προβολῆς χρεία, ἢ ποίας ὕλης ὑπόθεσις, ἵνα κόσμον θεὸς ἐργάσηται, καθάπερ ὁ ἀράχνης τὰ μηρύματα, ἢ θνητὸς ἄνθρωπος χαλκὸν ἢ ξύλον ἤ τι τῶν τῆς ὕλης μερῶν ἐργαζόμενος λαμβάνει;

Epei de ēn aporon eipein probolēn tina tou mē ontos theou gegonenai ti ouk on, — pheugei gar pany kai dedoike tas kata probolēn tōn gegonotōn ousias ho Basileidēs — poias gar probolēs chreia, ē poias hylēs hypothesis, hina kosmon theos ergasētai, kathaper ho arachnēs ta mērymata, ē thnētos anthrōpos chalkon ē xylon ē ti tōn tēs hylēs merōn ergazomenos lambanei?

But since it was difficult to say that something non-existent came to be by some projection from the non-existent God (for Basilides utterly shuns and fears substances of created things that come by projection): for what need of projection, or what assumption of matter, would there be for God to make a world, as the spider takes its threads, or a mortal man takes bronze or wood or some part of matter to work on?

7.22.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 360

Ἀλλὰ εἶπε, φησί, καὶ ἐγένετο, καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὡς λέγουσιν οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι, τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ Μωσέως· Γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς. Πόθεν, φησί, γέγονε τὸ φῶς; ἐξ οὐδενός· οὐ γὰρ γέγραπται, φησί, πόθεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ λέγοντος, ὁ δὲ λέγων, φησίν, οὐκ ἦν, οὐδὲ τὸ γενόμενον ἦν.

Alla eipe, phēsi, kai egeneto, kai touto estin, hōs legousin hoi andres houtoi, to lechthen hypo Mōseōs; Genēthētō phōs, kai egeneto phōs. Pothen, phēsi, gegone to phōs? ex oudenos; ou gar gegraptai, phēsi, pothen, allʼ auto monon ek tēs phōnēs tou legontos, ho de legōn, phēsin, ouk ēn, oude to genomenon ēn.

But he spoke, he says, and it came to be; and this, as these men say, is what was said by Moses: “Let there be light, and there was light.” From where, he says, did the light come? From nothing. For it is not written, he says, from where, but only that it came from the voice of the one speaking; and the one speaking, he says, was not, nor was what came to be.

7.22.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 360

Γέγονε, φησίν, ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ κόσμου, ὁ λόγος ὁ λεχθείς· γενηθήτω φῶς, καὶ τοῦτο, φησίν, ἔστι τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις· Ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον.

Gegone, phēsin, ex ouk ontōn to sperma tou kosmou, ho logos ho lechtheis; genēthētō phōs, kai touto, phēsin, esti to legomenon en tois euangeliois; Ēn to phōs to alēthinon, ho phōtizei panta anthrōpon erchomenon eis ton kosmon.

The seed of the world, he says, came to be out of things that are not, the word that was spoken: “Let there be light”; and this, he says, is what is said in the Gospels: “He was the true light, which enlightens every human being coming into the world.”

7.22.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 360

Λαμβάνει τὰς ἀρχὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος ἐκείνου καὶ φωτίζεται. Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σπέρμα, ὃ ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν πανσπερμίαν, ὅ φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης γένος εἶναι εἰς ἀπείρους τεμνόμενον ἰδέας, ὡς τέμνομεν ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου βοῦν, ἵππον, ἄνθρωπον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν οὐκ ὄν.

Lambanei tas archas apo tou spermatos ekeinou kai phōtizetai. Touto esti to sperma, ho echei en heautǭ pasan tēn panspermian, ho phēsin Aristotelēs genos einai eis apeirous temnomenon ideas, hōs temnomen apo tou zǭou boun, hippon, anthrōpon, hoper estin ouk on.

He takes his beginnings from that seed and is enlightened. This is the seed that has in itself the whole seed-mass, which Aristotle says is the genus divided into innumerable forms, as we divide from animal the ox, the horse, the human being, which is non-existent.

7.22.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 360

Ὑποκειμένου τοίνυν τοῦ κοσμικοῦ σπέρματος, ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσιν· ὅ, τι ἂν λέγω, φησίν, μετὰ ταῦτα γεγονέναι, μὴ ἐπιζήτει πόθεν. Εἶχε γὰρ πάντα τὰ σπέρματα ἐν ἑαυτῷ τεθησαυρισμένα καὶ κατακείμενα, οἷον οὐκ ὄντα, ὑπό τε τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος θεοῦ γενέσθαι προβεβουλευμένα.

Hypokeimenou toinyn tou kosmikou spermatos, ekeinoi legousin; ho, ti an legō, phēsin, meta tauta gegonenai, mē epizētei pothen. Eiche gar panta ta spermata en heautǭ tethēsaurismena kai katakeimena, hoion ouk onta, hypo te tou ouk ontos theou genesthai probebouleumena.

The cosmic seed, then, being laid down beneath, they say: whatever I say came to be after these things, he says, do not ask from where. For it had all the seeds stored up and lying in itself, as non-existent, and planned beforehand by the non-existent God to come into being.

7.22.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 360–362

Ἴδωμεν οὖν, τί λέγουσι πρῶτον ἢ τί δεύτερον ἢ τί τρίτον τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ κοσμικοῦ γεγενημένον. Ἦν, φησίν, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σπέρματι υἱότης τριμερής, κατὰ πάντα τῷ οὐκ ὄντι θεῷ ὁμοούσιος, γενητὴ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων. Ταύτης τῆς υἱότητος τῆς τριχῆ διῃρημένης τὸ μέν τι ἦν λεπτομερές, τὸ δὲ [παχυμερές, τὸ δὲ] ἀποκαθάρσεως δεόμενον.

Idōmen oun, ti legousi prōton ē ti deuteron ē ti triton to apo tou spermatos tou kosmikou gegenēmenon. Ēn, phēsin, en autǭ tǭ spermati huiotēs trimerēs, kata panta tǭ ouk onti theǭ homoousios, genētē ex ouk ontōn. Tautēs tēs huiotētos tēs trichē dię̄rēmenēs to men ti ēn leptomeres, to de [pachymeres, to de] apokatharseōs deomenon.

Let us see, then, what they say came first, second, and third from the cosmic seed. There was, he says, in the seed itself a threefold Sonship, in every way of the same substance (homoousios) as the non-existent God, generated from things that are not. Of this Sonship divided threefold, one part was fine, another [coarse, and another] in need of purification.

7.22.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 362

Τὸ μὲν οὖν λεπτομερὲς εὐθέως πρῶτον ἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι τοῦ σπέρματος τὴν πρώτην καταβολὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος διέσφυξε καὶ ἀνῆλθε καὶ ἀνέδραμε κάτωθεν ἄνω, ποιητικῷ τινὶ χρησάμενον τάχει ὡσεὶ πτερὸν ἠὲ νόημα, καὶ ἐγένετο, φησί, πρὸς τὸν οὐκ ὄντα· ἐκείνου γὰρ διʼ ὑπερβολὴν κάλλους καὶ ὡραιότητος πᾶσα φύσις ὀρέγεται, ἄλλη δὲ ἄλλως.

To men oun leptomeres eutheōs prōton hama tǭ genesthai tou spermatos tēn prōtēn katabolēn hypo tou ouk ontos diesphyxe kai anēlthe kai anedrame katōthen anō, poiētikǭ tini chrēsamenon tachei hōsei pteron ēe noēma, kai egeneto, phēsi, pros ton ouk onta; ekeinou gar diʼ hyperbolēn kallous kai hōraiotētos pasa physis oregetai, allē de allōs.

The fine part, then, immediately, first, at the moment the first deposit of the seed was made by the non-existent one, burst forth and went up and ran from below upward, using a kind of poetic speed, “like a wing or a thought,” and came, he says, to the non-existent one; for every nature longs for him because of his surpassing beauty and loveliness, one in one way, another in another.

7.22.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 362

Ἡ δὲ παχυμερεστέρα ἔτι μένουσα ἐν τῷ σπέρματι, μιμητική τις οὖσα, ἀναδραμεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη· πολὺ γὰρ ἐνδεεστέρα τῆς λεπτομερείας, ἧς εἶχεν ἡ διʼ αὐτῆς υἱότης ἀναδραμοῦσα, ἀπελείπετο.

Hē de pachymerestera eti menousa en tǭ spermati, mimētikē tis ousa, anadramein men ouk ēdynēthē; poly gar endeestera tēs leptomereias, hēs eichen hē diʼ autēs huiotēs anadramousa, apeleipeto.

But the coarser one, still remaining in the seed, being a kind of imitator, was not able to run up; for it was left far behind, being much more lacking in the fineness that the Sonship which ran up through itself possessed.

7.22.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 362

Ἐπτέρωσεν οὖν αὐτὴν ἡ υἱότης ἡ παχυμερεστέρα τοιούτῳ τινὶ πτερῷ, ὁποίῳ διδάσκαλος ὢν Πλάτων Ἀριστοτέλους ἐν Φαίδρῳ τὴν ψυχὴν πτεροῖ, καὶ καλεῖ τὸ τοιοῦτο Βασιλείδης οὐ πτερόν, ἀλλὰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὃ εὐεργετεῖ ἡ υἱότης ἐνδυσαμένη καὶ εὐεργετεῖται.

Epterōsen oun autēn hē huiotēs hē pachymerestera toioutǭ tini pterǭ, hopoiǭ didaskalos ōn Platōn Aristotelous en Phaidrǭ tēn psychēn pteroi, kai kalei to toiouto Basileidēs ou pteron, alla pneuma hagion, ho euergetei hē huiotēs endysamenē kai euergeteitai.

So the coarser Sonship gave itself wings with some such wing as that with which Plato, Aristotle's teacher, gives wings to the soul in the Phaedrus; and Basilides calls such a thing not a wing but the Holy Spirit, which the Sonship, having put it on, benefits and is benefited by.

7.22.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 362

Εὐεργετεῖ μέν, ὅτι καθάπερ ὄρνιθος πτερὸν αὐτὸ κατʼ αὐτὸ τοῦ ὄρνιθος ἀπηλλαγμένον οὐκ ἂν γένοιτό ποτε ὑψηλὸν οὐδὲ μετάρσιον, οὐδʼ αὖ ὄρνις ἀπολελυμένος τοῦ πτεροῦ οὐκ ἄν ποτε γένοιτο ὑψηλὸς οὐδὲ μετάρσιος. Τοιοῦτόν τινα τὸν λόγον ἔσχεν ἡ υἱότης πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα πρὸς τὴν υἱότητα.

Euergetei men, hoti kathaper ornithos pteron auto katʼ auto tou ornithos apēllagmenon ouk an genoito pote hypsēlon oude metarsion, oudʼ au ornis apolelymenos tou pterou ouk an pote genoito hypsēlos oude metarsios. Toiouton tina ton logon eschen hē huiotēs pros to pneuma to hagion kai to pneuma pros tēn huiotēta.

It benefits it, because just as a bird's wing by itself, separated from the bird, could never become high or aloft, nor again would a bird freed from its wing ever become high or aloft, such was the relation the Sonship had to the Holy Spirit, and the Spirit to the Sonship.

7.22.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 362

Ἀναφερομένη γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἡ υἱότης ὡς ὑπὸ πτεροῦ ἀναφέρει τὸ πτερόν, τουτέστι τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ πλησίον γενομένη τῆς λεπτομεροῦς υἱότητος καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος καὶ δημιουργήσαντος ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων, ἔχειν μὲν αὐτὸ μετʼ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἠδύνατο, ἦν γὰρ οὐχ ὁμοούσιον, οὐδὲ φύσιν εἶχε μετὰ τῆς υἱότητος·

Anapheromenē gar hypo tou pneumatos hē huiotēs hōs hypo pterou anapherei to pteron, toutesti to pneuma, kai plēsion genomenē tēs leptomerous huiotētos kai tou theou tou ouk ontos kai dēmiourgēsantos ex ouk ontōn, echein men auto metʼ autēs ouk ēdynato, ēn gar ouch homoousion, oude physin eiche meta tēs huiotētos;

For the Sonship, carried up by the Spirit as by a wing, carries up the wing, that is, the Spirit; and when it came near the fine Sonship and the non-existent God who created out of things that are not, it could not keep the Spirit with itself; for it was not of the same substance, nor did it have a nature in common with the Sonship;

7.22.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 362–364

ἀλλὰ ὥσπερ ἔστι παρὰ φύσιν καὶ ὀλέθριος τοῖς ἰχθύσιν ἀὴρ καθαρὸς καὶ ξηρός, οὕτω τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ ἦν παρὰ φύσιν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἀρρήτων ἀρρητότερον καὶ πάντων ἀνώτερον ὀνομάτων τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος ὁμοῦ θεοῦ χωρίον καὶ τῆς υἱότητος.

alla hōsper esti para physin kai olethrios tois ichthysin aēr katharos kai xēros, houtō tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ ēn para physin ekeino to arrētōn arrētoteron kai pantōn anōteron onomatōn tou ouk ontos homou theou chōrion kai tēs huiotētos.

but just as pure, dry air is contrary to nature and deadly for fish, so that place of the non-existent God and of the Sonship together, more unspeakable than things unspeakable and higher than all names, was contrary to nature for the Holy Spirit.

7.22.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 364

Κατέλιπεν οὖν αὐτὸ πλησίον ἡ υἱότης ἐκείνου τοῦ μακαρίου καὶ νοηθῆναι μὴ δυναμένου μηδὲ χαρακτηρισθῆναι τινὶ λόγῳ χωρίου οὐ παντάπασιν ἔρημον οὐδὲ ἀπηλλαγμένον τῆς υἱότητος· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὥσπερ εἰς ἄγγος ἐμβληθὲν μύρον εὐωδέστατον εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ἐπιμελῶς ἐκκενωθείη, ὅμως ὀσμή τις ἔτι μένει τοῦ μύρου καὶ καταλείπεται, κἂν ᾖ κεχωρισμένον τοῦ ἀγγείου, καὶ μύρου ὀσμὴν τὸ ἀγγεῖον ἔχει, εἰ καὶ μὴ μύρον, οὕτως τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον μεμένηκε τῆς υἱότητος ἄμοιρον καὶ ἀπηλλαγμένον, ἔχει δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ μύρου παραπλησίως τὴν δύναμιν, [τῆς υἱότητος] ὀσμήν· καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον· ὡς μύρον ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ τὸν πώγωνα τοῦ Ἀαρών, ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου φερομένη ὀσμὴ ἄνωθεν κάτω μέχρι τῆς ἀμορφίας καὶ τοῦ διαστήματος τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ὅθεν ἤρξατο ἀνελθεῖν ἡ υἱότης οἱονεὶ ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀετοῦ, φησί, καὶ τῶν μεταφρένων ἐνεχθεῖσα. Σπεύδει γὰρ, φησί, πάντα κάτωθεν ἄνω, ἀπὸ τῶν χειρόνων ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττονα· οὐδὲν δὲ οὕτως ἀνόητόν ἐστι τῶν [ἐν] τοῖς κρείττοσιν, ἵνα μὴ κατέλθῃ κάτω. Ἡ δὲ τρίτη υἱότης, φησίν, ἡ ἀποκαθάρσεως δεομένη ἐμμεμένηκε τῷ μεγάλῳ τῆς πανσπερμίας σωρῷ εὐεργετοῦσα καὶ εὐεργετουμένη. Τίνα δὲ τὸν τρόπον εὐεργετεῖται καὶ εὐεργετεῖ, ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι λόγον.

Katelipen oun auto plēsion hē huiotēs ekeinou tou makariou kai noēthēnai mē dynamenou mēde charaktēristhēnai tini logǭ chōriou ou pantapasin erēmon oude apēllagmenon tēs huiotētos; alla gar hōsper eis angos emblēthen myron euōdestaton ei kai hoti malista epimelōs ekkenōtheiē, homōs osmē tis eti menei tou myrou kai kataleipetai, kan ę̄ kechōrismenon tou angeiou, kai myrou osmēn to angeion echei, ei kai mē myron, houtōs to pneuma to hagion memenēke tēs huiotētos amoiron kai apēllagmenon, echei de en heautǭ myrou paraplēsiōs tēn dynamin, [tēs huiotētos] osmēn; kai touto esti to legomenon; hōs myron epi kephalēs to katabainon epi ton pōgōna tou Aarōn, hē apo tou pneumatos tou hagiou pheromenē osmē anōthen katō mechri tēs amorphias kai tou diastēmatos tou kathʼ hēmas, hothen ērxato anelthein hē huiotēs hoionei epi pterygōn aetou, phēsi, kai tōn metaphrenōn enechtheisa. Speudei gar, phēsi, panta katōthen anō, apo tōn cheironōn epi ta kreittona; ouden de houtōs anoēton esti tōn [en] tois kreittosin, hina mē katelthę̄ katō. Hē de tritē huiotēs, phēsin, hē apokatharseōs deomenē emmemenēke tǭ megalǭ tēs panspermias sōrǭ euergetousa kai euergetoumenē. Tina de ton tropon euergeteitai kai euergetei, hysteron eroumen kata ton oikeion autou genomenoi logon.

So the Sonship left the Spirit near that blessed place, which cannot be conceived or characterized by any word, not altogether empty nor bereft of the Sonship. But just as when a most fragrant ointment is poured into a vessel, even if the vessel is emptied with the greatest care, still some scent of the ointment remains and is left behind, even though the ointment has been separated from the vessel, and the vessel has the scent of ointment though not the ointment, so the Holy Spirit has remained without share in the Sonship and separated from it, yet has in itself, much like ointment, its power, the scent [of the Sonship]. And this is what is said: “like ointment on the head, which runs down on the beard of Aaron”: the scent borne from the Holy Spirit from above downward, as far as the formlessness and the interval where we are, from which the Sonship began to go up, carried, he says, as on the wings and back of an eagle. For all things, he says, hasten from below upward, from the worse to the better; and nothing among those [in] the better is so foolish as to come down below. But the third Sonship, he says, the one needing purification, has remained in the great heap of the seed-mass, benefiting and being benefited. In what way it is benefited and benefits we shall say later, when we come to the proper account of it.

item 7, chapter 23

7.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 364

Ἐπεὶ οὖν γέγονε πρώτη καὶ δευτέρα ἀναδρομὴ τῆς υἱότητος καὶ μεμένηκεν αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον, στερέωμα τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων καὶ τοῦ κόσμου μεταξὺ τεταγμένον —

Epei oun gegone prōtē kai deutera anadromē tēs huiotētos kai memenēken autou to pneuma to hagion ton eirēmenon tropon, stereōma tōn hyperkosmiōn kai tou kosmou metaxy tetagmenon —

Since, then, the first and second ascent of the Sonship had taken place, and the Holy Spirit had remained in the manner described, set as a firmament between the supramundane things and the world —

7.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 364

διῄρηται γὰρ ὑπὸ Βασιλείδου τὰ ὄντα εἰς δύο τὰς προεχεῖς καὶ πρώτας διαιρέσεις, καὶ καλεῖται κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸ μέν τι κόσμος, τὸ δέ τι ὑπερκόσμια, τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων μεθόριον πνεῦμα τοῦτο, ὅπερ ἐστὶ καὶ ἅγιον καὶ τῆς υἱότητος ἔχει μένουσαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ὀσμήν —

dię̄rētai gar hypo Basileidou ta onta eis dyo tas proecheis kai prōtas diaireseis, kai kaleitai katʼ auton to men ti kosmos, to de ti hyperkosmia, to de metaxy tou kosmou kai tōn hyperkosmiōn methorion pneuma touto, hoper esti kai hagion kai tēs huiotētos echei menousan en heautǭ tēn osmēn —

for the things that exist are divided by Basilides into two chief and first divisions, and according to him one is called the world, the other the supramundane things; and the boundary between the world and the supramundane things is this Spirit, which is also holy and has the scent of the Sonship remaining in itself —

7.23.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 364–366

ὄντος οὖν τοῦ στερεώματος, ὅ ἐστιν ὑπεράνω τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, διέσφυξε καὶ ἐγεννήθη ἀπὸ τοῦ κοσμικοῦ σπέρματος καὶ τῆς πανσπερμίας τοῦ σωροῦ ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κόσμου, κάλλος τι καὶ μέγεθος καὶ δύναμις λυθῆναι μὴ δυναμένη.

ontos oun tou stereōmatos, ho estin hyperanō tou ouranou, diesphyxe kai egennēthē apo tou kosmikou spermatos kai tēs panspermias tou sōrou ho megas archōn, hē kephalē tou kosmou, kallos ti kai megethos kai dynamis lythēnai mē dynamenē.

the firmament, then, being in place, which is above the heaven, there burst forth and was born from the cosmic seed and the seed-mass of the heap the great Archon, the head of the world, a beauty, a greatness, and a power that cannot be undone.

7.23.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 366

Ἀρρήτων γάρ, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἀρρητότερος καὶ δυνατῶν δυνατώτερος καὶ σοφῶν σοφώτερος, καὶ ὅ, τι ἂν εἴπῃς πάντων τῶν καλῶν κρείττων· οὗτος γεννηθεὶς ἐπῆρεν ἑαυτὸν καὶ μετεώρισε καὶ ἠνέχθη ὅλος ἄνω μέχρι τοῦ στερεώματος, τῆς δὲ ἀναδρομῆς καὶ τοῦ ὑψώματος τὸ στερέωμα τέλος εἶναι νομίσας, καὶ μηδὲ εἶναι μετὰ ταῦτα ὅλως μηδὲν ἐπινοήσας, ἐγένετο μὲν ὑποκειμένων πάντων, ὅσα ἦν λοιπὸν κοσμικά, σοφώτερος, δυνατώτερος, ἐκπρεπέστερος, φωτεινότερος, πᾶν ὅ, τι ἂν εἴπῃς καλὸν διαφέρον χωρὶς μόνης τῆς ὑπολελειμμένης υἱότητος ἔτι ἐν τῇ πανσπερμίᾳ· ἠγνόει γὰρ ὅτι ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ σοφωτέρα καὶ δυνατωτέρα καὶ κρείττων.

Arrētōn gar, phēsin, estin arrētoteros kai dynatōn dynatōteros kai sophōn sophōteros, kai ho, ti an eipę̄s pantōn tōn kalōn kreittōn; houtos gennētheis epēren heauton kai meteōrise kai ēnechthē holos anō mechri tou stereōmatos, tēs de anadromēs kai tou hypsōmatos to stereōma telos einai nomisas, kai mēde einai meta tauta holōs mēden epinoēsas, egeneto men hypokeimenōn pantōn, hosa ēn loipon kosmika, sophōteros, dynatōteros, ekprepesteros, phōteinoteros, pan ho, ti an eipę̄s kalon diapheron chōris monēs tēs hypoleleimmenēs huiotētos eti en tę̄ panspermią; ēgnoei gar hoti estin autou sophōtera kai dynatōtera kai kreittōn.

For he is, he says, more unspeakable than the unspeakable, more powerful than the powerful, wiser than the wise, and better than whatever beautiful things you might name. When he was born he lifted himself up and raised himself aloft and was carried whole upward as far as the firmament; and thinking the firmament to be the end of the ascent and height, and supposing that after it there was nothing at all, he became wiser, more powerful, more splendid, more luminous than all the things beneath, whatever was left that belonged to the world, surpassing in whatever beauty you might name, except only the Sonship still left behind in the seed-mass; for he did not know that it was wiser and more powerful and better than he.

7.23.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 366

Νομίσας οὖν αὐτὸς εἶναι κύριος καὶ δεσπότης καὶ σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων τρέπεται εἰς τὴν καθʼ ἕκαστα κτίσιν τοῦ κόσμου. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἠξίωσε μὴ εἶναι μόνος, ἀλλὰ ἐποίησεν ἑαυτῷ καὶ ἐγέννησεν ἐκ τῶν ὑποκειμένων υἱὸν ἑαυτοῦ πολὺ κρείττονα καὶ σοφώτερον.

Nomisas oun autos einai kyrios kai despotēs kai sophos architektōn trepetai eis tēn kathʼ hekasta ktisin tou kosmou. Kai prōton men ēxiōse mē einai monos, alla epoiēsen heautǭ kai egennēsen ek tōn hypokeimenōn huion heautou poly kreittona kai sophōteron.

So, thinking that he himself was lord and master and a wise master-builder, he turns to the creation of the world in its particulars. And first he resolved not to be alone, but made for himself and begot from the things beneath a son of his own, much better and wiser than himself.

7.23.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 366

Ταῦτα γὰρ ἦν πάντα προβεβουλευμένος ὁ οὐκ ὢν θεός, ὅτε τὴν πανσπερμίαν κατέβαλεν. Ἰδὼν οὖν τὸν υἱὸν ἐθαύμασε καὶ ἠγάπησε καὶ κατεπλάγη· τοιοῦτον γάρ τι κάλλος ἐφαίνετο υἱοῦ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἄρχοντι· καὶ ἐκάθισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ δεξιῶν ὁ ἄρχων.

Tauta gar ēn panta probebouleumenos ho ouk ōn theos, hote tēn panspermian katebalen. Idōn oun ton huion ethaumase kai ēgapēse kai kateplagē; toiouton gar ti kallos ephaineto huiou tǭ megalǭ archonti; kai ekathisen auton ek dexiōn ho archōn.

For the non-existent God had planned all these things beforehand when he laid down the seed-mass. So when he saw the son he marveled at him, loved him, and was struck with amazement; for such was the beauty of the son that appeared to the great Archon; and the Archon seated him at his right hand.

7.23.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 366

Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὀγδοὰς λεγομένη, ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ μέγας ἄρχων καθήμενος. Πᾶσαν οὖν τὴν ἐπουράνιον κτίσιν, τουτέστι τὴν αἰθέριον, αὐτὸς εἰργάσατο ὁ δημιουργὸς ὁ μέγας σοφός· ἐνήργει δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ὑπετίθετο ὁ υἱὸς ὁ τούτου γενόμενος, ὢν αὐτοῦ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ πολὺ σοφώτερος.

Hautē estin hē katʼ autous ogdoas legomenē, hopou estin ho megas archōn kathēmenos. Pasan oun tēn epouranion ktisin, toutesti tēn aitherion, autos eirgasato ho dēmiourgos ho megas sophos; enērgei de autǭ kai hypetitheto ho huios ho toutou genomenos, ōn autou tou dēmiourgou poly sophōteros.

This is what they call the Ogdoad, where the great Archon sits. The whole heavenly creation, then, that is, the ethereal, the great wise Demiurge made himself; but the son who was born to him worked in him and made suggestions to him, being much wiser than the Demiurge himself.

item 7, chapter 24

7.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 366

Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ Ἀριστοτέλην σώματος φυσικοῦ ὀργανικοῦ ἐντελέχεια, ψυχὴ ἐνεργοῦσα τῷ σώματι, ἧς δίχα τὸ σῶμα ἐργάζεσθαι οὐδὲν δύναται, μεῖζον καὶ ἐπιφανέστερον καὶ δυνατώτερον καὶ σοφώτερον τοῦ σώματος. Ὃν λόγον οὖν Ἀριστοτέλης ἀποδέδωκε περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος πρότερος, Βασιλείδης περὶ τοῦ μεγάλου ἄρχοντος καὶ τοῦ κατʼ αὐτὸν υἱοῦ διασαφεῖ.

Hautē estin hē kata Aristotelēn sōmatos physikou organikou entelecheia, psychē energousa tǭ sōmati, hēs dicha to sōma ergazesthai ouden dynatai, meizon kai epiphanesteron kai dynatōteron kai sophōteron tou sōmatos. Hon logon oun Aristotelēs apodedōke peri tēs psychēs kai tou sōmatos proteros, Basileidēs peri tou megalou archontos kai tou katʼ auton huiou diasaphei.

This is Aristotle's actuality of a natural organic body, a soul working in the body, without which the body can do nothing, greater, more illustrious, more powerful, and wiser than the body. The account, then, that Aristotle gave earlier concerning the soul and the body, Basilides sets out concerning the great Archon and his son.

7.24.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 366–368

Τόν τε γὰρ υἱὸν ὁ ἄρχων κατὰ Βασιλείδην γεγέννηκε, τήν τε ψυχὴν ἔργον καὶ ἀποτέλεσμά φησιν εἶναι ὁ Ἀριστοτέλης φυσικοῦ σώματος ὀργανικοῦ ἐντελέχειαν. Ὡς οὖν ἡ ἐντελέχεια διοικεῖ τὸ σῶμα, οὕτως ὁ υἱὸς διοικεῖ κατὰ Βασιλείδην τὸν ἀρρήτων ἀρρητότερον θεόν.

Ton te gar huion ho archōn kata Basileidēn gegennēke, tēn te psychēn ergon kai apotelesma phēsin einai ho Aristotelēs physikou sōmatos organikou entelecheian. Hōs oun hē entelecheia dioikei to sōma, houtōs ho huios dioikei kata Basileidēn ton arrētōn arrētoteron theon.

For according to Basilides the Archon has begotten the son, and Aristotle says that the soul, the actuality of a natural organic body, is the work and product of it. As, then, the actuality governs the body, so according to Basilides the son governs the God more unspeakable than the unspeakable.

7.24.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 368

Πάντα οὖν ἔστι προνοούμενα καὶ διοικούμενα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐντελεχείας τοῦ ἄρχοντος τοῦ μεγάλου τὰ αἰθέρια, ἅτινα μέχρι σελήνης ἐστίν· ἐκεῖθεν γὰρ ἀὴρ αἰθέρος διακρίνεται. Κεκοσμημένων οὖν πάντων τῶν αἰθερίων πάλιν ἀπὸ τῆς πανσπερμίας ἄλλος ἄρχων ἀνέβη, μείζων μὲν πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων χωρὶς μέντοι τῆς καταλελειμμένης υἱότητος, πολὺ δὲ ὑποδεέστερος τοῦ πρώτου ἄρχοντος. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ οὗτος ἄρρητος ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγόμενος.

Panta oun esti pronooumena kai dioikoumena hypo tēs entelecheias tou archontos tou megalou ta aitheria, hatina mechri selēnēs estin; ekeithen gar aēr aitheros diakrinetai. Kekosmēmenōn oun pantōn tōn aitheriōn palin apo tēs panspermias allos archōn anebē, meizōn men pantōn tōn hypokeimenōn chōris mentoi tēs kataleleimmenēs huiotētos, poly de hypodeesteros tou prōtou archontos. Esti de kai houtos arrētos hypʼ autōn legomenos.

All the ethereal things, then, which extend as far as the moon, are provided for and governed by the actuality of the great Archon; for from there air is distinguished from ether. When all the ethereal things had been set in order, again from the seed-mass another Archon went up, greater than all the things beneath, except for the Sonship left behind, but much inferior to the first Archon. And this one too is called unspeakable by them.

7.24.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 368

Καὶ καλεῖται ὁ τόπος οὗτος ἑβδομάς, καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων οὗτός ἐστι διοικητὴς καὶ δημιουργός, ποιήσας καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ υἱὸν ἐκ τῆς πανσπερμίας, καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ φρονιμώτερον καὶ σοφώτερον, παραπλησίως τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου λελεγμένοις.

Kai kaleitai ho topos houtos hebdomas, kai pantōn tōn hypokeimenōn houtos esti dioikētēs kai dēmiourgos, poiēsas kai autos heautǭ huion ek tēs panspermias, kai autos heautou phronimōteron kai sophōteron, paraplēsiōs tois epi tou prōtou lelegmenois.

And this place is called the Hebdomad, and he is the governor and Demiurge of all the things beneath, having himself also made for himself a son from the seed-mass, wiser and more prudent than himself, in the same way as was said of the first.

7.24.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 368

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ διαστήματι τούτῳ ὁ σωρὸς αὐτὸς ἐστί, φησί, καὶ ἡ πανσπερμία, καὶ γίνεται κατὰ φύσιν τὰ γινόμενα ὡς φθάσαν τεχθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ τὰ μέλλοντα λέγεσθαι, ὅτε δεῖ καὶ οἷα δεῖ καὶ ὡς δεῖ λελογισμένῳ. Καὶ τούτων ἔστιν ἐπιστάτης ἢ φροντιστὴς ἢ δημιουργὸς οὐδείς· ἀρκεῖ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁ λογισμὸς ἐκεῖνος, ὃν ὁ οὐκ ὢν ὅτε ἐποίει ἐλογίζετο.

To de en tǭ diastēmati toutǭ ho sōros autos esti, phēsi, kai hē panspermia, kai ginetai kata physin ta ginomena hōs phthasan techthēnai hypo tou ta mellonta legesthai, hote dei kai hoia dei kai hōs dei lelogismenǭ. Kai toutōn estin epistatēs ē phrontistēs ē dēmiourgos oudeis; arkei gar autois ho logismos ekeinos, hon ho ouk ōn hote epoiei elogizeto.

And what is in this interval, he says, is the heap itself and the seed-mass, and the things that come to be come to be by nature, as they were born beforehand from the one who had reckoned what was to be said, when it must be, of what kind, and how. And of these there is no overseer, guardian, or Demiurge; for that reckoning suffices them which the non-existent one reckoned when he was making.

item 7, chapter 25

7.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 368

Ἐπεὶ οὖν τετέλεσται κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὁ κόσμος ὅλος καὶ τὰ ὑπερκόσμια καὶ ἔστιν ἐνδεὲς οὐδέν, λείπεται δὲ ἐν τῇ πανσπερμίᾳ ἡ υἱότης ἡ τρίτη, ἡ καταλελειμμένη εὐεργετεῖν καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι ἐν τῷ σπέρματι, καὶ ἔδει τὴν ὑπολελειμμένην υἱότητα ἀποκαλυφθῆναι καὶ ἀποκατασταθῆναι ἄνω ἐκεῖ ὑπὲρ τὸ μεθόριον πνεῦμα πρὸς τὴν υἱότητα τὴν λεπτομερῆ καὶ μιμητικὴν καὶ τὸν οὐκ ὄντα, ὡς γέγραπται, φησί· Καὶ ἡ κτίσις αὐτὴ συστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκδεχομένη.

Epei oun tetelestai katʼ autous ho kosmos holos kai ta hyperkosmia kai estin endees ouden, leipetai de en tę̄ panspermią hē huiotēs hē tritē, hē kataleleimmenē euergetein kai euergeteisthai en tǭ spermati, kai edei tēn hypoleleimmenēn huiotēta apokalyphthēnai kai apokatastathēnai anō ekei hyper to methorion pneuma pros tēn huiotēta tēn leptomerē kai mimētikēn kai ton ouk onta, hōs gegraptai, phēsi; Kai hē ktisis autē systenazei kai synōdinei tēn apokalypsin tōn huiōn tou theou ekdechomenē.

Since, then, according to them the whole world and the supramundane things were completed and nothing was lacking, but there remained in the seed-mass the third Sonship, which had been left behind to benefit and be benefited in the seed, and the Sonship that was left behind had to be revealed and restored up there above the boundary Spirit, to the fine and imitating Sonship and to the non-existent one, as it is written, he says: “And the creation itself groans together and travails together, awaiting the revelation of the sons of God.”

7.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 368–370

Υἱοὶ δέ, φησίν, ἐσμὲν ἡμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοί, ἐνθάδε καταλελειμμένοι διακοσμῆσαι καὶ διατυπῶσαι καὶ διορθώσασθαι καὶ τελειῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς κάτω φύσιν ἐχούσας μένειν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ διαστήματι.

Huioi de, phēsin, esmen hēmeis hoi pneumatikoi, enthade kataleleimmenoi diakosmēsai kai diatypōsai kai diorthōsasthai kai teleiōsai tas psychas katō physin echousas menein en toutǭ tǭ diastēmati.

And we, he says, are the sons, we spiritual ones, left behind here to order, shape, correct, and perfect the souls whose nature is to remain below in this interval.

7.25.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 370

Μέχρι μὲν οὖν Μωσέως ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, καθὼς γέγραπται· ἐβασίλευσε γὰρ ὁ μέγας ἄρχων ὁ ἔχων τὸ τέλος αὐτοῦ μέχρι στερεώματος, νομίζων αὐτὸς εἶναι θεὸς μόνος, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν εἶναι μηδέν, πάντα γὰρ ἦν φυλασσόμενα ἀποκρύφῳ σιωπῇ. Τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐστὶ τὸ μυστήριον, ὃ ταῖς προτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη, ἀλλὰ ἦν ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χρόνοις βασιλεὺς καὶ κύριος ὡς ἐδόκει τῶν ὅλων ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ἡ ὀγδοάς.

Mechri men oun Mōseōs apo Adam ebasileusen hē hamartia, kathōs gegraptai; ebasileuse gar ho megas archōn ho echōn to telos autou mechri stereōmatos, nomizōn autos einai theos monos, kai hyper auton einai mēden, panta gar ēn phylassomena apokryphǭ siōpę̄. Touto, phēsin, esti to mystērion, ho tais proterais geneais ouk egnōristhē, alla ēn en ekeinois tois chronois basileus kai kyrios hōs edokei tōn holōn ho megas archōn, hē ogdoas.

Until Moses, then, from Adam, sin reigned, as it is written; for the great Archon reigned, whose limit extends to the firmament, thinking himself to be the only God and that there was nothing above him; for all things were guarded in hidden silence. This, he says, is the mystery which was not made known to former generations; but in those times the great Archon, the Ogdoad, was, as it seemed, king and lord of all things.

7.25.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 370

Ἦν δὲ καὶ τούτου τοῦ διαστήματος βασιλεὺς καὶ κύριος ἡ ἑβδομάς, καὶ ἔστιν ἡ μὲν ὀγδοὰς ἄρρητος, ῥητὸν δὲ ἡ ἑβδομάς. Οὗτος ἐστί, φησίν, ὁ τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἄρχων ὁ λαλήσας τῷ Μωϋσῇ καὶ εἰπών· Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς (οὕτως γὰρ θέλουσι γεγράφθαι), τουτέστι τοῦ ἀρρήτου τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἄρχοντος θεοῦ.

Ēn de kai toutou tou diastēmatos basileus kai kyrios hē hebdomas, kai estin hē men ogdoas arrētos, rhēton de hē hebdomas. Houtos esti, phēsin, ho tēs hebdomados archōn ho lalēsas tǭ Mōÿsę̄ kai eipōn; Egō ho theos Abraam kai Isaak kai Iakōb, kai to onoma tou theou ouk edēlōsa autois (houtōs gar thelousi gegraphthai), toutesti tou arrētou tēs ogdoados archontos theou.

And the Hebdomad too was king and lord of this interval; and the Ogdoad is unspeakable, but the Hebdomad can be spoken. This, he says, is the Archon of the Hebdomad who spoke to Moses and said: “I am the God of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and the name of God I did not reveal to them” (for so they want it to be written), that is, the name of the unspeakable God, the Archon of the Ogdoad.

7.25.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 370

Πάντες οὖν οἱ προφῆται οἱ πρὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος, φησίν, ἐκεῖθεν ἐλάλησαν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔδει ἀποκαλυφθῆναι, φησίν, ἡμᾶς τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, περὶ ὧν ἐστέναξε, φησίν, ἡ κτίσις καὶ ὤδινεν, ἀπεκδεχομένη τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν, ἦλθε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς τὸν κόσμον, καὶ διῆλθε διὰ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ κυριότητος καὶ παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου· ἦλθε

Pantes oun hoi prophētai hoi pro tou sōtēros, phēsin, ekeithen elalēsan. Epei oun edei apokalyphthēnai, phēsin, hēmas ta tekna tou theou, peri hōn estenaxe, phēsin, hē ktisis kai ōdinen, apekdechomenē tēn apokalypsin, ēlthe to euangelion eis ton kosmon, kai diēlthe dia pasēs archēs kai exousias kai kyriotētos kai pantos onomatos onomazomenou; ēlthe

All the prophets, then, before the Savior, he says, spoke from there. Since, then, we the children of God had to be revealed, he says, for whom the creation groaned and travailed, awaiting the revelation, the gospel came into the world and passed through every principality and authority and dominion and every name that is named. And it came

7.25.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 370

δὲ ὄντως, καίπερ οὐδὲν κατῆλθεν ἄνωθεν, οὐδὲ ἐξέστη ἡ μακαρία υἱότης ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀπερινοήτου καὶ μακαρίου οὐκ ὄντος θεοῦ. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καθάπερ ὁ νάφθας ὁ ἰνδικός, ὀφθεὶς μόνον ἀπὸ πάνυ πολλοῦ διαστήματος συνάπτει πῦρ, οὕτω κάτωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀμορφίας τοῦ σωροῦ διήκουσιν αἱ δυνάμεις μέχρις ἄνω τῆς υἱότητος.

de ontōs, kaiper ouden katēlthen anōthen, oude exestē hē makaria huiotēs ekeinou tou aperinoētou kai makariou ouk ontos theou. Alla gar kathaper ho naphthas ho indikos, ophtheis monon apo pany pollou diastēmatos synaptei pyr, houtō katōthen apo tēs amorphias tou sōrou diēkousin hai dynameis mechris anō tēs huiotētos.

truly, although nothing came down from above, nor did the blessed Sonship depart from that inconceivable and blessed non-existent God. But just as Indian naphtha, merely seen from a very great distance, catches fire, so from below, from the formlessness of the heap, the powers reach up as far as the Sonship.

7.25.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 370–372

Ἅπτει μὲν γὰρ καὶ λαμβάνει τὰ νοήματα κατὰ τὸν νάφθαν τὸν ἰνδικόν, οἷον ἅφθας τις ὢν ὁ τοῦ μεγάλου τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἄρχοντος υἱὸς ἀπὸ τῆς μετὰ τὸ μεθόριον μακαρίας υἱότητος. Ἡ γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐν τῷ μεθορίῳ τῆς υἱότητος δύναμις ῥέοντα καὶ φερόμενα τὰ νοήματα τῆς υἱότητος μεταδίδωσι τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ μεγάλου ἄρχοντος.

Haptei men gar kai lambanei ta noēmata kata ton naphthan ton indikon, hoion haphthas tis ōn ho tou megalou tēs ogdoados archontos huios apo tēs meta to methorion makarias huiotētos. Hē gar en mesǭ tou hagiou pneumatos en tǭ methoriǭ tēs huiotētos dynamis rheonta kai pheromena ta noēmata tēs huiotētos metadidōsi tǭ huiǭ tou megalou archontos.

For the son of the great Archon of the Ogdoad, being like naphtha, kindles and receives the thoughts from the blessed Sonship beyond the boundary, after the manner of Indian naphtha. For the power of the Holy Spirit that is in the middle, at the boundary, imparts the thoughts of the Sonship, as they flow and are borne along, to the son of the great Archon.

item 7, chapter 26

7.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 372

Ἦλθεν οὖν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῆς υἱότητος, φησί, διὰ τοῦ παρακαθημένου τῷ ἄρχοντι υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, καὶ ἔμαθεν ὁ ἄρχων, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν θεὸς τῶν ὅλων, ἀλλʼ ἦν γεννητὸς καὶ ἔχων αὐτοῦ ὑπεράνω τὸν τοῦ ἀρρήτου καὶ ἀκατονομάστου οὐκ ὄντος καὶ τῆς υἱότητος κατακείμενον θησαυρόν, καὶ ἐπέστρεψε καὶ ἐφοβήθη, συνιεὶς ἐν οἵᾳ ἦν ἀγνοίᾳ.

Ēlthen oun to euangelion prōton apo tēs huiotētos, phēsi, dia tou parakathēmenou tǭ archonti huiou pros ton archonta, kai emathen ho archōn, hoti ouk ēn theos tōn holōn, allʼ ēn gennētos kai echōn autou hyperanō ton tou arrētou kai akatonomastou ouk ontos kai tēs huiotētos katakeimenon thēsauron, kai epestrepse kai ephobēthē, synieis en hoią ēn agnoią.

So the gospel came first from the Sonship, he says, through the son seated beside the Archon, to the Archon; and the Archon learned that he was not the God of all things, but was generated and had above him the treasure of the unspeakable and unnameable non-existent one and of the Sonship laid up; and he turned and was afraid, understanding in what ignorance he had been.

7.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 372

Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἀρχὴ σοφίας φόβος κυρίου. Ἤρξατο γὰρ σοφίζεσθαι κατηχούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ παρακαθημένου Χριστοῦ, διδασκόμενος τίς ἐστιν ὁ οὐκ ὤν, τίς ἡ υἱότης, τί τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τίς ἡ τῶν ὅλων κατασκευή, ποῦ ταῦτα ἀποκατασταθήσεται· αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία ἐν μυστηρίῳ λεγομένη,

Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Archē sophias phobos kyriou. Ērxato gar sophizesthai katēchoumenos hypo tou parakathēmenou Christou, didaskomenos tis estin ho ouk ōn, tis hē huiotēs, ti to hagion pneuma, tis hē tōn holōn kataskeuē, pou tauta apokatastathēsetai; hautē estin hē sophia en mystēriǭ legomenē,

This, he says, is what was said: “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” For he began to become wise, being catechized by the Christ seated beside him, being taught who the non-existent one is, what the Sonship is, what the Holy Spirit is, what the arrangement of all things is, where they will be restored. This is the wisdom spoken in a mystery,

7.26.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 372

περὶ ἧς, φησίν, ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· Οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν διδακτοῖς πνεύματος. Κατηχηθεὶς οὖν, φησίν, ὁ ἄρχων καὶ διδαχθεὶς καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἐξωμολογήσατο περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ἧς ἐποίησε μεγαλύνων ἑαυτόν.

peri hēs, phēsin, hē graphē legei; Ouk en didaktois anthrōpinēs sophias logois, allʼ en didaktois pneumatos. Katēchētheis oun, phēsin, ho archōn kai didachtheis kai phobētheis exōmologēsato peri hamartias, hēs epoiēse megalynōn heauton.

about which, he says, the Scripture says: “Not in words taught by human wisdom, but in those taught by the Spirit.” So the Archon, he says, catechized, taught, and afraid, confessed the sin he had committed in magnifying himself.

7.26.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 372

Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Τὴν ἁμαρτίαν μου ἐγνώρισα, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν μου ἐγὼ γινώσκω, ὑπὲρ ταύτης ἐξομολογήσομαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἐπεὶ οὖν κατήχητο μὲν ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, κατήχητο δὲ καὶ δεδίδακτο πᾶσα ἡ τῆς ὀγδοάδος κτίσις καὶ ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις τὸ μυστήριον, ἔδει λοιπὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἑβδομάδα ἐλθεῖν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἵνα καὶ ὁ τῆς ἑβδομάδος παραπλησίως ἄρχων διδαχθῇ καὶ εὐαγγελισθήσεται.

Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Tēn hamartian mou egnōrisa, kai tēn anomian mou egō ginōskō, hyper tautēs exomologēsomai eis ton aiōna. Epei oun katēchēto men ho megas archōn, katēchēto de kai dedidakto pasa hē tēs ogdoados ktisis kai egnōristhē tois epouraniois to mystērion, edei loipon kai epi tēn hebdomada elthein to euangelion, hina kai ho tēs hebdomados paraplēsiōs archōn didachthę̄ kai euangelisthēsetai.

This, he says, is what was said: “I have made my sin known, and I know my lawlessness; for this I will confess forever.” Since, then, the great Archon had been catechized, and the whole creation of the Ogdoad had been catechized and taught, and the mystery had been made known to the heavenly beings, it was necessary next for the gospel to come to the Hebdomad too, so that the Archon of the Hebdomad might likewise be taught and have the gospel preached to him.

7.26.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 372

Ἐπέλαμψεν [οὖν] ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ μεγάλου ἄρχοντος τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ ἄρχοντος τῆς ἑβδομάδος τὸ φῶς, ὃ εἶχεν ἅψας αὐτὸς ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς υἱότητος, καὶ ἐφωτίσθη ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἄρχοντος τῆς ἑβδομάδος, καὶ εὐηγγελίσατο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῷ ἄρχοντι τῆς ἑβδομάδος, καὶ ὁμοίως κατὰ τὸν πρῶτον λόγον καὶ αὐτὸς ἐφοβήθη καὶ ἐξωμολογήσατο.

Epelampsen [oun] ho huios tou megalou archontos tǭ huiǭ tou archontos tēs hebdomados to phōs, ho eichen hapsas autos anōthen apo tēs huiotētos, kai ephōtisthē ho huios tou archontos tēs hebdomados, kai euēngelisato to euangelion tǭ archonti tēs hebdomados, kai homoiōs kata ton prōton logon kai autos ephobēthē kai exōmologēsato.

[So] the son of the great Archon shone upon the son of the Archon of the Hebdomad the light that he himself had kindled from the Sonship above; and the son of the Archon of the Hebdomad was enlightened and preached the gospel to the Archon of the Hebdomad, and he too, in the same way as in the first account, was afraid and confessed.

7.26.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 372–374

Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ ἑβδομάδι πάντα πεφώτιστο καὶ διήγγελτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον αὐτοῖς· (κτίσεις γάρ εἰσι κατʼ αὐτὰ τὰ διαστήματα κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἄπειροι καὶ ἀρχαὶ καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ ἐξουσίαι, περὶ ὧν μακρός ἐστι κατʼ αὐτοὺς πάνυ λόγος λεγόμενος διὰ πολλῶν, ἔνθα καὶ τριακοσίους ἑξήκοντα πέντε οὐρανοὺς φάσκουσι, καὶ τὸν μέγαν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν εἶναι τὸν Ἁβρασὰξ διὰ τὸ περιέχειν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ψῆφον (??), ὥστε τοῦ ὀνόματος τὴν ψῆφον περιέχειν πάντα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοσαύταις ἡμέραις συνεστάναι·)

Epei oun kai ta en tę̄ hebdomadi panta pephōtisto kai diēngelto to euangelion autois; (ktiseis gar eisi katʼ auta ta diastēmata katʼ autous apeiroi kai archai kai dynameis kai exousiai, peri hōn makros esti katʼ autous pany logos legomenos dia pollōn, entha kai triakosious hexēkonta pente ouranous phaskousi, kai ton megan archonta autōn einai ton Habrasax dia to periechein to onoma autou psēphon (??), hōste tou onomatos tēn psēphon periechein panta, kai dia touto ton eniauton tosautais hēmerais synestanai;)

Since, then, all things in the Hebdomad too had been enlightened and the gospel had been announced to them (for according to them there are in these intervals countless creations and principalities and powers and authorities, about which they have a very long account told at great length, where they also say there are three hundred and sixty-five heavens, and that their great Archon is Abrasax, because his name contains the number … , so that the number of the name contains all things, and for this reason the year consists of that many days),

7.26.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 374

ἀλλʼ ἐπεί, φησί, ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγένετο, ἔδει λοιπὸν καὶ τὴν ἀμορφίαν καθʼ ἡμᾶς φωτισθῆναι καὶ τῇ υἱότητι τῇ ἐν τῇ ἀμορφίᾳ καταλελειμμένῃ οἱονεὶ ἐκτρώματι ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τὸ μυστήριον, ὃ ταῖς προτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ ἐγνωρίσθη, καθὼς γέγραπται, φησί· Κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καί· Ἤκουσα ἄρρητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ εἰπεῖν.

allʼ epei, phēsi, tauthʼ houtōs egeneto, edei loipon kai tēn amorphian kathʼ hēmas phōtisthēnai kai tę̄ huiotēti tę̄ en tę̄ amorphią kataleleimmenę̄ hoionei ektrōmati apokalyphthēnai to mystērion, ho tais proterais geneais ouk egnōristhē, kathōs gegraptai, phēsi; Kata apokalypsin egnōristhē moi to mystērion, kai; Ēkousa arrēta rhēmata, ha ouk exon anthrōpǭ eipein.

but since, he says, these things happened thus, it was necessary next that the formlessness where we are should also be enlightened, and that the mystery should be revealed to the Sonship left behind in the formlessness like an untimely birth, the mystery which was not made known to former generations, as it is written, he says: “By revelation the mystery was made known to me,” and: “I heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to speak.”

7.26.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 374

Κατῆλθεν [οὖν] ἀπὸ τῆς ἑβδομάδος τὸ φῶς, τὸ κατελθὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἄνωθεν τῷ υἱῷ τῆς ἑβδομάδος, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἐφωτίσθη συνεξαφθεὶς τῷ φωτὶ τῷ λάμψαντι εἰς αὐτόν.

Katēlthen [oun] apo tēs hebdomados to phōs, to katelthon apo tēs ogdoados anōthen tǭ huiǭ tēs hebdomados, epi ton Iēsoun ton huion tēs Marias, kai ephōtisthē synexaphtheis tǭ phōti tǭ lampsanti eis auton.

[So] the light came down from the Hebdomad, the light which had come down from the Ogdoad above to the son of the Hebdomad, upon Jesus the son of Mary, and he was enlightened, being kindled together with the light that shone on him.

7.26.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 374

Τοῦτο ἐστί, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον· Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς υἱότητος διὰ τοῦ μεθορίου πνεύματος ἐπὶ τὴν ὀγδοάδα καὶ τὴν ἑβδομάδα διελθὸν μέχρι τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι, ἡ δύναμις τῆς κρίσεως ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκρωρείας ἄνωθεν [διὰ] τοῦ δημιουργοῦ μέχρι τῆς κτίσεως, ὅ ἐστι τοῦ υἱοῦ.

Touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon; Pneuma hagion epeleusetai epi se, to apo tēs huiotētos dia tou methoriou pneumatos epi tēn ogdoada kai tēn hebdomada dielthon mechri tēs Marias, kai dynamis hypsistou episkiasei soi, hē dynamis tēs kriseōs apo tēs akrōreias anōthen [dia] tou dēmiourgou mechri tēs ktiseōs, ho esti tou huiou.

This, he says, is what was said: “The Holy Spirit will come upon you,” that which came from the Sonship through the boundary Spirit to the Ogdoad and the Hebdomad and passed on as far as Mary; “and the power of the Most High will overshadow you,” the power of distinction from the summit above, [through] the Demiurge as far as the creation, which is the son's.

7.26.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 374

Μέχρι δὲ ἐκείνου φησὶ συνεστηκέναι τὸν κόσμον οὕτως, μέχρις οὗ πᾶσα ἡ υἱότης ἡ καταλελειμμένη εἰς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν ἀμορφίᾳ καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι διαμορφουμένη κατακολουθήσῃ τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ ἀναδράμῃ καὶ ἔλθῃ ἀποκαθαρισθεῖσα· καὶ γίνεται λεπτομερεστάτη, ὡς δύνασθαι διʼ αὐτῆς ἀναδραμεῖν ὥσπερ ἡ πρώτη. Πᾶσαν γὰρ ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν συνεστηριγμένην φυσικῶς τῷ φωτὶ τῷ λάμψαντι ἄνωθεν κάτω.

Mechri de ekeinou phēsi synestēkenai ton kosmon houtōs, mechris hou pasa hē huiotēs hē kataleleimmenē eis to euergetein tas psychas en amorphią kai euergeteisthai diamorphoumenē katakolouthēsę̄ tǭ Iēsou kai anadramę̄ kai elthę̄ apokatharistheisa; kai ginetai leptomerestatē, hōs dynasthai diʼ autēs anadramein hōsper hē prōtē. Pasan gar echei tēn dynamin synestērigmenēn physikōs tǭ phōti tǭ lampsanti anōthen katō.

And he says the world holds together in this way until the whole Sonship that was left behind to benefit the souls in formlessness and to be benefited, being given form, follows Jesus and runs up and comes, purified; and it becomes most fine, so that it can run up by itself like the first. For it has all its power naturally made firm by the light that shone from above downward.

item 7, chapter 27

7.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 374

Ὅταν οὖν ἔλθῃ, φησί, πᾶσα υἱότης καὶ ἔσται ὑπὲρ τὸ μεθόριον, τὸ πνεῦμα, τότε ἐλεηθήσεται ἡ κτίσις· στένει γὰρ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν καὶ βασανίζεται καὶ μένει τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα πάντες ἀνέλθωσιν ἐντεῦθεν οἱ τῆς υἱότητος ἄνθρωποι· ἐπειδὰν [οὖν] γένηται τοῦτο, ἐπάξει, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον τὴν μεγάλην ἄγνοιαν, ἵνα μένῃ πάντα κατὰ φύσιν καὶ μηδὲν μηδενὸς τῶν παρὰ φύσιν ἐπιθυ[μήσῃ].

Hotan oun elthę̄, phēsi, pasa huiotēs kai estai hyper to methorion, to pneuma, tote eleēthēsetai hē ktisis; stenei gar mechri tou nyn kai basanizetai kai menei tēn apokalypsin tōn huiōn tou theou, hina pantes anelthōsin enteuthen hoi tēs huiotētos anthrōpoi; epeidan [oun] genētai touto, epaxei, phēsin, ho theos epi ton kosmon holon tēn megalēn agnoian, hina menę̄ panta kata physin kai mēden mēdenos tōn para physin epithy[mēsę̄].

When, then, he says, the whole Sonship has come and is above the boundary, the Spirit, then the creation will receive mercy; for until now it groans and is tormented and waits for the revelation of the sons of God, so that all the men of the Sonship may go up from here. And when this has happened, he says, God will bring upon the whole world the great ignorance, so that all things may remain according to nature and nothing may desire anything contrary to nature.

7.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 374–376

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ τούτου τοῦ διαστήματος, ὅσαι φύσιν ἔχουσιν ἐν τούτῳ ἀθάνατοι διαμένειν μόνῳ, μενοῦσιν οὐδὲν ἐπιστάμεναι τούτου τοῦ διαστήματος διάφορον οὐδὲ βέλτιον, οὐδὲ ἀκοή τις ἔσται τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἐν τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις οὐδὲ γνῶσις, ἵνα μὴ τῶν ἀδυνάτων αἱ ὑποκείμεναι ψυχαὶ ὀρεγόμεναι βασανίζωνται, καθάπερ ἰχθὺς ἐπιθυμήσας ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι μετὰ τῶν προβάτων νέμεσθαι· ἐγένετο [γὰρ] ἄν, φησίν, αὐτοῖς ἡ τοιαύτη ἐπιθυμία φθορά.

Alla gar pasai hai psychai toutou tou diastēmatos, hosai physin echousin en toutǭ athanatoi diamenein monǭ, menousin ouden epistamenai toutou tou diastēmatos diaphoron oude beltion, oude akoē tis estai tōn hyperkeimenōn en tois hypokeimenois oude gnōsis, hina mē tōn adynatōn hai hypokeimenai psychai oregomenai basanizōntai, kathaper ichthys epithymēsas en tois oresi meta tōn probatōn nemesthai; egeneto [gar] an, phēsin, autois hē toiautē epithymia phthora.

But all the souls of this interval, as many as have a nature to remain immortal in this interval alone, will remain knowing nothing different from or better than this interval; nor will there be any report or knowledge among those beneath of those above, so that the souls beneath may not be tormented by longing for impossible things, like a fish that desired to graze on the mountains with the sheep; [for] such a desire, he says, would be destruction to them.

7.27.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 376

Ἔστιν οὖν, φησίν, ἄφθαρτα πάντα τὰ κατὰ χώραν μένοντα, φθαρτὰ δέ, ἐὰν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ὑπερπηδᾶν καὶ ὑπερβαίνειν βούλοιντο. Οὕτως οὐδὲν ὁ ἄρχων τῆς ἑβδομάδος γνώσεται τῶν ὑπερκειμένων· καταλήψεται γὰρ καὶ τοῦτον ἡ μεγάλη ἄγνοια, ἵνα ἀποστῇ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ λύπη καὶ ὀδύνη καὶ στεναγμός· ἐπιθυμήσει γὰρ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἀδυνάτων οὐδὲ λυπηθήσεται.

Estin oun, phēsin, aphtharta panta ta kata chōran menonta, phtharta de, ean ek tōn kata physin hyperpēdan kai hyperbainein boulointo. Houtōs ouden ho archōn tēs hebdomados gnōsetai tōn hyperkeimenōn; katalēpsetai gar kai touton hē megalē agnoia, hina apostę̄ apʼ autou lypē kai odynē kai stenagmos; epithymēsei gar oudenos tōn adynatōn oude lypēthēsetai.

All things, then, he says, are incorruptible while they remain in their place, but corruptible if they wish to leap over and pass beyond what is according to nature. So the Archon of the Hebdomad will know nothing of the things above; for the great ignorance will seize him too, so that grief and pain and sighing may depart from him; for he will desire none of the impossible things, nor will he grieve.

7.27.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 376

Καταλήψεται δὲ ὁμοίως καὶ τὸν μέγαν ἄρχοντα τῆς ὀγδοάδος ἡ ἄγνοια αὕτη καὶ πάσας τὰς ὑποκειμένας αὐτῷ κτίσεις παραπλησίως, ἵνα μηδὲν κατὰ μηδὲν ὀρέγηται τῶν παρὰ φύσιν τινὸς μηδὲ ὀδυνῆται· καὶ οὕτως ἡ ἀποκατάστασις ἔσται πάντων κατὰ φύσιν τεθεμελιωμένων μὲν ἐν τῷ σπέρματι τῶν ὅλων ἐν ἀρχῇ, ἀποκατασταθησομένων δὲ καιροῖς ἰδίοις.

Katalēpsetai de homoiōs kai ton megan archonta tēs ogdoados hē agnoia hautē kai pasas tas hypokeimenas autǭ ktiseis paraplēsiōs, hina mēden kata mēden oregētai tōn para physin tinos mēde odynētai; kai houtōs hē apokatastasis estai pantōn kata physin tethemeliōmenōn men en tǭ spermati tōn holōn en archę̄, apokatastathēsomenōn de kairois idiois.

And this ignorance will likewise seize the great Archon of the Ogdoad, and all the creations beneath him in the same way, so that nothing may in any respect long for anything contrary to nature or be in pain; and so there will be the restoration of all things, which were founded according to nature in the seed of the universe in the beginning and will be restored in their own seasons.

7.27.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 376

Ὅτι δὲ, φησίν, ἕκαστον ἰδίους ἔχει καιρούς, ἱκανὸς ὁ σωτὴρ λέγων· Οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου, καὶ οἱ μάγοι τὸν ἀστέρα τεθεαμένοι· ἦν γὰρ, φησί, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπὸ γένεσιν ἀστέρων καὶ ὡρῶν ἀποκαταστάσεως ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ προλελογισμένος σωρῷ.

Hoti de, phēsin, hekaston idious echei kairous, hikanos ho sōtēr legōn; Oupō hēkei hē hōra mou, kai hoi magoi ton astera tetheamenoi; ēn gar, phēsi, kai autos hypo genesin asterōn kai hōrōn apokatastaseōs en tǭ megalǭ prolelogismenos sōrǭ.

And that each thing, he says, has its own seasons, the Savior is sufficient witness when he says, “My hour has not yet come,” and so are the Magi who beheld the star; for he too, he says, was subject to the birth of the stars and the return of the seasons, reckoned beforehand in the great heap.

7.27.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 376

Οὗτος ἐστὶν ὁ κατʼ αὐτοὺς νενοημένος ἔσω ἄνθρωπος πνευματικὸς ἐν τῷ ψυχικῷ (ὃ ἐστὶν υἱότης ἐνταῦθα ἀπολιποῦσα τὴν ψυχήν, οὐ θνητὴν ἀλλὰ αὐτοῦ μένουσαν κατὰ φύσιν, ᾗπερ ἄνω λέλοιπεν ἡ πρώτη υἱότης τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα τὸ μεθόριον ἐν οἰκείῳ τόπῳ), ἰδίαν τότε περιβεβλημένος ψυχήν.

Houtos estin ho katʼ autous nenoēmenos esō anthrōpos pneumatikos en tǭ psychikǭ (ho estin huiotēs entautha apolipousa tēn psychēn, ou thnētēn alla autou menousan kata physin, hę̄per anō leloipen hē prōtē huiotēs to hagion pneuma to methorion en oikeiǭ topǭ), idian tote peribeblēmenos psychēn.

This is, according to them, the one understood as the inner spiritual man within the psychic one (which is the Sonship that left the soul here, not mortal but remaining there according to nature, just as above the first Sonship left the Holy Spirit, the boundary, in its proper place), clothed then with his own soul.

7.27.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 376–378

Ἵνα δὲ μηδὲν τῶν κατʼ αὐτοὺς παραλείπωμεν, ὅσα καὶ περὶ εὐαγγελίου λέγουσιν ἐκθήσομαι. Εὐαγγέλιον ἐστὶ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων γνῶσις, ὡς δεδήλωται, ἣν ὁ μέγας ἄρχων οὐκ ἠπίστατο. Ὡς οὖν ἐδηλώθη αὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐστί, τουτέστι τὸ μεθόριον, καὶ ἡ υἱότης καὶ θεὸς ὁ τούτων αἴτιος πάντων ὁ οὐκ ὤν, ἐχάρη ἐπὶ τοῖς λεχθεῖσι καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο· τουτέστι κατʼ αὐτοὺς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον.

Hina de mēden tōn katʼ autous paraleipōmen, hosa kai peri euangeliou legousin ekthēsomai. Euangelion esti katʼ autous hē tōn hyperkosmiōn gnōsis, hōs dedēlōtai, hēn ho megas archōn ouk ēpistato. Hōs oun edēlōthē autǭ, hoti kai to pneuma hagion esti, toutesti to methorion, kai hē huiotēs kai theos ho toutōn aitios pantōn ho ouk ōn, echarē epi tois lechtheisi kai ēgalliasato; toutesti katʼ autous to euangelion.

And so that we may leave out nothing of their views, I shall set out what they say about the gospel too. The gospel according to them is the knowledge of the supramundane things, as has been shown, which the great Archon did not understand. When, then, it was shown to him that there is the Holy Spirit, that is, the boundary, and the Sonship, and the God who is the cause of all these, the non-existent one, he rejoiced at what was said and exulted; this, according to them, is the gospel.

7.27.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 378

Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γεγένηται κατʼ αὐτοὺς ὡς προειρήκαμεν. Γεγενημένης δὲ τῆς γενέσεως τῆς προδεδηλωμένης, γέγονε πάντα ὁμοίως κατʼ αὐτοὺς τὰ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὡς ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις γέγραπται. Γέγονε δὲ ταῦτα, φησίν, ἵνα ἀπαρχὴ τῆς φυλοκρινήσεως γένηται τῶν συγκεχυμένων ὁ Ἰησοῦς.

Ho de Iēsous gegenētai katʼ autous hōs proeirēkamen. Gegenēmenēs de tēs geneseōs tēs prodedēlōmenēs, gegone panta homoiōs katʼ autous ta peri tou sōtēros hōs en tois euangeliois gegraptai. Gegone de tauta, phēsin, hina aparchē tēs phylokrinēseōs genētai tōn synkechymenōn ho Iēsous.

And Jesus came into being according to them as we said before. And when the birth described above had taken place, all the things about the Savior happened according to them just as is written in the Gospels. And these things happened, he says, so that Jesus might become the first fruits of the sorting out of the things that had been confused.

7.27.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 378

Ἐπεὶ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος διῃρημένος εἰς ὀγδοάδα, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου, (κεφαλὴ δὲ τοῦ παντὸς κόσμου ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ) καὶ εἰς ἑβδομάδα, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ κεφαλὴ τῆς ἑβδομάδος, ὁ δημιουργὸς τῶν ὑποκειμένων, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο τὸ διάστημα τὸ καθʼ ἡμᾶς, ὅπου ἐστὶν ἡ ἀμορφία, ἀναγκαῖον ἦν τὰ συγκεχυμένα φυλοκρινηθῆναι διὰ τῆς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ διαιρέσεως.

Epei gar estin ho kosmos dię̄rēmenos eis ogdoada, hētis estin hē kephalē tou pantos kosmou, (kephalē de tou pantos kosmou ho megas archōn, ) kai eis hebdomada, hētis estin hē kephalē tēs hebdomados, ho dēmiourgos tōn hypokeimenōn, kai eis touto to diastēma to kathʼ hēmas, hopou estin hē amorphia, anankaion ēn ta synkechymena phylokrinēthēnai dia tēs tou Iēsou diaireseōs.

For since the world is divided into the Ogdoad, which is the head of the whole world (and the head of the whole world is the great Archon), and into the Hebdomad, which is the head of the Hebdomad, the Demiurge of the things beneath, and into this interval where we are, where the formlessness is, it was necessary that the things that had been confused should be sorted out through the division of Jesus.

7.27.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 378

Ἔπαθεν οὖν τοῦτο ὅπερ ἦν αὐτοῦ σωματικὸν μέρος, ὃ ἦν τῆς ἀμορφίας, καὶ ἀπεκατέστη εἰς τὴν ἀμορφίαν· ἀνέστη δὲ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἦν ψυχικὸν αὐτοῦ μέρος, ὅπερ ἦν τῆς ἑβδομάδος, καὶ ἀπεκατέστη εἰς τὴν ἑβδομάδα· ἀνέστησε δὲ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἦν τῆς ἀκρωρείας οἰκεῖον τοῦ μεγάλου ἄρχοντος καὶ ἔμεινε παρὰ τὸν ἄρχοντα τὸν μέγαν· ἀνήνεγκε δὲ μέχρις ἄνω τοῦτο ὅπερ ἦν τοῦ μεθορίου πνεύματος καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐν τῷ μεθορίῳ πνεύματι·

Epathen oun touto hoper ēn autou sōmatikon meros, ho ēn tēs amorphias, kai apekatestē eis tēn amorphian; anestē de touto hoper ēn psychikon autou meros, hoper ēn tēs hebdomados, kai apekatestē eis tēn hebdomada; anestēse de touto hoper ēn tēs akrōreias oikeion tou megalou archontos kai emeine para ton archonta ton megan; anēnenke de mechris anō touto hoper ēn tou methoriou pneumatos kai emeinen en tǭ methoriǭ pneumati;

So that which was his bodily part suffered, which belonged to the formlessness, and it was restored to the formlessness; and that which was his psychic part rose, which belonged to the Hebdomad, and it was restored to the Hebdomad; and he raised that which was proper to the summit of the great Archon, and it remained beside the great Archon; and he carried up as far as above that which belonged to the boundary Spirit, and it remained in the boundary Spirit;

7.27.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 378

ἀπεκαθάρθη δὲ ἡ υἱότης ἡ τρίτη διʼ αὐτοῦ, ἡ ἐγκαταλελειμμένη πρὸς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι, καὶ ἀνῆλθε πρὸς τὴν μακαρίαν υἱότητα διὰ πάντων τούτων διελθοῦσα. Ὅλη γὰρ αὐτῶν ἡ ὑπόθεσις σύγχυσις οἱονεὶ πανσπερμίας καὶ φυλοκρίνησις καὶ ἀποκατάστασις τῶν συγκεχυμένων εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα.

apekatharthē de hē huiotēs hē tritē diʼ autou, hē enkataleleimmenē pros to euergetein kai euergeteisthai, kai anēlthe pros tēn makarian huiotēta dia pantōn toutōn dielthousa. Holē gar autōn hē hypothesis synchysis hoionei panspermias kai phylokrinēsis kai apokatastasis tōn synkechymenōn eis ta oikeia.

and the third Sonship, which had been left behind to benefit and be benefited, was purified through him and went up to the blessed Sonship, passing through all these. For their whole system is the confusion, as it were, of a seed-mass, and the sorting and restoration of the confused things to their own places.

7.27.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 378

Τῆς οὖν φυλοκρινήσεως ἀπαρχὴ γέγονεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ τὸ πάθος οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς χάριν γέγονεν ὑπὸ τοῦ φυλοκρινηθῆναι τὰ συγκεχυμένα. Τούτῳ γὰρ τῷ τρόπῳ φησὶν ὅλην τὴν υἱότητα τὴν καταλελειμμένην εἰς τὴν ἀμορφίαν πρὸς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι δεῖν φυλοκρινηθῆναι, ᾧ τρόπῳ καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πεφυλοκρίνηται.

Tēs oun phylokrinēseōs aparchē gegonen ho Iēsous, kai to pathos ouk allou tinos charin gegonen hypo tou phylokrinēthēnai ta synkechymena. Toutǭ gar tǭ tropǭ phēsin holēn tēn huiotēta tēn kataleleimmenēn eis tēn amorphian pros to euergetein kai euergeteisthai dein phylokrinēthēnai, hǭ tropǭ kai ho Iēsous pephylokrinētai.

Jesus, then, became the first fruits of the sorting, and the passion took place for no other reason than that the confused things might be sorted out. For in this way, he says, the whole Sonship left behind in the formlessness to benefit and be benefited must be sorted out, in the way in which Jesus too has been sorted.

7.27.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 378–380

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἃ καὶ Βασιλείδης μυθεύει σχολάσας κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν τὴν τοσαύτην σοφίαν διδαχθεὶς ἐκαρποφόρησε τοιούτους καρπούς.

Tauta men oun estin ha kai Basileidēs mytheuei scholasas kata tēn Aigypton, kai parʼ autōn tēn tosautēn sophian didachtheis ekarpophorēse toioutous karpous.

These, then, are the things that Basilides too tells as myth, having studied in Egypt; and having been taught such great wisdom by them, he bore such fruits.

item 7, chapter 28

7.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 380

Σατορνεῖλος δέ τις συνακμάσας τῷ Βασιλείδῃ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, διατρίψας δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας, ἐδογμάτισε τοιαῦτα ὁποῖα καὶ Μένανδρος. Λέγει δὲ ἕνα πατέρα ἄγνωστον τοῖς πᾶσιν ὑπάρχειν, τὸν ποιήσαντα ἀγγέλους, ἀρχαγγέλους, δυνάμεις, ἐξουσίας.

Satorneilos de tis synakmasas tǭ Basileidę̄ kata ton auton chronon, diatripsas de en Antiocheią tēs Syrias, edogmatise toiauta hopoia kai Menandros. Legei de hena patera agnōston tois pasin hyparchein, ton poiēsanta angelous, archangelous, dynameis, exousias.

A certain Saturnilus, who flourished at the same time as Basilides and spent his time in Antioch of Syria, taught such things as Menander did. He says that there is one Father, unknown to all, who made angels, archangels, powers, and authorities.

7.28.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 380

Ἀπὸ δὲ ἑπτά τινων ἀγγέλων τὸν κόσμον γεγενῆσθαι καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον δὲ ἀγγέλων εἶναι ποίημα, ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐθεντίας φωτεινῆς εἰκόνος ἐπιφανείσης, ἣν κατασχεῖν μὴ δυνηθέντες διὰ τὸ παραχρῆμα, φησίν, ἀναδραμεῖν ἄνω, ἐκέλευσαν ἑαυτοῖς λέγοντες· Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατʼ εἰκόνα καὶ καθʼ ὁμοίωσιν· οὗ

Apo de hepta tinōn angelōn ton kosmon gegenēsthai kai panta ta en autǭ, kai ton anthrōpon de angelōn einai poiēma, anōthen apo tēs authentias phōteinēs eikonos epiphaneisēs, hēn kataschein mē dynēthentes dia to parachrēma, phēsin, anadramein anō, ekeleusan heautois legontes; Poiēsōmen anthrōpon katʼ eikona kai kathʼ homoiōsin; hou

And that the world and all things in it came into being from some seven angels, and that the human being too is the work of angels, a luminous image having appeared from above from the Supreme Authority, which they were unable to hold back because, he says, it immediately ran back up; and they urged one another, saying, “Let us make a human being according to image and according to likeness.” And when he

7.28.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 380

γενομένου, φησίν, καὶ [μὴ] δυναμένου ἀνορθοῦσθαι τοῦ πλάσματος διὰ τὸ ἀδρανὲς τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἀλλὰ ὡς σκώληκος σκαρίζοντος, οἰκτείρασα αὐτὸν ἡ ἄνω δύναμις διὰ τὸ ἐν ὁμοιώματι αὐτῆς γεγονέναι, ἔπεμψε σπινθῆρα ζωῆς, ὃς διήγειρε τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ ζῆν ἐποίησε.

genomenou, phēsin, kai [mē] dynamenou anorthousthai tou plasmatos dia to adranes tōn angelōn, alla hōs skōlēkos skarizontos, oikteirasa auton hē anō dynamis dia to en homoiōmati autēs gegonenai, epempse spinthēra zōēs, hos diēgeire ton anthrōpon kai zēn epoiēse.

had been made, he says, and the thing formed could [not] stand upright because of the weakness of the angels, but writhed like a worm, the power above took pity on him because he had been made in its likeness, and sent a spark of life, which roused the human being and made him live.

7.28.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 380

Τοῦτον οὖν τὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς ζωῆς μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀνατρέχειν πρὸς τὰ ὁμόφυλα λέγει, καὶ τὰ λοιπά, ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο, εἰς ἐκεῖνα ἀναλύεσθαι. Τὸν δὲ σωτῆρα ἀγέννητον ὑπέθετο καὶ ἀσώματον καὶ ἀνείδεον, δοκήσει δὲ ἐπιπεφηνέναι ἄνθρωπον.

Touton oun ton spinthēra tēs zōēs meta tēn teleutēn anatrechein pros ta homophyla legei, kai ta loipa, ex hōn egeneto, eis ekeina analyesthai. Ton de sōtēra agennēton hypetheto kai asōmaton kai aneideon, dokēsei de epipephēnenai anthrōpon.

He says, then, that this spark of life after death runs back to what is akin to it, and the rest is dissolved into the things from which it came. And he supposed the Savior to be unbegotten, bodiless, and formless, and to have appeared as a human being in semblance.

7.28.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 380–382

Καὶ τὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων θεὸν ἕνα τῶν ἀγγέλων εἶναί φησι, καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι τὸν πατέρα καταλῦσαι πάντας τοὺς ἄρχοντας, παραγενέσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπὶ καταλύσει τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων θεοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πειθομένων αὐτῷ· εἶναι δὲ τούτους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸν σπινθῆρα τῆς ζωῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς.

Kai ton tōn Ioudaiōn theon hena tōn angelōn einai phēsi, kai dia to boulesthai ton patera katalysai pantas tous archontas, paragenesthai ton Christon epi katalysei tou tōn Ioudaiōn theou kai epi sōtērią tōn peithomenōn autǭ; einai de toutous tous echontas ton spinthēra tēs zōēs en autois.

And he says that the God of the Jews is one of the angels, and that because the Father wished to destroy all the rulers, Christ came for the destruction of the God of the Jews and for the salvation of those who believe him; and that these are those who have the spark of life in them.

7.28.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 382

Δύο γὰρ γένη τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων πεπλάσθαι ἔφη, τὸ μὲν πονηρόν, τὸ δὲ ἀγαθόν, καὶ ἐπειδὴ οἱ δαίμονες τοῖς πονηροῖς ἐβοήθουν, ἐληλυθέναι τὸν σωτῆρα ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῶν φαύλων ἀνθρώπων καὶ δαιμόνων, ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν.

Dyo gar genē tōn anthrōpōn hypo tōn angelōn peplasthai ephē, to men ponēron, to de agathon, kai epeidē hoi daimones tois ponērois eboēthoun, elēlythenai ton sōtēra epi katalysei tōn phaulōn anthrōpōn kai daimonōn, epi sōtērią de tōn agathōn.

For he said that two races of human beings were formed by the angels, one evil and the other good; and since the demons helped the evil, the Savior came for the destruction of the wicked people and the demons, and for the salvation of the good.

7.28.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 382

Τὸ δὲ γαμεῖν καὶ γεννᾶν ἀπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ φησιν εἶναι· οἱ πλείους τε τῶν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ ἐμψύχων ἀπέχονται, διὰ τῆς προσποιήτου ταύτης ἐγκρατείας.... τὰς δὲ προφητείας ἃς μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν κοσμοποιῶν ἀγγέλων λελαλῆσθαι, ἃς δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν ἄγγελον ἀντιπράττοντα τοῖς κοσμικοῖς ὑπέθετο, μάλιστα δὲ τῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων θεῷ. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Σατορνεῖλος.

To de gamein kai gennan apo tou satana phēsin einai; hoi pleious te tōn apʼ ekeinou kai empsychōn apechontai, dia tēs prospoiētou tautēs enkrateias.... tas de prophēteias has men apo tōn kosmopoiōn angelōn lelalēsthai, has de apo tou satana, hon kai auton angelon antiprattonta tois kosmikois hypetheto, malista de tǭ tōn Ioudaiōn theǭ. Tauta men oun ho Satorneilos.

And he says that marrying and begetting are from Satan; and most of his followers also abstain from living things, through this pretended self-control. … And of the prophecies, some, he says, were spoken by the world-making angels, and others by Satan, whom he also supposed to be an angel working against the world-makers, and especially against the God of the Jews. These, then, are the teachings of Saturnilus.

item 7, chapter 29

7.29.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 382

Μαρκίων δὲ ὁ Ποντικὸς πολὺ τούτων μανικώτερος, τὰ πολλὰ τῶν πλειόνων παραπεμψάμενος ἐπὶ τὸ ἀναιδέστερον ὁρμήσας δύο ἀρχὰς τοῦ παντὸς ὑπέθετο, ἀγαθόν τινα λέγων καὶ τὸν ἕτερον πονηρόν· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ νομίζων καινόν τι παρεισαγαγεῖν σχολὴν ἐσκεύασεν ἀπονοίας γέμουσαν καὶ κυνικοῦ βίου, ὢν τις μάχιμος.

Markiōn de ho Pontikos poly toutōn manikōteros, ta polla tōn pleionōn parapempsamenos epi to anaidesteron hormēsas dyo archas tou pantos hypetheto, agathon tina legōn kai ton heteron ponēron; kai autos de nomizōn kainon ti pareisagagein scholēn eskeuasen aponoias gemousan kai kynikou biou, ōn tis machimos.

Marcion of Pontus, far more mad than these, dismissing most of the teachings of the majority and rushing on to greater shamelessness, supposed two principles of the universe, calling one good and the other evil. And he too, thinking he was introducing something new, set up a school full of madness and of a Cynic way of life, being a quarrelsome man.

7.29.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 382

Οὗτος νομίζων λήσεσθαι τοὺς πολλούς, ὅτι μὴ Χριστοῦ τυγχάνοι μαθητὴς ἀλλʼ Ἐμπεδοκλέους πολὺ αὐτῷ προγενεστέρου τυγχάνοντος, ταὐτὰ ὁρίσας ἐδογμάτισε δύο εἶναι τὰ τοῦ παντὸς αἴτια, νεῖκος καὶ φιλίαν.

Houtos nomizōn lēsesthai tous pollous, hoti mē Christou tynchanoi mathētēs allʼ Empedokleous poly autǭ progenesterou tynchanontos, tauta horisas edogmatise dyo einai ta tou pantos aitia, neikos kai philian.

Thinking that he would escape the notice of the many, that he was not a disciple of Christ but of Empedocles, who lived long before him, he defined the same things and taught that there are two causes of the universe, Strife and Love.

7.29.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 382–384

Τί γὰρ φησὶν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου διαγωγῆς; εἰ καὶ προείπομεν, ἀλλά γε καὶ νῦν πρὸς τὸ ἀντιπαραθεῖναι τῇ τοῦ κλεψιλόγου αἱρέσει οὐ σιωπήσομαι.

Ti gar phēsin ho Empedoklēs peri tēs tou kosmou diagōgēs? ei kai proeipomen, alla ge kai nyn pros to antiparatheinai tę̄ tou klepsilogou hairesei ou siōpēsomai.

For what does Empedocles say about the ordering of the world? Even though we have spoken of it before, still I shall not keep silent now either, in order to set it beside the heresy of the word-thief.

7.29.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 384

Οὗτός φησιν εἶναι τὰ πάντα στοιχεῖα, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος συνέστηκε καὶ ἔστιν, ἕξ, δύο μὲν ὑλικά, γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ, δύο δὲ ὄργανα, οἷς τὰ ὑλικὰ κοσμεῖται καὶ μεταβάλλεται, πῦρ καὶ ἀέρα, δύο δὲ τὰ ἐργαζόμενα τοῖς ὀργάνοις τὴν ὕλην καὶ δημιουργοῦντα, νεῖκος καὶ φιλίαν, λέγων ὧδέ πως· Τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς [ἀργής], Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος, ἠδʼ Ἀϊδωνεύς, Νῆστις γε ἣ δακρύοις τέγγει κρουνῷ μακρόγιον.

Houtos phēsin einai ta panta stoicheia, ex hōn ho kosmos synestēke kai estin, hex, dyo men hylika, gēn kai hydōr, dyo de organa, hois ta hylika kosmeitai kai metaballetai, pyr kai aera, dyo de ta ergazomena tois organois tēn hylēn kai dēmiourgounta, neikos kai philian, legōn hōde pōs; Tessara tōn pantōn rhizōmata prōton akoue; Zeus [argēs], Hērē te pheresbios, ēdʼ Aïdōneus, Nēstis ge hē dakryois tengei krounǭ makrogion.

He says that all the elements from which the world is constituted and exists are six: two material, earth and water; two instruments, by which the material ones are ordered and changed, fire and air; and two that work the matter with the instruments and fashion it, Strife and Love, speaking somewhat like this: “Hear first the four roots of all things: [shining] Zeus, and life-bearing Hera, and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who with her tears wets the fount of mortals.”

7.29.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 384

Ζεύς ἐστι τὸ πῦρ, Ἥρη δὲ φερέσβιος ἡ γῆ ἡ φέρουσα τοὺς πρὸς τὸν βίον καρπούς, Ἀϊδωνεὺς δὲ ὁ ἀήρ, ὅτι πάντα διʼ αὐτοῦ βλέποντες μόνον αὐτὸν οὐ καθορῶμεν, Νῆστις δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ· μόνον γὰρ τοῦτο ὄχημα τροφῆς αἴτιον γινόμενον πᾶσι τοῖς τρεφομένοις, αὐτὸ καθʼ αὑτὸ τρέφειν οὐ δυνάμενον τὰ τρεφόμενα.

Zeus esti to pyr, Hērē de pheresbios hē gē hē pherousa tous pros ton bion karpous, Aïdōneus de ho aēr, hoti panta diʼ autou blepontes monon auton ou kathorōmen, Nēstis de to hydōr; monon gar touto ochēma trophēs aition ginomenon pasi tois trephomenois, auto kathʼ hauto trephein ou dynamenon ta trephomena.

Zeus is fire; life-bearing Hera is earth, which bears the fruits for life; Aidoneus is air, because, seeing all things through it, it alone we do not see; and Nestis is water, for this alone becomes a vehicle of food and a cause of it for all that are nourished, yet by itself it cannot nourish those that are nourished.

7.29.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 384

Εἰ γὰρ ἔτρεφε, φησίν, οὐχ ἄν ποτε λιμῷ κατελήφθη τὰ ζῷα, ὕδατος ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ πλεονάζοντος ἀεί. Διὰ τοῦτο Νῆστιν καλεῖ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅτι τροφῆς αἴτιον γινόμενον τρέφειν οὐχ εὐτονεῖ τὰ τρεφόμενα.

Ei gar etrephe, phēsin, ouch an pote limǭ katelēphthē ta zǭa, hydatos en tǭ kosmǭ pleonazontos aei. Dia touto Nēstin kalei to hydōr, hoti trophēs aition ginomenon trephein ouch eutonei ta trephomena.

For if it nourished, he says, living creatures would never be overtaken by famine, since water always abounds in the world. For this reason he calls water Nestis, because, though it becomes a cause of food, it has not the strength to nourish those that are nourished.

7.29.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 384

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ὡς τύπῳ περιλαβεῖν τοῦ κόσμου τὰ συνέχοντα τὴν ὅλην ὑπόθεσιν· ὕδωρ καὶ γῆ, ἐξ ὧν τὰ γινόμενα, πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα, τὰ ὄργανα καὶ τὰ δραστήρια, νεῖκος δὲ καὶ φιλία, τὰ δημιουργοῦντα τεχνικῶς.

Tauta men oun estin hōs typǭ perilabein tou kosmou ta synechonta tēn holēn hypothesin; hydōr kai gē, ex hōn ta ginomena, pyr kai pneuma, ta organa kai ta drastēria, neikos de kai philia, ta dēmiourgounta technikōs.

These, then, to sum it up in outline, are the things of the world that hold together the whole system: water and earth, from which things come to be; fire and spirit, the instruments and active agents; and Strife and Love, which fashion things skillfully.

7.29.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 384

Καὶ ἡ μὲν φιλία εἰρήνη τίς ἐστι καὶ ὁμόνοια καὶ στοργὴ ἕνα τέλειον κατηρτισμένον εἶναι προαιρουμένη τὸν κόσμον, τὸ δὲ νεῖκος ἀεὶ διασπᾷ τὸν ἕνα καὶ κατακερματίζει ἢ ἀπεργάζεται ἐξ ἑνὸς πολλά.

Kai hē men philia eirēnē tis esti kai homonoia kai storgē hena teleion katērtismenon einai proairoumenē ton kosmon, to de neikos aei diaspą ton hena kai katakermatizei ē apergazetai ex henos polla.

And Love is a kind of peace, concord, and affection, which chooses that the world be one, perfect, and complete; but Strife always tears the one apart and cuts it into pieces, or makes many out of one.

7.29.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 384–386

Ἔστι μὲν οὖν τὸ μὲν νεῖκος αἴτιον τῆς κτίσεως πάσης, ὅ φησιν οὐλόμενον εἶναι, τουτέστιν ὀλέθριον· μέλει γὰρ αὐτῷ, ὅπως διὰ παντὸς αἰῶνος ἡ κτίσις αὑτὴ συνεστήκῃ· καὶ ἔστι πάντων τῶν γεγονότων τῆς γενέσεως δημιουργὸς καὶ ποιητὴς τὸ νεῖκος τὸ ὀλέθριον, τῆς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τῶν γεγονότων ἐξαγωγῆς καὶ μεταβολῆς καὶ εἰς τὸν ἕνα ἀποκαταστάσεως ἡ φιλία·

Esti men oun to men neikos aition tēs ktiseōs pasēs, ho phēsin oulomenon einai, toutestin olethrion; melei gar autǭ, hopōs dia pantos aiōnos hē ktisis hautē synestēkę̄; kai esti pantōn tōn gegonotōn tēs geneseōs dēmiourgos kai poiētēs to neikos to olethrion, tēs de ek tou kosmou tōn gegonotōn exagōgēs kai metabolēs kai eis ton hena apokatastaseōs hē philia;

Strife, then, is the cause of the whole creation, which he calls “accursed,” that is, destructive; for it takes care that the creation itself may hold together through every age. And destructive Strife is the Demiurge and maker of the coming-to-be of all things that have come to be, while Love is the maker of the leading out of things from the world, of their change, and of their restoration into the One;

7.29.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 386

περὶ ὧν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀθάνατα δύο καὶ ἀγέννητα καὶ ἀρχὴν τοῦ γενέσθαι μηδέποτε εἰληφότα, ἀλλαχοῦ λέγει τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον· ἦ γὰρ καὶ πάρος ἦν τε καὶ ἔσσεται, οὐδέ ποτʼ, οἴω, τούτων ἀμφοτέρων κενεώσεται ἄσπετος αἰών. Τίνων τούτων; τοῦ νείκους καὶ τῆς φιλίας· οὐ γὰρ ἤρξαντο γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ προῆσαν καὶ ἔσονται ἀεὶ διὰ τὴν ἀγεννησίαν φθορὰν ὑπομεῖναι μὴ δυνάμενα. Τὸ δὲ πῦρ [καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ] καὶ ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ θνήσκοντα καὶ ἀναβιοῦντα.

peri hōn ho Empedoklēs hoti estin athanata dyo kai agennēta kai archēn tou genesthai mēdepote eilēphota, allachou legei toiouton tina tropon; ē gar kai paros ēn te kai essetai, oude potʼ, oiō, toutōn amphoterōn keneōsetai aspetos aiōn. Tinōn toutōn? tou neikous kai tēs philias; ou gar ērxanto genesthai, alla proēsan kai esontai aei dia tēn agennēsian phthoran hypomeinai mē dynamena. To de pyr [kai to hydōr] kai hē gē kai ho aēr thnēskonta kai anabiounta.

concerning which Empedocles says elsewhere, that the two are immortal and unbegotten and have never received a beginning of coming to be, in some such way as this: “For truly they were before and will be, nor ever, I think, will boundless time be emptied of these two.” Of which two? Of Strife and Love. For they did not begin to come into being, but existed before and will always be, being unable to undergo corruption because they are unbegotten. But fire [and water] and earth and air die and live again.

7.29.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 386

Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἀποθάνῃ ταῦτα ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους γινόμενα, παραλαμβάνουσα αὐτὰ ἡ φιλία προσάγει καὶ προστίθησι καὶ προσοικειοῖ τῷ παντί, ἵνα μένῃ τὸ πᾶν ἕν, ὑπὸ τῆς φιλίας ἀεὶ διακοσμούμενον μονοτρόπως καὶ μονοειδῶς.

Hotan men gar apothanę̄ tauta hypo tou neikous ginomena, paralambanousa auta hē philia prosagei kai prostithēsi kai prosoikeioi tǭ panti, hina menę̄ to pan hen, hypo tēs philias aei diakosmoumenon monotropōs kai monoeidōs.

For when these, having come into being through Strife, die, Love takes them and brings them near, adds them, and makes them akin to the whole, so that the whole may remain one, always set in order by Love in a single manner and a single form.

7.29.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 386

Ὅταν δὲ ἡ φιλία ἐκ πολλῶν ποιήσῃ τὸ ἓν καὶ τὰ διεσπασμένα προσοικειώσῃ τῷ ἑνί, πάλιν τὸ νεῖκος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀποσπᾷ καὶ ποιεῖ πολλά, τουτέστι πῦρ, ὕδωρ, γῆν, ἀέρα, τὰ ἐκ τούτων γεννώμενα ζῷα καὶ φυτὰ καὶ ὅσα μέρη τοῦ κόσμου κατανοοῦμεν.

Hotan de hē philia ek pollōn poiēsę̄ to hen kai ta diespasmena prosoikeiōsę̄ tǭ heni, palin to neikos apo tou henos apospą kai poiei polla, toutesti pyr, hydōr, gēn, aera, ta ek toutōn gennōmena zǭa kai phyta kai hosa merē tou kosmou katanooumen.

But when Love makes the one out of many and joins the scattered things to the one, Strife again tears them away from the one and makes many, that is, fire, water, earth, air, and the animals and plants produced from them, and all the parts of the world that we perceive.

7.29.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 386

Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ἰδέας, ὁποία τίς ἐστιν ὑπὸ τῆς φιλίας κοσμουμένη, λέγει τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον· Οὐ γὰρ ἀπὸ νώτοιο δύο κλάδοι ἀΐσσονται, οὐ πόδες, οὐ θοὰ γούνατʼ, οὐ μήδεα γενήεντα, ἀλλὰ σφαῖρος ἔην καὶ ἶσος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ.

Kai peri men tēs tou kosmou ideas, hopoia tis estin hypo tēs philias kosmoumenē, legei toiouton tina tropon; Ou gar apo nōtoio dyo kladoi aïssontai, ou podes, ou thoa gounatʼ, ou mēdea genēenta, alla sphairos eēn kai isos estin autǭ.

And about the form of the world, of what kind it is when set in order by Love, he speaks in some such way as this: “For two branches do not spring from its back, no feet, no swift knees, no generative parts; but it was a sphere, and equal to itself.”

7.29.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 386–388

Τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ κάλλιστον εἶδος τοῦ κόσμου ἡ φιλία ἐκ πολλῶν ἓν ἀπεργάζεται· τὸ δὲ νεῖκος, τὸ τῆς τῶν κατὰ μέρος διακοσμήσεως αἴτιον, ἐξ ἑνὸς ἐκείνου ἀποσπᾷ καὶ ἀπεργάζεται πολλά. Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ λέγει περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γεννήσεως ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς· τῶν καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν εἰμι φυγὰς θεόθεν καὶ ἀλήτης, τουτέστι θεὸν καλῶν τὸ ἓν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου ἑνότητα, ἐν ᾧ ἦν πρὶν ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους ἀποσπασθῆναι καὶ γενέσθαι ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς τούτοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ νείκους διακόσμησιν·

Toiouton ti kai kalliston eidos tou kosmou hē philia ek pollōn hen apergazetai; to de neikos, to tēs tōn kata meros diakosmēseōs aition, ex henos ekeinou apospą kai apergazetai polla. Kai touto estin ho legei peri tēs heautou gennēseōs ho Empedoklēs; tōn kai egō nyn eimi phygas theothen kai alētēs, toutesti theon kalōn to hen kai tēn ekeinou henotēta, en hǭ ēn prin hypo tou neikous apospasthēnai kai genesthai en tois pollois toutois tois kata tēn tou neikous diakosmēsin;

Some such most beautiful form of the world Love makes, one out of many; but Strife, the cause of the ordering of the particular things, tears away from that one and makes many. And this is what Empedocles says about his own birth: “Of these I too am now one, an exile from God and a wanderer,” that is, calling God the One and its unity, in which he was before he was torn away by Strife and came to be among these many things in the order set up by Strife;

7.29.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 388

Νείκεϊ, γάρ φησι, μαινομένῳ [πίσυνος, νεῖκος μαινόμενον] τεταραγμένον καὶ ἄστατον τὸν δημιουργὸν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ἀποκαλῶν.

Neikeï, gar phēsi, mainomenǭ [pisynos, neikos mainomenon] tetaragmenon kai astaton ton dēmiourgon toude tou kosmou ho Empedoklēs apokalōn.

“for,” he says, “[trusting] in raging Strife”: Empedocles calling the Demiurge of this world [raging Strife], disordered and unstable.

7.29.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 388

Αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ καταδίκη καὶ ἀνάγκη τῶν ψυχῶν, ὧν ἀποσπᾷ τὸ νεῖκος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ δημιουργεῖ καὶ ἐργάζεται, λέγων τοιοῦτον τινὰ τρόπον· ὃς καὶ ἐπίορκον ἁμαρτήσας ἐπομώσει, δαιμόνιοί τε μακραίωνος λελάχασι βίοιο, δαίμονας τὰς ψυχὰς λέγων μακραίωνας, ὅτι εἰσὶν ἀθάνατοι καὶ μακροὺς ζῶσιν αἰῶνας·

Hautē gar estin hē katadikē kai anankē tōn psychōn, hōn apospą to neikos apo tou henos kai dēmiourgei kai ergazetai, legōn toiouton tina tropon; hos kai epiorkon hamartēsas epomōsei, daimonioi te makraiōnos lelachasi bioio, daimonas tas psychas legōn makraiōnas, hoti eisin athanatoi kai makrous zōsin aiōnas;

For this is the condemnation and necessity of the souls, which Strife tears away from the One and fashions and works, speaking in some such way as this: “whoever, having sinned, swears a false oath, the spirits who have won long-lasting life,” calling the souls long-lived spirits (daimones) because they are immortal and live for long ages;

7.29.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 388

τρὶς μὲν μυρίας ὥρας ἀπὸ μακάρων ἀλάλησθαι, μάκαρας καλῶν τοὺς συνηγμένους ὑπὸ τῆς φιλίας ἀπὸ τῶν πολλῶν εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ νοητοῦ. Τούτους οὖν φησιν ἀλάλησθαι καὶ φυομένους παντοῖα διὰ χρόνου εἴδεα θνητῶν, ἀργαλέας βιότοιο μεταλλάσσοντα κελεύθους. Ἀργαλέας κελεύθους φησὶν εἶναι τῶν ψυχῶν τὰς εἰς τὰ σώματα μεταβολὰς καὶ μετακοσμήσεις.

tris men myrias hōras apo makarōn alalēsthai, makaras kalōn tous synēgmenous hypo tēs philias apo tōn pollōn eis tēn henotēta tou kosmou tou noētou. Toutous oun phēsin alalēsthai kai phyomenous pantoia dia chronou eidea thnētōn, argaleas biotoio metallassonta keleuthous. Argaleas keleuthous phēsin einai tōn psychōn tas eis ta sōmata metabolas kai metakosmēseis.

“for thrice ten thousand seasons they wander from the blessed,” calling “blessed” those gathered by Love out of the many into the unity of the intelligible world. These, then, he says, wander, “being born through time as all kinds of forms of mortals, exchanging the painful paths of life.” He says the painful paths are the changes and transfers of souls into bodies.

7.29.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 388

Τοῦτʼ ἐστὶν ὃ λέγει· ἀργαλέας βιότοιο μεταλλάσσοντα κελεύθους· μεταλλάσσουσι γὰρ αἱ ψυχαὶ σῶμα ἐκ σώματος, ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους μεταβαλλόμεναι καὶ κολαζόμεναι καὶ οὐχ ἐώμεναι μένειν εἰς τὸ ἕν· ἀλλὰ κολάζεσθαι ἐν πάσαις κολάσεσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους τὰς ψυχὰς μεταβαλλομένας σῶμα ἐκ σώματος.

Toutʼ estin ho legei; argaleas biotoio metallassonta keleuthous; metallassousi gar hai psychai sōma ek sōmatos, hypo tou neikous metaballomenai kai kolazomenai kai ouch eōmenai menein eis to hen; alla kolazesthai en pasais kolasesin hypo tou neikous tas psychas metaballomenas sōma ek sōmatos.

This is what he says: “exchanging the painful paths of life”; for souls exchange body for body, being changed and punished by Strife and not allowed to remain in the One; but the souls are punished with every punishment by Strife, being changed from body to body.

7.29.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 388–390

Αἰθέριόν γε (φησί) μένος ψυχὰς πόντονδε διώκει, πόντος δʼ ἐς χθονὸς οὖδας ἀπέπτυσε, γαῖα δʼ ἐς αὐγὰς ἠελίου φαέθοντος, ὁ δʼ αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε δίναις· ἄλλος δʼ ἐξ ἄλλου δέχεται, στυγέουσι δὲ πάντες.

Aitherion ge (phēsi) menos psychas pontonde diōkei, pontos dʼ es chthonos oudas apeptyse, gaia dʼ es augas ēeliou phaethontos, ho dʼ aitheros embale dinais; allos dʼ ex allou dechetai, stygeousi de pantes.

“For the might of the ether,” he says, “drives the souls into the sea, and the sea spits them out onto the floor of the earth, and earth into the rays of the blazing sun, and he casts them into the eddies of the ether; one receives them from another, and all hate them.”

7.29.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 390

Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κόλασις ἣν κολάζει ὁ δημιουργός, καθάπερ χαλκεύς τις μετακοσμῶν σίδηρον καὶ ἐκ πυρὸς εἰς ὕδωρ μεταβάπτων· πῦρ γάρ ἐστιν ὁ αἰθήρ, ὅθεν εἰς πόντον μεταβάλλει τὰς ψυχὰς ὁ δημιουργός, χθὼν δὲ ἡ γῆ· ὅθεν φησίν· ἐξ ὕδατος εἰς γῆν, ἐκ γῆς δὲ εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, τουτέστιν ὃ λέγει·

Hautē estin hē kolasis hēn kolazei ho dēmiourgos, kathaper chalkeus tis metakosmōn sidēron kai ek pyros eis hydōr metabaptōn; pyr gar estin ho aithēr, hothen eis ponton metaballei tas psychas ho dēmiourgos, chthōn de hē gē; hothen phēsin; ex hydatos eis gēn, ek gēs de eis ton aera, toutestin ho legei;

This is the punishment with which the Demiurge punishes, like a smith reshaping iron and dipping it from fire into water. For the ether is fire, from which the Demiurge changes the souls into the sea; and “earth” is the land; whence he says: from water into earth, and from earth into the air; that is what he says:

7.29.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 390

γαῖα δʼ ἐς αὐγὰς ἠελίου φαέθοντος, ὁ δʼ αἰθέρος ἔμβαλε δίναις· ἄλλος δʼ ἐξ ἄλλου δέχεται, στυγέουσι δὲ πάντες. Μισουμένας οὖν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ βασανιζομένας καὶ κολαζομένας ἐν τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ κατὰ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα συνάγει ἡ φιλία, ἀγαθή τις οὖσα καὶ κατοικτείρουσα τὸν στεναγμὸν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἄτακτον καὶ πονηρὰν τοῦ νείκους τοῦ μαινομένου κατασκευήν, καὶ ἐξάγειν κατʼ ὀλίγον ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ προσοικειοῦν τῷ ἑνὶ σπεύδουσα καὶ κοπιῶσα,

gaia dʼ es augas ēeliou phaethontos, ho dʼ aitheros embale dinais; allos dʼ ex allou dechetai, stygeousi de pantes. Misoumenas oun tas psychas kai basanizomenas kai kolazomenas en tǭde tǭ kosmǭ kata ton Empedoklea synagei hē philia, agathē tis ousa kai katoikteirousa ton stenagmon autōn kai tēn atakton kai ponēran tou neikous tou mainomenou kataskeuēn, kai exagein katʼ oligon ek tou kosmou kai prosoikeioun tǭ heni speudousa kai kopiōsa,

“and earth into the rays of the blazing sun, and he casts them into the eddies of the ether; one receives them from another, and all hate them.” The souls, then, hated, tormented, and punished in this world according to Empedocles, Love gathers, being good and pitying their groaning and the disorderly and wicked arrangement of raging Strife, and hastening and laboring to lead them out of the world little by little and join them to the One,

7.29.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 390

ὅπως τὰ πάντα εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα καταντήσῃ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἀγόμενα. Διὰ τὴν τοιαύτην οὖν τοῦ ὀλεθρίου νείκους διακόσμησιν τοῦδε τοῦ μεμερισμένου κόσμου πάντων ἐμψύχων ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ μαθητὰς ἀπέχεσθαι παρακαλεῖ· εἶναι γάρ φησι τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων τὰ ἐσθιόμενα ψυχῶν κεκολασμένων οἰκητήρια· καὶ ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι τοὺς τῶν τοιούτων λόγων ἀκροωμένους τῆς πρὸς γυναῖκα ὁμιλίας διδάσκει, ἵνα μὴ συνεργάζωνται καὶ συνεπιλαμβάνωνται τῶν ἔργων, ὧν δημιουργεῖ τὸ νεῖκος, τὸ τῆς φιλίας ἔργον λύον ἀεὶ καὶ διασπῶν.

hopōs ta panta eis tēn henotēta katantēsę̄ hypʼ autēs agomena. Dia tēn toiautēn oun tou olethriou neikous diakosmēsin toude tou memerismenou kosmou pantōn empsychōn ho Empedoklēs tous heautou mathētas apechesthai parakalei; einai gar phēsi ta sōmata tōn zǭōn ta esthiomena psychōn kekolasmenōn oikētēria; kai enkrateis einai tous tōn toioutōn logōn akroōmenous tēs pros gynaika homilias didaskei, hina mē synergazōntai kai synepilambanōntai tōn ergōn, hōn dēmiourgei to neikos, to tēs philias ergon lyon aei kai diaspōn.

so that all things, led by her, may arrive at unity. Because of such an ordering of this divided world by destructive Strife, Empedocles urges his disciples to abstain from all living things; for he says that the bodies of animals that are eaten are the dwellings of punished souls. And he teaches those who hear such doctrines to be self-controlled in intercourse with women, so that they may not cooperate with and take part in the works that Strife fashions, always undoing and tearing apart the work of Love.

7.29.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 390

Τοῦτον εἶναί φησιν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς νόμον μέγιστον τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διοικήσεως, λέγων ὧδέ πως· Ἔστιν ἀνάγκης χρῆμα, θεῶν ψήφισμα παλαιόν, ἀΐδιον, πλατέεσσι κατεσφρηγισμένον ὅρκοις, ἀνάγκην καλῶν τὴν ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς πολλὰ κατὰ τὸ νεῖκος καὶ ἐκ πολλῶν εἰς ἓν κατὰ τὴν φιλίαν μεταβολήν· θεοὺς δέ, ὡς ἔφην, τέσσαρας μὲν θνητούς, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, γῆν, ἀέρα, δύο δὲ ἀθανάτους, ἀγεννήτους, πολεμίους ἑαυτοῖς διὰ παντός, τὸ νεῖκος καὶ τὴν φιλίαν·

Touton einai phēsin ho Empedoklēs nomon megiston tēs tou pantos dioikēseōs, legōn hōde pōs; Estin anankēs chrēma, theōn psēphisma palaion, aïdion, plateessi katesphrēgismenon horkois, anankēn kalōn tēn ex henos eis polla kata to neikos kai ek pollōn eis hen kata tēn philian metabolēn; theous de, hōs ephēn, tessaras men thnētous, pyr, hydōr, gēn, aera, dyo de athanatous, agennētous, polemious heautois dia pantos, to neikos kai tēn philian;

Empedocles says that this is the greatest law of the government of the universe, speaking somewhat as follows: “There is an oracle of Necessity, an ancient decree of the gods, eternal, sealed with broad oaths,” calling Necessity the change from one into many according to Strife and from many into one according to Love; and gods, as I said, four mortal ones, fire, water, earth, air, and two immortal, unbegotten, forever at war with each other, Strife and Love;

7.29.24Duncker–Schneidewin, 390–392

καὶ τὸ μὲν νεῖκος ἀδικεῖν διὰ παντὸς καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν καὶ ἀποσπᾶν τὰ τῆς φιλίας καὶ ἑαυτῷ προσνέμειν, τὴν δὲ φιλίαν ἀεὶ καὶ διὰ παντός, ἀγαθήν τινα οὖσαν καὶ τῆς ἑνότητος ἐπιμελουμένην, τὰ ἀπεσπασμένα τοῦ παντὸς καὶ βεβασανισμένα καὶ κεκολασμένα ἐν τῇ κτίσει ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ἀνακαλεῖσθαι καὶ προσάγειν καὶ ἓν ποιεῖν.

kai to men neikos adikein dia pantos kai pleonektein kai apospan ta tēs philias kai heautǭ prosnemein, tēn de philian aei kai dia pantos, agathēn tina ousan kai tēs henotētos epimeloumenēn, ta apespasmena tou pantos kai bebasanismena kai kekolasmena en tę̄ ktisei hypo tou dēmiourgou anakaleisthai kai prosagein kai hen poiein.

and that Strife always does wrong and grasps for more and tears away what belongs to Love and appropriates it to itself; while Love, always and forever, being good and caring for unity, calls back what has been torn from the whole and tormented and punished in the creation by the Demiurge, and brings it near and makes it one.

7.29.25Duncker–Schneidewin, 392

Τοιαύτη τις ἡ κατὰ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα ἡμῖν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου γένεσις καὶ φθορὰ καὶ σύστασις ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ συνεστῶσα φιλοσοφεῖται.

Toiautē tis hē kata ton Empedoklea hēmin hē tou kosmou genesis kai phthora kai systasis ex agathou kai kakou synestōsa philosopheitai.

Such, then, is the philosophy of the coming-to-be, destruction, and constitution of the world, composed of good and evil, according to Empedocles, as we have presented it.

7.29.26Duncker–Schneidewin, 392

Εἶναι δέ φησι καὶ νοητὴν τρίτην τινὰ δύναμιν, ἣν καὶ ἐκ τούτων ἐπινοεῖσθαι δύνασθαι, λέγων ὧδέ πως· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν σφαδίνησιν ὑπὸ πραπίδεσιν ἐρείσας εὐμενέως καθαρῇσιν ἐποπτεύεις μελέτῃσιν, ταῦτα δέ σοι μάλα πάντα διʼ αἰῶνος παρέσονται. Ἄλλα τε πόλλʼ ἀπὸ τῶνδε κτ.... αὐτὰ γὰρ αὔξει ταῦτʼ εἰς ἔθος ἕκαστον, ὅπη φύσις ἐστὶν ἑκάστῳ. Εἰ δὲ σὺ τάλλʼ οἱῶν ἐπιρέξεις οἷα κατʼ ἄνδρας μυρία δῆλα πέλονται τάτʼ ἀμβλύνουσι μέριμναι, σῆς ἄφαρ ἐκλείψουσι περιπλομένοιο χρόνοιο, σφῶν αὐτῶν ποθέοντα φίλην ἐπὶ γέναν ἱκέσθαι. Πάντα γὰρ ἴσθι φρόνησιν ἔχειν καὶ γνωματοσισον.

Einai de phēsi kai noētēn tritēn tina dynamin, hēn kai ek toutōn epinoeisthai dynasthai, legōn hōde pōs; ei gar kai en sphadinēsin hypo prapidesin ereisas eumeneōs katharę̄sin epopteueis meletę̄sin, tauta de soi mala panta diʼ aiōnos paresontai. Alla te pollʼ apo tōnde kt.... auta gar auxei tautʼ eis ethos hekaston, hopē physis estin hekastǭ. Ei de sy tallʼ hoiōn epirexeis hoia katʼ andras myria dēla pelontai tatʼ amblynousi merimnai, sēs aphar ekleipsousi periplomenoio chronoio, sphōn autōn potheonta philēn epi genan hikesthai. Panta gar isthi phronēsin echein kai gnōmatosison.

And he says there is also a third, intelligible power, which can be conceived from these, speaking somewhat as follows: “For if, setting them firmly under your stout understanding, you gaze on them kindly with pure exercises, all these will be with you through life, and many others from these … for these of themselves increase each into its own character, wherever each has its nature. But if you reach out for other things, such as the countless wretched things among men that blunt their cares, they will quickly leave you as time revolves, longing to reach their own dear kind. For know that all things have understanding and a share of thought.”

item 7, chapter 30

7.30.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 392–394

Ἐπειδὰν οὖν Μαρκίων ἢ τῶν ἐκείνου κυνῶν τις ὑλακτῇ κατὰ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ἀντιπαραθέσεως ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ προφέρων λόγους, δεῖ αὐτοῖς λέγειν, ὅτι τούτους οὔτε Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος, οὔτε Μάρκος ὁ κολοβοδάκτυλος ἀνήγγειλαν, (τούτων γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγελίῳ γέγραπται), ἀλλὰ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς Μιῶνος Ἀκραγαντῖνος, ὃν συλαγωγῶν μέχρι νῦν λανθάνειν ὑπελάμβανε τὴν διαταγὴν πάσης τῆς κατʼ αὐτὸν αἱρέσεως ἀπὸ τῆς Σικελίας εἰς τοὺς εὐαγγελικοὺς λόγους μεταφέρων αὐταῖς λέξεσι.

Epeidan oun Markiōn ē tōn ekeinou kynōn tis hylaktę̄ kata tou dēmiourgou, tous ek tēs antiparatheseōs agathou kai kakou propherōn logous, dei autois legein, hoti toutous oute Paulos ho apostolos, oute Markos ho kolobodaktylos anēngeilan, (toutōn gar ouden en tǭ kata Markon euangeliǭ gegraptai), alla Empedoklēs Miōnos Akragantinos, hon sylagōgōn mechri nyn lanthanein hypelambane tēn diatagēn pasēs tēs katʼ auton haireseōs apo tēs Sikelias eis tous euangelikous logous metapherōn autais lexesi.

Whenever, then, Marcion or one of his dogs barks against the Demiurge, bringing forward arguments from the contrast of good and evil, one must tell them that neither Paul the apostle nor Mark the stump-fingered announced these (for none of these things is written in the Gospel according to Mark), but Empedocles, son of Meton, of Acragas; whom Marcion plagiarized, supposing until now that he escaped notice as he transferred the arrangement of his whole heresy from Sicily into the words of the gospel in the very same terms.

7.30.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 394

Φέρε γάρ, ὦ Μαρκίων, καθάπερ τὴν ἀντιπαράθεσιν πεποίηκας ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ, ἀντιπαραθῶ κἀγὼ σήμερον κατακολουθῶν τοῖς σοῖς, ὡς ὑπολαμβάνεις, δόγμασι. Δημιουργὸν φῂς εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου πονηρόν· εἶτα οὐκ ἐγκαλύπτῃ τοὺς Ἐμπεδοκλέους λόγους τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατηχῶν;

Phere gar, ō Markiōn, kathaper tēn antiparathesin pepoiēkas agathou kai kakou, antiparathō kagō sēmeron katakolouthōn tois sois, hōs hypolambaneis, dogmasi. Dēmiourgon phę̄s einai tou kosmou ponēron; eita ouk enkalyptę̄ tous Empedokleous logous tēn ekklēsian katēchōn?

Come now, Marcion: just as you have made the contrast of good and evil, let me too today make a contrast, following your doctrines, as you suppose them to be. You say the Demiurge of the world is evil; then are you not ashamed to catechize the church with the words of Empedocles?

7.30.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 394

Ἀγαθὸν φῂς εἶναι θεὸν καταλύοντα τὰ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ ποιήματα· εἶτʼ οὐ καταφανῶς τὴν Ἐμπεδοκλέους φιλίαν εὐαγγελίζῃ τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις τὸν ἀγαθόν; Κωλύεις γαμεῖν, τεκνοῦν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μετάληψιν τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν· τοὺς Ἐμπεδοκλέους λανθάνεις διδάσκων καθαρμούς;

Agathon phę̄s einai theon katalyonta ta tou dēmiourgou poiēmata; eitʼ ou kataphanōs tēn Empedokleous philian euangelizę̄ tois akroōmenois ton agathon? Kōlyeis gamein, teknoun, apechesthai brōmatōn, hōn ho theos ektisen eis metalēpsin tois pistois kai epegnōkosi tēn alētheian; tous Empedokleous lanthaneis didaskōn katharmous?

You say there is a good God who destroys the works of the Demiurge; then are you not plainly preaching Empedocles' Love to your hearers as the Good? You forbid marrying and having children, and you enjoin abstaining from foods which God created to be shared by the faithful and those who know the truth; do you think you escape notice as you teach the purifications of Empedocles?

7.30.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 394

ἑπόμενος γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς κατὰ πάντα τούτῳ τὰ βρώματα παραιτεῖσθαι τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ μαθητὰς διδάσκεις, ἵνα μὴ φάγωσι σῶμά τι λείψανον ψυχῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ κεκολασμένης· λύεις τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ συνηρμοσμένους γάμους τοῖς Ἐμπεδοκλέους ἀκολουθῶν δόγμασιν, ἵνα σοι φυλαχθῇ τὸ τῆς φιλίας ἔργον ἓν ἀδιαίρετον. Διαιρεῖ γὰρ ὁ γάμος κατὰ Ἐμπεδοκλέα τὸ ἓν καὶ ποιεῖ πολλά, καθὼς ἀπεδείξαμεν.

hepomenos gar hōs alēthōs kata panta toutǭ ta brōmata paraiteisthai tous heautou mathētas didaskeis, hina mē phagōsi sōma ti leipsanon psychēs hypo tou dēmiourgou kekolasmenēs; lyeis tous hypo tou theou synērmosmenous gamous tois Empedokleous akolouthōn dogmasin, hina soi phylachthę̄ to tēs philias ergon hen adiaireton. Diairei gar ho gamos kata Empedoklea to hen kai poiei polla, kathōs apedeixamen.

For truly following him in everything, you teach your disciples to refuse foods, so that they may not eat some body that is the remnant of a soul punished by the Demiurge. You dissolve marriages joined by God, following the doctrines of Empedocles, so that the work of Love may be kept for you one and undivided. For according to Empedocles marriage divides the one and makes many, as we have shown.

item 7, chapter 31

7.31.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 394

Ἡ μὲν οὖν πρώτη καὶ καθαριωτάτη Μαρκίωνος αἵρεσις, ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ τὴν σύστασιν ἔχουσα, Ἐμπεδοκλέους ἡμῖν εἶναι πεφανέρωται· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρόνοις νῦν καινότερόν τι ἐπεχείρησε Μαρκιωνιστής τις Πρέπων Ἀσσύριος, πρὸς Βαρδησιάνην τὸν Ἀρμένιον ἐγγράφως ποιήσας λόγους περὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως, οὐδὲ τοῦτο σιωπήσομαι.

Hē men oun prōtē kai kathariōtatē Markiōnos hairesis, ex agathou kai kakou tēn systasin echousa, Empedokleous hēmin einai pephanerōtai; epei de en tois kathʼ hēmas chronois nyn kainoteron ti epecheirēse Markiōnistēs tis Prepōn Assyrios, pros Bardēsianēn ton Armenion engraphōs poiēsas logous peri tēs haireseōs, oude touto siōpēsomai.

The first and purest heresy of Marcion, then, which has its constitution from good and evil, has been shown by us to be Empedocles'. But since in our own times a certain Marcionite, Prepon the Assyrian, has now attempted something newer, having written discourses about the heresy addressed to Bardesanes the Armenian, I shall not pass over this in silence either.

7.31.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 394–396

Τρίτην φάσκων δίκαιον εἶναι ἀρχὴν καὶ μέσην ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ τεταγμένην, οὐδʼ οὕτως δὴ ὁ Πρέπων τὰς Ἐμπεδοκλέους διαφυγεῖν ἴσχυσε δόξας.

Tritēn phaskōn dikaion einai archēn kai mesēn agathou kai kakou tetagmenēn, oudʼ houtōs dē ho Prepōn tas Empedokleous diaphygein ischyse doxas.

In saying that there is a third principle, the just, set in the middle between the good and the evil, not even so was Prepon able to escape the opinions of Empedocles.

7.31.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 396

Κόσμον γάρ φησιν εἶναι ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους διοικούμενον τοῦ πονηροῦ, καὶ ἕτερον νοητὸν τὸν ὑπὸ τῆς φιλίας, καὶ εἶναι ταύτας τὰς διαφερούσας ἀρχὰς δύο ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ, μέσον δὲ εἶναι τῶν διαφόρων ἀρχῶν δίκαιον λόγον, καθʼ ὃν συγκρίνεται τὰ διῃρημένα ὑπὸ τοῦ νείκους καὶ προσαρμόζεται κατὰ τὴν φιλίαν τῷ ἑνί.

Kosmon gar phēsin einai ho Empedoklēs ton hypo tou neikous dioikoumenon tou ponērou, kai heteron noēton ton hypo tēs philias, kai einai tautas tas diapherousas archas dyo agathou kai kakou, meson de einai tōn diaphorōn archōn dikaion logon, kathʼ hon synkrinetai ta dię̄rēmena hypo tou neikous kai prosarmozetai kata tēn philian tǭ heni.

For Empedocles says that there is a world governed by evil Strife, and another, intelligible, governed by Love, and that these are the two differing principles of good and evil; and that between the differing principles there is a just reason, by which the things divided by Strife are brought together and fitted to the One according to Love.

7.31.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 396

Τοῦτον δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν δίκαιον λόγον τὸν τῇ φιλίᾳ συναγωνιζόμενον Μοῦσαν ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς προσαγορεύων, καὶ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ συναγωνίζεσθαι παρακαλεῖ, λέγων ὧδέ πως· εἰκάραι φημερίων ἕνεκεν τινός, ἄμβροτε Μοῦσα, ἡμετέρας μελέτας διὰ φροντίδος ἐλθεῖν εὐχομένων, νῦν αὖτε παρίστασο, Καλλιόπεια, ἀμφὶ θεῶν μακαρίων ἀγαθὸν λόγον ἐμφαίνοντι.

Touton de auton ton dikaion logon ton tę̄ philią synagōnizomenon Mousan ho Empedoklēs prosagoreuōn, kai autos hautǭ synagōnizesthai parakalei, legōn hōde pōs; eikarai phēmeriōn heneken tinos, ambrote Mousa, hēmeteras meletas dia phrontidos elthein euchomenōn, nyn aute paristaso, Kalliopeia, amphi theōn makariōn agathon logon emphainonti.

And this very just reason that fights alongside Love Empedocles calls the Muse, and he himself calls on her to fight alongside him, speaking somewhat as follows: “For if for the sake of any mortal, immortal Muse, it pleased you that our cares should come into your thought, now once again stand by me, Calliope, as I reveal a good account of the blessed gods.”

7.31.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 396

Τούτοις κατακολουθῶν Μαρκίων τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παντάπασι παρῃτήσατο, ἄτοπον εἶναι νομίζων ὑπὸ τὸ πλάσμα τοῦ ὀλεθρίου τούτου νείκους γεγονέναι τὸν λόγον τὸν τῇ φιλίᾳ συναγωνιζόμενον, τουτέστι τῷ ἀγαθῷ, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς γενέσεως ἔτει πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος κατεληλυθότα αὐτὸν ἄνωθεν, μέσον ὄντα κακοῦ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ, διδάσκειν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς.

Toutois katakolouthōn Markiōn tēn genesin tou sōtēros hēmōn pantapasi parę̄tēsato, atopon einai nomizōn hypo to plasma tou olethriou toutou neikous gegonenai ton logon ton tę̄ philią synagōnizomenon, toutesti tǭ agathǭ, alla chōris geneseōs etei pentekaidekatǭ tēs hēgemonias Tiberiou Kaisaros katelēlythota auton anōthen, meson onta kakou kai agathou, didaskein en tais synagōgais.

Following these things, Marcion utterly rejected the birth of our Savior, thinking it absurd that the Word who fights alongside Love, that is, the Good, should have come into being under the formation of this destructive Strife; but he says that without birth, in the fifteenth year of the rule of Tiberius Caesar, he came down from above, being in the middle between evil and good, and taught in the synagogues.

7.31.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 396–398

Εἰ γὰρ μέσος τίς ἐστιν, ἀπήλλακται, φησί, πάσης τῆς τοῦ κακοῦ φύσεως· κακὸς δʼ ἐστίν, ὡς λέγει, ὁ δημιουργὸς καὶ τούτου τὰ ποιήματα. Διὰ τοῦτο ἀγέννητος κατῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, φησίν, ἵνα ᾖ πάσης ἀπηλλαγμένος κακίας. Ἀπήλλακται δέ, φησί, καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσεως, ἵνα ᾖ μέσος τις, ὥς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, καὶ ὡς αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ· Τί με λέγετε ἀγαθόν;

Ei gar mesos tis estin, apēllaktai, phēsi, pasēs tēs tou kakou physeōs; kakos dʼ estin, hōs legei, ho dēmiourgos kai toutou ta poiēmata. Dia touto agennētos katēlthen ho Iēsous, phēsin, hina ę̄ pasēs apēllagmenos kakias. Apēllaktai de, phēsi, kai tēs tou agathou physeōs, hina ę̄ mesos tis, hōs phēsin ho Paulos, kai hōs autos homologei; Ti me legete agathon?

For if he is someone in the middle, he says, he is freed from the whole nature of evil; and the Demiurge, as he says, is evil, and his works. For this reason Jesus came down unborn, he says, so that he might be free from all evil. And he is free, he says, also from the nature of the good, so that he may be someone in the middle, as Paul says, and as he himself confesses: “Why do you call me good?”

7.31.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 398

εἷς ἐστὶν ἀγαθός.

heis estin agathos.

“One is good.”

7.31.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 398

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ Μαρκίωνι δόξαντα, διʼ ὧν ἐπλάνησε πολλοὺς τοῖς Ἐμπεδοκλέους λόγοις χρησάμενος, καὶ τὴν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου ἐφηυρημένην φιλοσοφίαν ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ μετάγων αἵρεσιν ἄθεον συνεστήσατο, ἣν ἱκανῶς ἠλέγχθαι ὑφʼ ἡμῶν νομίζω μηθέν τε καταλελεῖφθαι, ὧν κλεψιλογήσαντες παρʼ Ἑλλήνων τοὺς Χριστοῦ μαθητὰς ἐπηρεάζουσιν, ὡς τούτων αὐτοῖς γενομένους διδασκάλους. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ τούτου ἱκανῶς ἡμῖν δοκεῖ ἐκτεθεῖσθαι, ἴδωμεν τί λέγει καὶ Καρποκράτης.

Tauta men oun ta Markiōni doxanta, diʼ hōn eplanēse pollous tois Empedokleous logois chrēsamenos, kai tēn hypʼ ekeinou ephēurēmenēn philosophian idią doxę̄ metagōn hairesin atheon synestēsato, hēn hikanōs ēlenchthai hyphʼ hēmōn nomizō mēthen te kataleleiphthai, hōn klepsilogēsantes parʼ Hellēnōn tous Christou mathētas epēreazousin, hōs toutōn autois genomenous didaskalous. Allʼ epei kai ta toutou hikanōs hēmin dokei ektetheisthai, idōmen ti legei kai Karpokratēs.

These, then, are the opinions of Marcion, by which he led many astray, using the words of Empedocles; and, transferring the philosophy invented by him to his own opinion, he put together a godless heresy. I think it has been sufficiently refuted by us, and that nothing has been left out of the things which, having stolen them from the Greeks, they use to abuse the disciples of Christ, as though he had been their teacher in these things. But since his teachings too seem to us to have been sufficiently set out, let us see what Carpocrates says as well.

item 7, chapter 32

7.32.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 398

Καρποκράτης τὸν μὲν κόσμον καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων πολὺ ὑποβεβηκότων τοῦ ἀγενήτου πατρὸς γεγενῆσθαι λέγει, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἐξ Ἰωσὴφ γεγεννῆσθαι, καὶ ὅμοιον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γεγονότα δικαιότερον τῶν λοιπῶν γενέσθαι, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ εὔτονον καὶ καθαρὰν γεγονυῖαν διαμνημονεῦσαι τὰ ὁρατὰ μὲν αὐτῇ ἐν τῇ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγενήτου θεοῦ περιφορᾷ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὑπʼ ἐκείνου αὐτῇ καταπεμφθῆναι δύναμιν, ὅπως τοὺς κοσμοποιοὺς ἐκφυγεῖν διʼ αὐτῆς δυνηθῇ·

Karpokratēs ton men kosmon kai ta en autǭ hypo angelōn poly hypobebēkotōn tou agenētou patros gegenēsthai legei, ton de Iēsoun ex Iōsēph gegennēsthai, kai homoion tois anthrōpois gegonota dikaioteron tōn loipōn genesthai, tēn de psychēn autou eutonon kai katharan gegonuian diamnēmoneusai ta horata men autę̄ en tę̄ meta tou agenētou theou periphorą, kai dia touto hypʼ ekeinou autę̄ katapemphthēnai dynamin, hopōs tous kosmopoious ekphygein diʼ autēs dynēthę̄;

Carpocrates says that the world and the things in it were made by angels far inferior to the unbegotten Father, and that Jesus was begotten of Joseph, and being like other human beings became more righteous than the rest; and that his soul, being vigorous and pure, remembered the things it had seen in its circuit with the unbegotten God, and for this reason a power was sent down to it by him, so that through it he might be able to escape the world-makers;

7.32.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 398–400

ἣν καὶ διὰ πάντων χωρήσασαν ἐν πᾶσί τε ἐλευθερωθεῖσαν ἀνεληλυθέναι πρὸς αὐτόν, [καὶ ὁμοίως τὴν] τὰ ὅμοια αὐτῇ ἀσπαζομένην. Τὴν δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσι ψυχὴν ἐννόμως ἠσκημένην ἐν Ἰουδαϊκοῖς ἔθεσι καταφρονῆσαι αὐτῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυνάμεις εἰληφέναι, διʼ ὧν κατήργησε τὰ ἐπὶ κολάσεσι πάθη προσόντα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.

hēn kai dia pantōn chōrēsasan en pasi te eleutherōtheisan anelēlythenai pros auton, [kai homoiōs tēn] ta homoia autę̄ aspazomenēn. Tēn de tou Iēsou legousi psychēn ennomōs ēskēmenēn en Ioudaïkois ethesi kataphronēsai autōn, kai dia touto dynameis eilēphenai, diʼ hōn katērgēse ta epi kolasesi pathē prosonta tois anthrōpois.

and that this power, having passed through all things and been set free in all, went back up to him, [and likewise the soul] that embraces the things like it. And they say that the soul of Jesus, having been lawfully trained in Jewish customs, despised them, and for this reason received powers by which he abolished the passions that attach to human beings for their punishment.

7.32.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 400

Τὴν οὖν ὁμοίως ἐκείνῃ τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ψυχῇ δυναμένην καταφρονῆσαι τῶν κοσμοποιῶν ἀρχόντων ὁμοίως λαμβάνειν δύναμιν πρὸς τὸ πρᾶξαι τὰ ὅμοια. Διὸ καὶ εἰς τοῦτο τὸ τῦφος κατεληλύθασιν, ὥστε τοὺς μὲν ὁμοίους αὐτῷ εἶναι λέγουσι τῷ Ἰησοῦ, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἔτι κατά τι δυνατωτέρους τινάς, ὄντας δὲ καὶ διαφορωτέρους τῶν ἐκείνου μαθητῶν, οἷον Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀποστόλων,

Tēn oun homoiōs ekeinę̄ tę̄ tou Christou psychę̄ dynamenēn kataphronēsai tōn kosmopoiōn archontōn homoiōs lambanein dynamin pros to praxai ta homoia. Dio kai eis touto to typhos katelēlythasin, hōste tous men homoious autǭ einai legousi tǭ Iēsou, tous de kai eti kata ti dynatōterous tinas, ontas de kai diaphorōterous tōn ekeinou mathētōn, hoion Petrou kai Paulou kai tōn loipōn apostolōn,

So the soul that, like that soul of Christ, is able to despise the world-making rulers likewise receives power to do the same things. Therefore they have come to such a pitch of conceit that they say some are like Jesus himself, and others even more powerful in some respect, being even superior to his disciples, such as Peter and Paul and the rest of the apostles,

7.32.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 400–402

τούτους δὲ κατὰ μηδὲν ἀπολείπεσθαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς ὑπερκειμένης ἐξουσίας παρούσας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡσαύτως καταφρονούσας τῶν κοσμοποιῶν, τῆς αὐτῆς ἠξιῶσθαι δυνάμεως καὶ αὖθις εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ χωρῆσαι· εἰ δέ τις ἐκείνου πλέον καταφρονήσειεν τῶν ἐνταῦθα, δύνασθαι διαφορώτερον αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχειν.

toutous de kata mēden apoleipesthai tou Iēsou. Tas de psychas autōn ek tēs hyperkeimenēs exousias parousas, kai dia touto hōsautōs kataphronousas tōn kosmopoiōn, tēs autēs ēxiōsthai dynameōs kai authis eis to auto chōrēsai; ei de tis ekeinou pleon kataphronēseien tōn entautha, dynasthai diaphorōteron autou hyparchein.

and that these fall short of Jesus in nothing. And that their souls, coming from the power that lies above, and for this reason likewise despising the world-makers, have been deemed worthy of the same power and go back again to the same place; and if anyone should despise the things here more than he did, he could be superior to him.

7.32.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 402

Τέχνας οὖν μαγικὰς ἐξεργάζονται καὶ ἐπαοιδάς, φίλτρα τε καὶ χαριτήσια, παρέδρους τε καὶ ὀνειροπόμπους καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κακουργήματα, φάσκοντες ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸ κυριεύειν ἤδη τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ ποιητῶν τοῦδε τοῦ κόσμου, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ποιημάτων ἁπάντων·

Technas oun magikas exergazontai kai epaoidas, philtra te kai charitēsia, paredrous te kai oneiropompous kai ta loipa kakourgēmata, phaskontes exousian echein pros to kyrieuein ēdē tōn archontōn kai poiētōn toude tou kosmou, ou mēn alla kai tōn en autǭ poiēmatōn hapantōn;

So they practice magic arts and incantations, love potions and charms, familiar spirits and dream-senders and other evil practices, claiming to have authority to rule already over the rulers and makers of this world, and indeed over all the works in it;

7.32.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 402

οἵτινες καὶ αὐτοὶ εἰς διαβολὴν τοῦ θείου τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὀνόματος πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ προεβλήθησαν, ἵνα κατʼ ἄλλον καὶ ἄλλον τρόπον τὰ ἐκείνων ἀκούοντες ἄνθρωποι, καὶ δοκοῦντες ἡμᾶς πάντας τοιούτους ὑπάρχειν ἀποστρέφωσι τὰς ἀκοὰς αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας κηρύγματος, ἢ καὶ βλέποντες τὰ ἐκείνων ἅπαντας ἡμᾶς βλασφημῶσιν.

hoitines kai autoi eis diabolēn tou theiou tēs ekklēsias onomatos pros ta ethnē hypo tou satana proeblēthēsan, hina katʼ allon kai allon tropon ta ekeinōn akouontes anthrōpoi, kai dokountes hēmas pantas toioutous hyparchein apostrephōsi tas akoas autōn apo tou tēs alētheias kērygmatos, ē kai blepontes ta ekeinōn hapantas hēmas blasphēmōsin.

who themselves too were put forward by Satan to slander before the nations the divine name of the church, so that people, hearing their doings in one way or another and thinking that we are all like them, may turn their ears away from the preaching of the truth, or, seeing their doings, may blaspheme us all.

7.32.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 402

Εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ μετενσωματοῦσθαι φάσκουσι τὰς ψυχάς, ὅσον πάντα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα πληρώσωσιν· ὅταν δὲ μηδὲν λείπῃ, τότε ἐλευθερωθεῖσαν ἀπαλλαγῆναι πρὸς ἐκεῖνον τὸν ὑπεράνω τῶν κοσμοποιῶν ἀγγέλων θεόν, καὶ οὕτως σωθήσεσθαι πάσας τὰς ψυχάς.

Eis tosouton de metensōmatousthai phaskousi tas psychas, hoson panta ta hamartēmata plērōsōsin; hotan de mēden leipę̄, tote eleutherōtheisan apallagēnai pros ekeinon ton hyperanō tōn kosmopoiōn angelōn theon, kai houtōs sōthēsesthai pasas tas psychas.

And they claim that souls pass into bodies again and again until they have fulfilled all sins; and when nothing is lacking, then the soul, set free, departs to that God who is above the world-making angels, and in this way all souls will be saved.

7.32.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 402–404

Τινὲς δὲ φθάσασαι ἐν μιᾷ παρουσίᾳ ἀναμιγῆναι πάσαις ἁμαρτίαις οὐκέτι μετενσωματοῦνται, ἀλλὰ πάντα ὁμοῦ ἀποδοῦσαι τὰ ὀφλήματα ἐλευθερωθήσονται τοῦ μηκέτι γενέσθαι ἐν σώματι. Τούτων τινὲς καὶ καυτηριάζουσι τοὺς ἰδίους μαθητὰς ἐν τοῖς ὀπίσω μέρεσι τοῦ λοβοῦ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ὠτός. Καὶ εἰκόνας δὲ κατασκευάζουσι τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγοντες ὑπὸ Πιλάτου τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ γενέσθαι.

Tines de phthasasai en mią parousią anamigēnai pasais hamartiais ouketi metensōmatountai, alla panta homou apodousai ta ophlēmata eleutherōthēsontai tou mēketi genesthai en sōmati. Toutōn tines kai kautēriazousi tous idious mathētas en tois opisō meresi tou lobou tou dexiou ōtos. Kai eikonas de kataskeuazousi tou Christou legontes hypo Pilatou tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ genesthai.

But some souls, having managed in a single coming to mingle with all sins, are no longer reincarnated, but having paid all their debts at once will be freed from being in a body any more. Some of these also brand their own disciples on the back of the lobe of the right ear. And they make images of Christ, saying they were made by Pilate at that time.

item 7, chapter 33

7.33.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 404

Κήρινθος δέ τις, αὐτὸς Αἰγυπτίων παιδείᾳ ἀσκηθείς, ἔλεγεν οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ γεγονέναι τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ δυνάμεώς τινος κεχωρισμένης τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα ἐξουσίας καὶ ἀγνοούσης τὸν ὑπὲρ πάντα θεόν. Τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ὑπέθετο μὴ ἐκ παρθένου γεγενῆσθαι, γεγονέναι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Μαρίας υἱὸν ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ δικαιότερον γεγονέναι καὶ σοφώτερον.

Kērinthos de tis, autos Aigyptiōn paideią askētheis, elegen ouch hypo tou prōtou theou gegonenai ton kosmon, allʼ hypo dynameōs tinos kechōrismenēs tēs hyper ta hola exousias kai agnoousēs ton hyper panta theon. Ton de Iēsoun hypetheto mē ek parthenou gegenēsthai, gegonenai de auton ex Iōsēph kai Marias huion homoiōs tois loipois hapasin anthrōpois, kai dikaioteron gegonenai kai sophōteron.

A certain Cerinthus, himself trained in the learning of the Egyptians, said that the world was not made by the first God but by some power separated from the authority that is above all things and ignorant of the God who is above all. And he supposed that Jesus was not born of a virgin, but was the son of Joseph and Mary like all other human beings, and became more righteous and wiser.

7.33.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 404–406

Καὶ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα κατελθεῖν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα αὐθεντίας τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς, καὶ τότε κηρῦξαι τὸν ἄγνωστον πατέρα, καὶ δυνάμεις ἐπιτελέσαι, πρὸς δὲ τῷ τέλει ἀποπτῆναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν πεπονθέναι καὶ ἐγηγέρθαι, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἀπαθῆ διαμεμενηκέναι πνευματικὸν ὑπάρχοντα.

Kai meta to baptisma katelthein eis auton ek tēs hyper ta hola authentias ton Christon en eidei peristeras, kai tote kēryxai ton agnōston patera, kai dynameis epitelesai, pros de tǭ telei apoptēnai ton Christon apo tou Iēsou, kai ton Iēsoun peponthenai kai egēgerthai, ton de Christon apathē diamemenēkenai pneumatikon hyparchonta.

And that after the baptism the Christ came down upon him from the supreme Authority above all things in the form of a dove, and then he proclaimed the unknown Father and performed mighty works; but at the end the Christ flew away from Jesus, and Jesus suffered and was raised, while the Christ remained impassible, being spiritual.

item 7, chapter 34

7.34.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 406

Ἐβιωναῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσι μὲν τὸν κόσμον ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ γεγονέναι, τὰ δὲ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ὁμοίως τῷ Κηρίνθῳ καὶ Καρποκράτει μυθεύουσιν.

Ebiōnaioi de homologousi men ton kosmon hypo tou ontōs theou gegonenai, ta de peri ton Christon homoiōs tǭ Kērinthǭ kai Karpokratei mytheuousin.

The Ebionites confess that the world was made by the true God, but they tell the same myths about Christ as Cerinthus and Carpocrates.

7.34.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 406

Ἔθεσιν Ἰουδαϊκοῖς ζῶσι, κατὰ νόμον φάσκοντες δικαιοῦσθαι, καὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν λέγοντες δεδικαιῶσθαι ποιήσαντα τὸν νόμον· διὸ καὶ Χριστὸν αὐτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ὠνομάσθαι, καὶ Ἰησοῦν, ἐπεὶ μηδεὶς τῶν [ἑτέρων] ἐτέλεσε τὸν νόμον· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἕτερός τις πεποιήκει τὰ ἐν νόμῳ προστεταγμένα, ἦν ἂν ἐκεῖνος ὁ Χριστός. Δύνασθαι δὲ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ὁμοίως ποιήσαντας Χριστοὺς γενέσθαι· καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν ὁμοίως ἄνθρωπον εἶναι πᾶσι λέγουσιν.

Ethesin Ioudaïkois zōsi, kata nomon phaskontes dikaiousthai, kai ton Iēsoun legontes dedikaiōsthai poiēsanta ton nomon; dio kai Christon auton tou theou ōnomasthai, kai Iēsoun, epei mēdeis tōn [heterōn] etelese ton nomon; ei gar kai heteros tis pepoiēkei ta en nomǭ prostetagmena, ēn an ekeinos ho Christos. Dynasthai de kai heautous homoiōs poiēsantas Christous genesthai; kai gar kai auton homoiōs anthrōpon einai pasi legousin.

They live by Jewish customs, claiming to be justified according to the law, and saying that Jesus was justified by doing the law; and that for this reason he was named Christ of God, and Jesus, since none [of the others] fulfilled the law; for if anyone else had done what is commanded in the law, he would have been the Christ. And they too can become Christs if they do likewise; for they say that he too was a human being like all.

item 7, chapter 35

7.35.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 406

Θεόδοτος δέ τις ὢν Βυζάντιος εἰσήγαγεν αἵρεσιν καινήν, φάσκων τὰ περὶ μὲν τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχῆς σύμφωνα ἐκ μέρους τοῖς τῆς ἀληθοῦς ἐκκλησίας, ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ὁμολογῶν γεγονέναι, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἐκ τῆς τῶν γνωστικῶν καὶ Κηρίνθου καὶ Ἐβίωνος σχολῆς ἀποσπάσας φάσκει τοιούτῳ τινὶ τρόπῳ πεφηνέναι·

Theodotos de tis ōn Byzantios eisēgagen hairesin kainēn, phaskōn ta peri men tēs tou pantos archēs symphōna ek merous tois tēs alēthous ekklēsias, hypo tou theou panta homologōn gegonenai, ton de Christon ek tēs tōn gnōstikōn kai Kērinthou kai Ebiōnos scholēs apospasas phaskei toioutǭ tini tropǭ pephēnenai;

A certain Theodotus, a Byzantine, introduced a new heresy. He says that the things concerning the origin of the universe agree in part with those of the true church, confessing that all things were made by God; but, having torn away his view of Christ from the school of the Gnostics and of Cerinthus and Ebion, he says that he appeared in some such way as this:

7.35.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 406

καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἰησοῦν εἶναι ἄνθρωπον ἐκ παρθένου γεγενημένον κατὰ βουλὴν τοῦ πατρός, βιώσαντα δὲ κοινῶς πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις καὶ εὐσεβέστατον γεγονότα ὕστερον ἐπὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἐπὶ τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ κεχωρηκέναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἄνωθεν κατεληλυθότα ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς, ὅθεν οὐ πρότερον τὰς δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ ἐνηργηκέναι, ἢ ὅτε κατελθὸν ἀνεδείχθη ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα, ὃ εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν προσαγορεύει. Θεὸν δὲ οὐδέποτε τοῦτον γεγονέναι οὗτοι θέλουσιν ἐπὶ τῇ καθόδῳ τοῦ πνεύματος, ἕτεροι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν.

kai ton men Iēsoun einai anthrōpon ek parthenou gegenēmenon kata boulēn tou patros, biōsanta de koinōs pasin anthrōpois kai eusebestaton gegonota hysteron epi tou baptismatos epi tǭ Iordanę̄ kechōrēkenai ton Christon anōthen katelēlythota en eidei peristeras, hothen ou proteron tas dynameis en autǭ enērgēkenai, ē hote katelthon anedeichthē en autǭ to pneuma, ho einai ton Christon prosagoreuei. Theon de oudepote touton gegonenai houtoi thelousin epi tę̄ kathodǭ tou pneumatos, heteroi de meta tēn ek nekrōn anastasin.

that Jesus was a man born of a virgin according to the will of the Father, and that after living like all human beings and becoming most devout, later, at the baptism at the Jordan, he received the Christ, who came down from above in the form of a dove; so that the powers were not at work in him before the Spirit came down and was shown forth in him, which he calls the Christ. And these men hold that he never became God, even at the descent of the Spirit, while others hold that he did so after the resurrection from the dead.

item 7, chapter 36

7.36.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 406–408

Διαφόρων δὲ γενομένων ἐν αὐτοῖς ζητήσεων ἐπεχείρησέ τις καὶ αὐτὸς Θεόδοτος καλούμενος, τραπεζίτης τὴν τέχνην, λέγειν δύναμιν τινὰ τὸν Μελχισεδὲκ εἶναι μεγίστην, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι μείζονα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα φάσκουσι τὸν Χριστὸν τυγχάνειν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμοίως τοῖς προειρημένοις Θεοδοτιανοῖς ἄνθρωπον εἶναι λέγουσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον τὸν Χριστὸν εἰς αὐτὸν κατεληλυθέναι.

Diaphorōn de genomenōn en autois zētēseōn epecheirēse tis kai autos Theodotos kaloumenos, trapezitēs tēn technēn, legein dynamin tina ton Melchisedek einai megistēn, kai touton einai meizona tou Christou, hou katʼ eikona phaskousi ton Christon tynchanein, kai autoi homoiōs tois proeirēmenois Theodotianois anthrōpon einai legousi ton Iēsoun, kai kata ton auton logon ton Christon eis auton katelēlythenai.

When various questions arose among them, another man, himself also called Theodotus, a banker by trade, undertook to say that Melchizedek is a certain very great power, and that he is greater than Christ, after whose image they say Christ happens to be. And they too, like the Theodotians mentioned before, say that Jesus is a man, and that in the same way the Christ came down on him.

7.36.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 408

Γνωστικῶν δὲ διάφοροι γνῶμαι, ὧν οὐκ ἄξιον καταριθμεῖν τὰς φλυάρους δόξας ἐκρίναμεν, οὔσας πολλὰς ἀλόγους τε καὶ βλασφημίας γεμούσας, ὧν πάνυ σεμνότεροι περὶ τὸ θεῖον οἱ φιλοσοφήσαντες ἀφʼ Ἑλλήνων ἠλέγχθησαν.

Gnōstikōn de diaphoroi gnōmai, hōn ouk axion katarithmein tas phlyarous doxas ekrinamen, ousas pollas alogous te kai blasphēmias gemousas, hōn pany semnoteroi peri to theion hoi philosophēsantes aphʼ Hellēnōn ēlenchthēsan.

The Gnostics have various opinions, whose silly views we have judged not worth enumerating, since they are many, irrational, and full of blasphemy; those who philosophized among the Greeks were shown to be far more reverent about the divine than they.

7.36.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 408

Πολλῆς δὲ αὐτοῖς συστάσεως κακῶν αἴτιος γεγένηται Νικόλαος, εἷς τῶν ἑπτὰ εἰς διακονίαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατασταθείς, ὃς ἀποστὰς τῆς κατʼ εὐθεῖαν διδασκαλίας ἐδίδασκεν ἀδιαφορίαν βίου τε καὶ βρώσεως, οὗ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐνυβρίζοντας τὸ ἄγιον πνεῦμα διὰ τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰωάννης ἤλεγχε πορνεύοντας καὶ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίοντας.

Pollēs de autois systaseōs kakōn aitios gegenētai Nikolaos, heis tōn hepta eis diakonian hypo tōn apostolōn katastatheis, hos apostas tēs katʼ eutheian didaskalias edidasken adiaphorian biou te kai brōseōs, hou tous mathētas enybrizontas to agion pneuma dia tēs apokalypseōs Iōannēs ēlenche porneuontas kai eidōlothyta esthiontas.

Nicolaus, one of the seven appointed to the diaconate by the apostles, became the cause of a great gathering of evils for them. Departing from right teaching, he taught indifference as to life and food; and John, through the Revelation, rebuked his disciples, who insulted the Holy Spirit, for committing sexual immorality and eating things sacrificed to idols.

item 7, chapter 37

7.37.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 408

Κέρδων δέ τις καὶ αὐτὸς ἀφορμὰς ὁμοίως παρὰ τούτων λαβὼν καὶ Σίμωνος, λέγει τὸν ὑπὸ Μωσέως καὶ προφητῶν θεὸν κεκηρυγμένον μὴ εἶναι πατέρα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. Τοῦτον μὲν γὰρ ἐγνῶσθαι, τὸν δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πατέρα εἶναι ἄγνωστον, καὶ τὸν μὲν εἶναι δίκαιον, τὸν δὲ ἀγαθόν.

Kerdōn de tis kai autos aphormas homoiōs para toutōn labōn kai Simōnos, legei ton hypo Mōseōs kai prophētōn theon kekērygmenon mē einai patera Iēsou Christou. Touton men gar egnōsthai, ton de tou Christou patera einai agnōston, kai ton men einai dikaion, ton de agathon.

A certain Cerdo, likewise taking his starting points from these and from Simon, says that the God proclaimed by Moses and the prophets is not the Father of Jesus Christ. For the one has been known, but the Father of Christ is unknown; and the one is just, the other good.

7.37.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 408–410

Τούτου δὲ τὸ δόγμα ἐκράτυνε Μαρκίων, τάς τε ἀντιπαραθέσεις ἐπιχειρήσας, καὶ ὅσα αὐτῷ ἔδοξεν εἰς τὸν τῶν ἁπάντων δημιουργὸν δυσφημήσας. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Λουκιανὸς ὁ τούτου μαθητής.

Toutou de to dogma ekratyne Markiōn, tas te antiparatheseis epicheirēsas, kai hosa autǭ edoxen eis ton tōn hapantōn dēmiourgon dysphēmēsas. Homoiōs de kai Loukianos ho toutou mathētēs.

Marcion strengthened this man's doctrine, attempting his Antitheses and reviling the Demiurge of all things as he saw fit. Likewise also Lucian, his disciple.

item 7, chapter 38

7.38.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

Ἀπελλῆς δὲ ἐκ τούτων γενόμενος οὕτως λέγει· Εἶναι τινὰ θεὸν ἀγαθόν, καθὼς καὶ Μαρκίων ὑπέθετο, τὸν δὲ πάντα κτίσαντα εἶναι δίκαιον, ὃς τὰ γενόμενα ἐδημιούργησε, καὶ τρίτον τὸν Μωσεῖ λαλήσαντα, πύρινον δὲ τοῦτον εἶναι, εἶναι δὲ καὶ τέταρτον ἕτερον, κακῶν αἴτιον· τούτους δὲ ἀγγέλους ὀνομάζει.

Apellēs de ek toutōn genomenos houtōs legei; Einai tina theon agathon, kathōs kai Markiōn hypetheto, ton de panta ktisanta einai dikaion, hos ta genomena edēmiourgēse, kai triton ton Mōsei lalēsanta, pyrinon de touton einai, einai de kai tetarton heteron, kakōn aition; toutous de angelous onomazei.

Apelles, who came from these, says the following: that there is a certain good God, as Marcion too supposed, and that the one who created all things is just, who fashioned the things that have come into being; and a third, who spoke to Moses, and that this one is fiery; and that there is also a fourth, the cause of evils. And these he calls angels.

7.38.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

Νόμον δὲ καὶ προφήτας δυσφημεῖ, ἀνθρώπινα καὶ ψευδῆ φάσκων εἶναι τὰ γεγραμμένα, τῶν δὲ εὐαγγελίων ἢ τοῦ ἀποστόλου τὰ ἀρέσκοντα αὐτῷ αἱρεῖται. Φιλουμένης δέ τινος λόγοις προσέχει ὡς προφήτιδος φανερώσεσι.

Nomon de kai prophētas dysphēmei, anthrōpina kai pseudē phaskōn einai ta gegrammena, tōn de euangeliōn ē tou apostolou ta areskonta autǭ haireitai. Philoumenēs de tinos logois prosechei hōs prophētidos phanerōsesi.

He reviles the Law and the Prophets, claiming that what is written is human and false; and from the Gospels or the Apostle he chooses what pleases him. And he gives heed to the words of a certain Philumene as to the revelations of a prophetess.

7.38.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

Τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἐκ τῆς ὕπερθεν δυνάμεως κατεληλυθέναι, τουτέστι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, κἀκείνου αὐτὸν εἶναι υἱόν, τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ ἐκ παρθένου γεγενῆσθαι, οὐδὲ ἄσαρκον εἶναι τὸν φανέντα λέγει, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς οὐσίας μεταλαβόντα μερῶν σῶμα πεποιηκέναι, τουτέστι θερμοῦ καὶ ψυχροῦ καὶ ὑγροῦ καὶ ξηροῦ, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σώματι λαθόντα τὰς κοσμικὰς ἐξουσίας βεβιωκέναι ὃν ἐβίωσε χρόνον ἐν κόσμῳ· αὖθις

Ton de Christon ek tēs hyperthen dynameōs katelēlythenai, toutesti tou agathou, kakeinou auton einai huion, touton de ouk ek parthenou gegenēsthai, oude asarkon einai ton phanenta legei, allʼ ek tēs tou pantos ousias metalabonta merōn sōma pepoiēkenai, toutesti thermou kai psychrou kai hygrou kai xērou, kai en toutǭ tǭ sōmati lathonta tas kosmikas exousias bebiōkenai hon ebiōse chronon en kosmǭ; authis

And he says that Christ came down from the power above, that is, from the Good, and is his son; and that he was not born of a virgin, nor was the one who appeared without flesh, but that, taking parts from the substance of the universe, he made a body, that is, of hot and cold, wet and dry; and that in this body, escaping the notice of the cosmic powers, he lived the time that he lived in the world; and again

7.38.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

δὲ ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἀνασκολοπισθέντα θανεῖν, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγερθέντα φανῆναι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, δείξαντα τοὺς τύπους τῶν ἥλων καὶ τῆς πλευρᾶς, πείθοντα ὅτι αὐτὸς εἴη καὶ οὐ φάντασμα, ἀλλὰ ἔνσαρκος ἦν.

de hypo Ioudaiōn anaskolopisthenta thanein, kai meta treis hēmeras egerthenta phanēnai tois mathētais, deixanta tous typous tōn hēlōn kai tēs pleuras, peithonta hoti autos eiē kai ou phantasma, alla ensarkos ēn.

that, crucified by the Jews, he died, and after three days, having been raised, he appeared to the disciples, showing the marks of the nails and of his side, persuading them that it was he and not a phantom, but that he was in the flesh.

7.38.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

Σάρκα, φησί, δείξας ἀπέδωκε γῇ, ἐξ ἧς περ ἦν οὐσίας, μηδὲν ἀλλότριον πλεονεκτῶν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς καιρὸν χρησάμενος, ἑκάστοις τὰ ἴδια ἀπέδωκε, λύσας πάλιν τὸν δεσμὸν τοῦ σώματος, θερμῷ τὸ θερμόν, ψυχρῷ τὸ ψυχρόν, ὑγρῷ τὸ ὑγρόν, ξηρῷ τὸ ξηρόν, καὶ οὕτως ἐπορεύθη πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν πατέρα, καταλιπὼν τὸ τῆς ζωῆς σπέρμα εἰς τὸν κόσμον διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν τοῖς πιστεύουσι.

Sarka, phēsi, deixas apedōke gę̄, ex hēs per ēn ousias, mēden allotrion pleonektōn, alla pros kairon chrēsamenos, hekastois ta idia apedōke, lysas palin ton desmon tou sōmatos, thermǭ to thermon, psychrǭ to psychron, hygrǭ to hygron, xērǭ to xēron, kai houtōs eporeuthē pros ton agathon patera, katalipōn to tēs zōēs sperma eis ton kosmon dia tōn mathētōn tois pisteuousi.

Having shown his flesh, he says, he gave it back to the earth, from whose substance it was, taking nothing that belonged to another, but having used it for a time he gave back to each its own, loosing again the bond of the body: hot to hot, cold to cold, wet to wet, dry to dry; and so he went to the good Father, leaving the seed of life in the world for those who believe, through the disciples.

7.38.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 410

Δοκεῖ ἡμῖν καὶ ταῦτα ἱκανῶς ἐκτεθεῖσθαι· ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μηδὲν παραλιπεῖν ἀνέλεγκτον ἐκρίναμεν τῶν ὑπό τινων δεδογματισμένων, ἴδωμεν τί καὶ τὸ τοῖς Δοκήταις ἐπινενοημένον.

Dokei hēmin kai tauta hikanōs ektetheisthai; allʼ epei mēden paralipein anelenkton ekrinamen tōn hypo tinōn dedogmatismenōn, idōmen ti kai to tois Dokētais epinenoēmenon.

These things too seem to us to have been sufficiently set out; but since we have decided to leave nothing unrefuted of what has been taught by anyone, let us see what was devised by the Docetae as well.

item 8, chapter 1

8.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ ὀγδόῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου·

Tade enestin en tę̄ ogdoę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou;

The following are the contents of the eighth book of the Refutation of All Heresies:

item 8, chapter 2

8.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Τίνα τοῖς Δοκηταῖς τὰ δοκοῦντα, καὶ ὅτι ἐκ φυσικῆς φιλοσοφίας ἃ λέγουσιν ἐδογμάτισαν.

Tina tois Dokētais ta dokounta, kai hoti ek physikēs philosophias ha legousin edogmatisan.

What the opinions of the Docetae are, and that what they say they taught from natural philosophy.

item 8, chapter 3

8.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Πῶς ὁ Μονόϊμος ληρεῖ ποιηταῖς καὶ γεωμέτραις καὶ ἀριθμητικοῖς προσέχων.

Pōs ho Monoïmos lērei poiētais kai geōmetrais kai arithmētikois prosechōn.

How Monoimus talks nonsense, giving heed to poets, geometers, and arithmeticians.

item 8, chapter 4

8.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Πῶς Τατιανὸς γεγένηται ἐκ τῶν Οὐαλεντίνου καὶ Μαρκίωνος δοξῶν τὰς ἑαυτοῦ συνιστῶν, ὁ δὲ Ἑρμογένης τοῖς Σωκράτους δόγμασι κέχρηται, οὐ τοῖς Χριστοῦ.

Pōs Tatianos gegenētai ek tōn Oualentinou kai Markiōnos doxōn tas heautou synistōn, ho de Hermogenēs tois Sōkratous dogmasi kechrētai, ou tois Christou.

How Tatian came to compose his own opinions from those of Valentinus and Marcion, and Hermogenes used the doctrines of Socrates, not those of Christ.

item 8, chapter 5

8.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Πῶς πλανῶνται οἱ τὸ πάσχα τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἐπιτελεῖν φιλονεικοῦντες.

Pōs planōntai hoi to pascha tę̄ tessareskaidekatę̄ epitelein philoneikountes.

How those err who contend for keeping the Passover on the fourteenth day.

item 8, chapter 6

8.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Τίς ἡ πλάνη τῶν Φρυγῶν, νομιζόντων Μοντανὸν καὶ Πρισκίλλαν καὶ Μαξιμίλλαν προφήτας.

Tis hē planē tōn Phrygōn, nomizontōn Montanon kai Priskillan kai Maximillan prophētas.

What the error of the Phrygians is, who consider Montanus, Priscilla, and Maximilla to be prophets.

item 8, chapter 7

8.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Τίς ἡ τῶν Ἐγκρατιτῶν κενοδοξία, καὶ ὅτι ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἁγίων γραφῶν τὰ δόγματα αὐτῶν συνέστηκεν, [ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν παρʼ Ἰνδοῖς γυμνοσοφιστῶν.]

Tis hē tōn Enkratitōn kenodoxia, kai hoti ex autōn kai ouk ex hagiōn graphōn ta dogmata autōn synestēken, [allʼ ek tōn parʼ Indois gymnosophistōn.]

What the vainglory of the Encratites is, and that their doctrines have been composed from themselves and not from the holy Scriptures, [but from the gymnosophists among the Indians].

item 8, chapter 8

8.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 412

Ἐπεὶ οἱ πολλοὶ τῇ τοῦ κυρίου συμβουλίᾳ μὴ χρώμενοι, τὴν δοκὸν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ ἔχοντες, ὁρᾶν ἐπαγγέλλονται τυφλώττοντες, δοκεῖ ἡμῖν μηδὲ τὰ τούτων δόγματα σιωπᾶν, ὅπως κἂν διὰ τοῦ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν γινομένου ἐλέγχου πρὸς αὐτῶν αἰδεσθέντες ἐπιγνῶσι, πῶς συνεβούλευσεν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐξαιρεῖν τὴν δοκὸν πρῶτον, εἶτα διαβλέπειν τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.

Epei hoi polloi tę̄ tou kyriou symboulią mē chrōmenoi, tēn dokon en tǭ ophthalmǭ echontes, horan epangellontai typhlōttontes, dokei hēmin mēde ta toutōn dogmata siōpan, hopōs kan dia tou hyphʼ hēmōn ginomenou elenchou pros autōn aidesthentes epignōsi, pōs synebouleusen ho sōtēr exairein tēn dokon prōton, eita diablepein to karphos to en tǭ ophthalmǭ tou adelphou.

Since most people, not following the Lord's counsel and having the beam in their eye, profess to see while they are blind, it seems right to us not to pass over their doctrines in silence either, so that, at least through the refutation made by us, being put to shame, they may recognize how the Savior counseled us first to take out the beam, and then to see clearly the speck that is in the brother's eye.

8.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 412–414

Αὐτάρκως οὖν καὶ ἱκανῶς ἐκθέμενοι τὰ τῶν πλειόνων ἐν ταῖς πρὸ ταύτης βίβλοις ἑπτά, νῦν τὰ ἀκόλουθα οὐ σιωπήσομεν, τὸ ἄφθονον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπιδεικνύντες, καὶ τοὺς τῷ δοκεῖν ἀσφάλειαν λόγων κεκτῆσθαι ἐλέγξομεν, οἵγε ἑαυτοὺς Δοκητὰς ἀπεκάλεσαν, δογματίζοντες ταῦτα·

Autarkōs oun kai hikanōs ekthemenoi ta tōn pleionōn en tais pro tautēs biblois hepta, nyn ta akoloutha ou siōpēsomen, to aphthonon tēs charitos tou hagiou pneumatos epideiknyntes, kai tous tǭ dokein asphaleian logōn kektēsthai elenxomen, hoige heautous Dokētas apekalesan, dogmatizontes tauta;

Having, then, sufficiently and adequately set out the doctrines of the majority in the seven books before this one, we shall not now pass over what follows in silence, showing the ungrudging generosity of the grace of the Holy Spirit; and we shall refute those who seem to have obtained firmness of doctrine, who indeed have called themselves Docetae, teaching the following:

8.8.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 414

Θεὸν εἶναι τὸν πρῶτον οἱονεὶ σπέρμα συκῆς, μεγέθει μὲν ἐλάχιστον παντελῶς, δυνάμει δὲ ἄπειρον, ταπεινὸν μέγεθος, ἀνήριθμον ἐν πλήθει, πρὸς γένεσιν ἀπροσδεές, φοβουμένων καταφυγή, γυμνῶν σκέπη, αἰσχύνης ἐπικάλυμμα, ζητούμενος καρπός, ἐφʼ ὃν ἦλθεν ὁ ζητῶν, φησί, τρὶς καὶ οὐχ εὗρε, διὸ κατηράσατο, φησί, τῇ συκῇ, ὅτι τὸν γλυκὺν ἐκεῖνον καρπὸν οὐχ εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ, καρπὸν ζητούμενον.

Theon einai ton prōton hoionei sperma sykēs, megethei men elachiston pantelōs, dynamei de apeiron, tapeinon megethos, anērithmon en plēthei, pros genesin aprosdees, phoboumenōn kataphygē, gymnōn skepē, aischynēs epikalymma, zētoumenos karpos, ephʼ hon ēlthen ho zētōn, phēsi, tris kai ouch heure, dio katērasato, phēsi, tę̄ sykę̄, hoti ton glykyn ekeinon karpon ouch heuren en autę̄, karpon zētoumenon.

That the first God is like the seed of a fig tree, altogether smallest in size but infinite in power, a lowly magnitude, numberless in multitude, needing nothing for generation, a refuge for the fearful, a covering for the naked, a veil for shame, the fruit that was sought, which the seeker came for, he says, three times and did not find; for which reason, he says, he cursed the fig tree, because he did not find in it that sweet fruit, the fruit that was sought.

8.8.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 414

Τοιούτου δὲ ὄντος, ὡς εἰπεῖν τύπῳ, καὶ τηλικούτου, μικροῦ καὶ ἀμεγέθους κατʼ ἐκείνους τοῦ θεοῦ, γέγονεν ὁ κόσμος, ὡς ἐκείνοις δοκεῖ, τοιοῦτον τινὰ τρόπον· Ἁπαλῶν γενομένων τῶν κλάδων τῆς συκῆς προῆλθε φύλλα, ὥσπερ ἐστὶν ὁρώμενον, ἑπομένως δὲ ὁ καρπός, ἐν ᾧ τὸ ἄπειρον καὶ τὸ ἀνεξαρίθμητον θησαυριζόμενον φυλάσσεται σπέρμα συκῆς.

Toioutou de ontos, hōs eipein typǭ, kai tēlikoutou, mikrou kai amegethous katʼ ekeinous tou theou, gegonen ho kosmos, hōs ekeinois dokei, toiouton tina tropon; Hapalōn genomenōn tōn kladōn tēs sykēs proēlthe phylla, hōsper estin horōmenon, hepomenōs de ho karpos, en hǭ to apeiron kai to anexarithmēton thēsaurizomenon phylassetai sperma sykēs.

God being such, to put it in outline, and of such a size, small and without magnitude according to them, the world came into being, as they think, in some such way as this. When the branches of the fig tree became tender, leaves came forth, as can be seen, and next the fruit, in which the infinite and countless seed of the fig tree is stored and kept.

8.8.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 414

Τρία οὖν εἶναι δοκοῦμεν τὰ πρώτως ὑπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος γενόμενα τοῦ συκίνου· πρέμνον, ὅπερ ἔστιν ἡ συκῆ, φύλλα, καὶ καρπός, τὸ σῦκον, ὡς προειρήκαμεν. Οὕτως, φησί, τρεῖς γεγόνασιν αἰῶνες, ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρχῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχαί· καὶ τοῦτο, φησίν, οὐκ ἐσιώπησεν οὐδὲ Μωϋσῆς λέγων, ὅτι οἱ λόγοι τοῦ θεοῦ τρεῖς εἰσίν· σκότος, γνόφος, θύελλα, καὶ οὐ προσέθηκεν.

Tria oun einai dokoumen ta prōtōs hypo tou spermatos genomena tou sykinou; premnon, hoper estin hē sykē, phylla, kai karpos, to sykon, hōs proeirēkamen. Houtōs, phēsi, treis gegonasin aiōnes, apo tēs prōtēs archēs tōn holōn archai; kai touto, phēsin, ouk esiōpēsen oude Mōÿsēs legōn, hoti hoi logoi tou theou treis eisin; skotos, gnophos, thyella, kai ou prosethēken.

We think, then, that there are three things first produced by the fig seed: the trunk, which is the fig tree; the leaves; and the fruit, the fig, as we said before. In this way, he says, three Aeons came into being, the first principles from the first principle of all things. And this, he says, Moses too did not keep silent, when he said that the words of God are three: “darkness, gloom, storm,” and “he added no more.”

8.8.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 414

Οὐδὲν γὰρ, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς τοῖς τρισὶ προσέθηκεν αἰῶσιν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ πάντα τοῖς γενητοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπήρκεσαν καὶ ἐπαρκοῦσι. Μένει δὲ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν πολὺ τῶν τριῶν αἰώνων κεχωρισμένος. Τούτων, φησί, τῶν αἰώνων ἀρχὴν γενέσεως λαβών, ὡς λέλεκται, κατʼ ὀλίγον ηὔξησε καὶ ἐμεγαλύνθη καὶ ἐγένετο τέλειος.

Ouden gar, phēsin, ho theos tois trisi prosethēken aiōsin, allʼ autoi panta tois genētois pasin epērkesan kai eparkousi. Menei de ho theos autos kathʼ heauton poly tōn triōn aiōnōn kechōrismenos. Toutōn, phēsi, tōn aiōnōn archēn geneseōs labōn, hōs lelektai, katʼ oligon ēuxēse kai emegalynthē kai egeneto teleios.

For God, he says, added nothing to the three Aeons, but they themselves have supplied and supply everything to all things that are generated. And God himself remains by himself, far separated from the three Aeons. Each of these Aeons, he says, having received a beginning of generation, as has been said, grew little by little and was magnified and became perfect.

8.8.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 414–416

Τὸ δὲ τέλειον εἶναι δοκοῦσιν ἀριθμούμενον δέκα. Ἴσων οὖν γεγονότων ἀριθμῷ καὶ τελειότητι τῶν αἰώνων, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι δοκοῦσι, τριάκοντα γεγόνασιν αἰῶνες οἱ πάντες, ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἐν δεκάδι πληρούμενος. Εἰσὶ δὲ ἀλλήλων διαίρετοι καὶ τιμὴν ἔχοντες οἱ τρεῖς πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς μίαν, θέσει μόνῃ διαφέροντες, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἔστι πρῶτον, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον, τὸ δὲ τούτων τρίτον. Ἡ δὲ θέσις αὐτοῖς διαφορὰν δυνάμεως παρέσχεν· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔγγιστα τῷ πρώτῳ θεῷ, τῷ οἱονεὶ σπέρματι, θέσεως τυχὼν τῶν ἄλλων γονιμωτέραν ἔσχε δύναμιν, δεκάκις αὐτὸς αὑτὸν μεγέθει μετρήσας ὁ ἀμέτρητος· ὁ δὲ τῇ θέσει τοῦ πρώτου γενόμενος δεύτερος, ἑξάκις αὑτὸν κατέλαβεν ὁ ἀκατάληπτος· ὁ δὲ ἤδη τρίτος τῇ θέσει, εἰς ἄπειρον διάστημα διὰ τὴν αὔξησιν τῶν ἀδελφῶν γενόμενος, τρὶς νοήσας ἑαυτόν, οἱονεὶ δεσμὸν τινὰ τῆς ἑνότητος αὑτὸν ἔδησεν αἰώνιον.

To de teleion einai dokousin arithmoumenon deka. Isōn oun gegonotōn arithmǭ kai teleiotēti tōn aiōnōn, hōs ekeinoi dokousi, triakonta gegonasin aiōnes hoi pantes, hekastos autōn en dekadi plēroumenos. Eisi de allēlōn diairetoi kai timēn echontes hoi treis pros heautous mian, thesei monę̄ diapherontes, hoti to men esti prōton, to de deuteron, to de toutōn triton. Hē de thesis autois diaphoran dynameōs pareschen; ho men gar engista tǭ prōtǭ theǭ, tǭ hoionei spermati, theseōs tychōn tōn allōn gonimōteran esche dynamin, dekakis autos hauton megethei metrēsas ho ametrētos; ho de tę̄ thesei tou prōtou genomenos deuteros, hexakis hauton katelaben ho akatalēptos; ho de ēdē tritos tę̄ thesei, eis apeiron diastēma dia tēn auxēsin tōn adelphōn genomenos, tris noēsas heauton, hoionei desmon tina tēs henotētos hauton edēsen aiōnion.

And they think that the perfect is what is numbered ten. The Aeons, then, being equal in number and perfection, as they think, there came to be thirty Aeons in all, each of them completed in a decad. And the three are distinct from one another and have one honor among themselves, differing in position only, in that one is first, another second, and the third of these third. But their position gave them a difference of power. For the one who happened to have the position nearest to the first God, the one who is like a seed, had a power more fruitful than the others, he, the unmeasured, having measured himself ten times in magnitude; the one who became second in position after the first, the incomprehensible, comprehended himself six times; and the one now third in position, having reached an infinite extent because of the growth of his brothers, conceiving himself three times, bound himself with a kind of eternal bond of unity.

item 8, chapter 9

8.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 416

Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι δοκοῦσιν οὗτοι τὸ λελεγμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος· Ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι, καὶ [τὸ] πεσὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν καὶ ἀγαθὴν ἐποίει ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηκε, φησίν· Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω, ὅτι ταῦτα οὐκ ἔστι πάντων ἀκούσματα.

Kai touto einai dokousin houtoi to lelegmenon hypo tou sōtēros; Exēlthen ho speirōn tou speirai, kai [to] peson eis tēn gēn tēn kalēn kai agathēn epoiei ho men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta. Kai dia touto eirēke, phēsin; Ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō, hoti tauta ouk esti pantōn akousmata.

And they think that this is what was said by the Savior: “The sower went out to sow, and [what] fell into the good and fine earth produced, some a hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold.” And for this reason, he says, he said, “Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear,” because these things are not for everyone to hear.

8.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 416

Οὗτοι πάντες οἱ αἰῶνες οἵ τε τρεῖς καὶ οἱ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπειράκις ἄπειροι πάντες εἰσὶν αἰῶνες ἀρσενοθήλυες. Αὐξηθέντες οὖν καὶ μεγαλυνθέντες καὶ γενόμενοι οὗτοι πάντες ἐξ ἑνὸς ἐκείνου τοῦ πρώτου σπέρματος, τῆς συμφωνίας αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς ἑνότητος οἱ πάντες, εἰς ἕνα ὁμοῦ γενόμενοι αἰῶνα τὸν μέσον αὐτῶν, γέννημα κοινὸν οἱ πάντες ἐγέννησαν ἐκ παρθένου μιᾶς, τὸν ἐν μεσότητι Μαρίας σωτῆρα πάντων, ἰσοδύναμον κατὰ πάντα τῷ σπέρματι τῷ συκίνῳ, πλὴν ὅτι γεννητὸς οὗτος, τὸ δὲ πρῶτον σπέρμα ἐκεῖνο, ὅθεν γέγονεν ἡ συκῆ, ἐστὶν ἀγέννητον.

Houtoi pantes hoi aiōnes hoi te treis kai hoi apʼ autōn apeirakis apeiroi pantes eisin aiōnes arsenothēlyes. Auxēthentes oun kai megalynthentes kai genomenoi houtoi pantes ex henos ekeinou tou prōtou spermatos, tēs symphōnias autōn kai tēs henotētos hoi pantes, eis hena homou genomenoi aiōna ton meson autōn, gennēma koinon hoi pantes egennēsan ek parthenou mias, ton en mesotēti Marias sōtēra pantōn, isodynamon kata panta tǭ spermati tǭ sykinǭ, plēn hoti gennētos houtos, to de prōton sperma ekeino, hothen gegonen hē sykē, estin agennēton.

All these Aeons, both the three and those that are infinitely infinite from them, are male-female Aeons. So all these, having grown and been magnified and come into being from that one first seed, all of them, by their harmony and unity, coming together into one Aeon, the middle one among them, all begot a common offspring from one virgin, the Savior of all, in the middle of Mary, equal in power in every respect to the fig seed, except that he is begotten, while that first seed from which the fig tree came is unbegotten.

8.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 416

Κεκοσμημένων οὖν τῶν τριῶν αἰώνων ἐκείνων παναρέτως καὶ παναγίως, ὡς δοκοῦσιν οὗτοι διδάσκοντες, καὶ τοῦ παιδὸς ἐκείνου τοῦ μονογενοῦς, (γέγονε γὰρ μόνος τοῖς ἀπείροις αἰῶσιν ἐκ τριγενοῦς· τρεῖς γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐγέννησαν ὁμοφρονοῦντες αἰῶνες ἀμέτρητοι·) κεκόσμητο μὲν ἀνενδεὴς πᾶσα ἡ νοητὴ φύσις, φῶς δὲ ἦν ἅπαντα ἐκεῖνα τὰ νοητὰ καὶ αἰώνια, φῶς δὲ οὐκ ἄμορφον οὐδὲ ἀργόν, οὐδὲ οἱονεί τινος ἐπιποιοῦντος δεόμενον, ἀλλὰ ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπειράκις ἀπείρων κατὰ τὸ παράδειγμα τῆς συκῆς ἀπείρους ἰδέας ζῴων τῶν ἐκεῖ πολυποικίλων, κατέλαμψεν ἄνωθεν εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον χάος.

Kekosmēmenōn oun tōn triōn aiōnōn ekeinōn panaretōs kai panagiōs, hōs dokousin houtoi didaskontes, kai tou paidos ekeinou tou monogenous, (gegone gar monos tois apeirois aiōsin ek trigenous; treis gar auton egennēsan homophronountes aiōnes ametrētoi;) kekosmēto men anendeēs pasa hē noētē physis, phōs de ēn hapanta ekeina ta noēta kai aiōnia, phōs de ouk amorphon oude argon, oude hoionei tinos epipoiountos deomenon, alla echon en heautǭ kata to plēthos tōn apeirakis apeirōn kata to paradeigma tēs sykēs apeirous ideas zǭōn tōn ekei polypoikilōn, katelampsen anōthen eis to hypokeimenon chaos.

When, then, those three Aeons had been adorned with all virtue and all holiness, as these teachers think, and also that only-begotten child (for he alone was born to the infinite Aeons from a threefold parentage, since three unmeasured Aeons of one mind begot him), the whole intelligible nature had been set in order, lacking nothing. And all those intelligible and eternal things were light; not a formless or idle light, nor one needing, as it were, someone to work on it, but having in itself, according to the multitude of the infinitely infinite, after the pattern of the fig tree, infinite forms of the manifold living beings there; and it shone down from above into the chaos beneath.

8.9.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 416–418

Τὸ δὲ φωτισθὲν ὁμοῦ καὶ μορφωθὲν ἐκείναις ἄνωθεν ταῖς πολυποικίλοις ἰδέαις, πῆξιν ἔλαβε καὶ ἀνεδέξατο τὰς ἰδέας τὰς ἄνωθεν ἁπάσας ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου αἰῶνος τοῦ τριπλασιάσαντος αὑτόν. Ὁ δὲ αἰὼν οὗτος ὁ τρίτος τοὺς χαρακτῆρας βλέπων πάντας ἀθρόως τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον κάτω σκότος κατειλημμένους, τήν τε δύναμιν τοῦ σκότους οὐκ ἀγνοῶν καὶ τὸ ἀφελὲς τοῦ φωτὸς ὁμοῦ καὶ ἄφθονον, οὐκ εἴασεν ἐπὶ πολὺ τοὺς φωτεινοὺς χαρακτῆρας ἄνωθεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σκότους κάτω κατασπασθῆναι· ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὑπέταξε τοῖς αἰῶσι [στερέωμα].

To de phōtisthen homou kai morphōthen ekeinais anōthen tais polypoikilois ideais, pēxin elabe kai anedexato tas ideas tas anōthen hapasas apo tou tritou aiōnos tou triplasiasantos hauton. Ho de aiōn houtos ho tritos tous charaktēras blepōn pantas athroōs tous heautou eis to hypokeimenon katō skotos kateilēmmenous, tēn te dynamin tou skotous ouk agnoōn kai to apheles tou phōtos homou kai aphthonon, ouk eiasen epi poly tous phōteinous charaktēras anōthen hypo tou skotous katō kataspasthēnai; alla gar hypetaxe tois aiōsi [stereōma].

And what was lit up and at the same time given form by those manifold forms from above became fixed and received all the forms from above, from the third Aeon, which had tripled itself. And this third Aeon, seeing all its own characters caught all at once in the darkness below, and not ignorant of the power of the darkness, nor of the simplicity and generosity of the light, did not allow the luminous characters from above to be dragged down for long by the darkness below, but set [a firmament] beneath the Aeons.

8.9.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 418

Στερεώσας οὖν κάτωθεν, καὶ διεχώρισεν ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ σκότους καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ φωτός, καὶ ἐκάλεσε τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεράνω τοῦ στερεώματος, καὶ τὸ σκότος ἐκάλεσε νύκτα.

Stereōsas oun katōthen, kai diechōrisen ana meson tou skotous kai ana meson tou phōtos, kai ekalese to phōs hēmeran, ho ēn hyperanō tou stereōmatos, kai to skotos ekalese nykta.

So having made it firm from below, he also separated between the darkness and the light, and called the light, which was above the firmament, day, and the darkness he called night.

8.9.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 418

Πασῶν οὖν, ὡς ἔφην, τῶν ἀπείρων τοῦ τρίτου αἰῶνος ἰδεῶν ἀπειλημμένων ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κατωτάτῳ σκότῳ, καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ τοιούτου αἰῶνος ἐναπεσφράγισται μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν τὸ ἐκτύπωμα, πῦρ ζῶν ἀπὸ φωτὸς γενόμενον, ὅθεν ὁ μέγας ἄρχων ἐγένετο, περὶ οὗ λέγει Μωϋσῆς· Ἐν ἀρχῇ

Pasōn oun, hōs ephēn, tōn apeirōn tou tritou aiōnos ideōn apeilēmmenōn en toutǭ tǭ katōtatǭ skotǭ, kai autou tou toioutou aiōnos enapesphragistai meta tōn loipōn to ektypōma, pyr zōn apo phōtos genomenon, hothen ho megas archōn egeneto, peri hou legei Mōÿsēs; En archę̄

All the infinite forms of the third Aeon, then, as I said, being caught in this lowest darkness, the impress of this Aeon itself too was stamped in along with the rest, a living fire born from light, from which the great Archon came into being, about whom Moses says, “In the beginning

8.9.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 418

ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Τοῦτον λέγει Μωϋσῆς πύρινον θεὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ βάτου λαλήσαντα, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ ἀέρος· (βάτος γάρ ἐστι πᾶς ὁ σκότει ὑποκείμενος ἀήρ) βάτον δέ, φησίν, εἴρηκε Μωϋσῆς, ὅτι ἄνωθεν κάτω πᾶσαι διέβησαν τοῦ φωτὸς αἱ ἰδέαι βατὸν ἔχουσαι τὸν ἀέρα.

epoiēsen ho theos ton ouranon kai tēn gēn. Touton legei Mōÿsēs pyrinon theon apo tou batou lalēsanta, toutestin apo tou skoteinou aeros; (batos gar esti pas ho skotei hypokeimenos aēr) baton de, phēsin, eirēke Mōÿsēs, hoti anōthen katō pasai diebēsan tou phōtos hai ideai baton echousai ton aera.

God made the heaven and the earth.” This is the one Moses calls the fiery God who spoke from the bush, that is, from the dark air (for all the air that lies under darkness is a bush); and Moses, he says, said “bush” (batos) because all the forms of light passed from above downward, having the air as passable (batos).

8.9.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 418

Οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ βάτου γνωρίζεται, φωνὴ γάρ ἐστι σημαντικὴ τοῦ λόγου πλησσόμενος ἀήρ, οὗ δίχα λόγος ἀνθρώπινος οὐ γνωρίζεται. Οὐ μόνον δὲ ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ βάτου, τουτέστιν ἀέρος, νομοθετεῖ καὶ συμπολιτεύεται, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ὀσμαὶ καὶ χρώματα διὰ τοῦ ἀέρος ἡμῖν τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐμφανίζουσιν.

Ouden de hētton kai hēmin ho logos apo tou batou gnōrizetai, phōnē gar esti sēmantikē tou logou plēssomenos aēr, hou dicha logos anthrōpinos ou gnōrizetai. Ou monon de ho logos hēmin apo tou batou, toutestin aeros, nomothetei kai sympoliteuetai, alla gar kai osmai kai chrōmata dia tou aeros hēmin tas dynameis tas heautōn emphanizousin.

No less for us too is speech made known from the bush; for voice, the sign of speech, is air that is struck, without which human speech is not made known. And not only does speech legislate and share our civic life with us from the bush, that is, the air, but also smells and colors show us their powers through the air.

item 8, chapter 10

8.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 418–420

Οὗτος οὖν ὁ πυροειδὴς θεός, ὁ πῦρ ἀπὸ φωτὸς γενόμενος, πεποίηκε τὸν κόσμον οὕτως, ὡς φησὶ Μωϋσῆς, αὐτὸς ὢν ἀνυπόστατος, σκότος ἔχων τὴν οὐσίαν, ἐνυβρίζων ἀεὶ τοῖς κατειλημμένοις ἄνωθεν κάτω τοῦ φωτὸς αἰωνίοις χαρακτῆρσι. Μέχρι μὲν οὖν τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος φανερώσεως ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ πυρώδους, τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, πολλή τις ἦν πλάνη τῶν ψυχῶν· ψυχαὶ γὰρ αἱ ἰδέαι καλοῦνται, ὅτι ἀποψυγεῖσαι τῶν ἄνω ἐν σκότει διατελοῦσι, μεταβαλλόμεναι ἐκ σωμάτων εἰς σώματα, ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ φρουρούμενα.

Houtos oun ho pyroeidēs theos, ho pyr apo phōtos genomenos, pepoiēke ton kosmon houtōs, hōs phēsi Mōÿsēs, autos ōn anypostatos, skotos echōn tēn ousian, enybrizōn aei tois kateilēmmenois anōthen katō tou phōtos aiōniois charaktērsi. Mechri men oun tēs tou sōtēros phanerōseōs hypo tou theou tou phōtos tou pyrōdous, tou dēmiourgou, pollē tis ēn planē tōn psychōn; psychai gar hai ideai kalountai, hoti apopsygeisai tōn anō en skotei diatelousi, metaballomenai ek sōmatōn eis sōmata, hypo tou dēmiourgou phrouroumena.

This fire-like God, then, who became fire from light, made the world in the way Moses says, being himself without real subsistence, having darkness as his substance, always insulting the eternal characters of the light caught from above below. Until the manifestation of the Savior, then, there was much wandering of souls under the God of the fiery light, the Demiurge; for the forms are called souls (psychai) because, having grown cold (apopsygeisai) from the things above, they continue in darkness, changed from bodies into bodies, guarded by the Demiurge.

8.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 420

Ὅτι δὲ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, φησίν, ἔνεστι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰὼβ κατανοῆσαι λέγοντος· Καὶ ἐγὼ πλανῆτις καὶ τόπον ἐκ τόπων μεταβαίνουσα καὶ οἰκίαν ἐξ οἰκίας, καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος· Καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλίας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι. Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ σωτῆρος μετενσωμάτωσις πέπαυται, πίστις δὲ κηρύσσεται εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν.

Hoti de touthʼ houtōs echei, phēsin, enesti kai ek tou Iōb katanoēsai legontos; Kai egō planētis kai topon ek topōn metabainousa kai oikian ex oikias, kai tou sōtēros legontos; Kai ei thelete dexasthai, autos estin Ēlias ho mellōn erchesthai. Ho echōn ōta akouein akouetō. Apo de tou sōtēros metensōmatōsis pepautai, pistis de kēryssetai eis aphesin hamartiōn.

And that this is so, he says, can be understood from Job, who says, “And I am a wanderer, passing from place to place and from house to house,” and from the Savior, who says, “And if you are willing to accept it, he is Elijah who is to come. Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear.” But from the Savior's time transmigration has ceased, and faith is preached for the forgiveness of sins.

8.10.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 420

Τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς ἐκεῖνος, ὁ τῶν αἰώνων ἄνωθεν τὰς ἰδέας βλέπων τὰς ἄνωθεν μεταβαλλομένας ἐν τοῖς σκοτεινοῖς σώμασι, ῥύσασθαι κατελθὼν ἠθέλησεν. Εἰδὼς δέ, ὅτι τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ὅλων αἰώνων οὐδὲ οἱ αἰῶνες ἀθρόον ἰδεῖν ὑπομένουσιν, ἀλλὰ καταπλαγέντες οἱ φθαρτοὶ φθορὰν ὑπομένουσι, μεγέθει καὶ δόξῃ δυνάμεως κατειλημμένοι, συστείλας ἑαυτὸν ὡς ἀστραπὴν μεγίστην ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ σώματι, μᾶλλον δὲ ὡς φῶς ὄψεως ὑπὸ τοῖς βλεφάροις συνεσταλμένον, ἐξικνεῖται μέχρις οὐρανοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπιψαύσας τῶν ἐκεῖ πάλιν ἑαυτὸν συστέλλει ὑπὸ τοῖς βλεφάροις τῆς ὄψεως ὅτε βούλεται.

Toiouton tina tropon ho monogenēs huios ekeinos, ho tōn aiōnōn anōthen tas ideas blepōn tas anōthen metaballomenas en tois skoteinois sōmasi, rhysasthai katelthōn ēthelēsen. Eidōs de, hoti to plērōma tōn holōn aiōnōn oude hoi aiōnes athroon idein hypomenousin, alla kataplagentes hoi phthartoi phthoran hypomenousi, megethei kai doxę̄ dynameōs kateilēmmenoi, systeilas heauton hōs astrapēn megistēn en elachistǭ sōmati, mallon de hōs phōs opseōs hypo tois blepharois synestalmenon, exikneitai mechris ouranou, kai tōn asterōn epipsausas tōn ekei palin heauton systellei hypo tois blepharois tēs opseōs hote bouletai.

In some such way that only-begotten Son, seeing from above the forms of the Aeons being changed from above into dark bodies, wished to come down and rescue them. But knowing that not even the Aeons can bear to see the fullness of all the Aeons at once, but that the corruptible, struck with amazement, undergo corruption, overpowered by the greatness and glory of power, he contracted himself like a very great lightning flash in a very small body; or rather like the light of sight contracted beneath the eyelids, which reaches as far as heaven and, having touched the stars there, contracts itself again beneath the eyelids when it wishes.

8.10.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 420

Καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦν τὸ φῶς τῆς ὄψεως, καὶ πανταχῆ γινόμενον καὶ πάντα, ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀφανές, μόνον δὲ ὁρῶμεν ἡμεῖς ὄψεως βλέφαρα, κανθοὺς λευκούς, ὑμένα εὐρὺν πολύπτυχον πολυκτηδόνα, χιτῶνα κερατοειδῆ, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον κόρην ῥαγοειδῆ, ἀμφιβληστροειδῆ, δισκοειδῆ, καὶ εἴ τινες ἄλλοι τοῦ φωτὸς τῆς ὄψεώς εἰσι χιτῶνες, οὓς ἐστολισμένη κέκρυπται.

Kai touto poioun to phōs tēs opseōs, kai pantachē ginomenon kai panta, hēmin estin aphanes, monon de horōmen hēmeis opseōs blephara, kanthous leukous, hymena euryn polyptychon polyktēdona, chitōna keratoeidē, hypo de touton korēn rhagoeidē, amphiblēstroeidē, diskoeidē, kai ei tines alloi tou phōtos tēs opseōs eisi chitōnes, hous estolismenē kekryptai.

And this light of sight, doing this, and coming to be everywhere and all things, is invisible to us; we see only the eyelids of sight, the white corners, the broad membrane of many folds and many channels, the horn-like coat, and under this the grape-like pupil, net-like and disk-shaped, and whatever other coats of the light of sight there are, clothed in which it is hidden.

8.10.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 420

Οὕτως, φησίν, ὁ μονογενὴς παῖς ἄνωθεν αἰώνιος ἐπενδυσάμενος κατὰ ἕνα ἕκαστον τοῦ τρίτου αἰῶνος αἰῶνα, καὶ γενόμενος ἐν τριακοντάδι αἰώνων εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τόνδε τὸν κόσμον τηλικοῦτος ὤν, ἡλίκον εἴπομεν, ἀφανής, ἄγνωστος, ἄδοξος, ἀπιστούμενος.

Houtōs, phēsin, ho monogenēs pais anōthen aiōnios ependysamenos kata hena hekaston tou tritou aiōnos aiōna, kai genomenos en triakontadi aiōnōn eisēlthen eis tonde ton kosmon tēlikoutos ōn, hēlikon eipomen, aphanēs, agnōstos, adoxos, apistoumenos.

In this way, he says, the only-begotten child, eternal from above, having put on each single Aeon of the third Aeon, and having come to be in a triacontad of Aeons, entered into this world, being as great as we said, unseen, unknown, without glory, disbelieved.

8.10.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 420

Ἵνʼ οὖν, φασὶν οἱ Δοκηταί, καὶ τὸ σκότος ἐπενδύσηται τὸ ἐξώτερον, τὴν σάρκα φησίν, ἄγγελος συνοδεύσας αὐτῷ ἄνωθεν τὴν Μαριὰμ εὐηγγελίσατο, φησίν, ὡς γέγραπται. Ἐγεννήθη τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς ὡς γέγραπται.

Hinʼ oun, phasin hoi Dokētai, kai to skotos ependysētai to exōteron, tēn sarka phēsin, angelos synodeusas autǭ anōthen tēn Mariam euēngelisato, phēsin, hōs gegraptai. Egennēthē to ex autēs hōs gegraptai.

So, the Docetae say, in order that he might put on the outer darkness too, that is, the flesh, an angel who accompanied him from above brought the good news to Mary, as it is written. What was from her was born, as it is written.

8.10.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 420–422

Γεννηθὲν δὲ ἐνεδύσατο αὐτὸ ἄνωθεν ἐλθών, καὶ πάντα ἐποίησεν οὕτως, ὡς ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις γέγραπται, ἐλούσατο εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην, ἐλούσατο δὲ τύπον καὶ σφράγισμα λαβὼν ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τοῦ γεγεννημένου σώματος ἀπὸ τῆς παρθένου, ἵνʼ, ὅταν ὁ ἄρχων κατακρίνῃ τὸ ἴδιον πλάσμα θανάτῳ, τῷ σταυρῷ, ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐν τῷ σώματι τραφεῖσα, ἀπεκδυσαμένη τὸ σῶμα καὶ προσηλώσασα πρὸς τὸ ξύλον, καὶ θριαμβεύσασα διʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας μὴ εὑρεθῇ γυμνή, ἀλλʼ ἐνδύσηται τὸ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι, ὅτε ἐβαπτίζετο, ἀντὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐκείνης ἐκτετυπωμένον σῶμα.

Gennēthen de enedysato auto anōthen elthōn, kai panta epoiēsen houtōs, hōs en tois euangeliois gegraptai, elousato eis ton Iordanēn, elousato de typon kai sphragisma labōn en tǭ hydati tou gegennēmenou sōmatos apo tēs parthenou, hinʼ, hotan ho archōn katakrinę̄ to idion plasma thanatǭ, tǭ staurǭ, psychē ekeinē en tǭ sōmati trapheisa, apekdysamenē to sōma kai prosēlōsasa pros to xylon, kai thriambeusasa diʼ autou tas archas kai tas exousias mē heurethę̄ gymnē, allʼ endysētai to en tǭ hydati, hote ebaptizeto, anti tēs sarkos ekeinēs ektetypōmenon sōma.

And when it had been born, he who came from above put it on, and did everything just as is written in the Gospels. He washed in the Jordan, and he washed receiving in the water a type and seal of the body born from the virgin, so that when the Archon condemned his own formation to death, to the cross, that soul nourished in the body, having stripped off the body and nailed it to the tree, and having triumphed through it over the principalities and authorities, might not be found naked, but might put on the body stamped in the water when he was baptized, in place of that flesh.

8.10.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 422

Τοῦτό ἐστι, φησίν, ὃ λέγει ὁ σωτήρ· Ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος, οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν· ὅτι τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν. Ἀπὸ τῶν τριάκοντα οὖν αἰώνων τριάκοντα ἰδέας ἐνεδύσατο· διὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γέγονεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ὁ αἰώνιος ἐκεῖνος, ἑκάστου αἰῶνος ἰδίᾳ ἐνιαυτῷ φανερουμένου.

Touto esti, phēsin, ho legei ho sōtēr; Ean mē tis gennēthę̄ ex hydatos kai pneumatos, ouk eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn; hoti to gegennēmenon ek tēs sarkos sarx estin. Apo tōn triakonta oun aiōnōn triakonta ideas enedysato; dia touto epi triakonta etē gegonen epi tēs gēs ho aiōnios ekeinos, hekastou aiōnos idią eniautǭ phaneroumenou.

This, he says, is what the Savior says: “Unless someone is born of water and spirit, he will not enter the kingdom of heaven; because what is born of the flesh is flesh.” From the thirty Aeons, then, he put on thirty forms; for this reason that eternal one was on the earth for thirty years, each Aeon being manifested in its own year.

8.10.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 422

Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ ἑκάστου τῶν τριάκοντα αἰώνων ἅπασαι ἰδέαι κατειλημμέναι ψυχαί, καὶ φύσιν ἔχει τούτων ἑκάστη νοεῖν τὸν κατὰ φύσιν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ἐκεῖνος ὁ μονογενὴς ὁ αἰώνιος ἀπὸ τῶν αἰωνίων τόπων ἐνεδύσατο· εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι διάφοροι.

Eisi de kai apo hekastou tōn triakonta aiōnōn hapasai ideai kateilēmmenai psychai, kai physin echei toutōn hekastē noein ton kata physin Iēsoun, hon ekeinos ho monogenēs ho aiōnios apo tōn aiōniōn topōn enedysato; eisi de houtoi diaphoroi.

And from each of the thirty Aeons all the forms caught below are souls, and each of them has a nature to understand the Jesus that corresponds to its nature, whom that eternal only-begotten put on from the eternal places; and these are different.

8.10.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 422

Διὰ τοῦτο τοσαῦται αἱρέσεις ζητοῦσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιμαχήτως, καὶ ἔστι πάσαις οἰκεῖος αὐταῖς, ἄλλῃ δὲ ἄλλος ὁρώμενος ἀπʼ ἄλλου τόπου, ἐφʼ ὃν ἑκάστη φέρεται, φησίν, καὶ σπεύδει δοκοῦσα τοῦτον εἶναι μόνον, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτῆς συγγενὴς ἴδιος καὶ πολίτης, ὃν ἰδοῦσα πρῶτον ἴδιον ἐγνώρισε μὲν ὡς ἀδελφόν, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους νόθους.

Dia touto tosautai haireseis zētousi ton Iēsoun perimachētōs, kai esti pasais oikeios autais, allę̄ de allos horōmenos apʼ allou topou, ephʼ hon hekastē pheretai, phēsin, kai speudei dokousa touton einai monon, hos estin autēs syngenēs idios kai politēs, hon idousa prōton idion egnōrise men hōs adelphon, tous de allous nothous.

For this reason so many heresies seek Jesus contentiously, and he belongs to all of them, but is seen as different by each, from a different place; toward whom, he says, each is carried and hastens, thinking this one alone to be him, who is her own kinsman and fellow citizen; whom, seeing first as her own, she recognized as a brother, but the others as bastards.

8.10.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 422–424

Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῶν ὑποκάτω τόπων τὴν φύσιν ἔχοντες τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτοὺς ἰδέας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἰδεῖν οὐ δύνανται, οἱ δὲ ἄνωθεν, φησίν, ἀπὸ τῆς δεκάδος τῆς μέσης καὶ τῆς ὀγδοάδος τῆς ἀρίστης, ὅθεν ἐσμὲν ἡμεῖς, λέγουσιν, οὐκ ἐκ μέρους, ἀλλʼ ὅλον αὐτοὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὸν σωτῆρα ἴσασι, καὶ εἰσὶν ἄνωθεν τέλειοι μόνοι, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐκ μέρους.

Hoi men oun ek tōn hypokatō topōn tēn physin echontes tas hyper autous ideas tou sōtēros idein ou dynantai, hoi de anōthen, phēsin, apo tēs dekados tēs mesēs kai tēs ogdoados tēs aristēs, hothen esmen hēmeis, legousin, ouk ek merous, allʼ holon autoi ton Iēsoun ton sōtēra isasi, kai eisin anōthen teleioi monoi, hoi de alloi pantes ek merous.

Those, then, who have their nature from the places below cannot see the forms of the Savior above them; but those from above, he says, from the middle decad and the best ogdoad, from which, they say, we come, know Jesus the Savior not in part but whole, and they alone are perfect from above, while all the others know in part.

item 8, chapter 11

8.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν αὐτάρκη νομίζω εἶναι τοῖς εὖ πεφρονηκόσι πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς τῶν Δοκητῶν πολυπλόκου καὶ ἀσυστάτου αἱρέσεως, οἳ περὶ ὕλης μὲν ἀβάτου καὶ ἀκαταλήπτου λόγους ἐπικεχειρημένους ποιήσαντες, Δοκητὰς ἑαυτοὺς προσηγόρευσαν, ὧν οὐ τὸ δοκεῖν εἶναι τινὰς κατανοοῦμεν ματαΐζοντας, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐκ τοσαύτης ὕλης δοκὸν ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ φερομένην διελέγχομεν εἴ πως διαβλέψαι δυνηθῶσιν, εἰ δʼ οὐ, κἂν τὸ μὴ ἑτέρους τυφλῶσαι,

Tauta men oun autarkē nomizō einai tois eu pephronēkosi pros epignōsin tēs tōn Dokētōn polyplokou kai asystatou haireseōs, hoi peri hylēs men abatou kai akatalēptou logous epikecheirēmenous poiēsantes, Dokētas heautous prosēgoreusan, hōn ou to dokein einai tinas katanooumen mataïzontas, alla tēn ek tosautēs hylēs dokon en ophthalmǭ pheromenēn dielenchomen ei pōs diablepsai dynēthōsin, ei dʼ ou, kan to mē heterous typhlōsai,

These things, then, I think are sufficient for right-minded people to recognize the tangled and incoherent heresy of the Docetae. Having composed labored discourses about impassable and incomprehensible matter, they called themselves Docetae. We perceive that it is not that they seem (dokein) to be someone that makes them foolish; rather, we are exposing the beam (dokos) from so much material that they carry in their eye, to see whether they can somehow see clearly; and if not, at least so that they may not blind others;

8.11.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

ὧν τὸ δόγμα πάλαι οἱ Ἑλλήνων σοφισταὶ προεσοφίσαντο κατὰ πολλά, ὡς ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τοῖς Δοκηταῖς τὰ δόξαντα. Τίνα δὲ καὶ Μονοΐμῳ δοκεῖ, οὐ σιωπήσομεν.

hōn to dogma palai hoi Hellēnōn sophistai proesophisanto kata polla, hōs estin epignōnai tous entynchanontas. Tauta men oun tois Dokētais ta doxanta. Tina de kai Monoïmǭ dokei, ou siōpēsomen.

whose doctrine the sophists of the Greeks long ago devised beforehand in many points, as readers can recognize. These, then, are the opinions of the Docetae. We shall not keep silent about what Monoimus thinks as well.

item 8, chapter 12

8.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

Μονόϊμος ὁ Ἄραψ μακρὰν τῆς τοῦ μεγαλοφώνου ποιητοῦ δόξης γεγένηται, τοιοῦτόν τινα τὸν ἄνθρωπον νομίσας, ὁποῖον ὁ ποιητὴς τὸν Ὠκεανόν, οὕτω πως λέγων·

Monoïmos ho Araps makran tēs tou megalophōnou poiētou doxēs gegenētai, toiouton tina ton anthrōpon nomisas, hopoion ho poiētēs ton Ōkeanon, houtō pōs legōn;

Monoimus the Arab was far from the glory of the loud-voiced poet, but he thought the human being to be such as the poet thought Ocean to be, speaking somewhat as follows:

8.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

Ὠκεανὸς γένεσίς τε θεῶν γένεσίς τʼ ἀνθρώπων. Ταῦτα ἄλλοις λόγοις μεταστήσας λέγει ἄνθρωπον εἶναι τὸ πᾶν (ὅ ἐστιν ἀρχὴ τῶν ὅλων) ἀγέννητον, ἄφθαρτον, ἀΐδιον, καὶ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ προειρημένου γεννητὸν καὶ παθητόν, ἀχρόνως γενόμενον, ἀβουλήτως, ἀπροορίστως. Τοιαύτη γὰρ, φησίν, ἡ δύναμις ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

Ōkeanos genesis te theōn genesis tʼ anthrōpōn. Tauta allois logois metastēsas legei anthrōpon einai to pan (ho estin archē tōn holōn) agennēton, aphtharton, aïdion, kai huion anthrōpou tou proeirēmenou gennēton kai pathēton, achronōs genomenon, aboulētōs, aprooristōs. Toiautē gar, phēsin, hē dynamis ekeinou tou anthrōpou.

“Ocean, origin of gods and origin of men.” Transposing these things into other words, he says that the Man is the All (which is the first principle of all things), unbegotten, incorruptible, eternal; and that the Son of Man, of the aforementioned Man, is begotten and passible, having come into being timelessly, without will, without being predetermined. For such, he says, is the power of that Man.

8.12.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

Οὕτως ὄντος αὐτοῦ τῇ δυνάμει γενέσθαι τὸν υἱὸν λογισμοῦ καὶ βουλήσεως τάχιον.

Houtōs ontos autou tę̄ dynamei genesthai ton huion logismou kai boulēseōs tachion.

He being thus in power, the Son came into being more swiftly than thought and will.

8.12.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 424

Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι, φησί, τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς· Ἦν καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅπερ ἐστίν· ἦν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἐγένετο υἱὸς αὐτοῦ, ὥς τις εἴποι· ἦν πῦρ καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς, ἀχρόνως καὶ ἀβουλήτως καὶ ἀπροορίστως ἅμα τῷ εἶναι τὸ πῦρ.

Kai touto esti, phēsi, to eirēmenon en tais graphais; Ēn kai egeneto, hoper estin; ēn anthrōpos, kai egeneto huios autou, hōs tis eipoi; ēn pyr kai egeneto phōs, achronōs kai aboulētōs kai aprooristōs hama tǭ einai to pyr.

And this, he says, is what is said in the Scriptures: “He was and he came to be,” that is: there was the Man, and his Son came to be; as one might say, there was fire and light came to be, timelessly, without will, and without predetermination, at the same moment as the fire exists.

8.12.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 424–426

Ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος μία μονὰς ἐστὶν ἀσύνθετος ἀδιαίρετος, συνθετὴ διαιρετή, πάντα φίλη, πάντα εἰρηνική, πάντα μαχίμη, πάντα πρὸς ἑαυτὴν πολέμιος, ἀνόμοιος ὁμοία, οἱονεί τις ἁρμονία μουσικὴ πάντα ἔχουσα ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ὅσα ἄν τις εἴπῃ καὶ παραλείπῃ μὴ νοήσας, πάντα ἀναδεικνύουσα, πάντα γεννῶσα. Αὕτη μήτηρ, αὕτη πατήρ, τὰ δύο ἀθάνατα ὀνόματα.

Ho de anthrōpos houtos mia monas estin asynthetos adiairetos, synthetē diairetē, panta philē, panta eirēnikē, panta machimē, panta pros heautēn polemios, anomoios homoia, hoionei tis harmonia mousikē panta echousa en heautę̄, hosa an tis eipę̄ kai paraleipę̄ mē noēsas, panta anadeiknyousa, panta gennōsa. Hautē mētēr, hautē patēr, ta dyo athanata onomata.

And this Man is one monad, uncompounded and indivisible, compounded and divisible, friendly to all, at peace with all, warring with all, at enmity with itself in all things, unlike and like, as it were a musical harmony having in itself everything that one might say or leave out through not thinking of it, displaying all things, begetting all things. This is mother, this is father, the two immortal names.

8.12.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 426

Ὑποδείγματος δὲ χάριν τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου κατανόει, φησί, μεγίστην εἰκόνα ἰῶτα ἕν, τὴν μίαν κεραίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶ κεραία μία ἀσύνθετος, ἁπλῆ, μονὰς εἰλικρινὴς ἐξ οὐδενὸς ὅλως τὴν σύνθεσιν ἔχουσα, συνθετή, πολυειδής, πολυσχιδής, πολυμερής.

Hypodeigmatos de charin tou teleiou anthrōpou katanoei, phēsi, megistēn eikona iōta hen, tēn mian keraian, hētis esti keraia mia asynthetos, haplē, monas eilikrinēs ex oudenos holōs tēn synthesin echousa, synthetē, polyeidēs, polyschidēs, polymerēs.

And as an illustration of the perfect Man, he says, consider as a very great image the one iota, the one stroke, which is one uncompounded stroke, simple, a pure monad having its composition from nothing at all, yet compounded, of many forms, many divisions, many parts.

8.12.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 426

Ἡ ἀμερὴς ἐκείνη μία, φησίν, ἔστιν ἡ πολυπρόσωπος καὶ μυριόμματος καὶ μυριώνυμος μία τοῦ ῑ κεραία, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰκὼν τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου τοῦ ἀοράτου.

Hē amerēs ekeinē mia, phēsin, estin hē polyprosōpos kai myriommatos kai myriōnymos mia tou i keraia, hētis estin eikōn tou teleiou anthrōpou ekeinou tou aoratou.

That one partless stroke, he says, is the many-faced, ten-thousand-eyed, and ten-thousand-named one stroke of the iota, which is the image of that invisible perfect Man.

item 8, chapter 13

8.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 426

Ἔστιν οὖν, φησίν, ἡ μονάς, ἡ μία κεραία, καὶ δεκάς· δύναμις γὰρ αὐτῇ τὸ ῑ τῆς μιᾶς κεραίας καὶ δυὰς καὶ τριὰς καὶ τετρὰς καὶ πεντὰς καὶ ἑξὰς καὶ ἑπτὰς καὶ ὀγδοὰς καὶ ἐννεὰς μέχρι τῶν δέκα· οὗτοι γὰρ, φησίν, εἰσὶν οἱ πολυσχιδεῖς ἀριθμοὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ κατοικοῦντες τῇ ἁπλῇ καὶ ἀσυνθέτῳ τοῦ ἰῶτα κεραίᾳ μιᾷ.

Estin oun, phēsin, hē monas, hē mia keraia, kai dekas; dynamis gar autę̄ to i tēs mias keraias kai dyas kai trias kai tetras kai pentas kai hexas kai heptas kai ogdoas kai enneas mechri tōn deka; houtoi gar, phēsin, eisin hoi polyschideis arithmoi en ekeinę̄ katoikountes tę̄ haplę̄ kai asynthetǭ tou iōta keraią mią.

The monad, then, he says, the one stroke, is also a decad; for the iota (ten) of the one stroke is its power, and also the dyad and triad and tetrad and pentad and hexad and heptad and ogdoad and ennead up to ten. For these, he says, are the many-divided numbers dwelling in that simple and uncompounded one stroke of the iota.

8.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 426

Καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ εἰρημένον· ὅτι πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα ηὐδόκησε κατοικῆσαι ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σωματικῶς· αἱ γὰρ τοιαῦται τῶν ἀριθμῶν συνθέσεις ἐξ ἁπλῆς καὶ ἀσυνθέτου τῆς μιᾶς κεραίας τοῦ ἰῶτα σωματικαὶ γεγόνασι, φησίν, ὑποστάσεις.

Kai touto esti to eirēmenon; hoti pan to plērōma ēudokēse katoikēsai epi ton huion tou anthrōpou sōmatikōs; hai gar toiautai tōn arithmōn syntheseis ex haplēs kai asynthetou tēs mias keraias tou iōta sōmatikai gegonasi, phēsin, hypostaseis.

And this is what is said: that “all the fullness was pleased to dwell” on the Son of Man “bodily”; for such compositions of numbers from the simple and uncompounded one stroke of the iota have become, he says, bodily subsistences.

8.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 426

Γέγονεν οὖν, φησίν, ἀπὸ τοῦ τελείου ἀνθρώπου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὃν ἔγνωκεν οὐδείς, φαντάζεται δέ, φησίν, ὡς γέννημα θηλείας ἡ κτίσις πᾶσα τὸν υἱὸν ἀγνοοῦσα, οὗ υἱοῦ ἀκτῖνες ἀμυδραὶ πάνυ ἐμπελάζουσαι τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ συνέχουσι καὶ συγκρατοῦσι τὴν μεταβολήν, τὴν γένεσιν.

Gegonen oun, phēsin, apo tou teleiou anthrōpou ho huios tou anthrōpou, hon egnōken oudeis, phantazetai de, phēsin, hōs gennēma thēleias hē ktisis pasa ton huion agnoousa, hou huiou aktines amydrai pany empelazousai tǭde tǭ kosmǭ synechousi kai synkratousi tēn metabolēn, tēn genesin.

So from the perfect Man, he says, came the Son of Man, whom no one has known; but the whole creation, not knowing the Son, imagines him, he says, as the offspring of a woman. Very faint rays of this Son, coming near to this world, hold together and control change, that is, generation.

8.13.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 426–428

Τὸ δὲ κάλλος ἐκείνου τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέχρι νῦν πᾶσίν ἐστιν ἀκατάληπτον ἀνθρώποις, ὅσοι περὶ τὸ γέννημα τῆς θηλείας εἰσὶ πεπλανημένοι. Γέγονεν οὖν, φησίν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου οὐδὲν τῶν ἐνθάδε, οὐδὲ ἔσται πώποτε, τὰ δὲ γεγονότα πάντα οὐκ ἀπὸ ὅλου, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ μέρους τινὸς γέγονε τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Ἔστι γὰρ, φησίν, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἰῶτα ἕν, μία κεραία, ῥυεῖσα ἄνωθεν, πλήρης, ἀποπληροῦσα πάντας, ἔχουσα ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ὅσα καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχει, ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.

To de kallos ekeinou tou huiou tou anthrōpou mechri nyn pasin estin akatalēpton anthrōpois, hosoi peri to gennēma tēs thēleias eisi peplanēmenoi. Gegonen oun, phēsin, apo tou anthrōpou ekeinou ouden tōn enthade, oude estai pōpote, ta de gegonota panta ouk apo holou, alla apo merous tinos gegone tou huiou tou anthrōpou. Esti gar, phēsin, ho huios tou anthrōpou iōta hen, mia keraia, rhyeisa anōthen, plērēs, apoplērousa pantas, echousa en heautę̄, hosa kai ho anthrōpos echei, ho patēr tou huiou tou anthrōpou.

And the beauty of that Son of Man is until now incomprehensible to all people who have gone astray about the offspring of the woman. Nothing of the things here, then, he says, came into being from that Man, nor ever will; but all things that have come into being have come not from the whole but from some part of the Son of Man. For the Son of Man, he says, is one iota, one stroke, flowing down from above, full, filling all, having in itself whatever the Man too has, the Father of the Son of Man.

item 8, chapter 14

8.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 428

Γέγονεν οὖν κόσμος, ὥς φησι Μωϋσῆς, ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις, τουτέστιν ἐν ἓξ δυνάμεσι ταῖς ἐν τῇ μιᾷ κεραίᾳ τοῦ ἰῶτα· ἑβδόμη κατάπαυσις καὶ σάββατον ἀπὸ τῆς ἑβδομάδος γέγονε τῆς ἐκεῖ.... γῆς καὶ ὕδατος καὶ πυρὸς καὶ ἀέρος, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ἀπὸ τῆς κεραίας γέγονε τῆς μιᾶς.

Gegonen oun kosmos, hōs phēsi Mōÿsēs, en hex hēmerais, toutestin en hex dynamesi tais en tę̄ mią keraią tou iōta; hebdomē katapausis kai sabbaton apo tēs hebdomados gegone tēs ekei.... gēs kai hydatos kai pyros kai aeros, ex hōn ho kosmos apo tēs keraias gegone tēs mias.

So the world came into being, as Moses says, in six days, that is, in the six powers that are in the one stroke of the iota; the seventh, the rest and Sabbath, has come from the hebdomad there … of earth and water and fire and air, from which the world came into being from the one stroke.

8.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 428

Οἵ τε γὰρ κύβοι καὶ τὰ ὀκτάεδρα καὶ αἱ πυραμίδες καὶ πάντα τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια σχήματα, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε πῦρ, ἀήρ, ὕδωρ, γῆ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀριθμῶν γεγόνασι τῶν κατειλημμένων ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἁπλῇ τοῦ ἰῶτα κεραίᾳ, ἥτις ἐστὶν υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου τελείου τέλειος.

Hoi te gar kyboi kai ta oktaedra kai hai pyramides kai panta ta toutois paraplēsia schēmata, ex hōn synestēke pyr, aēr, hydōr, gē, apo tōn arithmōn gegonasi tōn kateilēmmenōn en ekeinę̄ tę̄ haplę̄ tou iōta keraią, hētis estin huios anthrōpou teleiou teleios.

For the cubes and octahedra and pyramids and all the figures like these, of which fire, air, water, and earth are composed, have come into being from the numbers contained in that simple stroke of the iota, which is the perfect Son of the perfect Man.

8.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 428

Ὅταν οὖν, φησίν, ῥάβδον λέγῃ Μωϋσῆς στρεφομένην ποικίλως εἰς τὰ πάθη τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον, ἅτινα, φησίν, ἐστὶ τῆς κτίσεως ἀλληγορούμενα σύμβολα, οὐκ εἰς πλείονα πάθη τῶν δέκα σχηματίζει τὴν ῥάβδον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἡ μία κεραία. Διπλῆ, ποικίλη αὕτη, φησίν, ἐστὶν ἡ δεκάπληγος, ἡ κοσμικὴ κτίσις.

Hotan oun, phēsin, rhabdon legę̄ Mōÿsēs strephomenēn poikilōs eis ta pathē ta kata tēn Aigypton, hatina, phēsin, esti tēs ktiseōs allēgoroumena symbola, ouk eis pleiona pathē tōn deka schēmatizei tēn rhabdon, hētis estin hē mia keraia. Diplē, poikilē hautē, phēsin, estin hē dekaplēgos, hē kosmikē ktisis.

When, then, he says, Moses speaks of the rod turned in various ways for the plagues in Egypt, which, he says, are allegorical symbols of the creation, he does not shape the rod for more plagues than ten; and the rod is the one stroke. This, he says, is double and varied, the ten-plague, the cosmic creation.

8.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 428

Πάντα γὰρ πλησσόμενα γεννᾶται καὶ καρποφορεῖ, καθάπερ αἱ ἄμπελοι. Ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἐξέσσυται, φησί, καὶ ἀποσπᾶται πληγῇ τινι μεριζόμενος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ εἴπῃ νόμον, ὃν ἔθηκε Μωϋσῆς παρὰ θεοῦ λαβών. Κατὰ τὴν κεραίαν ἐκείνην ὁ νόμος ἐστὶ τὴν μίαν ἡ δεκάλογος ἀλληγοροῦσα τὰ θεῖα τῶν λόγων μυστήρια.

Panta gar plēssomena gennatai kai karpophorei, kathaper hai ampeloi. Anthrōpos ex anthrōpou exessytai, phēsi, kai apospatai plēgę̄ tini merizomenos, hina genētai kai eipę̄ nomon, hon ethēke Mōÿsēs para theou labōn. Kata tēn keraian ekeinēn ho nomos esti tēn mian hē dekalogos allēgorousa ta theia tōn logōn mystēria.

For all things are generated and bear fruit by being struck, like vines. “A man springs forth from a man,” he says, “and is torn away, divided by a kind of stroke,” so that he may come to be and speak the law, which Moses laid down, having received it from God. According to that one stroke, the law is the Decalogue, allegorizing the divine mysteries of the words.

8.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 428

Πᾶσα γὰρ, φησίν, ἡ γνῶσις τῶν ὅλων δεκάπληγός ἐστι καὶ δεκάλογος, ἣν οἶδεν οὐδεὶς τῶν περὶ τὸ γέννημα τῆς θηλείας πεπλανημένων. Κἂν εἴπῃς πεντάτευχον ὅλον τὸν νόμον, ἔστιν ἀπὸ τῆς πεντάδος τῆς ἐν τῇ μιᾷ κατειλημμένης κεραίᾳ.

Pasa gar, phēsin, hē gnōsis tōn holōn dekaplēgos esti kai dekalogos, hēn oiden oudeis tōn peri to gennēma tēs thēleias peplanēmenōn. Kan eipę̄s pentateuchon holon ton nomon, estin apo tēs pentados tēs en tę̄ mią kateilēmmenēs keraią.

For all the knowledge of the universe, he says, is ten-plague and ten-word, which none of those who have gone astray about the offspring of the woman knows. And even if you call the whole law the Pentateuch, it is from the pentad contained in the one stroke.

8.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 428–430

Τὸ δὲ ὅλον ἐστὶ, φησί, τοῖς μὴ πεπληρωμένοις παντελῶς τὴν διάνοιαν μυστήριον, καινὴ καὶ μὴ παλαιουμένη ἑορτή, νόμιμος, αἰώνιος εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ἡμῶν, κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ πάσχα, διατηρούμενον τοῖς δυναμένοις βλέπειν ἐναρχομένης τῆς δεκάτης, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ δεκάδος, ἀφʼ ἧς, φησίν, ἀριθμοῦσιν. Ἡ γὰρ μονὰς ἕως τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης ἐστὶ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῆς μιᾶς [κεραίας] τοῦ τελείου ἀριθμοῦ. Τό τε γὰρ ἕν, δύο, τρία, τέσσαρα γίνεται δέκα, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ μία κεραία.

To de holon esti, phēsi, tois mē peplērōmenois pantelōs tēn dianoian mystērion, kainē kai mē palaioumenē heortē, nomimos, aiōnios eis tas geneas hēmōn, kyriou tou theou pascha, diatēroumenon tois dynamenois blepein enarchomenēs tēs dekatēs, hētis estin archē dekados, aphʼ hēs, phēsin, arithmousin. Hē gar monas heōs tēs tessareskaidekatēs esti to kephalaion tēs mias [keraias] tou teleiou arithmou. To te gar hen, dyo, tria, tessara ginetai deka, hoper estin hē mia keraia.

And the whole, he says, is for those not wholly filled in understanding a mystery, a new feast that does not grow old, lawful, eternal for our generations, the Passover of the Lord God, kept for those able to see, beginning on the tenth day, which is the beginning of the decad, from which, he says, they count. For the monad up to the fourteenth is the sum of the one [stroke] of the perfect number. For one, two, three, four make ten, which is the one stroke.

8.14.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 430

Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης, φησίν, ἕως μιᾶς καὶ εἰκάδος ἑβδομάδα λέγει ὑπάρχουσαν ἐν τῇ μιᾷ κεραίᾳ τοῦ κόσμου τὴν κτίσιν ἄζυμον ἐν τούτοις ἅπασιν. Τί γὰρ δεηθείη, φησίν, ἡ μία κεραία οὐσίας τινὸς οἱονεὶ ζύμης ἔξωθεν εἰς τὸ πάσχα τοῦ κυρίου, τὴν αἰώνιον ἑορτήν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰς τὰς γενεὰς δεδομένη; ὅλος γὰρ ὁ κόσμος καὶ πάντα τὰ τῆς κτίσεως αἴτια πάσχα ἐστίν, ἑορτὴ κυρίου.

Apo de tēs tessareskaidekatēs, phēsin, heōs mias kai eikados hebdomada legei hyparchousan en tę̄ mią keraią tou kosmou tēn ktisin azymon en toutois hapasin. Ti gar deētheiē, phēsin, hē mia keraia ousias tinos hoionei zymēs exōthen eis to pascha tou kyriou, tēn aiōnion heortēn, hētis estin eis tas geneas dedomenē? holos gar ho kosmos kai panta ta tēs ktiseōs aitia pascha estin, heortē kyriou.

And from the fourteenth, he says, to the twenty-first, he speaks of a hebdomad existing in the one stroke of the world, the creation unleavened in all these. For what need would the one stroke have, he says, of some substance like leaven from outside for the Passover of the Lord, the eternal feast, which is given for the generations? For the whole world and all the causes of creation are a Passover, a feast of the Lord.

8.14.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 430

χαίρει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τῆς κτίσεως τῇ μεταβολῇ, ἥτις ὑπὸ τῶν δέκα πληγῶν τῆς κεραίας ἐνεργεῖται τῆς μιᾶς, ἥτις ἐστὶ Μωσέως ῥάβδος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ δεδομένη, ᾗ τῆς Αἰγυπτίοις πλήσσειν μεταβάλλειν τὰ σώματα, καθάπερ τὴν χεῖρα Μωσέως, τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς αἷμα, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τούτοις παραπλησίως, [ὡς] ἀκρίδας, ὅπερ ἐστὶ χόρτος, τῶν στοιχείων εἰς σάρκα μεταβολὴν λέγει· πᾶσα γὰρ σὰρξ χόρτος, φησίν.

chairei gar ho theos tēs ktiseōs tę̄ metabolę̄, hētis hypo tōn deka plēgōn tēs keraias energeitai tēs mias, hētis esti Mōseōs rhabdos hypo tou theou dedomenē, hę̄ tēs Aigyptiois plēssein metaballein ta sōmata, kathaper tēn cheira Mōseōs, to hydōr eis haima, kai ta loipa toutois paraplēsiōs, [hōs] akridas, hoper esti chortos, tōn stoicheiōn eis sarka metabolēn legei; pasa gar sarx chortos, phēsin.

For God rejoices in the change of creation, which is worked by the ten plagues of the one stroke, which is the rod of Moses given by God, with which … to strike the Egyptians and change their bodies, as the hand of Moses, the water into blood, and the rest likewise; [as] locusts, which is grass, he speaks of the change of the elements into flesh; for “all flesh is grass,” he says.

8.14.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 430

Οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ τὸν ὅλον νόμον οἱ ἄνδρες οὗτοι τοιοῦτόν τινα τρόπον ἐκδέχονται, τάχα που κατακολουθήσαντες, ὡς ἐγὼ δοκῶ, Ἑλλήνων τοῖς λέγουσιν οὐσίαν εἶναι καὶ ποιὸν καὶ ποσὸν καὶ πρός τι καὶ ποῦ καὶ πότε καὶ κεῖσθαι καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ ἔχειν καὶ πάσχειν.

Ouden de hētton kai ton holon nomon hoi andres houtoi toiouton tina tropon ekdechontai, tacha pou katakolouthēsantes, hōs egō dokō, Hellēnōn tois legousin ousian einai kai poion kai poson kai pros ti kai pou kai pote kai keisthai kai poiein kai echein kai paschein.

No less do these men interpret the whole law in some such way, perhaps following, as I think, those of the Greeks who say that there are substance, quality, quantity, relation, place, time, position, action, possession, and passion.

item 8, chapter 15

8.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 430

Τοιγαροῦν Μονόϊμος αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ πρὸς Θεόφραστον ἐπιστολῇ διαρρήδην λέγει· Καταλιπὼν ζητεῖν θεὸν καὶ κτίσιν καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια, ζήτησον αὐτὸν ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ, καὶ μάθε, τίς ἐστιν ὁ πάντα ἁπαξαπλῶς ἐν σοὶ ἐξιδιοποιούμενος καὶ λέγων·

Toigaroun Monoïmos autos en tę̄ pros Theophraston epistolę̄ diarrēdēn legei; Katalipōn zētein theon kai ktisin kai ta toutois paraplēsia, zētēson auton apo seautou, kai mathe, tis estin ho panta hapaxaplōs en soi exidiopoioumenos kai legōn;

Accordingly Monoimus himself, in his letter to Theophrastus, says expressly: “Leave off seeking God and creation and things like these; seek him from yourself, and learn who it is who, in a word, makes everything in you his own and says:

8.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 430–432

ὁ θεός μου, ὁ νοῦς μου, ἡ διάνοιά μου, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸ σῶμά μου, καὶ μάθε, πόθεν ἐστὶ τὸ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ χαίρειν καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν καὶ τὸ μισεῖν καὶ τὸ γρηγορεῖν μὴ θέλοντα καὶ τὸ νυστάζειν μὴ θέλοντα καὶ τὸ ὀργίζεσθαι μὴ θέλοντα καὶ τὸ φιλεῖν μὴ θέλοντα, καὶ ἂν ταῦτα, φησίν, ἐπιζητήσῃς ἀκριβῶς, εὑρήσεις αὐτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἓν καὶ πολλὰ κατὰ τὴν κεραίαν ἐκείνην, ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν διέξοδον εὑρόντα.

ho theos mou, ho nous mou, hē dianoia mou, hē psychē mou, to sōma mou, kai mathe, pothen esti to lypeisthai kai to chairein kai to agapan kai to misein kai to grēgorein mē thelonta kai to nystazein mē thelonta kai to orgizesthai mē thelonta kai to philein mē thelonta, kai an tauta, phēsin, epizētēsę̄s akribōs, heurēseis auton en heautǭ hen kai polla kata tēn keraian ekeinēn, aphʼ heautou tēn diexodon heuronta.

‘My God, my mind, my understanding, my soul, my body’; and learn from where come grieving and rejoicing, loving and hating, waking against one's will, sleeping against one's will, becoming angry against one's will, and loving against one's will. And if you examine these things carefully,” he says, “you will find him in yourself, one and many, like that stroke, finding the way out from yourself.”

8.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 432

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐκεῖνοι, οἷς οὐκ ἀνάγκην ἔχομεν τὰ παρʼ Ἕλλησι προμεμεριμνημένα παρατιθέναι οὖσι προδήλοις τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγομένοις τὴν σύστασιν ἔχειν ἐκ γεωμετρικῆς τέχνης καὶ ἀριθμητικῆς, ἣν γενναιότερον οἱ Πυθαγόρου μαθηταὶ διέθεντο, καθὼς ἔστι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἐπιγνῶναι ἐν τοῖς τόποις, οἷς προδιηγησάμεθα περὶ πάσης σοφίας Ἑλλήνων. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ Μονοΐμου αὐτάρκως διελήλεγκται, ἴδωμεν τίνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ τεχνάζονται ἑαυτοῖς βουλόμενοι ὄνομα μάταιον ὑψοῦν.

Tauta men oun ekeinoi, hois ouk anankēn echomen ta parʼ Hellēsi promemerimnēmena paratithenai ousi prodēlois tois hypʼ autōn legomenois tēn systasin echein ek geōmetrikēs technēs kai arithmētikēs, hēn gennaioteron hoi Pythagorou mathētai diethento, kathōs esti tois entynchanousin epignōnai en tois topois, hois prodiēgēsametha peri pasēs sophias Hellēnōn. Allʼ epei kai ta Monoïmou autarkōs dielēlenktai, idōmen tina kai hoi loipoi technazontai heautois boulomenoi onoma mataion hypsoun.

These, then, are their teachings. We have no need to set beside them what was worked out earlier among the Greeks, since it is plain that what they say has its composition from the art of geometry and arithmetic, which the disciples of Pythagoras set out more nobly, as readers can recognize in the places where we previously gave an account of all the wisdom of the Greeks. But since the views of Monoimus too have been sufficiently refuted, let us see what the rest contrive for themselves, wishing to exalt an empty name.

item 8, chapter 16

8.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 432

Τατιανὸς δέ, καὶ αὐτὸς γενόμενος μαθητὴς Ἰουστίνου τοῦ μάρτυρος, οὐχ ὅμοια τῷ διδασκάλῳ ἐφρόνησεν, ἀλλὰ καινά τινα ἐπιχειρήσας ἔφη αἰῶνας τινὰς ἀοράτους ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου μυθολογήσας. Γάμον δὲ φθορὰν εἶναι παραπλησίως Μαρκίωνι λέγει. Τὸν δὲ Ἀδὰμ φάσκει μὴ σώζεσθαι διὰ τὸ ἀρχηγὸν παρακοῆς γεγονέναι. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν Τατιανός.

Tatianos de, kai autos genomenos mathētēs Ioustinou tou martyros, ouch homoia tǭ didaskalǭ ephronēsen, alla kaina tina epicheirēsas ephē aiōnas tinas aoratous homoiōs tois apo Oualentinou mythologēsas. Gamon de phthoran einai paraplēsiōs Markiōni legei. Ton de Adam phaskei mē sōzesthai dia to archēgon parakoēs gegonenai. Kai tauta men Tatianos.

Tatian, who also became a disciple of Justin the martyr, did not think the same as his teacher, but attempting some novelties he spoke of certain invisible Aeons, telling myths like those of the followers of Valentinus. And he says that marriage is corruption, like Marcion. And he claims that Adam is not saved, because he became the author of disobedience. These, then, are the teachings of Tatian.

item 8, chapter 17

8.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 432–434

Ἑρμογένης δέ τις καὶ αὐτὸς νομίσας τι καινὸν φρονεῖν ἔφη τὸν θεὸν ἐξ ὕλης συγχρόνου καὶ ἀγεννήτου πάντα πεποιηκέναι· ἀδυνάτως γὰρ ἔχειν τὸν θεὸν μὴ οὐκ ἐξ ὄντων τὰ γινόμενα ποιεῖν.

Hermogenēs de tis kai autos nomisas ti kainon phronein ephē ton theon ex hylēs synchronou kai agennētou panta pepoiēkenai; adynatōs gar echein ton theon mē ouk ex ontōn ta ginomena poiein.

A certain Hermogenes, thinking that he too held some new view, said that God made all things from matter coeval with him and unbegotten; for it was impossible for God to make the things that come into being except from things that exist.

8.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 434

Εἶναι δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἀεὶ κύριον καὶ ἀεὶ ποιητήν, τὴν δὲ ὕλην ἀεὶ δούλην καὶ γινομένην, οὐ πᾶσαν δέ· Ἀεὶ γὰρ ἀγρίως καὶ ἀτάκτως φερομένην ἐκόσμησε τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ· δίκην χυτρίου ὑποκαιομένου βράζουσαν ἰδὼν ἐχώρισε κατὰ μέρος, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ παντὸς λαβὼν ἡμέρωσε, τὸ δὲ εἴασεν ἀτάκτως φέρεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἡμερωθὲν τοῦτο εἶναι κόσμον λέγει, τὸ δὲ ἄγριον μένειν καὶ ὕλην καλεῖσθαι ἄκοσμον. Ταύτην οὐσίαν εἶναι τῶν ἁπάντων λέγει, ὡς καινὸν φέρων δόγμα τοῖς αὐτοῦ μαθηταῖς, οὐκ ἐνενόει δέ, ὅτι Σωκρατικὸς ὁ μῦθος οὗτος τυγχάνει, ὑπὸ Πλάτωνος ἐξειργασμένος βέλτιον ἢ ὑπὸ Ἑρμογένους.

Einai de ton theon aei kyrion kai aei poiētēn, tēn de hylēn aei doulēn kai ginomenēn, ou pasan de; Aei gar agriōs kai ataktōs pheromenēn ekosmēse toutǭ tǭ logǭ; dikēn chytriou hypokaiomenou brazousan idōn echōrise kata meros, kai to men ek tou pantos labōn hēmerōse, to de eiasen ataktōs pheresthai, kai to hēmerōthen touto einai kosmon legei, to de agrion menein kai hylēn kaleisthai akosmon. Tautēn ousian einai tōn hapantōn legei, hōs kainon pherōn dogma tois autou mathētais, ouk enenoei de, hoti Sōkratikos ho mythos houtos tynchanei, hypo Platōnos exeirgasmenos beltion ē hypo Hermogenous.

And that God is always Lord and always maker, but matter always servant and coming into being, though not all of it. For he ordered it, as it was always carried along wildly and disorderly, by this reasoning: seeing it boiling like a pot heated from beneath, he separated it part by part, and taking one part from the whole he tamed it, and the other he let be carried along in disorder; and he says this tamed part is the world, while the wild part remains and is called unordered matter. This he says is the substance of all things, as if bringing a new doctrine to his disciples; but he did not perceive that this myth is Socratic, worked out better by Plato than by Hermogenes.

8.17.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 434

Τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν υἱὸν εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ τοῦ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντος θεοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκ παρθένου γεγενῆσθαι καὶ πνεύματος συνομολογεῖ κατὰ τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελίων φωνήν, ὃν μετὰ τὸ πάθος ἐγερθέντα ἐν σώματι πεφηνέναι τοῖς μαθηταῖς, καὶ ἀνερχόμενον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ τὸ σῶμα καταλελοιπέναι, αὐτὸν δὲ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα πεπορεῦσθαι.

Ton de Christon huion einai homologei tou ta panta ktisantos theou, kai auton ek parthenou gegenēsthai kai pneumatos synomologei kata tēn tōn euangeliōn phōnēn, hon meta to pathos egerthenta en sōmati pephēnenai tois mathētais, kai anerchomenon eis tous ouranous en tǭ hēliǭ to sōma kataleloipenai, auton de pros ton patera peporeusthai.

He confesses that Christ is the Son of the God who created all things, and agrees that he was born of a virgin and of the Spirit, according to the words of the Gospels; and that after the passion, having been raised, he appeared in a body to the disciples, and ascending into the heavens he left his body in the sun, while he himself went to the Father.

8.17.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 434

Μαρτυρίᾳ δὲ χρῆται νομίζων ὑπὸ τοῦ ῥητοῦ συνηγορεῖσθαι οὗπερ ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς Δαβὶδ λέγει· Ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ ἔθετο τὸ σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ὡς νυμφίος ἐκπορευόμενος ἐκ παστοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἀγαλλιάσεται ὡς γίγας δραμεῖν ὁδόν. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ Ἑρμογένης ἐπεχείρει.

Martyrią de chrētai nomizōn hypo tou rhētou synēgoreisthai houper ho psalmǭdos Dabid legei; En tǭ hēliǭ etheto to skēnōma autou, kai autos hōs nymphios ekporeuomenos ek pastou autou, agalliasetai hōs gigas dramein hodon. Tauta men oun kai Hermogenēs epecheirei.

And he uses as testimony a text he thinks supports him, which David the psalmist says: “In the sun he set his tent, and he himself, like a bridegroom coming out of his chamber, will rejoice like a giant to run his course.” These, then, are the things Hermogenes too attempted.

item 8, chapter 18

8.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 434

Ἕτεροι δέ τινες φιλόνεικοι τὴν φύσιν, ἰδιῶται τὴν γνῶσιν, μαχιμώτεροι τὸν τρόπον, συνιστάνουσι δεῖν τὸ πάσχα τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ πρώτου μηνὸς φυλάσσειν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ νόμου διαταγήν, ἐν ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἐμπέσῃ, ὑφορώμενοι τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν νόμῳ, ἐπικατάρατον ἔσεσθαι τὸν μὴ φυλάξαντα οὕτως ὡς διαστέλλεται, οὐ προσέχοντες ὅτι Ἰουδαίοις ἐνομοθετεῖτο τοῖς μέλλουσι τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα ἀναιρεῖν, τὸ εἰς ἔθνη χωρῆσαν καὶ πίστει νοούμενον, οὐ γράμματι νῦν τηρούμενον· οἳ μιᾷ ταύτῃ προσέχοντες ἐντολῇ

Heteroi de tines philoneikoi tēn physin, idiōtai tēn gnōsin, machimōteroi ton tropon, synistanousi dein to pascha tę̄ tessareskaidekatę̄ tou prōtou mēnos phylassein kata tēn tou nomou diatagēn, en hę̄ an hēmerą empesę̄, hyphorōmenoi to gegrammenon en nomǭ, epikataraton esesthai ton mē phylaxanta houtōs hōs diastelletai, ou prosechontes hoti Ioudaiois enomotheteito tois mellousi to alēthinon pascha anairein, to eis ethnē chōrēsan kai pistei nooumenon, ou grammati nyn tēroumenon; hoi mią tautę̄ prosechontes entolę̄

Others, contentious by nature, unlearned in knowledge, more quarrelsome in manner, maintain that the Passover must be kept on the fourteenth of the first month, according to the ordinance of the law, on whatever day it may fall, fearing what is written in the law, that whoever does not keep it as prescribed will be accursed. They do not notice that this was legislated for the Jews, who were about to destroy the true Passover, which has passed to the nations and is understood by faith, not now kept according to the letter. Paying attention to this one commandment,

8.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 434–436

οὐκ ἀφορῶσιν εἰς τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὅτι διαμαρτύρομαι παντὶ περιτεμνομένῳ, ὅτι ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶ τοῦ πάντα τὸν νόμον ποιῆσαι. Ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἑτέροις οὗτοι συμφωνοῦσι πρὸς πάντα τὰ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων παραδεδομένα.

ouk aphorōsin eis to eirēmenon hypo tou apostolou, hoti diamartyromai panti peritemnomenǭ, hoti opheiletēs esti tou panta ton nomon poiēsai. En de tois heterois houtoi symphōnousi pros panta ta tę̄ ekklēsią hypo tōn apostolōn paradedomena.

they do not look to what was said by the apostle: “I testify to everyone who is circumcised that he is obliged to do the whole law.” In other matters these agree with everything handed down to the church by the apostles.

item 8, chapter 19

8.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 436

Ἕτεροι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ αἱρετικώτεροι τὴν φύσιν, Φρύγες τὸ γένος, προληφθέντες ὑπὸ γυναίων ἠπάτηνται, Πρισκίλλης τινὸς καὶ Μαξιμίλλης καλουμένων, ἃς προφήτιδας νομίζουσιν, ἐν ταύταις τὸ παράκλητον πνεῦμα κεχωρηκέναι λέγοντες, καί τινα πρὸ αὐτῶν Μοντανὸν ὁμοίως δοξάζουσιν ὡς προφήτην, ὧν βίβλους ἀπείρους ἔχοντες πλανῶνται, μήτε τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λελαλημένα λόγῳ κρίναντες, μήτε τοῖς κρῖναι δυναμένοις προσέχοντες, ἀλλʼ ἀκρίτως τῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς πίστει προσφέρονται, πλεῖόν τι διʼ αὐτῶν φάσκοντες [ὡς] μεμαθηκέναι ἢ ἐκ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν καὶ τῶν εὐαγγελίων.

Heteroi de kai autoi hairetikōteroi tēn physin, Phryges to genos, prolēphthentes hypo gynaiōn ēpatēntai, Priskillēs tinos kai Maximillēs kaloumenōn, has prophētidas nomizousin, en tautais to paraklēton pneuma kechōrēkenai legontes, kai tina pro autōn Montanon homoiōs doxazousin hōs prophētēn, hōn biblous apeirous echontes planōntai, mēte ta hypʼ autōn lelalēmena logǭ krinantes, mēte tois krinai dynamenois prosechontes, allʼ akritōs tę̄ pros autous pistei prospherontai, pleion ti diʼ autōn phaskontes [hōs] memathēkenai ē ek nomou kai prophētōn kai tōn euangeliōn.

Others, themselves more heretical in nature, Phrygians by race, have been deceived, having been taken in by certain women called Priscilla and Maximilla, whom they consider prophetesses, saying that the Paraclete Spirit has come into them; and before them they likewise glorify a certain Montanus as a prophet. Having countless books of theirs, they go astray, neither judging what was spoken by them by reason nor giving heed to those able to judge, but they hold to their faith in them without discernment, claiming that they have learned something more through them than from the Law and the Prophets and the Gospels.

8.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 436

Ὑπὲρ δὲ ἀποστόλους καὶ πᾶν χάρισμα ταῦτα τὰ γύναια δοξάζουσιν, ὡς τολμᾶν πλεῖόν τι Χριστοῦ ἐν τούτοις λέγειν τινὰς αὐτῶν γεγονέναι. Οὗτοι τὸν μὲν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων θεὸν καὶ πάντων κτίστην ὁμοίως τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁμολογοῦσι καὶ ὅσα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μαρτυρεῖ, καινίζουσι δὲ νηστείας καὶ ἑορτὰς καὶ ξηροφαγίας καὶ ῥαφανοφαγίας φάσκοντες ὑπὸ τῶν γυναίων δεδιδάχθαι.

Hyper de apostolous kai pan charisma tauta ta gynaia doxazousin, hōs tolman pleion ti Christou en toutois legein tinas autōn gegonenai. Houtoi ton men patera tōn holōn theon kai pantōn ktistēn homoiōs tę̄ ekklēsią homologousi kai hosa to euangelion peri tou Christou martyrei, kainizousi de nēsteias kai heortas kai xērophagias kai rhaphanophagias phaskontes hypo tōn gynaiōn dedidachthai.

And they glorify these women above the apostles and every gift of grace, so that some of them dare to say that something more than Christ has come to be in them. They confess God the Father of all things and Creator of all, like the church, and all that the gospel testifies about Christ; but they introduce new fasts and feasts and meals of dry food and of radishes, claiming to have been taught these by the women.

8.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 436

Τινὲς δὲ αὐτῶν τῇ τῶν Νοητιανῶν αἱρέσει συντιθέμενοι τὸν πατέρα αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν λέγουσι, καὶ τοῦτον ὑπὸ γένεσιν καὶ πάθος καὶ θάνατον ἐληλυθέναι. Περὶ τούτων αὖθις λεπτομερέστερον ἐκθήσομαι· πολλοῖς γὰρ ἀφορμὴ κακῶν γεγένηται ἡ τούτων αἵρεσις.

Tines de autōn tę̄ tōn Noētianōn hairesei syntithemenoi ton patera auton einai ton huion legousi, kai touton hypo genesin kai pathos kai thanaton elēlythenai. Peri toutōn authis leptomeresteron ekthēsomai; pollois gar aphormē kakōn gegenētai hē toutōn hairesis.

And some of them, agreeing with the heresy of the Noetians, say that the Father himself is the Son, and that he came under birth and suffering and death. About these I shall set out matters again in more detail; for their heresy has become a starting point of evils for many.

8.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 436

Ἱκανὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ περὶ τούτων εἰρημένα κρίνομεν, διʼ ὀλίγων τὰ πολλὰ φλύαρα αὐτῶν βιβλία τε καὶ ἐπιχειρήματα πᾶσιν ἐπιδείξαντες ἀσθενῆ ὄντα καὶ μηδενὸς λόγου ἄξια, οἷς οὐ χρὴ προσέχειν τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντα νοῦν κεκτημένους.

Hikana men oun kai ta peri toutōn eirēmena krinomen, diʼ oligōn ta polla phlyara autōn biblia te kai epicheirēmata pasin epideixantes asthenē onta kai mēdenos logou axia, hois ou chrē prosechein tous hygiainonta noun kektēmenous.

We judge, then, that what has been said about these too is sufficient, having shown to all in a few words that their many silly books and arguments are weak and worth nothing, and that those who possess a sound mind ought not to heed them.

item 8, chapter 20

8.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 436

Ἕτεροι δὲ ἑαυτοὺς ἀποκαλοῦντες Ἐγκρατίτας τὰ μὲν περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὁμοίως καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁμολογοῦσι, περὶ δὲ πολιτείαν πεφυσιωμένοι ἀναστρέφονται, ἑαυτοὺς διὰ βρωμάτων δοξάζειν νομίζοντες ἀπεχόμενοι ἐμψύχων, ὑδροποτοῦντες καὶ γαμεῖν κωλύοντες, καὶ τῷ λοιπῷ βίῳ καταξήρως προσέχοντες, μᾶλλον Κυνικοὶ ἢ Χριστιανοὶ οἱ τοιοῦτοι κρινόμενοι, οὐ προσέχοντες τοῖς διὰ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Παύλου εἰς αὐτοὺς προειρημένοις, ὃς προφητεύων τὰ μέλλοντα ὑπό τινων μάτην καινίζεσθαι οὕτως ἔφη·

Heteroi de heautous apokalountes Enkratitas ta men peri tou theou kai tou Christou homoiōs kai tę̄ ekklēsią homologousi, peri de politeian pephysiōmenoi anastrephontai, heautous dia brōmatōn doxazein nomizontes apechomenoi empsychōn, hydropotountes kai gamein kōlyontes, kai tǭ loipǭ biǭ kataxērōs prosechontes, mallon Kynikoi ē Christianoi hoi toioutoi krinomenoi, ou prosechontes tois dia tou apostolou Paulou eis autous proeirēmenois, hos prophēteuōn ta mellonta hypo tinōn matēn kainizesthai houtōs ephē;

Others, calling themselves Encratites, confess the truths about God and Christ in the same way as the church, but in their way of life they conduct themselves puffed up, thinking to glorify themselves through foods, abstaining from living things, drinking water, forbidding marriage, and giving themselves to the rest of life in an extremely austere way; such people are to be judged Cynics rather than Christians. They do not heed what was said beforehand about them through the apostle Paul, who, prophesying what would be vainly introduced as novelties by some, spoke thus:

8.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 436–438

Τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει· Ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀποστήσονταί τινες τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας, προσέχοντες πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων, ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, κεκαυτηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, κωλυόντων γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτισεν εἰς μετάληψιν μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ καλόν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον.

To de pneuma rhētōs legei; En hysterois kairois apostēsontai tines tēs hygiainousēs didaskalias, prosechontes pneumasi planois kai didaskaliais daimoniōn, en hypokrisei pseudologōn, kekautēriasmenōn tēn idian syneidēsin, kōlyontōn gamein, apechesthai brōmatōn, ha ho theos ektisen eis metalēpsin meta eucharistias tois pistois kai epegnōkosi tēn alētheian, hoti pan ktisma theou kalon, kai ouden apoblēton meta eucharistias lambanomenon.

“The Spirit expressly says: in later times some will depart from sound teaching, giving heed to deceitful spirits and teachings of demons, through the hypocrisy of liars, seared in their own conscience, forbidding marriage, and abstaining from foods which God created to be received with thanksgiving by the faithful and those who know the truth; for every creature of God is good, and nothing is to be rejected if it is received with thanksgiving.

8.20.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 438

Ἁγιάζεται γὰρ διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. Ἱκανὴ μὲν οὖν αὕτη ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ μακαρίου Παύλου πρὸς ἔλεγχον τῶν οὕτως βιούντων καὶ σεμνυνομένων δικαίων εἰς τὸ δεῖξαι ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο αἵρεσις. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἕτεραί τινες αἱρέσεις ὀνομάζονται Καϊνῶν, Ὀφιτῶν ἢ Νοχαϊτῶν καὶ ἑτέρων τοιούτων, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἥγημαι τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν λεγόμενα ἢ γινόμενα ἐκθέσθαι, ἵνα μὴ κἂν ἐν τούτῳ τινὰς αὑτοὺς ἢ λόγου ἀξίους ἡγῶνται.

Hagiazetai gar dia logou theou kai enteuxeōs. Hikanē men oun hautē hē phōnē tou makariou Paulou pros elenchon tōn houtōs biountōn kai semnynomenōn dikaiōn eis to deixai hoti kai touto hairesis. Ei de kai heterai tines haireseis onomazontai Kaïnōn, Ophitōn ē Nochaïtōn kai heterōn toioutōn, ouk anankaion hēgēmai ta hypʼ autōn legomena ē ginomena ekthesthai, hina mē kan en toutǭ tinas hautous ē logou axious hēgōntai.

For it is sanctified through the word of God and prayer.” This saying of the blessed Paul, then, is enough to refute those who live in this way and pride themselves as righteous, and to show that this too is a heresy. And if some other heresies too are named, of the Cainites, the Ophites, or the Noachites, and others of the kind, I have not thought it necessary to set out what they say or do, so that they may not in this respect think themselves to be anyone or worthy of mention.

8.20.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 438

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ περὶ τούτων αὐτάρκη δοκεῖ εἶναι, παρέλθωμεν ἐπὶ τὴν πᾶσι τῶν κακῶν αἰτίαν αἵρεσιν Νοητιανῶν, τήν τε ῥίζαν αὐτῆς ἀναπτύξαντες, καὶ τὸν ἔνδον ὄντα ἰὸν φανερὸν ἐλέγξαντες, παύσωμεν τῆς τοιαύτης πλάνης τοὺς ἐπαγομένους ὑπὸ πνεύματος βιαίου, δίκην χειμάρρου.

Allʼ epei kai ta peri toutōn autarkē dokei einai, parelthōmen epi tēn pasi tōn kakōn aitian hairesin Noētianōn, tēn te rhizan autēs anaptyxantes, kai ton endon onta ion phaneron elenxantes, pausōmen tēs toiautēs planēs tous epagomenous hypo pneumatos biaiou, dikēn cheimarrou.

But since what concerns these too seems sufficient, let us pass on to the heresy of the Noetians, the cause of evils for all; and, unfolding its root and plainly exposing the poison within, let us stop from such error those who are carried along by a violent spirit, like a winter torrent.

item 9, chapter 1

9.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 438

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ ἐννάτῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου·

Tade enestin en tę̄ ennatę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou;

The following are the contents of the ninth book of the Refutation of All Heresies:

item 9, chapter 2

9.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 438

Τίς ἡ Νοητοῦ βλάσφημος ἀφροσύνη, καὶ ὅτι δόγμασιν Ἡρακλείτου τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ προσέσχεν, οὐ τοῖς Χριστοῦ.

Tis hē Noētou blasphēmos aphrosynē, kai hoti dogmasin Hērakleitou tou skoteinou proseschen, ou tois Christou.

What the blasphemous folly of Noetus is, and that he gave heed to the doctrines of Heraclitus the Obscure, not to those of Christ.

item 9, chapter 3

9.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 438

Καὶ πῶς Κάλλιστος μίξας τὴν Κλεομένους μαθητοῦ Νοητοῦ καὶ Θεοδότου αἵρεσιν, ἑτέραν καινοτέραν αἵρεσιν συνέστησε, καὶ τίς ὁ τούτου βίος.

Kai pōs Kallistos mixas tēn Kleomenous mathētou Noētou kai Theodotou hairesin, heteran kainoteran hairesin synestēse, kai tis ho toutou bios.

And how Callistus, mixing the heresy of Cleomenes, the disciple of Noetus, with that of Theodotus, put together another, newer heresy, and what his life was.

item 9, chapter 4

9.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 438–440

Τίς ἡ καινὴ ἐπιδημία τοῦ ξένου δαίμονος Ἠλχασαΐ, καὶ ὅτι σκέπη τῶν ἰδίων σφαλμάτων τὸ δοκεῖν προσέχειν νόμῳ, τῷ δὲ ὄντι γνωστικοῖς δόγμασιν ἢ καὶ ἀστρολογικοῖς καὶ μαγείαις πρόσκειται.

Tis hē kainē epidēmia tou xenou daimonos Ēlchasaï, kai hoti skepē tōn idiōn sphalmatōn to dokein prosechein nomǭ, tǭ de onti gnōstikois dogmasin ē kai astrologikois kai mageiais proskeitai.

What the new arrival of the foreign demon Elchasai is, and that its seeming to give heed to the law is a cover for its own errors, while in reality it is devoted to Gnostic doctrines, or even to astrological ones and magic.

item 9, chapter 5

9.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 440

Τίνα παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις ἔθη καὶ πόσαι τούτων διαφοραί.

Tina para Ioudaiois ethē kai posai toutōn diaphorai.

What the customs among the Jews are, and how many their differences are.

item 9, chapter 6

9.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 440

Πολλοῦ τοίνυν τοῦ περὶ πασῶν αἱρέσεων γενομένου ἡμῖν ἀγῶνος μηθέν γε ἀνεξέλεγκτον καταλιποῦσι, περιλείπεται νῦν ὁ μέγιστος ἀγών, ἐκδιηγήσασθαι καὶ διελέγξαι τὰς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ἐπαναστάσας αἱρέσεις, διʼ ὧν τινες ἀμαθεῖς καὶ τολμηροὶ διασκεδαννύειν ἐπεχείρησαν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, μέγιστον τάραχον κατὰ πάντα τὸν κόσμον ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς πιστοῖς ἐμβάλλοντες. Δοκεῖ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχηγὸν τῶν κακῶν γενομένην γνώμην ὁρμήσαντας διελέγξαι, τίνες αἱ ταύτης ἀρχαί, ὅπως εὔγνωστοι αἱ ἐκφυάδες αὐτῆς ἅπασι γενόμεναι καταφρονηθῶσι.

Pollou toinyn tou peri pasōn haireseōn genomenou hēmin agōnos mēthen ge anexelenkton katalipousi, perileipetai nyn ho megistos agōn, ekdiēgēsasthai kai dielenxai tas ephʼ hēmin epanastasas haireseis, diʼ hōn tines amatheis kai tolmēroi diaskedannyein epecheirēsan tēn ekklēsian, megiston tarachon kata panta ton kosmon en pasi tois pistois emballontes. Dokei gar epi tēn archēgon tōn kakōn genomenēn gnōmēn hormēsantas dielenxai, tines hai tautēs archai, hopōs eugnōstoi hai ekphyades autēs hapasi genomenai kataphronēthōsi.

Since, then, our struggle concerning all the heresies has been great, and we have left nothing unrefuted, there now remains the greatest struggle: to narrate and refute the heresies that have risen up in our own time, through which certain ignorant and reckless men have attempted to scatter the church, casting the greatest disturbance among all the faithful throughout the whole world. For it seems right to attack the opinion that has become the leader of the evils and refute it, showing what its origins are, so that its offshoots, becoming well known to all, may be despised.

item 9, chapter 7

9.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 440

Γεγένηταί τις ὀνόματι Νοητός, τῷ γένει Σμυρναῖος. Οὗτος εἰσηγήσατο αἵρεσιν ἐκ τῶν Ἡρακλείτου δογμάτων· οὗ διάκονος καὶ μαθητὴς γίνεται Ἐπίγονός τις τοὔνομα, ὃς τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπιδημήσας ἐπέσπειρε τὴν ἄθεον γνώμην.

Gegenētai tis onomati Noētos, tǭ genei Smyrnaios. Houtos eisēgēsato hairesin ek tōn Hērakleitou dogmatōn; hou diakonos kai mathētēs ginetai Epigonos tis tounoma, hos tę̄ Rhōmę̄ epidēmēsas epespeire tēn atheon gnōmēn.

There was a certain man by the name of Noetus, a native of Smyrna. He introduced a heresy from the doctrines of Heraclitus. His minister and disciple was a certain Epigonus by name, who, coming to stay in Rome, sowed the godless opinion there.

9.7.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 440

Ὧι μαθητεύσας Κλεομένης, καὶ βίῳ καὶ τρόπῳ ἀλλότριος τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἐκράτυνε τὸ δόγμα, κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ Ζεφυρίνου διέπειν νομίζοντος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου καὶ αἰσχροκερδοῦς· [ὃς] τῷ κέρδει προσφερομένῳ πειθόμενος συνεχώρει τοῖς προσιοῦσι τῷ Κλεομένει μαθητεύεσθαι, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑποσυρόμενος τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ὥρμητο, συμβούλου καὶ συναγωνιστοῦ τῶν κακῶν ὄντος αὐτῷ Καλλίστου, οὗ τὸν βίον καὶ τὴν ἐφευρεθεῖσαν αἵρεσιν μετʼ οὐ πολὺ ἐκθήσομαι.

Hōi mathēteusas Kleomenēs, kai biǭ kai tropǭ allotrios tēs ekklēsias, ekratyne to dogma, katʼ ekeino kairou Zephyrinou diepein nomizontos tēn ekklēsian, andros idiōtou kai aischrokerdous; [hos] tǭ kerdei prospheromenǭ peithomenos synechōrei tois prosiousi tǭ Kleomenei mathēteuesthai, kai autos hyposyromenos tǭ chronǭ epi ta auta hōrmēto, symboulou kai synagōnistou tōn kakōn ontos autǭ Kallistou, hou ton bion kai tēn epheuretheisan hairesin metʼ ou poly ekthēsomai.

Cleomenes, who became his disciple, a stranger to the church both in life and in manner, strengthened the doctrine, at the time when Zephyrinus thought he was governing the church, an unlearned man and greedy for gain. [He], being persuaded by the gain offered to him, allowed those who came to Cleomenes to become his disciples; and he himself, being drawn along in time, rushed into the same views, Callistus being his counselor and fellow champion in these evils, whose life and the heresy he invented I shall set out shortly.

9.7.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 440–442

Τούτων κατὰ διαδοχὴν διέμεινε τὸ διδασκαλεῖον κρατυνόμενον καὶ ἐπαῦξον διὰ τὸ συναίρεσθαι αὐτοῖς τὸν Ζεφυρῖνον καὶ τὸν Κάλλιστον, καίτοι ἡμῶν μηδέποτε συγχωρησάντων, ἀλλὰ πλειστάκις ἀντικαθεστώτων πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ διελεγξάντων καὶ ἄκοντας βιασαμένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁμολογεῖν· οἳ πρὸς μὲν ὥραν αἰδούμενοι καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας συναγόμενοι ὡμολόγουν, μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν βόρβορον ἀνεκυλίοντο.

Toutōn kata diadochēn diemeine to didaskaleion kratynomenon kai epauxon dia to synairesthai autois ton Zephyrinon kai ton Kalliston, kaitoi hēmōn mēdepote synchōrēsantōn, alla pleistakis antikathestōtōn pros autous kai dielenxantōn kai akontas biasamenōn tēn alētheian homologein; hoi pros men hōran aidoumenoi kai hypo tēs alētheias synagomenoi hōmologoun, metʼ ou poly de epi ton auton borboron anekylionto.

In succession from these the school continued, strengthened and growing, because Zephyrinus and Callistus helped them, although we never gave way but very often opposed them and refuted them and compelled them against their will to confess the truth. For the moment, ashamed and constrained by the truth, they confessed it, but not long afterward they rolled back into the same mire.

item 9, chapter 8

9.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 442

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ τῆς γενεαλογίας αὐτῶν τὴν διαδοχὴν ἐπεδείξαμεν, δοκεῖ λοιπὸν καὶ τῶν δογμάτων τὴν κακοδιδασκαλίαν ἐκθέσθαι, [καὶ] πρότερον τὰ Ἡρακλείτῳ τῷ σκοτεινῷ δόξαντα παραθεμένους, ἔπειτα καὶ τὰ τούτων μέρη Ἡρακλείτεια ὄντα φανερῶσαι, ἃ τυχόντες οἱ νῦν προστάται τῆς αἱρέσεως οὐκ ἴσασιν ὄντα τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ, νομίζοντες εἶναι Χριστοῦ.

Allʼ epei tēs genealogias autōn tēn diadochēn epedeixamen, dokei loipon kai tōn dogmatōn tēn kakodidaskalian ekthesthai, [kai] proteron ta Hērakleitǭ tǭ skoteinǭ doxanta parathemenous, epeita kai ta toutōn merē Hērakleiteia onta phanerōsai, ha tychontes hoi nyn prostatai tēs haireseōs ouk isasin onta tou skoteinou, nomizontes einai Christou.

But since we have shown the succession of their genealogy, it seems right next to set out also the bad teaching of their doctrines, first setting out the opinions of Heraclitus the Obscure, and then making plain that their parts are Heraclitean; which the present leaders of the heresy, having come upon them, do not know to be the Obscure one's, thinking them to be Christ's.

9.8.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 442

Οἷς εἰ ἐνέτυχον, κἂν οὕτω δυσωπηθέντες παύσονται τῆς ἀθέου δυσφημίας. Ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ πρότερον ἔκκειται ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς Φιλοσοφουμένοις ἡ δόξα Ἡρακλείτου, ἀλλά γε δοκεῖ προσαναπαραχθῆναι καὶ νῦν, ὅπως διὰ τοῦ ἐγγίονος ἐλέγχου φανερῶς διδαχθῶσιν οἱ τούτου νομίζοντες Χριστοῦ εἶναι μαθητάς, οὐκ ὄντας, ἀλλὰ τοῦ σκοτεινοῦ.

Hois ei enetychon, kan houtō dysōpēthentes pausontai tēs atheou dysphēmias. Allʼ ei kai proteron ekkeitai hyphʼ hēmōn en tois Philosophoumenois hē doxa Hērakleitou, alla ge dokei prosanaparachthēnai kai nyn, hopōs dia tou engionos elenchou phanerōs didachthōsin hoi toutou nomizontes Christou einai mathētas, ouk ontas, alla tou skoteinou.

If they had come upon these, perhaps, shamed in this way, they would cease from their godless blasphemy. And although the opinion of Heraclitus has been set out by us before in the Philosophumena, still it seems right to set it out again beside it now, so that through a closer refutation those who think they are disciples of Christ may be plainly taught that they are not, but of the Obscure one.

item 9, chapter 9

9.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 442

Ἡράκλειτος μὲν οὖν φησιν εἶναι τὸ πᾶν διαιρετὸν ἀδιαίρετον, γενητὸν ἀγένητον, θνητὸν ἀθάνατον, λόγον, αἰῶνα, πατέρα υἱόν, θεὸν δίκαιον.

Hērakleitos men oun phēsin einai to pan diaireton adiaireton, genēton agenēton, thnēton athanaton, logon, aiōna, patera huion, theon dikaion.

Heraclitus, then, says that the All is divisible and indivisible, generated and ungenerated, mortal and immortal, Word, Aeon, Father and Son, God just.

9.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 442

Οὐκ ἐμοῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λόγου ἀκούσαντας ὁμολογέειν σοφόν ἐστιν, ἓν πάντα εἰδέναι, ὁ Ἡράκλειτός φησι, καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο οὐκ ἴσασι πάντες οὐδὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν, ἐπιμέμφεται ὧδέ πως· Οὐ ξυνίασιν ὅκως διαφερόμενον ἑωυτῷ ὁμολογέει· παλίντροπος ἁρμονίη ὅκως περ τόξου καὶ λύρης.

Ouk emou alla tou logou akousantas homologeein sophon estin, hen panta eidenai, ho Hērakleitos phēsi, kai hoti touto ouk isasi pantes oude homologousin, epimemphetai hōde pōs; Ou xyniasin hokōs diapheromenon heōytǭ homologeei; palintropos harmoniē hokōs per toxou kai lyrēs.

“Listening not to me but to the Logos, it is wise to agree that all things are one,” says Heraclitus; and because all do not know this nor agree, he reproaches them somewhat thus: “They do not understand how, differing, it agrees with itself: a back-turning harmony, like that of the bow and the lyre.”

9.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 442

Ὅτι δὲ λόγος ἐστὶν ἀεὶ τὸ πᾶν καὶ διὰ παντὸς ὤν, οὕτως λέγει· Τοῦ δὲ λόγου τοῦδε ἐόντος ἀεὶ ἀξύνετοι γίνονται ἄνθρωποι καὶ πρόσθεν ἢ ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ἀκούσαντες τὸ πρῶτον· γινομένων γὰρ πάντων κατὰ τὸν λόγον τόνδε ἀπείροισιν ἐοίκασι πειρώμενοι καὶ ἐπέων καὶ ἔργων τοιουτέων, ὁκοῖα ἐγὼ διηγεῦμαι, διαιρέων κατὰ φύσιν καὶ φράζων ὅκως ἔχει.

Hoti de logos estin aei to pan kai dia pantos ōn, houtōs legei; Tou de logou toude eontos aei axynetoi ginontai anthrōpoi kai prosthen ē akousai kai akousantes to prōton; ginomenōn gar pantōn kata ton logon tonde apeiroisin eoikasi peirōmenoi kai epeōn kai ergōn toiouteōn, hokoia egō diēgeumai, diaireōn kata physin kai phrazōn hokōs echei.

And that the All is Logos, always and through everything, he says thus: “Of this Logos, which always is, men prove to be without understanding, both before they hear it and when they have first heard it. For though all things come to be according to this Logos, they are like the inexperienced, even when they experience such words and deeds as I set out, dividing each according to its nature and saying how it is.”

9.9.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 442–444

Ὅτι δέ ἐστι παῖς τὸ πᾶν καὶ διʼ αἰῶνος αἰώνιος βασιλεὺς τῶν ὅλων οὕτως λέγει· Αἰὼν παῖς ἐστι παίζων, πεττεύων· παιδὸς ἡ βασιληΐη. Ὅτι δέ ἐστιν ὁ πατὴρ πάντων τῶν γεγονότων γενητὸς ἀγένητος, κτίσις δημιουργός, ἐκείνου λέγοντος ἀκούομεν· Πόλεμος πάντων μὲν πατήρ ἐστι, πάντων δὲ βασιλεύς, καὶ τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς ἔδειξε τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μὲν δούλους ἐποίησε τοὺς δὲ ἐλευθέρους.

Hoti de esti pais to pan kai diʼ aiōnos aiōnios basileus tōn holōn houtōs legei; Aiōn pais esti paizōn, petteuōn; paidos hē basilēïē. Hoti de estin ho patēr pantōn tōn gegonotōn genētos agenētos, ktisis dēmiourgos, ekeinou legontos akouomen; Polemos pantōn men patēr esti, pantōn de basileus, kai tous men theous edeixe tous de anthrōpous, tous men doulous epoiēse tous de eleutherous.

And that the All is a child and through the ages an eternal king of all things, he says thus: “Time (Aion) is a child at play, playing at draughts; the kingdom is a child's.” And that the Father of all things that have come into being is generated and ungenerated, creature and creator, we hear him saying: “War is father of all and king of all, and some it has shown as gods, others as men; some it has made slaves, others free.”

9.9.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 444

Ὅτι δέ ἐστιν... ἁρμονίη ὅκως περ τόξου καὶ λύρης. Ὅτι δὲ... ἀφανὴς ὁ ἀόρατος ἄγνωστος ἀνθρώποις, ἐν τούτοις λέγει· Ἁρμονίη ἀφανὴς φανερῆς κρείττων· ἐπαινεῖ καὶ προθαυμάζει πρὸ τοῦ γινωσκομένου τὸ ἄγνωστον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀόρατον τῆς δυνάμεως. Ὅτι δέ ἐστιν ὁρατὸς ἀνθρώποις καὶ οὐκ ἀνεξεύρετος, ἐν τούτοις λέγει· Ὅσων ὄψις, ἀκοή, μάθησις, ταῦτα ἐγὼ προτιμέω, φησί, τουτέστι τὰ ὁρατὰ τῶν ἀοράτων....

Hoti de estin... harmoniē hokōs per toxou kai lyrēs. Hoti de... aphanēs ho aoratos agnōstos anthrōpois, en toutois legei; Harmoniē aphanēs phanerēs kreittōn; epainei kai prothaumazei pro tou ginōskomenou to agnōston autou kai aoraton tēs dynameōs. Hoti de estin horatos anthrōpois kai ouk anexeuretos, en toutois legei; Hosōn opsis, akoē, mathēsis, tauta egō protimeō, phēsi, toutesti ta horata tōn aoratōn....

And that it is … “a harmony like that of the bow and the lyre.” And that … unseen, invisible, unknown to men, he says in these words: “An unseen harmony is better than a visible one”; he praises and admires, ahead of what is known, what is unknown and invisible of its power. And that it is visible to men and not undiscoverable, he says in these words: “Whatever things there is sight, hearing, learning of, these I prefer,” he says, that is, the visible over the invisible. …

9.9.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 444

ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτοῦ λόγων κατανοεῖν ῥᾴδιον· Ἐξηπάτηνται, φησίν, οἱ ἄνθρωποι πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν φανερῶν παραπλησίως Ὁμήρῳ, ὃς ἐγένετο τῶν Ἑλλήνων σοφώτερος πάντων. Ἐκεῖνόν τε γὰρ παῖδες φθεῖρας κατακτείνοντες ἐξηπάτησαν εἰπόντες· ὅσα εἴδομεν καὶ κατελάβομεν, ταῦτα ἀπολείπομεν, ὅσα δὲ οὔτε εἴδομεν οὔτʼ ἐλάβομεν, ταῦτα φέρομεν.

apo tōn toioutōn autou logōn katanoein rhądion; Exēpatēntai, phēsin, hoi anthrōpoi pros tēn gnōsin tōn phanerōn paraplēsiōs Homērǭ, hos egeneto tōn Hellēnōn sophōteros pantōn. Ekeinon te gar paides phtheiras katakteinontes exēpatēsan eipontes; hosa eidomen kai katelabomen, tauta apoleipomen, hosa de oute eidomen outʼ elabomen, tauta pheromen.

it is easy to understand from such words of his as these: “Men are deceived,” he says, “about the knowledge of visible things, much like Homer, who was wiser than all the Greeks. For boys killing lice deceived him, saying: what we saw and caught, these we leave behind; but what we neither saw nor caught, these we carry.”

item 9, chapter 10

9.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 444

Οὕτως Ἡράκλειτος ἐν ἴσῃ μοίρᾳ τίθεται καὶ τιμᾷ τὰ ἐμφανῆ τοῖς ἀφανέσιν, ὡς ἕν τι τὸ ἐμφανὲς καὶ τὸ ἀφανὲς ὁμολογουμένως ὑπάρχον. Ἔστι γὰρ, φησίν, ἁρμονίη ἀφανὴς φανερῆς κρείττων· καί· ὅσων ὄψις, ἀκοή, μάθησις (τουτέστι τὰ ὄργανα), ταῦτα, φησίν, ἐγὼ προτιμέω, οὐ τὰ ἀφανῆ προτιμήσας.

Houtōs Hērakleitos en isę̄ moirą tithetai kai timą ta emphanē tois aphanesin, hōs hen ti to emphanes kai to aphanes homologoumenōs hyparchon. Esti gar, phēsin, harmoniē aphanēs phanerēs kreittōn; kai; hosōn opsis, akoē, mathēsis (toutesti ta organa), tauta, phēsin, egō protimeō, ou ta aphanē protimēsas.

Thus Heraclitus places the visible on an equal footing and in equal honor with the invisible, as though the visible and the invisible were admittedly one thing. For there is, he says, “an unseen harmony better than a visible one,” and “whatever things there is sight, hearing, learning of” (that is, the organs), “these,” he says, “I prefer,” not preferring the invisible.

9.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 444–446

Τοιγαροῦν οὐδὲ σκότος οὐδὲ φῶς, οὐδὲ πονηρὸν οὐδὲ ἀγαθὸν ἕτερόν φησιν εἶναι ὁ Ἡράκλειτος, ἀλλὰ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό. Ἐπιτιμᾷ γοῦν Ἡσιόδῳ, ὅτι ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα οἶδεν· ἡμέρα γὰρ, φησί, καὶ νύξ ἐστιν ἕν, λέγων ὧδέ πως· Διδάσκαλος δὲ πλείστων Ἡσίοδος· τοῦτον ἐπίστανται πλεῖστα εἰδέναι, ὅστις ἡμέρην καὶ εὐφρόνην οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν· ἔστι γὰρ ἕν.

Toigaroun oude skotos oude phōs, oude ponēron oude agathon heteron phēsin einai ho Hērakleitos, alla hen kai to auto. Epitimą goun Hēsiodǭ, hoti hēmeran kai nykta oiden; hēmera gar, phēsi, kai nyx estin hen, legōn hōde pōs; Didaskalos de pleistōn Hēsiodos; touton epistantai pleista eidenai, hostis hēmerēn kai euphronēn ouk eginōsken; esti gar hen.

Accordingly Heraclitus says that neither darkness nor light, neither evil nor good, is different, but one and the same. At any rate he reproaches Hesiod because he knew day and night; for day and night, he says, are one, saying somewhat thus: “The teacher of most is Hesiod; they are sure he knew most things, who did not recognize day and night; for they are one.”

9.10.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 446

Καὶ ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακόν· Οἱ γοῦν ἰατροί, φησὶν ὁ Ἡράκλειτος, τέμνοντες, καίοντες, πάντη βασανίζοντες κακῶς τοὺς ἀρρωστοῦντας, ἐπαιτιῶνται μηδὲν ἄξιον μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἀρρωστούντων, ταῦτα ἐργαζόμενοι τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰς νόσους.

Kai agathon kai kakon; Hoi goun iatroi, phēsin ho Hērakleitos, temnontes, kaiontes, pantē basanizontes kakōs tous arrōstountas, epaitiōntai mēden axion misthon lambanein para tōn arrōstountōn, tauta ergazomenoi ta agatha kai tas nosous.

And good and evil: “Doctors, at any rate,” says Heraclitus, “cutting, burning, torturing the sick badly in every way, complain that they do not receive any worthy fee from the sick, while producing these very things, the goods and the diseases.”

9.10.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 446

Καὶ εὐθὺ δέ, φησί, καὶ στρεβλὸν τὸ αὐτό ἐστι. Γναφέων, φησίν, ὁδὸς εὐθεῖα καὶ σκολιή — ἡ τοῦ ὀργάνου τοῦ καλουμένου κοχλίου ἐν τῷ γναφείῳ περιστροφὴ εὐθεῖα καὶ σκολιή· ἄνω γὰρ ὁμοῦ καὶ κύκλῳ περιέρχεται — μία ἐστί, φησί, καὶ ἡ αὐτή. Καὶ τὸ ἄνω καὶ τὸ κάτω ἕν ἐστι καὶ τὸ αὐτό· ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω μίη καὶ ὡυτή.

Kai euthy de, phēsi, kai streblon to auto esti. Gnapheōn, phēsin, hodos eutheia kai skoliē — hē tou organou tou kaloumenou kochliou en tǭ gnapheiǭ peristrophē eutheia kai skoliē; anō gar homou kai kyklǭ perierchetai — mia esti, phēsi, kai hē autē. Kai to anō kai to katō hen esti kai to auto; hodos anō katō miē kai hōytē.

And straight, he says, and crooked are the same. “The path of the fullers,” he says, “is straight and crooked” (the turning of the instrument called the screw in the fuller's shop is straight and crooked, for it goes up and round at once): it is, he says, one and the same. And up and down are one and the same: “The way up and down is one and the same.”

9.10.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 446

Καὶ τὸ μιαρόν φησι καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν ἓν καὶ ταὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ πότιμον καὶ τὸ ἄποτον ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι· Θάλασσα, φησίν, ὕδωρ καθαρώτατον καὶ μιαρώτατον, ἰχθῦσι μὲν πότιμον καὶ σωτήριον, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἄποτον καὶ ὀλέθριον.

Kai to miaron phēsi kai to katharon hen kai tauton einai, kai to potimon kai to apoton hen kai to auto einai; Thalassa, phēsin, hydōr katharōtaton kai miarōtaton, ichthysi men potimon kai sōtērion, anthrōpois de apoton kai olethrion.

And he says that the foul and the clean are one and the same, and the drinkable and the undrinkable are one and the same: “The sea,” he says, “is the purest and the foulest water: for fish drinkable and life-giving, for men undrinkable and deadly.”

9.10.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 446

Λέγει δὲ ὁμολογουμένως τὸ ἀθάνατον εἶναι θνητὸν καὶ τὸ θνητὸν ἀθάνατον διὰ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων· Ἀθάνατοι θνητοί, θνητοὶ ἀθάνατοι, ζῶντες τὸν ἐκείνων θάνατον, τὸν δὲ ἐκείνων βίον τεθνεῶτες. Λέγει δὲ καὶ σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν ταύτης φανερᾶς ἐν ᾗ γεγενήμεθα, καὶ τὸν θεὸν οἶδε ταύτης τῆς ἀναστάσεως αἴτιον οὕτως λέγων· Ἔνθα δʼ ἐόντι ἐπανίστασθαι καὶ φύλακας γίνεσθαι ἐγερτιζόντων καὶ νεκρῶν.

Legei de homologoumenōs to athanaton einai thnēton kai to thnēton athanaton dia tōn toioutōn logōn; Athanatoi thnētoi, thnētoi athanatoi, zōntes ton ekeinōn thanaton, ton de ekeinōn bion tethneōtes. Legei de kai sarkos anastasin tautēs phaneras en hę̄ gegenēmetha, kai ton theon oide tautēs tēs anastaseōs aition houtōs legōn; Entha dʼ eonti epanistasthai kai phylakas ginesthai egertizontōn kai nekrōn.

And he says admittedly that the immortal is mortal and the mortal immortal in such words as these: “Immortals mortal, mortals immortal, living the others' death, dead in the others' life.” And he speaks also of a resurrection of this visible flesh in which we have been born, and he knows God to be the cause of this resurrection, saying thus: “To him who is there they rise up and become guardians of the living and the dead.”

9.10.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 446–448

Λέγει δὲ καὶ τοῦ κόσμου κρίσιν καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διὰ πυρὸς γίνεσθαι λέγων οὕτως· Τὰ δὲ πάντα οἰακίζει κεραυνός, τουτέστι κατευθύνει· κεραυνὸν τὸ πῦρ λέγων τὸ αἰώνιον. Λέγει δὲ καὶ φρόνιμον τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ πῦρ καὶ τῆς διοικήσεως τῶν ὅλων αἴτιον· καλεῖ δὲ αὐτὸ χρησμοσύνην καὶ κόρον· χρησμοσύνη δέ ἐστιν ἡ διακόσμησις κατʼ αὐτόν, ἡ δὲ ἐκπύρωσις κόρος· Πάντα γὰρ, φησί, τὸ πῦρ ἐπελθὸν κρινεῖ καὶ καταλήψεται.

Legei de kai tou kosmou krisin kai pantōn tōn en autǭ dia pyros ginesthai legōn houtōs; Ta de panta oiakizei keraunos, toutesti kateuthynei; keraunon to pyr legōn to aiōnion. Legei de kai phronimon touto einai to pyr kai tēs dioikēseōs tōn holōn aition; kalei de auto chrēsmosynēn kai koron; chrēsmosynē de estin hē diakosmēsis katʼ auton, hē de ekpyrōsis koros; Panta gar, phēsi, to pyr epelthon krinei kai katalēpsetai.

And he says that the judgment of the world and of all things in it comes about through fire, saying thus: “Thunderbolt steers all things,” that is, directs them, calling the eternal fire a thunderbolt. And he says this fire is intelligent and the cause of the government of all things; and he calls it need and satiety; need is, according to him, the ordering of the world, and the conflagration is satiety. “For fire,” he says, “coming upon all things, will judge and seize them.”

9.10.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 448

Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ κεφαλαίῳ πάντα ὁμοῦ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν ἐξέθετο, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν τῆς Νοητοῦ αἱρέσεως, διʼ ὀλίγων ἐπέδειξα οὐκ ὄντα Χριστοῦ ἀλλὰ Ἡρακλείτου μαθητήν. Τὸν γὰρ ποιητὸν κόσμον αὐτὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ ποιητὴν ἑαυτοῦ γινόμενον οὕτω λέγει· Ὁ θεὸς ἡμέρη εὐφρόνη, χειμὼν θέρος, πόλεμος εἰρήνη, κόρος λιμός —τἀναντία ἅπαντα· οὗτος ὁ νοῦς· — ἀλλοιοῦται δὲ ὅκωςπερ ὁκόταν

En de toutǭ tǭ kephalaiǭ panta homou ton idion noun exetheto, hama de kai ton tēs Noētou haireseōs, diʼ oligōn epedeixa ouk onta Christou alla Hērakleitou mathētēn. Ton gar poiēton kosmon auton dēmiourgon kai poiētēn heautou ginomenon houtō legei; Ho theos hēmerē euphronē, cheimōn theros, polemos eirēnē, koros limos —tanantia hapanta; houtos ho nous; — alloioutai de hokōsper hokotan

In this chapter he set out his whole mind at once, and at the same time that of the Noetian heresy, which I have shown in a few words to be a disciple not of Christ but of Heraclitus. For he says that the created world itself becomes its own Demiurge and maker, thus: “God is day night, winter summer, war peace, satiety hunger” (all the opposites; this is the meaning); “and he changes just as, when

9.10.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 448

συμμιγῇ [θύωμα] θυώμασιν· ὀνομάζεται καθʼ ἡδονὴν ἑκάστου. Φανερὸν δὲ πᾶσι τοὺς ἀνοήτους Νοητοῦ διαδόχους καὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως προστάτας, εἰ καὶ Ἡρακλείτου λέγοις ἂν αὐτοὺς μὴ γεγονέναι ἀκροατάς, ἀλλά γε τὰ Νοητῷ δόξαντα αἱρουμένους ἀναφανδὸν ταὐτὰ ὁμολογεῖν.

symmigę̄ [thyōma] thyōmasin; onomazetai kathʼ hēdonēn hekastou. Phaneron de pasi tous anoētous Noētou diadochous kai tēs haireseōs prostatas, ei kai Hērakleitou legois an autous mē gegonenai akroatas, alla ge ta Noētǭ doxanta hairoumenous anaphandon tauta homologein.

[incense] is mixed with spices, it is named according to the pleasure of each.” It is plain to all that the foolish successors of Noetus and leaders of the heresy, even if you should say they were not hearers of Heraclitus, at any rate, by choosing the opinions of Noetus, openly confess the same things.

9.10.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 448

Λέγουσι γὰρ οὕτως· ἕνα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν εἶναι πάντων δημιουργὸν καὶ πατέρα, εὐδοκήσαντα δὲ πεφηνέναι τοῖς ἀρχῆθεν δικαίοις ὄντα ἀόρατον· ὅτε μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὁρᾶται ἦν ἀόρατος, [ὅτε δὲ ὁρᾶται ὁρατός, ] ἀχώρητος δὲ ὅτε μὴ χωρεῖσθαι θέλει, χωρητὸς δὲ ὅτε χωρεῖται· οὕτως κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ἀκράτητος [καὶ κρατητός, ] ἀγέννητος [καὶ γεννητός, ] ἀθάνατος καὶ θνητός. Πῶς οὐχ Ἡρακλείτου οἱ τοιοῦτοι δειχθήσονται μαθηταί; μὴ αὐτῇ τῇ λέξει διαφθάσας ἐφιλοσόφησεν ὁ σκοτεινός; Ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν υἱὸν εἶναι λέγει καὶ πατέρα οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ.

Legousi gar houtōs; hena kai ton auton theon einai pantōn dēmiourgon kai patera, eudokēsanta de pephēnenai tois archēthen dikaiois onta aoraton; hote men gar ouch horatai ēn aoratos, [hote de horatai horatos, ] achōrētos de hote mē chōreisthai thelei, chōrētos de hote chōreitai; houtōs kata ton auton logon akratētos [kai kratētos, ] agennētos [kai gennētos, ] athanatos kai thnētos. Pōs ouch Hērakleitou hoi toioutoi deichthēsontai mathētai? mē autę̄ tę̄ lexei diaphthasas ephilosophēsen ho skoteinos? Hoti de kai ton auton huion einai legei kai patera oudeis agnoei.

For they speak thus: that one and the same God is the Demiurge and Father of all things, and that, being invisible, he was pleased to appear to the righteous of old. For when he is not seen he was invisible, [and when he is seen, visible]; uncontainable when he does not wish to be contained, containable when he is contained. So by the same reasoning he is unconquerable [and conquerable], unbegotten [and begotten], immortal and mortal. How will such people not be shown to be disciples of Heraclitus? Did not the Obscure one philosophize ahead of them in these very words? And that he says the same one is Son and Father no one is unaware.

9.10.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 448–450

Λέγει δὲ οὕτως· Ὅτε μὲν οὖν μὴ γεγένητο ὁ πατήρ, δικαίως πατὴρ προσηγόρευτο· ὅτε δὲ ηὐδόκησεν γένεσιν ὑπομεῖναι, γεννηθεὶς ὁ υἱὸς ἐγένετο αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, οὐχ ἑτέρου. Οὕτως γὰρ δοκεῖ μοναρχίαν συνιστᾶν, ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ φάσκων ὑπάρχειν πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καλούμενον, οὐχ ἕτερον ἐξ ἑτέρου, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, ὀνόματι μὲν πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν καλούμενον κατὰ χρόνων τροπήν, ἕνα δὲ εἶναι τοῦτον τὸν φανέντα καὶ γένεσιν ἐκ παρθένου ὑπομείναντα καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἄνθρωπον ἀναστραφέντα, υἱὸν μὲν ἑαυτὸν τοῖς ὁρῶσιν ὁμολογοῦντα διὰ τὴν γενομένην γένεσιν, πατέρα δὲ εἶναι καὶ τοῖς χωροῦσιν μὴ ἀποκρύψαντα.

Legei de houtōs; Hote men oun mē gegenēto ho patēr, dikaiōs patēr prosēgoreuto; hote de ēudokēsen genesin hypomeinai, gennētheis ho huios egeneto autos heautou, ouch heterou. Houtōs gar dokei monarchian synistan, hen kai to auto phaskōn hyparchein patera kai huion kaloumenon, ouch heteron ex heterou, allʼ auton ex heautou, onomati men patera kai huion kaloumenon kata chronōn tropēn, hena de einai touton ton phanenta kai genesin ek parthenou hypomeinanta kai en anthrōpois anthrōpon anastraphenta, huion men heauton tois horōsin homologounta dia tēn genomenēn genesin, patera de einai kai tois chōrousin mē apokrypsanta.

And he speaks thus: “When, then, the Father had not been born, he was rightly called Father; but when he was pleased to undergo birth, having been born, he became the Son, himself of himself, not of another.” For in this way he thinks he establishes the monarchy, saying that there is one and the same called Father and Son, not one from another but himself from himself, called by name Father and Son according to the change of times; and that this one is he who appeared and underwent birth from a virgin and lived as a man among men, confessing himself to be Son to those who saw him, because of the birth that had taken place, and not hiding from those who could receive it that he was Father.

9.10.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 450

Τοῦτον πάθει ξύλου προσπαγέντα καὶ ἑαυτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα παραδόντα, ἀποθανόντα καὶ μὴ ἀποθανόντα, καὶ ἑαυτὸν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστήσαντα, τὸν ἐν μνημείῳ ταφέντα καὶ λόγχῃ τρωθέντα καὶ ἥλοις καταπαγέντα, τοῦτον τὸν τῶν ὅλων θεὸν καὶ πατέρα εἶναι λέγει Κλεομένης καὶ ὁ τούτου χορός, Ἡρακλείτειον σκότος ἐπεισάγοντες πολλοῖς.

Touton pathei xylou prospagenta kai heautǭ to pneuma paradonta, apothanonta kai mē apothanonta, kai heauton tę̄ tritę̄ hēmerą anastēsanta, ton en mnēmeiǭ taphenta kai lonchę̄ trōthenta kai hēlois katapagenta, touton ton tōn holōn theon kai patera einai legei Kleomenēs kai ho toutou choros, Hērakleiteion skotos epeisagontes pollois.

This one, nailed to the tree in suffering and giving up his spirit to himself, dying and not dying, and raising himself on the third day, the one buried in a tomb, wounded with a spear, and fastened with nails, this one, Cleomenes and his chorus say, is the God and Father of all things, bringing Heraclitean darkness upon many.

item 9, chapter 11

9.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 450

Ταύτην τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐκράτυνε Κάλλιστος, ἀνὴρ ἐν κακίᾳ πανοῦργος καὶ ποικίλος πρὸς πλάνην, θηρώμενος τὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς θρόνον. Τὸν Ζεφυρῖνον, ἄνδρα ἰδιώτην καὶ ἀγράμματον καὶ ἄπειρον τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ὅρων, ὃν πείθων δόμασι καὶ ἀπαιτήσεσιν ἀπειρημέναις ἦγεν εἰς ὃ ἐβούλετο, ὄντα δωρολήπτην καὶ φιλάργυρον, ἔπειθεν ἀεὶ στάσεις ἐμβαλεῖν ἀναμέσον τῶν ἀδελφῶν, αὐτὸς τὰ ἀμφότερα μέρη ὕστερον κερκωπείοις λόγοις πρὸς ἑαυτοῦ φιλίαν κατασκευάζων, καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἀλήθειαν [λέγων ὅμοια] φρονοῦσι ποτὲ κατʼ ἰδίαν τὰ ὅμοια φρονεῖν [λέγων] ἠπάτα, πάλιν δʼ αὖ τοῖς τὰ Σαβελλίου ὁμοίως, ὃν καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξέστησε δυνάμενον κατορθοῦν.

Tautēn tēn hairesin ekratyne Kallistos, anēr en kakią panourgos kai poikilos pros planēn, thērōmenos ton tēs episkopēs thronon. Ton Zephyrinon, andra idiōtēn kai agrammaton kai apeiron tōn ekklēsiastikōn horōn, hon peithōn domasi kai apaitēsesin apeirēmenais ēgen eis ho ebouleto, onta dōrolēptēn kai philargyron, epeithen aei staseis embalein anameson tōn adelphōn, autos ta amphotera merē hysteron kerkōpeiois logois pros heautou philian kataskeuazōn, kai tois men alētheian [legōn homoia] phronousi pote katʼ idian ta homoia phronein [legōn] ēpata, palin dʼ au tois ta Sabelliou homoiōs, hon kai auton exestēse dynamenon katorthoun.

This heresy was strengthened by Callistus, a man cunning in wickedness and versatile in deceit, who was hunting for the throne of the episcopate. Zephyrinus, an ignorant and illiterate man, inexperienced in the church's definitions, whom he led where he wished by persuading him with gifts and forbidden demands, since he was a taker of bribes and a lover of money, he persuaded always to throw factions among the brethren, while he himself later won both parties to friendship with himself by knavish words. To those who held the truth he would say privately at times that he held the same views, and so deceived them; and again, in the same way, to those who held the views of Sabellius, whom he also led astray, although Sabellius could have been set right.

9.11.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 450

Ἐν γὰρ τῷ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν παραινεῖσθαι οὐκ ἐσκληρύνετο, ἡνίκα δὲ σὺν τῷ Καλλίστῳ ἐμόναζεν, ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀνεσείετο πρὸς τὸ δόγμα τὸ Κλεομένους ῥέπειν φάσκοντος τὰ ὅμοια φρονεῖν. Ὁ δὲ τότε μὲν τὴν πανουργίαν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐνόει, αὖθις δὲ ἔγνω, ὡς διηγήσομαι μετʼ οὐ πολύ.

En gar tǭ hyphʼ hēmōn paraineisthai ouk esklēryneto, hēnika de syn tǭ Kallistǭ emonazen, hypʼ autou aneseieto pros to dogma to Kleomenous rhepein phaskontos ta homoia phronein. Ho de tote men tēn panourgian autou ouk enoei, authis de egnō, hōs diēgēsomai metʼ ou poly.

For while he was being admonished by us, he was not hardened; but when he was alone with Callistus, he was stirred up by him to incline toward the doctrine of Cleomenes, Callistus claiming to hold the same views. He did not then perceive his cunning, but afterward he came to know it, as I shall relate shortly.

9.11.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 450–452

Αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Ζεφυρῖνον προάγων δημοσίᾳ ἔπειθε λέγειν· Ἐγὼ οἶδα ἕνα θεὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ πλὴν αὐτοῦ ἕτερον οὐδένα γενητὸν καὶ παθητόν· ποτὲ δὲ λέγων· Οὐχ ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ ὁ υἱός· οὕτως ἄπαυστον τὴν στάσιν ἐν τῷ λαῷ διετήρησεν· οὗ τὰ νοήματα γνόντες ἡμεῖς οὐ συνεχωροῦμεν, ἐλέγχοντες καὶ ἀντικαθιστάμενοι ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας· ὃς εἰς ἀπόνοιαν χωρῶν διὰ τὸ πάντας αὐτοῦ τῇ ὑποκρίσει συντρέχειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ οὔ, ἀπεκάλει ἡμᾶς διθέους, ἐξεμῶν παρὰ βίαν τὸν ἐνδομυχοῦντα αὐτῷ ἰόν.

Auton de ton Zephyrinon proagōn dēmosią epeithe legein; Egō oida hena theon Christon Iēsoun, kai plēn autou heteron oudena genēton kai pathēton; pote de legōn; Ouch ho patēr apethanen, alla ho huios; houtōs apauston tēn stasin en tǭ laǭ dietērēsen; hou ta noēmata gnontes hēmeis ou synechōroumen, elenchontes kai antikathistamenoi hyper tēs alētheias; hos eis aponoian chōrōn dia to pantas autou tę̄ hypokrisei syntrechein, hēmas de ou, apekalei hēmas ditheous, exemōn para bian ton endomychounta autǭ ion.

And bringing forward Zephyrinus himself in public, he persuaded him to say: “I know one God, Christ Jesus, and besides him no other who was begotten and suffered”; and at other times saying, “It was not the Father who died, but the Son.” In this way he kept the faction among the people unceasing. We, knowing his thoughts, did not give way, but refuted him and stood against him on behalf of the truth. And he, driven to madness because all ran along with his hypocrisy but we did not, called us ditheists, forcibly vomiting out the poison that lurked within him.

9.11.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 452

Τούτου τὸν βίον δοκεῖ ἡμῖν ἀγαπητὸν ἐκθέσθαι, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἡμῖν ἐγεγόνει, ὅπως διὰ τοῦ φανῆναι τοῦ τοιούτου τὴν ἀναστροφὴν εὐεπίγνωστος καὶ τάχα τοῖς νοῦν ἔχουσιν εὐήθης γένηται ἡ διὰ τούτου ἐπικεχειρημένη αἵρεσις. Οὗτος ἐμαρτύρησεν ἐπὶ Φουσκιανοῦ ἐπάρχου ὄντος Ῥώμης· ὁ δὲ τρόπος τῆς αὐτοῦ μαρτυρίας τοιόσδε ἦν·

Toutou ton bion dokei hēmin agapēton ekthesthai, epei kata ton auton chronon hēmin egegonei, hopōs dia tou phanēnai tou toioutou tēn anastrophēn euepignōstos kai tacha tois noun echousin euēthēs genētai hē dia toutou epikecheirēmenē hairesis. Houtos emartyrēsen epi Phouskianou eparchou ontos Rhōmēs; ho de tropos tēs autou martyrias toiosde ēn;

It seems welcome to us to set out his life, since he lived at the same time as us, so that, by his manner of life being made plain, the heresy attempted by him may become easily recognized and perhaps foolish to people of sense. He became a martyr when Fuscianus was prefect of Rome; and the manner of his martyrdom was as follows.

item 9, chapter 12

9.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 452

Οἰκέτης ἐτύγχανε Καρποφόρου τινὸς ἀνδρὸς πιστοῦ ὄντος ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. Τούτῳ ὁ Καρποφόρος, ἅτε δὴ ὡς πιστῷ, χρῆμα οὐκ ὀλίγον κατεπίστευσεν, ἐπαγγειλάμενος κέρδος προσοίσειν ἐκ πραγματείας τραπεζιτικῆς· ὃς λαβὼν τράπεζαν ἐπεχείρησεν ἐν τῇ λεγομένῃ πισκινῇ πουπλικῇ, ᾧ οὐκ ὀλίγαι παραθῆκαι τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπιστεύθησαν ὑπὸ χηρῶν καὶ ἀδελφῶν προσχήματι τοῦ Καρποφόρου. Ὁ δὲ ἐξαφανίσας τὰ πάντα ἠπόρει.

Oiketēs etynchane Karpophorou tinos andros pistou ontos ek tēs Kaisaros oikias. Toutǭ ho Karpophoros, hate dē hōs pistǭ, chrēma ouk oligon katepisteusen, epangeilamenos kerdos prosoisein ek pragmateias trapezitikēs; hos labōn trapezan epecheirēsen en tę̄ legomenę̄ piskinę̄ pouplikę̄, hǭ ouk oligai parathēkai tǭ chronǭ episteuthēsan hypo chērōn kai adelphōn proschēmati tou Karpophorou. Ho de exaphanisas ta panta ēporei.

He happened to be a household slave of a certain Carpophorus, a believer from Caesar's household. To him Carpophorus, since he was a believer, entrusted no small sum of money, and he promised to bring in profit from banking business. Taking up a bank, he set to work in the so-called Piscina Publica; and in time not a few deposits were entrusted to him by widows and brethren on the strength of Carpophorus's name. But he made away with everything and was at a loss.

9.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 452

Οὗ ταῦτα πράξαντος, οὐκ ἔλιπεν ὃς ἀπαγγείλῃ τῷ Καρποφόρῳ· ὁ δὲ ἔφη ἀπαιτεῖν λόγους παρʼ αὐτοῦ. Ταῦτα συνιδὼν ὁ Κάλλιστος καὶ τὸν παρὰ τοῦ δεσπότου κίνδυνον ὑφορώμενος, ἀπέδρα τὴν φυγὴν κατὰ θάλασσαν ποιούμενος· ὃς εὑρὼν πλοῖον ἐν τῷ Πόρτῳ ἕτοιμον πρὸς ἀναγωγήν, ὅπου ἐτύγχανε πλέον, ἀνέβη πλευσόμενος. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ οὕτως λαθεῖν δεδύνηται· οὐ γὰρ ἔλιπεν ὃς ἀπαγγείλῃ τῷ Καρποφόρῳ τὸ γεγενημένον.

Hou tauta praxantos, ouk elipen hos apangeilę̄ tǭ Karpophorǭ; ho de ephē apaitein logous parʼ autou. Tauta synidōn ho Kallistos kai ton para tou despotou kindynon hyphorōmenos, apedra tēn phygēn kata thalassan poioumenos; hos heurōn ploion en tǭ Portǭ hetoimon pros anagōgēn, hopou etynchane pleon, anebē pleusomenos. Allʼ oude houtōs lathein dedynētai; ou gar elipen hos apangeilę̄ tǭ Karpophorǭ to gegenēmenon.

When he had done this, there was someone to report it to Carpophorus; and he said he would demand an account from him. Callistus, seeing this and suspecting danger from his master, ran away, making his escape by sea. Finding a ship at Portus ready to put out, wherever it happened to be sailing, he went aboard to sail. But not even so could he escape notice; for there was someone to report to Carpophorus what had happened.

9.12.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 452–454

Ὁ δὲ ἐπιστὰς κατὰ τὸν λιμένα ἐπειρᾶτο ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ὁρμᾶν κατὰ [τὰ] μεμηνυμένα· τοῦτο δὲ ἦν ἑστὸς ἐν μέσῳ τῷ λιμένι. Τοῦ δὲ πορθμέως βραδύνοντος, ἰδὼν πόρρωθεν ὁ Κάλλιστος τὸν δεσπότην, ὢν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καὶ γνοὺς ἑαυτὸν συνειλῆφθαι, ἠφείδησε τοῦ ζῆν, καὶ ἔσχατα ταῦτα λογισάμενος ἔρριψεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν.

Ho de epistas kata ton limena epeirato epi to ploion horman kata [ta] memēnymena; touto de ēn hestos en mesǭ tǭ limeni. Tou de porthmeōs bradynontos, idōn porrōthen ho Kallistos ton despotēn, ōn en tǭ ploiǭ kai gnous heauton syneilēphthai, ēpheidēse tou zēn, kai eschata tauta logisamenos erripsen heauton eis tēn thalassan.

He, coming to the harbor, tried to hurry to the ship, according to [what] had been reported; it was standing in the middle of the harbor. As the ferryman was slow, Callistus, being on the ship, saw his master from far off, and knowing that he would be caught, he gave up on living; and reckoning that this was the end, he threw himself into the sea.

9.12.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Οἱ δὲ ναῦται καταπηδήσαντες εἰς τὰ σκάφη ἄκοντα αὐτὸν ἀνείλοντο, τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς μεγάλα βοώντων· καὶ οὕτως τῷ δεσπότῃ παραδοθεὶς ἐπανήχθη εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὃν ὁ δεσπότης εἰς πίστρινον κατέθετο.

Hoi de nautai katapēdēsantes eis ta skaphē akonta auton aneilonto, tōn de apo tēs gēs megala boōntōn; kai houtōs tǭ despotę̄ paradotheis epanēchthē eis tēn Rhōmēn, hon ho despotēs eis pistrinon katetheto.

But the sailors, leaping down into the boats, took him up against his will, while those on land shouted loudly; and so, handed over to his master, he was brought back to Rome, and his master put him in the treadmill.

9.12.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Χρόνου δὲ διελθόντος, ὡς συμβαίνει γίνεσθαι, προσελθόντες ἀδελφοὶ παρεκάλουν τὸν Καρποφόρον, ὅπως ἐξαγάγῃ τῆς κολάσεως τὸν δραπέτην, φάσκοντες αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν ἔχειν παρά τισι χρῆμα ἀποκείμενον.

Chronou de dielthontos, hōs symbainei ginesthai, proselthontes adelphoi parekaloun ton Karpophoron, hopōs exagagę̄ tēs kolaseōs ton drapetēn, phaskontes auton homologein echein para tisi chrēma apokeimenon.

When time had passed, as happens, brethren came and pleaded with Carpophorus that he would release the runaway from his punishment, saying that he claimed to have money deposited with certain people.

9.12.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Ὁ δὲ Καρποφόρος, ὡς εὐλαβής, τοῦ μὲν ἰδίου ἔλεγεν ἀφειδεῖν, τῶν δὲ παραθηκῶν φροντίζειν — πολλοὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ ἀπεκλαίοντο λέγοντες, ὅτι τῷ αὐτοῦ προσχήματι ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Καλλίστῳ, ἃ πεπιστεύκεισαν — καὶ πεισθεὶς ἐκέλευσεν ἐξαγαγεῖν αὐτόν.

Ho de Karpophoros, hōs eulabēs, tou men idiou elegen apheidein, tōn de parathēkōn phrontizein — polloi gar autǭ apeklaionto legontes, hoti tǭ autou proschēmati episteusan tǭ Kallistǭ, ha pepisteukeisan — kai peistheis ekeleusen exagagein auton.

Carpophorus, being devout, said he did not care about his own money, but was concerned about the deposits (for many wept to him, saying that it was on the strength of his name that they had entrusted to Callistus what they had entrusted); and being persuaded, he ordered him to be released.

9.12.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχων ἀποδιδόναι, καὶ πάλιν ἀποδιδράσκειν μὴ δυνάμενος διὰ τὸ φρουρεῖσθαι, τέχνην θανάτου ἐπενόησε, καὶ σαββάτῳ σκηψάμενος ἀπιέναι ὡς ἐπὶ χρεώστας, ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων συνηγμένων, καὶ στὰς κατεστασίαζεν αὐτῶν. Οἱ δὲ καταστασιασθέντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἐνυβρίσαντες αὐτὸν καὶ πληγὰς ἐμφορήσαντες ἔσυρον ἐπὶ τὸν Φουσκιανὸν ἔπαρχον ὄντα τῆς πόλεως.

Ho de mēden echōn apodidonai, kai palin apodidraskein mē dynamenos dia to phroureisthai, technēn thanatou epenoēse, kai sabbatǭ skēpsamenos apienai hōs epi chreōstas, hōrmēsen epi tēn synagōgēn tōn Ioudaiōn synēgmenōn, kai stas katestasiazen autōn. Hoi de katastasiasthentes hypʼ autou, enybrisantes auton kai plēgas emphorēsantes esyron epi ton Phouskianon eparchon onta tēs poleōs.

But having nothing to pay back, and unable to run away again because he was guarded, he devised a way to die. On a Sabbath, pretending to go off as if to his debtors, he rushed to the synagogue of the Jews when they were assembled, and standing up he disturbed them. They, disturbed by him, insulted him and beat him and dragged him before Fuscianus, who was prefect of the city.

9.12.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Ἀπεκρίναντο δὲ τάδε· Ῥωμαῖοι συνεχώρησαν ἡμῖν τοὺς πατρῴους νόμους δημοσίᾳ ἀναγινώσκειν, οὗτος δὲ ἐπεισελθὼν ἐκώλυε καταστασιάζων ἡμῶν, φάσκων εἶναι Χριστιανός. Τοῦ δὲ Φουσκιανοῦ πρὸ βήματος τυγχάνοντος καὶ τοῖς ὑπʼ Ἰουδαίων λεγομένοις κατὰ τοῦ Καλλίστου ἀγανακτοῦντος, οὐκ ἔλιπεν ὁ ἀπαγγείλας τῷ Καρποφόρῳ τὰ πρασσόμενα.

Apekrinanto de tade; Rhōmaioi synechōrēsan hēmin tous patrǭous nomous dēmosią anaginōskein, houtos de epeiselthōn ekōlye katastasiazōn hēmōn, phaskōn einai Christianos. Tou de Phouskianou pro bēmatos tynchanontos kai tois hypʼ Ioudaiōn legomenois kata tou Kallistou aganaktountos, ouk elipen ho apangeilas tǭ Karpophorǭ ta prassomena.

And they answered as follows: “The Romans have allowed us to read our ancestral laws in public, but this man came in and was hindering us by causing a disturbance, saying that he is a Christian.” While Fuscianus was on the tribunal and was indignant at what the Jews said against Callistus, there was someone to report to Carpophorus what was going on.

9.12.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 454

Ὁ δὲ σπεύσας ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα τοῦ ἐπάρχου ἐβόα· Δέομαι, κύριε Φουσκιανέ, μὴ σὺ αὐτῷ πίστευε, οὐ γάρ ἐστι Χριστιανός, ἀφορμὴν δὲ ζητεῖ θανάτου χρήματά μου πολλὰ ἀφανίσας, ὡς ἀποδείξω. Τῶν δὲ Ἰουδαίων ὑποβολὴν τοῦτο νομισάντων, ὡς ζητοῦντος τοῦ Καρποφόρου ταύτῃ τῇ προφάσει ἐξελέσθαι αὐτόν, μᾶλλον ἐπιφθόνως κατεβόων τοῦ ἐπάρχου. Ὁ δὲ κινηθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, μαστιγώσας αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν εἰς μέταλλον Σαρδονίας.

Ho de speusas epi to bēma tou eparchou eboa; Deomai, kyrie Phouskiane, mē sy autǭ pisteue, ou gar esti Christianos, aphormēn de zētei thanatou chrēmata mou polla aphanisas, hōs apodeixō. Tōn de Ioudaiōn hypobolēn touto nomisantōn, hōs zētountos tou Karpophorou tautę̄ tę̄ prophasei exelesthai auton, mallon epiphthonōs kateboōn tou eparchou. Ho de kinētheis hypʼ autōn, mastigōsas auton edōken eis metallon Sardonias.

He hurried to the prefect's tribunal and cried out: “I beg you, lord Fuscianus, do not believe him; for he is not a Christian, but is seeking an occasion for death, having made away with much money of mine, as I shall prove.” But the Jews, thinking this a trick, as though Carpophorus were seeking by this pretext to rescue him, cried out all the more angrily to the prefect. He, moved by them, had him scourged and gave him to the mines of Sardinia.

9.12.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 454–456

Μετὰ χρόνον δὲ ἑτέρων ἐκεῖ ὄντων μαρτύρων, θελήσασα ἡ Μαρκία ἔργον τι ἀγαθὸν ἐργάσασθαι, οὖσα φιλόθεος παλλακὴ Κομόδου, προσκαλεσαμένη τὸν μακάριον Οὐΐκτορα, ὄντα ἐπίσκοπον τῆς ἐκκλησίας κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ, ἐπηρώτα, τίνες εἶεν ἐν Σαρδονίᾳ μάρτυρες. Ὁ δὲ πάντων ἀναδοὺς τὰ ὀνόματα, τὸ τοῦ Καλλίστου οὐκ ἔδωκεν, εἰδὼς τὰ τετολμημένα παρʼ αὐτοῦ.

Meta chronon de heterōn ekei ontōn martyrōn, thelēsasa hē Markia ergon ti agathon ergasasthai, ousa philotheos pallakē Komodou, proskalesamenē ton makarion Ouïktora, onta episkopon tēs ekklēsias katʼ ekeino kairou, epērōta, tines eien en Sardonią martyres. Ho de pantōn anadous ta onomata, to tou Kallistou ouk edōken, eidōs ta tetolmēmena parʼ autou.

After a time, when other martyrs were there, Marcia, being a God-loving concubine of Commodus and wishing to do some good work, summoned the blessed Victor, who was bishop of the church at that time, and asked him who the martyrs in Sardinia were. He gave her the names of all, but did not give that of Callistus, knowing what he had dared to do.

9.12.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 456

Τυχοῦσα οὖν τῆς ἀξιώσεως ἡ Μαρκία παρὰ τοῦ Κομόδου, δίδωσι τὴν ἀπολύσιμον ἐπιστολὴν Ὑακίνθῳ τινὶ σπάδοντι πρεσβυτέρῳ, ὃς λαβὼν διέπλευσεν εἰς τὴν Σαρδονίαν, καὶ ἀποδοὺς τῷ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ τῆς χώρας ἐπιτροπεύοντι ἀπέλυσε τοὺς μάρτυρας πλὴν τοῦ Καλλίστου.

Tychousa oun tēs axiōseōs hē Markia para tou Komodou, didōsi tēn apolysimon epistolēn Hyakinthǭ tini spadonti presbyterǭ, hos labōn diepleusen eis tēn Sardonian, kai apodous tǭ katʼ ekeino kairou tēs chōras epitropeuonti apelyse tous martyras plēn tou Kallistou.

Marcia, then, having obtained her request from Commodus, gives the letter of release to a certain Hyacinthus, a eunuch presbyter, who, taking it, sailed across to Sardinia, and delivering it to the one who was governing the region at that time, released the martyrs except Callistus.

9.12.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 456

Ὁ δὲ γονυπετῶν καὶ δακρύων ἱκέτευε καὶ αὐτὸς τυχεῖν ἀπολύσεως. Δυσωπηθεὶς οὖν ὁ Ὑάκινθος ἀξιοῖ τὸν ἐπίτροπον..., φάσκων θρέψας εἶναι Μαρκίας, τασσόμενος αὐτῷ τὸ ἀκίνδυνον· ὁ δὲ πεισθεὶς ἀπέλυσε καὶ τὸν Κάλλιστον.

Ho de gonypetōn kai dakryōn hiketeue kai autos tychein apolyseōs. Dysōpētheis oun ho Hyakinthos axioi ton epitropon..., phaskōn threpsas einai Markias, tassomenos autǭ to akindynon; ho de peistheis apelyse kai ton Kalliston.

But he, kneeling and weeping, begged that he too might obtain release. Hyacinthus, then, moved by shame, asks the governor …, claiming that he had been Marcia's foster father and guaranteeing him against danger; and he, persuaded, released Callistus too.

9.12.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 456

Οὗ παραγενομένου ὁ Οὐΐκτωρ πάνυ ἤχθετο ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι, ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ εὔσπλαγχνος ἦν, ἡσύχασε· φυλασσόμενος δὲ τὸν ὑπὸ πολλῶν ὄνειδον (οὐ γὰρ ἦν μακρὰν τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τετολμημένα), ἔτι δὲ καὶ τοῦ Καρποφόρου ἀντιπίπτοντος, πέμπει αὐτὸν καταμένειν ἐν Ἀνθείῳ, ὁρίσας αὐτῷ μηνιαῖόν τι ἐκτροφῆς.

Hou paragenomenou ho Ouïktōr pany ēchtheto epi tǭ gegonoti, allʼ epei eusplanchnos ēn, hēsychase; phylassomenos de ton hypo pollōn oneidon (ou gar ēn makran ta hypʼ autou tetolmēmena), eti de kai tou Karpophorou antipiptontos, pempei auton katamenein en Antheiǭ, horisas autǭ mēniaion ti ektrophēs.

When he arrived, Victor was very much grieved at what had happened; but since he was compassionate, he kept quiet. But guarding against reproach from many (for what he had dared was not long past), and since Carpophorus also still opposed him, he sends him to stay at Antium, fixing for him a certain monthly allowance for his keep.

9.12.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 456

Μεθʼ οὗ κοίμησιν Ζεφυρῖνος συναράμενον αὐτὸν σχὼν πρὸς τὴν κατάστασιν τοῦ κλήρου, ἐτίμησε τῷ ἰδίῳ κακῷ, καὶ τοῦτον μεταγαγὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀνθείου εἰς τὸ κοιμητήριον κατέστησεν. Ὧι ἀεὶ συνὼν καί, καθὼς φθάσας προεῖπον, ὑποκρίσει αὐτὸν θεραπεύων, ἐξηφάνισε μήτε κρῖναι τὰ λεγόμενα δυνάμενον μήτε νοοῦντα τὴν τοῦ Καλλίστου ἐπιβουλήν, πάντα αὐτῷ πρὸς ἃ ἥδετο ὁμιλοῦντος.

Methʼ hou koimēsin Zephyrinos synaramenon auton schōn pros tēn katastasin tou klērou, etimēse tǭ idiǭ kakǭ, kai touton metagagōn apo tou Antheiou eis to koimētērion katestēsen. Hōi aei synōn kai, kathōs phthasas proeipon, hypokrisei auton therapeuōn, exēphanise mēte krinai ta legomena dynamenon mēte noounta tēn tou Kallistou epiboulēn, panta autǭ pros ha hēdeto homilountos.

After Victor's falling asleep, Zephyrinus, having him as a helper in the ordering of the clergy, honored him to his own harm, and bringing him back from Antium he set him over the cemetery. Always being with him and, as I said before, courting him with hypocrisy, he made him disappear, as one neither able to judge what was said nor perceiving the plot of Callistus, who always talked with him about what pleased him.

9.12.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 456

Οὕτω μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Ζεφυρίνου τελευτὴν νομίζων τετυχηκέναι οὗ ἐθηρᾶτο, τὸν Σαβέλλιον ἀπέωσεν ὡς μὴ φρονοῦντα ὀρθῶς, δεδοικὼς ἐμὲ καὶ νομίζων οὕτω δύνασθαι ἀποτρίψασθαι τὴν πρὸς τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατηγορίαν, ὡς μὴ ἀλλοτρίως φρονῶν. Ἦν οὖν γόης καὶ πανοῦργος καὶ ἐπὶ χρόνῳ συνήρπασε πολλούς.

Houtō meta tēn tou Zephyrinou teleutēn nomizōn tetychēkenai hou ethērato, ton Sabellion apeōsen hōs mē phronounta orthōs, dedoikōs eme kai nomizōn houtō dynasthai apotripsasthai tēn pros tas ekklēsias katēgorian, hōs mē allotriōs phronōn. Ēn oun goēs kai panourgos kai epi chronǭ synērpase pollous.

So after the death of Zephyrinus, thinking he had obtained what he was hunting for, he drove out Sabellius as not thinking rightly, fearing me and thinking that in this way he could rub off the accusation against him before the churches, as though he did not hold strange views. He was, then, a charlatan and a knave, and in time he carried many away.

9.12.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 456–458

Ἔχων δὲ καὶ τὸν ἰὸν ἐγκείμενον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ εὐθέως μηδὲν φρονῶν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ αἰδούμενος τὰ ἀληθῆ λέγειν, διὰ τὸ δημοσίᾳ ἡμῖν ὀνειδίζοντα εἰπεῖν· δίθεοί ἐστε, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σαβελλίου συχνῶς κατηγορεῖσθαι ὡς παραβάντα τὴν πρώτην πίστιν, ἐφεῦρεν αἵρεσιν τοιάνδε, λέγων τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν εἶναι υἱόν, αὐτὸν καὶ πατέρα ὀνόματι μὲν καλούμενον, ἓν δὲ ὂν τὸ πνεῦμα ἀδιαίρετον·

Echōn de kai ton ion enkeimenon en tę̄ kardią, kai eutheōs mēden phronōn, hama de kai aidoumenos ta alēthē legein, dia to dēmosią hēmin oneidizonta eipein; ditheoi este, alla kai dia to hypo tou Sabelliou sychnōs katēgoreisthai hōs parabanta tēn prōtēn pistin, epheuren hairesin toiande, legōn ton logon auton einai huion, auton kai patera onomati men kaloumenon, hen de on to pneuma adiaireton;

Having the poison lodged in his heart, and thinking nothing straightforwardly, and at the same time ashamed to speak the truth, because he had said to us publicly by way of reproach, “You are ditheists,” and also because he was often accused by Sabellius of having transgressed the first faith, he invented a heresy of this kind, saying that the Word himself is Son and that he himself is also Father, being called so by name, but being one indivisible Spirit;

9.12.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 458

οὐκ ἄλλο εἶναι πατέρα, ἄλλο δὲ υἱόν, ἓν δὲ καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπάρχειν· καὶ τὰ πάντα γέμειν τοῦ θείου πνεύματος τά τε ἄνω καὶ κάτω· καὶ εἶναι τὸ ἐν τῇ παρθένῳ σαρκωθὲν πνεῦμα οὐχ ἕτερον παρὰ τὸν πατέρα, ἀλλὰ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό. Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον· Οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί;

ouk allo einai patera, allo de huion, hen de kai to auto hyparchein; kai ta panta gemein tou theiou pneumatos ta te anō kai katō; kai einai to en tę̄ parthenǭ sarkōthen pneuma ouch heteron para ton patera, alla hen kai to auto. Kai touto einai to eirēmenon; Ou pisteueis hoti egō en tǭ patri kai ho patēr en emoi?

that the Father is not one thing and the Son another, but that they are one and the same; and that all things are full of the divine Spirit, both things above and things below; and that the Spirit that became flesh in the virgin is not other than the Father, but one and the same. And that this is what was said: “Do you not believe that I am in the Father and the Father in me?”

9.12.18Duncker–Schneidewin, 458

Τὸ μὲν γὰρ βλεπόμενον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο εἶναι τὸν υἱόν, τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ χωρηθὲν πνεῦμα τοῦτο εἶναι τὸν πατέρα· οὐ γὰρ, φησίν, ἐρῶ δύο θεούς, πατέρα καὶ υἱόν, ἀλλʼ ἕνα. Ὁ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ γενόμενος πατὴρ προσλαβόμενος τὴν σάρκα ἐθεοποίησεν ἑνώσας ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἕν, ὡς καλεῖσθαι πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν ἕνα θεόν, καὶ τοῦτο ἕν ὂν πρόσωπον μὴ δύνασθαι εἶναι δύο, καὶ οὕτως τὸν πατέρα συμπεπονθέναι τῷ υἱῷ·

To men gar blepomenon, hoper estin anthrōpos, touto einai ton huion, to de en tǭ huiǭ chōrēthen pneuma touto einai ton patera; ou gar, phēsin, erō dyo theous, patera kai huion, allʼ hena. Ho gar en autǭ genomenos patēr proslabomenos tēn sarka etheopoiēsen henōsas heautǭ, kai epoiēsen hen, hōs kaleisthai patera kai huion hena theon, kai touto hen on prosōpon mē dynasthai einai dyo, kai houtōs ton patera sympeponthenai tǭ huiǭ;

For what is seen, which is a man, this is the Son, and the Spirit contained in the Son, this is the Father. “For I will not say,” he says, “two Gods, Father and Son, but one.” For the Father who came to be in him, taking up the flesh, deified it, uniting it to himself, and made it one, so that Father and Son are called one God; and that this, being one person (prosopon), cannot be two; and so the Father suffered together with the Son.

9.12.19Duncker–Schneidewin, 458

οὐ γὰρ θέλει λέγειν τὸν πατέρα πεπονθέναι καὶ ἓν εἶναι πρόσωπον... ἐκφυγεῖν τὴν εἰς τὸν πατέρα βλασφημίαν ὁ ἀνόητος καὶ ποικίλος, ὁ ἄνω κάτω σκεδάζων βλασφημίας, ἵνα μόνον κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας λέγειν δοκῇ, ποτὲ μὲν εἰς τὸ Σαβελλίου δόγμα ἐμπίπτων, ποτὲ δὲ εἰς τὸ Θεοδότου οὐκ αἰδεῖται.

ou gar thelei legein ton patera peponthenai kai hen einai prosōpon... ekphygein tēn eis ton patera blasphēmian ho anoētos kai poikilos, ho anō katō skedazōn blasphēmias, hina monon kata tēs alētheias legein dokę̄, pote men eis to Sabelliou dogma empiptōn, pote de eis to Theodotou ouk aideitai.

For he does not wish to say that the Father suffered and is one person … to escape the blasphemy against the Father, the foolish and shifty man, who scatters blasphemies up and down so that he may only seem to speak against the truth, and is not ashamed of falling now into the doctrine of Sabellius, now into that of Theodotus.

9.12.20Duncker–Schneidewin, 458

Τοιαῦτα ὁ γόης τολμήσας συνεστήσατο διδασκαλεῖον κατὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας οὕτως διδάξας, καὶ πρῶτος τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἡδονὰς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συγχωρεῖν ἐπενόησε, λέγων πᾶσιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀφίεσθαι ἁμαρτίας. Ὁ γὰρ παρʼ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ συναγόμενος καὶ λεγόμενος Χριστιανὸς εἴ τι ἂν ἁμάρτῃ, φασίν, οὐ λογίζεται αὐτῷ ἡ ἁμαρτία, εἰ προσδράμοι τῇ τοῦ Καλλίστου σχολῇ.

Toiauta ho goēs tolmēsas synestēsato didaskaleion kata tēs ekklēsias houtōs didaxas, kai prōtos ta pros tas hēdonas tois anthrōpois synchōrein epenoēse, legōn pasin hypʼ autou aphiesthai hamartias. Ho gar parʼ heterǭ tini synagomenos kai legomenos Christianos ei ti an hamartę̄, phasin, ou logizetai autǭ hē hamartia, ei prosdramoi tę̄ tou Kallistou scholę̄.

Having dared such things, the charlatan set up a school against the church, teaching in this way; and he was the first to devise conceding to people what concerns their pleasures, saying that sins are forgiven to all by him. For if anyone who assembles with someone else and is called a Christian commits any sin, they say, the sin is not counted against him if he runs over to the school of Callistus.

9.12.21Duncker–Schneidewin, 458–460

Οὗ τῷ ὅρῳ ἀρεσκόμενοι πολλοὶ συνείδησιν πεπληγότες ἅμα τε καὶ ὑπὸ πολλῶν αἱρέσεων ἀποβληθέντες, τινὲς δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ καταγνώσει ἔκβλητοι τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὑφʼ ἡμῶν γενόμενοι, προσχωρήσαντες αὐτοῖς ἐπλήθυναν τὸ διδασκαλεῖον αὐτοῦ. Οὗτος ἐδογμάτισεν ὅπως εἰ ἐπίσκοπος ἁμάρτοι τι, εἰ καὶ πρὸς θάνατον, μὴ δεῖν κατατίθεσθαι.

Hou tǭ horǭ areskomenoi polloi syneidēsin peplēgotes hama te kai hypo pollōn haireseōn apoblēthentes, tines de kai epi katagnōsei ekblētoi tēs ekklēsias hyphʼ hēmōn genomenoi, proschōrēsantes autois eplēthynan to didaskaleion autou. Houtos edogmatisen hopōs ei episkopos hamartoi ti, ei kai pros thanaton, mē dein katatithesthai.

Pleased by his rule, many whose consciences were stricken, and at the same time many who had been cast out by many heresies, and some too who had been expelled from the church by us after condemnation, came over to them and filled his school. He laid down that if a bishop sins in anything, even a sin unto death, he need not be deposed.

9.12.22Duncker–Schneidewin, 460

Ἐπὶ τούτου ἤρξαντο ἐπίσκοποι καὶ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ διάκονοι δίγαμοι καὶ τρίγαμοι καθίστασθαι εἰς κλήρους· εἰ δὲ καί τις ἐν κλήρῳ ὢν γαμοίη, μένειν τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ ὡς μὴ ἡμαρτηκότα· ἐπὶ τούτῳ φάσκων εἰρῆσθαι τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ῥηθέν· Σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην; Ἀλλὰ καὶ παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων πρὸς τοῦτο ἔφη λέγεσθαι· Ἄφετε τὰ ζιζάνια συναύξειν τῷ σίτῳ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας.

Epi toutou ērxanto episkopoi kai presbyteroi kai diakonoi digamoi kai trigamoi kathistasthai eis klērous; ei de kai tis en klērǭ ōn gamoiē, menein ton toiouton en tǭ klērǭ hōs mē hēmartēkota; epi toutǭ phaskōn eirēsthai to hypo tou apostolou rhēthen; Sy tis ei ho krinōn allotrion oiketēn? Alla kai parabolēn tōn zizaniōn pros touto ephē legesthai; Aphete ta zizania synauxein tǭ sitǭ, toutestin en tę̄ ekklēsią tous hamartanontas.

Under him bishops, presbyters, and deacons who had been twice married and thrice married began to be appointed to the clergy; and if anyone in the clergy should marry, such a one would remain in the clergy as not having sinned. He claimed that what was said by the apostle had been said about this: “Who are you to judge another's servant?” And he said that the parable of the tares too was spoken with this in view: “Let the tares grow together with the wheat,” that is, those in the church who sin.

9.12.23Duncker–Schneidewin, 460

Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ Νῶε εἰς ὁμοίωμα ἐκκλησίας ἔφη γεγονέναι, ἐν ᾗ καὶ κύνες καὶ λύκοι καὶ κόρακες καὶ πάντα τὰ καθαρὰ καὶ ἀκάθαρτα· οὕτω φάσκων δεῖν εἶναι ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁμοίως· καὶ ὅσα πρὸς τοῦτο δυνατὸς ἦν συνάγειν οὕτως ἡρμήνευσεν, οὗ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ ἡσθέντες τοῖς δόγμασι διαμένουσιν ἐμπαίζοντες ἑαυτοῖς τε καὶ πολλοῖς, ὧν τῷ διδασκαλείῳ συρρέουσιν ὄχλοι.

Alla kai tēn kibōton tou Nōe eis homoiōma ekklēsias ephē gegonenai, en hę̄ kai kynes kai lykoi kai korakes kai panta ta kathara kai akatharta; houtō phaskōn dein einai en ekklēsią homoiōs; kai hosa pros touto dynatos ēn synagein houtōs hērmēneusen, hou hoi akroatai hēsthentes tois dogmasi diamenousin empaizontes heautois te kai pollois, hōn tǭ didaskaleiǭ syrreousin ochloi.

And he said that the ark of Noah was made as a likeness of the church, in which there were dogs and wolves and ravens and all things clean and unclean, claiming that it must be the same in the church. And he interpreted in this way whatever he could gather toward this; and his hearers, delighted with his doctrines, continue mocking both themselves and many others, and crowds stream to their school.

9.12.24Duncker–Schneidewin, 460

Διὸ καὶ πληθύνονται, γαυριώμενοι ἐπὶ ὄχλοις διὰ τὰς ἡδονάς, ἃς οὐ συνεχώρησεν ὁ Χριστός· οὗ καταφρονήσαντες οὐδὲν ἁμαρτεῖν κωλύουσι, φάσκοντες αὐτὸν ἀφιέναι τοῖς εὐδοκοῦσι. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ γυναιξὶν ἐπέτρεψεν, εἰ ἄνανδροι εἶεν καὶ ἡλικίᾳ γε ἐκκαίοιντο ἀναξίᾳ, ἢ ἑαυτῶν ἀξίαν μὴ βούλοιντο καθαιρεῖν διὰ τὸ νομίμως γαμηθῆναι, ἔχειν ἕνα ὃν ἂν αἱρήσωνται σύγκοιτον, εἴτε οἰκέτην, εἴτε ἐλεύθερον, καὶ τοῦτον κρίνειν ἀντὶ ἀνδρὸς μὴ νόμῳ γεγαμημένην.

Dio kai plēthynontai, gauriōmenoi epi ochlois dia tas hēdonas, has ou synechōrēsen ho Christos; hou kataphronēsantes ouden hamartein kōlyousi, phaskontes auton aphienai tois eudokousi. Kai gar kai gynaixin epetrepsen, ei anandroi eien kai hēlikią ge ekkaiointo anaxią, ē heautōn axian mē boulointo kathairein dia to nomimōs gamēthēnai, echein hena hon an hairēsōntai synkoiton, eite oiketēn, eite eleutheron, kai touton krinein anti andros mē nomǭ gegamēmenēn.

Therefore they also multiply, priding themselves on their crowds because of the pleasures which Christ did not permit; despising him, they forbid no sin, saying that he forgives those who consent to them. For he even permitted women, if they were without husbands and burned with passion at an unfitting age, or did not wish to overturn their own rank by being lawfully married, to have one bedfellow of their choice, whether a slave or a free man, and to regard him as a husband, though not married by law.

9.12.25Duncker–Schneidewin, 460–462

Ἔνθεν ἤρξαντο ἐπιχειρεῖν πισταὶ λεγόμεναι ἀτοκίοις φαρμάκοις καὶ περιδεσμεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸ τὰ συλλαμβανόμενα καταβάλλειν, διὰ τὸ μήτε ἐκ δούλου βούλεσθαι ἔχειν τέκνον μήτε ἐξ εὐτελοῦς, διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν καὶ ὑπέρογκον οὐσίαν. Ὁρᾶτε εἰς ὅσην ἀσέβειαν ἐχώρησεν ὁ ἄνομος μοιχείαν καὶ φόνον ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ διδάσκων· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τοῖς τολμήμασιν ἑαυτοὺς οἱ ἀπηρυθριασμένοι καθολικὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀποκαλεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσι, καί τινες νομίζοντες εὖ πράττειν συντρέχουσιν αὐτοῖς.

Enthen ērxanto epicheirein pistai legomenai atokiois pharmakois kai peridesmeisthai pros to ta syllambanomena kataballein, dia to mēte ek doulou boulesthai echein teknon mēte ex eutelous, dia tēn syngeneian kai hyperonkon ousian. Horate eis hosēn asebeian echōrēsen ho anomos moicheian kai phonon en tǭ autǭ didaskōn; kai epi toutois tois tolmēmasin heautous hoi apērythriasmenoi katholikēn ekklēsian apokalein epicheirousi, kai tines nomizontes eu prattein syntrechousin autois.

From then on, women called believers began to attempt drugs for sterility and to bind themselves tightly in order to expel what had been conceived, because they did not wish to have a child from a slave or from a low-born man, on account of their family and excessive wealth. See into what great impiety the lawless one has advanced, teaching adultery and murder at the same time! And with these acts of daring, these shameless people attempt to call themselves a catholic church, and some, thinking they do well, run along with them.

9.12.26Duncker–Schneidewin, 462

Ἐπὶ τούτου πρώτως τετόλμηται δεύτερον αὐτοῖς βάπτισμα. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ θαυμασιώτατος Κάλλιστος συνεστήσατο, οὐ διαμένει τὸ διδασκαλεῖον φυλάσσον τὰ ἔθη καὶ τὴν παράδοσιν, μὴ διακρῖνον, τίσι δεῖ κοινωνεῖν, πᾶσι δʼ ἀκρίτως προσφέρον τὴν κοινωνίαν· ἀφʼ οὗ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος μετέσχον ἐπίκλησιν καλεῖσθαι διὰ τὸν πρωτοστατήσαντα τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων Κάλλιστον Καλλιστιανοί.

Epi toutou prōtōs tetolmētai deuteron autois baptisma. Tauta men oun ho thaumasiōtatos Kallistos synestēsato, ou diamenei to didaskaleion phylasson ta ethē kai tēn paradosin, mē diakrinon, tisi dei koinōnein, pasi dʼ akritōs prospheron tēn koinōnian; aphʼ hou kai tēn tou onomatos meteschon epiklēsin kaleisthai dia ton prōtostatēsanta tōn toioutōn ergōn Kalliston Kallistianoi.

In his time a second baptism was first dared by them. These, then, are the things the most admirable Callistus established. His school continues, not keeping the customs and the tradition, not discerning with whom one ought to have communion, but offering communion to all without discrimination. From him they have also taken the designation of the name, to be called Callistians, after Callistus who led the way in such deeds.

item 9, chapter 13

9.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 462

Τούτου κατὰ πάντα τὸν κόσμον διηχηθείσης τῆς διδασκαλίας, ἐνιδὼν τὴν πραγματείαν ἀνὴρ δόλιος καὶ ἀπονοίας γέμων, Ἀλκιβιάδης τις καλούμενος, οἰκῶν ἐν Ἀπαμείᾳ τῆς Συρίας, γοργότερον ἑαυτὸν καὶ εὐφυέστερον ἐν κυβείαις κρίνας τοῦ Καλλίστου, ἐπῆλθε τῇ Ῥώμῃ φέρων βίβλον τινά, φάσκων ταύτην ἀπὸ Σηρῶν τῆς Παρθίας παρειληφέναι τινὰ ἄνδρα δίκαιον Ἠλχασαΐ,

Toutou kata panta ton kosmon diēchētheisēs tēs didaskalias, enidōn tēn pragmateian anēr dolios kai aponoias gemōn, Alkibiadēs tis kaloumenos, oikōn en Apameią tēs Syrias, gorgoteron heauton kai euphyesteron en kybeiais krinas tou Kallistou, epēlthe tę̄ Rhōmę̄ pherōn biblon tina, phaskōn tautēn apo Sērōn tēs Parthias pareilēphenai tina andra dikaion Ēlchasaï,

When this man's teaching had resounded through the whole world, a crafty man full of madness, called Alcibiades, who lived in Apamea of Syria, seeing the business and judging himself sharper and cleverer at dice-play than Callistus, came to Rome bringing a certain book, claiming that a righteous man, Elchasai, had received it from the Seres of Parthia,

9.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 462

ἣν παρέδωκέ τινι λεγομένῳ Σοβιαΐ, χρηματισθεῖσαν ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου, οὗ τὸ ὕψος σχοίνων κδ, ὃ γίνεται μίλια (??), τὸ δὲ πλάτος αὐτοῦ σχοίνων δ, καὶ ἀπὸ ὤμου εἰς ὦμον σχοίνων (??), τὰ δὲ ἴχνη τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ μῆκος σχοίνων (??) ἡμίσους, ἃ γίνεται μίλια δεκατέσσαρα, τὸ δὲ πλάτος σχοίνου ἑνὸς ἡμίσους, τὸ δὲ ὕψος ἡμισχοινίου.

hēn paredōke tini legomenǭ Sobiaï, chrēmatistheisan hypo angelou, hou to hypsos schoinōn kd, ho ginetai milia (??), to de platos autou schoinōn d, kai apo ōmou eis ōmon schoinōn (??), ta de ichnē tōn podōn autou epi mēkos schoinōn (??) hēmisous, ha ginetai milia dekatessara, to de platos schoinou henos hēmisous, to de hypsos hēmischoiniou.

which he handed on to a certain one called Sobiai, as revealed by an angel whose height was twenty-four schoenoi, which makes … miles, and his breadth four schoenoi, and from shoulder to shoulder … schoenoi, and the prints of his feet in length three and a half schoenoi, which make fourteen miles, and in breadth one and a half schoenoi, and in height half a schoenus.

9.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 462

Εἶναι δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ καὶ θήλειαν, ἧς τὰ μέτρα κατὰ τὰ προειρημένα εἶναι λέγει· καὶ τὸν μὲν ἄρσενα υἱὸν εἶναι τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν δὲ θήλειαν καλεῖσθαι ἅγιον πνεῦμα.

Einai de syn autǭ kai thēleian, hēs ta metra kata ta proeirēmena einai legei; kai ton men arsena huion einai tou theou, tēn de thēleian kaleisthai hagion pneuma.

And he says that there is also a female with him, whose measurements are, he says, the same as those mentioned; and that the male is the Son of God, and the female is called Holy Spirit.

9.13.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 462–464

Ταῦτα τερατολογῶν νομίζει ταράσσειν τοὺς μωρούς, λέγων λόγον τοῦτον· εὐηγγελίσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καινὴν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐπὶ Τραϊανοῦ βασιλείας τρίτῳ, καὶ βάπτισμα ὁρίζει, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ διηγήσομαι, φάσκων τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ ἀσελγείᾳ καὶ μιασμῷ καὶ ἀνομήμασιν ἐμφυρέντας, εἰ καὶ πιστὸς εἴη, ἐπιστρέψαντα καὶ τῆς βίβλου κατακούσαντα καὶ πιστεύσαντα, ὁρίζει βαπτίσματι λαμβάνειν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἐτόλμησε τεχνάσαι τὰ πανουργήματα ἀπὸ τοῦ προειρημένου δόγματος ἀφορμὴν λαβών, οὗ προεστήσατο Κάλλιστος.

Tauta teratologōn nomizei tarassein tous mōrous, legōn logon touton; euēngelisthai tois anthrōpois kainēn aphesin hamartiōn epi Traïanou basileias tritǭ, kai baptisma horizei, ho kai auto diēgēsomai, phaskōn tous en pasę̄ aselgeią kai miasmǭ kai anomēmasin emphyrentas, ei kai pistos eiē, epistrepsanta kai tēs biblou katakousanta kai pisteusanta, horizei baptismati lambanein aphesin hamartiōn. Tauta de etolmēse technasai ta panourgēmata apo tou proeirēmenou dogmatos aphormēn labōn, hou proestēsato Kallistos.

Telling these marvels, he thinks to confound the foolish, saying this: that a new forgiveness of sins was proclaimed to people in the third year of Trajan's reign; and he prescribes a baptism, which I shall also describe, saying that those who have wallowed in every licentiousness, defilement, and lawlessness, even if one be a believer, if he turns and listens to the book and believes, he prescribes that by baptism he receives forgiveness of sins. He dared to contrive these knaveries taking his starting point from the doctrine mentioned before, which Callistus championed.

9.13.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 464

Ἡδομένους γὰρ κατανοήσας πολλοὺς ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ ἐπαγγελίᾳ εὐκαίρως ἐνόμισεν ἐπιχειρεῖν. Καὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἡμεῖς ἀντιστάντες οὐκ εἰάσαμεν ἐπιπολὺ πλανηθῆναι πολλούς, ἐλέγξαντες εἶναι τοῦτο πνεύματος νόθου ἐνέργειαν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν πεφυσιωμένης καρδίας, καὶ τοῦτον λύκου δίκην ἐπεγηγερμένον πλανωμένοις προβάτοις πολλοῖς, ἃ ἀποπλανῶν διεσκόρπισεν ὁ Κάλλιστος.

Hēdomenous gar katanoēsas pollous epi toiautę̄ epangelią eukairōs enomisen epicheirein. Kai toutǭ de hēmeis antistantes ouk eiasamen epipoly planēthēnai pollous, elenxantes einai touto pneumatos nothou energeian kai epinoian pephysiōmenēs kardias, kai touton lykou dikēn epegēgermenon planōmenois probatois pollois, ha apoplanōn dieskorpisen ho Kallistos.

For perceiving that many were pleased with such a promise, he thought it a fit time to make the attempt. And we, standing against this man too, did not allow many to be led astray for long, proving that this was the working of a spurious spirit and the invention of a puffed-up heart, and that he had risen up like a wolf against many wandering sheep, which Callistus, leading them astray, had scattered.

9.13.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 464

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἠρξάμεθα, καὶ τὰ τούτου δόγματα οὐ σιωπήσομεν· εἰς φανερόν τε ἀγαγόντες πρότερον τὸν βίον, καὶ δείξαντες τὴν νομιζομένην ἄσκησιν προσποιητὴν ὑπάρχουσαν, αὖθις καὶ τῶν ῥητῶν κεφάλαια παραθήσομαι, ἵνα τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐγγράφοις ὁ ἐντυγχάνων ἐνατενίσας ἐπιγνοίη, τίς καὶ ὁποία· εἴη ἡ τούτῳ τετολμημένη αἵρεσις.

Allʼ epei ērxametha, kai ta toutou dogmata ou siōpēsomen; eis phaneron te agagontes proteron ton bion, kai deixantes tēn nomizomenēn askēsin prospoiētēn hyparchousan, authis kai tōn rhētōn kephalaia parathēsomai, hina tois autou engraphois ho entynchanōn enatenisas epignoiē, tis kai hopoia; eiē hē toutǭ tetolmēmenē hairesis.

But since we have begun, we shall not keep silent about his doctrines either; having first brought his life into the open and shown that his supposed asceticism is pretended, I shall then set out the chief points of his sayings, so that the reader, looking closely at his writings, may recognize what and what kind of heresy this is that he has dared.

item 9, chapter 14

9.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 464

Οὗτος νόμου πολιτείαν προβάλλεται δελεάσματος δίκην, φάσκων δεῖν περιτέμνεσθαι καὶ κατὰ νόμον ζῆν τοὺς πεπιστευκότας, ἀποσπῶν τινα τῶν προειρημένων αἱρέσεων. Τὸν Χριστὸν δὲ λέγει ἄνθρωπον κοινῶς πᾶσι γεγονέναι, τοῦτον δὲ οὐ νῦν πρώτως ἐκ παρθένου γεγεννῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρότερον, καὶ αὖθις πολλάκις γεννηθέντα καὶ γεννώμενον πεφηνέναι καὶ φύεσθαι, ἀλλάσσοντα γενέσεις καὶ μετενσωματούμενον, ἐκείνῳ τῷ Πυθαγορείῳ δόγματι χρώμενος.

Houtos nomou politeian proballetai deleasmatos dikēn, phaskōn dein peritemnesthai kai kata nomon zēn tous pepisteukotas, apospōn tina tōn proeirēmenōn haireseōn. Ton Christon de legei anthrōpon koinōs pasi gegonenai, touton de ou nyn prōtōs ek parthenou gegennēsthai, alla kai proteron, kai authis pollakis gennēthenta kai gennōmenon pephēnenai kai phyesthai, allassonta geneseis kai metensōmatoumenon, ekeinǭ tǭ Pythagoreiǭ dogmati chrōmenos.

This man puts forward the way of life of the law like a bait, claiming that believers must be circumcised and live according to the law, tearing some away from the heresies mentioned before. And he says that Christ became a man in common with all, and that he was not now for the first time born of a virgin, but also before, and again many times, having been born and being born, has appeared and grows, exchanging births and passing from body to body, using that Pythagorean doctrine.

9.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 464

Τοσοῦτον δὲ πεφυσίωνται, ὡς καὶ προγνωστικοὺς ἑαυτοὺς λέγειν, δηλονότι μέτροις καὶ ἀριθμοῖς τῆς προειρημένης Πυθαγορείου τέχνης ἀφορμαῖς χρωμένους.

Tosouton de pephysiōntai, hōs kai prognōstikous heautous legein, dēlonoti metrois kai arithmois tēs proeirēmenēs Pythagoreiou technēs aphormais chrōmenous.

And they are so puffed up that they even call themselves foreknowers, plainly using as starting points the measures and numbers of the Pythagorean art mentioned before.

9.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 464–466

Οὗτοι καὶ μαθηματικοῖς καὶ ἀστρολογικοῖς καὶ μαγικοῖς προσέχουσιν ὡς ἀληθέσι, καὶ τούτοις χρώμενοι ταράσσουσι τοὺς ἄφρονας νομίζειν αὐτοὺς λόγου δυνατοῦ μετέχειν· ἐπαοιδάς τε καὶ ἐπιλόγους τινὰς διδάσκουσι πρός τε κυνοδήκτους καὶ δαιμονιῶντας καὶ ἑτέραις νόσοις κατεχομένους, ὧν οὐδὲ ταῦτα σιωπήσομεν. Ἱκανῶς οὖν τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν διηγησάμενος τάς τε αἰτίας τῶν τολμημάτων, παρελεύσομαι ἐπιδιηγησόμενος τὰ ἔγγραφα, διʼ ὧν εἴσονται οἱ ἐντυγχάνοντες τόν τε λῆρον καὶ τὰ ἄθεα αὐτῶν ἐπιχειρήματα.

Houtoi kai mathēmatikois kai astrologikois kai magikois prosechousin hōs alēthesi, kai toutois chrōmenoi tarassousi tous aphronas nomizein autous logou dynatou metechein; epaoidas te kai epilogous tinas didaskousi pros te kynodēktous kai daimoniōntas kai heterais nosois katechomenous, hōn oude tauta siōpēsomen. Hikanōs oun tas archas autōn diēgēsamenos tas te aitias tōn tolmēmatōn, pareleusomai epidiēgēsomenos ta engrapha, diʼ hōn eisontai hoi entynchanontes ton te lēron kai ta athea autōn epicheirēmata.

These men also give heed to mathematicians, astrologers, and magicians as true, and using these they confuse the foolish into thinking that they share in a powerful word. They teach incantations and certain formulas for those bitten by dogs, the demon-possessed, and those held by other diseases; about these too we shall not keep silent. Having sufficiently related their beginnings and the causes of their acts of daring, I shall go on to relate their writings, through which readers will know their nonsense and their godless attempts.

item 9, chapter 15

9.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 466

Τὸ μὲν οὖν βάπτισμα τοῖς ἀπʼ αὐτ... ένοις οὕτως παραδίδωσι, τοιάδε λέγων τοῖς ἀπατωμένοις· Εἴ τις οὖν, τέκνα, ἐπλησίασεν οἱῳδήποτε ζῴῳ ἢ ἄρρενι ἢ ἀδελφῇ ἢ θυγατρί, ἢ ἐμοίχευσεν ἢ ἐπόρνευσε, καὶ θέλει ἄφεσιν λαβεῖν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, ἀφʼ οὗ ἂν ἀκούσῃ τῆς βίβλου ταύτης, βαπτισάσθω ἐκ δευτέρου ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ μεγάλου

To men oun baptisma tois apʼ aut... enois houtōs paradidōsi, toiade legōn tois apatōmenois; Ei tis oun, tekna, eplēsiasen hoiǭdēpote zǭǭ ē arreni ē adelphę̄ ē thygatri, ē emoicheusen ē eporneuse, kai thelei aphesin labein tōn hamartiōn, aphʼ hou an akousę̄ tēs biblou tautēs, baptisasthō ek deuterou en onomati tou megalou kai hypsistou theou kai en onomati huiou autou, tou megalou

He hands on baptism to those … by him in this way, saying such things as these to those who are deceived: “If, then, children, anyone has had intercourse with any animal whatever, or a male, or a sister, or a daughter, or has committed adultery or sexual immorality, and wishes to receive forgiveness of sins, from the moment he hears this book let him be baptized a second time in the name of the great and most high God and in the name of his Son, the great

9.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 466

βασιλέως, καὶ καθαρισάτω καὶ ἁγνευσάτω καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρησάσθω ἑαυτῷ τοὺς ἑπτὰ μάρτυρας γεγραμμένους ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ ταύτῃ, τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἅγια καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τῆς προσευχῆς καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸ ἅλας καὶ τὴν γῆν. Ταῦτα τὰ θαυμάσια μυστήρια τοῦ Ἠλχασαΐ τὰ ἀπόρρητα καὶ μεγάλα, ἃ παραδίδωσι τοῖς ἀξίοις μαθηταῖς· οἷς οὐκ ἀρκεῖται ὁ ἄνομος, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ δύο καὶ τριῶν μαρτύρων ἐνσφραγίζει τὰ ἑαυτοῦ κακά, πάλιν οὕτως λέγων·

basileōs, kai katharisatō kai hagneusatō kai epimartyrēsasthō heautǭ tous hepta martyras gegrammenous en tę̄ biblǭ tautę̄, ton ouranon kai to hydōr kai ta pneumata ta hagia kai tous angelous tēs proseuchēs kai to elaion kai to halas kai tēn gēn. Tauta ta thaumasia mystēria tou Ēlchasaï ta aporrēta kai megala, ha paradidōsi tois axiois mathētais; hois ouk arkeitai ho anomos, allʼ epi dyo kai triōn martyrōn ensphragizei ta heautou kaka, palin houtōs legōn;

King, and let him cleanse and purify himself and call to witness for himself the seven witnesses written in this book: the heaven, the water, the holy spirits, the angels of prayer, the oil, the salt, and the earth.” These are the wonderful mysteries of Elchasai, secret and great, which he hands on to worthy disciples. The lawless one is not content with these, but seals his evils on two and three witnesses, speaking again thus:

9.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 466

Πάλιν λέγω, ὦ μοιχοὶ καὶ μοιχαλίδες καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, ἐὰν θέλητε ἐπιστρέψαι ἵνα ἀφεθήσωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, καὶ ὑμῖν εἰρήνη καὶ μέρος μετὰ τῶν δικαίων, ἀφʼ οὗ ἂν ἀκούσητε τῆς βίβλου ταύτης καὶ βαπτισθῆτε ἐκ δευτέρου σὺν τοῖς ἐνδύμασιν.

Palin legō, ō moichoi kai moichalides kai pseudoprophētai, ean thelēte epistrepsai hina aphethēsōntai hymin hai hamartiai, kai hymin eirēnē kai meros meta tōn dikaiōn, aphʼ hou an akousēte tēs biblou tautēs kai baptisthēte ek deuterou syn tois endymasin.

“Again I say, adulterers and adulteresses and false prophets: if you wish to turn, so that your sins may be forgiven you, and you may have peace and a share with the righteous, from the moment you hear this book, be baptized a second time with your clothes on.”

9.15.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 466

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ ἐπαοιδαῖς τούτους εἴπομεν χρῆσθαι ἐπί τε κυνοδήκτων καὶ ἑτέρων, δείξομεν· λέγει δὲ οὕτως· Ἄν τινʼ οὖν ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ νεώτερον ἢ νεωτέραν κύων λυσσῶν καὶ μαινόμενος, ἐν ᾧ ἐστι πνεῦμα διαφθορᾶς, δάκῃ ἢ περισχίσῃ ἢ προσψαύσῃ, ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ δραμέτω σὺν παντὶ τῷ φορέματι καὶ καταβὰς εἰς ποταμὸν ἢ εἰς πηγήν, ὅπου ἂν ᾖ τόπος βαθύς, βαπτισάσθω

Allʼ epei epaoidais toutous eipomen chrēsthai epi te kynodēktōn kai heterōn, deixomen; legei de houtōs; An tinʼ oun andra ē gynaika ē neōteron ē neōteran kyōn lyssōn kai mainomenos, en hǭ esti pneuma diaphthoras, dakę̄ ē perischisę̄ ē prospsausę̄, en autę̄ tę̄ hōrą drametō syn panti tǭ phoremati kai katabas eis potamon ē eis pēgēn, hopou an ę̄ topos bathys, baptisasthō

But since we said that they use incantations for those bitten by dogs and others, we shall show it. He speaks thus: “If a mad and raging dog, in which there is a spirit of corruption, bites or tears or touches any man or woman or young man or young woman, in that very hour let him run with all his clothing, and going down into a river or a spring, wherever there is a deep place, let him be baptized

9.15.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 466

[σὺν] παντὶ τῷ φορέματι αὐτοῦ καὶ προσευξάσθω τῷ μεγάλῳ καὶ ὑψίστῳ θεῷ ἐν καρδίας πίστει, καὶ τότε ἐπιμαρτυρησάσθω τοὺς ἑπτὰ μάρτυρας τοὺς γεγραμμένους ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ ταύτῃ. Ἰδοὺ μαρτύρομαι τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἅγια καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τῆς προσευχῆς καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸ ἅλας καὶ τὴν γῆν.

[syn] panti tǭ phoremati autou kai proseuxasthō tǭ megalǭ kai hypsistǭ theǭ en kardias pistei, kai tote epimartyrēsasthō tous hepta martyras tous gegrammenous en tę̄ biblǭ tautę̄. Idou martyromai ton ouranon kai to hydōr kai ta pneumata ta hagia kai tous angelous tēs proseuchēs kai to elaion kai to halas kai tēn gēn.

[with] all his clothing, and let him pray to the great and most high God in faith of heart, and then let him call to witness the seven witnesses written in this book: ‘Behold, I call to witness the heaven and the water and the holy spirits and the angels of prayer and the oil and the salt and the earth.

9.15.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 466–468

Τούτους τοὺς ἑπτὰ μάρτυρας μαρτύρομαι, ὅτι οὐκέτι ἁμαρτήσω, οὐ μοιχεύσω, οὐ κλέψω, οὐκ ἀδικήσω, οὐ πλεονεκτήσω, οὐ μισήσω, οὐκ ἀθετήσω, οὐδὲ ἐν πᾶσι πονηροῖς εὐδοκήσω. Ταῦτα οὖν εἰπὼν βαπτισάσθω σὺν παντὶ τῷ φορέματι αὐτοῦ ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ.

Toutous tous hepta martyras martyromai, hoti ouketi hamartēsō, ou moicheusō, ou klepsō, ouk adikēsō, ou pleonektēsō, ou misēsō, ouk athetēsō, oude en pasi ponērois eudokēsō. Tauta oun eipōn baptisasthō syn panti tǭ phoremati autou en onomati tou megalou kai hypsistou theou.

These seven witnesses I call to witness that I will sin no more, I will not commit adultery, I will not steal, I will not do wrong, I will not be greedy, I will not hate, I will not break faith, nor will I take pleasure in any evil.’ Having said this, then, let him be baptized with all his clothing in the name of the great and most high God.”

item 9, chapter 16

9.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 468

Ἕτερα δὲ πλεῖστα φλυαρεῖ, ταὐτὰ καὶ ἐπὶ φθισικοῖς ἐπιλέγειν διδάσκων καὶ βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν ψυχρῷ τεσσαρακοντάκις ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ ὁμοίως καὶ ἔτι δαιμονῶντας. Ὢ σοφίας ἀμιμήτου καὶ ἐπαοιδῶν δυνάμεων μεμεστωμένων! Τίς οὐκ ἐκπλαγήσεται τῇ τοιαύτῃ καὶ τοσαύτῃ δυνάμει τῶν λόγων; Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἀστρολογικῇ πλάνῃ κεχρῆσθαι αὐτοὺς ἔφημεν, ἐξ αὐτῶν δείξομεν· φησὶ γὰρ οὕτως· Εἰσὶν ἀστέρες πονηροὶ τῆς ἀσεβείας.

Hetera de pleista phlyarei, tauta kai epi phthisikois epilegein didaskōn kai baptizesthai en psychrǭ tessarakontakis epi hēmeras hepta homoiōs kai eti daimonōntas. Ō sophias amimētou kai epaoidōn dynameōn memestōmenōn! Tis ouk ekplagēsetai tę̄ toiautę̄ kai tosautę̄ dynamei tōn logōn? Allʼ epeidē kai astrologikę̄ planę̄ kechrēsthai autous ephēmen, ex autōn deixomen; phēsi gar houtōs; Eisin asteres ponēroi tēs asebeias.

He talks a great deal of other nonsense, teaching that the same words should be said over consumptives too, and that they should be baptized in cold water forty times over seven days, and likewise the demon-possessed. O inimitable wisdom and incantations filled with powers! Who will not be struck with amazement at such and so great a power of words? But since we said that they use astrological error too, we shall show it from their own words; for he says thus: “There are evil stars of impiety.

9.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 468

Τοῦτο νῦν ὑμῖν εἴρηται, εὐσεβεῖς καὶ μαθηταί· φυλάσσεσθε ἀπὸ τῆς ἐξουσίας τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ποιεῖτε τὴν καταρχὴν τῶν ἔργων ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ βαπτίζετε ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἐξουσίας αὐτῶν, ὁπόταν διαπορεύηται ἐξ αὐτῶν ἡ σελήνη καὶ συνοδεύῃ αὐτοῖς.

Touto nyn hymin eirētai, eusebeis kai mathētai; phylassesthe apo tēs exousias tōn hēmerōn archēs autōn kai mē poieite tēn katarchēn tōn ergōn en tais hēmerais autōn, kai mē baptizete andra ē gynaika en tais hēmerais tēs exousias autōn, hopotan diaporeuētai ex autōn hē selēnē kai synodeuę̄ autois.

This has now been said to you, pious ones and disciples: beware of the power of the days of their rule, and do not make the beginning of your works on their days, and do not baptize a man or woman on the days of their power, when the moon passes out from them and travels with them.

9.16.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 468

Αὐτὴν τὴν ἡμέραν φυλάσσεσθε, ἕως οὗ ἐκπορεύεται ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, καὶ τότε βαπτίζετε καὶ ἐνάρχεσθε ἐν πάσῃ ἀρχῇ τῶν ἔργων ὑμῶν. Ἔτι δὲ τιμήσατε τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ σαββάτου, ἐπειδή ἐστιν ἡμέρα μία ἐξ αὐτῶν.

Autēn tēn hēmeran phylassesthe, heōs hou ekporeuetai apʼ autōn, kai tote baptizete kai enarchesthe en pasę̄ archę̄ tōn ergōn hymōn. Eti de timēsate tēn hēmeran tou sabbatou, epeidē estin hēmera mia ex autōn.

Keep watch over that very day until it goes out from them, and then baptize and begin every beginning of your works. And further, honor the day of the Sabbath, since it is one of those days.

9.16.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 468

Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τρίτην σαββάτου φυλάσσεσθε μὴ κατάρχεσθαι, ἐπειδὴ πάλιν πληρουμένων τριῶν ἐτῶν Τραϊανοῦ Καίσαρος, ἀφότε ὑπέταξεν ἑαυτοῦ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοὺς Πάρθους, [ὅτε ἐπληρώθη τρία ἔτη] ἀγρίζεται ὁ πόλεμος μεταξὺ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῆς ἀσεβείας τῶν ἄρκτων· διὰ τοῦτο ταράσσονται πᾶσαι βασιλεῖαι τῆς ἀσεβείας.

Alla kai tēn tritēn sabbatou phylassesthe mē katarchesthai, epeidē palin plēroumenōn triōn etōn Traïanou Kaisaros, aphote hypetaxen heautou tę̄ exousią tous Parthous, [hote eplērōthē tria etē] agrizetai ho polemos metaxy tōn angelōn tēs asebeias tōn arktōn; dia touto tarassontai pasai basileiai tēs asebeias.

But also beware of beginning anything on the third day of the week, since again, when three years of Trajan Caesar are completed from the time he subjected the Parthians to his own power, [when three years were completed,] war breaks out fiercely among the angels of impiety of the north; for this reason all the kingdoms of impiety are in turmoil.”

item 9, chapter 17

9.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 468–470

Ταῦτα τοίνυν τὰ μεγάλα καὶ ἀπόρρητα μυστήρια ἄλογον ἡγούμενος καταπατεῖσθαι ἢ εἰς πολλοὺς παραδίδοσθαι, συμβουλεύει ὡς πολυτελεῖς μαργαρίτας φυλάσσειν οὕτω λέγων· Τοῦτον δὲ τὸν λόγον μὴ ἀναγινώσκετε πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ ταύτας τὰς ἐντολὰς φυλάξατε ἐπιμελῶς, ὅτι οὐ πάντες ἄνδρες πιστοὶ οὐδὲ πᾶσαι γυναῖκες ὀρθαί.

Tauta toinyn ta megala kai aporrēta mystēria alogon hēgoumenos katapateisthai ē eis pollous paradidosthai, symbouleuei hōs polyteleis margaritas phylassein houtō legōn; Touton de ton logon mē anaginōskete pasin anthrōpois, kai tautas tas entolas phylaxate epimelōs, hoti ou pantes andres pistoi oude pasai gynaikes orthai.

Thinking it unreasonable, then, that these great and secret mysteries should be trampled underfoot or handed over to many, he advises that they be kept like costly pearls, speaking thus: “Do not read this word to all people, and keep these commandments carefully, because not all men are faithful nor are all women upright.”

9.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 470

Ταῦτα δὲ οὐδὲ Αἰγυπτίων σοφοὶ ἐν ἀδύτοις ἐχώρησαν, οὐδὲ ὁ σοφὸς Ἑλλήνων Πυθαγόρας ἐχώρησεν. Εἰ γὰρ τετυχήκει κατʼ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ Ἠλχασαΐ, τίς ἀνάγκη Πυθαγόραν ἢ Θαλῆν ἢ Σόλωνα ἢ τὸν σοφὸν Πλάτωνα ἢ καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς Ἑλλήνων σοφοὺς μαθητεύειν Αἰγυπτίων ἱερεῦσιν ἔχουσι τὴν τοιαύτην καὶ τοσαύτην σοφίαν παρὰ Ἀλκιβιάδῃ, ἃ τῷ θαυμασιωτάτῳ ἑρμηνεῖ τοῦ δυστήνου Ἠλχασαΐ;

Tauta de oude Aigyptiōn sophoi en adytois echōrēsan, oude ho sophos Hellēnōn Pythagoras echōrēsen. Ei gar tetychēkei katʼ ekeino kairou Ēlchasaï, tis anankē Pythagoran ē Thalēn ē Solōna ē ton sophon Platōna ē kai tous loipous Hellēnōn sophous mathēteuein Aigyptiōn hiereusin echousi tēn toiautēn kai tosautēn sophian para Alkibiadę̄, ha tǭ thaumasiōtatǭ hermēnei tou dystēnou Ēlchasaï?

Such things not even the wise men of the Egyptians contained in their sanctuaries, nor did Pythagoras, the wise man of the Greeks, contain them. For if Elchasai had happened to be around at that time, what need would there have been for Pythagoras or Thales or Solon or the wise Plato, or the rest of the wise men of the Greeks, to become disciples of the Egyptian priests, when they could have such and so great wisdom from Alcibiades, the most wonderful interpreter of the wretched Elchasai?

9.17.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 470

Δοκεῖ τοίνυν ἱκανὰ εἶναι πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τὰ εἰρημένα τῆς τούτων μανίας τοῖς ὑγιαίνοντα νοῦν κεκτημένοις· διὸ πλείοσι ῥητοῖς οὐκ ἔδοξε χρῆσθαι, οὖσι πλείστοις καὶ καταγελάστοις. Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ταῦτα παρελείπομεν τὰ ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ἐπεγηγερμένα, τά τε πρὸ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐσιωπήσαμεν, δοκεῖ, ἵνα διὰ πάντων ὧμεν πεπορευμένοι [καὶ] μηδὲν ἀνεκδιήγητον καταλείπωμεν, εἰπεῖν τίνα καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων [ἔθη], καὶ τίνες αἱ ἐν τούτοις διαφοραί·

Dokei toinyn hikana einai pros epignōsin ta eirēmena tēs toutōn manias tois hygiainonta noun kektēmenois; dio pleiosi rhētois ouk edoxe chrēsthai, ousi pleistois kai katagelastois. Allʼ epei mēde tauta pareleipomen ta ephʼ hēmōn epegēgermena, ta te pro hēmōn ouk esiōpēsamen, dokei, hina dia pantōn hōmen peporeumenoi [kai] mēden anekdiēgēton kataleipōmen, eipein tina kai tōn Ioudaiōn [ethē], kai tines hai en toutois diaphorai;

What has been said, then, seems sufficient for people of sound mind to recognize the madness of these men; therefore I have not seen fit to use more sayings, which are very many and ridiculous. But since we have not passed over even these things that have arisen in our own time, nor kept silent about those before us, it seems right, so that we may have gone through everything [and] leave nothing untold, to say what the [customs] of the Jews are, and what the differences among them are;

9.17.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 470

ἔτι γὰρ ταῦτα νομίζω παραλείπεσθαι, ἃ μηδὲ αὐτὰ σιωπήσας ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ περὶ ἀληθείας λόγου χωρήσω, ὅπως μετὰ τὸν πολὺν ἀγῶνα τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων λόγου ἐπὶ [τὸν] τῆς βασιλείας στέφανον ὁρμήσαντες εὐσεβῶς τὰ ἀληθῆ πιστεύοντες μὴ ταρασσώμεθα.

eti gar tauta nomizō paraleipesthai, ha mēde auta siōpēsas epi tēn apodeixin tou peri alētheias logou chōrēsō, hopōs meta ton polyn agōna tou kata pasōn haireseōn logou epi [ton] tēs basileias stephanon hormēsantes eusebōs ta alēthē pisteuontes mē tarassōmetha.

for I think these are still left out; and not keeping silent about them either, I shall proceed to the demonstration of the doctrine of the truth, so that after the long struggle of the argument against all heresies, pressing on to the crown of the kingdom and piously believing the truth, we may not be troubled.

item 9, chapter 18

9.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 470

Ἰουδαίων μὲν ἀρχῆθεν ἓν ἦν ἔθος· εἷς γὰρ ὁ τούτοις δοθεὶς παρὰ θεοῦ διδάσκαλος Μωσῆς, καὶ εἷς ὁ διὰ τούτου νόμος, μία δὲ ἔρημος χώρα, καὶ ἓν ὄρος τὸ Σινᾶ· εἷς γὰρ ὁ τούτοις νομοθετήσας θεός. Αὖθις δὲ διαβάντες τὸν Ἰορδάνην ποταμὸν καὶ τὴν δορύκτητον γῆν κληρονομήσαντες διαφόρως τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον διέσπασαν, ἄλλος ἄλλως ἐπινοῶν τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ οὕτως διδασκάλους ἑαυτοῖς ἐπεγείραντες, δόξας αἱρέσεων ἐφευρόντες εἰς μερισμὸν ἐχώρησαν, ὧν τὴν διαφορὰν ἐκθήσομαι.

Ioudaiōn men archēthen hen ēn ethos; heis gar ho toutois dotheis para theou didaskalos Mōsēs, kai heis ho dia toutou nomos, mia de erēmos chōra, kai hen oros to Sina; heis gar ho toutois nomothetēsas theos. Authis de diabantes ton Iordanēn potamon kai tēn doryktēton gēn klēronomēsantes diaphorōs ton tou theou nomon diespasan, allos allōs epinoōn ta eirēmena, kai houtōs didaskalous heautois epegeirantes, doxas haireseōn epheurontes eis merismon echōrēsan, hōn tēn diaphoran ekthēsomai.

Among the Jews there was from the beginning one custom; for one was the teacher given to them by God, Moses, and one the law through him, one the desert country, and one the mountain, Sinai; for one was the God who gave them the law. But again, having crossed the river Jordan and inherited the land won by the spear, they tore apart God's law in different ways, each thinking differently about what was said; and so, raising up teachers for themselves and inventing opinions of sects, they went on to division, whose differences I shall set out.

9.18.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 470–472

Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἰς πλεῖστα μέρη διεσπάσθησαν τῷ μακρῷ χρόνῳ, ἀλλά γε τὰ κεφαλαιωδέστερα αὐτῶν ἐκθήσομαι, διʼ ὧν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ οἱ φιλομαθεῖς εἴσονται εὐκόλως. Τρία γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῖς εἴδη διαιρεῖται, καὶ τοῦ μὲν αἱρετισταὶ εἰσὶ Φαρισαῖοι, τοῦ δὲ Σαδδουκαῖοι, ἕτεροι δὲ Ἐσσηνοί.

Ei de kai eis pleista merē diespasthēsan tǭ makrǭ chronǭ, alla ge ta kephalaiōdestera autōn ekthēsomai, diʼ hōn kai ta loipa hoi philomatheis eisontai eukolōs. Tria gar parʼ autois eidē diaireitai, kai tou men hairetistai eisi Pharisaioi, tou de Saddoukaioi, heteroi de Essēnoi.

And even if in the long course of time they were torn into very many parts, still I shall set out the chief of them, through which the studious will easily know the rest. For among them there are three divisions: of one the adherents are Pharisees, of another Sadducees, and others are Essenes.

9.18.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 472

Οὗτοι τὸν βίον σεμνότερον ἀσκοῦσι φιλάλληλοι ὄντες καὶ ἐγκρατεῖς, πάσης τε ἐπιθυμίας ἔργον ἀποστρέφονται, ἀπεχθῶς καὶ πρὸς [τὸ] τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀκοῦσαι ἔχοντες, γάμον τε ἀπαγορεύουσι, τοὺς δὲ ἀλλοτρίους παῖδας ἀναλαμβάνοντες τέκνα ποιοῦνται καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἴδια ἤθη ἄγουσιν, οὕτως ἀνατρέφοντες καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς μαθήμασι προβιβάζοντες, οὐ τὸ γαμεῖν κωλύοντες, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ γάμου ἀπεχόμενοι. Γυναῖκας δέ, εἰ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ προαιρέσει βούλοιντο προσέχειν, οὐ προσδέχονται, κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον γυναιξὶ πιστεύοντες.

Houtoi ton bion semnoteron askousi philallēloi ontes kai enkrateis, pasēs te epithymias ergon apostrephontai, apechthōs kai pros [to] ta toiauta akousai echontes, gamon te apagoreuousi, tous de allotrious paidas analambanontes tekna poiountai kai pros ta idia ēthē agousin, houtōs anatrephontes kai epi tois mathēmasi probibazontes, ou to gamein kōlyontes, allʼ autoi gamou apechomenoi. Gynaikas de, ei kai tę̄ autę̄ proairesei boulointo prosechein, ou prosdechontai, kata mēdena tropon gynaixi pisteuontes.

These practice a more dignified life, loving one another and self-controlled; they turn away from every work of desire, being averse even to hearing of such things, and they renounce marriage, but take other people's children and make them their own, and lead them into their own customs, bringing them up in this way and advancing them in learning; not forbidding marriage, but themselves abstaining from marriage. But women, even if they wish to follow the same way of life, they do not accept, trusting women in no way.

item 9, chapter 19

9.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 472

Καταφρονοῦσι δὲ πλούτου, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς δεομένους κοινωνεῖν οὐκ ἀποστρέφονται, ἀλλʼ οὐδέ τις παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ τὸν ἕτερον πλουτεῖ. Νόμος γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸν προσιόντα τῇ αἱρέσει τὰ ὑπάρχοντα πωλοῦντα τῷ κοινῷ προσφέρειν, ἃ ὑποδεχόμενος [ὁ] ἄρχων διανέμει ἅπασι πρὸς τὰ δέοντα.

Kataphronousi de ploutou, kai to pros tous deomenous koinōnein ouk apostrephontai, allʼ oude tis parʼ autois hyper ton heteron ploutei. Nomos gar parʼ autois ton prosionta tę̄ hairesei ta hyparchonta pōlounta tǭ koinǭ prospherein, ha hypodechomenos [ho] archōn dianemei hapasi pros ta deonta.

They despise wealth, and do not turn away from sharing with those in need; indeed, no one among them is richer than another. For there is a law among them that whoever joins the sect sells his possessions and brings them to the common fund; and the ruler, receiving them, distributes to all according to their needs.

9.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 472

Οὕτως οὐδεὶς ἐνδεὴς παρʼ αὐτοῖς. Ἐλαίῳ δὲ οὐ χρῶνται, μολυσμὸν ἡγούμενοι τὸ ἀλείφεσθαι. Χειροτονοῦνται δὲ οἱ ἐπιμεληταὶ οἱ πάντων κοινῶν φροντίζοντες, πάντες δὲ ἀεὶ λευχειμονοῦσι.

Houtōs oudeis endeēs parʼ autois. Elaiǭ de ou chrōntai, molysmon hēgoumenoi to aleiphesthai. Cheirotonountai de hoi epimelētai hoi pantōn koinōn phrontizontes, pantes de aei leucheimonousi.

So no one among them is in need. They do not use oil, considering anointing a defilement. Overseers who care for all the common goods are elected, and they all always wear white.

item 9, chapter 20

9.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 472–474

Μία δὲ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστι πόλις, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἑκάστῃ μετοικοῦσι πολλοί. Καὶ εἴ τις ἀπὸ ξένης παρῇ τῶν αἱρετιστῶν, πάντα αὐτῷ κοινὰ ἡγοῦνται, καὶ οὓς οὐ πρότερον ᾔδεσαν, ὡς οἰκείους καὶ συνήθεις προσδέχονται. Περιΐασι δὲ τὴν πατρῴαν γῆν, ἑκάστοτε ἀποδημοῦντες μηδὲν φέροντες πλὴν ὅπλου.

Mia de autōn ouk esti polis, allʼ en hekastę̄ metoikousi polloi. Kai ei tis apo xenēs parę̄ tōn hairetistōn, panta autǭ koina hēgountai, kai hous ou proteron ę̄desan, hōs oikeious kai synētheis prosdechontai. Periïasi de tēn patrǭan gēn, hekastote apodēmountes mēden pherontes plēn hoplou.

They have no single city, but many settle in each. And if any of the adherents arrives from elsewhere, they consider everything shared with him, and receive those whom they did not know before as kinsmen and intimates. They travel about their ancestral land, carrying nothing on each journey except a weapon.

9.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 474

Ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ κατὰ πόλεις προεστῶτα, ὃς τὰ συναγόμενα εἰς τοῦτο ἀναλίσκει, ἐσθῆτα καὶ τροφὰς αὐτοῖς παρασκευάζων. Καταστολὴ δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ σχῆμα κόσμιον· χιτῶνας δὲ δύο ἢ διπλᾶς ὑποδέσεις οὐ κτῶνται· ἐπὰν δὲ τὰ παρόντα παλαιωθῇ, τότε ἕτερα προσίενται. Οὐδὲν δὲ ὅλως οὔτε ἀγοράζουσιν οὔτε πωλοῦσιν, ὃ δʼ ἂν ἔχῃ τις τῷ μὴ ἔχοντι δούς, ὃ οὐκ ἔχει λαμβάνει.

Echousi de kai kata poleis proestōta, hos ta synagomena eis touto analiskei, esthēta kai trophas autois paraskeuazōn. Katastolē de autōn kai schēma kosmion; chitōnas de dyo ē diplas hypodeseis ou ktōntai; epan de ta paronta palaiōthę̄, tote hetera prosientai. Ouden de holōs oute agorazousin oute pōlousin, ho dʼ an echę̄ tis tǭ mē echonti dous, ho ouk echei lambanei.

In each city they also have a superintendent, who spends what is collected for this purpose, providing clothing and food for them. Their dress and bearing are decent. They do not own two tunics or two pairs of sandals; only when what they have is worn out do they take others. They neither buy nor sell anything at all, but whatever one has he gives to one who has not, and receives what he does not have.

item 9, chapter 21

9.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 474

Παραμένουσι δὲ εὐτάκτως καὶ ἐπιμόνως εὐχόμενοι ἕωθεν, μηδὲν πρότερον φθεγξάμενοι εἰ μὴ τὸν θεὸν ὑμνήσωσι· καὶ οὕτω προελθόντες ἕκαστοι ἐφʼ ὃ βούλονται πράττουσι, καὶ ἕως ὥρας πέμπτης πράξαντες ἐπανίασιν.

Paramenousi de eutaktōs kai epimonōs euchomenoi heōthen, mēden proteron phthenxamenoi ei mē ton theon hymnēsōsi; kai houtō proelthontes hekastoi ephʼ ho boulontai prattousi, kai heōs hōras pemptēs praxantes epaniasin.

They persevere in good order and constancy, praying from dawn, uttering no word before they have sung hymns to God; and so going out each to what he wishes, they work, and having worked until the fifth hour, they return.

9.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 474

Ἔπειτα πάλιν συνελθόντες εἰς ἕνα τόπον, περιζώμασί τε λινοῖς περιζωσάμενοι πρὸς τὸ καλύψασθαι τὴν αἰσχύνην, οὕτως ὕδατι ψυχρῷ ἀπολούονται, καὶ μετὰ τὸ οὕτως ἁγνίσασθαι εἰς ἓν οἴκημα συνίασιν (οὐδεὶς δὲ ἑτεροδόξῳ σύνεισιν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ), καὶ περὶ ἀριστοποιΐαν χωροῦσι.

Epeita palin synelthontes eis hena topon, perizōmasi te linois perizōsamenoi pros to kalypsasthai tēn aischynēn, houtōs hydati psychrǭ apolouontai, kai meta to houtōs hagnisasthai eis hen oikēma syniasin (oudeis de heterodoxǭ syneisin en tǭ oikǭ), kai peri aristopoiïan chōrousi.

Then, coming together again into one place and girding themselves with linen loincloths to cover their shame, they wash in cold water; and after purifying themselves in this way they assemble in one room (no one of another opinion comes in with them in the house), and go to the midday meal.

9.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 474–476

Καθισάντων δὲ κατὰ τάξιν μεθʼ ἡσυχίας προσφέρονται ἄρτον, ἔπειτα ἕν τι προσφάγιον, ἐξ οὗ ἑκάστῳ τὸ αὔταρκες μέρος. Οὐ πρότερον δὲ γεύεταί τις αὐτῶν, εἰ μὴ ἐπεύξεται εὐλογῶν ὁ ἱερεύς. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἄριστον ἐπευξαμένου πάλιν, ἀρχόμενοί τε καὶ πάλιν παυόμενοι ὑμνοῦσι τὸν θεόν.

Kathisantōn de kata taxin methʼ hēsychias prospherontai arton, epeita hen ti prosphagion, ex hou hekastǭ to autarkes meros. Ou proteron de geuetai tis autōn, ei mē epeuxetai eulogōn ho hiereus. Meta de to ariston epeuxamenou palin, archomenoi te kai palin pauomenoi hymnousi ton theon.

When they have sat down in order in silence, bread is set before them, and then one dish, of which each has a sufficient portion. None of them tastes anything before the priest has prayed a blessing. After the meal he prays again, and at the beginning and again at the end they sing hymns to God.

9.21.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 476

Ἔπειτα τὰς ἐσθῆτας, ἃς ἔνδον συνεστιώμενοι ἀμφιέννυνται, ἀποθέμενοι ὡς ἱεράς, εἰσὶ δὲ λιναῖ, τὰς ἐν τῇ προόδῳ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνοντες ἐπὶ τὰ φίλα ἔργα ὁρμῶσιν ἕως δείλης. Δειπνοῦσι δὲ ὁμοίως τοῖς προειρημένοις πάντα ποιήσαντες.

Epeita tas esthētas, has endon synestiōmenoi amphiennyntai, apothemenoi hōs hieras, eisi de linai, tas en tę̄ proodǭ palin analambanontes epi ta phila erga hormōsin heōs deilēs. Deipnousi de homoiōs tois proeirēmenois panta poiēsantes.

Then, laying aside as sacred the garments they wear while dining together inside (they are linen), and taking up again those they wore going out, they hurry to their beloved work until evening. And they dine in the same way, doing everything as described.

9.21.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 476

Οὐδεὶς δὲ πώποτε κραυγάσει, ἤ τις ἑτέρα θορυβώδης ἀκουσθήσεται φωνή, ἠρέμα δὲ ἕκαστοι λαλοῦντες, εὐσχημόνως ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ τὴν ὁμιλίαν συγχωρεῖ, ὡς τοῖς ἔξωθεν μυστήριόν τι καταφαίνεσθαι τὴν τῶν ἔνδον σιωπήν. Νήφουσι δὲ πάντοτε, πάντα μέτρῳ καὶ ἐσθίοντες καὶ πίνοντες.

Oudeis de pōpote kraugasei, ē tis hetera thorybōdēs akousthēsetai phōnē, ērema de hekastoi lalountes, euschēmonōs heteros tǭ heterǭ tēn homilian synchōrei, hōs tois exōthen mystērion ti kataphainesthai tēn tōn endon siōpēn. Nēphousi de pantote, panta metrǭ kai esthiontes kai pinontes.

No one ever shouts, nor is any other noisy voice heard; each speaks quietly, and one decorously yields the conversation to another, so that to those outside the silence of those within appears as a kind of mystery. They are always sober, eating and drinking everything in measure.

item 9, chapter 22

9.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 476

Πάντες μὲν οὖν τῷ προεστῶτι προσέχουσι, καὶ ὅσα κελεύσει ὡς νόμῳ πείθονται. Ἐσπουδάκασι γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἐλεεῖν καὶ βοηθεῖν τοῖς καταπονουμένοις. Πρὸ δὲ πάντων ὀργῆς ἀπέχουσι καὶ θυμοῦ καὶ πάντων τῶν ὁμοίων, ἐπίβουλα ταῦτα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κρίνοντες. Οὐδεὶς δὲ ὄμνυσι παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ὅσα δʼ ἄν τις εἴπῃ, τοῦτο ὅρκου ἰσχυρότερον κρίνεται. Εἰ δὲ ὀμόσει τις, καταγινώσκεται ὡς μὴ πιστευθείς.

Pantes men oun tǭ proestōti prosechousi, kai hosa keleusei hōs nomǭ peithontai. Espoudakasi gar pros to eleein kai boēthein tois kataponoumenois. Pro de pantōn orgēs apechousi kai thymou kai pantōn tōn homoiōn, epiboula tauta tou anthrōpou krinontes. Oudeis de omnysi parʼ autois, hosa dʼ an tis eipę̄, touto horkou ischyroteron krinetai. Ei de omosei tis, kataginōsketai hōs mē pisteutheis.

All of them give heed to the superintendent and obey whatever he commands as law. For they are zealous to show mercy and to help the distressed. Above all they refrain from anger and wrath and all such things, judging them treacherous to a human being. No one swears among them; whatever anyone says is judged stronger than an oath. And if anyone swears, he is condemned as not to be trusted.

9.22.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 476–478

Σπουδάζουσι δὲ περὶ τὰς τοῦ νόμου ἀναγνώσεις καὶ προφητῶν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ εἴ τι σύνταγμα εἴη πιστῶν. Πάνυ δὲ περιέργως ἔχουσι περὶ βοτάνας καὶ λίθους, περιεργότεροι ὄντες πρὸς τὰς τούτων ἐνεργείας, φάσκοντες μὴ μάτην ταῦτα γεγονέναι.

Spoudazousi de peri tas tou nomou anagnōseis kai prophētōn, eti de kai ei ti syntagma eiē pistōn. Pany de periergōs echousi peri botanas kai lithous, periergoteroi ontes pros tas toutōn energeias, phaskontes mē matēn tauta gegonenai.

They are devoted to readings of the Law and the Prophets, and also of any writing of the faithful. They are very curious about herbs and stones, being rather curious about their powers, saying that these did not come into being in vain.

item 9, chapter 23

9.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 478

Τοῖς δὲ βουλομένοις τῇ αἱρέσει μαθητεύειν οὐκ εὐθέως τὰς παραδόσεις ποιοῦνται, εἰ μὴ πρότερον δοκιμάσωσιν, ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν δὲ τὰς ὁμοίας τροφὰς παρατιθέασιν ἔξω τῆς ἑαυτῶν συνόδου οὖσιν ἐν ἑτέρῳ οἴκῳ, ἀξινάριόν τε καὶ τὸ λινοῦν περίζωμα καὶ λευκὴν ἐσθῆτα δόντες.

Tois de boulomenois tę̄ hairesei mathēteuein ouk eutheōs tas paradoseis poiountai, ei mē proteron dokimasōsin, epʼ eniauton de tas homoias trophas paratitheasin exō tēs heautōn synodou ousin en heterǭ oikǭ, axinarion te kai to linoun perizōma kai leukēn esthēta dontes.

To those who wish to become disciples of the sect they do not at once hand on their traditions, unless they first test them. For a year they set before them the same food, while they remain outside their assembly in another house, giving them a small hatchet, the linen loincloth, and a white garment.

9.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 478

Ἐπειδὰν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ πεῖραν ἐγκρατείας δῷ, πρόσεισιν ἔγγιον τῇ διαίτῃ, καὶ καθαρωτέρως ἀπολούεται ἢ τὸ πρότερον· οὐδέπω δὲ σὺν αὐτοῖς τροφῆς μεταλαμβάνει. Μετὰ γὰρ τὸ δεῖξαι εἰ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι δύναται, ἐπὶ ἔτη ἄλλα δύο δοκιμάζεται τοῦ τοιούτου τὸ ἦθος, καὶ φανεὶς ἄξιος οὕτως εἰς αὐτοὺς κρίνεται.

Epeidan toutǭ tǭ chronǭ peiran enkrateias dǭ, proseisin engion tę̄ diaitę̄, kai katharōterōs apolouetai ē to proteron; oudepō de syn autois trophēs metalambanei. Meta gar to deixai ei enkrateuesthai dynatai, epi etē alla dyo dokimazetai tou toioutou to ēthos, kai phaneis axios houtōs eis autous krinetai.

When he has given proof of self-control during this time, he comes nearer to their way of life and washes with purer water than before; but he does not yet share food with them. For after showing whether he can practice self-control, his character is tested for two more years, and when he appears worthy he is thus judged to belong to them.

9.23.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 478

Πρὶν δὲ αὐτοῖς συνεστιαθῇ, ὅρκοις φρικτοῖς ὁρκίζεται, πρῶτον μὲν εὐσεβήσειν τὸ θεῖον, ἔπειτα τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια φυλάξειν καὶ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον ἀδικήσειν τινά, μηδένα δὲ μήτε ἀδικοῦντα μήτε ἐχθρὸν μισήσειν, προσεύχεσθαι δὲ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, συναγωνίζεσθαι ἀεὶ τοῖς δικαίοις, τὸ πιστὸν πᾶσι παρέξειν, μάλιστα τοῖς κρατοῦσιν· οὐ γὰρ δίχα θεοῦ συμβαίνειν τινὶ τὸ ἄρχειν·

Prin de autois synestiathę̄, horkois phriktois horkizetai, prōton men eusebēsein to theion, epeita ta pros anthrōpous dikaia phylaxein kai kata mēdena tropon adikēsein tina, mēdena de mēte adikounta mēte echthron misēsein, proseuchesthai de hyper autōn, synagōnizesthai aei tois dikaiois, to piston pasi parexein, malista tois kratousin; ou gar dicha theou symbainein tini to archein;

Before he eats with them, he is bound by fearful oaths: first, that he will revere the divine; then, that he will keep justice toward human beings and in no way wrong anyone; that he will hate no one, whether one who does wrong or an enemy, but pray for them; that he will always fight alongside the just; that he will show faithfulness to all, especially to those in power, for no one comes to rule without God;

9.23.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 478–480

κἂν αὐτὸς ἄρχῃ, μηδέποτε ὑπερηφανεύσασθαι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ, μηδὲ ἀπειθήσειν ἢ τινὶ κόσμῳ πλεῖον τοῦ ἔθους χρήσασθαι· φιλαλήθη δὲ εἶναι, τὸν δὲ ψευδόμενον ἐλέγχειν, μηδὲ κλέπτειν, μηδὲ συνείδησιν ἐπὶ ἀνόμῳ κέρδει μολύνειν, μηδὲν ἀποκρύπτειν τοὺς συναιρεσιώτας, ἑτέροις δὲ μηδὲν ἐξειπεῖν, κἂν μέχρι θανάτου τις βιάζηται. Πρὸς τούτοις ὄμνυσι μηδενὶ μεταδοῦναι τῶν δογμάτων ἑτέρως ἢ ὡς αὐτὸς μετέλαβε.

kan autos archę̄, mēdepote hyperēphaneusasthai en exousią, mēde apeithēsein ē tini kosmǭ pleion tou ethous chrēsasthai; philalēthē de einai, ton de pseudomenon elenchein, mēde kleptein, mēde syneidēsin epi anomǭ kerdei molynein, mēden apokryptein tous synairesiōtas, heterois de mēden exeipein, kan mechri thanatou tis biazētai. Pros toutois omnysi mēdeni metadounai tōn dogmatōn heterōs ē hōs autos metelabe.

and that if he himself rules, he will never be arrogant in authority, nor disobey, nor use any more adornment than is customary; that he will be a lover of truth and expose the liar; that he will not steal, nor defile his conscience for unlawful gain; that he will hide nothing from his fellow members and disclose nothing to others, even if someone should use force on him to the point of death. Besides these he swears to impart the doctrines to no one otherwise than as he himself received them.

item 9, chapter 24

9.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 480

Τοιούτοις οὖν ὅρκοις δεσμεύουσι τοὺς προσερχομένους. Εἰ δέ τις ἐν ἁμαρτήματί τιν[ι καταγνωσθ]ῇ, ἀποβάλλεται τοῦ τάγματος, ὁ δὲ ἀποβληθεὶς δεινῷ μόρῳ ἔσθʼ ὅτε διαφθείρεται. Τοῖς γὰρ ὅρκοις καὶ τοῖς ἔθεσιν ἐνδεδεμένος οὐδὲ τῆς παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις τροφῆς δύναται μεταλαμβάνειν. Ἔσθʼ ὅτε οὖν τὸ σῶμα λιμῷ διαφθείρουσιν, [ὅθ]εν ἐν ἐσχάτοις ποτὲ ἐλεοῦσι πολλοὺς ἤδη ἐκλείποντας, αὐτῶν ἱκανὴν μέχρι θανάτου ἐπιτιμίαν ἡγούμενοι.

Toioutois oun horkois desmeuousi tous proserchomenous. Ei de tis en hamartēmati tin[i katagnōsth]ę̄, apoballetai tou tagmatos, ho de apoblētheis deinǭ morǭ esthʼ hote diaphtheiretai. Tois gar horkois kai tois ethesin endedemenos oude tēs para tois allois trophēs dynatai metalambanein. Esthʼ hote oun to sōma limǭ diaphtheirousin, [hoth]en en eschatois pote eleousi pollous ēdē ekleipontas, autōn hikanēn mechri thanatou epitimian hēgoumenoi.

With such oaths, then, they bind those who come to them. And if anyone is [convicted] of some sin, he is expelled from the order; and the one expelled sometimes perishes by a dreadful fate. For, bound by the oaths and customs, he cannot even share in the food of others. Sometimes, then, they waste the body with hunger, [whence] at the very last they sometimes take pity on many who are already failing, considering the punishment up to the point of death sufficient for them.

item 9, chapter 25

9.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 480

Περὶ δὲ τὰς κρίσεις ἀκριβέστατοι καὶ δίκαιοι· δικάζουσι δὲ συνελθόντες οὐκ ἐλάττους τῶν ἑκατόν, τὸ δὲ ὁρισθὲν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀκίνητον. Τιμῶσι δὲ τὸν νομοθέτην μετὰ τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἴ τις εἰς τοῦτον βλασφημήσει, κολάζεται. Τοῖς δὲ ἄρχουσι καὶ πρεσβυτέροις ὑπακούειν διδάσκονται. Εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δέκα καθέζονται, οὐ λαλήσει εἷς, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἐννέα δόξει.

Peri de tas kriseis akribestatoi kai dikaioi; dikazousi de synelthontes ouk elattous tōn hekaton, to de horisthen hypʼ autōn akinēton. Timōsi de ton nomothetēn meta ton theon, kai ei tis eis touton blasphēmēsei, kolazetai. Tois de archousi kai presbyterois hypakouein didaskontai. Ei de epi to auto deka kathezontai, ou lalēsei heis, ei mē tois ennea doxei.

In judgments they are most exact and just; they judge when no fewer than a hundred have come together, and what they decide is unalterable. They honor the lawgiver next after God, and if anyone blasphemes him, he is punished. They are taught to obey the rulers and elders. And if ten sit together, one will not speak unless it seems good to the nine.

9.25.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 480–482

Καὶ τὸ πτύσαι δὲ εἰς μέσον καὶ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος φυλάττονται· τὸ δὲ τῷ σαββάτῳ ἀπέχεσθαι ἔργου φροντίζουσι μᾶλλον πάντων Ἰουδαίων. Οὐ μόνον γὰρ τροφὰς αὑτοῖς προπαρασκευάζονται μιᾶς ἡμέρας πρὸς τὸ μὴ πῦρ ἅπτειν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ σκεῦος μετατιθέασιν, οὐδὲ ἀποπατίζουσι, τινὲς δὲ οὐδὲ κλινιδίου χωρίζονται.

Kai to ptysai de eis meson kai to dexion meros phylattontai; to de tǭ sabbatǭ apechesthai ergou phrontizousi mallon pantōn Ioudaiōn. Ou monon gar trophas hautois proparaskeuazontai mias hēmeras pros to mē pyr haptein, allʼ oude skeuos metatitheasin, oude apopatizousi, tines de oude klinidiou chōrizontai.

They also avoid spitting into the middle or to the right side. They take care to abstain from work on the Sabbath more than all the Jews. For not only do they prepare their food a day beforehand so as not to kindle a fire, but they do not even move a vessel, nor relieve themselves; and some do not even leave their couch.

9.25.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 482

Ταῖς δὲ ἄλλαις ἡμέραις ἐπὰν ἀποπατίσαι θέλοιεν, βόθρον ὀρύξαντες ποδιαῖον τῇ σκαλίδι (τοιοῦτον γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἀξινάριον, ὃ τοῖς προσιοῦσι μαθητεύεσθαι πρώτως διδόασι), καὶ περικαλύψαντες τὸ ἱμάτιον ἱζάνουσι, φάσκοντες μὴ δεῖν ὑβρίζειν τὰς αὐγάς, ἔπειτα τὴν ἀνασκαφεῖσαν γῆν ἐπεμβάλλουσιν εἰς τὸν βόθρον, καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν ἐκλε[γό]μενοι [τοὺς] ἐρημοτέρους τόπους. Ἐπὰν δὲ τοῦτ[ο ποιήσωσ]ιν, εὐθὺς ἀπολούονται ὡς μιαινούσης τῆς ἐκκρίσεως.

Tais de allais hēmerais epan apopatisai theloien, bothron oryxantes podiaion tę̄ skalidi (toiouton gar esti to axinarion, ho tois prosiousi mathēteuesthai prōtōs didoasi), kai perikalypsantes to himation hizanousi, phaskontes mē dein hybrizein tas augas, epeita tēn anaskapheisan gēn epemballousin eis ton bothron, kai touto poiousin ekle[go]menoi [tous] erēmoterous topous. Epan de tout[o poiēsōs]in, euthys apolouontai hōs miainousēs tēs ekkriseōs.

On other days, when they wish to relieve themselves, they dig a pit a foot deep with the trowel (for such is the small hatchet they give first to those who come to be disciples), and covering themselves with their cloak they squat, saying that one must not insult the rays of the sun; then they throw the dug-up earth back into the pit. And they do this choosing the more deserted places. And when they have done this, they wash at once, as though the excretion defiled.

item 9, chapter 26

9.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 482

Διῄρηνται δὲ [κα]τὰ [χρ]όνον καὶ οὐχ ὁμοίως τὴν ἄσκησιν φυλάττουσιν, εἰς τέσσαρα μέρη διαχωρισθέντες. Ἕτεροι γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰ ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον ἀσκοῦσιν, ὡς μηδὲ νόμισμα βαστάζειν, λέγοντες μὴ δεῖν εἰκόνα ἢ φέρειν ἢ ὁρᾶν ἢ ποιεῖν. Διὸ οὐδὲ εἰς πόλιν τις αὐτῶν εἰσπορεύεται, ἵνα μὴ διὰ πύλης εἰσέλθῃ, ἐφʼ ᾗ ἀνδριάντες ἔπεισιν, ἀθέμιτον τοῦτο ἡγούμενοι τὸ ὑπὸ εἰκόνας παρελθεῖν.

Dię̄rēntai de [ka]ta [chr]onon kai ouch homoiōs tēn askēsin phylattousin, eis tessara merē diachōristhentes. Heteroi gar autōn ta hyper to deon askousin, hōs mēde nomisma bastazein, legontes mē dein eikona ē pherein ē horan ē poiein. Dio oude eis polin tis autōn eisporeuetai, hina mē dia pylēs eiselthę̄, ephʼ hę̄ andriantes epeisin, athemiton touto hēgoumenoi to hypo eikonas parelthein.

They have become divided over time and do not keep the discipline alike, having been separated into four parts. For some of them practice more than is required, so as not even to carry a coin, saying that one must neither carry nor look at nor make an image. Therefore none of them even enters a city, so as not to go in through a gate on which statues stand, considering it unlawful to pass under images.

9.26.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 482

Ἕτεροι δὲ ἐπὰν ἀκούσωσί τινος περὶ θεοῦ διαλεγομένου καὶ τῶν τούτου νόμων, εἰ ἀπερίτμητος εἴη, παραφυλάξας τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ μόνον, φονεύειν ἀπειλεῖ εἰ μὴ περιτμηθείη· ὃς εἰ μὴ βούλοιτο πείθεσθαι, οὐ φείδεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφάζει. Ὅθεν ἐκ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος τὸ ὄνομα προσέλαβον, Ζηλωταὶ καλούμενοι, ὑπό τινων δὲ Σικάριοι. Ἕτεροι δὲ αὐτῶν οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν, εἰ καὶ αἰκίζοιτό τις ἢ καὶ ἀναιροῖτο.

Heteroi de epan akousōsi tinos peri theou dialegomenou kai tōn toutou nomōn, ei aperitmētos eiē, paraphylaxas ton toiouton en topǭ tini monon, phoneuein apeilei ei mē peritmētheiē; hos ei mē bouloito peithesthai, ou pheidetai, alla kai sphazei. Hothen ek tou symbainontos to onoma proselabon, Zēlōtai kaloumenoi, hypo tinōn de Sikarioi. Heteroi de autōn oudena kyrion onomazousi plēn ton theon, ei kai aikizoito tis ē kai anairoito.

Others, when they hear someone discussing God and his laws, if he is uncircumcised, watch for such a man in some place alone and threaten to kill him unless he is circumcised; and if he is not willing to obey, they do not spare him but even slay him. From what happened they took the name, being called Zealots, and by some Sicarii. Others of them call no one lord except God, even if one should be tortured or even killed.

9.26.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 482–484

Τοσοῦτον δὲ οἱ μετέπειτα ἐλάττους τῇ ἀσκήσει γεγένηνται, ὥστε τοὺς τοῖς ἀρχαίοις ἔθεσιν ἐμμένοντας μηδὲ προσψαύειν αὐτῶν, ὧν εἰ ψαύσαιεν, εὐθέως ἀπολούονται, ὥς τινος ἀλλοφύλου ψαύσαντες. Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ μακρόβιοι οἱ πλεῖστοι, ὥστε καὶ πλέον ἑκατὸν ἔτεσι ζῆν. Φασὶν οὖν εἶναι αἴτιον τό τε τῆς ἄκρας θεοσεβείας καὶ τῷ καταγνωσθῆναι ἀμέτρως προσφέρεσθαι ἐγκρατιστὰς εἶναι καὶ ἀοργήτους. Θανάτου δὲ καταφρονοῦσι χαίροντες, ἡνίκα μετὰ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς τελευτῶσιν· εἰ δὲ καὶ αἰκίζοιτό τις τοὺς τοιούτους, ἵνα ἢ τὸν νόμον δυσφημήσῃ ἢ εἰδωλόθυτον φάγῃ, οὐ π[οι]ήσει ὑπομένων θανεῖν καὶ βασάνους βαστάσαι, ἵνα τὸ συνειδὸς μὴ παρέλθῃ.

Tosouton de hoi metepeita elattous tę̄ askēsei gegenēntai, hōste tous tois archaiois ethesin emmenontas mēde prospsauein autōn, hōn ei psausaien, eutheōs apolouontai, hōs tinos allophylou psausantes. Eisi de kai makrobioi hoi pleistoi, hōste kai pleon hekaton etesi zēn. Phasin oun einai aition to te tēs akras theosebeias kai tǭ katagnōsthēnai ametrōs prospheresthai enkratistas einai kai aorgētous. Thanatou de kataphronousi chairontes, hēnika meta syneidēseōs agathēs teleutōsin; ei de kai aikizoito tis tous toioutous, hina ē ton nomon dysphēmēsę̄ ē eidōlothyton phagę̄, ou p[oi]ēsei hypomenōn thanein kai basanous bastasai, hina to syneidos mē parelthę̄.

And those who came later have become so inferior in discipline that those who remain in the ancient customs will not even touch them; if they touch them, they wash at once, as if they had touched a foreigner. Most of them are also long-lived, so as to live even more than a hundred years. They say, then, that the cause is their extreme piety and their condemnation of eating without measure, so that they are self-controlled and free from anger. They despise death, rejoicing when they die with a good conscience. And if anyone should torture such people to make them blaspheme the law or eat food sacrificed to idols, he will not succeed, for they endure death and bear torments rather than transgress their conscience.

item 9, chapter 27

9.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 484

Ἔρρωται δὲ παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγος· ὁμολογοῦσι γὰρ καὶ τὴν σάρκα ἀναστήσεσθαι καὶ ἔσεσθαι ἀθάνατον, ὃν τρόπον ἤδη ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή, ἣν χωρισθεῖσαν νῦν φασιν εἰς ἕνα χῶρον εὔπνουν καὶ φωτεινὸν ἀναπαύεσθαι ἕως κρίσεως, ὃν χῶρον Ἕλληνες ἀκούσαντες μακάρων νήσους ὠνόμασαν.

Errōtai de parʼ autois kai ho tēs anastaseōs logos; homologousi gar kai tēn sarka anastēsesthai kai esesthai athanaton, hon tropon ēdē athanatos estin hē psychē, hēn chōristheisan nyn phasin eis hena chōron eupnoun kai phōteinon anapauesthai heōs kriseōs, hon chōron Hellēnes akousantes makarōn nēsous ōnomasan.

The doctrine of the resurrection too is strong among them; for they confess that the flesh also will rise and be immortal, in the way that the soul is already immortal. When it is separated now, they say, it rests in one airy and luminous place until the judgment; the Greeks, having heard of this place, named it the Isles of the Blessed.

9.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 484–486

Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερα τούτων δόγματα πολλοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων σφετερισάμενοι ἰδίας δόξας συνεστήσαντο. Ἔστι γὰρ ἡ κατὰ τούτους ἄσκησις περὶ τὸ θεῖον ἀρχαιοτέρα πάντων ἐθνῶν, ὡς δείκνυσθαι πάντας τοὺς περὶ θεοῦ εἰπεῖν τετολμηκότας ἢ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὄντων δημιουργίας μὴ ἑτέρωθεν παρειληφέναι τὰς ἀρχὰς ἢ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαϊκῆς νομοθεσίας,

Alla kai hetera toutōn dogmata polloi tōn Hellēnōn spheterisamenoi idias doxas synestēsanto. Esti gar hē kata toutous askēsis peri to theion archaiotera pantōn ethnōn, hōs deiknysthai pantas tous peri theou eipein tetolmēkotas ē peri tēs tōn ontōn dēmiourgias mē heterōthen pareilēphenai tas archas ē apo tēs Ioudaïkēs nomothesias,

But many of the Greeks too, appropriating other doctrines of theirs, composed their own opinions. For their discipline concerning the divine is older than that of all nations, so that it is shown that all who have dared to speak about God or about the creation of the things that exist took their principles from nowhere else than from the Jewish lawgiving,

9.27.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 486

ὧν μάλιστα Πυθαγόρας καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς παρʼ Αἰγυπτίοις τούτοις μαθητευθέντες παρέλαβον. Λέγουσι δὲ καὶ κρίσιν ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοῦ παντὸς ἐκπύρωσιν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδίκους κολασθήσεσθαι εἰσαεί. Ἀσκεῖται δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸ προφητεύειν καὶ προλέγειν τὰ ἐσόμενα.

hōn malista Pythagoras kai hoi apo tēs Stoas parʼ Aigyptiois toutois mathēteuthentes parelabon. Legousi de kai krisin esesthai kai tou pantos ekpyrōsin, kai tous adikous kolasthēsesthai eisaei. Askeitai de en autois to prophēteuein kai prolegein ta esomena.

from whom especially Pythagoras and the Stoics received them, having become their disciples among the Egyptians. And they say that there will be a judgment and a conflagration of the universe, and that the unjust will be punished forever. Prophesying and foretelling the future are practiced among them.

item 9, chapter 28

9.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 486

Ἔστι μὲν οὖν καὶ ἕτερον Ἐσσηνῶν τάγμα, τοῖς μὲν αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ διαίτῃ χρώμενοι, ἑνὶ δὲ τούτων ἐνδιαλλάττουσι, τῷ γαμεῖν, δεινόν τι λέγοντες δρᾶν τοὺς ἀ[πο]ποιήσαντας γάμου· πρὸς τὴν ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ βίου γίνεσθαι τοῦτο, καὶ μὴ δεῖν ἐκκόπτειν τὴν τῶν τέκνων διαδοχὴν φάσκοντες, ὡς εἰ πάντες τοῦτο φρονήσειαν, ἐκκοπήσεσθαι ῥᾳδίως τὸ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων.

Esti men oun kai heteron Essēnōn tagma, tois men autois ēthesi kai diaitę̄ chrōmenoi, heni de toutōn endiallattousi, tǭ gamein, deinon ti legontes dran tous a[po]poiēsantas gamou; pros tēn anairesin tou biou ginesthai touto, kai mē dein ekkoptein tēn tōn teknōn diadochēn phaskontes, hōs ei pantes touto phronēseian, ekkopēsesthai rhądiōs to pan genos anthrōpōn.

There is also another order of Essenes, using the same customs and way of life, but they differ from these in one thing, marrying, saying that those who have renounced marriage do something dreadful; that this tends to the destruction of life, and that one must not cut off the succession of children, since if all thought this way, the whole human race would easily be cut off.

9.28.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 486

Δοκιμάζουσι μέντοι τριετίᾳ τὰς γαμετάς· ἐπὰν δὲ τρὶς καθαρθῶσιν εἰς [πεῖρα]ν τοῦ δύνασθαι τίκτειν, οὕτως ἄγονται. Ταῖς ἐγκύμοσιν οὐχ ὁμιλοῦσιν, ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τὸ μὴ διʼ ἡδονὴν γαμεῖν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τέκνων χρείαν. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἀπολούονται καὶ αὐταὶ ἐπένδυμα ἐνδυόμεναι λινοῦν, ὃν τρόπον οἱ ἄνδρες τὰ περιζώματα. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν [τὰ] κατὰ Ἐσσηνούς.

Dokimazousi mentoi trietią tas gametas; epan de tris katharthōsin eis [peira]n tou dynasthai tiktein, houtōs agontai. Tais enkymosin ouch homilousin, epideiknymenoi to mē diʼ hēdonēn gamein, alla dia teknōn chreian. Homoiōs de kai hai gynaikes apolouontai kai autai ependyma endyomenai linoun, hon tropon hoi andres ta perizōmata. Tauta men oun [ta] kata Essēnous.

They test their brides, however, for three years; and when they have been purified three times as [proof] that they can bear children, they then marry them. They do not have intercourse with pregnant wives, showing that they marry not for pleasure but for the need of children. Likewise the women also wash, putting on a linen garment, as the men do their loincloths. These, then, are [the teachings] concerning the Essenes.

9.28.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 486–488

Ἕτεροι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐθῶν ἀσκηταὶ καὶ κατὰ γένος καὶ κατὰ νόμους Φαρισαῖοι καλούμενοι, ὧν τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον μέρος ἐστὶ κατὰ πάντα τόπον, πάντων μὲν Ἰουδαίων καλουμένων, διὰ δὲ τὰς ἰδίως δοξαζομένας γνώμας ὀνόμασι κυρίοις ἐπικαλουμένων.

Heteroi de kai autoi tōn Ioudaiōn ethōn askētai kai kata genos kai kata nomous Pharisaioi kaloumenoi, hōn to men pleiston meros esti kata panta topon, pantōn men Ioudaiōn kaloumenōn, dia de tas idiōs doxazomenas gnōmas onomasi kyriois epikaloumenōn.

Others too are practitioners of the Jewish customs, called Pharisees both by race and by laws; the greatest part of them is in every place. All are called Jews, but because of the opinions held in particular they are called by proper names.

9.28.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 488

Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀρχαίαν παράδοσιν διακρατοῦντες, ἐπὶ τοῖς κατὰ νόμον καθαροῖς καὶ μὴ καθαροῖς ἐπὶ νεῖκος ἐξετάζοντες διαμένουσι· τά τε τοῦ νόμου ἑρμηνεύουσι, διδασκάλους εἰς ταῦτα προβιβάζοντες.

Houtoi men oun tēn archaian paradosin diakratountes, epi tois kata nomon katharois kai mē katharois epi neikos exetazontes diamenousi; ta te tou nomou hermēneuousi, didaskalous eis tauta probibazontes.

These, then, holding to the ancient tradition, continue examining contentiously what is clean and unclean according to the law; and they interpret the things of the law, promoting teachers for these matters.

9.28.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 488

Οὗτοι εἱμαρμένην εἶναι λέγουσι, καὶ τινὰ μὲν κατʼ ἐξουσίαν εἶναι, τινὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἱμαρμένην, ὡς τινὰ μὲν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν, τινὰ δὲ τῆς εἱμαρμένης, θεὸν δὲ πάντων εἶναι αἴτιον, καὶ μηδὲν ἄνευ θελήματος αὐτοῦ διοικεῖσθαι ἢ συμβαίνειν. Οὗτοι καὶ σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν ὁμολογοῦσι καὶ ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον καὶ κρίσιν ἐσομένην καὶ ἐκπύρωσιν, καὶ δικαίους μὲν ἀφθάρτους ἔσεσθαι, ἀδίκους δὲ εἰσαεὶ κολασθήσεσθαι ἐν πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ.

Houtoi heimarmenēn einai legousi, kai tina men katʼ exousian einai, tina de kata tēn heimarmenēn, hōs tina men ephʼ hēmin, tina de tēs heimarmenēs, theon de pantōn einai aition, kai mēden aneu thelēmatos autou dioikeisthai ē symbainein. Houtoi kai sarkos anastasin homologousi kai psychēn athanaton kai krisin esomenēn kai ekpyrōsin, kai dikaious men aphthartous esesthai, adikous de eisaei kolasthēsesthai en pyri asbestǭ.

These say that there is fate, and that some things are in our power and some happen by fate, so that some things are up to us and some belong to fate; but that God is the cause of all things, and nothing is governed or happens without his will. These also confess the resurrection of the flesh, an immortal soul, a judgment to come, and a conflagration, and that the righteous will be incorruptible, while the unrighteous will be punished forever in unquenchable fire.

item 9, chapter 29

9.29.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 488

Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ Φαρισαῖοι. Σαδδουκαῖοι δὲ τὴν μὲν εἱμαρμένην ἀναιροῦσι, [καὶ] τὸ[ν θεὸν] μηδέν τι κακὸν δρᾶν ἢ ἐφορᾶν ὁμολογοῦσιν, εἶναι δὲ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐξουσίας τὸ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν.

Tauta men oun kai Pharisaioi. Saddoukaioi de tēn men heimarmenēn anairousi, [kai] to[n theon] mēden ti kakon dran ē ephoran homologousin, einai de ex anthrōpōn exousias to haireisthai to agathon ē kakon.

These, then, are the teachings of the Pharisees too. The Sadducees do away with fate, and confess that [God] neither does nor oversees anything evil, and that choosing good or evil is in the power of human beings.

9.29.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 488

Ἀνάστασιν δὲ ἀρνοῦνται οὐ μόνον σαρκός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχὴν μὴ διαμένειν νομίζουσι· [ταύτῃ δὲ] εἶναι μόνον τὸ ζῆν, καὶ τοῦτο δὲ εἶναι οὗ χάριν ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ πληροῦσθαι τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγον, ἐν τῷ καταλείψαντας ἐπὶ γῆς τὰ τέκνα τελευτᾶν· μετὰ δὲ θάνατον μηδὲν ἐλπίζειν παθεῖν ἢ κακὸν ἢ ἀγαθόν· λύσιν γὰρ ἔσεσθαι καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος, καὶ εἰς τὸ μὴ εἶναι χωρεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καθʼ ὃ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ζῷα.

Anastasin de arnountai ou monon sarkos, alla kai psychēn mē diamenein nomizousi; [tautę̄ de] einai monon to zēn, kai touto de einai hou charin egeneto anthrōpos, en de toutǭ plērousthai ton tēs anastaseōs logon, en tǭ kataleipsantas epi gēs ta tekna teleutan; meta de thanaton mēden elpizein pathein ē kakon ē agathon; lysin gar esesthai kai psychēs kai sōmatos, kai eis to mē einai chōrein ton anthrōpon, kathʼ ho kai ta loipa zǭa.

They deny the resurrection not only of the flesh, but they also think that the soul does not survive; [in this] alone is life, and this is what a human being came to be for; and in this the doctrine of the resurrection is fulfilled, in dying after leaving children on the earth. After death one must expect to suffer nothing, either evil or good; for there will be a dissolution of both soul and body, and a human being passes into non-existence, like the other animals.

9.29.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 488–490

Ὅ, τι δʼ ἂν δράσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐν τῷ βίῳ κακόν, ἀνθρώποις κἂν διαλλαχθῇ, κεκέρδηκε, τὴν ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων διαφυγὼν κόλασιν· ὅ, τι δʼ ἂν κτήσηται καὶ πλουτήσας δοξασθῇ, τοῦτο κεκέρδηκε· μέλειν δὲ θεῷ μηδὲν τῶν κατὰ ἕνα. Καὶ οἱ μὲν Φαρισαῖοι φιλάλληλοι, οἱ δὲ Σαδδουκαῖοι φίλαυτοι.

Ho, ti dʼ an drasę̄ anthrōpos en tǭ biǭ kakon, anthrōpois kan diallachthę̄, kekerdēke, tēn hypo anthrōpōn diaphygōn kolasin; ho, ti dʼ an ktēsētai kai ploutēsas doxasthę̄, touto kekerdēke; melein de theǭ mēden tōn kata hena. Kai hoi men Pharisaioi philallēloi, hoi de Saddoukaioi philautoi.

Whatever evil a man does in life, if he is reconciled with people, he has gained, having escaped punishment from people; and whatever he acquires, and is glorified by growing rich, this he has gained; and God cares nothing for the affairs of individuals. And the Pharisees love one another, while the Sadducees love themselves.

9.29.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 490

Αὕτη ἡ αἵρεσις περὶ τὴν Σαμάρειαν μᾶλλον ἐκρατύνθη. Καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ τοῖς τοῦ νόμου ἔθεσι προσέχουσι, λέγοντες δεῖν οὕτω ζῆν, ἵνα καλῶς βιώσῃ καὶ τέκνα ἐπὶ γῆς καταλείπῃ. Προφήταις δὲ οὐ προσέχουσιν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἑτέροις τισὶ σοφοῖς, πλὴν μόνῳ τῷ διὰ Μωσέως νόμῳ, μηδὲν ἑρμηνεύοντες. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν, ἃ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι αἱρετίζουσιν.

Hautē hē hairesis peri tēn Samareian mallon ekratynthē. Kai autoi de tois tou nomou ethesi prosechousi, legontes dein houtō zēn, hina kalōs biōsę̄ kai tekna epi gēs kataleipę̄. Prophētais de ou prosechousin, allʼ oude heterois tisi sophois, plēn monǭ tǭ dia Mōseōs nomǭ, mēden hermēneuontes. Tauta men oun, ha kai hoi Saddoukaioi hairetizousin.

This sect was strengthened especially around Samaria. They too give heed to the customs of the law, saying that one must live so as to live well and leave children on the earth. They do not give heed to the prophets, nor to any other wise men, except only the law given through Moses, interpreting nothing. These, then, are the views which the Sadducees too choose.

item 9, chapter 30

9.30.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 490

Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ τὰς παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις διαφορὰς ἐκτεθείμεθα, εὔλογον δοκεῖ καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν τῆς τούτων θεοσεβείας μὴ παρασιωπᾶν. Ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ κατὰ πάντας Ἰουδαίους κατὰ τὴν θεοσέβειαν πραγματεία τετραχῆ, θεολογική, φυσική, ἠθική, ἱερουργική.

Epei toinyn kai tas para Ioudaiois diaphoras ektetheimetha, eulogon dokei kai tēn askēsin tēs toutōn theosebeias mē parasiōpan. Esti men oun hē kata pantas Ioudaious kata tēn theosebeian pragmateia tetrachē, theologikē, physikē, ēthikē, hierourgikē.

Since, then, we have also set out the differences among the Jews, it seems reasonable not to pass over in silence the practice of their piety either. The study of piety among all the Jews is fourfold: theological, natural, ethical, and liturgical.

9.30.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 490

Καὶ τὸν μὲν θεὸν ἕνα εἶναι λέγουσι, δημιουργόν τε τοῦ παντὸς καὶ κ[ύριον], ποιήσαντα πάντα οὐ πρότερον ὄ[ντα], οὐδὲ ἔκ τινος ὑποκειμένης συγχρόνου οὐσίας, ἀ[λλὰ θ]ελήσαντα καὶ κτίσαντα, εἶναί τε ἀγγέλους, καὶ τούτους γενομένους πρὸς λειτουργίαν τῆς κτίσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἐξουσιαστικὸν πρὸς δόξαν καὶ αἶνον θεῷ ἀεὶ παραμένον· τὰ πάντα δὲ ἐν τῇ κτίσει αἴσθησιν ἔχειν καὶ μηδὲν εἶναι ἄψυχον.

Kai ton men theon hena einai legousi, dēmiourgon te tou pantos kai k[yrion], poiēsanta panta ou proteron o[nta], oude ek tinos hypokeimenēs synchronou ousias, a[lla th]elēsanta kai ktisanta, einai te angelous, kai toutous genomenous pros leitourgian tēs ktiseōs, alla kai pneuma exousiastikon pros doxan kai ainon theǭ aei paramenon; ta panta de en tę̄ ktisei aisthēsin echein kai mēden einai apsychon.

And they say that God is one, the Demiurge and [Lord] of the universe, who made all things that did not exist before, and not out of some underlying substance coeval with him, [but] by willing and creating; and that there are angels, and that these came into being for the service of creation, and also a governing Spirit that always remains for the glory and praise of God; and that all things in creation have perception and nothing is soulless.

9.30.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 490

Ἤθους τε ἀντιποιοῦνται σεμνοῦ καὶ σώφρονος βίου, καθὼς ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἐπιγνῶναι. Ταῦτα δὲ πάλαι ἀκριβαζόμενα ἦν παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ἀρχῆθεν, [οὐ] νεωστὶ τὸν νόμον παρειληφόσιν, ὡς τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα καταπλαγῆναι ἐπὶ τοσαύτῃ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον νομοθετουμένου ἤθους.

Ēthous te antipoiountai semnou kai sōphronos biou, kathōs estin ek tōn nomōn epignōnai. Tauta de palai akribazomena ēn parʼ autois, archēthen, [ou] neōsti ton nomon pareilēphosin, hōs ton entynchanonta kataplagēnai epi tosautę̄ sōphrosynę̄ kai epimeleią tou peri ton anthrōpon nomothetoumenou ēthous.

And they lay claim to a character of dignified and temperate life, as can be recognized from their laws. These things were carefully observed among them long ago, from the beginning, since they had received the law [not] recently, so that the reader is amazed at so great temperance and care for the character legislated for human beings.

9.30.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 490–492

Ἱερουργικὴ δὲ λειτουργία ἄκρως ἐξήσκητο παρʼ αὐτοῖς εὐσχημόνως πρὸς τὸ θεῖον προσφερομένη, καθὼς τοῖς βουλομένοις ῥᾴδιόν ἐστιν ἐντυχοῦσι τῇ περὶ τούτων ἐξαγορευούσῃ βίβλῳ μαθεῖν, ὡς σεμνῶς καὶ ὁσίως τῷ θεῷ ἀπαρχόμενοι τῶν παρʼ αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένων εἰς χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀνθρώπων, κελευόμενοι εὐτάκτως καὶ παραμόνως ἐλειτούργουν. Τούτων δέ τινα οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι ἀπαγορεύουσιν· οὐ γὰρ βούλονται ἀγγέλους ἢ πνεύματα ὑπάρχειν.

Hierourgikē de leitourgia akrōs exēskēto parʼ autois euschēmonōs pros to theion prospheromenē, kathōs tois boulomenois rhądion estin entychousi tę̄ peri toutōn exagoreuousę̄ biblǭ mathein, hōs semnōs kai hosiōs tǭ theǭ aparchomenoi tōn parʼ autou dedōrēmenōn eis chrēsin kai apolausin anthrōpōn, keleuomenoi eutaktōs kai paramonōs eleitourgoun. Toutōn de tina hoi Saddoukaioi apagoreuousin; ou gar boulontai angelous ē pneumata hyparchein.

The liturgical service was practiced among them in the highest degree, offered becomingly to the divine, as those who wish can easily learn by reading the book that declares these things: how, reverently and holily offering to God the first fruits of what he had given for people's use and enjoyment, they served as commanded, in good order and steadfastly. Some of these things the Sadducees reject; for they do not wish there to be angels or spirits.

9.30.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 492

Οἱ δὲ πάντες ὁμοίως Χριστὸν προσδέχονται, τοῦ μὲν νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν παρεσόμενον προκηρυξάντων, τῶν δὲ Ἰουδαίων τὸν καιρὸν τῆς παρουσίας μὴ ἐπιγνόντων, [ὡς] ἐπιμένειν τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τοῦ δοκεῖν μὴ τὰ εἰ[ρημένα] περὶ τῆς παρουσίας τετελέσθαι, προσδοκᾶν δὲ ἤδη Χριστὸν παρεσόμενον διὰ τὸ παρόντα μὴ ἐπεγνωκέναι, καὶ τὰ σύμβολα τῶν καιρῶν τοῦ ἤδη παραγεγονέναι ὁρῶντας ταράττεσθαι, αἰδεῖσθαί τε ὁμολογεῖν ἐληλυθέναι, ἐπεὶ αὐτόχειρες αὐτοῦ γεγένηνται, ἀγανακτοῦντες ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τοῖς νόμοις μὴ ὑπήκουσαν.

Hoi de pantes homoiōs Christon prosdechontai, tou men nomou kai tōn prophētōn paresomenon prokēryxantōn, tōn de Ioudaiōn ton kairon tēs parousias mē epignontōn, [hōs] epimenein tēn hyponoian tou dokein mē ta ei[rēmena] peri tēs parousias tetelesthai, prosdokan de ēdē Christon paresomenon dia to paronta mē epegnōkenai, kai ta symbola tōn kairōn tou ēdē paragegonenai horōntas tarattesthai, aideisthai te homologein elēlythenai, epei autocheires autou gegenēntai, aganaktountes elenchomenoi hypʼ autou, hoti tois nomois mē hypēkousan.

All of them alike await the Christ, since the Law and the Prophets proclaimed beforehand that he would come; but the Jews did not recognize the time of his coming, [so that] the suspicion remains that what was [said] about his coming has not been fulfilled, and they still expect the Christ to come, because they did not recognize him when he was present. Seeing the signs of the times that he has already come, they are troubled, and are ashamed to confess that he has come, since they became his murderers, being angry at being rebuked by him for not having obeyed the laws.

9.30.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 492

Καὶ τὸν μὲν οὕτως ἀποσταλέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Χριστὸν οὐκ εἶναι τοῦτον λέγουσιν· ἐλεύσεσθαι δὲ ἕτερον, τὸν οὐκ ὄντα, εἰς ὃν τὰ μὲν σύμβολα ἐκ μέρους, ὅσα ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται προέφηναν, ὁμολογοῦσι, τινὰ δὲ καὶ πλανώμενοι νομίζουσι·

Kai ton men houtōs apostalenta hypo tou theou Christon ouk einai touton legousin; eleusesthai de heteron, ton ouk onta, eis hon ta men symbola ek merous, hosa ho nomos kai hoi prophētai proephēnan, homologousi, tina de kai planōmenoi nomizousi;

And they say that the Christ thus sent by God is not this one, but that another will come who does not yet exist; they acknowledge in part the signs in him, as many as the Law and the Prophets foretold, but some they understand wrongly.

9.30.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 492

γένεσιν μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐσομένην λέγουσιν ἐκ γένους Δαβίδ, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ παρθένου καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ἀλλʼ ἐκ γυναικὸς καὶ ἀνδρός, ὡς πᾶσιν ὅρος γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ σπέρματος, φάσκοντες τοῦτον ἐσόμενον βασιλέα ἐπʼ αὐτούς, ἄνδρα πολεμιστὴν καὶ δυνατόν, ὃς ἐπισυνάξας τὸ πᾶν ἔθνος Ἰουδαίων, πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πολεμήσας, ἀναστήσει αὐτοῖς τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ πόλιν βασιλίδα, εἰς ἣν ἐπισυνάξει ἅπαν τὸ ἔθνος, καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ἔθη ἀποκαταστήσει βασιλεῦον καὶ ἱερατεῦον καὶ κατοικοῦν ἐν πεποιθήσει ἐν χρόνοις ἱκανοῖς·

genesin men gar autou esomenēn legousin ek genous Dabid, allʼ ouk ek parthenou kai hagiou pneumatos, allʼ ek gynaikos kai andros, hōs pasin horos gennasthai ek spermatos, phaskontes touton esomenon basilea epʼ autous, andra polemistēn kai dynaton, hos episynaxas to pan ethnos Ioudaiōn, panta ta ethnē polemēsas, anastēsei autois tēn Hierousalēm polin basilida, eis hēn episynaxei hapan to ethnos, kai palin epi ta archaia ethē apokatastēsei basileuon kai hierateuon kai katoikoun en pepoithēsei en chronois hikanois;

For they say that his birth will be of the race of David, but not from a virgin and the Holy Spirit, rather from a woman and a man, as it is the rule for all to be born from seed; claiming that he will be king over them, a warlike and mighty man, who, having gathered the whole nation of the Jews and made war on all the nations, will raise up for them Jerusalem as the royal city, into which he will gather the whole nation, and will restore it again to its ancient customs, reigning and serving as priest and dwelling in confidence for a considerable time;

9.30.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 492

ἔπειτα ἐπαναστῆναι κατʼ αὐτῶν πόλεμον ἐπισυναχθέντων· ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ πολέμῳ πεσεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἔπειτα μετʼ οὐ πολὺ τὴν συντέλειαν καὶ ἐκπύρωσιν τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιστῆναι, καὶ οὕτως τὰ περὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν δοξαζόμενα ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, τάς τε ἀμοιβὰς ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ πεπραγμένα ἀποδοθῆναι.

epeita epanastēnai katʼ autōn polemon episynachthentōn; en ekeinǭ tǭ polemǭ pesein ton Christon en machairę̄, epeita metʼ ou poly tēn synteleian kai ekpyrōsin tou pantos epistēnai, kai houtōs ta peri tēn anastasin doxazomena epitelesthēnai, tas te amoibas hekastǭ kata ta pepragmena apodothēnai.

and that then war will rise against them when they have been gathered; that in that war the Christ will fall by the sword; that not long after, the end and the conflagration of the universe will come; and that so what they believe about the resurrection will be accomplished, and rewards will be given to each according to what he has done.

item 9, chapter 31

9.31.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 492–494

Δοκεῖ μὲν ἡμῖν ἱκανῶς τὰ πάντων Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων δόγματα ἐκτεθεῖσθαι, μηδὲν δὲ ἀπολελοιπέναι μήτε τῶν φιλοσοφουμένων μήτε τῶν ὑπὸ αἱρετικῶν φ[ασκο]μένων ἀναπόδεικτον, οἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐκτεθέντων φανερὸς γεγένηται ὁ ἔλεγχος ἢ κλεψιλογησάντων ἤ τινα ἐρανισαμένων αὐτὰ τὰ ὑπὸ Ἑλλήνων πεπονημένα παραθεμένων ὡς θεῖα.

Dokei men hēmin hikanōs ta pantōn Hellēnōn te kai barbarōn dogmata ektetheisthai, mēden de apoleloipenai mēte tōn philosophoumenōn mēte tōn hypo hairetikōn ph[asko]menōn anapodeikton, hois ex autōn tōn ektethentōn phaneros gegenētai ho elenchos ē klepsilogēsantōn ē tina eranisamenōn auta ta hypo Hellēnōn peponēmena parathemenōn hōs theia.

It seems to us that the doctrines of all, both Greeks and barbarians, have been sufficiently set out, and that we have left nothing unproven either of what the philosophers teach or of what is [claimed] by the heretics; and the refutation of them has become plain from what has been set out itself, showing that they either stole words or collected some things and set down as divine the very things worked out by the Greeks.

9.31.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 494

Διὰ πάντων οὖν διαδραμόντες καὶ μετὰ πολλοῦ πόνου ἐν ταῖς ἐννέα βίβλοις τὰ πάντα δόγματα ἐξειπόντες, πᾶσί τε ἀνθρώποις ἐφόδιον ἐν βίῳ μικρὸν καταλιπόντες, καὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν οὐκ ὀλίγης χαρᾶς καὶ θυμηδίας φιλομάθειαν παρασχόντες, εὔλογον ἡγούμεθα ὥσπερ κορυφὴν τοῦ παντὸς [τὸν] περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον ἐπενέγκαι, καὶ τοῦτον ἐν μιᾷ βίβλῳ τῇ δεκάτῃ περιγράψαι, ὅπως ὁ ἐντυγχάνων μὴ μόνον ἀνατροπὴν τῶν τετολμηκότων αἱρέσεις συστήσασθαι ἐπιγνοὺς καταφρονήσῃ τῶν ματαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας δύναμιν ἐπιγνοὺς ἀξίως θεῷ πιστεύσας σωθῆναι δυνηθῇ.

Dia pantōn oun diadramontes kai meta pollou ponou en tais ennea biblois ta panta dogmata exeipontes, pasi te anthrōpois ephodion en biǭ mikron katalipontes, kai tois parousin ouk oligēs charas kai thymēdias philomatheian paraschontes, eulogon hēgoumetha hōsper koryphēn tou pantos [ton] peri alētheias logon epenenkai, kai touton en mią biblǭ tę̄ dekatę̄ perigrapsai, hopōs ho entynchanōn mē monon anatropēn tōn tetolmēkotōn haireseis systēsasthai epignous kataphronēsę̄ tōn mataiōn, alla kai tēn tēs alētheias dynamin epignous axiōs theǭ pisteusas sōthēnai dynēthę̄.

Having run through them all, then, and with much labor having told all the doctrines in the nine books, and having left to all people a small provision for life, and having given those now living a love of learning that brings no little joy and delight, we think it reasonable to bring on, as the crown of the whole, the account of the truth, and to set it out in one book, the tenth; so that the reader, recognizing not only the overthrow of those who have dared to establish heresies, may despise their vanities, but also, recognizing the power of the truth, may be able to be saved by believing in God worthily.

item 10, chapter 1

10.1.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 494

Τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ δεκάτῃ τοῦ κατὰ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐλέγχου·

Tade enestin en tę̄ dekatę̄ tou kata pasōn haireseōn elenchou;

The following are the contents of the tenth book of the Refutation of All Heresies:

item 10, chapter 2

10.2.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 494

Ἐπιτομὴ πάντων τῶν φιλοσόφων,

Epitomē pantōn tōn philosophōn,

A summary of all the philosophers;

item 10, chapter 3

10.3.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 494

Ἐπιτομὴ πασῶν [τῶν] αἱρέσεων,

Epitomē pasōn [tōn] haireseōn,

A summary of all [the] heresies;

item 10, chapter 4

10.4.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 494

Καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι, τίς ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας λόγος.

Kai epi pasi, tis ho tēs alētheias logos.

And after all, what the doctrine of the truth is.

item 10, chapter 5

10.5.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 494–496

Τὸν λαβύρινθον τῶν αἱρέσεων οὐ βίᾳ διαρρήξαντες, ἀλλὰ μόνῳ ἐλέγχῳ ἀληθείας δυνάμει διαλύσαντες, πρόσιμεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπόδειξιν. Τότε γὰρ τῆς πλάνης ἔντεχνα σοφίσματα ἀσύστατα φανερωθήσεται, ἐπὰν ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας ὅρος ἐπιδειχθῇ, οὐκ ἀπὸ σοφίας Ἑλλήνων ἀρχὰς μεταλαβών, οὐδʼ Αἰγυπτίων δόγματα, τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς μετʼ ἀξιοπιστίας θρησκευόμενα μάταια, ὡς ἄρρητα διδαχθείς, οὐδὲ Χαλδαίων ἀσυστάτῳ περιεργίᾳ σοφισθείς, οὐδὲ Βαβυλωνίων ἀλογίστῳ μανίᾳ διʼ ἐν[εργεί]ας δαιμόνων καταπλαγείς, ἀλλʼ ᾧ ὑπάρχει τρόπῳ ὅρος ἀληθὴς ὢν ἀφύλακτός τε καὶ ἀκαλλώπιστος, ὃς μόνον φανεὶς ἐλέγξει τὴν πλάνην.

Ton labyrinthon tōn haireseōn ou bią diarrēxantes, alla monǭ elenchǭ alētheias dynamei dialysantes, prosimen epi tēn tēs alētheias apodeixin. Tote gar tēs planēs entechna sophismata asystata phanerōthēsetai, epan ho tēs alētheias horos epideichthę̄, ouk apo sophias Hellēnōn archas metalabōn, oudʼ Aigyptiōn dogmata, ta en autois metʼ axiopistias thrēskeuomena mataia, hōs arrēta didachtheis, oude Chaldaiōn asystatǭ periergią sophistheis, oude Babylōniōn alogistǭ manią diʼ en[ergei]as daimonōn kataplageis, allʼ hǭ hyparchei tropǭ horos alēthēs ōn aphylaktos te kai akallōpistos, hos monon phaneis elenxei tēn planēn.

Having not broken through the labyrinth of heresies by force, but having dissolved it by refutation alone, through the power of truth, we come to the demonstration of the truth. For then the artful sophisms of error will be shown to be incoherent, when the definition of the truth is displayed: which did not take its principles from the wisdom of the Greeks, nor was taught as secret the doctrines of the Egyptians, the vanities worshipped among them with credulity, nor was made clever by the incoherent curiosity of the Chaldeans, nor was struck with amazement by the irrational madness of the Babylonians through the working of demons; but, in the way it exists, the true definition, unguarded and unadorned, which, merely by appearing, will refute error.

10.5.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 496

Περὶ οὗ εἰ καὶ πλειστάκις ἀποδείξεις ἐποιήσαμεν καὶ ἱκανῶς τὸν τῆς ἀληθείας κανόνα ἀφθόνως τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐπεδείξαμεν, ἀλλά γε καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἄλογον ἐκρίναμεν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι δεδοκημένοις καὶ αἱρετικοῖς ὡσεὶ κορωνίδα τῶν βίβλων ἐπενέγκαι ταύτην τὴν ἀπόδειξιν διὰ τῆς δεκάτης βίβλου.

Peri hou ei kai pleistakis apodeixeis epoiēsamen kai hikanōs ton tēs alētheias kanona aphthonōs tois boulomenois epedeixamen, alla ge kai nyn ouk alogon ekrinamen epi pasi tois Hellēsi dedokēmenois kai hairetikois hōsei korōnida tōn biblōn epenenkai tautēn tēn apodeixin dia tēs dekatēs biblou.

Concerning which, even though we have very often made demonstrations and have shown the rule of truth sufficiently and ungrudgingly to those who wished, still we have judged it not unreasonable, after all the opinions of the Greeks and the heretics, to bring on this demonstration as a crowning finish to the books, through the tenth book.

item 10, chapter 6

10.6.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 496

Συμπεριλαβόντες τοίνυν τὰ πάντων τῶν παρʼ Ἕλλησι σοφῶν δόγματα ἐν τέσσαρσι βιβλίοις, τὰ δὲ τοῖς αἱρεσιάρχαις ἐν πέντε, νῦν τὸν περὶ ἀληθείας λόγον ἐν ᾱ ἐπιδείξομεν, ἀνακεφαλαιούμενοι πρῶτον τὰ πᾶσι δεδοκημένα. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων δογματισταὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τριχῆ διελόντες οὕτως ἐφιλοσόφησαν, οἱ μὲν φυσικήν, οἱ δὲ ἠθικήν, οἱ δὲ διαλεκτικὴν προσαγορεύσαντες.

Symperilabontes toinyn ta pantōn tōn parʼ Hellēsi sophōn dogmata en tessarsi bibliois, ta de tois hairesiarchais en pente, nyn ton peri alētheias logon en a epideixomen, anakephalaioumenoi prōton ta pasi dedokēmena. Hoi men gar tōn Hellēnōn dogmatistai tēn philosophian trichē dielontes houtōs ephilosophēsan, hoi men physikēn, hoi de ēthikēn, hoi de dialektikēn prosagoreusantes.

Having then comprised the doctrines of all the wise men among the Greeks in four books, and those of the heresiarchs in five, we shall now show the doctrine of the truth in one, first summarizing what all have held. For the dogmatists of the Greeks, dividing philosophy in three, philosophized thus, calling one part natural, another ethical, another dialectical.

10.6.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 496

Καὶ οἱ μὲν τὴν φυσικὴν οὗτοι γεγένηνται, οὕτως δὲ διηγήσαντο· οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα, οἱ δὲ ἐκ πλειόνων· καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἑνὸς οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἀποίου, οἱ δὲ ἐκ [τοῦ] ποιοῦ· καὶ τῶν ἐκ ποιοῦ οἱ μὲν ἐκ πυρός, οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀέρος, οἱ δὲ ἐξ ὕδατος, ἄλλοι δὲ ἐκ γῆς·

Kai hoi men tēn physikēn houtoi gegenēntai, houtōs de diēgēsanto; hoi men ex henos ta panta, hoi de ek pleionōn; kai tōn ex henos hoi men ex apoiou, hoi de ek [tou] poiou; kai tōn ek poiou hoi men ek pyros, hoi de ex aeros, hoi de ex hydatos, alloi de ek gēs;

And these are the ones who became natural philosophers, and they gave an account thus: some said all things are from one, others from more than one; and of those from one, some from what is without quality, others from what has quality; and of those from what has quality, some from fire, others from air, others from water, others from earth;

10.6.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 496

καὶ τῶν ἐκ πλειόνων οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἀριθμητῶν, [οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀπείρων· καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἀριθμητῶν] οἱ μὲν ἐκ δυοῖν, οἱ δὲ ἐκ τεσσάρων, οἱ δὲ ἐκ (??), οἱ δὲ ἐκ (??)· καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἀπείρων οἱ μὲν ἐξ ὁμοίων τοῖς γεννωμένοις, οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἀνομοίων· καὶ τούτων οἱ μὲν ἐξ [ἀπα]θῶν, οἱ δὲ ἐκ παθητῶν.

kai tōn ek pleionōn hoi men ex arithmētōn, [hoi de ex apeirōn; kai tōn ex arithmētōn] hoi men ek dyoin, hoi de ek tessarōn, hoi de ek (??), hoi de ek (??); kai tōn ex apeirōn hoi men ex homoiōn tois gennōmenois, hoi de ex anomoiōn; kai toutōn hoi men ex [apa]thōn, hoi de ek pathētōn.

and of those from more than one, some from a definite number, [others from infinitely many; and of those from a definite number,] some from two, others from four, others from …, others from …; and of those from infinitely many, some from things like the things generated, others from things unlike; and of these some from impassible things, others from passible.

10.6.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 496–498

Ἐξ ἀποίου μὲν οὖν καὶ ἑνὸς σώματος τὴν τῶν ὅλων συνεστήσαντο γένεσιν οἱ Στωϊκοί. Ἀρχὴ γὰρ τῶν ὅλων κατʼ αὐτούς ἐστιν ἡ ἄποιος ὕλη καὶ διʼ ὅλων τρεπτή· μεταβαλλούσης δὲ αὐτῆς γίνεται πῦρ, ἀήρ, ὕδωρ, γ(??) Ἐξ ἑνὸς δὲ καὶ ποιοῦ γεγενῆσθαι τὰ πάντα θέλουσιν οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Ἵππασον καὶ Ἀναξίμανδρον καὶ Θαλῆ τὸν Μιλήσιον. Ἵππασος μὲν ὁ Μεταπόντιος καὶ Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος ἐκ πυρὸς ἀπεφήναντο τὴν γένεσιν, Ἀναξίμανδρος δὲ ἐξ ἀέρος Θαλῆς δὲ ἐξ ὕδατος, Ξενοφάνης δὲ ἐκ γῆς. Ἐκ γῆς γὰρ, φησί, πάντα ἐστί, καὶ εἰς γῆν πάντα τελευτᾷ.

Ex apoiou men oun kai henos sōmatos tēn tōn holōn synestēsanto genesin hoi Stōïkoi. Archē gar tōn holōn katʼ autous estin hē apoios hylē kai diʼ holōn treptē; metaballousēs de autēs ginetai pyr, aēr, hydōr, g(??) Ex henos de kai poiou gegenēsthai ta panta thelousin hoi te peri ton Hippason kai Anaximandron kai Thalē ton Milēsion. Hippasos men ho Metapontios kai Hērakleitos ho Ephesios ek pyros apephēnanto tēn genesin, Anaximandros de ex aeros Thalēs de ex hydatos, Xenophanēs de ek gēs. Ek gēs gar, phēsi, panta esti, kai eis gēn panta teleutą.

The Stoics, then, constructed the generation of all things from one body without quality. For according to them the principle of all things is matter without quality and wholly changeable; and as it changes, fire, air, water, earth come to be. And those around Hippasus and Anaximander and Thales the Milesian hold that all things came to be from one that has quality. Hippasus of Metapontum and Heraclitus of Ephesus declared that generation is from fire, Anaximander from air, Thales from water, and Xenophanes from earth. “For from earth,” he says, “are all things, and into earth all things end.”

item 10, chapter 7

10.7.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 498–500

Ἐκ πλειόνων δὲ καὶ ἀριθμητῶν, δυεῖν μέν, γῆς τε καὶ ὕδατος, τὰ ὅλα συνεστηκέναι φησὶν ὁ ποιητὴς Ὅμηρος ὁτὲ μὲν λέγων·

Ek pleionōn de kai arithmētōn, dyein men, gēs te kai hydatos, ta hola synestēkenai phēsin ho poiētēs Homēros hote men legōn;

And the poet Homer says that the universe consists of more than one, a definite number, two, earth and water, saying at one time:

10.7.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 500

Τέσσαρα τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε· Ζεὺς ἀήρ, Ἥρη τε φερέσβιος, ἠδʼ Ἀϊδωνεύς, Νῆστις δὲ ἡ δακτοῖς σπονδε κρουνῷ μαβρόντιον.

Tessara tōn pantōn rhizōmata prōton akoue; Zeus aēr, Hērē te pheresbios, ēdʼ Aïdōneus, Nēstis de hē daktois sponde krounǭ mabrontion.

“Hear first the four roots of all things: Zeus the air, and life-bearing Hera, and Aidoneus, and Nestis, who with her tears wets the fount of mortals.”

10.7.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 500

Ἐκ πέντε δὲ Ὄκελλος ὁ Λευκανὸς καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης· συμπαρέλαβον γὰρ τοῖς τέσσαρσι στοιχείοις τὸ πέμπτον καὶ κυκλοφορητικὸν σῶμα, ἐξ οὗ λέγουσιν εἶναι τὰ οὐράνια. Ἐκ δὲ τῶν (??) τὴν τῶν πάντων ὑπέθεντο γένεσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα. Ἐν οἷς μὲν γὰρ λέγει· (??)

Ek pente de Okellos ho Leukanos kai Aristotelēs; symparelabon gar tois tessarsi stoicheiois to pempton kai kyklophorētikon sōma, ex hou legousin einai ta ourania. Ek de tōn (??) tēn tōn pantōn hypethento genesin hoi peri ton Empedoklea. En hois men gar legei; (??)

From five, Ocellus the Lucanian and Aristotle; for they took along with the four elements the fifth, circling body, from which they say the heavenly things are made. And from … those around Empedocles laid down the generation of all things. For where he says: “…

10.7.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 500

τῶν πάντων ῥιζώματα πρῶτον ἄκουε, ἐκ τεσσάρων ποιεῖ τὴν γένεσιν· ὅταν δὲ προσθῇ· Νεῖκός τʼ οὐλόμενον δίχα τῶν, ἀτάλαντον ἁπάντη, καὶ φιλίη μετὰ τοῖσιν, ἴση μῆκός τε πλάτος τε, ἓξ παραδίδωσι τὰς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχάς, (??) μὲν ὑλικάς, γῆν, ὕδωρ, πῦρ, ἀέρα, δύο δὲ τὰς δραστηρίους, φιλίαν καὶ νεῖκος. Ἐξ ἀπείρων δὲ ἐδογμάτισαν τὴν τῶν πάντων γένεσιν οἱ περὶ Ἀναξαγόραν τὸν Κλαζομένιον καὶ Δημόκριτον καὶ Ἐπίκουρον καὶ ἄλλοι παμπληθεῖς, ὧν ἐκ μέρους πρότερον ἐμνήσθημεν.

tōn pantōn rhizōmata prōton akoue, ek tessarōn poiei tēn genesin; hotan de prosthę̄; Neikos tʼ oulomenon dicha tōn, atalanton hapantē, kai philiē meta toisin, isē mēkos te platos te, hex paradidōsi tas tōn holōn archas, (??) men hylikas, gēn, hydōr, pyr, aera, dyo de tas drastērious, philian kai neikos. Ex apeirōn de edogmatisan tēn tōn pantōn genesin hoi peri Anaxagoran ton Klazomenion kai Dēmokriton kai Epikouron kai alloi pamplētheis, hōn ek merous proteron emnēsthēmen.

roots of all things hear first,” he makes generation from four; but when he adds: “and accursed Strife apart from them, equal in weight everywhere, and Love among them, equal in length and breadth,” he hands down six principles of all things, [four] material, earth, water, fire, air, and two active, Love and Strife. And those around Anaxagoras of Clazomenae and Democritus and Epicurus and very many others, whom we mentioned in part before, taught the generation of all things from infinitely many.

10.7.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 500

Ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Ἀναξαγόρας ἐξ ὁμοίων τοῖς γεννωμένοις, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δημόκριτον καὶ Ἐπίκουρον ἐξ ἀνομοίων τε καὶ ἀπαθῶν, τουτέστιν ἐκ τῶν ἀτόμων, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ποντικὸν Ἡρακλείδην καὶ Ἀσκληπιάδην ἐξ ἀνομοίων [μέν], παθητῶν δέ, καθάπερ τῶν ἀνάρμων ὄγκων, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πλάτωνα ἐκ τριῶν· εἶναι ταῦτα λέγουσι θεὸν καὶ ὕλην καὶ παράδειγμα.

Allʼ ho men Anaxagoras ex homoiōn tois gennōmenois, hoi de peri ton Dēmokriton kai Epikouron ex anomoiōn te kai apathōn, toutestin ek tōn atomōn, hoi de peri ton Pontikon Hērakleidēn kai Asklēpiadēn ex anomoiōn [men], pathētōn de, kathaper tōn anarmōn onkōn, hoi de peri ton Platōna ek triōn; einai tauta legousi theon kai hylēn kai paradeigma.

But Anaxagoras from things like those generated; those around Democritus and Epicurus from things unlike and impassible, that is, from the atoms; those around Heraclides of Pontus and Asclepiades from things unlike [but] passible, such as the jointless masses; and those around Plato from three, which they say are God, matter, and the pattern.

10.7.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 500–502

Τὴν δὲ ὕλην μερίζει εἰς τέσσαρας ἀρχάς, πῦρ, ὕδωρ, γῆν, ἀέρα· θεὸν δὲ τὸν ταύτης εἶναι δημιουργόν, τὸ δὲ παράδειγμα νοῦν.

Tēn de hylēn merizei eis tessaras archas, pyr, hydōr, gēn, aera; theon de ton tautēs einai dēmiourgon, to de paradeigma noun.

And he divides matter into four principles, fire, water, earth, air; and God is its Demiurge, and the pattern is mind.

item 10, chapter 8

10.8.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 502

Πεπεισμένοι τοίνυν ὅτι πᾶσι τούτοις ὁμολογουμένως ἄπορος εὑρίσκεται ὁ τῆς φυσιολογίας λόγος, αὐτοὶ περὶ τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας παραδειγμάτων ὡς ἔστι καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν, ἀόκνως ἐροῦμεν, πλ[ὴν] καὶ τὰ τοῖς αἱρεσιάρχαις ἐπιτομῇ πρότερον ἐκθέμενοι, ἵνα καὶ διὰ τούτου εὔγνωστα τὰ πάντων δόγματα παραστήσαντες φανερὰν καὶ εὔγνωστον τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπιδείξωμεν.

Pepeismenoi toinyn hoti pasi toutois homologoumenōs aporos heurisketai ho tēs physiologias logos, autoi peri tōn tēs alētheias paradeigmatōn hōs esti kai pepisteukamen, aoknōs eroumen, pl[ēn] kai ta tois hairesiarchais epitomę̄ proteron ekthemenoi, hina kai dia toutou eugnōsta ta pantōn dogmata parastēsantes phaneran kai eugnōston tēn alētheian epideixōmen.

Being persuaded, then, that the account of natural philosophy is admittedly found to be unworkable for all of these, we ourselves shall speak without hesitation about the patterns of the truth, as it is and as we have believed; but first setting out in summary the teachings of the heresiarchs as well, so that, presenting the doctrines of all in an easily known form, we may show the truth plain and easy to know.

item 10, chapter 9

10.9.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 502

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ οὕτως δοκεῖ, ἀρξώμεθα πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῶν τοῦ ὄφεως λειτουργῶν. Ναασσηνοὶ ἄνθρωπον καλοῦσι τὴν πρώτην τῶν ὅλων ἀρχήν, τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου· τοῦτον δὲ τριχῆ διαιροῦσιν. Ἔστι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ, φασί, τὸ μὲν νοερόν, τὸ δὲ ψυχικόν, τὸ δὲ χοϊκόν.

Allʼ epei houtōs dokei, arxōmetha prōton apo tōn tou opheōs leitourgōn. Naassēnoi anthrōpon kalousi tēn prōtēn tōn holōn archēn, ton auton kai huion anthrōpou; touton de trichē diairousin. Esti men gar autou, phasi, to men noeron, to de psychikon, to de choïkon.

But since it seems right, let us begin first with the ministers of the serpent. The Naassenes call the first principle of all things Man, the same being also Son of Man; and they divide him in three. For of him, they say, one part is intellectual, another psychic, another earthly.

10.9.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 502

Καλοῦσι δὲ αὐτὸν Ἀδάμαν, καὶ νομίζουσι τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν εἶναι γνῶσιν ἀρχὴν τοῦ δύνασθαι γνῶναι θεόν. Καὶ ταῦτα πάντα τὰ νοερὰ καὶ τὰ ψυχικὰ καὶ τὰ χοϊκὰ κεχωρηκέναι εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ὁμοῦ διʼ αὐτοῦ λελαληκέναι τὰς τρεῖς οὐσίας τοῖς τρισὶ γένεσι.

Kalousi de auton Adaman, kai nomizousi tēn eis auton einai gnōsin archēn tou dynasthai gnōnai theon. Kai tauta panta ta noera kai ta psychika kai ta choïka kechōrēkenai eis ton Iēsoun, kai homou diʼ autou lelalēkenai tas treis ousias tois trisi genesi.

And they call him Adamas, and think that knowledge of him is the beginning of being able to know God. And all these, the intellectual, the psychic, and the earthly, came together into Jesus, and through him the three substances spoke at once to the three races.

10.9.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 502

Τοῦ παντὸς οὗτοι φάσκουσι τρία γένη, ἀγγελικόν, ψυχικόν, χοϊκόν, καὶ τρεῖς εἶναι ἐκκλησίας, ἀγγελικήν, ψυχικήν, χοϊκήν· ὀνόματα δὲ αὐταῖς, ἐκλεκτή, κλητή, αἰχμάλωτος. Ταῦτα ἐστὶ τὰ κατʼ αὐτοὺς κεφάλαια, ὡς ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἔστι καταλαβεῖν. Ταῦτά φασι παραδεδωκέναι τὸν Ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου τῇ Μαριάμνῃ, καταψευδόμενοι ἀμφοτέρων.

Tou pantos houtoi phaskousi tria genē, angelikon, psychikon, choïkon, kai treis einai ekklēsias, angelikēn, psychikēn, choïkēn; onomata de autais, eklektē, klētē, aichmalōtos. Tauta esti ta katʼ autous kephalaia, hōs en oligǭ esti katalabein. Tauta phasi paradedōkenai ton Iakōbon ton adelphon tou kyriou tę̄ Mariamnę̄, katapseudomenoi amphoterōn.

These claim that there are three races of the universe, angelic, psychic, and earthly; and three churches, angelic, psychic, and earthly; and their names are elect, called, and captive. These are the chief points of their teaching, as can be grasped in brief. They say that James the brother of the Lord handed these down to Mariamne, lying about both.

item 10, chapter 10

10.10.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 502–504

Οἱ δὲ Περάται, Ἀδέμης ὁ Καρύστιος καὶ Εὐφράτης ὁ Περατικός, λέγουσιν ἕνα εἶναι κόσμον τινά, οὕτως καλοῦντες τοῦτον, τριχῆ διῃρημένον. Ἔστι δὲ [τῆς] τριχῆ διαιρέσεως παρʼ αὐτοῖς [τὸ μὲν ἓν μέρος, ] οἷον ἡ μία ἀρχὴ καθάπερ πηγὴ μεγάλη, εἰς ἀπείρους τομὰς τῷ λόγῳ τμηθῆναι δυναμένη.

Hoi de Peratai, Ademēs ho Karystios kai Euphratēs ho Peratikos, legousin hena einai kosmon tina, houtōs kalountes touton, trichē dię̄rēmenon. Esti de [tēs] trichē diaireseōs parʼ autois [to men hen meros, ] hoion hē mia archē kathaper pēgē megalē, eis apeirous tomas tǭ logǭ tmēthēnai dynamenē.

The Peratae, Ademes of Carystus and Euphrates the Peratic, say that there is a certain one world, so calling it, divided in three. And of the threefold division among them, [one part] is like the one principle, like a great spring, which can be divided by reason into infinite sections.

10.10.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 504

Ἡ δὲ πρώτη τομὴ καὶ προεχεστέρα κατʼ αὐτούς ἐστιν ἡ τριάς, καὶ [τὸ μὲν ἒν μέρος] καλεῖται ἀγαθὸν τέλειον, μέγεθος πα(??)ικόν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον μέρος τῆς τριάδος οἱονεὶ δυνάμεων ἄπειρόν τι πλῆθος· τρίτον ἰδικόν· καὶ ἔστι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀγέννητον [ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀγαθόν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἀγαθὸν αὐτογενές τὸ τρίτον γεννητόν·] ὅθεν διαρρήδην λέγουσι τρεῖς θεούς, τρεῖς λόγους, τρεῖς νοῦς, τρεῖς ἀνθρώπους.

Hē de prōtē tomē kai proechestera katʼ autous estin hē trias, kai [to men en meros] kaleitai agathon teleion, megethos pa(??)ikon; to de deuteron meros tēs triados hoionei dynameōn apeiron ti plēthos; triton idikon; kai esti to men prōton agennēton [hoper estin agathon; to de deuteron agathon autogenes to triton gennēton;] hothen diarrēdēn legousi treis theous, treis logous, treis nous, treis anthrōpous.

And the first and chief section, according to them, is the triad; and [one part] is called perfect Good, a … magnitude; the second part of the triad is, as it were, an infinite multitude of powers; the third is particular. And the first is unbegotten [which is good; the second is self-begotten good; the third is begotten]; whence they expressly speak of three gods, three words, three minds, three men.

10.10.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 504

Ἑκάστῳ γὰρ μέρει τοῦ κόσμου, τῆς διαιρέσεως διακεκριμένης, διδόασι καὶ θεοὺς καὶ λόγους καὶ ἀνθρώπους καὶ τὰ λοιπά. Ἄνωθεν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγεννησίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου πρώτης τομῆς, ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ λοιπὸν τοῦ κόσμου καθεστηκότος, κατεληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τοῖς Ἡρώδου χρόνοις τριφυῆ τινα ἄνθρωπον καὶ τρισώματον καὶ τριδύναμον, καλούμενον Χριστόν, ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἔχοντα τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν ἐν αὑτῷ πάντα τὰ [τοῦ κόσμου] συγκρίματα καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις.

Hekastǭ gar merei tou kosmou, tēs diaireseōs diakekrimenēs, didoasi kai theous kai logous kai anthrōpous kai ta loipa. Anōthen de apo tēs agennēsias kai tēs tou kosmou prōtēs tomēs, epi synteleią loipon tou kosmou kathestēkotos, katelēlythenai epi tois Hērōdou chronois triphyē tina anthrōpon kai trisōmaton kai tridynamon, kaloumenon Christon, apo tōn triōn echonta tou kosmou merōn en hautǭ panta ta [tou kosmou] synkrimata kai tas dynameis.

For to each part of the world, the division having been made distinct, they assign gods and words and men and the rest. And from above, from the unbegottenness and the first section of the world, when the world had finally come to its consummation, there came down in the times of Herod a certain man of three natures, three bodies, and three powers, called Christ, having in himself from the three parts of the world all the compounds and powers [of the world].

10.10.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 504

Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι θέλουσι τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἐν ᾧ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς. Κατενεχθῆναι δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων κόσμων δύο, τοῦ τε ἀγεννήτου καὶ τοῦ αὐτογεννήτου, εἰς τοῦτον τὸν κόσμον, ἐν ᾧ ἐσμὲν ἡμεῖς, παντοίων δυνάμεων σπέρματα. Κατεληλυθέναι δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ ἀγεννησίας, ἵνα διὰ τῆς καταβάσεως αὐτοῦ πάντα σωθῇ τὰ τριχῆ διῃρημένα.

Kai touto einai thelousi to eirēmenon; En hǭ katoikei pan to plērōma tēs theotētos sōmatikōs. Katenechthēnai de apo tōn hyperkeimenōn kosmōn dyo, tou te agennētou kai tou autogennētou, eis touton ton kosmon, en hǭ esmen hēmeis, pantoiōn dynameōn spermata. Katelēlythenai de ton Christon anōthen apo agennēsias, hina dia tēs katabaseōs autou panta sōthę̄ ta trichē dię̄rēmena.

And they hold that this is what is said: “In whom all the fullness of the Godhead dwells bodily.” And that from the two worlds lying above, the unbegotten and the self-begotten, seeds of all kinds of powers were brought down into this world in which we are; and that Christ came down from above from unbegottenness, so that through his descent all the things divided in three might be saved.

10.10.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 504–506

Ἃ μὲν γὰρ, φησίν, ἔστιν ἄνωθεν κατενηνεγμένα, ἀνελεύσεται διʼ αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐπιβουλεύσαντα τοῖς κατενηνεγμένοις ἀφίεται καὶ κολασθέντα ἀποπέμπεται. Δύο δὲ εἶναι μέρη τὰ σωζόμενα λέγει, τὰ ὑπερκείμενα, ἀπαλλαγέντα τῆς φθορᾶς, τὸ δὲ τρίτον ἀπόλλυσθαι, ὃν κόσμον ἰδικὸν καλεῖ. Ταῦτα καὶ οἱ Περάται.

Ha men gar, phēsin, estin anōthen katenēnegmena, aneleusetai diʼ autou, ta de epibouleusanta tois katenēnegmenois aphietai kai kolasthenta apopempetai. Dyo de einai merē ta sōzomena legei, ta hyperkeimena, apallagenta tēs phthoras, to de triton apollysthai, hon kosmon idikon kalei. Tauta kai hoi Peratai.

For the things, he says, that have been brought down from above will go up through him, but the things that plotted against those brought down are let go, and after being punished are sent away. And he says that the parts that are saved are two, those lying above, freed from corruption, but the third perishes, which he calls the particular world. These are the teachings of the Peratae too.

item 10, chapter 11

10.11.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 506

Τοῖς δὲ Σηθιανοῖς δοκεῖ, ὅτι τῶν ὅλων εἰσὶ τρεῖς ἀρχαὶ περιωρισμέναι. Ἑκάστη δὲ τῶν ἀρχῶν... πέφυκε [δύνασθαι] γενέσθαι, ὡς ἐν ἀνθρωπίνῃ ψυχῇ πᾶσα ἡτισοῦν διδασκομένη τέχνη, οἱονεὶ γένοιτο παιδίον αὐλητῇ γενέσθαι αὐλεῖν, ἢ γεωμέτρῃ γεωμετρεῖν, ἢ τινὶ τέχνῃ ὁμοίως.

Tois de Sēthianois dokei, hoti tōn holōn eisi treis archai periōrismenai. Hekastē de tōn archōn... pephyke [dynasthai] genesthai, hōs en anthrōpinę̄ psychę̄ pasa hētisoun didaskomenē technē, hoionei genoito paidion aulētę̄ genesthai aulein, ē geōmetrę̄ geōmetrein, ē tini technę̄ homoiōs.

The Sethians hold that there are three defined principles of all things. And each of the principles … is by nature [able] to become, as in a human soul any art whatever that is taught, as if a child should become able to play the flute through a flute-player, or do geometry through a geometer, or likewise with any art.

10.11.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 506

Αἱ δὲ τῶν ἀρχῶν, φασίν, οὐσίαι εἰσὶ φῶς καὶ σκότος· τούτων δέ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῳ πνεῦμα ἀκέραιον· τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸ τεταγμένον ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ σκότους, ὅπερ ἐστὶ κάτω, καὶ τοῦ φωτός, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἄνω, λέγουσιν, οὐκ ἔστι πνεῦμα ὡς ἀνέμου ῥιπὴ ἢ λεπτή τις αὖρα νοηθῆναι δυναμένη, ἀλλʼ οἱονεί τις ὀσμὴ μύρου ἢ θυμιάματος ἐκ συνθέσεως κατασκευαζομένου λεπτή, διοδεύουσα δύναμις ἀνεπινοήτῳ τινὶ καὶ κρείττονι λόγου φορᾷ εὐωδίας.

Hai de tōn archōn, phasin, ousiai eisi phōs kai skotos; toutōn de estin en mesǭ pneuma akeraion; to de pneuma to tetagmenon en mesǭ tou skotous, hoper esti katō, kai tou phōtos, hoper estin anō, legousin, ouk esti pneuma hōs anemou rhipē ē leptē tis aura noēthēnai dynamenē, allʼ hoionei tis osmē myrou ē thymiamatos ek syntheseōs kataskeuazomenou leptē, diodeuousa dynamis anepinoētǭ tini kai kreittoni logou phorą euōdias.

And the substances of the principles, they say, are light and darkness; and between these is pure Spirit. And the Spirit set between the darkness, which is below, and the light, which is above, they say, is not spirit as a gust of wind or some slight breeze that can be conceived, but like a subtle scent of ointment or of incense prepared by compounding, a power passing through with an inconceivable movement of fragrance, better than words.

10.11.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 506

Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐστὶν ἄνω τὸ φῶς καὶ κάτω τὸ σκότος καὶ τούτων μέσον τὸ πνεῦμα, τὸ δὲ φῶς [ὡς] ἀκτὶς ἡλίου ἄνωθεν ἐλλάμπουσα εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον σκότος, ἡ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδία φέρεται μέσην ἔχουσα τάξιν καὶ ἐξικνεῖται, ὥσπερ ἡ τῶν θυμιαμάτων ὀσμὴ ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ φέρεται, τοιαύτης δὲ οὔσης τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν διῃρημένων τριχῶς, τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τοῦ φωτὸς ὁμοῦ ἐστι κάτω ἡ δύναμις ἐν τῷ σκότει τῷ ὑποτεταγμένῳ.

Epei toinyn estin anō to phōs kai katō to skotos kai toutōn meson to pneuma, to de phōs [hōs] aktis hēliou anōthen ellampousa eis to hypokeimenon skotos, hē de tou pneumatos euōdia pheretai mesēn echousa taxin kai exikneitai, hōsper hē tōn thymiamatōn osmē epi tǭ pyri pheretai, toiautēs de ousēs tēs dynameōs tōn dię̄rēmenōn trichōs, tou pneumatos kai tou phōtos homou esti katō hē dynamis en tǭ skotei tǭ hypotetagmenǭ.

Since, then, the light is above and the darkness below and the Spirit between them, and the light, [like] a ray of the sun, shines from above into the underlying darkness, and the fragrance of the Spirit, holding the middle rank, is borne along and reaches out, as the scent of incense is borne up on the fire; the power of the things divided in three being such, the power of the Spirit and of the light together is below in the darkness set beneath.

10.11.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 506–508

Τὸ δὲ σκότος ὕδωρ εἶναι φασὶ φοβερόν, εἰς ὃ κατέσπασται [καὶ] μετενήνεκται εἰς τοιαύτην φύσιν μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ φῶς. Φρόνιμον οὖν τὸ σκότος ὂν καὶ γινώσκον, ὅτι, ἂν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ φῶς, μένει τὸ σκότος ἔρημον, ἀφανές, ἀλαμπές, ἀδύναμον, ἄπρακτον, ἀσθενές, τῷδε πάσῃ συνέσει καὶ φρονήσει βιάζεται κατέχειν εἰς ἑαυτὸ τὴν λαμπηδόνα καὶ τὸν σπινθῆρα τοῦ φωτὸς μετὰ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδίας.

To de skotos hydōr einai phasi phoberon, eis ho katespastai [kai] metenēnektai eis toiautēn physin meta tou pneumatos to phōs. Phronimon oun to skotos on kai ginōskon, hoti, an aparthę̄ apʼ autou to phōs, menei to skotos erēmon, aphanes, alampes, adynamon, aprakton, asthenes, tǭde pasę̄ synesei kai phronēsei biazetai katechein eis heauto tēn lampēdona kai ton spinthēra tou phōtos meta tēs tou pneumatos euōdias.

And the darkness, they say, is a fearful water, into which the light, together with the Spirit, has been dragged down [and] transferred into such a nature. The darkness, then, being intelligent and knowing that if the light is taken away from it, the darkness remains desolate, invisible, without luster, powerless, inactive, and weak, uses all its intelligence and prudence to force itself to hold fast within itself the brightness and spark of the light, together with the fragrance of the Spirit.

10.11.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 508

Εἰκόνα τούτου ταύτην παρεισάγουσι, λέγοντες· ὥσπερ ἡ κόρη τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ [ὑπὸ] ὑποκειμένων ὑδάτων σκοτεινὴ φαίνεται, φωτίζεται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος, οὕτως ἀντιποιεῖται τὸ σκότος τοῦ πνεύματος, ἔχει δὲ παρʼ ἑαυτῷ πάσας τὰς δυνάμεις βουλομένας ἀφίστασθαι καὶ ἀνιέναι. Εἰσὶ δὲ αὗται ἀπειράκις ἄπειροι, ἐξ ὧν τὰ πάντα τυποῦται καὶ γίνεται ἐπιμιγνυμένων δίκην σφραγίδων.

Eikona toutou tautēn pareisagousi, legontes; hōsper hē korē tou ophthalmou [hypo] hypokeimenōn hydatōn skoteinē phainetai, phōtizetai de hypo tou pneumatos, houtōs antipoieitai to skotos tou pneumatos, echei de parʼ heautǭ pasas tas dynameis boulomenas aphistasthai kai anienai. Eisi de hautai apeirakis apeiroi, ex hōn ta panta typoutai kai ginetai epimignymenōn dikēn sphragidōn.

They introduce this as an image of it, saying: just as the pupil of the eye appears dark [because of] the waters beneath, but is lit up by the spirit, so the darkness lays claim to the Spirit and holds by itself all the powers, which wish to depart and go up. And these are infinitely infinite, from which all things are shaped and come to be, mingling like seals.

10.11.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 508

Ὥσπερ γὰρ σφραγὶς ἐπικοινωνήσασα κηρῷ τὸν τύπον ἐποίησεν αὐτὴ παρʼ ἑαυτῇ ἡτισοῦν [ἦν] μένουσα, οὕτως καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις ἐπικοινωνήσασαι τὰ πάντα ἀπεργάζονται γένη ζῴων ἄπειρα. Γεγονέναι οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης συνδρομῆς τῶν τριῶν ἀρχῶν μεγάλης σφραγῖδος ἰδέαν, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, εἶδος ἔχουσαν παραπλήσιον μήτρᾳ ὀμφαλὸν ἐχούσῃ μέσον. Οὕτως δὲ καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκτυπώσεις τῶν πάντων ἐκτετυπῶσθαι ὥσπερ οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν μήτρᾳ παραπλησίους.

Hōsper gar sphragis epikoinōnēsasa kērǭ ton typon epoiēsen autē parʼ heautę̄ hētisoun [ēn] menousa, houtōs kai hai dynameis epikoinōnēsasai ta panta apergazontai genē zǭōn apeira. Gegonenai oun apo tēs prōtēs syndromēs tōn triōn archōn megalēs sphragidos idean, ouranon kai gēn, eidos echousan paraplēsion mētrą omphalon echousę̄ meson. Houtōs de kai tas loipas ektypōseis tōn pantōn ektetypōsthai hōsper ouranon kai gēn mētrą paraplēsious.

For as a seal, sharing with wax, makes the impression while itself remaining whatever it [was], so also the powers, sharing with one another, produce all things, infinite kinds of living beings. So from the first concourse of the three principles there came into being the form of a great seal, heaven and earth, having a shape like a womb with a navel in the middle. And so the other impressions of all things too have been stamped, like heaven and earth, similar to a womb.

10.11.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 508

Ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὕδατος γεγονέναι φασὶ πρωτόγονον ἀρχήν, ἄνεμον σφοδρὸν καὶ λάβρον καὶ πάσης γενέσεως αἴτιον, βρασμόν τινα καὶ κίνησιν ἐργαζόμενον τῷ κόσμῳ ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων κινήσεως.

Ek de tou hydatos gegonenai phasi prōtogonon archēn, anemon sphodron kai labron kai pasēs geneseōs aition, brasmon tina kai kinēsin ergazomenon tǭ kosmǭ ek tēs tōn hydatōn kinēseōs.

And from the water, they say, there came into being a first-born principle, a violent and furious wind, the cause of all generation, producing a kind of seething and movement in the world from the movement of the waters.

10.11.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 508

Τοῦτον δὲ ἐπιτελεῖν εἶδος συρίγματι ὄφεως παραπλήσιον, φέρων ὅθεν ἦν ὁ φορῶν ὁ κόσμος πρὸς γένεσιν ὁρμᾷ ὀργήσας ὡς μήτρα, καὶ ἐντεῦθεν θέλουσι συνίστασθαι τὴν τῶν ὅλων γένεσιν.

Touton de epitelein eidos syrigmati opheōs paraplēsion, pherōn hothen ēn ho phorōn ho kosmos pros genesin hormą orgēsas hōs mētra, kai enteuthen thelousi synistasthai tēn tōn holōn genesin.

And this wind produces a form like the hissing of a serpent … the world is driven toward generation, swelling like a womb; and from this they hold that the generation of all things is constituted.

10.11.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 508–510

Τοῦτον δὲ εἶναι πνεῦμα ἀνέμου λέγουσι τέλειον θεὸν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων καὶ τῆς τοῦ πνεύματος εὐωδίας καὶ φωτὸς λαμπηδόνος γεγονέναι, καὶ εἶναι γέννημα θηλείας νοῦν· τὸν ἄνωθεν σπινθῆρα κάτω ἀναμεμιγμένον σὺν τοῖς περισυγκρίτοις σώματος σπεύδειν ἐκφεύγειν, ἐκφυγόντα πορεύεσθαι καὶ τὴν λύσιν οὐχ εὑρίσκειν διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι δέσιν. Διὸ ἐβόα ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὑδάτων μίξεως κατὰ τὸν ψαλμῳδόν, ὡς λέγουσι.

Touton de einai pneuma anemou legousi teleion theon ek tēs tōn hydatōn kai tēs tou pneumatos euōdias kai phōtos lampēdonos gegonenai, kai einai gennēma thēleias noun; ton anōthen spinthēra katō anamemigmenon syn tois perisynkritois sōmatos speudein ekpheugein, ekphygonta poreuesthai kai tēn lysin ouch heuriskein dia tēn en tois hydasi desin. Dio eboa ek tēs tōn hydatōn mixeōs kata ton psalmǭdon, hōs legousi.

And they say that this spirit of wind is the perfect God, come into being from the waters and from the fragrance of the Spirit and from the brightness of the light, and that the mind is the offspring of a female; that the spark from above, mingled below with the compounds of the body, hastens to escape, and having escaped travels on and does not find release because of its binding in the waters. Therefore it cried out from the mingling of the waters, according to the psalmist, as they say.

10.11.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 510

Πᾶσα οὖν ἡ φροντὶς τοῦ ἄνω φωτός ἐστιν, ὅπως ῥύσηται τὸν κάτω σπινθῆρα ἀπὸ τοῦ κάτω πατρός, ἀνέμου ἐπεγείροντος βρασμὸν καὶ τάραχον καὶ ἑαυτῷ νοῦν υἱοποιήσαντος οὐκ ὄντα αὐτοῦ, φάσκουσιν, [ἴδιον, ὃν] ἰδόντα τὸν τέλειον λόγον τοῦ ἄνωθεν φωτὸς αὐτὸν ἀπομορφώσαντα εἴδει ὄφεως κεχωρηκέναι ἐν μήτρᾳ, ἵνα τὸν νοῦν ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἐκ τοῦ φωτὸς σπινθῆρα, ἀναλαβεῖν δυνηθῇ.

Pasa oun hē phrontis tou anō phōtos estin, hopōs rhysētai ton katō spinthēra apo tou katō patros, anemou epegeirontos brasmon kai tarachon kai heautǭ noun huiopoiēsantos ouk onta autou, phaskousin, [idion, hon] idonta ton teleion logon tou anōthen phōtos auton apomorphōsanta eidei opheōs kechōrēkenai en mētrą, hina ton noun ekeinon, ton ek tou phōtos spinthēra, analabein dynēthę̄.

All the care of the light above, then, is how it may rescue the spark below from the father below, the wind that stirs up seething and turmoil and made for himself as son a mind not his own, they say; [which], seeing the perfect Word of the light from above, having transformed himself into the form of a serpent, entered into the womb, so that he might be able to take back that mind, the spark from the light.

10.11.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 510

Καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὸ εἰρημένον· Ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε μορφὴν δούλου λαβών. Καὶ ταύτην εἶναι τὴν [δουλικὴν] μορφὴν οἱ κακοδαίμονες θέλουσι καὶ πολυπή[μονες] Σηθιανοί. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ οὗτοι λέγουσιν.

Kai touto einai to eirēmenon; Hos en morphę̄ theou hyparchōn ouch harpagmon hēgēsato to einai isa theǭ, allʼ heauton ekenōse morphēn doulou labōn. Kai tautēn einai tēn [doulikēn] morphēn hoi kakodaimones thelousi kai polypē[mones] Sēthianoi. Tauta men oun kai houtoi legousin.

And that this is what is said: “Who, being in the form of God, did not consider being equal to God something to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a slave.” And the wretched and mischievous Sethians hold that this is the [slave's] form. These, then, are the things these too say.

item 10, chapter 12

10.12.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 510

Ὁ δὲ πάνσοφος Σίμων οὕτως λέγει· ἀπέραντον εἶναι δύναμιν, ταύτην ῥίζωμα τῶν ὅλων εἶναι. Ἔστι δὲ, φησίν, ἡ ἀπέραντος δύναμις, τὸ πῦρ, κατʼ αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ἁπλοῦν, καθάπερ οἱ πολλοὶ ἁπλᾶ λέγοντες εἶναι τὰ [δὲ] τέσσαρα στοιχεῖα καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἁπλοῦν εἶναι νενομίκασιν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι τοῦ πυρὸς τὴν φύσιν διπλῆν, καὶ τῆς διπλῆς ταύτης καλεῖ τὸ μέν τι κρυπτόν, τὸ δὲ φανερόν· κεκρύφθαι δὲ τὰ κρυπτὰ ἐν τοῖς φανεροῖς τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τὰ φανερὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ὑπὸ τῶν κρυπτῶν γεγονέναι.

Ho de pansophos Simōn houtōs legei; aperanton einai dynamin, tautēn rhizōma tōn holōn einai. Esti de, phēsin, hē aperantos dynamis, to pyr, katʼ auton ouden haploun, kathaper hoi polloi hapla legontes einai ta [de] tessara stoicheia kai to pyr haploun einai nenomikasin, allʼ einai tou pyros tēn physin diplēn, kai tēs diplēs tautēs kalei to men ti krypton, to de phaneron; kekryphthai de ta krypta en tois phanerois tou pyros, kai ta phanera tou pyros hypo tōn kryptōn gegonenai.

The all-wise Simon speaks thus: that there is an infinite power, and that this is the root of all things. And the infinite power, he says, is fire, according to him nothing simple, as the many, saying that the four elements are simple, have also supposed fire to be simple; but the nature of fire is double, and of this double nature he calls one part hidden and the other manifest; and the hidden things are hidden in the manifest things of the fire, and the manifest things of the fire have come to be from the hidden.

10.12.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 510

Πάντα δὲ, φησί, νενόμισται τὰ μέρη τοῦ πυρὸς ὁρατὰ καὶ ἀόρατα φρόνησιν ἔχειν. Γέγονεν οὖν, φασίν, ὁ κόσμος ὁ γεννητὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγεννήτου πυρός. Ἤρξατο δέ, φησίν, οὕτως γίνεσθαι· ἓξ ῥίζας τὰς πρώτας τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς γενέσεως ὁ γεννητὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ πυρὸς ἐκείνου λαβών· ταύτας γὰρ ῥίζας γεγονέναι κατὰ συζυγίας ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρός, ἅστινας καλεῖ νοῦν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν, φωνὴν καὶ ὄνομα, λογισμὸν καὶ ἐνθύμησιν.

Panta de, phēsi, nenomistai ta merē tou pyros horata kai aorata phronēsin echein. Gegonen oun, phasin, ho kosmos ho gennētos apo tou agennētou pyros. Ērxato de, phēsin, houtōs ginesthai; hex rhizas tas prōtas tēs archēs tēs geneseōs ho gennētos apo tēs archēs tou pyros ekeinou labōn; tautas gar rhizas gegonenai kata syzygias apo tou pyros, hastinas kalei noun kai epinoian, phōnēn kai onoma, logismon kai enthymēsin.

And all the parts of the fire, he says, visible and invisible, are thought to have understanding. So, they say, the begotten world came into being from the unbegotten fire. And it began, he says, to come into being thus: the begotten one took from the principle of that fire six roots, the first of the principle of generation; for these roots came into being in pairs from the fire, which he calls Mind and Thought, Voice and Name, Reasoning and Reflection.

10.12.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 510–512

Εἶναι δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἓξ ῥίζαις ὁμοῦ τὴν ἀπέραντον δύναμιν, [ἣν] εἶναι φησὶ τὸν ἑστῶτα, στάντα, στησόμενον, ὃς [ἐὰν] ἐξεικονισθῇ ἐν ταῖς ἓξ δυνάμεσιν, ἔσται οὐσίᾳ, δυνάμει, μεγέθει, ἀποτελέσματι μία καὶ [ἡ] αὐτὴ τῇ ἀγεννήτῳ καὶ ἀπεράντῳ δυνάμει, οὐδὲν ὅλως ἔχουσα ἐνδεέστερον ἐκείνης τῆς ἀγεννήτου καὶ ἀπαραλλάκτου καὶ ἀπεράντου δυνάμεως·

Einai de en tais hex rhizais homou tēn aperanton dynamin, [hēn] einai phēsi ton hestōta, stanta, stēsomenon, hos [ean] exeikonisthę̄ en tais hex dynamesin, estai ousią, dynamei, megethei, apotelesmati mia kai [hē] autē tę̄ agennētǭ kai aperantǭ dynamei, ouden holōs echousa endeesteron ekeinēs tēs agennētou kai aparallaktou kai aperantou dynameōs;

And the infinite power is in the six roots together, [which] he says is He who stands, stood, and will stand; who, [if] he is fully imaged in the six powers, will be in substance, power, magnitude, and result one and [the] same with the unbegotten and infinite power, having nothing at all less than that unbegotten, unchanging, and infinite power;

10.12.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 512

ἐὰν δὲ μείνῃ δυνάμει μόνον ἐν ταῖς ἓξ δυνάμεσι καὶ μὴ ἐξεικονισθῇ, ἀφανίζεται, φησί, καὶ ἀπόλλυται οὕτως ὡς ἡ δύναμις ἡ γραμματικὴ ἢ γεωμετρικὴ [ἐν] ἀνθρώπου ψυχῇ ὑπάρξασα μὴ προσλαβοῦσα τεχνίτην τὸν διδάξαντα. Αὑτὸν δὲ εἶναι ὁ Σίμων λέγει τὸν ἑστῶτα στάντα στησόμενον, ὄντα δύναμιν τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰ πάντα. Ταῦτα τοίνυν καὶ ὁ Σίμων.

ean de meinę̄ dynamei monon en tais hex dynamesi kai mē exeikonisthę̄, aphanizetai, phēsi, kai apollytai houtōs hōs hē dynamis hē grammatikē ē geōmetrikē [en] anthrōpou psychę̄ hyparxasa mē proslabousa technitēn ton didaxanta. Hauton de einai ho Simōn legei ton hestōta stanta stēsomenon, onta dynamin tēn hyper ta panta. Tauta toinyn kai ho Simōn.

but if it remains only in potential in the six powers and is not fully imaged, it disappears, he says, and perishes, like the power of grammar or geometry existing in a human soul that does not get a craftsman to teach it. And Simon says that he himself is He who stands, stood, and will stand, being the power that is above all things. These, then, are the teachings of Simon too.

item 10, chapter 13

10.13.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 512

Ὁ δὲ Οὐαλεντῖνος καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς τούτου σχολῆς εἶναι λέγουσι τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχὴν πατέρα, καὶ ἐναντίᾳ δὲ δόξῃ προσφέρονται. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν μόνον εἶναι καὶ γεννητικόν, οἱ δὲ ἀδυνάτως ἔχειν γεννᾶν ἄνευ θηλείας καὶ τούτου σύζυγον προστιθέασι σιγήν, βυθὸν αὐτὸν ὀνομάσαντες.

Ho de Oualentinos kai hoi apo tēs toutou scholēs einai legousi tēn tou pantos archēn patera, kai enantią de doxę̄ prospherontai. Hoi men gar autōn monon einai kai gennētikon, hoi de adynatōs echein gennan aneu thēleias kai toutou syzygon prostitheasi sigēn, bython auton onomasantes.

Valentinus and those of his school say that the principle of the universe is the Father, but they hold contrary opinions. For some of them say that he is alone and generative, while others say it is impossible for him to beget without a female, and add Silence as his consort, naming him Depth.

10.13.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 512

Ἐκ τούτου τινὲς καὶ τῆς συζύγου προβολὰς γεγονέναι ἕξ, νοῦν καὶ ἀλήθειαν, λόγον καὶ ζωήν, ἄνθρωπον καὶ ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ εἶναι ταύτην τὴν ὀγδοάδα πρωτογενέτειραν· τάς τε ἐντὸς τοῦ ὅρου προβολὰς γεγενημένας πάλιν καλεῖσθαι ἐντὸς πληρώματος, δεύτερα δὲ τὰ ἐκτὸς πληρώματος, καὶ τρίτα τὰ ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὅρου, ὧν ἡ γέννησις τὸ ὑστέρημα ὑπάρχει.

Ek toutou tines kai tēs syzygou probolas gegonenai hex, noun kai alētheian, logon kai zōēn, anthrōpon kai ekklēsian, kai einai tautēn tēn ogdoada prōtogeneteiran; tas te entos tou horou probolas gegenēmenas palin kaleisthai entos plērōmatos, deutera de ta ektos plērōmatos, kai trita ta ektos tou horou, hōn hē gennēsis to hysterēma hyparchei.

From him and his consort, some say, six emanations came into being, Mind and Truth, Word and Life, Man and Church; and this is the first-begetting Ogdoad. And the emanations that came into being within Limit are in turn called those within the Pleroma; second are those outside the Pleroma; and third those outside Limit, whose generation is the Deficiency.

10.13.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 512

Τὸ δὲ ἕκτου ἐν ὑστερήματι προβληθέντος αἰῶνος γεγονέναι, καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι δημιουργὸν λέγει, μὴ βουλόμενος αὐτὸν πρῶτον εἶναι θεόν, ἀλλὰ δυσφημῶν τε αὐτὸν καὶ τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένα, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἐντὸς πληρώματος κατεληλυθέναι ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ ἀποπλανηθέντος πνεύματος, ὃ κατοικεῖ ἐν τῷ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνθρώπῳ, ὃν σωζόμενον φασὶ τούτου χάριν τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος.

To de hektou en hysterēmati problēthentos aiōnos gegonenai, kai touton einai dēmiourgon legei, mē boulomenos auton prōton einai theon, alla dysphēmōn te auton kai ta hypʼ autou gegenēmena, ton de Christon ek tou entos plērōmatos katelēlythenai epi sōtērią tou apoplanēthentos pneumatos, ho katoikei en tǭ esō hēmōn anthrōpǭ, hon sōzomenon phasi toutou charin tou enoikountos.

And from the Aeon that was projected sixth in the Deficiency … came into being, and he says that this is the Demiurge, not wishing him to be the first God, but reviling him and the things made by him; and that Christ came down from within the Pleroma for the salvation of the spirit that had gone astray, which dwells in our inner man, which they say is saved on account of this indwelling spirit.

10.13.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 512–514

Τὴν δὲ σάρκα μὴ σώζεσθαι θέλει, δερμάτινον χιτῶνα ἀποκαλῶν καὶ ἄνθρωπον φθειρόμενον. Ταῦτα ἐν ἐπιτομῇ ἐξεῖπον, πολλῆς ὕλης κατʼ αὐτοὺς τυγχανούσης καὶ διαφόρων γνωμῶν. Οὕτως οὖν δοκεῖ καὶ τῇ Οὐαλεντίνου σχολῇ.

Tēn de sarka mē sōzesthai thelei, dermatinon chitōna apokalōn kai anthrōpon phtheiromenon. Tauta en epitomę̄ exeipon, pollēs hylēs katʼ autous tynchanousēs kai diaphorōn gnōmōn. Houtōs oun dokei kai tę̄ Oualentinou scholę̄.

But he holds that the flesh is not saved, calling it a “garment of skin” and a corruptible man. These things I have told in summary, since there is much material in their teaching and differing opinions. This, then, is what the school of Valentinus too thinks.

item 10, chapter 14

10.14.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 514

Βασιλείδης δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς λέγει εἶναι θεὸν οὐκ ὄντα, πεποιημένον κόσμον ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων οὐκ ὄντα, οὐκ ὂν καταβαλλόμενόν τι σπέρμα, ὡσεὶ κόκκον σινάπεως ἔχοντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ πρέμνον, τὰ φύλλα, τοὺς κλάδους, τὸν καρπόν, ἢ ὡς ὠὸν ταοῦ ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν τῶν χρωμάτων ποικίλην πληθύν· καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι φασι τὸ τοῦ κόσμου σπέρμα, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα γέγονεν.

Basileidēs de kai autos legei einai theon ouk onta, pepoiēmenon kosmon ex ouk ontōn ouk onta, ouk on kataballomenon ti sperma, hōsei kokkon sinapeōs echonta en heautǭ to premnon, ta phylla, tous kladous, ton karpon, ē hōs ōon taou echon en heautǭ tēn tōn chrōmatōn poikilēn plēthyn; kai touto einai phasi to tou kosmou sperma, ex hou ta panta gegonen.

Basilides too says that there is a non-existent God, who made a non-existent world out of things that are not, laying down some non-existent seed, like a grain of mustard seed that has in itself the trunk, the leaves, the branches, the fruit, or like a peacock's egg that has in itself the varied multitude of colors; and they say this is the seed of the world, from which all things came into being.

10.14.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 514

Ἔχειν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰ πάντα οἷον οὐκ ὄντα ὑπό [τε] τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος θεοῦ γενέσθαι προβεβουλευμένα. Ἦν οὖν, φασίν, ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σπέρματι υἱότης τριμερής, κατὰ πάντα τῷ οὐκ ὄντι θεῷ ὁμοούσιος, γεννητὴ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων. Ταύτης τῆς υἱότητος τριχῆ διῃρημένης τὸ μέν τι ἦν λεπτομερές, τὸ δὲ παχυμερές, τὸ δὲ ἀποκαθάρσεως δεόμενον.

Echein gar en heautǭ ta panta hoion ouk onta hypo [te] tou ouk ontos theou genesthai probebouleumena. Ēn oun, phasin, en autǭ tǭ spermati huiotēs trimerēs, kata panta tǭ ouk onti theǭ homoousios, gennētē ex ouk ontōn. Tautēs tēs huiotētos trichē dię̄rēmenēs to men ti ēn leptomeres, to de pachymeres, to de apokatharseōs deomenon.

For it had in itself all things, as non-existent, planned beforehand to come into being by the non-existent God. There was, then, they say, in the seed itself a threefold Sonship, in every way of the same substance as the non-existent God, generated from things that are not. Of this Sonship divided threefold, one part was fine, another coarse, another in need of purification.

10.14.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 514

Τὸ μὲν οὖν λεπτομερὲς εὐθέως πρῶτον ἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι τοῦ σπέρματος τὴν πρώτην καταβολὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος διέσφυξε καὶ ἀνῆλθεν ἄνω, καὶ ἐγένετο πρὸς τὸν οὐκ ὄντα· ἐκείνου γὰρ πᾶσα φύσις ὀρέγεται διʼ ὑπερβολὴν κάλλους, ἄλλη δὲ ἄλλως.

To men oun leptomeres eutheōs prōton hama tǭ genesthai tou spermatos tēn prōtēn katabolēn hypo tou ouk ontos diesphyxe kai anēlthen anō, kai egeneto pros ton ouk onta; ekeinou gar pasa physis oregetai diʼ hyperbolēn kallous, allē de allōs.

The fine part, then, immediately, first, as soon as the first deposit of the seed was made by the non-existent one, burst forth and went up and came to the non-existent one; for every nature longs for him because of his surpassing beauty, one in one way, another in another.

10.14.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 514

Ἡ δὲ παχυμερεστέρα ἔτι μένουσα ἐν τῷ σπέρματι, μιμητική τις οὖσα, ἀναδραμεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη (πολὺ γὰρ ἐνδεεστέρα ἦν τῆς λεπτομεροῦς), ἀνεπτέρωσε δὲ αὐτὴν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ· τοῦτο γὰρ εὐεργετεῖ ἡ υἱότης ἐνδυσαμένη καὶ εὐεργετεῖται.

Hē de pachymerestera eti menousa en tǭ spermati, mimētikē tis ousa, anadramein men ouk ēdynēthē (poly gar endeestera ēn tēs leptomerous), anepterōse de autēn tǭ pneumati tǭ hagiǭ; touto gar euergetei hē huiotēs endysamenē kai euergeteitai.

The coarser, still remaining in the seed, being a kind of imitator, could not run up (for it was far more lacking than the fine), but it gave itself wings with the Holy Spirit; for the Sonship, having put this on, benefits it and is benefited.

10.14.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 514

Ἡ δὲ τρίτη υἱότης ἀποκαθάρσεως δεῖται· αὕτη μεμένηκεν ἐν τῷ τῆς πανσπερμίας σωρῷ, καὶ αὐτὴ εὐεργετοῦσα καὶ εὐεργετουμένη. Εἶναι δέ τι καλούμενον κόσμον, τὸ δὲ ὑπερκόσμια· διαιρεῖται γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ [τὰ ὄντα] εἰς δύο τὰς πρώτας διαιρέσεις. Τὸ δὲ τούτων μέσον καλεῖ μεθόριον πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ἔχον τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς υἱότητος.

Hē de tritē huiotēs apokatharseōs deitai; hautē memenēken en tǭ tēs panspermias sōrǭ, kai autē euergetousa kai euergetoumenē. Einai de ti kaloumenon kosmon, to de hyperkosmia; diaireitai gar hypʼ autou [ta onta] eis dyo tas prōtas diaireseis. To de toutōn meson kalei methorion pneuma hagion, echon tēn osmēn tēs huiotētos.

The third Sonship needs purification; it has remained in the heap of the seed-mass, itself too benefiting and being benefited. And there is something called the world, and the other the supramundane things; for [the things that exist] are divided by him into two first divisions. And what is between these he calls the boundary Spirit, holy, having the scent of the Sonship.

10.14.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 514–516

Ἀπὸ τῆς πανσπερμίας τοῦ σωροῦ τοῦ κοσμικοῦ σπέρματος διέσφυξε καὶ ἐγεννήθη ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ κόσμου, κάλλει καὶ μεγέθει ἀνεκλαλήτῳ. Οὗτος ὑψώσας ἑαυτὸν ἄχρι τοῦ στερεώματος ᾠήθη μὴ εἶναι ἑαυτοῦ ἐπάνω ἕτερον, καὶ ἐγένετο πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων φωτεινότερος καὶ δυνατώτερος πλὴν τῆς ὑπολελειμμένης υἱότητος, ἣν ἠγνόει οὖσαν αὐτοῦ σοφωτέραν.

Apo tēs panspermias tou sōrou tou kosmikou spermatos diesphyxe kai egennēthē ho megas archōn, hē kephalē tou kosmou, kallei kai megethei aneklalētǭ. Houtos hypsōsas heauton achri tou stereōmatos ǭēthē mē einai heautou epanō heteron, kai egeneto pantōn tōn hypokeimenōn phōteinoteros kai dynatōteros plēn tēs hypoleleimmenēs huiotētos, hēn ēgnoei ousan autou sophōteran.

From the seed-mass of the heap of the cosmic seed there burst forth and was born the great Archon, the head of the world, in unspeakable beauty and greatness. He, raising himself up to the firmament, thought that there was no other above him, and became more luminous and more powerful than all the things beneath, except the Sonship left behind, which he did not know was wiser than he.

10.14.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 516

Οὗτος οὖν τραπεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου δημιουργίαν πρῶτον γεννᾷ υἱὸν αὐτῷ αὐτοῦ κρείττονα, καὶ τοῦτον ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκάθισε· καὶ ταύτην οὗτοι φάσκουσι τὴν ὀγδοάδα. Αὐτὸς οὖν τὴν οὐράνιον κτίσιν ἅπασαν ἐργάζεται.

Houtos oun trapeis epi tēn tou kosmou dēmiourgian prōton genną huion autǭ autou kreittona, kai touton ek dexiōn autou ekathise; kai tautēn houtoi phaskousi tēn ogdoada. Autos oun tēn ouranion ktisin hapasan ergazetai.

He, then, turning to the creation of the world, first begets for himself a son better than himself, and seated him at his right hand; and this is what these men call the Ogdoad. He himself, then, makes the whole heavenly creation.

10.14.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 516

Ἕτερος δὲ ἄρχων ἀπὸ τῆς πανσπερμίας ἀνέβη, μείζων μὲν πάντων τῶν ὑποκειμένων χωρὶς τῆς ἐγκαταλελειμμένης υἱότητος, πολὺ δὲ ἐλάττων τοῦ προτέρου, ὃν καλοῦσιν ἑβδομάδα. Αὐτός ἐστι πάντων τῶν ὑφʼ αὑτὸν ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργὸς καὶ διοικητής· καὶ οὗτος ἑαυτῷ ἐποίησεν υἱὸν φρονιμώτερον καὶ σοφώτερον.

Heteros de archōn apo tēs panspermias anebē, meizōn men pantōn tōn hypokeimenōn chōris tēs enkataleleimmenēs huiotētos, poly de elattōn tou proterou, hon kalousin hebdomada. Autos esti pantōn tōn hyphʼ hauton poiētēs kai dēmiourgos kai dioikētēs; kai houtos heautǭ epoiēsen huion phronimōteron kai sophōteron.

Another Archon went up from the seed-mass, greater than all the things beneath except the Sonship left behind, but much less than the former, whom they call the Hebdomad. He is the maker, Demiurge, and governor of all things beneath him; and he too made for himself a son more prudent and wiser.

10.14.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 516

Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα κατὰ προλογισμὸν εἶναι ἐκείνου τοῦ οὐκ ὄντος λέγουσιν, εἶναι δὲ κόσμους καὶ διαστήματα ἄπειρα. [Ἐπὶ] τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἐκ Μαρίας κεχωρηκέναι τὴν εὐαγγελίου δύναμιν, τὴν κατελθοῦσαν καὶ φωτίσασαν τόν τε τῆς ὀγδοάδος υἱὸν καὶ [τὸν] τῆς ἑβδομάδος, ἐπὶ τῷ φωτίσαι καὶ φυλοκρινῆσαι καὶ καθαρίσαι τὴν καταλελειμμένην υἱότητα εἰς τὸ εὐεργετεῖν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι.

Tauta de panta kata prologismon einai ekeinou tou ouk ontos legousin, einai de kosmous kai diastēmata apeira. [Epi] ton de Iēsoun ton ek Marias kechōrēkenai tēn euangeliou dynamin, tēn katelthousan kai phōtisasan ton te tēs ogdoados huion kai [ton] tēs hebdomados, epi tǭ phōtisai kai phylokrinēsai kai katharisai tēn kataleleimmenēn huiotēta eis to euergetein tas psychas kai euergeteisthai.

And they say that all these things are according to the foreknowledge of that non-existent one, and that there are infinite worlds and intervals. And that the power of the gospel came [upon] Jesus, the son of Mary, the power which came down and enlightened both the son of the Ogdoad and [the son] of the Hebdomad, in order to enlighten, sort out, and purify the Sonship left behind to benefit the souls and be benefited.

10.14.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 516

Καὶ αὐτοὺς εἶναι υἱούς φασιν, οἳ τούτου χάριν εἰσὶν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἵνα διδάξαντες τὰς ψυχὰς καθαρίσωσι καὶ ἅμα τῇ υἱότητι ἀνέλθωσι πρὸς τὸν ἄνω πατέρα, οὗ ἡ πρώτη ἐχώρησεν υἱότης· καὶ ἕως τούτου συνεστάναι φάσκουσι τὸν κόσμον, ἕως πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ ἅμα τῇ υἱότητι χωρήσωσι. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ Βασιλείδης τερατολογῶν οὐκ αἰσχύνεται.

Kai autous einai huious phasin, hoi toutou charin eisin en kosmǭ, hina didaxantes tas psychas katharisōsi kai hama tę̄ huiotēti anelthōsi pros ton anō patera, hou hē prōtē echōrēsen huiotēs; kai heōs toutou synestanai phaskousi ton kosmon, heōs pasai hai psychai hama tę̄ huiotēti chōrēsōsi. Tauta de kai Basileidēs teratologōn ouk aischynetai.

And they say that they themselves are sons, who are in the world for this reason, that by teaching the souls they may purify them and go up together with the Sonship to the Father above, to whom the first Sonship went; and they claim that the world holds together until all the souls go up together with the Sonship. Basilides too is not ashamed to tell these marvels.

item 10, chapter 15

10.15.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 516

Ἰουστῖνος δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅμοια τούτοις τολμῶν οὕτως λέγει· τρεῖς εἶναι ἀρχὰς τῶν ὅλων ἀγεννήτους, ἀρρενικὰς δύο, θηλυκὴν μίαν. Τῶν δὲ ἀρρενικῶν ἡ μέν τις ἀρχὴ καλεῖται ἀγαθός, αὐτὸ μόνον οὕτω λεγόμενος, προγνώστης τῶν ὅλων· ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα πατὴρ πάντων τῶν γεννητῶν, ἀπρόγνωστος καὶ ἄγνωστος καὶ ἀόρατος, Ἐλωεὶμ δὲ καλεῖται, φησίν.

Ioustinos de kai autos homoia toutois tolmōn houtōs legei; treis einai archas tōn holōn agennētous, arrenikas dyo, thēlykēn mian. Tōn de arrenikōn hē men tis archē kaleitai agathos, auto monon houtō legomenos, prognōstēs tōn holōn; hē de hetera patēr pantōn tōn gennētōn, aprognōstos kai agnōstos kai aoratos, Elōeim de kaleitai, phēsin.

Justin too, daring things like these, speaks thus: that there are three unbegotten principles of all things, two male and one female. Of the male, one principle is called Good, being called this alone, foreknowing all things; the other is Father of all begotten things, without foreknowledge, unknown, and invisible, and he is called Elohim, he says.

10.15.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 516–518

Ἡ [δὲ] θήλεια ἀπρόγνωστος, ὀργίλη, δίγνωμος, δισώματος, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγοις λεπτομερῶς διηγησάμεθα, τὰ μὲν ἄνω αὐτῆς μέχρι βουβῶνος εἶναι παρθένον, ἀπὸ δὲ βουβῶνος τὰ κάτω ἔχιδναν. Καλεῖται δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη Ἐδὲμ καὶ Ἰσραήλ. Ταύτας φάσκει ἀρχὰς εἶναι τῶν ὅλων, ἀφʼ ὧν τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο.

Hē [de] thēleia aprognōstos, orgilē, dignōmos, disōmatos, kathōs en tois peri autou logois leptomerōs diēgēsametha, ta men anō autēs mechri boubōnos einai parthenon, apo de boubōnos ta katō echidnan. Kaleitai de hē toiautē Edem kai Israēl. Tautas phaskei archas einai tōn holōn, aphʼ hōn ta panta egeneto.

And the female is without foreknowledge, wrathful, double-minded, double-bodied, as we related in detail in the discussion of him: her upper parts as far as the groin are a virgin, and from the groin down a viper. And such a one is called Edem and Israel. These he claims are the principles of all things, from which all things came into being.

10.15.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 518

Τὸν Ἐλωεὶμ δὲ ἀπρογνώστως ἐλθεῖν εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς μιξοπαρθένου, καὶ ἐπιμιγέντα γεννῆσαι ἀγγέλους δώδεκα. Τούτων τὰ ὀνόματα... καὶ οἱ μὲν πατρικοὶ [τῷ πατρὶ] συναίρονται, οἱ δὲ μητρικοὶ τῇ μητρί. Τούτους εἶναι τοῦ... ἀλληγορικῶς εἰρηκότος Μωσέως τὰ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένα.

Ton Elōeim de aprognōstōs elthein eis epithymian tēs mixoparthenou, kai epimigenta gennēsai angelous dōdeka. Toutōn ta onomata... kai hoi men patrikoi [tǭ patri] synairontai, hoi de mētrikoi tę̄ mētri. Toutous einai tou... allēgorikōs eirēkotos Mōseōs ta en tǭ nomǭ gegrammena.

And Elohim, without foreknowledge, came into desire for the half-virgin, and having united with her begot twelve angels. Their names … and the paternal ones side with [the Father], the maternal with the Mother. These are … of Moses, who spoke allegorically the things written in the law.

10.15.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 518

Πεποιῆσθαι δὲ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἐλωεὶμ καὶ τῆς Ἐδέμ, καὶ τὰ μὲν ζῷα ἅμα τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ θηριώδους μέρους, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τῶν ἄνωθεν τοῦ βουβῶνος. Καὶ ἡ μὲν Ἐδὲμ κατατεθεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ψυχήν, ἥτις αὐτῆς δύναμις ἦν, [Ἐλωεὶμ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα].

Pepoiēsthai de ta panta hypo tou Elōeim kai tēs Edem, kai ta men zǭa hama tois loipois apo tou thēriōdous merous, ton de anthrōpon apo tōn anōthen tou boubōnos. Kai hē men Edem katatetheisthai en autǭ tēn psychēn, hētis autēs dynamis ēn, [Elōeim de to pneuma].

And all things were made by Elohim and Edem, the animals together with the rest from the beastly part, and man from the parts above the groin. And Edem placed in him the soul, which was her power, [and Elohim the spirit].

10.15.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 518

Τοῦτον δὲ φάσκει μαθόντα ἀνεληλυθέναι πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ καταλελοιπέναι τὴν Ἐδέμ· ἐφʼ ᾧ ὀργισθεῖσαν ταύτην πᾶσαν τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ποιεῖσθαι κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, ὅπερ κατέθετο ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Καὶ τούτου χάριν ἀπεσταλκέναι τὸν πατέρα τὸν Βαροὺχ διαταττόμενον τοῖς προφήταις, ἵνα ῥυσθῇ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ Ἐλωείμ, καὶ πάντας ὑποσεσύρθαι ὑπὸ τῆς Ἐδέμ.

Touton de phaskei mathonta anelēlythenai pros ton agathon kai kataleloipenai tēn Edem; ephʼ hǭ orgistheisan tautēn pasan tēn epiboulēn poieisthai kata tou pneumatos tou Elōeim, hoper katetheto en tǭ anthrōpǭ. Kai toutou charin apestalkenai ton patera ton Barouch diatattomenon tois prophētais, hina rhysthę̄ to pneuma tou Elōeim, kai pantas hyposesyrthai hypo tēs Edem.

And he claims that Elohim, having learned, went up to the Good and left Edem behind; at which she, enraged, makes every plot against the spirit of Elohim, which he placed in man. And for this reason the Father sent Baruch, giving orders to the prophets, so that the spirit of Elohim might be rescued, and that all were drawn aside by Edem.

10.15.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 518

Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα φάσκει προφήτην γεγονέναι, ἡττῆσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῆς Ὀμφάλης, τουτέστιν ὑπὸ τῆς Βάβελ, ἣν Ἀφροδίτην ὀνομάζουσιν.

Alla kai ton Hēraklea phaskei prophētēn gegonenai, hēttēsthai de auton hypo tēs Omphalēs, toutestin hypo tēs Babel, hēn Aphroditēn onomazousin.

But he also claims that Heracles became a prophet, but was defeated by Omphale, that is, by Babel, whom they name Aphrodite.

10.15.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 518

Ὕστερον δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου γεγονέναι τὸν [δὲ] Ἰησοῦν υἱὸν Μαρίας καὶ Ἰωσήφ, ᾧ τὸν Βαροὺχ φάσκει λελαληκέναι· καὶ τούτῳ δὲ ἐπιβεβουλευκέναι τὴν Ἐδέμ, μὴ δεδυνῆσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπατῆσαι, καὶ τούτου χάριν πεποιηκέναι σταυρωθῆναι· οὗ τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνεληλυθέναι πρὸς τὸν ἀγαθὸν λέγει. Καὶ πάντων δὲ τῶν οὕτως τοῖς μωροῖς καὶ ἀδρανέσι λόγοις πειθομένων [τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα] σωθήσεσθαι, τὸ δὲ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τῆς Ἐδὲμ καταλείπεσθαι, ἣν καὶ γῆν Ἰουστῖνος ὁ ἄφρων καλεῖ.

Hysteron de en tais hēmerais Hērōdou gegonenai ton [de] Iēsoun huion Marias kai Iōsēph, hǭ ton Barouch phaskei lelalēkenai; kai toutǭ de epibebouleukenai tēn Edem, mē dedynēsthai de auton apatēsai, kai toutou charin pepoiēkenai staurōthēnai; hou to pneuma anelēlythenai pros ton agathon legei. Kai pantōn de tōn houtōs tois mōrois kai adranesi logois peithomenōn [to men pneuma] sōthēsesthai, to de sōma kai tēn psychēn tēs Edem kataleipesthai, hēn kai gēn Ioustinos ho aphrōn kalei.

And later, in the days of Herod, Jesus came into being, the son of Mary and Joseph, to whom he says Baruch spoke; and Edem plotted against him too, but could not deceive him, and for this reason she caused him to be crucified; and he says his spirit went up to the Good. And of all who are persuaded by such foolish and feeble words, [the spirit] will be saved, but the body and soul are left to Edem, whom foolish Justin also calls earth.

item 10, chapter 16

10.16.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 518–520

Οἱ δὲ Δοκηταὶ τοιαῦτα λέγουσιν· εἶναι τὸν πρῶτον θεὸν ὡς σπέρμα συκῆς, ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐληλυθέναι τρεῖς αἰῶνας, ὡς τὸ πρέμνον καὶ τὰ φύλλα καὶ τὸν καρπόν· τούτους δὲ προβεβληκέναι (??) αἰῶνας, ἕκαστον (??)· ἡνῶσθαι δὲ αὐτοὺς κατὰ δέκα πάντας, μόνον δὲ διαθέσεσι διαφέρειν τινὰς τινῶν πρώτους. Προβεβλῆσθαι δὲ ἀπειράκις ἀπείρους αἰῶνας, καὶ εἶναι τοὺς πάντας ἀρρενοθήλεας.

Hoi de Dokētai toiauta legousin; einai ton prōton theon hōs sperma sykēs, ek de toutou elēlythenai treis aiōnas, hōs to premnon kai ta phylla kai ton karpon; toutous de probeblēkenai (??) aiōnas, hekaston (??); hēnōsthai de autous kata deka pantas, monon de diathesesi diapherein tinas tinōn prōtous. Probeblēsthai de apeirakis apeirous aiōnas, kai einai tous pantas arrenothēleas.

The Docetae say things like this: that the first God is like a fig seed, and from it came three Aeons, like the trunk, the leaves, and the fruit; and that these projected … Aeons, each …; and that they are all united by tens, and differ from one another only in their dispositions, some being first. And infinitely infinite Aeons were projected, and all are male-female.

10.16.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 520

Τούτους δὲ βουλευσαμένους ὁμοῦ συνελθόντας ἐκ τοῦ μέσου αἰῶνος γεννῆσαι ἐκ παρθένου Μαρίας σωτῆρα τῶν πάντων, κατὰ πάντα ὅμοιον τῷ πρώτῳ σώματι ἐν σπέρματι συκίνῳ, ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἥττονα, τῷ γεννητὸν εἶναι, τὸ γὰρ σπέρμα, ὅθεν ἡ συκῆ, ἀγέννητον.

Toutous de bouleusamenous homou synelthontas ek tou mesou aiōnos gennēsai ek parthenou Marias sōtēra tōn pantōn, kata panta homoion tǭ prōtǭ sōmati en spermati sykinǭ, en toutǭ de hēttona, tǭ gennēton einai, to gar sperma, hothen hē sykē, agennēton.

And these, having taken counsel and come together from the middle Aeon, begot from the virgin Mary the Savior of all, like in all things to the first body in the fig seed, but inferior in this, that he is begotten; for the seed from which the fig tree comes is unbegotten.

10.16.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 520

Ἦν οὖν τὸ μέγα τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ὅλον, οὐδεμίαν ἐπιδεχόμενον κόσμησιν, ἔχον ἐν ἑαυτῷ πάντων τῶν ζῴων ἰδέας· τοῦτο ἐπιφοιτῆσαν εἰς τὸ ὑποκείμενον χάος παρεσχηκέναι αἰτίαν τοῖς γεγονόσι καὶ οὖσι, καταβάν τε ἄνωθεν ἰδεῶν αἰωνίων ἀπεμάξατο κάτω [εἰς]τὸ χάος τὰς μορφάς.

Ēn oun to mega tōn aiōnōn phōs holon, oudemian epidechomenon kosmēsin, echon en heautǭ pantōn tōn zǭōn ideas; touto epiphoitēsan eis to hypokeimenon chaos pareschēkenai aitian tois gegonosi kai ousi, kataban te anōthen ideōn aiōniōn apemaxato katō [eis]to chaos tas morphas.

The great light of the Aeons, then, was whole, admitting no adornment, having in itself the forms of all living beings. This, coming upon the chaos beneath, provided the cause for the things that have come to be and are; and coming down from above, it impressed the shapes of the eternal forms below [into] the chaos.

10.16.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 520

Ὁ γὰρ τρίτος αἰών, ὁ ἑαυτὸν τριπλασιάσας, ὁρῶν τοὺς χαρακτῆρας αὐτοῦ πάντας κατασπωμένους εἰς τὸ κάτω σκότος, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τήν τε τοῦ σκότους δεινότητα καὶ τὴν τοῦ φωτὸς ἀφελότητα, ἐποίησεν οὐρανὸν καὶ μέσον πήξας διεχώρισεν ἀναμέσον τοῦ σκότους καὶ ἀναμέσον τοῦ φωτός.

Ho gar tritos aiōn, ho heauton triplasiasas, horōn tous charaktēras autou pantas kataspōmenous eis to katō skotos, ouk agnoōn tēn te tou skotous deinotēta kai tēn tou phōtos aphelotēta, epoiēsen ouranon kai meson pēxas diechōrisen anameson tou skotous kai anameson tou phōtos.

For the third Aeon, which had tripled itself, seeing all its characters being dragged down into the darkness below, and not ignorant of the terribleness of the darkness and the simplicity of the light, made heaven and, fixing it in the middle, separated between the darkness and the light.

10.16.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 520

Πασῶν οὖν τῶν ἰδεῶν τοῦ τρίτου αἰῶνος... καὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐκτύπωμα κρατεῖσθαί φησιν ὑπὸ τοῦ σκότους, πῦρ ὢν αὖθις ζῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς γενόμενον ὑπῆρξεν, ἐξ ἧς φάσκουσι τὸν μέγαν ἄρχοντα γεγονέναι, περὶ οὗ Μωϋσῆς ὁμιλεῖ, λέγων εἶναι τοῦτον θεὸν πύρινον καὶ δημιουργόν, ὃς καὶ τὰς ἰδέας πάντων μεταβάλλει ἀεὶ εἰς σῶμα.

Pasōn oun tōn ideōn tou tritou aiōnos... kai autou to ektypōma krateisthai phēsin hypo tou skotous, pyr ōn authis zōn hypo tou phōtos genomenon hypērxen, ex hēs phaskousi ton megan archonta gegonenai, peri hou Mōÿsēs homilei, legōn einai touton theon pyrinon kai dēmiourgon, hos kai tas ideas pantōn metaballei aei eis sōma.

All the forms of the third Aeon, then, … and he says its impression too is held by the darkness, being living fire, come into being again from the light, from which they claim the great Archon came into being, of whom Moses speaks, saying that he is a fiery God and Demiurge, who also always changes the forms of all things into body.

10.16.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 520–522

Ταύτας τὰς ψυχάς, οὗ χάριν φάσκουσι τὸν σωτῆρα παραγεννηθῆναι, ἐπιδεικνύντα τὴν ὁδόν, διʼ ἧς φεύξονται αἱ κρατούμεναι ψυχαί, ἐνδεδύσθαι δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν τὴν δύναμιν ἐκείνην τὴν μονογενῆ· διὸ μὴ δύνασθαι θεαθῆναι ὑπό τινος διὰ τὸ μεθαλλόμενον μέγεθος τῆς δόξης. Πάντα δὲ συμβεβηκέναι αὐτῷ φασὶ καθὰ ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις γέγραπται.

Tautas tas psychas, hou charin phaskousi ton sōtēra paragennēthēnai, epideiknynta tēn hodon, diʼ hēs pheuxontai hai kratoumenai psychai, endedysthai de ton Iēsoun tēn dynamin ekeinēn tēn monogenē; dio mē dynasthai theathēnai hypo tinos dia to methallomenon megethos tēs doxēs. Panta de symbebēkenai autǭ phasi katha en tois euangeliois gegraptai.

These souls it is, they claim, for whose sake the Savior was born, showing the way by which the souls held captive will escape; and that Jesus put on that only-begotten power; for which reason he cannot be seen by anyone because of the overwhelming greatness of his glory. And they say that everything happened to him as it is written in the Gospels.

item 10, chapter 17

10.17.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 522

Οἱ δὲ κατὰ Μονόϊμον τὸν Ἄραβά φασιν εἶναι τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχὴν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον καὶ υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὰ γενόμενα, καθὼς Μωϋσῆς λέγει, μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου γεγονέναι, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, οὐχ ὅλου, ἀλλʼ ἐκ μέρους αὐτοῦ.

Hoi de kata Monoïmon ton Araba phasin einai tēn tou pantos archēn prōton anthrōpon kai huion anthrōpou, kai ta genomena, kathōs Mōÿsēs legei, mē hypo tou prōtou anthrōpou gegonenai, alla hypo tou huiou tou anthrōpou, ouch holou, allʼ ek merous autou.

Those who follow Monoimus the Arab say that the principle of the universe is the first Man and Son of Man; and that the things that came into being, as Moses says, were made not by the first Man but by the Son of Man, and not by the whole of him but by a part of him.

10.17.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 522

Εἶναι δὲ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἰῶτα, ὅ ἐστι δεκάς, κύριος ἀριθμός, ἐν ᾧ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ παντὸς ἀριθμοῦ ὑπόστασις, διʼ οὗ πᾶς ἀριθμὸς συνέστηκε, καὶ ἡ τοῦ παντὸς γένεσις, πῦρ, ἀήρ, ὕδωρ, γῆ.

Einai de ton huion tou anthrōpou iōta, ho esti dekas, kyrios arithmos, en hǭ estin hē tou pantos arithmou hypostasis, diʼ hou pas arithmos synestēke, kai hē tou pantos genesis, pyr, aēr, hydōr, gē.

And that the Son of Man is an iota, which is ten, the principal number, in which is the subsistence of all number, through which every number is constituted, and the generation of the universe, fire, air, water, earth.

10.17.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 522

Τούτου δὲ ὄντος ἰῶτα ἓν καὶ κεραία μία, τέλειον ἐκ τελείου, ῥυεῖσα κεραία ἄνωθεν, πάντα ἔχουσα ὅσα καὶ αὐτή, ὅσα καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχει, ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, — γεγονέναι οὖν φησὶ τὸν κόσμον Μωϋσῆς ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις, τουτέστιν ἐν ἓξ δυνάμεσιν, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος ἀπὸ τῆς κεραίας γέγονε τῆς μιᾶς. Οἵ τε γὰρ κύβοι καὶ τὰ ὀκτάεδρα καὶ αἱ πυραμίδες καὶ πάντα τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια σχήματα ἰσεπιφανῆ, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε πῦρ, ἀήρ, ὕδωρ, γῆ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀριθμῶν γεγόνασι τῶν κατειλημμένων ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἁπλῇ τοῦ ἰῶτα κεραίᾳ, ἥτις ἐστὶν υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου.

Toutou de ontos iōta hen kai keraia mia, teleion ek teleiou, rhyeisa keraia anōthen, panta echousa hosa kai autē, hosa kai ho anthrōpos echei, ho patēr tou huiou tou anthrōpou, — gegonenai oun phēsi ton kosmon Mōÿsēs en hex hēmerais, toutestin en hex dynamesin, ex hōn ho kosmos apo tēs keraias gegone tēs mias. Hoi te gar kyboi kai ta oktaedra kai hai pyramides kai panta ta toutois paraplēsia schēmata isepiphanē, ex hōn synestēke pyr, aēr, hydōr, gē, apo tōn arithmōn gegonasi tōn kateilēmmenōn en ekeinę̄ tę̄ haplę̄ tou iōta keraią, hētis estin huios anthrōpou.

And since this is one iota and one stroke, perfect from perfect, a stroke flowing from above, having all that it has itself, all that the Man too has, the Father of the Son of Man, Moses, he says, says that the world came into being in six days, that is, in six powers, from which the world came into being from the one stroke. For the cubes and octahedra and pyramids and all the figures like these with equal faces, of which fire, air, water, and earth are composed, have come into being from the numbers contained in that simple stroke of the iota, which is the Son of Man.

10.17.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 522

Ὅταν οὖν, φησί, ῥάβδον λέγῃ Μωϋσῆς στρεφομένην εἰς Αἴγυπτον τὰ πάθη, καταλέγει τὸν κόσμον τοῦ ἰῶτα ἀλληγορουμένως, οὐδὲ πλείονα τῶν δέκα παθῶν ἐσχημάτισεν.

Hotan oun, phēsi, rhabdon legę̄ Mōÿsēs strephomenēn eis Aigypton ta pathē, katalegei ton kosmon tou iōta allēgoroumenōs, oude pleiona tōn deka pathōn eschēmatisen.

When, then, he says, Moses speaks of the rod turned toward Egypt for the plagues, he is allegorically listing the world of the iota, and he did not form more than ten plagues.

10.17.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 522

Εἰ δὲ, φησί, θέλεις ἐπιγνῶναι τὸ πᾶν, ἐν σεαυτῷ ζήτησον τίς ὁ λέγων· ἡ ψυχή μου, ἡ σάρξ μου, ὁ νοῦς μου, καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον κατιδιοποιούμενος ὡς ἕτερος αὐτῷ· τοῦτον νόει τέλειον ἐκ τελείου, πάντα ἴδια ἡγούμενον οὐκ ὄντα τὰ καλούμενα καὶ τὰ πάντα ὄντα. Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ Μονοΐμῳ δοκεῖ.

Ei de, phēsi, theleis epignōnai to pan, en seautǭ zētēson tis ho legōn; hē psychē mou, hē sarx mou, ho nous mou, kai hen hekaston katidiopoioumenos hōs heteros autǭ; touton noei teleion ek teleiou, panta idia hēgoumenon ouk onta ta kaloumena kai ta panta onta. Tauta men oun kai Monoïmǭ dokei.

But if, he says, you wish to know the whole, seek in yourself who it is who says, “My soul, my flesh, my mind,” and who makes each single thing his own as though another; understand this one as perfect from perfect, considering all things his own, the things called non-existent and all things existing. These, then, are the views of Monoimus too.

item 10, chapter 18

10.18.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 522–524

Τατιανὸς δὲ παραπλησίως τῷ Οὐαλεντίνῳ καὶ τοῖς ἑτέροις φησὶν αἰῶνας εἶναι τινὰς ἀοράτους, ἐξ ὧν ὑπό τινος κάτω τὸν κόσμον δεδημιουργῆσθαι καὶ τὰ ὄντα. Κυνικωτέρῳ δὲ βίῳ ἀσκεῖται καὶ σχεδὸν οὐδὲν Μαρκίωνος ἀπεμφαίνει πρός τε τὰς δυσφημίας καὶ τὰς περὶ γάμων νομοθεσίας.

Tatianos de paraplēsiōs tǭ Oualentinǭ kai tois heterois phēsin aiōnas einai tinas aoratous, ex hōn hypo tinos katō ton kosmon dedēmiourgēsthai kai ta onta. Kynikōterǭ de biǭ askeitai kai schedon ouden Markiōnos apemphainei pros te tas dysphēmias kai tas peri gamōn nomothesias.

Tatian, like Valentinus and the others, says that there are certain invisible Aeons, from whom the world and the things that exist were fashioned below by someone. He practices a rather Cynic way of life and hardly differs at all from Marcion in his blasphemies and in his rules about marriages.

item 10, chapter 19

10.19.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 524

Μαρκίων δὲ ὁ Ποντικὸς καὶ Κέρδων ὁ τούτου διδάσκαλος καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁρίζουσιν εἶναι τρεῖς τὰς τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχάς ἀγαθόν, δίκαιον, ὕλην· τινὲς δὲ τούτων μαθηταὶ προστιθέασι (??) λέγοντες ἀγαθόν, δίκαιον, πονηρόν, ὕλην.

Markiōn de ho Pontikos kai Kerdōn ho toutou didaskalos kai autoi horizousin einai treis tas tou pantos archas agathon, dikaion, hylēn; tines de toutōn mathētai prostitheasi (??) legontes agathon, dikaion, ponēron, hylēn.

Marcion of Pontus and Cerdo his teacher also define that there are three principles of the universe: good, just, matter; and some of their disciples add …, saying: good, just, evil, matter.

10.19.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 524

Οἱ δὲ πάντες τὸν μὲν ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν ὅλως πεποιηκέναι, τὸν δὲ δίκαιον οἱ μὲν τὸν πονηρόν, οἱ δὲ μόνον δίκαιον ὀνομάζουσι, πεποιηκέναι δὲ τὰ πάντα φάσκουσιν ἐκ τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὕλης· πεποιηκέναι γὰρ οὐ καλῶς, ἀλλʼ ἀλόγως·

Hoi de pantes ton men agathon ouden holōs pepoiēkenai, ton de dikaion hoi men ton ponēron, hoi de monon dikaion onomazousi, pepoiēkenai de ta panta phaskousin ek tēs hypokeimenēs hylēs; pepoiēkenai gar ou kalōs, allʼ alogōs;

And all say that the Good made nothing at all; the Just some call the evil, others only just; and they say he made all things out of the underlying matter; for he made them not well but irrationally;

10.19.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 524

ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὰ γενόμενα ὅμοια εἶναι τῷ πεποιηκότι. Διὸ καὶ ταῖς παραβολαῖς ταῖς εὐαγγελικαῖς οὕτως χρῶνται λέγοντες· Οὐ δύναται δένδρον καλὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, εἰς τοῦτο φάσκων εἰρῆσθαι τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κακῶς νομιζόμενα. Τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν υἱὸν εἶναι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεπέμφθαι ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ψυχῶν, ὃν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον καλεῖ, ὡς ἄνθρωπον φανέντα λέγων οὐκ ὄντα ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ὡς ἔνσαρκον οὐκ ἔνσαρκον, δοκήσει πεφηνότα, οὔτε γένεσιν ὑπομείναντα οὔτε πάθος, ἀλλὰ τῷ δοκεῖν.

anankē gar ta genomena homoia einai tǭ pepoiēkoti. Dio kai tais parabolais tais euangelikais houtōs chrōntai legontes; Ou dynatai dendron kalon karpous ponērous poiein kai ta hexēs, eis touto phaskōn eirēsthai ta hypʼ autou kakōs nomizomena. Ton de Christon huion einai tou agathou kai hypʼ autou pepemphthai epi sōtērią tōn psychōn, hon esō anthrōpon kalei, hōs anthrōpon phanenta legōn ouk onta anthrōpon, kai hōs ensarkon ouk ensarkon, dokēsei pephēnota, oute genesin hypomeinanta oute pathos, alla tǭ dokein.

for what comes into being must be like the one who made it. Therefore they also use the Gospel parables thus, saying: “A good tree cannot bear bad fruit,” and so on, claiming that it was said about the things he thought were badly made. And that Christ is the son of the Good and was sent by him for the salvation of souls, whom he calls the inner man, saying that he appeared as a man though he was not a man, and as in the flesh though not in the flesh, having appeared in semblance, undergoing neither birth nor passion, except in appearance.

10.19.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 524

Σάρκα δὲ οὐ θέλει ἀνίστασθαι, γάμον δὲ φθορὰν εἶναι λέγων κυνικωτέρῳ βίῳ προσάγει τοὺς μαθητάς, ἐν τούτοις νομίζων λυπεῖν τὸν δημιουργόν, εἰ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων ἢ ὡρισμένων ἀπέχοιτο.

Sarka de ou thelei anistasthai, gamon de phthoran einai legōn kynikōterǭ biǭ prosagei tous mathētas, en toutois nomizōn lypein ton dēmiourgon, ei tōn hypʼ autou gegonotōn ē hōrismenōn apechoito.

He holds that the flesh does not rise; and saying that marriage is corruption, he leads his disciples to a rather Cynic life, thinking by these things to grieve the Demiurge, if one abstains from the things made or ordained by him.

item 10, chapter 20

10.20.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 524

Ἀπελλῆς δὲ ὁ τούτου μαθητὴς ἀπαρεσθεὶς τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου εἰρημένοις, καθὰ προείπομεν, ἄλλῳ λόγῳ ὑπέθετο τέσσαρας εἶναι θεούς, ὧν ἕνα φάσκει [ἀγαθόν], ὃν οὔτε οἱ προφῆται ἔγνωσαν, οὗ εἶναι υἱὸν τὸν Χριστόν· ἕτερον δὲ τὸν δημιουργὸν τοῦ παντός, ὃν οὐ θεὸν εἶναι θέλει, ἕτερον δὲ πύρινον τὸν φανέντα, ἕτερον δὲ πονηρόν, οὓς ἀγγέλους καλεῖ, προσθεὶς δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ πέμπτον ἐρεῖ.

Apellēs de ho toutou mathētēs aparestheis tois hypo tou didaskalou eirēmenois, katha proeipomen, allǭ logǭ hypetheto tessaras einai theous, hōn hena phaskei [agathon], hon oute hoi prophētai egnōsan, hou einai huion ton Christon; heteron de ton dēmiourgon tou pantos, hon ou theon einai thelei, heteron de pyrinon ton phanenta, heteron de ponēron, hous angelous kalei, prostheis de ton Christon kai pempton erei.

Apelles, his disciple, displeased with what his teacher said, as we said before, supposed on another account that there are four gods: one of whom he claims is [good], whom not even the prophets knew, whose son is Christ; another the Demiurge of the universe, whom he holds not to be God; another the fiery one who appeared; and another evil; these he calls angels; and adding Christ, he will speak of a fifth.

10.20.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 524–526

Προσέχει δὲ βίβλῳ, ἣν Φανερώσεις καλεῖ Φιλουμένης τινός, ἣν προφῆτιν νομίζει. Τὴν δὲ σάρκα τὸν Χριστὸν οὐκ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου λέγει προσειληφέναι, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς παρακειμένης τοῦ κόσμου οὐσίας. Οὕτως κατὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν συντάγματα ἐποίησε, καταλύειν αὐτοὺς ἐπιχειρῶν ὡς ψευδῆ λελαληκότας καὶ θεὸν μὴ ἐγνωκότας· σάρκας τε ἀπόλλυσθαι ὁμοίως Μαρκίωνι λέγει.

Prosechei de biblǭ, hēn Phanerōseis kalei Philoumenēs tinos, hēn prophētin nomizei. Tēn de sarka ton Christon ouk ek tēs parthenou legei proseilēphenai, allʼ ek tēs parakeimenēs tou kosmou ousias. Houtōs kata tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn syntagmata epoiēse, katalyein autous epicheirōn hōs pseudē lelalēkotas kai theon mē egnōkotas; sarkas te apollysthai homoiōs Markiōni legei.

He gives heed to a book which he calls the Revelations of a certain Philumene, whom he considers a prophetess. And he says that Christ took flesh not from the virgin but from the substance of the world lying near. So he composed treatises against the Law and the Prophets, trying to overthrow them as having spoken falsely and not having known God; and he says, like Marcion, that flesh perishes.

item 10, chapter 21

10.21.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

Κήρινθος δέ, ὁ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἀσκηθεὶς αὐτός, οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ πρώτου θεοῦ τὸν κόσμον γεγονέναι ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ δυνάμεώς τινος ἀγγελικῆς, πολὺ κεχωρισμένης καὶ διεστώσης τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα αὐθεντίας καὶ ἀγνοούσης τὸν ὑπὲρ πάντα θεόν.

Kērinthos de, ho en tę̄ Aigyptǭ askētheis autos, ouch hypo tou prōtou theou ton kosmon gegonenai ēthelēsen, allʼ hypo dynameōs tinos angelikēs, poly kechōrismenēs kai diestōsēs tēs hyper ta hola authentias kai agnoousēs ton hyper panta theon.

Cerinthus, himself trained in Egypt, held that the world was made not by the first God but by some angelic power, far separated and removed from the supreme Authority above all things, and ignorant of the God who is above all.

10.21.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

Τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν λέγει μὴ ἐκ παρθένου γεγεννῆσθαι, γεγονέναι δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Μαρίας υἱὸν ὁμοίως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ διενηνοχέναι ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ συνέσει ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς λοιπούς.

Ton de Iēsoun legei mē ek parthenou gegennēsthai, gegonenai de auton ex Iōsēph kai Marias huion homoiōs tois loipois anthrōpois, kai dienēnochenai en dikaiosynę̄ kai sōphrosynę̄ kai synesei hyper pantas tous loipous.

And he says that Jesus was not born of a virgin, but was the son of Joseph and Mary like the rest of human beings, and excelled all the rest in righteousness, temperance, and understanding.

10.21.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

Καὶ μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα κατεληλυθέναι εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰ ὅλα αὐθεντίας τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς, καὶ τότε κηρῦξαι τὸν ἄγνωστον πατέρα καὶ δυνάμεις ἐπιτελέσαι, πρὸς δὲ τῷ τέλει τοῦ πάθους ἀποπτῆναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ· πεπονθέναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ἀπαθῆ μεμενηκέναι, πνεῦμα κυρίου ὑπάρχοντα.

Kai meta to baptisma katelēlythenai eis auton ek tēs hyper ta hola authentias ton Christon en eidei peristeras, kai tote kēryxai ton agnōston patera kai dynameis epitelesai, pros de tǭ telei tou pathous apoptēnai ton Christon apo tou Iēsou; peponthenai ton Iēsoun, ton de Christon apathē memenēkenai, pneuma kyriou hyparchonta.

And that after the baptism the Christ came down upon him from the supreme Authority above all things in the form of a dove, and then he proclaimed the unknown Father and performed mighty works; but at the end of the passion the Christ flew away from Jesus; Jesus suffered, but the Christ remained impassible, being the Spirit of the Lord.

item 10, chapter 22

10.22.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

Ἐβιωναῖοι δὲ τὸν μὲν κόσμον ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ γεγονέναι λέγουσι, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ὁμοίως Κηρίνθῳ. Ζῶσι δὲ πάντα κατὰ νόμον Μωϋσοῦ, οὕτω φάσκοντες δικαιοῦσθαι.

Ebiōnaioi de ton men kosmon hypo tou ontōs theou gegonenai legousi, ton de Christon homoiōs Kērinthǭ. Zōsi de panta kata nomon Mōÿsou, houtō phaskontes dikaiousthai.

The Ebionites say that the world was made by the true God, but about Christ they hold as Cerinthus does. They live in everything according to the law of Moses, claiming that in this way they are justified.

item 10, chapter 23

10.23.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

Θεόδοτος δὲ ὁ Βυζάντιος εἰσηγήσατο αἵρεσιν τοιάνδε, φάσκων τὰ μὲν ὅλα ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄντως θεοῦ γεγονέναι, τὸν δὲ Χριστὸν ὁμοίως τοῖς προειρημένοις γνωστικοῖς φάσκει τοιούτῳ τινὶ τρόπῳ πεφηνέναι· εἶναι δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν κ[οιν]ὸν ἄνθρωπον πᾶσιν, ἐν δὲ τούτῳ διαφέρειν, ὅτι κατὰ βουλὴν θεοῦ γεγένηται ἐκ παρθένου, ἐπισκιάσαντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, οὐκ ἐν τῇ παρθένῳ σαρκωθέντα· ὕστερον

Theodotos de ho Byzantios eisēgēsato hairesin toiande, phaskōn ta men hola hypo tou ontōs theou gegonenai, ton de Christon homoiōs tois proeirēmenois gnōstikois phaskei toioutǭ tini tropǭ pephēnenai; einai de ton Christon k[oin]on anthrōpon pasin, en de toutǭ diapherein, hoti kata boulēn theou gegenētai ek parthenou, episkiasantos tou hagiou pneumatos, ouk en tę̄ parthenǭ sarkōthenta; hysteron

Theodotus of Byzantium introduced a heresy of this kind, saying that all things were made by the true God, but he claims that Christ appeared in some such way as the Gnostics mentioned before: that Christ is a man common to all, but differs in this, that by the will of God he was born of a virgin, the Holy Spirit overshadowing, not incarnate in the virgin; and later,

10.23.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 526

δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος κατεληλυθέναι τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐν εἴδει περιστερᾶς, ὅθεν φασὶ μὴ πρότερον τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῷ ἐνεργηθῆναι. Θεὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν θέλει. Καὶ τοιαῦτα Θεόδοτος.

de epi tou baptismatos katelēlythenai ton Christon epi ton Iēsoun en eidei peristeras, hothen phasi mē proteron tas dynameis autǭ energēthēnai. Theon de ouk einai ton Christon thelei. Kai toiauta Theodotos.

at the baptism, the Christ came down upon Jesus in the form of a dove; for which reason they say the powers were not at work in him before. And he holds that the Christ is not God. Such are the teachings of Theodotus.

item 10, chapter 24

10.24.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 526–528

Ἕτεροι δὲ καὶ ὡσαύτως πάντα τοῖς προειρημένοις λέγουσιν, ἓν μόνον ἐνδιαλλάξαντες ἐν τῷ τὸν Μελχισεδὲκ ὡς δύναμίν τινα ὑπειληφέναι, φάσκοντες αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν δύναμιν ὑπάρχειν, οὗ κατʼ εἰκόνα [δὲ] εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν θέλουσιν.

Heteroi de kai hōsautōs panta tois proeirēmenois legousin, hen monon endiallaxantes en tǭ ton Melchisedek hōs dynamin tina hypeilēphenai, phaskontes auton hyper pasan dynamin hyparchein, hou katʼ eikona [de] einai ton Christon thelousin.

Others say everything in the same way as those mentioned before, differing in one thing only, in taking Melchizedek to be a certain power, claiming that he is above every power, after whose image they hold Christ to be.

item 10, chapter 25

10.25.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 528

Οἱ δὲ Φρύγες ἐκ Μοντανοῦ τινος καὶ Πρισκίλλης καὶ Μαξιμίλλης τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς αἱρέσεως λαβόντες, προφήτιδας τὰ γύναια νομίζοντες καὶ προφήτην τὸν Μοντᾶνον, τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχῆς καὶ δημιουργίας ὀρθῶς λέγειν νομίζουσι, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν οὐκ ἀλλοτρίως προσειλήφασιν, σὺν δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις σφάλλονται, ὧν τοῖς λόγοις ὑπὲρ τὰ εὐαγγέλια προσέχοντες πλανῶνται, νηστείας καινὰς καὶ παραδόξους ὁρίζοντες.

Hoi de Phryges ek Montanou tinos kai Priskillēs kai Maximillēs tas archas tēs haireseōs labontes, prophētidas ta gynaia nomizontes kai prophētēn ton Montanon, ta de peri tēs tou pantos archēs kai dēmiourgias orthōs legein nomizousi, kai ta peri ton Christon ouk allotriōs proseilēphasin, syn de tois proeirēmenois sphallontai, hōn tois logois hyper ta euangelia prosechontes planōntai, nēsteias kainas kai paradoxous horizontes.

The Phrygians, having taken the beginnings of their heresy from a certain Montanus and Priscilla and Maximilla, consider the women prophetesses and Montanus a prophet. They think they speak rightly about the origin and creation of the universe, and have received the teaching about Christ not wrongly; but they err along with those mentioned before, going astray by giving heed to their words above the Gospels, prescribing new and strange fasts.

item 10, chapter 26

10.26.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 528

Ἕτεροι δὲ αὐτῶν τῇ τῶν Νοητιανῶν αἱρέσει προσκείμενοι τὰ μὲν περὶ τὰ γύναια καὶ Μοντᾶνον ὁμοίως δοκοῦσι, τὰ δὲ περὶ [τὸν] τῶν ὅλων πατέρα δυσφημοῦσιν, αὐτὸν εἶναι υἱὸν καὶ πατέρα λέγοντες, ὁρατὸν καὶ ἀόρατον, γεννητὸν καὶ ἀγέννητον, θνητὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον· οὗτοι τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἀπὸ Νοητοῦ τινος λαβόντες.

Heteroi de autōn tę̄ tōn Noētianōn hairesei proskeimenoi ta men peri ta gynaia kai Montanon homoiōs dokousi, ta de peri [ton] tōn holōn patera dysphēmousin, auton einai huion kai patera legontes, horaton kai aoraton, gennēton kai agennēton, thnēton kai athanaton; houtoi tas aphormas apo Noētou tinos labontes.

Others of them, attached to the heresy of the Noetians, think the same about the women and Montanus, but blaspheme about the Father of all things, saying that he himself is Son and Father, visible and invisible, begotten and unbegotten, mortal and immortal. These took their starting points from a certain Noetus.

item 10, chapter 27

10.27.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 528

Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Νοητός, τῷ μὲν γένει ὢν Σμυρναῖος, ἀνὴρ ἀκριτόμυθος καὶ ποικίλος, εἰσηγήσατο τοιάνδε αἵρεσιν, ἐξ Ἐπιγόνου τινὸς εἰς Κλεομένην χωρήσασαν, καὶ οὕτως ἕως νῦν ἐπὶ τοὺς διαδόχους διαμείνασαν, λέγων ἕνα τὸν πατέρα καὶ θεὸν τῶν ὅλων· τοῦτον πάντα πεποιηκότα ἀφανῆ μὲν τοῖς οὖσι γεγονέναι ὅτε ἠβούλετο, φανῆναι δὲ τότε ὅτε ἠθέλησε·

Homoiōs de kai Noētos, tǭ men genei ōn Smyrnaios, anēr akritomythos kai poikilos, eisēgēsato toiande hairesin, ex Epigonou tinos eis Kleomenēn chōrēsasan, kai houtōs heōs nyn epi tous diadochous diameinasan, legōn hena ton patera kai theon tōn holōn; touton panta pepoiēkota aphanē men tois ousi gegonenai hote ēbouleto, phanēnai de tote hote ēthelēse;

Likewise Noetus too, a Smyrnaean by birth, a reckless talker and shifty man, introduced a heresy of this kind, which passed from a certain Epigonus to Cleomenes and so has remained until now with his successors. He says that the Father and God of all things is one; that he, having made all things, became invisible to the things that exist when he wished, and appeared at the time when he willed;

10.27.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 528

καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι ἀόρατον, ὅτε μὴ ὁρᾶται, ὁρατὸν δέ, ὅταν ὁρᾶται· ἀγέννητον δέ, ὅταν μὴ γεννᾶται, γεννητὸν δέ, ὅταν γεννᾶται ἐκ παρθένου· ἀπαθῆ καὶ ἀθάνατον, ὅτε μὴ πάσχῃ μήτε θνήσκῃ, ἐπὰν δὲ πάθη προσέλθῃ, πάσχειν καὶ θνήσκειν. Τοῦτον τὸν πατέρα αὐτὸν υἱὸν νομίζουσι κατὰ καιροὺς καλούμενον πρὸς τὰ συμβαίνοντα.

kai touton einai aoraton, hote mē horatai, horaton de, hotan horatai; agennēton de, hotan mē gennatai, gennēton de, hotan gennatai ek parthenou; apathē kai athanaton, hote mē paschę̄ mēte thnēskę̄, epan de pathē proselthę̄, paschein kai thnēskein. Touton ton patera auton huion nomizousi kata kairous kaloumenon pros ta symbainonta.

and that he is invisible when he is not seen, but visible when he is seen; unbegotten when he is not begotten, but begotten when he is begotten of a virgin; impassible and immortal when he does not suffer or die, but when sufferings come upon him, he suffers and dies. They think that this Father himself is called Son at different times according to what happens.

10.27.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 528–530

Τούτων τὴν αἵρεσιν ἐκράτυνε Κάλλιστος, οὗ τὸν βίον ἐκτεθείμεθα ἀσφαλῶς, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς αἵρεσιν ἀπεγέννησεν· ἐξ ὧν ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμολογῶν ἕνα εἶναι τὸν πατέρα καὶ θεὸν τοῦτον δημιουργὸν τοῦ παντός, τοῦτον δὲ εἶναι υἱὸν ὀνόματι μὲν λεγόμενον καὶ ὀνομαζόμενον, οὐσίᾳ δὲ [ἓν] εἶναι [πνεῦμα], πνεῦμα γάρ, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς οὐχ ἕτερον ἐστι παρὰ τὸν λόγον ἢ ὁ λόγος παρὰ τὸν θεόν.

Toutōn tēn hairesin ekratyne Kallistos, hou ton bion ektetheimetha asphalōs, hos kai autos hairesin apegennēsen; ex hōn aphormas labōn kai autos homologōn hena einai ton patera kai theon touton dēmiourgon tou pantos, touton de einai huion onomati men legomenon kai onomazomenon, ousią de [hen] einai [pneuma], pneuma gar, phēsin, ho theos ouch heteron esti para ton logon ē ho logos para ton theon.

Callistus strengthened their heresy, whose life we have set out accurately; he too brought forth a heresy. Taking his starting points from them, he too confesses that the Father is one, and that this God is the Demiurge of the universe, and that he is Son, spoken of and named so by name, but in substance [one Spirit]. For God, he says, is Spirit, not other than the Word, nor is the Word other than God.

10.27.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 530

Ἓν οὖν τοῦτο πρόσωπον, ὀνόματι μὲν μεριζόμενον, οὐσίᾳ δὲ οὔ. Τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἕνα εἶναι θεὸν ὀνομάζει καὶ σεσαρκῶσθαι λέγει. Καὶ τὸν μὲν κατὰ σάρκα ὁρώμενον καὶ κρατούμενον υἱὸν εἶναι θέλει, τὸν δὲ ἐνοικοῦντα πατέρα, ποτὲ μὲν τῷ Νοητοῦ δόγματι περιρρηγνύμενος, ποτὲ δὲ τῷ Θεοδότου, μηδὲν ἀσφαλὲς κρατῶν. Ταῦτα τοίνυν Κάλλιστος.

Hen oun touto prosōpon, onomati men merizomenon, ousią de ou. Touton ton logon hena einai theon onomazei kai sesarkōsthai legei. Kai ton men kata sarka horōmenon kai kratoumenon huion einai thelei, ton de enoikounta patera, pote men tǭ Noētou dogmati perirrēgnymenos, pote de tǭ Theodotou, mēden asphales kratōn. Tauta toinyn Kallistos.

This, then, is one person, divided by name but not in substance. This Word he names one God and says that he became flesh. And he holds that what is seen according to the flesh and held fast is the Son, and what dwells within is the Father, bursting out now into the doctrine of Noetus, now into that of Theodotus, holding nothing firmly. These, then, are the teachings of Callistus.

item 10, chapter 28

10.28.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 530

Ἑρμογένης δέ τις καὶ αὐτὸς θελήσας τί λέγειν, ἔφη τὸν θεὸν ἐξ ὕλης συγχρόνου καὶ ὑποκειμένης τὰ πάντα πεποιηκέναι· ἀδυνάτως γὰρ ἔχειν τὸν θεὸν μὴ οὐχὶ ἐξ ὄντων τὰ γενόμενα ποιεῖν.

Hermogenēs de tis kai autos thelēsas ti legein, ephē ton theon ex hylēs synchronou kai hypokeimenēs ta panta pepoiēkenai; adynatōs gar echein ton theon mē ouchi ex ontōn ta genomena poiein.

A certain Hermogenes, himself too wishing to say something, said that God made all things from matter coeval with him and underlying; for it was impossible for God to make the things that come into being except from things that exist.

item 10, chapter 29

10.29.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 530

Ἕτεροι δέ τινες ὡς καινόν τι παρεισάγοντες ἐκ πασῶν αἱρέσεων ἐρανισάμενοι, ξένην βίβλον σκευάσαντες Ἠλχασαί τινος ἐπονομαζομένην, οὗτοι τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς τοῦ παντὸς ὁμοίως ὁμολογοῦσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ

Heteroi de tines hōs kainon ti pareisagontes ek pasōn haireseōn eranisamenoi, xenēn biblon skeuasantes Ēlchasai tinos eponomazomenēn, houtoi tas men archas tou pantos homoiōs homologousin hypo tou theou

Certain others, as if introducing something new, having collected from all heresies and prepared a strange book named after a certain Elchasai, confess likewise that the principles of the universe came into being by God;

10.29.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 530

γεγονέναι, Χριστὸν δὲ ἕνα οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ εἶναι τὸν μὲν ἄνω ἕνα, αὐτὸν δὲ μεταγγιζόμενον ἐν σώμασι πολλοῖς πολλάκις, καὶ νῦν δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὁμοίως [π]οτὲ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγενῆσθαι, ποτὲ δὲ πνεῦμα γεγονέναι, ποτὲ δὲ ἐκ παρθένου, ποτὲ δὲ οὔ· καὶ τοῦτον δὲ μετέπειτα ἀεὶ ἐν σώμασι μεταγγίζεσθαι καὶ ἐν πολλοῖς κατὰ καιροὺς δείκνυσθαι.

gegonenai, Christon de hena ouch homologousin, allʼ einai ton men anō hena, auton de metangizomenon en sōmasi pollois pollakis, kai nyn de en tǭ Iēsou, homoiōs [p]ote men ek tou theou gegenēsthai, pote de pneuma gegonenai, pote de ek parthenou, pote de ou; kai touton de metepeita aei en sōmasi metangizesthai kai en pollois kata kairous deiknysthai.

but they do not confess one Christ; rather, that there is one above, but he is poured from vessel to vessel in many bodies many times, and now in Jesus; likewise at one time born of God, at another having become spirit, at one time from a virgin, at another not; and that he afterward is always transferred into bodies and shown in many at different times.

10.29.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 530

Χρῶνται δὲ ἐπα[οι]δαῖς καὶ βαπτίσμασιν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν στοιχείων ὁμολογίᾳ. Σεσόβηνται δὲ περὶ ἀστρολογίαν καὶ μαθηματικὴν καὶ μαγικοῖς. Προγνωστικοὺς δὲ ἑαυτοὺς λέγουσιν....

Chrōntai de epa[oi]dais kai baptismasin epi tę̄ tōn stoicheiōn homologią. Sesobēntai de peri astrologian kai mathēmatikēn kai magikois. Prognōstikous de heautous legousin....

They use incantations and baptisms with a confession of the elements. They are excited about astrology, mathematics, and magic. And they call themselves foreknowers …

item 10, chapter 30

10.30.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 530–532

τοῦ θεοῦ μετοικεῖ ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας πόλεως Χαρρὰν εἰς τὴν νῦν μὲν Παλαιστίνην καὶ Ἰουδαίαν προσαγορευομένην χώραν, τότε δὲ Χαναανῖτιν, περὶ ἧς καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἀμελῶς παρεδώκαμεν ἐν ἑτέροις λόγοις.

tou theou metoikei ek Mesopotamias poleōs Charran eis tēn nyn men Palaistinēn kai Ioudaian prosagoreuomenēn chōran, tote de Chanaanitin, peri hēs kai kata touto to meros ton logon ouk amelōs paredōkamen en heterois logois.

… of God, he migrates from the city of Haran in Mesopotamia into the country now called Palestine and Judea, but then Canaan, about which we have also handed down an account in this respect, not carelessly, in other works.

10.30.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 532

Διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν γίνεται ἡ καταρχὴ τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν αὐξήσεως, ἥτις τὴν προσηγορίαν μετέσχεν [τοῦ ὀνόματος] ἐξ Ἰούδα, παιδὸς τοῦ Ἰακὼβ τοῦ τετάρτου, οὗ καὶ... κέκληται, διὰ τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὸ βασιλικὸν γένος [εἶναι.

Dia touto toinyn ginetai hē katarchē tēs kata tēn Ioudaian auxēseōs, hētis tēn prosēgorian meteschen [tou onomatos] ex Iouda, paidos tou Iakōb tou tetartou, hou kai... keklētai, dia to ex autou to basilikon genos [einai.

From this, then, comes the beginning of the growth of Judea, which took its designation [of the name] from Judah, the fourth son of Jacob, of whom also … it has been called, because the royal line [is] from him.

10.30.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 532

Ἁβραὰμ] μετοικεῖ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας...... ἑκατοντούτης γενόμενος [γεννᾷ τὸν Ἰσαάκ· ὁ δὲ Ἰσαὰκ ἐτῶν] γενόμενος (??) γεννᾷ τὸν Ἰακώβ· ὁ δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἐτῶν (??) γεννᾷ τὸν Λευΐ· ὁ δὲ Λευῒ ἐτῶν (??) γεννᾷ τὸν Καάθ· ὁ δὲ Καὰθ ἐτῶν [ἐγένετο (??)], ἡνίκα συγκατῆλθε τῷ Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον.

Habraam] metoikei tēs Mesopotamias...... hekatontoutēs genomenos [genną ton Isaak; ho de Isaak etōn] genomenos (??) genną ton Iakōb; ho de Iakōb etōn (??) genną ton Leuï; ho de Leuï etōn (??) genną ton Kaath; ho de Kaath etōn [egeneto (??)], hēnika synkatēlthe tǭ Iakōb eis Aigypton.

[Abraham] migrates from Mesopotamia …; when he was a hundred years old [he begets Isaac; and Isaac], at the age of …, begets Jacob; and Jacob at … years begets Levi; and Levi at … years begets Kohath; and Kohath was [… years old] when he went down with Jacob into Egypt.

10.30.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 532

Γίνεται τοίνυν πᾶς ὁ χρόνος, ὃν παρῴκησεν Ἁβραὰμ καὶ πᾶν τὸ αὐτοῦ γένος κατὰ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ [τῇ] ἐν τῇ τότε καλουμένῃ Χαναανίτιδι γῇ, ἔτη (??). Τούτου δὲ γίνεται [πατὴρ] Θάρρα, τούτου Ναχώρ, τούτου Σερούχ, [τούτου Ῥαγαῦ, τούτου Φαλέγ, τούτου Ἕβερ], ὅθεν καὶ τὸ Ἑβραίους καλεῖσθαι...

Ginetai toinyn pas ho chronos, hon parǭkēsen Habraam kai pan to autou genos kata ton Isaak [tę̄] en tę̄ tote kaloumenę̄ Chanaanitidi gę̄, etē (??). Toutou de ginetai [patēr] Tharra, toutou Nachōr, toutou Serouch, [toutou Rhagau, toutou Phaleg, toutou Heber], hothen kai to Hebraious kaleisthai...

The whole time, then, that Abraham and all his descendants through Isaac sojourned in the land then called Canaan comes to … years. His [father] is Terah, his father Nahor, his Serug, [his Reu, his Peleg, his Eber], from whom the Hebrews too are named …

10.30.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 532

ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι (??) ἔθνη, ὧν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἐκτεθείμεθα ἐν ἑτέραις βίβλοις, μηδὲ τοῦτο παραλιπόντες κατὰ τόπον, βουλόμενοι τοῖς φιλομαθέσιν ἐπιδεικνύναι ἣν ἔχομεν στοργὴν περὶ τὸ θεῖον τήν τε ἀδίστακτον γνῶσιν, ἣν ἐν πόνοις κεκτήμεθα περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

ēsan de houtoi (??) ethnē, hōn kai ta onomata ektetheimetha en heterais biblois, mēde touto paralipontes kata topon, boulomenoi tois philomathesin epideiknynai hēn echomen storgēn peri to theion tēn te adistakton gnōsin, hēn en ponois kektēmetha peri tēn alētheian.

and these were … nations, whose names we have also set out in other books, not leaving this out either in its place, wishing to show the studious the affection we have for the divine and the undoubting knowledge we have acquired with labor concerning the truth.

10.30.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 532

Τούτου δὲ τοῦ Ἕβερ γίνεται πατὴρ Σαλά, τούτου δὲ Καϊνᾶν, τούτου δὲ Ἀρφαξάδ, οὗ γίνεται Σήμ, τούτου δὲ Νῶε, ἐφʼ οὗ ὁ κατὰ πάντα κόσμον γίνεται κατακλυσμός, οὗ οὔτε Αἰγύπτιοι οὔτε Χαλδαῖοι οὔτε Ἕλληνες μέμνηνται, οἷς κατὰ τόπους οἵ τε ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὠγύγου καὶ Δευκαλίωνος γεγένηνται κατακλυσμοί. Εἰσὶν οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων γενεαὶ (??), ἔτη (??).

Toutou de tou Heber ginetai patēr Sala, toutou de Kaïnan, toutou de Arphaxad, hou ginetai Sēm, toutou de Nōe, ephʼ hou ho kata panta kosmon ginetai kataklysmos, hou oute Aigyptioi oute Chaldaioi oute Hellēnes memnēntai, hois kata topous hoi te epi tou Ōgygou kai Deukaliōnos gegenēntai kataklysmoi. Eisin oun kai epi toutōn geneai (??), etē (??).

And the father of this Eber is Shelah, his Cainan, his Arphaxad, whose father is Shem, his Noah, in whose time came the flood over the whole world, which neither Egyptians nor Chaldeans nor Greeks remember, among whom the local floods of Ogyges and Deucalion occurred. There are, then, in these … generations, … years.

10.30.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 532–534

Οὗτος εὐσεβέστατος γενόμενος καὶ θεοφιλὴς μόνος ἅμα γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ ταῖς τούτων τρισὶ γυναιξὶ διέφυγε τὸν γενόμενον κατακλυσμὸν ἐν κιβωτῷ διασωθείς, ἧς καὶ τὰ μέτρα καὶ τὰ λείψανα, καθὼς ἐκτεθείμεθα, ἕως νῦν ἀποδείκνυται ἐν ὄρεσιν Ἀραρὰδ καλουμένοις, οὖσι πρὸς τὴν τῶν Ἀδιαβηνῶν χώραν. Ἐνιδεῖν οὖν ἔστι τοῖς φιλοπόνως ἱστορεῖν βουλομένοις, ὡς φανερῶς ἐπιδέδεικται τὸ τῶν θεοσεβῶν γένος ἀρχαιότερον [ὂν] πάντων Χαλδαίων, Αἰγυπτίων, Ἑλλήνων. Τί δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐπάνω τοῦ Νῶε καὶ θεοσεβεῖς καὶ θεοῦ ὁμιλητὰς ὀνομάζειν νῦν χρή, ἱκανῆς οὔσης πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον ταύτης τῆς περὶ ἀρχαιότητος μαρτυρίας;

Houtos eusebestatos genomenos kai theophilēs monos hama gynaiki kai teknois kai tais toutōn trisi gynaixi diephyge ton genomenon kataklysmon en kibōtǭ diasōtheis, hēs kai ta metra kai ta leipsana, kathōs ektetheimetha, heōs nyn apodeiknytai en oresin Ararad kaloumenois, ousi pros tēn tōn Adiabēnōn chōran. Enidein oun esti tois philoponōs historein boulomenois, hōs phanerōs epidedeiktai to tōn theosebōn genos archaioteron [on] pantōn Chaldaiōn, Aigyptiōn, Hellēnōn. Ti de kai tous epanō tou Nōe kai theosebeis kai theou homilētas onomazein nyn chrē, hikanēs ousēs pros to prokeimenon tautēs tēs peri archaiotētos martyrias?

He, being most devout and dear to God, alone with his wife and children and their three wives escaped the flood that came, being saved in an ark, whose measurements and remains, as we have set out, are shown until now in the mountains called Ararat, which are toward the country of the Adiabenians. Those who wish to inquire diligently can see, then, how plainly it has been shown that the race of the God-fearing is older than all the Chaldeans, Egyptians, and Greeks. And why should we now name those before Noah who were God-fearing and companions of God, when this testimony to antiquity is sufficient for the purpose?

item 10, chapter 31

10.31.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 534

Ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄλογον δοκεῖ ἐπιδεῖξαι ταῦτα τὰ περὶ σοφίαν ἠσχολημένα ἔθνη μεταγενέστερα ὄντα τῶν θεὸν σεβασάντων, εὔλογον εἰπεῖν καὶ πόθεν τὸ γένος αὐτοῖς καὶ πότε μετοικήσαντες ταύταις ταῖς χώραις, οὐ τὸ ὄνομα ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χωρῶν μετέσχον, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ προσεποίησαν ἐκ τῶν πρώτως ἀρξάντων καὶ κατοικησάντων.

Allʼ epei ouk alogon dokei epideixai tauta ta peri sophian ēscholēmena ethnē metagenestera onta tōn theon sebasantōn, eulogon eipein kai pothen to genos autois kai pote metoikēsantes tautais tais chōrais, ou to onoma ex autōn tōn chōrōn meteschon, allʼ autoi prosepoiēsan ek tōn prōtōs arxantōn kai katoikēsantōn.

But since it seems not unreasonable to show that these nations occupied with wisdom are later than those who worshipped God, it is reasonable to say also from where their race came and when they migrated to these lands, not taking their name from the lands themselves, but having themselves given names from those who first ruled and settled there.

10.31.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 534

Γίνονται τῷ Νῶε τρεῖς παῖδες Σήμ, Χάμ, Ἰάφεθ· ἐκ τούτων πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων πεπλήθυνται καὶ πᾶσα χώρα κατοικεῖται· ῥῆμα γὰρ θεοῦ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἴσχυσεν εἰπόντος· αὐξάνεσθε καὶ πληθύνεσθε καὶ πληρώσατε τὴν γῆν. Τοσοῦτον δυνηθέντος ἑνὸς ῥήματος γεννῶνται ἐκ τῶν τριῶν παῖδες κατὰ γένος (??), ἐκ μὲν τοῦ Σὴμ (??), ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Ἰάφεθ (??), ἐκ δὲ τοῦ Χὰμ (??).

Ginontai tǭ Nōe treis paides Sēm, Cham, Iapheth; ek toutōn pan genos anthrōpōn peplēthyntai kai pasa chōra katoikeitai; rhēma gar theou epʼ autous ischysen eipontos; auxanesthe kai plēthynesthe kai plērōsate tēn gēn. Tosouton dynēthentos henos rhēmatos gennōntai ek tōn triōn paides kata genos (??), ek men tou Sēm (??), ek de tou Iapheth (??), ek de tou Cham (??).

Three sons are born to Noah, Shem, Ham, and Japheth; from these the whole human race has multiplied and every land is inhabited; for the word of God prevailed over them, when he said, “Increase and multiply and fill the earth.” One word having such power, there are born from the three children by race …: from Shem …, from Japheth …, and from Ham ….

10.31.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 534

Τῷ δὲ Χὰμ γίνονται παῖδες ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων (??) οὗτοι· Χαναάν, ἐξ οὗ Χαναναῖοι, Μεσραΐμ, ἐξ οὗ Αἰγύπτιοι, Χοῦς, ἐξ οὗ Αἰθίοπες, Φούδ, ἐξ οὗ Λίβυες. Οὗτοι τῇ κατʼ αὐτοὺς φωνῇ ἕως νῦν τῇ τῶν προγόνων προσηγορίᾳ καλοῦνται· εἰς δὲ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν οἷς νῦν ὀνόμασι κέκληνται ὀνομάζονται.

Tǭ de Cham ginontai paides ek tōn proeirēmenōn (??) houtoi; Chanaan, ex hou Chananaioi, Mesraïm, ex hou Aigyptioi, Chous, ex hou Aithiopes, Phoud, ex hou Libyes. Houtoi tę̄ katʼ autous phōnę̄ heōs nyn tę̄ tōn progonōn prosēgorią kalountai; eis de to Hellēnikon hois nyn onomasi keklēntai onomazontai.

And to Ham are born these children of the aforementioned …: Canaan, from whom the Canaanites; Mizraim, from whom the Egyptians; Cush, from whom the Ethiopians; Put, from whom the Libyans. These in their own language are called until now by the designation of their forefathers; but in Greek they are named by the names by which they are now called.

10.31.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 534

Εἰ δὲ μηδὲ τὸ οἰκεῖσθαι τὰς τούτων χώρας πρότερον ἦν, μηδὲ ἀρχὴν γένος ἀνθρώπων δείκνυται, οὗτοι δὲ υἱοὶ τοῦ Νῶε ἀνδρὸς γίνονται θεοσεβοῦς, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς μαθητὴς γεγένηται ἀνδρῶν θεοσεβῶν, οὗ χάριν διέφυγε πολλὴν ὕδατος πρόσκαιρον ἀπειλήν· πῶς οὐ προγενέστεροι ἦσαν θεοσεβεῖς πάντων Χαλδαίων, Αἰγυπτίων, Ἑλλήνων, ὧν πατὴρ ἐκ τούτου Ἰάφεθ γεννᾶται, ὄνομα Ἰωύαν, ἐξ οὗ Ἕλληνες καὶ Ἴωνες;

Ei de mēde to oikeisthai tas toutōn chōras proteron ēn, mēde archēn genos anthrōpōn deiknytai, houtoi de huioi tou Nōe andros ginontai theosebous, hos kai autos mathētēs gegenētai andrōn theosebōn, hou charin diephyge pollēn hydatos proskairon apeilēn; pōs ou progenesteroi ēsan theosebeis pantōn Chaldaiōn, Aigyptiōn, Hellēnōn, hōn patēr ek toutou Iapheth gennatai, onoma Iōyan, ex hou Hellēnes kai Iōnes?

But if their lands were not inhabited before, nor is a human race shown at the beginning, and these are sons of Noah, a God-fearing man, who himself became a disciple of God-fearing men, for whose sake he escaped the great temporary threat of water, how were the God-fearing not older than all Chaldeans, Egyptians, and Greeks, whose father is born from this Japheth, by name Javan, from whom come the Greeks and Ionians?

10.31.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 534–536

Εἰ δὲ τὰ περὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐναποσχοληθέντα ἔθνη πολλῷ μεταγενέστερα τοῦ τῶν θεοσεβῶν γένους καὶ κατακλυσμοῦ πάντως δείκνυται, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ βάρβαρα καὶ ὅσα ἐν κόσμῳ γνωστά τε καὶ ἄγνωστα νεώτερα τούτων φανήσεται;

Ei de ta peri philosophias enaposcholēthenta ethnē pollǭ metagenestera tou tōn theosebōn genous kai kataklysmou pantōs deiknytai, pōs ouchi kai barbara kai hosa en kosmǭ gnōsta te kai agnōsta neōtera toutōn phanēsetai?

And if the nations occupied with philosophy are shown to be much later than the race of the God-fearing and the flood, how will not the barbarians too, and all the nations in the world, known and unknown, appear younger than these?

10.31.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 536

Τούτου τοίνυν τοῦ λόγου κρατήσαντες μάθετε Ἕλληνες, Αἰγύπτιοι, Χαλδαῖοι καὶ πᾶν γένος ἀνθρώπων, τί τὸ θεῖον καὶ [τίς] ἡ τούτου εὔτακτος δημιουργία, παρʼ ἡμῶν τῶν φίλων τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ κομπολόγῳ τοῦτο ἠσκηκότων, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἀληθείας γνώσει καὶ ἀσκήσει σωφροσύνης εἰς ἀπόδειξιν αὐτοῦ λόγους ποιουμένων.

Toutou toinyn tou logou kratēsantes mathete Hellēnes, Aigyptioi, Chaldaioi kai pan genos anthrōpōn, ti to theion kai [tis] hē toutou eutaktos dēmiourgia, parʼ hēmōn tōn philōn tou theou, kai mē kompologǭ touto ēskēkotōn, allʼ en alētheias gnōsei kai askēsei sōphrosynēs eis apodeixin autou logous poioumenōn.

Grasping this account, then, learn, Greeks, Egyptians, Chaldeans, and the whole human race, what the divine is and [what] its well-ordered creation is, from us, the friends of God, who have not practiced this with boastful talk, but make our account in demonstration of it in the knowledge of truth and the practice of self-control.

item 10, chapter 32

10.32.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 536

Θεὸς εἷς, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ μόνος καὶ ἁπάντων ποιητὴς καὶ κύριος, σύγχρονον ἔσχεν οὐδέν, οὐ χάος ἄπειρον, οὐχ ὕδωρ ἀμέτρητον ἢ γῆν στερράν, οὐχὶ ἀέρα πυκνόν, οὐ πῦρ θερμόν, οὐ πνεῦμα λεπτόν, οὐκ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλου κυανέαν ὀροφήν· ἀλλʼ ἦν εἷς μόνος ἑαυτῷ, ὃς θελήσας ἐποίησε τὰ ὄντα οὐκ ὄντα πρότερον, πλὴν ὅτι ἠθέλησε ποιεῖν ὡς ἔμπειρος ὢν τῶν ἐσομένων· πάρεστι γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ πρόγνωσις.

Theos heis, ho prōtos kai monos kai hapantōn poiētēs kai kyrios, synchronon eschen ouden, ou chaos apeiron, ouch hydōr ametrēton ē gēn sterran, ouchi aera pyknon, ou pyr thermon, ou pneuma lepton, ouk ouranou megalou kyanean orophēn; allʼ ēn heis monos heautǭ, hos thelēsas epoiēse ta onta ouk onta proteron, plēn hoti ēthelēse poiein hōs empeiros ōn tōn esomenōn; paresti gar autǭ kai prognōsis.

God, one, the first and only, Maker and Lord of all things, had nothing coeval with him: not infinite chaos, not measureless water or solid earth, not dense air, not hot fire, not subtle spirit, not the dark-blue roof of the great heaven; but he was one, alone by himself, who, by willing, made the things that exist, which did not exist before, except that he willed to make them, as one who knows what is to be; for foreknowledge too is present to him.

10.32.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 536

Διαφόρους δὲ τοῖς ἐσομένοις ἀρχὰς πρότερον ἐδημιούργει, πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα, ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν, ἐξ ὧν διαφόρων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κτίσιν ἐποίει, καὶ τὰ μὲν μονοούσια, τὰ δὲ ἐκ δύο, τὰ δὲ ἐκ τριῶν, τὰ δὲ ἐκ τεσσάρων συνεδέσμει.

Diaphorous de tois esomenois archas proteron edēmiourgei, pyr kai pneuma, hydōr kai gēn, ex hōn diaphorōn tēn heautou ktisin epoiei, kai ta men monoousia, ta de ek dyo, ta de ek triōn, ta de ek tessarōn synedesmei.

And he first fashioned different principles for the things that were to be: fire and spirit, water and earth; from these different ones he made his own creation, binding some things of one substance, others of two, others of three, others of four.

10.32.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 536

Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐξ ἑνὸς ἀθάνατα ἦν· λύσις γὰρ οὐ παρακολουθεῖ· τὸ γὰρ ἓν οὐ λυθήσεται πώποτε· τὰ δὲ ἐκ δύο ἢ τριῶν ἢ τεσσάρων λυτά, διὸ καὶ θνητὰ ὀνομάζεται· θάνατος γὰρ τοῦτο κέκληται, ἡ τῶν δεδεμένων λύσις.

Kai ta men ex henos athanata ēn; lysis gar ou parakolouthei; to gar hen ou lythēsetai pōpote; ta de ek dyo ē triōn ē tessarōn lyta, dio kai thnēta onomazetai; thanatos gar touto keklētai, hē tōn dedemenōn lysis.

And the things from one were immortal, for dissolution does not follow; for the one will never be dissolved. But those from two or three or four are dissolvable, and therefore they are called mortal; for death is the name given to this, the dissolution of things bound together.

10.32.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 536

Ἱκανὸν οὖν [οἶμαι] νῦν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν ἀποκεκρίσθαι, οἵ, εἰ φιλομαθήσουσι καὶ τὰς τούτων οὐσίας καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τῆς κατὰ πάντα δημιουργίας ἐπιζητήσουσιν, εἴσονται ἐντυχόντες ἡμῶν βίβλῳ περιεχούσῃ Περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς οὐσίας·

Hikanon oun [oimai] nyn tois eu phronousin apokekristhai, hoi, ei philomathēsousi kai tas toutōn ousias kai tas aitias tēs kata panta dēmiourgias epizētēsousin, eisontai entychontes hēmōn biblǭ periechousę̄ Peri tēs tou pantos ousias;

This, [I think], is a sufficient answer now to people of good sense, who, if they are eager to learn and seek the substances of these things and the causes of creation in every respect, will know them by reading our book On the Substance of the Universe;

10.32.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 536–538

τὸ δὲ νῦν ἱκανὸν εἶναι ἐκθέσθαι τὰς αἰτίας, ἃς οὐ γνόντες Ἕλληνες κομψῷ τῷ λόγῳ τὰ μέρη τῆς κτίσεως ἐδόξασαν τὸν κτίσαντα ἀγνοήσαντες· ὧν ἀφορμὰς σχόντες οἱ αἱρεσιάρχαι ὁμοίοις λόγοις τὰ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων προειρημένα μετασχηματίσαντες, αἱρέσεις καταγελάστους συνεστήσαντο.

to de nyn hikanon einai ekthesthai tas aitias, has ou gnontes Hellēnes kompsǭ tǭ logǭ ta merē tēs ktiseōs edoxasan ton ktisanta agnoēsantes; hōn aphormas schontes hoi hairesiarchai homoiois logois ta hypʼ ekeinōn proeirēmena metaschēmatisantes, haireseis katagelastous synestēsanto.

but for now it is sufficient to set out the causes which the Greeks did not know, and so, with elegant speech, glorified the parts of creation while ignorant of the Creator; taking their starting points from these, the heresiarchs, reshaping in similar words what those had said before, put together ridiculous heresies.

item 10, chapter 33

10.33.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Οὗτος οὖν μόνος καὶ κατὰ πάντων θεὸς λόγον πρῶτον ἐννοηθεὶς ἀπογεννᾷ, οὐ λόγον ὡς φωνήν, ἀλλʼ ἐνδιάθετον τοῦ παντὸς λογισμόν. Τοῦτον μόνον ἐξ ὄντων ἐγέννα· τὸ γὰρ ὂν αὐτὸς ὁ πατὴρ ἦν, ἐξ οὗ τὸ γεννηθέν.

Houtos oun monos kai kata pantōn theos logon prōton ennoētheis apogenną, ou logon hōs phōnēn, allʼ endiatheton tou pantos logismon. Touton monon ex ontōn egenna; to gar on autos ho patēr ēn, ex hou to gennēthen.

This one God, then, who is over all, first, by thinking, begets the Word; not a word as speech, but the indwelling reason of the universe. Him alone he begot from what exists; for the Father himself was what exists, from whom came what was begotten.

10.33.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Αἴτιον τοῖς γινομένοις λόγος ἦν, ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρων τὸ θέλειν τοῦ γεγεννηκότος, οὐκ ἄπειρος τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐννοίας· ἅμα γὰρ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ γεννήσαντος προελθεῖν, πρωτότοκος τούτου γενόμενος φωνή, ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰς ἐν τῷ πατρὶ προεννοηθείσας ἰδέας, ὅθεν κελεύοντος πατρὸς γίνεσθαι κόσμον τὸ κατὰ ἓν λόγος ἀπετελεῖτο ἀρέσκων θεῷ.

Aition tois ginomenois logos ēn, en heautǭ pherōn to thelein tou gegennēkotos, ouk apeiros tēs tou patros ennoias; hama gar tǭ ek tou gennēsantos proelthein, prōtotokos toutou genomenos phōnē, echei en heautǭ tas en tǭ patri proennoētheisas ideas, hothen keleuontos patros ginesthai kosmon to kata hen logos apeteleito areskōn theǭ.

The Word was the cause of the things that came into being, bearing in himself the will of the one who begot him, not without experience of the Father's thought. For at the same time as coming forth from the one who begot him, having become his firstborn voice, he has in himself the forms conceived beforehand in the Father; whence, when the Father commanded the world to come into being, the Word accomplished it item by item, pleasing God.

10.33.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐπὶ γενέσει πληθύνοντα ἄρσενα καὶ θήλεα εἰργάζετο· ὅσα δὲ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν καὶ λειτουργίαν, ἢ ἄρσενα θηλειῶν μὴ προσδεόμενα, ἢ οὔτε ἄρσενα οὔτε θήλεα.

Kai ta men epi genesei plēthynonta arsena kai thēlea eirgazeto; hosa de pros hypēresian kai leitourgian, ē arsena thēleiōn mē prosdeomena, ē oute arsena oute thēlea.

And the beings that multiply by generation he made male and female; but those made for service and ministry, either male without need of females, or neither male nor female.

10.33.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Καὶ γὰρ αἱ τούτων πρῶται οὐσίαι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γενόμεναι, πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα, ὕδωρ καὶ γῆ, οὔτε ἄρσενα οὔτε θήλεα ὑπάρχουσιν, [οὔτʼ ἐξ] ἑκάστης τούτων δύναται προελθεῖν ἄρσενα καὶ θήλεα, πλὴν εἰ βούλοιτο ὁ κελεύων θεὸς ἵνα λόγος ὑπουργῇ.

Kai gar hai toutōn prōtai ousiai ex ouk ontōn genomenai, pyr kai pneuma, hydōr kai gē, oute arsena oute thēlea hyparchousin, [outʼ ex] hekastēs toutōn dynatai proelthein arsena kai thēlea, plēn ei bouloito ho keleuōn theos hina logos hypourgę̄.

For the first substances of these too, which came into being from things that were not, fire and spirit, water and earth, are neither male nor female, [nor] can male and female come forth [from] each of them, unless God who commands should wish that the Word should serve.

10.33.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Ἐκ πυρὸς εἶναι ἀγγέλους ὁμολογῶ, καὶ οὐ τούτοις παρεῖναι θηλείας λέγω.

Ek pyros einai angelous homologō, kai ou toutois pareinai thēleias legō.

I confess that angels are from fire, and I say that there are no females with them.

10.33.6Duncker–Schneidewin, 538

Ἥλιον δὲ καὶ σελήνην καὶ ἀστέρας ὁμοίως ἐκ πυρὸς καὶ πνεύματος, καὶ οὔτε ἄρσενας οὔτε θηλείας νενόμικα, ἐξ ὕδατος δὲ ζῷα νηκτὰ εἶναι θέλω καὶ πτηνά, ἄρσενα καὶ θήλεα· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θελήσας θεὸς γόνιμον εἶναι τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν. Ὁμοίως ἐκ γῆς ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία καὶ παντοδαπῶν ζῴων ἄρσενα καὶ θήλεα· οὕτως γὰρ ἐνεδέχετο ἡ τῶν γεγονότων φύσις. Ὅσα γὰρ ἠθέλησεν, ἐποίει ὁ θεός. Ταῦτα λόγῳ ἐδημιούργει, ἑτέρως γενέσθαι μὴ δυνάμενα, ἢ ὡς ἐγένετο.

Hēlion de kai selēnēn kai asteras homoiōs ek pyros kai pneumatos, kai oute arsenas oute thēleias nenomika, ex hydatos de zǭa nēkta einai thelō kai ptēna, arsena kai thēlea; houtō gar ekeleusen ho thelēsas theos gonimon einai tēn hygran ousian. Homoiōs ek gēs herpeta kai thēria kai pantodapōn zǭōn arsena kai thēlea; houtōs gar enedecheto hē tōn gegonotōn physis. Hosa gar ēthelēsen, epoiei ho theos. Tauta logǭ edēmiourgei, heterōs genesthai mē dynamena, ē hōs egeneto.

And the sun, moon, and stars likewise from fire and spirit, and I have held them to be neither male nor female; but from water I hold that the swimming and flying creatures come, male and female; for so God, who willed it, commanded the moist substance to be fruitful. Likewise from earth creeping things and beasts and males and females of animals of every kind; for so the nature of the things that came into being admitted. For whatever God willed, he made. These he fashioned by the Word, since they could not come into being otherwise than as they came into being.

10.33.7Duncker–Schneidewin, 538–540

Ὅτε δὲ ὡς ἠθέλησε καὶ ἐποίησεν, ὀνόματι καλέσας ἐσήμηνεν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸν πάντων ἄρχοντα δημιουργῶν ἐκ πασῶν συνθέτων οὐσιῶν ἐσκεύασεν· οὐ θεὸν θέλων ποιεῖν ἔσφηλεν, οὐδὲ ἄγγελον (μὴ πλανῶ), ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπον. Εἰ γὰρ θεόν σε ἠθέλησε ποιῆσαι, ἐδύνατο· ἔχεις τοῦ λόγου τὸ παράδειγμα· ἄνθρωπον θέλων, ἄνθρωπόν σε ἐποίησεν· εἰ δὲ θέλεις καὶ θεὸς γενέσθαι, ὑπάκουε τῷ πεποιηκότι, καὶ μὴ ἀντίβαινε νῦν, ἵνα ἐπὶ τῷ μικρῷ πιστὸς εὑρεθεὶς καὶ τὸ μέγα πιστευθῆναι δυνηθῇς.

Hote de hōs ēthelēse kai epoiēsen, onomati kalesas esēmēnen. Epi toutois ton pantōn archonta dēmiourgōn ek pasōn synthetōn ousiōn eskeuasen; ou theon thelōn poiein esphēlen, oude angelon (mē planō), allʼ anthrōpon. Ei gar theon se ēthelēse poiēsai, edynato; echeis tou logou to paradeigma; anthrōpon thelōn, anthrōpon se epoiēsen; ei de theleis kai theos genesthai, hypakoue tǭ pepoiēkoti, kai mē antibaine nyn, hina epi tǭ mikrǭ pistos heuretheis kai to mega pisteuthēnai dynēthę̄s.

And when he had made them as he willed, he designated them by calling them by name. After these, fashioning the ruler of all, he prepared him from all the compound substances. It was not that he wished to make a god and failed, nor an angel (do not be misled); he wished to make a human being. For if he had wished to make you a god, he could have; you have the example of the Word. Wishing a human being, he made you a human being. But if you wish to become a god too, obey the one who made you, and do not resist now, so that, being found faithful in the small, you may be entrusted with the great as well.

10.33.8Duncker–Schneidewin, 540

Τούτου ὁ λόγος μόνος ἐξ αὐτοῦ· διὸ καὶ θεός, οὐσία ὑπάρχων θεοῦ· ὁ δὲ κόσμος ἐξ οὐδενός· διὸ οὐ θεός· οὗτος ἐπιδέχεται καὶ λύσιν, ὅτε βούλεται ὁ κτίσας. Ὁ δὲ κτίσας θεὸς κακὸν οὐκ ἐποίει οὐδὲ ποιεῖ· [ποιεῖ] καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν, ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ὁ ποιῶν.

Toutou ho logos monos ex autou; dio kai theos, ousia hyparchōn theou; ho de kosmos ex oudenos; dio ou theos; houtos epidechetai kai lysin, hote bouletai ho ktisas. Ho de ktisas theos kakon ouk epoiei oude poiei; [poiei] kalon kai agathon, agathos gar ho poiōn.

His Word alone is from himself; therefore he is also God, being the substance of God. But the world is from nothing; therefore it is not God. It is also subject to dissolution, when the Creator wills. And God the Creator did not make evil, nor does he make it; he makes what is beautiful and good, for the one who makes is good.

10.33.9Duncker–Schneidewin, 540

Ὁ δὲ γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος ζῷον αὐτεξούσιον ἦν, οὐκ ἄρχοντα νοῦν ἔχον, οὐκ ἐπινοίᾳ καὶ ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει πάντων κρατοῦν, ἀλλὰ δοῦλον καὶ πάντα ἔχον τὰ ἐναντία· ὃς τῷ αὐτεξούσιον ὑπάρχειν τὸ κακὸν ἐπιγεννᾷ, ἐκ συμβεβηκότος ἀποτελούμενον, [ὂν] μὲν οὐδέν, ἐὰν μὴ ποιῇς· ἐν γὰρ τῷ θέλειν καὶ νομίζειν τι κακὸν τὸ κακὸν ὀνομάζεται, οὐκ ὂν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀλλʼ ἐπιγινόμενον.

Ho de genomenos anthrōpos zǭon autexousion ēn, ouk archonta noun echon, ouk epinoią kai exousią kai dynamei pantōn kratoun, alla doulon kai panta echon ta enantia; hos tǭ autexousion hyparchein to kakon epigenną, ek symbebēkotos apoteloumenon, [on] men ouden, ean mē poię̄s; en gar tǭ thelein kai nomizein ti kakon to kakon onomazetai, ouk on apʼ archēs, allʼ epiginomenon.

And the human being who came into being was a living being with free will, not having a ruling mind, not mastering all things by thought and authority and power, but a servant, and having all the opposites; who, by being free, brings evil into being, which is produced as an accident, being nothing if you do not do it. For evil is named in the willing and considering of something evil; it was not from the beginning, but comes into being afterward.

10.33.10Duncker–Schneidewin, 540

Οὗ αὐτεξουσίου ὄντος νόμος ὑπὸ θεοῦ ὡρίζετο οὐ μάτην· εἰ γὰρ μὴ εἶχεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὸ θέλειν καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν, τί καὶ νόμος ὡρίζετο; Ὁ νόμος γὰρ ἀλόγῳ ζῴῳ οὐχ ὁρισθήσεται, ἀλλὰ χαλινὸς καὶ μάστιξ, ἀνθρώπῳ δὲ ἐντολὴ καὶ πρόστιμον τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ προστεταγμένον καὶ μὴ ποιεῖν. Τούτῳ νόμος ὡρίσθη διὰ δικαίων ἀνδρῶν ἐπάνωθεν, ἔγγιον ἡμῶν διὰ τοῦ προειρημένου Μωϋσέως, ἀνδρὸς εὐλαβοῦς καὶ θεοφιλοῦς, νόμος ὡρίζετο πλήρης σεμνότητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης.

Hou autexousiou ontos nomos hypo theou hōrizeto ou matēn; ei gar mē eichen ho anthrōpos to thelein kai to mē thelein, ti kai nomos hōrizeto? Ho nomos gar alogǭ zǭǭ ouch horisthēsetai, alla chalinos kai mastix, anthrōpǭ de entolē kai prostimon tou poiein to prostetagmenon kai mē poiein. Toutǭ nomos hōristhē dia dikaiōn andrōn epanōthen, engion hēmōn dia tou proeirēmenou Mōÿseōs, andros eulabous kai theophilous, nomos hōrizeto plērēs semnotētos kai dikaiosynēs.

Since he was free, a law was laid down by God, not in vain. For if the human being did not have the power to will and not to will, why was a law laid down? For a law will not be laid down for an irrational animal, but a bridle and a whip; but for a human being a commandment and a penalty for doing and not doing what is commanded. For him a law was laid down through righteous men from of old, and nearer to us through Moses, mentioned before, a devout man and dear to God; a law was laid down full of dignity and justice.

10.33.11Duncker–Schneidewin, 540–542

Τὰ δὲ πάντα διοικεῖ ὁ λόγος ὁ θεοῦ, ὁ πρωτόγονος πατρὸς παῖς, ἡ πρὸ ἑωσφόρου φωσφόρος φωνή. Ἔπειτα δίκαιοι ἄνδρες γεγένηνται φίλοι θεοῦ· οὗτοι προφῆται κέκληνται διὰ τὸ προφαίνειν τὰ μέλλοντα.

Ta de panta dioikei ho logos ho theou, ho prōtogonos patros pais, hē pro heōsphorou phōsphoros phōnē. Epeita dikaioi andres gegenēntai philoi theou; houtoi prophētai keklēntai dia to prophainein ta mellonta.

And the Word of God governs all things, the Father's first-born child, the light-bearing voice before the morning star. Then righteous men became friends of God; these have been called prophets because they show forth the things to come.

10.33.12Duncker–Schneidewin, 542

Οἷς οὐχ ἑνὸς καιροῦ λόγος ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ διὰ πασῶν γενεῶν αἱ τῶν προλεγομένων φωναὶ εὐαπόδεικτοι παρίσταντο· οὐκ ἐκεῖ μόνον, ἡνίκα τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀπεκρίναντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ πασῶν γενεῶν τὰ ἐσόμενα προεφήναντο· ὁτὲ μὲν τὰ παρῳχημένα λέγοντες ὑπεμίμνησκον τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα· τὰ δὲ ἐνεστῶτα δεικνύντες, μὴ ῥᾳθυμεῖν ἔπειθον· τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα προλέγοντες, τὸν κατὰ ἕνα ἡμῶν ὁρῶντας πρὸ πολλοῦ προειρημένα ἐμφόβους καθίστων, προσδοκῶντας καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα.

Hois ouch henos kairou logos egeneto, alla dia pasōn geneōn hai tōn prolegomenōn phōnai euapodeiktoi paristanto; ouk ekei monon, hēnika tois parousin apekrinanto, alla kai dia pasōn geneōn ta esomena proephēnanto; hote men ta parǭchēmena legontes hypemimnēskon tēn anthrōpotēta; ta de enestōta deiknyntes, mē rhąthymein epeithon; ta de mellonta prolegontes, ton kata hena hēmōn horōntas pro pollou proeirēmena emphobous kathistōn, prosdokōntas kai ta mellonta.

To them the word came not for one occasion only, but through all generations the utterances of what was foretold stood forth, easy to prove; not only then, when they answered those present, but through all generations they foretold what was to be. Sometimes, speaking of things past, they reminded humanity; showing things present, they persuaded them not to be careless; foretelling things to come, they made each of us afraid, seeing things foretold long before, and expecting the things to come as well.

10.33.13Duncker–Schneidewin, 542

Τοιαύτη ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς πίστις, ὦ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, οὐ κενοῖς ῥήμασι πειθομένων, οὐδὲ σχεδιάσμασι καρδίας συναρπαζομένων, οὐδὲ πιθανότητι εὐεπείας λόγων θελγομένων, ἀλλὰ δυνάμει θείᾳ λόγοις λελαλημένοις οὐκ ἀπειθούντων. Καὶ ταῦτα θεὸς ἐκέλευε λόγῳ. Ὁ δὲ λόγος ἐφθέγγετο λέγων, διʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιστρέφων τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ παρακοῆς, οὐ βίᾳ ἀνάγκης δουλαγωγῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίαν ἑκουσίῳ προαιρέσει καλῶν.

Toiautē hē kathʼ hēmas pistis, ō pantes anthrōpoi, ou kenois rhēmasi peithomenōn, oude schediasmasi kardias synarpazomenōn, oude pithanotēti euepeias logōn thelgomenōn, alla dynamei theią logois lelalēmenois ouk apeithountōn. Kai tauta theos ekeleue logǭ. Ho de logos ephthengeto legōn, diʼ autōn epistrephōn ton anthrōpon ek parakoēs, ou bią anankēs doulagōgōn, allʼ epʼ eleutherian hekousiǭ proairesei kalōn.

Such is our faith, all you people: we are not persuaded by empty words, nor carried away by the improvisations of the heart, nor charmed by the persuasiveness of eloquent words, but we do not disobey words spoken by divine power. And these things God commanded by the Word. And the Word spoke them, through them turning the human being back from disobedience, not enslaving him by force of necessity, but calling him to freedom by his own willing choice.

10.33.14Duncker–Schneidewin, 542

Τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἐν ὑστέροις ἀπέστελλεν ὁ πατήρ, οὐκέτι διὰ προφήτου λαλεῖν, οὐ σκοτεινῶς κηρυσσόμενον ὑπονοεῖσθαι θέλων, ἀλλʼ αὐτοψεὶ φανερωθῆναι τοῦτον λέγων, ἵνα κόσμος ὁρῶν δυσωπηθῇ οὐκ ἐντελλόμενον διὰ προσώπου προφητῶν, οὐδὲ διʼ ἀγγέλου φοβοῦντα ψυχήν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν παρόντα τὸν λελαληκότα.

Touton ton logon en hysterois apestellen ho patēr, ouketi dia prophētou lalein, ou skoteinōs kēryssomenon hyponoeisthai thelōn, allʼ autopsei phanerōthēnai touton legōn, hina kosmos horōn dysōpēthę̄ ouk entellomenon dia prosōpou prophētōn, oude diʼ angelou phobounta psychēn, allʼ auton paronta ton lelalēkota.

This Word the Father sent in the last times, no longer to speak through a prophet, not wishing him to be guessed at as proclaimed obscurely, but saying that he was to be made manifest in person, so that the world, seeing him, might be put to shame, not by one giving commands through the persons of prophets, nor frightening the soul through an angel, but by the very one who had spoken, present himself.

10.33.15Duncker–Schneidewin, 542

Τοῦτον ἔγνωμεν ἐκ παρθένου σῶμα ἀνειληφότα καὶ τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον διὰ καινῆς πλάσεως πεφορηκότα, ἐν βίῳ διὰ πάσης ἡλικίας ἐληλυθότα, ἵνα πάσῃ ἡλικίᾳ αὐτὸς νόμος γενηθῇ καὶ σκοπὸν τὸν ἴδιον ἄνθρωπον πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδείξῃ παρών, καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλέγξῃ, ὅτι μηδὲν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς πονηρόν, καὶ ὡς αὐτεξούσιος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχων τὸ θέλειν καὶ τὸ μὴ θέλειν, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις·

Touton egnōmen ek parthenou sōma aneilēphota kai ton palaion anthrōpon dia kainēs plaseōs pephorēkota, en biǭ dia pasēs hēlikias elēlythota, hina pasę̄ hēlikią autos nomos genēthę̄ kai skopon ton idion anthrōpon pasin anthrōpois epideixę̄ parōn, kai diʼ autou elenxę̄, hoti mēden epoiēsen ho theos ponēron, kai hōs autexousios ho anthrōpos echōn to thelein kai to mē thelein, dynatos ōn en amphoterois;

We know that he took a body from a virgin and bore the old man through a new formation, having passed through every age in life, so that he himself might become a law for every age, and, being present, might show his own humanity as a goal for all people, and through it might prove that God made nothing evil, and that the human being is free, having the power to will and not to will, being capable of both.

10.33.16Duncker–Schneidewin, 542

τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον ἴσμεν [ἐκ] τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φυράματος γεγονέναι. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρξε, μάτην νομοθετεῖ μιμεῖσθαι τὸν διδάσκαλον. Εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἑτέρας ἐτύγχανεν οὐσίας, τί τὰ ὅμοια κελεύει ἐμοὶ τῷ ἀσθενεῖ πεφυκότι, καὶ πῶς οὗτος ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος;

touton anthrōpon ismen [ek] tou kathʼ hēmas phyramatos gegonenai. Ei gar mē ek tou autou hypērxe, matēn nomothetei mimeisthai ton didaskalon. Ei gar ekeinos ho anthrōpos heteras etynchanen ousias, ti ta homoia keleuei emoi tǭ asthenei pephykoti, kai pōs houtos agathos kai dikaios?

We know that this man came into being [from] the same lump as ours. For if he were not of the same, he gives a law in vain that we should imitate the Teacher. For if that man happened to be of another substance, why does he command the same things of me, who am weak by nature? And how is he good and just?

10.33.17Duncker–Schneidewin, 542–544

ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἕτερος παρʼ ἡμᾶς νομισθῇ, καὶ κάματον ὑπέμεινε, καὶ πεινῆν ἠθέλησε, καὶ διψῆν οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὕπνῳ ἠρέμησε, καὶ πάθει οὐκ ἀντεῖπε, καὶ θανάτῳ ὑπήκουσε, καὶ ἀνάστασιν ἐφανέρωσεν, ἀπαρξάμενος ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις τὸν ἴδιον ἄνθρωπον, ἵνα σὺ πάσχων μὴ ἀθυμῇς, ἀλλʼ ἄνθρωπον σεαυτὸν ὁμολογῶν, προσδοκᾷς καὶ σὺ ὃ τούτῳ παρέσχες.

hina de mē heteros parʼ hēmas nomisthę̄, kai kamaton hypemeine, kai peinēn ēthelēse, kai dipsēn ouk ērnēsato, kai hypnǭ ēremēse, kai pathei ouk anteipe, kai thanatǭ hypēkouse, kai anastasin ephanerōsen, aparxamenos en pasi toutois ton idion anthrōpon, hina sy paschōn mē athymę̄s, allʼ anthrōpon seauton homologōn, prosdokąs kai sy ho toutǭ paresches.

And so that he might not be thought other than we are, he endured toil, he was willing to be hungry, he did not refuse to thirst, he rested in sleep, he did not speak against suffering, he obeyed death, and he made the resurrection manifest, offering his own humanity as first fruits in all these things, so that you, when you suffer, may not lose heart, but, confessing yourself a human being, may yourself too expect what you gave to him.

item 10, chapter 34

10.34.1Duncker–Schneidewin, 544

Τοιοῦτος ὁ περὶ τὸ θεῖον ἀληθὴς λόγος, ὦ ἄνθρωποι Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι, Χαλδαῖοί τε καὶ Ἀσσύριοι, Αἰγύπτιοί τε καὶ Λίβυες, Ἰνδοί τε καὶ Αἰθίοπες, Κελτοί τε καὶ οἱ στρατηγοῦντες Λατῖνοι, πάντες τε οἱ τὴν Εὐρώπην Ἀσίαν τε καὶ Λιβύην κατοικοῦντες, οἷς σύμβουλος ἐγὼ γίνομαι, φιλανθρώπου λόγου ὑπάρχων μαθητὴς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος, ὅπως προσδραμόντες διδαχθῆτε παρʼ ἡμῶν,

Toioutos ho peri to theion alēthēs logos, ō anthrōpoi Hellēnes te kai barbaroi, Chaldaioi te kai Assyrioi, Aigyptioi te kai Libyes, Indoi te kai Aithiopes, Keltoi te kai hoi stratēgountes Latinoi, pantes te hoi tēn Eurōpēn Asian te kai Libyēn katoikountes, hois symboulos egō ginomai, philanthrōpou logou hyparchōn mathētēs kai philanthrōpos, hopōs prosdramontes didachthēte parʼ hēmōn,

Such is the true doctrine about the divine, you people, Greeks and barbarians, Chaldeans and Assyrians, Egyptians and Libyans, Indians and Ethiopians, Celts and the Latins who lead armies, and all who inhabit Europe, Asia, and Libya, to whom I become an adviser, being a disciple of the Word who loves humankind, and myself a lover of humankind, so that you may run to us and be taught by us

10.34.2Duncker–Schneidewin, 544

τίς ὁ ὄντως θεὸς καὶ ἡ τούτου εὔτακτος δημιουργία, μὴ προσέχοντες σοφίσμασιν ἐντέχνων λόγων, μηδὲ ματαίοις ἐπαγγελίαις κλεψιλόγων αἱρετικῶν, ἀλλʼ ἀληθείας ἀκόμπου ἁπλότητι σεμνῇ, διʼ ἧς ἐπιγνώσεως ἐκφεύξεσθε ἐπερχομένην πυρὸς κρίσεως ἀπειλὴν καὶ ταρτάρου ζοφεροῦ ὄμμα ἀφώτιστον, ὑπὸ λόγου φωνῆς μὴ καταλαμφθέν, καὶ βρασμὸν ἀεννάου λίμνης γεέννης φλογός, καὶ ταρταρούχων ἀγγέλων κολαστῶν ὄμμα ἀεὶ μένον ἐν ἀπειλῇ, καὶ σκώληκα σώματος ἀπουσίαν ἐπιστρεφόμενον, ἐπὶ τὸ ἐκβράσαν σῶμα ὡς ἐπιστρέφων.

tis ho ontōs theos kai hē toutou eutaktos dēmiourgia, mē prosechontes sophismasin entechnōn logōn, mēde mataiois epangeliais klepsilogōn hairetikōn, allʼ alētheias akompou haplotēti semnę̄, diʼ hēs epignōseōs ekpheuxesthe eperchomenēn pyros kriseōs apeilēn kai tartarou zopherou omma aphōtiston, hypo logou phōnēs mē katalamphthen, kai brasmon aennaou limnēs geennēs phlogos, kai tartarouchōn angelōn kolastōn omma aei menon en apeilę̄, kai skōlēka sōmatos apousian epistrephomenon, epi to ekbrasan sōma hōs epistrephōn.

who the true God is and what his well-ordered creation is, not giving heed to the sophisms of artful words, nor to the vain promises of word-stealing heretics, but to the dignified simplicity of unboastful truth; through the knowledge of which you will escape the coming threat of the judgment of fire, and the unlit eye of gloomy Tartarus, never illumined by the voice of the Word, and the seething of the ever-flowing lake of the flame of Gehenna, and the eye of the punishing angels who keep Tartarus, ever fixed in threat, and the worm that turns toward the body's corruption, as though returning to the body that spawned it.

10.34.3Duncker–Schneidewin, 544

Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκφεύξῃ θεὸν τὸν ὄντα διδαχθείς, ἕξεις δὲ ἀθάνατον τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἄφθαρτον ἅμα ψυχῇ, [καὶ] βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ἀπολήψῃ, ὁ ἐν γῇ βιοὺς καὶ ἐπουράνιον βασιλέα ἐπιγνούς, ἔσῃ δὲ ὁμιλητὴς θεοῦ καὶ συγκληρονόμος Χριστοῦ, οὐκ ἐπιθυμίαις ἢ πάθεσι καὶ νόσοις δουλούμενος.

Kai tauta men ekpheuxę̄ theon ton onta didachtheis, hexeis de athanaton to sōma kai aphtharton hama psychę̄, [kai] basileian ouranōn apolēpsę̄, ho en gę̄ bious kai epouranion basilea epignous, esę̄ de homilētēs theou kai synklēronomos Christou, ouk epithymiais ē pathesi kai nosois douloumenos.

And you will escape these things, having been taught the God who is; and you will have an immortal body, incorruptible together with the soul, [and] you will receive the kingdom of heaven, you who lived on earth and came to know the heavenly King; and you will be a companion of God and a co-heir with Christ, not enslaved by desires or passions or diseases.

10.34.4Duncker–Schneidewin, 544–546

Γέγονας γὰρ θεός· ὅσα γὰρ ὑπέμεινας πάθη ἄνθρωπος ὤν, ταῦτα ἐδίδου, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος εἶς, ὅσα δὲ παρακολουθεῖ θεῷ, ταῦτα παρέχειν ἐπήγγελται θεός, ὅτι ἐθεοποιήθης, ἀθάνατος γεννηθείς. Τουτέστι τὸ Γνῶθι σεαυτόν, ἐπιγνοὺς τὸν πεποιηκότα θεόν. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπιγνῶναι ἑαυτὸν ἐπιγνωσθῆναι συμβέβηκε τῷ καλουμένῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.

Gegonas gar theos; hosa gar hypemeinas pathē anthrōpos ōn, tauta edidou, hoti anthrōpos eis, hosa de parakolouthei theǭ, tauta parechein epēngeltai theos, hoti etheopoiēthēs, athanatos gennētheis. Toutesti to Gnōthi seauton, epignous ton pepoiēkota theon. To gar epignōnai heauton epignōsthēnai symbebēke tǭ kaloumenǭ hypʼ autou.

For you have become a god. For whatever sufferings you endured as a human being, these he gave because you are a human being; but whatever belongs to God, these God has promised to supply, because you have been deified, born immortal. This is the “Know yourself”: recognizing the God who made you. For to the one who is called by him, knowing oneself turns out to be being known.

10.34.5Duncker–Schneidewin, 546–548

Μὴ φιλεχθρήσητε τοίνυν ἑαυτοῖς, ἄνθρωποι, μηδὲ τὸ παλινδρομεῖν διστάσητε· Χριστὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ κατὰ πάντων θεός, ὃς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀποπλύνειν προσέταξε, νέον τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀποτελῶν, εἰκόνα τοῦτον καλέσας ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, διὰ τύπου τὴν εἰς σὲ ἐπιδεικνύμενος στοργήν, οὗ προστάγμασιν ὑπακούσας σεμνοῖς, καὶ ἀγαθοῦ ἀγαθὸς γενόμενος μιμητής, ἔσῃ ὅμοιος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τιμηθείς. Οὐ γὰρ πτωχεύει θεὸς καὶ σὲ θεὸν ποιήσας εἰς δόξαν αὐτοῦ.

Mē philechthrēsēte toinyn heautois, anthrōpoi, mēde to palindromein distasēte; Christos gar estin ho kata pantōn theos, hos tēn hamartian ex anthrōpōn apoplynein prosetaxe, neon ton palaion anthrōpon apotelōn, eikona touton kalesas apʼ archēs, dia typou tēn eis se epideiknymenos storgēn, hou prostagmasin hypakousas semnois, kai agathou agathos genomenos mimētēs, esę̄ homoios hypʼ autou timētheis. Ou gar ptōcheuei theos kai se theon poiēsas eis doxan autou.

Do not, then, be hostile to yourselves, you people, nor hesitate to turn back. For Christ is the God over all, who commanded that sin be washed away from humans, making the old man new, having called him an image from the beginning, showing through the type his love for you. If you obey his holy commandments and become a good imitator of him who is good, you will be like him, honored by him. For God is not beggared when he makes you too a god for his glory.